No preview available
HomeMy WebLinkAbout105-24 RESOLUTION113 West Mountain Street Fayetteville, AR 72701 (479) 575-8323 Resolution: 105-24 File Number: 2024-1818 MOSER CONSTRUCTION, LLC. (SERVICE CONTRACT): A RESOLUTION TO AWARD BID # 24-23 AND AUTHORIZE A CONTRACT WITH MOSER CONSTRUCTION, LLC. IN THE AMOUNT OF $2,479,775.00 FOR CONSTRUCTION OF THE YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER EXPANSION, TO APPROVE A PROJECT CONTINGENCY IN THE AMOUNT OF $123,988.85, AND TO APPROVE A BUDGET ADJUSTMENT - 2019 PARK IMPROVEMENT BOND PROJECT BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS: Section 1: That the City Council of the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas hereby awards Bid # 24-23 and authorizes Mayor Jordan to sign a contract with Moser Construction, LLC in the amount of $2,479,775.00 for the construction of the Yvonne Richardson Community Center expansion, and further approves a project contingency in the amount of $123,988.85. Section 2: That the City Council of the City of Fayetteville. Arkansas hereby approves a budget adjustment, a copy of which is attached to this Resolution. PASSED and APPROVED on April 2, 2024 Approvek A Page 1 Attest: ��K �TRt�Of 'G\ly Op •.GSA FpYEll EV`'L Kara Paxton, City C erk Treasurer ., 1,-V*- '_i?1fAF CITY OF CITY COUNCIL MEMO FAYETTEVILLE ARKANSAS 2024-1818 MEETING OF APRIL 2, 2024 TO: Mayor Jordan and City Council THRU: Paul Becker, Chief Financial Officer FROM: Waylon Abernathy, Bond Projects & Construction Dir SUBJECT: Bid 24-23, Construction Contract for YRCC Expansion Contract RECOMMENDATION: Approval of Bid 24-23, Construction Contract for the YRCC expansion with Moser Construction, LLC in the amount of $2,479,775, approve a 5% project contingency in the amount of $123,988.85, and approve a Budget Adjustment. (2019 Park Improvement Bond Project) BACKGROUND: • April 9, 2019 — Fayetteville voters approve more than $226 million in sales tax bonds for park improvement projects and other city projects. • The YRCC and Park Initial Program and Budget was for $1,000,000 for a 2280 square -foot addition which included a teaching kitchen, multi -purpose room, storage, misc. renovations and park improvements. • September 3, 2019 — City Council approves issuance of 2019 Series bonds • October 6, 2020 — City Council approves architecture contract with Miller Boskus Lack for programming and schematic design • January 2021 — City works with Miller Boskus Lack on the process for additional public input; a steering committee of YRCC users, partners, and collaborators is created to aid the process. • June 8 and July 22, 2021 — City hosts public input meetings at the YRCC • September -December 2021 — City conducts online and in -person public surveys • February 2022 — City hosts three public meetings and listening sessions showcasing the design concept created by Miller Boskus Lack. • July 5, 2022 — City Council authorizes an application for a matching Walton Family Foundation grant to help fund construction • July 19, 2022 — City Council approves issuance of 2022 Series bonds • August 16, 2022 — City Council accepts Walton Family Foundation Grant of up to $1.4 million for the YRCC expansion • August 16, 2022 — City Council approves an amended architectural services contract with Miller Boskus Lack for the entire Phase 1 project scope. DISCUSSION: This project was advertised and bid by the City's Purchasing Division. Six bids were received with Moser being the lowest responsive bid. Mailing address: 113 W. Mountain Street www.fayetteville-ar.gov Fayetteville, AR 72701 The scope of this project includes approximately 4000 square -foot expansion to the existing building to include a teaching kitchen, appliances, multipurpose classroom, new restrooms, check in lobby, wood gym floor, and the repainting of the existing building exterior. BUDGET/STAFF IMPACT: GL Account Project Amount 2250.520.9255-5804.00 46050.7540 1,297,288 4705.860.7540-5804.00 46050.7540 1,182,487 Total 2,479,775 ATTACHMENTS: SRF (#3), BA (#4), YRCC Expansion -Service Contract (#5), Bid 24-23, Appendix A - City Issued Bid (#6), Bid 24-23, Appendix B - Moser's Submittal (#7), Bid 24-23, Appendix C - Bid Tab (#8), YRCC Survey Analysis 01.10.2022 (#9), YRCC Program of Spaces (#10), YRCC Bond Project Description (#11), B.H. Park Bond Question (#12) Mailing address: 113 W. Mountain Street www.fayetteville-ar.gov Fayetteville, AR 72701 == City of Fayetteville, Arkansas y 113 West Mountain Street Fayetteville, AR 72701 (479)575-8323 - Legislation Text File #: 2024-1818 Bid 24-23, Construction Contract for YRCC Expansion Contract A RESOLUTION TO AWARD BID # 24-23 AND AUTHORIZE A CONTRACT WITH MOSER CONSTRUCTION, LLC. IN THE AMOUNT OF $2,479,775.00 FOR CONSTRUCTION OF THE YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER EXPANSION, TO APPROVE A PROJECT CONTINGENCY IN THE AMOUNT OF $123,988.85, AND TO APPROVE A BUDGET ADJUSTMENT - 2019 PARK IMPROVEMENT BOND PROJECT BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS: Section 1: That the City Council of the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas hereby awards Bid # 24-23 and authorizes Mayor Jordan to sign a contract with Moser Construction, LLC in the amount of $2,479,775.00 for the construction of the Yvonne Richardson Community Center expansion, and further approves a project contingency in the amount of $123,988.85. Section 2: That the City Council of the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas hereby approves a budget adjustment, a copy of which is attached to this Resolution. Page 1 Wade Abernathy Submitted By City of Fayetteville Staff Review Form 2024-1818 Item ID 4/2/2024 City Council Meeting Date - Agenda Item Only N/A for Non -Agenda Item 3/15/2024 FACILITIES MANAGEMENT (140) Submitted Date Division / Department Action Recommendation: Approve Bid 24-23 construction contract for the YRCC Expansion with Moser Construction, LLC in the amount of $2,479,775, approve a 5% project contingency in the amount $123,988.85, and approve a budget adjustment. Budget Impact: 4705.860.7540-5804.00 2250.520.9255-5804.00 Parks Projects 2022 Bonds Parks Development Account Number Fund 46050.7540 Parks Bond Projects, YRCC Enhancements Project Number Budgeted Item? Yes Does item have a direct cost? Yes Is a Budget Adjustment attached? Yes Purchase Order Number: Change Order Number: Original Contract Number: Comments: Total Amended Budget Expenses (Actual+Encum) Available Budget Item Cost Budget Adjustment Remaining Budget Project Title $ 1,855,641.00 $ 443,351.94 L 1,412,289.06 $ 2,479,775.00 $ 1,291,476.00 223,990.06 Previous Ordinance or Resolution # Approval Date: V20221130 City of Fayetteville, Arkansas - Budget Adjustment (Agenda) Budget Year Division Adjustment Number FACILITIES MANAGEMENT (140) /Org2 2024 Requestor: Wade Abernathy BUDGET ADJUSTMENT DESCRIPTION / JUSTIFICATION: Approve Bid 24-23 construction contract for the YRCC Expansion with Moser Construction, LLC in the amount of $2,479,775, approve a 5% project contingency in the amount $123,988.85, and approve a budget adjustment. COUNCIL DATE: 4/2/2024 ITEM ID#: 2024-1818 Nolly Black 317212024 6:76 Rln RESOLUTION/ORDINANCE Budget Division Date TYPE: D - (City Council) JOURNAL#: GLDATE: CHKD/POSTED: TOTAL Account Number - - Increase / (Decrease) Expense Revenue Project.Sub# Project Sub.Detl AT v.2024222 Account Name 4705.860.7540-5804.00 1,167,487 - 46050 7540 EX Building Costs 4705.860.7540-5911.99 4705.860.7999-5899.00 123,989 - (1,291,476) - 46050 46050 7540 EX 7999 EX Contingency - Capital Project Unallocated - Budget I of 1 CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE ARKANSAS Contract for Services Construction — YRCC Expansion Contractor: Moser Construction, LLC Term: Single Project THIS AGREEMENT (Contract) is made this 2nd day of April 2024, by and between City of Fayetteville, Arkansas, acting by and through its Mayor (hereinafter called CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE or CITY) and Moser Construction, LLC (CONTRACTOR or MOSER). CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE from time to time requires professional construction services in connection with construction projects. Therefore, CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE and CONTRACTOR, in consideration of their mutual covenants, agree as follows: Work performed by CONTRACTOR shall be performed under valid, active, current license with the Arkansas Contractor's Licensing Board. CONTRACTOR shall follow all federal, state, and local laws at all times. 1. Contracted parties and relationship: a. This agreement shall be binding between all parties. Fees shall be provided as identified in appendices. i. MOSER's Tax identification number (TIN) ending in 0120 ii. MOSER's Arkansas Contractor License No. 0205100624 iii. MOSER's Secretary of State Filing No. 800157744 b. Parties agree to act on the basis of mutual trust, good faith, and fair dealing, and perform in a fiscally responsible and timely manner. Parties shall each endeavor to promote harmony and cooperation among all Project participants. 2. Entire Agreement and Exhibits: This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding between the parties on the subject matter of this Agreement. Neither party shall be bound by any conditions, definitions, representations or warranties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement other than those as expressly provided herein. a. Appendices included under this agreement include the following: i. Appendix A: Bid package identified as Bid 24-23, Construction —YRCC Expansion with the specifications and conditions typed thereon inclusive of all bidding documents, plans and drawings, and issued addenda. ii. Appendix B: MOSER's bid submittal iii. Appendix C: Bid Tabulation iv. Appendix D: MOSER's Certificate of Insurance v. Appendix E: MOSER's 100% Performance and Payment Bonds 1. Appendix D and E shall be submitted to the City within the timeframe identified in the bid documents or 10 (ten) calendar days. b. This agreement may be modified only by a duly executed written instrument signed by the CITY and CONTRACTOR. c. ORDER OF PRECEDENCE: In case of any inconsistency, conflict, or ambiguity among the Contract Documents, the documents shall govern in the following order: (a) Change Orders and written CONTRACT: Bid 24-23, Construction —YRCC Expansion Page 1 of 19 City of Fayetteville, AR amendments to this Agreement which are executed by all parties; (b) the Agreement; (c) MOSER's Proposal (d) City's published bid, and associated Addenda. 3. Notices: Any notice required under this Agreement shall be in writing, address to the appropriate party at the following addresses: a. City of Fayetteville: Attention: Mayor Lioneld Jordan, 113 W. Mountain, Fayetteville, AR 72701 b. Contractor: Moser Construction, LLC, 4411 Millbrook Drive, Bryant, AR 72022 4. Definitions: a. Unless otherwise specifically defined in this Agreement, any terms that have well-known technical or trade meanings shall be interpreted in accordance with their well-known meanings. b. "Business Day" means all Days, except weekends and official federal or state holidays where the Project is located. c. A "Change Order" is a written order signed by all Parties after execution of this Agreement, indicating changes in the scope of the Work, and Date of Substantial Completion or Date of Final Completion. d. "Contract Time" is the period between the Date of Notice to Proceed and the total time authorized to achieve Final Completion. e. The "Contractor' is the person or entity identified in this contract and includes Contractor's Representative. f. "Cost of the Work" means the total costs and discounts charged to the City. g. "Day" means a calendar day unless otherwise specified. h. "Defective Work" is any portion of the Work that that does not conform with the requirements of the Contract Documents. L "Design Professional" means the licensed architect or engineer retained by the City and its subconsultants, to perform design or engineering services for the Project. j. "Final Completion" occurs on the date when Contractor's obligations under this Agreement are complete and accepted by City and final payment becomes due and payable. This date shall be confirmed by a Certificate of Final Completion signed by all Parties. k. "Hazardous Material" is any substance or material identified now or in the future as hazardous under the Law, or any other substance or material that may be considered hazardous or otherwise subject to statutory or regulatory requirement governing handling, disposal, or cleanup. I. "Interim Directive" is a written order containing change to the Work directed by and in consultation with City and Design Professional after execution of this Agreement and before Substantial Completion. Interim Directives shall be consolidated and formalized in a change order to be signed by all parties. m. "Law" means federal, state, constitutional, or local laws, ordinances, codes, rules, and regulations applicable to the Work with which Contractor must comply that are enacted as of the Agreement date. n. "Others" means City's other: (a) contractors/constructors, (b) suppliers, (c) subcontractors, sub subcontractors, or suppliers of (a) and (b); and others employed directly or indirectly by (a), (b), or (c) or any by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable. o. "Overhead" means (a) payroll costs, burden, and other compensation of Contractor's employees in Contractor's principal and branch offices for work associated with this project. p. "Owner" is the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas (City). CONTRACT: Bid 24-23, Construction —YRCC Expansion Page 2of19 City of Fayetteville, AR q. The "Owner's Program" is an initial description of Owner's objectives, including budgetary and time criteria, space requirements and relationships, flexibility and expandability requirements, special equipment and systems, site requirements, and any requirements for phased occupancy. r. The "Parties" are collectively City and Contractor. s. The "Project," is the building, facility, or other improvements for which Contractor is to perform Work under this Agreement. It may also include construction by Owner or Others. t. The "Schedule of the Work" is the document prepared by Contractor that specifies the dates on which Contractor plans to begin and complete various parts of the Work, including dates on which information and approvals are required from City. u. "Subcontractor" is a person or entity retained by Contractor as an independent contractor to provide the labor, materials, equipment, or services necessary to complete a specific portion of the Work. The term Subcontractor does not include Design Professional or Others. v. "Substantial Completion" of the Work, or of a designated portion, occurs on the date when the Work is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that City may occupy or utilize the Work, or a designated portion, for the use for which it is intended, without unapproved disruption. This date shall be confirmed by a certificate of Substantial Completion signed by all Parties. w. A "Sub subcontractor" is a person or entity who has an agreement with a Subcontractor or another sub subcontractor or Supplier to perform a portion of the Subcontractor's Work or supply material or equipment. x. A "Supplier" is a person or entity retained by Contractor to provide material or equipment for the Work. y. "Terrorism" means a violent act, or an act that is dangerous to human life, property, or infrastructure, that is committed by an individual or individuals and that appears to be part of an effort to coerce a civilian population or to influence the policy or affect the conduct of any government by coercion. Terrorism includes, but is not limited to, any act certified by the United States government as an act of terrorism pursuant to the Terrorism Risk Insurance Act, as amended. z. "Work" means the construction services necessary or incidental to fulfill Contractor's obligations for the Project in accordance with and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents. The Work may refer to the whole Project or only a part of the Project if work is also being performed by Owner or Others. aa. "Worksite" means the area of the Project where the Work is to be performed. bb. "Bi-monthly basis" means every fourteen to sixteen calendar days. 5. General Provisions: a. ETHICS: All parties shall perform with integrity. Each shall avoid conflicts of interest and promptly disclose to any other part any conflicts that may arise. All parties warrant that it has not and shall not pay or receive any contingent fees or gratuities to or from any other party, including agents, officer's employers, Subcontractors, Sub subcontractors, Suppliers, Volunteers, Elected Officials, or Others to secure preferential treatment. b. WORKMANSHIP: The Work shall be executed in accordance with the Contract Documents in a workmanlike manner. All materials used in the Work shall be furnished in sufficient quantities to facilitate the proper and expeditious execution of the Work and shall be new except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. c. MATERIALS FURNISHED BY CITY OR OTHERS: If the Work includes installation of materials or equipment furnished by CITY or Others, it shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to examine the items so provided and thereupon handle, store, and install the items, unless otherwise provided in the Contract CONTRACT: Bid 24-23, Construction —YRCC Expansion Page 3of19 City of Fayetteville, AR Documents, with such skill and care as to provide a satisfactory and proper installation. Loss or damage due to acts or omissions of the CONTRACTOR shall be the responsibility of CONTRACTOR and may be deducted from any amounts due or to become due. Any defects discovered in such materials or equipment shall be reported at once to the CITY and the CITY's contracted third -party Design Professional. Following receipt of written notice from CONTRACTOR of defects, CITY and Design Professional shall promptly inform the CITY what action, if any, CONTRACTOR shall take with regard to the defects. d. WORKSITE VISIT: CONTRACTOR acknowledges that they have visited, or has had the opportunity to visit, the Worksite to visually inspect the general and local conditions which could affect the Work. e. CONTRACTOR shall perform all duties and responsibilities necessary to coordinate the various parts of the Work and to prepare its Work for the work of CITY or Others. f. Cutting, patching, or altering the work of CITY or Others shall be done with the prior written approval of CITY and Design Professional. Such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. g. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS: CONTRACTOR shall comply with all laws at their own cost. CONTRACTOR shall be liable to CITY for all loss, cost, or expense attributable to any acts or omissions by CONTRACTOR, its employees, subcontractors, suppliers, and agents for failure to comply with laws, including fines, penalties, or corrective measures. h. COST OF CORRECTING DAMAGED OR DESTROYED WORK: With regard to damage or loss attributable to the acts or omissions of CITY or Others and not to CONTRACTOR, CITY may either (a) promptly remedy the damage or loss and assume affected warranty responsibilities, (b) accept the damage or loss, or (c) issue a Change Order to remedy the damage or loss. If CONTRACTOR incurs costs or is delayed due to such loss or damage, CONTRACTOR may seek an equitable adjustment in the Cost of the Work, Date of Substantial Completion or Date of Final Completion. Any equitable adjustment shall be approved by all parties. I. Taxes and Permits: CONTRACTOR shall give public authorities all notices required by law and shall obtain and pay for all necessary permits, licenses, and renewals pertaining to the Work. CONTRACTOR shall provide to CITY copies of all notices, permits, licenses, and renewals required under this Agreement. I. CONTRACTOR shall pay applicable taxes and permit fees associated with the entire project. j. DISCOUNTS: All discounts for prompt payment shall accrue to CITY. All trade discounts, rebates, and refunds, and all returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment, shall be credited to the Cost of the Work, or directly to the CITY after final payment. k. CITY may occupy or use completed or partially completed portions of the Work when (a) the portion of the Work is designated in a Certificate of Substantial Completion, (b) appropriate insurer(s) consent to the occupancy or use, and (c) public authorities authorize the occupancy or use. CONTRACTOR shall not unreasonably withhold consent to partial occupancy or use. I. EXTENT OF AGREEMENT: Except as expressly provided, this Agreement is for the exclusive benefit of all Parties, and not the benefit of any third party. This Agreement represents the entire and integrated agreement between the Parties, and supersedes all prior negotiations, representations, or agreements, either written or oral. This Agreement and each and every provision is for the exclusive benefit of all Parties and not for the benefit of any third party. m. ASSIGNMENT: Except as to the assignment of proceeds, no Party shall assign their interest in this Agreement without the written consent of the other Party. The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be binding upon all Parties, their partners, successors, assigns, and legal representatives. No Party shall assign the Agreement without written consent of the other. n. Where figures are given, they shall be preferred to scaled dimensions. CONTRACT: Bid 24-23, Construction —YRCC Expansion Page 4 of 19 City of Fayetteville, AR o. The drawings and specifications are complementary. If Work is shown only on one but not on the other, CONTRACTOR shall perform the Work as though fully described on both. CONTRACTOR shall seek clarification from the CITY or the CITY's third -party Design Professional for any discrepancies. p. In case of conflicts between the drawings and specifications, the specifications shall govern unless otherwise stated in the bidding documents. In any case of omissions or errors in figures, drawings, or specifications, CONTRACTOR shall immediately submit the matter to CITY and Design Professional for clarification. The CITY's clarifications are final and binding, which may include third -party Design Professional content. q. DEBARMENT AND SUSPENSION: By execution of this agreement, CONTRACTOR certifies that to the best of its knowledge and belief that the CONTRACTOR and its principals: i. Are not presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from covered transactions by any Federal department or agency; ii. Have not within a three year period preceding this proposal been convicted of or had a civil judgment rendered against them for commission of fraud or a criminal offense in connection with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a public (Federal, State, or local) transaction or contract under a public transaction; violation of Federal or State antitrust statutes or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false statements, or receiving stolen property; iii. Are not presently indicted for or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a government entity (Federal, State, or local) with commission of any of the offenses enumerated in paragraph (2) of this certification; and iv. Have not within a three-year period preceding this application/proposal, had one or more public transactions (Federal, State, or local) terminated for cause or default. v. CONTRACTOR understands that a false statement on certification regarding debarment and suspension may be grounds for rejection of this proposal or termination of the award. In addition, under 18 USC Sec. 1001, a false statement may result in a fine. I further certify that I will obtain a similar certification for each subcontract awarded in excess of $50,000. vi. Certifications for subcontracts or sub subcontracts executed under this agreement shall include all language in this section. 6. Contract Document Review and Administration a. Before commencing the Work, CONTRACTOR shall examine and compare the drawings and specifications with information furnished by the CITY and Design Professional that are considered Contract Documents, relevant field measurements made by CONTRACTOR, and any visible conditions at the Worksite affecting the Work. b. Should CONTRACTOR discover any errors, omissions, or inconsistencies in the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall promptly report them to the CITY and Design Professional. Following receipt of written notice from CONTRACTOR of defects, CITY shall promptly inform CONTRACTOR what action, if any, CONTRACTOR shall take with regard to the defect. c. Nothing in this section shall relieve CONTRACTOR of responsibility for its own errors, inconsistencies, or omissions. CONTRACT: Bid 24-23, Construction —YRCC Expansion Page 5of19 City of Fayetteville, AR 7. Warranty a. CONTRACTOR warrants all materials and equipment furnished under the Construction Phase of this Agreement will be new unless otherwise specified, of good quality, in conformance with the Contract Documents, and free from defective workmanship and materials. At CITY or Design Professional request, CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence of the quality and type of materials and equipment furnished. CONTRACTOR further warrants all Work shall be free from material defects not intrinsic in the design or materials required in the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR's warranty does not include remedies for defects or damages caused by normal wear and tear during normal usage beyond the warranty period, use for a purpose for which the Project was not intended, improper or insufficient maintenance, modifications performed by the CITY or others, or abuse. CONTRACTOR's warranty shall commence on the Date of Final Completion of the Project. b. To the extent products, equipment, systems, or materials incorporated in the Work are specified and purchased by the CITY, they shall be covered exclusively by the warranty of the manufacturer. There are no warranties which extend beyond the description on the face of any such warranty. For such incorporated items, ALL OTHER WARRANTIES EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING THE WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY AND THE WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMED. c. CONTRACTOR shall obtain from its Subcontractors and Suppliers any special or extended warranties required by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR's liability for such warranties shall be limited to the one-year correction period, as further defined in this Agreement. After that period CONTRACTOR shall provide full and comprehensive assistance to the CITY in enforcing the obligations of Subcontractors or Suppliers for such extended warranties. d. Correction of Work If before Substantial Completion or within two -years after the date of Final Completion of the Work any Defective Work is found, CITY shall promptly notify CONTRACTOR in writing. Unless CITY provides written acceptance of the condition, CONTRACTOR shall promptly correct the Defective Work at its own cost and time and bear the expense of additional services required for correction of any Defective Work for which it is responsible. If within the two-year correction period CITY discovers and does not promptly notify CONTRACTOR or give CONTRACTOR an opportunity to test or correct Defective Work as reasonably requested by CONTRACTOR, CITY waives CONTRACTOR's obligation to correct that Defective Work as well as CITY's right to claim a breach of the warranty with respect to that Defective Work. ii. If CONTRACTOR fails to correct Defective Work within a reasonable time after receipt of written notice from CITY before final payment, CITY may correct it in accordance with Owner's right to carry out the Work. In such case, an appropriate Change Order shall be issued deducting the cost of correcting the Defective Work from payments then or thereafter due CONTRACTOR. If payments then or thereafter due CONTRACTOR are not sufficient to cover such amounts, CONTRACTOR shall pay the difference to CITY. iii. CONTRACTOR's obligations and liability, if any, with respect to any Defective Work discovered after the two-year correction period shall be determined by the law. If, after the two-year correction period but before the applicable limitation period has expired, CITY discovers any Work which CITY considers Defective Work, CITY shall, unless the Defective Work requires emergency correction, promptly notify CONTRACTOR and allow CONTRACTOR an opportunity to correct the Work if CONTRACTOR elects to do so. If CONTRACTOR elects to correct the Work, it shall provide written notice of such intent within fourteen (14) Days of its receipt of notice from CITY and shall complete the correction of Work within a mutually agreed timeframe. If CONTRACTOR does not elect to correct the Work, CITY may have the Work corrected by itself or CONTRACT: Bid 24-23, Construction —YRCC Expansion Page 6 of 19 City of Fayetteville, AR Others, and, if CITY intends to seek recovery of those costs from CONTRACTOR, CITY shall promptly provide CONTRACTOR with an accounting of the actual correction costs. iv. If CONTRACTOR's correction or removal of Defective Work causes damage to or destroys other completed or partially completed work or existing building, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the cost of correcting the destroyed or damaged property. v. The two-year period for correction of Defective Work does not constitute a limitation period with respect to the enforcement of CONTRACTOR's other obligations under the Contract Documents. vi. Before final payment, at CITY option and with CONTRACTOR's agreement, CITY may elect to accept Defective Work rather than require its removal and correction. In such cases the contract shall be equitably adjusted for any diminution in the value, as determined by CITY, of the Project caused by such Defective Work via formal written change order. 8. Safety of Persons and Property a. SAFETY PROGRAMS: CONTRACTOR holds overall responsibility for safety programs. However, such obligation does not relieve Subcontractors of their safety responsibilities and to comply with the law. CONTRACTOR shall prevent against injury, loss, or damage to persons or property by taking reasonable steps to protect: (a) its employees and other persons at the Worksite; (b) materials and equipment stored at onsite or offsite locations for use in performing the Work; and (c) property located at the Worksite and adjacent to work areas, whether or not the property is part of the Worksite. b. CONTRACTOR'S SAFETY REPRESENTATIVE: CONTRACTOR shall designate an individual at the Worksite in its employ as its safety representative. Unless otherwise identified by CONTRACTOR in writing to CITY, CONTRACTOR's project superintendent shall serve as its safety representative. CONTRACTOR shall report promptly in writing all recordable accidents and injuries occurring at the Worksite. When CONTRACTOR is required to file an accident report with a public authority, CONTRACTOR shall furnish a copy of the report to CITY. C. CONTRACTOR shall provide CITY with copies of all notices required of CONTRACTOR by the law. CONTRACTOR's safety program shall comply with the requirements of governmental and quasi - governmental authorities having jurisdiction. i. Damage or loss not insured under property insurance that may arise from the Work, to the extent caused by negligent or intentionally wrongful acts or omissions of CONTRACTOR, or anyone for whose acts CONTRACTOR may be liable, shall be promptly remedied by CONTRACTOR. d. If CITY deems any part of the Work or Worksite unsafe, CITY, without assuming responsibility for CONTRACTOR's safety program, may require CONTRACTOR to stop performance of the Work, take corrective measures satisfactory to CITY. If CONTRACTOR does not adopt corrective measures, CITY may perform them and deduct their cost from the final payment to CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR agrees to make no claim for damages, or an increase in the final payment to CONTRACTOR, or for a change in the Dates of Substantial or Final Completion based on CONTRACTOR's compliance with CITY's reasonable request. 9. Subcontracts: a. BINDING OF SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS: CONTRACTOR agrees to bind every Subcontractor and Supplier and require every Subcontractor to so bind its subcontractors and significant supplier, to the Contract Documents as they apply to the Subcontractor's or Supplier's applicable provisions to that portion of the Work. CONTRACT: Bid 24-23, Construction —YRCC Expansion Page 7 of 19 City of Fayetteville, AR b. CONTRACTOR agrees not to subcontract CONTRACTOR at risk related services without prior written consent from the CITY. 10. Fees, Expenses, and Payments: a. MOSER, at its own cost and expense, shall furnish all labor, materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, supervision, bonds, insurance, tax permits, and all other accessories and services necessary to complete items bid per Bid 24-23 as stated in MOSER's bid response, and in accordance with specifications attached hereto and made a part hereof under Bid 24-23, all included herein as if spelled out word for word. b. This turn -key project providing labor and materials shall be provided to the CITY for a not to exceed fee of $2,479,775.00 US Dollars with a $123,988.85 owner contingency for a total allowable Contract of$ 2, 603, 765.85. c. The City of Fayetteville shall pay CONTRACTOR for completion of the project based on a percentage of work completed. At no point shall payment exceed the percentage of work completed, as determined by the CITY. d. Payments will be made after approval and acceptance of work and submission of invoice Payments will be made approximately 30 days after approval of invoice. The CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE reserves the right to request receipts for materials purchased for the CITY from suppliers, subcontractors, or other sources. The CITY does not agree to any interest or penalty for "untimely" payments. e. The CITY reserves the right to withhold five percent (5%) retainage from all payments until project is completed in full. f. Not to exceed pricing shall include but not be limited to: i. Labor wages directly employed by CONTRACTOR in performing of the Work. ii. Salaries of CONTRACTOR's employees when stationed at the field office, in whatever capacity employed, employees engaged on the road expediting the production or transportation of material and equipment, and employees from the principal or branch office as mutually agreed by the Parties in writing. iii. Cost of all employee benefits and taxes, including but not limited to, workers' compensation, unemployment compensation, social security, health, welfare, retirement, and other fringe benefits as required by law, labor agreements, or paid under CONTRACTOR's standard personnel policy, insofar as such costs are paid to employees of CONTRACTOR who are included in the Cost of the Work. iv. Transportation, travel, hotel, and moving expenses of CONTRACTOR's personnel incurred in connection with the Work. v. Cost of all materials, supplies, and equipment incorporated in the Work, including costs of inspection and testing if not provided by CITY, transportation, storage, and handling. vi. Payments made by CONTRACTOR to Subcontractors for work performed under this Agreement. vii. Cost, including transportation and maintenance of all materials, supplies, equipment, temporary facilities, and hand tools not owned by the workers that are used or consumed in the performance of the Work, less salvage value or residual value; and cost less salvage value on such items used, but not consumed that remain the property of CONTRACTOR. viii. Rental charges of all necessary machinery and equipment, exclusive of hand tools owned by workers, used at the Worksite, whether rented from CONTRACTOR or others, CONTRACT: Bid 24-23, Con�l�,1e[fbW-YRCC Expansion Page 8 of 19 City of Fayetteville, AR installation, repair, and replacement, dismantling, removal, maintenance, transportation, and delivery costs at competitive market rates. ix. Cost of the premiums for all insurance and surety, performance or payment bonds which CONTRACTOR is required to procure or deems necessary and approved by CITY. x. Sales, use, gross receipts, or other taxes, tariffs, or duties related to the Work for which CONTRACTOR is liable. xi. Permits, taxes, fees, licenses, tests, royalties. xii. Losses, expenses, or damages to the extent not compensated by insurance or otherwise, and the cost of corrective work during the Construction Phase and for the warranty period. xiii. Costs associated with establishing, equipping, operating, maintaining, mobilizing and demobilizing the field office and site. xiv. Water, power, and fuel costs necessary for the Work. xv. Cost of removal of all nonhazardous substances, debris, and waste materials. xvi. Costs incurred due to an emergency affecting the safety of persons or property. xvii. Costs directly incurred in the performance of the Work or in connection with the Project, and not included in CONTRACTOR's Fee, which are reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents. g. STORED MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT: Unless otherwise provided in the contract documents, applications for payment may include materials and equipment not yet incorporated into the Work but delivered to and suitably stored onsite or offsite including applicable insurance, storage, and costs incurred transporting the materials to an offsite storage facility. Approval of payment applications for stored materials and equipment stored offsite shall be conditioned on a submission by CONTRACTOR of bills of sale and proof of required insurance, or such other documentation satisfactory to CITY to establish the proper valuation of the stored materials and equipment, CITY's title to such materials and equipment, and to otherwise protect CITY's interests therein, including transportation to the Worksite. Materials and equipment stored offsite shall be in a bonded and insured secure facility. h. FINAL PAYMENT: Upon satisfactory completion of the work performed under this Agreement, as a condition before final payment under this Agreement, or as a termination settlement under this Agreement, MOSER shall execute and deliver to CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE a release of all claims against CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE arising under or by virtue of this Agreement, except claims which are specifically exempted by MOSER to be set forth therein. i. Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement or by State law or otherwise expressly agreed to by the parties to this Agreement, final payment under this Agreement or settlement upon termination of this Agreement shall not constitute a waiver of CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE's claims against MOSER or sureties under this Agreement. 11. Project Bonding - Performance and payment bonding: After execution of this contract by all parties, CONTRACTOR shall provide 100% separate performance and payment bonds from a bonding company, licensed to do business in the state of Arkansas. Bonds shall be provided within ten (10) calendar days after this contract has been executed by all parties and shall be file marked by the Washington County Circuit Clerk's Office upon receipt to the CITY. a. All bonds shall be listed with the U.S. Treasury Department listing of approved surety's (T-List) and shall be rated A+ minimum by A. M. Best. CONTRACT: Bid 24-23, Construction —YRCC Expansion Page 9 of 19 City of Fayetteville, AR 12. Time: a. SUBSTANTIAL and FINAL COMPLETION: Date of Substantial Completion and the Date of Final Completion shall be established in the contract documents as a hard not -to -exceed date. If such dates are not established upon the execution of this Agreement, a Date of Substantial Completion and Date of Final Completion of the Work shall be established via Change Order. b. Time is of the essence with regard to the obligations of the Contract Documents. c. Unless instructed by CITY in writing, CONTRACTOR shall not knowingly commence the Work before the effective date of CONTRACTOR's required insurance and bonds and formal written and signed Purchase Order issued by the City of Fayetteville Purchasing Division. d. Schedule of Work: Before submitting its first application for payment, CONTRACTOR shall submit to CITY and, if directed, Design Professional, a Schedule of the Work showing the dates on which CONTRACTOR plans to begin and complete various parts of the Work, including dates on which information and approvals are required from CITY. Except as otherwise directed by CITY, CONTRACTOR shall comply with the approved Schedule of the Work or CONTRACTOR. CITY may determine the sequence in which the Work shall be performed, provided it does not unreasonably interfere with the approved project schedule. CITY may require CONTRACTOR to make reasonable changes in the sequence at any time during the performance of the Work in order to facilitate the performance of work by CITY or Others. If CONTRACTOR consequently incurs costs or is delayed, the Dates of Substantial or Final Completion, or both, CONTRACTOR may seek equitable adjustment. e. NOTICE OF DELAY CLAIMS: If CONTRACTOR requests an equitable extension of the Contract Time or an equitable adjustment contract as a result of a delay described, CONTRACTOR shall give CITY written notice of the claim. If CONTRACTOR causes delay in the completion of the Work, CITY shall be entitled to recover its additional costs. 13. Substantial Completion: a. The Work shall be Substantially Completed within 300 calendar days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run as provided in the GENERAL CONDITIONS. b. CONTRACTOR shall notify CITY and, if directed, Design Professional when it considers Substantial Completion of the Work or a designated portion to have been achieved. CITY, with the assistance of its Design Professional, shall promptly conduct an inspection to determine whether the Work or designated portion can be occupied or used for its intended use by CITY without excessive interference in completing any remaining unfinished Work. If CITY determines the Work or designated portion has not reached Substantial Completion, CITY, with the assistance of its Design Professional, shall promptly compile a list of items to be completed or corrected so CITY may occupy or use the Work or designated portion for its intended use. CONTRACTOR shall promptly and accurately complete all items on the list. c. When Substantial Completion of the Work or a designated portion is achieved, CONTRACTOR shall prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion establishing the date of Substantial Completion and the respective responsibilities of each Party for interim items such as security, maintenance, utilities, insurance, and damage to the Work, and fixing the time for completion of all items on the list accompanying the Certificate. The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be submitted by CONTRACTOR to City and, if directed, to Design Professional for written acceptance of responsibilities assigned in the Certificate of Substantial Completion. d. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Completion, warranties required by the Contract Documents shall commence on the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or a designated portion. CONTRACT: Bid 24-23, Construction —YRCC Expansion Page 10 of 19 City of Fayetteville, AR e. Upon CITY's written acceptance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion, CITY shall pay to CONTRACTOR the remaining retainage held by CITY for the Work described in the Certificate of Substantial Completion less a sum equal to one hundred and fifty percent (150%) of the estimated cost of completing or correcting remaining items on that part of the Work, as agreed to by the Parties as necessary to achieve Final Completion, including all close outs. Uncompleted items shall be completed by CONTRACTOR in a mutually agreed upon timeframe. 14. Final Completion: a. The Work shall be completed and ready for final payment in accordance with the GENERAL CONDITIONS within 330 calendar days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run. b. Upon notification from CONTRACTOR that the Work is complete and ready for final inspection and acceptance, CITY, with the assistance of its Design Professional shall promptly conduct an inspection to determine if the Work has been completed and is acceptable under the Contract Documents. c. When the Work is complete, CONTRACTOR shall prepare for CITY's written acceptance a final application for payment stating that to the best of CONTRACTOR's knowledge, and based on CITY's inspections, the Work has reached Final Completion in accordance with the Contract Documents. d. Final payment shall be made to CONTRACTOR within thirty (30) Days after CONTRACTOR has submitted an application for final payment, pending the application has been approved by the CITY, including submissions required, and a Certificate of Final Completion has been executed by all Parties. e. Final payment shall be due on CONTRACTOR's submission of the following to the CITY: i. an affidavit declaring any indebtedness connected with the Work, to have been paid, satisfied, or to be paid with the proceeds of final payment, so as not to encumber CITY property; ii. as -built drawings, manuals, copies of warranties, and all other close-out documents required by the Contract Documents; iii. release of any liens, conditioned on final payment being received; iv. consent of any surety; and v. any outstanding known and unreported accidents or injuries experienced by CONTRACTOR or its Subcontractors at the Worksite. f. If, after Substantial Completion of the Work, the Final Completion of a portion of the Work is materially delayed through no fault of CONTRACTOR; If approved by CITY, they shall pay the balance due for any portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining contract balance for Work not fully completed and accepted is less than the retained amount before payment, CONTRACTOR shall submit to CITY and, if directed, Design Professional the written consent of any surety to payment of the balance due for portions of the Work that are fully completed and accepted. Such payment shall not constitute a waiver of claims, but otherwise shall be governed by this section. g. ACCEPTANCE OF FINAL PAYMENT: Unless CONTRACTOR provides written identification of unsettled claims with an application for final payment, its acceptance of final payment constitutes a waiver of such claims. h. CONTRACTOR shall ensure that the City of Fayetteville receives lien waivers from all material suppliers, subcontractors and sub -subcontractors and before work begins on the project. The contractor shall give written notice to the material suppliers, subcontractors and sub -subcontractors providing work on the project that states the following: CONTRACT: Bid 24-23, Construction — YRCC Expansion Page 11 of 19 City of Fayetteville, AR i. 'According to Arkansas law, it is understood that no liens can be filed against public property if valid and enforceable payment and performance bond is in place. Regarding this Project and Agreement, the valid and enforceable bonds are with ( name of surety ).' ii. CONTRACTOR shall have each subcontractor, sub -subcontractor and material supplier execute a written receipt evidencing acknowledgment of this statement prior to commencement of the work of the subcontractor or material supplier. 15. Liquidated Damages: CONTRACTOR accepts the provisions as to liquidated damages in the event of failure to complete the Work within the total completion time. Liquidated damages in the sum of 300.00 for each consecutive calendar day thereafter will be assessed. 16. Notices: Any notice required to be given under this Agreement to either party to the other shall be sufficient if addressed and mailed, certified mail, postage paid, delivery, fax or e-mail (receipt confirmed), or overnight courier. 17. Jurisdiction: Legal jurisdiction to resolve any disputes shall be Arkansas with Arkansas law applying to the case. 18. Venue: Venue for all legal disputes shall be Washington County, Arkansas. 19. Changes in Scope or Price: Changes, modifications, or amendments in scope, price or fees to this contract shall not be allowed without a prior formal contract amendment approved by the Mayor and the City Council in advance of the change in scope, cost or fees. 20. Insurance: a. Before starting the Work and as a condition precedent to payment, CONTRACTOR shall procure and maintain in force Workers' Compensation Insurance, Employers' Liability Insurance, Business Automobile Liability Insurance, and Commercial General Liability Insurance ("CGL"). The CGL policy shall include coverage for liability arising from premises, operations, independent contractors, products -completed operations, personal injury and advertising injury, contractual liability, pollution coverage, and broad form property damage. CONTRACTOR shall maintain completed operations liability insurance for one year after Substantial Completion, or as required by the Contract Documents, whichever is longer. CONTRACTOR's Employers' Liability, Business Automobile Liability and CGL policies shall be written with at least the limits of liability presented in Appendix D. b. Employers' Liability, Business Automobile Liability, and CGL coverages required may be provided by a single policy for the full limits required or by a combination of underlying policies with the balance provided by excess or umbrella liability policies. c. CONTRACTOR shall maintain in effect all insurance coverage required with insurance companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located. If CONTRACTOR fails to obtain or maintain any insurance coverage required under this Agreement, CITY may purchase such coverage and charge the expense to CONTRACTOR or terminate this Agreement. d. To the extent commercially available to CONTRACTOR from its current insurance company, insurance policies required shall contain a provision that the insurance company or its designee shall give CITY written notice transmitted in paper and electronic format: (a) 30 Days before coverage is nonrenewed by the insurance company and (b) within 10 Business Days after cancelation of coverage by the insurance company. Before commencing the Work and upon renewal or replacement of the insurance policies, CONTRACTOR shall furnish CITY with certificates of insurance until one year after Substantial Completion or longer if required by the Contract Documents. In addition, if any insurance policy required is not to be immediately replaced without lapse in coverage when it expires, exhausts its limits, or is to be cancelled, CONTRACT: Bid 24-23, Construction —YRCC Expansion Page 12 of 19 City of Fayetteville, AR CONTRACTOR shall give CITY prompt written notice upon actual or constructive knowledge of such condition. e. Certificates of Insurance shall list the CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE as an additional insured. Listing the CITY has a Certificate Holder only is NOT an acceptable substitute. Certificates of Insurance must include the endorsements) showing the CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE listed as an additional insured. f. PROPERTY INSURANCE: i. At no time shall any policy be covered by self-insurance or in a self -insured format. All policies shall be covered by an approved commercial insurance professional properly licensed to do business in Arkansas. Unless otherwise directed in writing by City, before starting the Work, CONTRACTOR shall obtain and maintain a Builder's Risk Policy upon the entire Project for the full cost of replacement at the time of loss, including existing structures. This insurance shall also (a) name CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, Sub subcontractors, and Design Professional as named insureds; (b) be written in such form to cover all risks of physical loss except those specifically excluded by the policy; and (c) insure at least against and not exclude: 1. the perils of fire, lightning, explosion, windstorm, hail, smoke, aircraft (except aircraft, including helicopter, operated by or on behalf of Vendor) and vehicles, riot and civil commotion, theft, vandalism, malicious mischief, debris removal, flood, earthquake, earth movement, water damage, wind damage, testing if applicable, collapse, however caused; 2. damage resulting from defective design, workmanship, or material; 3. coverage extension for damage to existing buildings, plant, or other structures at the Worksite, when the Project is contained within or attached to such existing buildings, plant or structures. Coverage shall be to the extent loss or damage arises out of CONTRACTOR's activities or operations at the Project. 4. equipment breakdown, including mechanical breakdown, electrical injury to electrical devices, explosion of steam equipment, and damage to steam equipment caused by a condition within the equipment; 5. testing coverage for running newly installed machinery and equipment at or beyond the specified limits of their capacity to determine whether they are fit for their intended use; and 6. physical loss resulting from Terrorism. iii. The Party that is the primary cause of a Builder's Risk Policy claim shall be responsible for any deductible amounts or coinsurance payments. If no Party is the primary cause of a claim, then the Party obtaining and maintaining the Builder's Risk Policy shall be responsible for the deductible amounts or coinsurance payments. This policy shall provide for a waiver of subrogation. This insurance shall remain in effect until final payment has been made or until no person or entity other than CITY has an insurable interest in the property to be covered by this insurance, whichever is sooner. Partial occupancy or use of the Work shall not commence until CITY has secured the consent of the insurance company or companies providing the coverage required in this subsection. Before commencing the Work, CITY shall provide a copy of the property policy or policies obtained. iv. If CITY elects to purchase the property insurance required by this Agreement, including all of the coverages and deductibles for the same durations specified, CITY shall give written notice to CONTRACTOR before the Work is commenced and provide a copy of the property policy or CONTRACT: Bid 24-23, Construction —YRCC Expansion Page 13 of 19 City of Fayetteville, AR policies obtained in compliance with this agreement. CITY may then provide insurance to protect its interests and the interests of the CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Subsubcontractors. The cost of this insurance shall be paid by CITY in a Change Order. If CITY gives written notice of its intent to purchase property insurance required by this Agreement and fails to purchase or maintain such insurance, CITY shall be responsible for costs reasonably attributed to such failure. v. The Parties each waive all rights against each other and their respective employees, agents, contractors, subcontractors, suppliers, sub subcontractors, and design professionals for damages caused by risks covered by the property insurance, except such rights as they may have to the proceeds of the insurance. g. RISK OF LOSS: Except to the extent a loss is covered by applicable insurance, risk of loss from damage to the Work shall be upon the Party obtaining and maintaining the Builder's Risk until the Date of Final Completion. h. ADDITIONAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE: CITY shall require CONTRACTOR to purchase and maintain additional liability coverage. CONTRACTOR shall provide: Additional Insured. CITY shall be named as an additional insured on CONTRACTOR's Commercial General Liability (CGL) specified, for on -going operations and completed operations, excess/umbrella liability, commercial automobile liability, and any required pollution liability, but only with respect to liability for bodily injury, property damage, or personal and advertising injury to the extent caused by the negligent acts or omissions of CONTRACTOR, or those acting on CONTRACTOR's behalf, in the performance of CONTRACTOR's work for Owner at the Worksite. The insurance of the CONTRACTOR and its Subcontractors (both primary and excess) shall be primary to any insurance available to the Additional Insureds. Any insurance available to the Additional Insureds shall be excess and non-contributory. ii. OCP. CONTRACTOR shall provide an Owners' and Contractors' Protective Liability Insurance ("OCP") policy with limits equal to the limits on CGL specified, or limits as otherwise required by Owner. i. Any documented additional cost in the form of a surcharge associated with procuring the additional liability coverage in accordance with this subsection shall be paid by CONTRACTOR. Before commencing the Work, CONTRACTOR shall provide either a copy of the OCP policy, or a certificate and endorsement evidencing that CITY has been named as an additional insured, as applicable. L ROYALTIES, PATENTS, AND COPYRIGHTS: CONTRACTOR shall pay all royalties and license fees which may be due on the inclusion of any patented or copyrighted materials, methods, or systems selected by CONTRACTOR and incorporated in the Work. CONTRACTOR shall defend, indemnify, and hold CITY harmless from all suits or claims for infringement of any patent rights or copyrights arising out of such selection. PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY INSURANCE: To the extent CONTRACTOR is required to procure design services, CONTRACTOR shall require its design professionals to obtain a commercial professional liability insurance for claims arising from the negligent performance of professional services under this Agreement, with a company reasonably satisfactory to CITY, including coverage for all professional liability caused by any consultants to CONTRACTOR's design professional, written for not less than one million US dollars ($1,000,000) per claim and in the aggregate. CONTRACTOR's design professional shall pay the deductible. The Professional Liability Insurance shall contain a retroactive date providing prior acts coverage sufficient to cover all Services performed by the CONTRACTOR's design professional for this Project. Coverage shall be continued in effect for the entire warranty period. CONTRACT: Bid 24-23, Construction —YRCC Expansion Page 14 of 19 City of Fayetteville, AR 21. Professional Responsibility: CONTRACTOR will exercise reasonable skill, care, and diligence in the performance of services and will carry out its responsibilities in accordance with customarily accepted professional practices. CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE will promptly report to CONTRACTOR any defects or suspected defects in services of which CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE becomes aware, so CONTRACTOR can take measures to minimize the consequences of such a defect. CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE retains all remedies to recover for its damages caused by any negligence of CONTRACTOR. 22. Responsibility of the City of Fayetteville: CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE shall, within a reasonable time, so as not to delay the services of CONTRACTOR: a. Provide full information as to the requirements for the Project. b. Assist CONTRACTOR by placing at CONTRACTOR's disposal all available information pertinent to the assignment including previous reports and any other data relative thereto. c. Assist CONTRACTOR in obtaining access to property reasonably necessary for CONTRACTOR to perform its services. d. Examine all studies, reports, sketches, cost opinions, proposals, and other documents presented by CONTRACTOR and render in writing decisions pertaining thereto. e. Review all documents and provide written comments to CONTRACTOR in a timely manner. f. The City of Fayetteville Facilities Director is the project representatives with respect to the services to be performed under this Agreement. The Facilities Director Representative shall have complete authority to transmit instructions, receive information, interpret and define policies and decisions with respect to materials, equipment, elements and systems to be used in the Project, and other matters pertinent to the services covered by this Agreement. 23. Cost Opinions and Projections: Cost opinions and projections prepared by the CONTRACTOR relating to construction costs and schedules, operation and maintenance costs, equipment characteristics and performance, cost estimating, and operating results are based on CONTRACTOR's experience, qualifications, and judgment as a CONTRACTOR professional. 24. Period of Service: This Agreement will become effective upon the first written notice by CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE authorizing services hereunder. a. The provisions of this Agreement have been agreed to in anticipation of the orderly progress of the Project through completion of the services stated in the Agreement. CONTRACTOR shall proceed with providing the authorized services immediately upon receipt of written authorization from CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE. Said authorization shall include the scope of the services authorized and the time in which the services are to be completed. 25. Termination: a. This Agreement may be terminated in whole or in part in writing by either party in the event of substantial failure by the other party to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement through no fault of the terminating party, provided that no termination may be effected unless the other party is given: i. Not less than ten (10) calendar days written notice (delivered by certified mail, return receipt requested) of intent to terminate, ii. An opportunity for consultation with the terminating party prior to termination. b. This Agreement may be terminated in whole or in part in writing by CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE for its convenience, provided that CONTRACTOR is given: CONTRACT: Bid 24-23, Construction —YRCC Expansion Page 15 of 19 City of Fayetteville, AR i. Not less than ten (10) calendar days written notice (delivered by certified mail, return receipt requested) of intent to terminate, ii. An opportunity for consultation with the terminating party prior to termination. c. If termination for default is affected by CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, an equitable adjustment in the price provided for in this Agreement shall be made, but i. No amount shall be allowed for anticipated profit on unperformed services or other work, ii. Any payment due to CONTRACTOR at the time of termination may be adjusted to cover any additional costs to CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE because of CONTRACTOR's default. d. If termination for default is affected by CONTRACTOR, or if termination for convenience is affected by CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, the equitable adjustment shall include a reasonable profit for services or other work performed. The equitable adjustment for any termination shall provide for payment to CONTRACTOR for services rendered and expenses incurred prior to the termination, in addition to termination settlement costs reasonably incurred by CONTRACTOR relating to commitments which had become firm prior to the termination. e. Upon receipt of a termination action under Paragraphs above, CONTRACTOR shall: i. Promptly discontinue all affected work (unless the notice directs otherwise), ii. Deliver or otherwise make available to CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE all data, drawings, specifications, reports, estimates, summaries and such other information and materials as may have been accumulated by CONTRACTOR in performing this Agreement, whether completed or in process. f. Upon termination under sections above CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE may take over the work and may award another party an agreement to complete the work under this Agreement. g. If, after termination for failure of CONTRACTOR to fulfill contractual obligations, it is determined that CONTRACTOR had not failed to fulfill contractual obligations, the termination shall be deemed to have been for the convenience of CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE. In such event, adjustments of the agreement price shall be made as provided in this agreement. 26. Delays a. In the event the services of CONTRACTOR are suspended or delayed by CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, or by other events beyond CONTRACTOR's reasonable control, CONTRACTOR shall be entitled to additional compensation and time for reasonable documented costs incurred by CONTRACTOR in temporarily closing down or delaying the Project. b. In the event the services are suspended or delayed by CONTRACTOR, CITY shall be entitled to compensation and time for reasonable costs incurred in temporarily closing down or delaying the Project. 27. Rights and Benefits: CONTRACTOR's services shall be performed solely for the benefit of CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE and not for the benefit of any other persons or entities. 28. Dispute Resolution a. Scope of Paragraph: The procedures of this Paragraph shall apply to any and all disputes between CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE and CONTRACTOR which arise from, or in any way are related to, this Agreement, including, but not limited to the interpretation of this Agreement, the enforcement of its terms, any acts, errors, or omissions of CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE or CONTRACTOR in the performance of this Agreement, and disputes concerning payment. CONTRACT: Bid 24-23, Construction —YRCC Expansion Page 16 of 19 City of Fayetteville, AR b. Exhaustion of Remedies Required: No action may be filed unless the parties first negotiate. If timely Notice is given as described in this agreement, but an action is initiated prior to exhaustion of these procedures, such action shall be stayed, upon application by either party to a court of proper jurisdiction, until the procedures in this agreement have been complied with. c. Notice of Dispute I. For disputes arising prior to the making of final payment promptly after the occurrence of any incident, action, or failure to act upon which a claim is based, the party seeking relief shall serve the other party with a written Notice. ii. For disputes arising within one year after the making of final payment, CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE shall give CONTRACTOR written Notice at the address listed in this agreement within thirty (30) calendar days after occurrence of any incident, accident, or first observance of defect or damage. In both instances, the Notice shall specify the nature and amount of relief sought, the reason relief should be granted, and the appropriate portions of this Agreement that authorize the relief requested. iii. Negotiation: Within seven (7) calendar days of receipt of the Notice, the Project Managers for CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE and CONTRACTOR shall confer in an effort to resolve the dispute. If the dispute cannot be resolved at that level, then, upon written request of either side, the matter shall be referred to the President of CONTRACTOR, and the Mayor of CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE or his or her designee. These officers shall meet at the Project Site or such other location as is agreed upon within 30 calendar days of the written request to resolve the dispute. 29. Sufficient Funds: The CITY represents to have sufficient funds or the means of obtaining funds to remit payment to CONTRACTOR for services rendered by CONTRACTOR. All parties agree if funding should become insufficient to complete the project, CONTRACTOR shall be notified in a timely manner. 30. Publications: Recognizing the importance of professional services on the part of CONTRACTOR's employees and the importance of CONTRACTOR's public relations, CONTRACTOR may prepare publications, such as technical papers, articles for periodicals, promotional materials, and press releases, in electronic or other format, pertaining to CONTRACTOR's services for the Project. Such publications will be provided to CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE in draft form for CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE's advance review. CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE shall review such drafts promptly and provide CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE's comments to CONTRACTOR, CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE may require deletion of proprietary data or confidential information from such publications, but otherwise CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE will not unreasonably withhold approval. Approved materials may be used in a variety of situations and do not require additional review or approval for each use. The cost of CONTRACTOR's activities pertaining to any such publication shall be for CONTRACTOR's account. 31. Indemnification: The CITY requires that MOSER shall indemnify and hold harmless CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE against any and all liability, claims, demands, damages, losses, and expenses, including attorneys' fees, in connection with or arising out of any damage or alleged damage to any of CITY's existing adjacent property, including personal property, that may arise from the performance of the Work, to the extent caused by the negligent or intentionally wrongful acts or omissions of MOSER, Subcontractor, Supplier, Sub subcontractor, or anyone employed directly or indirectly by any of them or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. 32. Freedom of Information Act: CITY contracts and documents prepared while performing contractual work are subject to the Arkansas Freedom of Information Act. If a Freedom of Information Act request is presented to the City of Fayetteville, the VENDOR shall do everything possible to provide the documents in a prompt and timely manner as prescribed in the Arkansas Freedom of Information Act (A.C.A. 25-19-101 et. Seq.). Only legally authorized photo coping costs pursuant to the FOIA may be assessed for this compliance. CONTRACT: Bid 24-23, Construction —YRCC Expansion Page 17 of 19 City of Fayetteville, AR 33. Ownership of Documents: a. All documents provided by CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE including original drawings, CAD drawings, estimates, field notes, and project data are and remain the property of CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE. CONTRACTOR may retain reproduced copies of drawings and copies of other documents. b. Engineering and architectural documents, computer models, drawings, specifications and other hard copy or electronic media prepared by CONTRACTOR as part of the Services shall become the property of CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE when CONTRACTOR has been compensated for all Services rendered, provided, however, that CONTRACTOR shall have the unrestricted right to their use. CONTRACTOR shall, however, retain its rights in its standard drawings details, specifications, databases, computer software, and other proprietary property. Rights to intellectual property developed, utilized, or modified in the performance of the Services shall remain the property of CONTRACTOR. c. Any files delivered in electronic medium may not work on systems and software different than those with which they were originally produced. CONTRACTOR makes no warranty as to the compatibility of these files with any other system or software. Because of the potential degradation of electronic medium over time, in the event of a conflict between the sealed original drawings/hard copies and the electronic files, the sealed drawings/hard copies will govern. 34. Additional Responsibilities of CONTRACTOR: a. Review, approval, or acceptance of design drawings, specifications, reports and other services furnished hereunder by CITY shall not in any way relieve CONTRACTOR of responsibility for the technical adequacy of the work. Review, approval or acceptance of, or payment for any of the services by CITY shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights under this Agreement or of any cause of action arising out of the performance of this Agreement. b. CONTRACTOR shall be and shall remain liable, in accordance with applicable law, for all damages to CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE caused by CONTRACTOR's negligent performance, except beyond the CONTRACTOR's normal standard of care, of any of the services furnished under this Agreement, and except for errors, omissions or other deficiencies to the extent attributable to CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE or CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE-furnished data. c. CONTRACTOR's obligations under this clause are in addition to CONTRACTOR's other express or implied assurances under this Agreement or State law and in no way diminish any other rights that CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE may have against CONTRACTOR for faulty materials, equipment, or work. 35. Audit and Access to Records: a. CONTRACTOR shall maintain books, records, documents and other evidence directly pertinent to performance on work under this Agreement in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and practices consistently applied in effect on the date of execution of this Agreement. b. CONTRACTOR shall also maintain the financial information and data used by CONTRACTOR in the preparation of support of the cost submission required for any negotiated agreement or change order and send to CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE a copy of the cost summary submitted. CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, the State or any of their authorized representatives shall have access to all such books, records, documents and other evidence for the purpose of inspection, audit and copying during normal business hours. CONTRACTOR will provide proper facilities for such access and inspection. c. Records shall be maintained and made available during performance on assisted work under this Agreement and until three years from the date of final payment for the project. In addition, those records which relate to any controversy arising out of such performance, or to costs or items to which an CONTRACT: Bid 24-23, Construction —YRCC Expansion Page 18 of 19 City of Fayetteville, AR audit exception has been taken, shall be maintained and made available until three years after the date of resolution of such appeal, litigation, claim or exception. d. This right of access clause (with respect to financial records) applies to: i. Negotiated prime agreements ii. Negotiated change orders or agreement amendments affecting the price of any formally advertised, competitively awarded, fixed price agreement iii. Agreements or purchase orders under any agreement other than a formally advertised, competitively awarded, fixed price agreement. However, this right of access does not apply to a prime agreement, lower tier sub agreement or purchase order awarded after effective price competition, except: 1. With respect to record pertaining directly to sub agreement performance, excluding any financial records of CONTRACTOR; 2. If there is any indication that fraud, collusion, gross abuse or corrupt practices may be involved; 3. If the sub agreement is terminated for default or for convenience. 36. Covenant Against Contingent Fees: a. CONTRACTOR warrants that no person or selling agency has been employed or retained to solicit or secure this Agreement upon an agreement of understanding for a commission, percentage, brokerage or continent fee, excepting bona fide employees or bona fide established commercial or selling agencies maintained by CONTRACTOR for the purpose of securing business. For breach or violation of this warranty, CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE shall have the right to annul this Agreement without liability or at its discretion, to deduct from the contract price or consideration, or otherwise recover, the full amount of such commission, percentage, brokerage, or contingent fee. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS by and through its Mayor, and MOSER CONSTRUCTION, LLC by its authorized officer have made and executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written. CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE. ARKANSAS By: _ XfAV1 Lion Jordan, May ATTEST: By: Kara Paxton, City Clerk reasurer Date Signed: April 2nd, 2024 MOSER CONSTRUCTION, LLC —1 By: joll4obert Ws , CE (T Rfgs��i���i Or fly.• ,9 c�P� ',�� R N .��gS�••KR,_r6.�� CONTRACT: Bid 24-23, Construction — YRCC Expansion Page 19 of 19 City of Fayetteville, AR Signed: PROJECT MANUAL Cj YVONNE SQ Nelm ►CENTER ADDITION XArkans N3 Prepared for: GCity of Fayet& 111 so `CO ISSUllQ$1 CONSTRUCTION MBLArch itecture Project No: 200012 Issue date: January 22, 2023 Prepared by: ARCHITECTURE City of Fayetteville, Arkansas Wis CITY OF Purchasing Division — Room 306 FAYETTEVILLE 113W•Mountain Fayetteville, AR 72701 A R K A N S A S Phone: 479.575.8258 TDD (Telecommunication Device for the Deaf): 479.521.1316 Bid 24-23, Construction — YRCC Expansion DEADLINE: Tuesday, March 5, 2024 before 2:00 PM, LoPetteville, Rhe PRE -BID MEETING: Thursday, February 15, 4 at 3:0the Yvonne Richardson Community Center, 2J0 Rock �t�F AR 72701 SR. PURCHASING AGENT: Amanda B � &ss beiIfu 4V f DATE OF ISSUE & ADVERTISEMENI. /2024. /1 No late bids shall be accepted. Bids sh bmitte� electronic bidding platform or (2) d i in p on Submitting through the City's ec ni b ding p o with the attached City of Faye eci � ations and every blank and shall supply all i ormatio r meted; f �ot TI T All interested parties can `obtai f s for ct b, distributed electronically n the City ville FILE#00: REQUIRED SIGNATURE FORMS —5Total Pages FILE#01: PROJECT MANUAL— 715 Total Pages FILE #02: PLANS — 82 Plan Sheets oi1Lrhrough the City's third -party ,VryFayetteville Purchasing Division. a s shall be submitted in accordance iereto. Each bidder is required to fill in d as basis of rejection. n d"'Fittp!L— etteville-ar.Eov/bids. Bid documents shall be sing Division only. *Additional files added as addendums are issued. Addendums will be uploaded and posted to the City's electronic bidding platform. *PLAN HOLDER LISTINGS: A listing of vendors who have received documents can be found in the City's electronic bidding platform under the project section tab titled 'Plan Holders'. Bidder shall assume all responsibility for receiving updates and any addenda issued to this project by monitoring http://fayetteville-ar.gov/bids. Failure to acknowledge addenda issued as instructed could result in bid rejection. o� THIS PAGE I T/ LL T BLANK OD Telecommunications Device for the Deaf TDD (479) 521 1316 113 West Mountain - Fayetteville. AR 72701 CITY OF ._ FAYETTEVILLE ARKANSAS I Project Check List This checklist is for the Bidder's use in preparing & submitting a bid. It is not intended to include all details necessary to prepare a bid and shall not be used as a substitute forthe requirements of the bid documents. Use of this checklist does not relieve the Bidder from the responsibility of meeting all requirements of the Specifications concerning the preparation of an acceptable bid. Bidders are welcome to use this form as a coversheet for a sealed envelope; however, using this form itself is NOT a requirement. F-1 5% Bid Bond of the amount bid accompanied by required documentation (Power of Attorney, etc.) o In lieu of a bid bond, the bidder may submit a cashier's check from a bank located in the State of Arkansas for at least five percent (5%) of the amount bid (inclusive of any deductive alternat;o). Cashier's checks shall be made payable to the City of Fayetteville, AR and received prior to the bid d dline by making an in -person delivery appointment with the City Purchasing Division. 1-1 All addenda shall be signed, acknowledged, and sub on the appilll orms (submitting the actual addendums or marking acknowledgement on other bid pages). All line items shall be appropriately filled o ♦ d x ended the line rice as well as the total bid price. Total base bid should be calculated in the o space. 1-1 O All pages provided with signature lin I be appr i signed,` ordin and included with submitted bid documents1-1 ♦ ► O ` All bids shall be received be e ated d dli utilizing e s ele roni i in platform or submitting a physical gp g P Y ❑ sealed bid to the City P Division. Submittin a b ronicall trongly encouraged. A public bid opening will be conducte shortl ftsr c �adline ity Hall and livestreamed at htt s: www. outube.com user of ttevillea . a or mis it d bids shall not be accepted. The City of Fayetteville shall not be responsibl f lost isdire ed bids fa re of bidder's technical equipment. If submitting a physical bid, all bid docu nt�shall be er, in a seal v ope to the address stated in the advertisement or updated deadline issu alenda. bid ould b d with the name of the bidder (contractor) on the sealed envelope as well as th bi PIP rs Ar ractor's Li umber. Additional Infomm do a uired • A t y of State Filin #:oft � OR submit electronically. • Arka s Contractor License #: OR submit electronically. Pursuant Arkansas Code Annotated §25-1-503, the Contractor agrees and certifies that they do not currently boycott Israel and will not boycott Israel during any time in which they are entering into, or while in contract, with any public entity as defined in §25-1-503. If at any time during contract the contractor decides to boycott Israel, the contractor must notify the contracted public entity in writing. o Submit electronically or circle applicable answer: YES or NO • Pursuant Arkansas Code Annotated §25-1-1002, the Contractor agrees and certifies that they do not currently boycott Energy, Fossil Fuel, Firearms, and Ammunition Industries during any time in which they are entering into, or while in contract, with any public entity as defined in §25-1-1002. If at any time during the contract the contractor decides to boycott Energy, Fossil Fuel, Firearms, and/or Ammunition Industries, the contractor must notify the contracted public entity in writing. o Submit electronically or circle applicable answer: YES or NO Tellecommunicadons Device for the Deaf TDD (479) S21-1316 113 West Mountain - F&"MvitiG AR 72701 o� ���ppp,,,��� THIS PAG�NAI'�YLLANK Cj \CO Telecommunications Device for the Deaf TDD (479) 521 1316 113 West Mountain - Fayetteville. AR 72701 City of Fayetteville, Arkansas INVITATION TO BID Bid 24-23, Construction — YRCC Expansion The City of The City of Fayetteville is accepting sealed bids from properly licensed construction firms for the construction and completion of Yvonne Richardson Community Center Expansion/Addition. Questions regarding this bid should be addressed to Amanda Beilfuss, Sr. Purchasing Agent at abeilfuss@favetteville-ar.gov. A non -mandatory Pre -Bid meeting will be held Thursday, February 15, 2024 at 3:00 PM, on -site at the Yvonne Richardson Community Center, 240 E. Rock St., Fayetteville, AR 72701. Information regarding the pre -bid meeting is available on the project page on the City's electronic bidding platform. All interested parties are encouraged to attend. Bidding documents, plans, plan holders, and addenda shall be obtained at the C' Fayetteville Purchasing Division's electronic bidding platform at www.fayetteville-ar.gov/bids. All bids shall eived by Tuesday, March 5, 2024 before 2:00 PM, local time utilizing the electronic bid software mitting a sealed bid to the City of Fayetteville Purchasing Division. All bids shall be receive for to the �adline. Late or misdirected bids shall not be accepted. Submitting a bid electronically is s�ro y 5s:: ourage blic bi pening will be conducted shortly after the deadline at City Hall and livestream h t w ube.co e cit offs etteviIlear. The City of Fayetteville shall not be responsible for lost or is ' ectb' ailuree 'd is technical equipment. Each bid exceeding $50,000 shall be a Arkansas or a corporate bid bond for check for a bid bond, the actual hundred percent (100%) pe State of Arkansas Contractor' icen e shall be valid and current at the timeA Pursuant to Arkansas Code Ann women business enterpris Fayetteville encouragesk1le and women businessniSE The City of Fayettq for a period which IV _40f rHied b�� a ier's c erc �ftl moune cashi is eck shall] bond an arate pp serves the rigTft to v not exceed beyond ni �.N Xing business in the State of Wer opts to submit a cashier's ,City prior to the deadline. A one red with the contract awarded. A ry of State are required and both Tine encourages all qualified small, minority and ` goods, services, and construction. Also, City of ortions of their contract to qualified small, minority l*gularities, reject bids, and postpone the award of any Contract 0) days from the bid opening date. City of Fayetteville By: Amanda Beilfuss City Sr. Purchasing Agent P: 479.575.8220 Email: abeilfuss@fayetteville-ar.gov TDD (Telecommunications Device for the Deaf): (479) 521-1316 Date of advertisement: 02.04.24 & 02.11.24 This publication was paid for by the Purchasing Division of the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas. Amount paid: $XXX.XX Te1eCWMWnica00M Device fa the Deaf TDD (479) 521- t 31 t, CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS: BID 24-23, CONSTRUCTION — YRCC Expansion SECTION 01 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS PART ONE - DEFINED TERMS 1.1. Terms used in these Instructions to Bidders which are defined in the General Conditions have the meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions. Certain additional terms used in these Instructions to Bidders have the meanings indicated below which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof. 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 Bidder — One who submits a Bid directly to City of Fayetteville as distinct from a sub -bidder, who submits a bid to a Bidder. J* Issuing Office — The office from which the Bidding Documents ar a issued and where the bidding procedures are to be administered. Successful Bidder —The lowest, responsibl an responsi der to om the City of Fayetteville (on the basis of the City of Fayetteville's a on as er provid es an award. Local Time — Local time is defin a e time tteville, as on kEe due date of the deadline. Bids shall be received before adline a shown tomir4, cl D ocated in the Purchasing Division Office. �` - ` Substitution — Iteiaterial, equi ent, or to tha fers in application method, material, warranty, and/or p formanc ut ined i s cifi atio itution requests shall be submitted to the Purchasing Divisi nd questi�adline.i ution requests will be addressed via addendum. 1.7 Equivalent (or EcC material, and erfo meeting tang c E a Manufacturers 7iithin ing a minimum perfor PART TWO - COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS "W or substrate that meets the application method, of turer and/or warranty from what is specified. Item(s) at time of bid. kifications shall be used as a basis of design in regard to standard. 2.1 Complete sets of the Bidding Documents in the number and for the deposit sum, if any, stated in the Advertisement for Bids may be obtained from the Issuing Office. 2.2 Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing Bids. Neither City of Fayetteville nor Project Manager assumes any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. 2.3 City of Fayetteville and Project Manager in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids for the Work and do not confer a license or grant for any other use. SECTION 01— INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1 CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS: BID 24-23, CONSTRUCTION — YRCC Expansion PART THREE - EXAMINATION OF SITE AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 3.1 Bidders are advised that the Drawings and Specifications shall constitute all the information which the City of Fayetteville shall furnish. No other information given or sounding made by the City of Fayetteville or any official thereof, prior to the execution of said contract, shall ever become a part of, or change the contract, drawings, specifications, and estimates, or be binding on City of Fayetteville. 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 a. Prior to submitting any Bid, Bidders are required to: read carefully the Specifications, contract, and Bonds; examine carefully all Drawings; visit the site of the Work to carefully examine local conditions; inform themselves by their independent research and sounding of the difficulties to be encountered, and all attending circumstances affecting the cost of doing the work, and the time specified for its completion; and obtain all information required to make an intelligent ki"fd. Bidders shall rely exclusively upon their surveys, estimates, irwe ig ins, and other things which are necessary for full and complete information u 1104ich the b e made and for which a contract is to be awarded. The Bid Form, providing fo un and lum ± ices bid by the Contractor, contains a statement that all bids are made with�t knowle e diffic, and conditions that may be encountered, the kind, quality and of th 1 s, orkt ne, excavation, and materials required and with full knowledge awings s, specif', and estimates and all provisions of the contract and Bonds. %0 Bidders shall promptly e Pur asi vision of �ifcts r �mbi uities or discrepancies P p Y g p which Bidder has 'sc r or be the Conn c cuma its a uch other related documents. Information and dat show i a�$edin o bract Doc facilities at or contiguous q.site isJyysed n inforr�aQ and Project Manage Fayetteville and P�f unless it is exoressly (I 1'Swith respect to existing underground nd data furnished to City of Fayetteville round facilities or others, and City of ility for the accuracy or completeness thereof entary Conditions. On req -yXf Fay illelvill proA' aZ'3 Bidder access to the site to conduct such examinations, inves s, explorations, ests, d s 'es as each Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid. Bidder t fill all holes and clean d restore the site to its former conditions upon completion of such explorations, investigations, tests, and studies. 3.6 Reference is made to the General Requirements for the identification of the general nature of work that is to be performed at the site by City of Fayetteville or others (such as utilities and other prime contractors) that relates to the work for which a Bid is to be submitted. On request, and as available, City of Fayetteville will provide to each Bidder, for examination, access to or copies of Contract Documents (other than portions thereof related to price) for such work. 3.7 The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Article 3, that without exception the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents and applying the specific means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction (if any) that may be shown or indicated SECTION 01— INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 2 CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS: BID 24-23, CONSTRUCTION — YRCC Expansion or expressly required by the Contract Documents, that Bidder has given Project Manager written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, and discrepancies that Bidder has discovered in the Contract Documents and that the written resolutions thereof by Project Manager are acceptable to Bidder, and that the Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performing and furnishing the Work. 3.8 Mobilization shall not exceed 5% of bid total, not including bonds and insurance. 3.9 Any use of a third -party dumpster or roll -off container shall be procured from the City of Fayetteville Recycling and Trash Collection Division. Use of a Non -City dumpster or roll -off container is not allowed. 3.10 Open burning and blasting are not allowed on City projects. 3.11 Contractor is responsible for obtaining all app permits; +; ;Der, fees for City -issued permits shall be waived. PART FOUR - AVAILABILITY OF LANDS FOR D IN;Y HEMS 4.1 The lands upon which the Work' t�e performs ghts-of-vr l►d ease4oents for access thereto and other lands designated for Documents. All addition( construction equipme obtained and paiWec ( existing facilities a Contract Documents. PART FIVE - INTERPRETAT 5.1 If any perso meaning of part oq10 to th submit ct Manager not later he request shall be res tified in the Contract Vrri��ry construction facilities, c porated in the Work are to be tures or permanent changes in unless otherwise provided in the bid fdNMstruction of the Work is in doubt as to the true t ocuments or finds discrepancies in or omissions from any �s ould submit a written request for interpretation thereof ven days before the date set for bid opening. The person for its prompt delivery. 5.2 Interpretation or correction of proposed Contract Documents will be made only by Addendum through the City's online bidding portal. Only questions answered by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. City of Fayetteville will not be responsible for any other explanations or interpretations of the proposed Contract Documents. 5.3 Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by City of Fayetteville or Project Manager. 5.4 Bidder assumes all responsibility for checking the City's online bidding portal at www.fayetteville- ar.gov/bids for updates and addenda issued to this project. SECTION 01— INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 3 CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS: BID 24-23, CONSTRUCTION — YRCC Expansion PART SIX - APPROXIMATE ESTIMATE OF QUANTITIES 6.1 Estimated quantities are approximate only and shall be the basis for receiving unit price bids for each item but shall not be considered by Bidders as actual quantities that may be required for the completion of the proposed work. However, such quantities, at the unit and lump sum prices bid for each item, shall determine the amount of each bid for comparison of Bids and aid in determining the low and responsive Bidder for the purpose of awarding the contract, and will be used as basis for fixing the amount of the required Bonds. PART SEVEN - UNIT PRICES 7.1 Bidders must state a price for each item of work named in the Bid. Uni td Lu p Sum prices shall include amounts sufficient for the furnishing of all labor, materials, tools, lnent, and apparatus of every description to construct, erect, and finish completely all the vegr1called for in the Specifications or indicated on the Drawings. G 7.2 Prices bid shall bear a fair relationshi t st of th $to be do ds which appear unbalanced and are deemed not to be in the be st of Ci ayetteYill074be rejected at the discretion of City of Fayetteville. C 7.3 By submission of a Bid, Bi resent idder h o idere t .6e Project and the Work jj�N required and has revie Drawi gs a pecificati( a verif cope of the Work. PART EIGHT - BID FORM 61 8.1 Bids are due as indicated i t e AdUertiseme Bids. Z 8.2 Bids which are inc , unbal cl�p�fditiona cure or which contain additions not called for, erasures, alterat n , r irre a ' ies f any k hich do not comply with these Instructions to Bidders may reje ed as ' or non-r on a at the option of City of Fayetteville. However, City of Fayett '1 r erves th ri t to w4i nicalities as to changes, alterations, or revisions and to make d in the best terest i etteville. 8.3 Acceptance of alternate bids is at the City of Fayetteville's discretion, as best services the City of Fayetteville's interest. Each deductive alternate is provided for on the Bid Form (if applicable). The price of the Bid for each alternate will be the amount to be deducted from the price of the Total Base Bid if the City of Fayetteville selects any of the alternates. The unit price amount for each alternate shall be the same as the unit price amount listed in the Bid. 8.4 No Bidder shall divulge the information in the Bid to any person whomsoever, except those having a partnership or other financial interest with him in the Bid, until after the bids have been opened. 8.5 All bids shall include all costs including but not limited to sales tax, use tax, permits, insurance, etc. The contractor on this project is defined by the Arkansas Revenue Laws as the user and is responsible for the appropriate taxes. There are NO provisions in this bid for a contractor to avoid taxes. The City of Fayetteville is not a tax-exempt entity. SECTION 01— INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 4 CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS: BID 24-23, CONSTRUCTION — YRCC Expansion PART NINE - SIGNATURE ON BIDS 9.1 If the Bid is made by an individual, the firm name must be given, and the Bid Form signed by the individual or a duly authorized agent. If the Bid is made by a partnership, the firm name and the names of each member must be given, and the Bid signed by a member of the partnership, or a person duly authorized. If the Bid is made by a company or corporation, the company or corporate name must be given, and the Bid signed by an officer or agent duly authorized. The corporate seal must be affixed and attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary. The corporate address and state of incorporation must be shown below the signature. 9.2 All names must be typed or printed in black ink below the signature. ' Q9.3 The address and telephone number for communications regarding must be shown. 9.4 Powers of attorney, properly certified, for agen n others si1Bids must be in writing and filed with City of Fayetteville. 9.5 The Bid shall also contain a signed a n �edgme N Sr e i p t oP I'Venda. ' , 9.6 Arkansas Contractor's Licens gistrati i the Ar 9r3ecret4ry btate shall both be valid at time of bid deadline. ` 9.7 Vendor shall not 40 ed from doi usiness i ny gov ent entity. PART TEN - BID BOND </; 10.1 A five percent (5%) b eAr y, in th for of a bid ,cashier's check from a bank located in the State of Arkansa 1d in t Ad r isem t s, shall accompany each bid. Bid bonds for the difference in rice een r and sec w bidder shall not be acceptable. The Successful Bidder's sec will a re i u it Cit o etteville receives a signed Agreement and required Bonds and Ce . i� f Ins e. I the fu idder fails to execute and deliver the Agreement and furnis a quired contract securi wi fifteen days after the Notice of Selection, City of Fayetteville may ann the Notice of Selection an Bid security of that Bidder will be forfeited. 10.2 The City of Fayetteville reserves the right to retain the security of the three low bidders until the Successful Bidder enters into the Contract or until sixty (60) days after bid opening, whichever is sooner. Cash equivalent security of the second and third low bidder may be exchanged for an equivalent bid bond after bid tabulations are complete or thirty (30) days after bid opening, whichever is sooner. If any Bidder refuses to enter into an Agreement, City of Fayetteville may retain Bidder's bid security as liquidated damages but not as a penalty. PART ELEVEN - PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND 11.1 NOTICE TO PROCEED. BONDS AND ORDERING PROCEDURES SECTION 01— INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS: BID 24-23, CONSTRUCTION — YRCC Expansion 11.3 11.4 11.5 11.6 a. After contract award, the Contractor will provide the City with separate 100% performance and payment bonds, as required in the contract. b. Upon the City receiving and accepting the 100% Performance and Payment Bonds, the City will issue a Purchase Order along with a Notice of Award (NOA). c. The Notice of Award shall serve as permission for the Contractor to order any materials needed to complete the project, specifically those with a long lead time. d. The City will coordinate with the Contractor on the timing of the Notice to Proceed being issued, which shall take into consideration the expected delivery of items with a long lead time. e. Calendar days for substantial and final completion shall not start until tV day following the issuance of a Notice to Proceed. f. The City will make progress payments for materials delivedOnNi�e,after verification of delivered 1;Z11111111.1111 materials by City. If Required -- Contractor shall incl isions i h bonds i will guarantee the faithful q �► performance of the prevailing hour Claus s�equired♦by rkansas Prevailing Wage Law, Arkansas Code Annotated § 22-9- 10 C. Contractor shall pay all a in con 1► with th t ing ♦ finds. The Bonds shall be conditioned that Contr all fai ull !� form then pact a s y all indebtedness for labor V and materials fur ' he a orme�e constr ti of suc It1P ns and additions as prescribed in this contract. The surety company issuin t e onds st be solventkA y on the Surety Companies Annual List issued by the U.S. De tAe of the than the underw ' g . 'tation or t In Arkansas, 6aili g law r K be exe resi ca agent suret a y executing said Bo s The mer ountersigning of the Bon s are not to be issued in an amount greater s set out therein. oFVance and payment Bonds on public works contracts shall s licensed by the Insurance Commissioner to represent the ling with such Bonds his Power of Attorney as his authority. 11.7 The date of the Bonds, and of the Power of Attorney, must not be prior to the date of the contract. At least two originals of the Bonds shall be furnished, each with Power of Attorney attached. The performance and payment bond shall be furnished to the City of Fayetteville accompanied by a receipt stamped by the Washington County Circuit Clerk's Office. Before any work is performed under this contract, the bond shall be filed with the clerk of the circuit court of Washington County, Arkansas and accepted by the City of Fayetteville Project Manager. 11.8 Bonds are to be approved by City of Fayetteville. If any Bonds contracted for become unsatisfactory or unacceptable to City of Fayetteville after the acceptance and approval thereof, Contractor, upon being notified to that effect, shall promptly execute and furnish acceptable Bonds in the amounts herein SECTION 01— INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 6 CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS: BID 24-23, CONSTRUCTION — YRCC Expansion specified. Upon presentation of acceptable Bonds, the unsatisfactory Bonds may be canceled at the discretion of Contractor. PART TWELVE — INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS 12.1 The successful bidder shall provide a Certificate of Insurance in accordance with the following guidelines, prior to commencement of any work: $1,000,000 Commercial Liability, Statutory Worker's Compensation, and General Automotive, if applicable. SUCH CERTIFICATE SHALL LIST THE CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE AS AN ADDITIONAL INSURED. LISTING THE CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE AS A CERTIFICATE HOLDER ONLY IS NOT AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE. CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE MUST INCLUDE THE ENDORSEMENT SHOWING THE CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE LISTED AS AN ADDITIONAL INSURED. Insurar4te shall remain valid, when applicable, throughout project completion. 12.2 This bid is considered a public improvement Public imps♦ t bids shall submit certificates of insurance within 10 days of notice of notice p oceed, ety Council approval. Certificates of insurance are to be addressed to the City o aye eville, s that th ontractor carries the following insurance which shall be maintaine 11Qu hout the the bi nwork sublet; the contractor shall require the subcontractor simil rl �proviA me in r c coverage. In case any employee engaged in work on the projec s t prote der Wor ompe6sation, the Contractor shall provide, and shall cause eac ntracto p vide, a employability insurance for the protection of such of his pes a e of therwis cted. PART THIRTEEN - CONTR 13.1 Bidder agrees that t e Wo all a Subst I ompletein 300 consecutive calendar days from the date established in writ notic to proce�dotal completion (completed and ready for final payment) shall b �3 co tiv calendar�rom the date established in the written notice to proceed. The (INa rees t pay 'quidat es for each consecutive calendar day thereafter the total co letio e. 13.2 Excep ction e safet ♦ ion of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjace reto, and except as oth rwi i dicated in the Contract Documents, all Work at the Site shall be perfo ed during regular works ours, and Contractor will not permit overtime work or the performance of Work on Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without City of Fayetteville's written consent. PART FOURTEEN - LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 14.1 Bidder accepts the provisions as to liquidated damages in the event of failure to complete the Work within the total completion time. Liquidated damages in the sum of $300.00 for each consecutive day thereafter will be assessed. PART FIFTEEN — SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS, AND OTHERS 15.1 Contractor shall not assign or sublet all or any part of this contract without the prior written approval of City of Fayetteville nor shall Contractor allow such subcontractor to commence work until approval of SECTION 01— INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 7 CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS: BID 24-23, CONSTRUCTION — YRCC Expansion workman's compensation insurance and public liability insurance as may be required. Approval of each subcontract by City of Fayetteville will in no manner release Contractor from any obligations as set out in the Drawings, Specifications, contract, and Bonds. PART SIXTEEN - SUBSTITUTE AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS 16.1 Any reference to a particular brand or manufacture is in an effort to establish an acceptable level of quality for this purchase and are used as a basis of design in regard to establishing a minimum performance standard. Brands or manufacturers that are included in a bid that are of at least equal quality, size, and specification as to what has been specified, will be acceptable for consideration. All requests for approved substitutions shall be submitted by e-mail. Such request to obtain an accotable substitution shall be made in writing to Amanda Beilfuss, Sr. Purchasing Agent, at ab s fa etteville-ar. ov. The Sr. Purchasing Agent will forward any such requests to the respon + epartment for review. Approval of all submittals will be made only by Addend ssued by th ayetteville Purchasing Division. PART SEVENTEEN -QUALIFICATIONS AND REST O IBIL Y OF BI 17.1 To demonstrate qualifications to per e Wor idder m prepared to submit within five days after bid opening, upon City teville's ct Ma equest, detailed written evidence such as financial data, prese fitment a her su as may called for. Each Bid must contain evidence of Bidder' ication siness e ate o 17.2 CERTIFICATION OF U G Notice: bidders ar i d rovide pric e item ure to provide deductive alternate pricing can result in d rej n. e'�ity in s award t ract to the lowest qualified responsive responsible bidder based ump bid ong as c i falls within the amount of funds certified for the project, plus 2 0. a. In the event o i falls with Jthamoun s certified for the project, plus 25%� the City j rowill p Y utilize th edu a alt n in order u til b s can be compared within the amount certified, plus 25%. kit a en t all d u 've altq a subtracted and no bid falls within the amount certified, p bids will ejecte ` b. The * shall have the authorit gotiate an award with the apparent responsive responsible low bidder but only if the low bid is within twenty-five present (25%) of the certification of funds. 17.3 DEDUCTIVE ALTERNATES: This bid includes three (3) deductive alternates. Bidders shall submit fair, marketable representation for bid pricing for all deductive alternates. Failure to submit fair, marketable representation pricing for deductive alternates can result in rejection of bid at the discretion of the City. If deductive alternates are utilized, they shall be taken in order. 1. DEDUCTIVE ALTERNATE 1— BUILDING PAINT Provide pricing for painting only the south elevations on existing building. Deductive amount pricing shall be the difference to be deducted from Total Base Bid. SECTION 01— INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 8 CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS: BID 24-23, CONSTRUCTION — YRCC Expansion 2. DEDUCTIVE ALTERNATE 2 — GYM FLOOR a. Provide pricing for sport court flooring material and installation. Suggested Manufacturer: Ecore; Baller Motivate, Class 1. Color: Slam. Deductive amount pricing shall be the difference to be deducted from Total Base Bid. 3. DEDUCTIVE ALTERNATE 3 — KITCHEN PACKAGE a. Provide pricing for supplying kitchen ventilation hoods with related accessories and installation of ALL kitchen equipment (Owner to provide remaiing equipment). Deductive amount pricing shall be the difference to be deducted fro K"t al Base Bid. PART EIGHTEEN - DISQUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS 18.1 Any one or more of the following may be consi ered as suf ci or the disqualification of bidders and the rejection of Bids. � 18.2 More than one Bid Form for the rk fro 'nividual, partnership, or corporation under the same or different names. 18.3 Evidence of collusion am dders. tits in suc ion y ve no recognition as bidders Y for an future work. 18.4 Unbalanced Bid Fo s in wh Arices r rr items a f proportion to the prices for other items or changes written n end ents etter, or to submit a unit rice for each item of g p work for which a bi pry requi d the Bid yer r failure to include all required contract documents. 18.5 Lack of comp ncy s rev a financi s`ement, experience, plant, and equipment statements submitted'. k F resp s ili as show y t work judged from the standpoint of workmanship and progr s CiN_ 18.6 Uncompleted work which, in the judgment of City of Fayetteville, might hinder or prevent the prompt completion of additional work if awarded. 18.7 Being in arrears on existing contracts, in litigation with City of Fayetteville, or having defaulted on a previous contract. PART NINETEEN - OPENING OF BIDS 19.1 Bids will be opened and read aloud publicly at the place where Bids are to be submitted in a room to be designated by City of Fayetteville the day of the bid opening. A bid tabulation of the amounts of the base Bids and major alternates (if any) will be made available to Bidders after the opening of Bids. SECTION 01— INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 9 CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS: BID 24-23, CONSTRUCTION — YRCC Expansion PART TWENTY - EVALUATION OF BIDS 20.1 After the bids are opened and read, the quantities will be extended and totaled in accordance with the bid prices of the accepted Bids. This review of the Bids will confirm the low bidder. 20.2 In evaluating Bids, City of Fayetteville will consider the qualifications of Bidders, whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, and such alternates, unit prices, and other data as may be requested in the Bid Form or prior to the Notice of Selection. 20.3 City of Fayetteville may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations proposed for those portions of the Work 2.# to which the identity of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations mu ^submitted as provided in the Supplementary Conditions. City of Fayetteville also may consid operating costs, maintenance requirements, performance data, and guaran of major it • aterials and equipment proposed for incorporation in the Work when such data i q fired tobessiitted prior to the Notice of Selection. • PART TWENTY-ONE -RIGHT TO REJECT BIDS 21.1 21.2 City of Fayetteville reserves the r' eject aI Bids a technicalities, and to advertise for new bids. All Bids are subje is resery i t�€y of Fav Ile reser to itself the right to decide which shall be deemed th respon ' �espo . Du cation will be given to the reputation, financial ab' ' erien an uipment Bidd City of Fayetteville rvgethe right to i alities r6wolving price, time or changes in the Work and to negoti a co r ct a ,s with�4 essful BiOrj PART TWENTY-TWO - AW 22.1 City of Fayettevi from the dat�p Bidder. Tl*_ a agai rties. The letting of a necessary Bonds approved. PART TWENTY-THREE - RETAINAGE rt t withho M, ^arding of a contract a reasonable period of time ,to excee sixt (60) days except with the consent of the Successful upop ssful Bid shall give the Bidder no right to action or claim n til the contract is reduced to writing and signed by the Qntrjct shall not be complete until the contract is executed, and the 23.1 The City of Fayetteville shall make progress payments within two (2) weeks after Architect/Engineer's Certification of Payment. All such payments will be measured by the schedule of values established as provided in the General Requirements. a. Prior to Substantial Completion, progress payments will be made in an amount equal to the percentage indicated below, but, in each case, less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as Engineer/Architect shall determine, or The City of Fayetteville may withhold, in accordance with the General Requirements. SECTION 01— INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 10 CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS: BID 24-23, CONSTRUCTION — YRCC Expansion b. Retainage will be with -held from each pay request in the amount of 5%. After Substantial Completion has been issued by the Architect, Payments can be made for 100% less the value of remaining punch list items as identified by the Architect on the Certificate of Substantial Completion. c. 100% of Equipment and Materials not incorporated in the Work but delivered, suitably stored, and accompanied by documentation satisfactory to The City of Fayetteville as provided in the General Requirements. PART TWENTY-FOUR - SIGNING OF AGREEMENT 24.1 When City of Fayetteville gives a Notice of Selection to the Successful Bidder, it will be accompanied by the number of unsigned counterparts of the Agreement as indicated in theSupplementary Conditions, with all other written Contract Documents attached. Within five (5) s ereafter, the Contractor shall execute the contract and return to the City to submit to City CoL*ncPontractor a proval. Within 21 days, the City of Fayetteville shall return the fully executed t to Contewill have five (5) days to provide the Performance and Payment Bon s f the projecri • PART TWENTY-FIVE - MATERIALS GUARANT ` 25.1 Before any contract is awarded d r may b ed to fu com ete statement of the origin, composition, or manufacture or all m is propos use4in onstruction of the Work, together with samples, w c y be b ct d to test 'ded f ecifications to determine their quality and fitne e Work PART TWENTY-SIX - FAMIL RITY WI k 151,V4 0 Q 26.1 Bidder is presumed to be li r with fede , state, aws, ordinances, and regulations which in any manner affect toesiA aged o mp yed in th or the materials or equipment used, or that in any way affect and s II in espe s with said laws, ordinances, and regulations. No claim of misunders ing o e on the f Contractor will in any way serve to modify the provisionsof�co tract. p sentati s hall be binding unless embodied in the contract. PART TWEN 11f— INDEMNIFI TIO ` 27.1 To the extent of the limits of the Contractors Commercial General Liability Insurance, the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the City of Fayetteville against any and all liability, claims, demands, damages, losses, and expenses, including attorneys' fees, in connection with or arising out of any damage or alleged damage to any of the City's existing adjacent property, including personal property, that may arise from the performance of the Work, to the extent caused by the negligent or intentionally wrongful acts or omissions of the Contractor, Subcontractor, Supplier, Sub subcontractor, or anyone employed directly or indirectly by any of them or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. PART TWENTY-EIGHT - ADDITIONAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS 28.1 Bidder shall perform the Work in compliance with all applicable trench safety standards set forth in Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Part 1926 — Subpart P — Excavations. SECTION 01— INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 11 CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS: BID 24-23, CONSTRUCTION — YRCC Expansion SECTION 02 BID BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that we as Principal, hereinafter called the Principal, and G a corporation duly organized under s of th of Surety, hereinafter called Surety, are held and firml unto City of Fayetteville, Arkans 113 West Mountain Street � Fayetteville, Arkansas 72701 as Obligee, hereinafter c Ner, in t e su ($ ), for the payment of which sum, well and trulyto be mayd inc i al an y y ety, bid urselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, joi * veral ml the se S. WHEREAS, Principffl has submitted a Bid for BID 24-23, CONSTRUCTION — YRCC EXPANSION NOW, THEREFORE, if the Owner shall accept the Bid of Principal and the Principal shall enter into a Contract with the Owner in accordance with the terms of such Bid, and give such Bond or Bonds as may be specified in the Bidding or Contract Documents with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of such Contract and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution thereof, or in the event of the failure of Principal to enter such Contract and give such Bond or Bonds, if the Principal shall pay to the Owner the difference not to exceed the penalty hereof between the amount specified in said Bid and such larger amount for which the Owner may in good faith contract with another party to perform the Work covered by said Bid, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. SECTION 02 - BID BOND CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS: BID 24-23, CONSTRUCTION — YRCC Expansion Signed and sealed this day of PRINCIPAL 20 (CORPORATE SEAL) By SURETY ♦ O By ATTORNEY-IN-FAC O PORATE SEAL G (This Bond shall be acco it Attorney-in-Fact's author ty r Sur G G END OF SECTION 02 SECTION 02 - BID BOND 2 DOCUMENT 00 01 07 SEALS PAGES 1.1 DESIGN PROFESSIONAL OF RECORD (ARCHITECT) A. Miller Boskus Lack Architects, P.A. oy,�s �AC,c.4Rcy REGWEREO GC 1 �" • G 9'QkANSPs • J► O G 1.2 DESIGN PRO S VAL CORD ENGINEER) A. Olss Cj '� • NpSCAA OAS r F JANE Z fff � n • LICENSED : W -+ EARNHART m PRENERA�% u�+zmNGI*~ Zt►,�� o. 19979��1 1�� 10/13/2023 YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 00 01 07 - 1 1.3 DESIGN PROFESSIONALS OF RECORD (STRUCTURAL ENGINEER) A. Tatum Smith Welcher Engineers, Inc. fj15(ATE OF. _ $40 AR AN AS i LICENSED � \ O ,\ PRE jO�Rt "1� *Gi*A1�* w,P/ No. 19778 00��� O'A of O Cj D CG � � 1.4 DESIG R SS OF 0 (PLUMBING, MECHANICAL, ANDS iTRICA GIN A. ngineering Elemen� p,T E p ENGRfM I t.*ql/-/ No. 10054 15 N£ R. LOV YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 00 01 07 - 2 DOCUMENT 00 0110 TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS INVITATION TO BID: YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION 00 01 07 SEALS PAGE , 0001 10 TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 31 32 GEOTECHNICAL DATA: YRCC ADDITION Rk ROCK STREET 00 41 00 BID FORM + O 00 43 36 SUBCONTRACTOR LI G 0061 13 PERFORMANCE BOND YME D 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITT&ONS AIA D NT ��1-2017) 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENT ITIONS4 N '�. O DIVISION 01 GEN QUI NTS 01 11 00 S Y O O 012100 W C E S 01 26 00 ONT DIF IO PROC S 01 29 00 PAY T OCED 01 31 00 P O N jE TANINATION 013200 TRUC -GRES UMENTATION 01 40 00 A ITY Q REME 01 45 29 T SPE TI ERVICES 01 50+00� ERM FA AND CONTROLS P C TS 0 EXEC ION 01 0.01 OSHA TREN / EXCAVATION SAFETY 01 77 00 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 78 23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 78 39 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 79 00 MINIMUM OWNER TRAINING REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 02 EXISTING CONDITIONS 0241 19 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION DIVISION 03 CONCRETE 03 1000 CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 00 01 10- 1 03 20 00 03 30 00 0335 10 DIVISION 04 04 20 00 DIVISION 05 05 1200 05 21 00 05 31 00 05 40 00 05 50 00 05 51 33 DIVISION 06 06 10 00 06 16 00 06 40 23 0661 16 DIVISION 07 07 19 00 07 21 00 07 24 19 07 27 29 C 07 42 13 07 54 006 07 0 7 079 07 95 00 DIVISION 08 0811 13 08 15 13 08 33 23 0841 13 08 70 00 08 80 00 CONCRETE REINFORCING CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE POLISHED CONCRETE FINISHING MASONRY UNIT MASONRY METALS STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ' STEEL JOIST FRAMING STEEL DECKING COLD FORM METAL FRAMING O` METAL FABRICATIO METAL ACCESS LADD WOODS, PLAND C ITES ROUGH C RY O EXTERI DE SING ARC L WO SO RFA FAB.ItATIO C R� AND MOI T OTE(QN � �JJ'' WAT LLANT IN G ,ej W SMLTAL ROOF ACCESO JOINT SEALA EXPANSION C( OPENINGS V TION & FINISH SYSTEM (EIFS) -EFIN (TPO) ROOFING AND TRIM F HATCH HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES HIGH PRESSURE PLASTIC LAMINATED FACED DOORS OVERHEAD COILING DOORS ALUMINUM ENTRANCES, STOREFRONT AND FIXED FRAMING FINISH HARDWARE GLAZING YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 00 01 10- 2 DIVISION 09 FINISHES 09 22 16 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 09 29 00 GYPSUM BOARD 09 30 13 CERAMIC TILING 0951 13 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09 64 66 WOOD ATHLETIC FLOORING 0965 13 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES 0965 19 LUXURY VINYL TILE FLOORING 09 68 00 TILE CARPETING 09 72 00 WALL COVERINGS 09 84 36 SOUND -ABSORBING CEILING UNITS (BAFFLES)e 09 90 00 PAINTING • O DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES G 10 14 53 SIGNAGE (INT EXT 10 22 39 OPERABLE P ONS • 10 26 13 STAINLES CO ARD `O 10 28 13 TOILET SSORIE 10 44 00 FIRE TION IALTI • DIVISION 11 E ENT G 11 30 00 PLI � DIVISION 12 F R GS G 12 24 13 ER W SH DIVI IO • FI UP RE 21 1 3 WET PIPE SP ER SYSTEMS DIVISION 22 PLUMBING 22 07 19 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 22 11 16 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 2213 16 SANITARY WASTE & VENT PIPING DIVISION 23 HEATING VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING 23 01 00 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 23 05 93 TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING 23 07 00 HVAC INSULATION YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 00 01 10- 3 23 1123 NATURAL GAS PIPING 23 31 13 METAL DUCTWORK 23 33 00 DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES 2337 13 AIR DIFFUSERS 23 74 16 PACKAGED ROOFTOP UNITS DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL 26 05 00 GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 2605 19 LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS & CABLES 26 05 26 GROUNDING & BONDING 26 05 33 RACEWAYS FOR BOXES AND ELECTRICAL SY?TEMS 26 24 16 PANELBOARDS 26 27 26 WIRING DEVICES • O 2651 19 LED INTERIOR LIGHT DIVISION 28 ELECTRONIC SAF TY SE Y 28 46 21 ADDRESSAB ALAI'STEM► O DIVISION 31 EART 31 1000 SIT ARIN EMOLI ` 31 20 00 E ORK 3123 19 TWNG 31 31 00 OIL TRE T DIVISION 32 E TE IM O MENT N3 321313 RET�PA/ G \co DIVISION 3, TIL • 3 0 ` COMM N W SULTS FOR UTILITIES 332 0 STANDARD ICATIONS FOR DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF WATER LINES AND SEWER LINES 3341 00 STORM DRAINAGE END OF DOCUMENT YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 00 01 10- 4 DOCUMENT 00 3132 GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION: 240 E. ROCK STREET `O Ja ua , 2023 ♦ .22-396 S 91� .e) O Cj ^11& Pr r V Y: cClel C sultants ers, Inc. 181 ege A\e, . Box 1229 eville, 03-1229 ( 377 O i (479) 443-9241 Fax G (Refer to document following this coversheet) YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEV LLE, AR 0031 32 - 1 NEECONSULTINGD ENGINEERS, INC. January 5, 2023 1580 E. Stearns Street Fayetteville, Arkansas 72703 (479) 443.2377 mce.us.com CITY OF `\\\111illlr/�����' F AY E T T E V I L L E `���� a'<<G •AIJ% ARKANSAS ``,`�\V`: .•• ••••. Mc AND % 113 West Mountain Street = CONSULTING Fayetteville, Arkansas 72701 u,I ENWGNEERS, INC. Ng 24 ATTN: Mr. Wade Abernathy Director ond Projects and Facilities ',''''�� •••S•• \\����,,```` � �Nr ♦ O uuu\\N\ RE: Geotechnical Report for Yvonne Richardson Community Center ddi n G Fayetteville, Arkansas ♦ J► MCE Project Number: 22-3965 ` ♦ �� Dear Mr. Abernathy: �� ♦ a► O We are submitting herewith the re r e Ge cJh.n*,al Repor�n i�i above-r r ced project. We appreciate the opportunity to provide this ser t . I there�alluesti+olTs re ardin e G technical Investigation, lease pp Y p q g 9 9 ,p contact us. Sincere) ours, Y Y Cl McCLELLANOmc—�S-ATE ECONSULTING ENGINEERS, IN Steven J. Head, PE Principal I Geotechnical Department Head daWYA660d David Hubbard Project Designer Enclosure: Geotechnical Report * it • it No. 16434 01 /05/2023 MCCLELLAND CONSULTING ENGINEERS, INC. — "BEST ENGINEERING FIRM" ARKANSAS BUSINESS 2021 GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION Yvonne Richardson Community Center Addition Fayetteville, Arkansas MCE Project Number: 22-3965 i, '.� ) .• Y u GEOTECHNICAL REPORT Yvonne Richardson Community Center Addition MCE Project Number: 22-3965 Fayetteville, Arkansas FOR CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE ARKANS ARKANSAS 113 West Mountain Street Fayetteville, Arkansas 72701 Executive Summary I;?,** This is a report of the findings of the Geotechnical\'tationrthe Y, Fayetteville, Arkansas. This report includes detail development subgrade recommendations, fou P om ral significant findings listed below should not be s separat report. • This Geotechnical Investigati co sisted �of nine • The surface materialsALro tt a to con�of tor `O Ichardsoll" munity Center Addition in b dace co s, existing surface materials, site �jp s, and♦ m pavement sections. The the furt ussio 6ro vided in the body of this ,41/ Ldct boJ11113N pavement materials underlain by coarse aggregate or c Zafv5kent materials xceptio o -09, an encountered asphalt surface course was encountere yaorings a h a hicknes from two (2) to four (4) inches. Four (4) of these boring locations (B-01 th u B-04 wer ported b rse aggregate base ranging from two (2) to 12 inches. Two (2) boring ocati -07 B-08) were s IN9by concrete paving materials and had thicknesses ranging from WMA4) to fo c S. • Project boring B-09 e c tered t m erials at ace, with a measured thickness of six (6) inches. These thickness a CV n loredpotions�f the project areas. It is like) that this topsoil will extend �Y p p l Y p to further depths` as wher la a trees h are present. • MCE rec ds the Contra r ant' Ipa� minimum of 18 inches of initial re-grading/stripping across the project • Based on the provided information, current project scope, and encountered subgrade materials, it is recommended that a shallow foundation system composed of continuous and individual (spread) footings will be suitable for the support of the proposed structure foundations. • It is recommended that the project structure foundations bear on a minimum of two (2) feet of imported select fill meeting the compaction and moisture requirements outlined in the Select Fill Material section (Section 9.10) of this report. MEEMcCLELLAND CONSULTING ENGINEERS, INC. Geotechnical Report Yvonne Richardson Community Center Addition Fayetteville, Arkansas MCE Project Number: 22-3965 January 5, 2023 • The following pavement section recommendations provided are based on stable subgrade material and/or select fill material existing beneath recommended pavement sections. These should be viewed as minimums and can be increased during the design process. Portland Cement Concrete 4" N/A 6" Class 7 Base Course (95% MPD) 6" N/A 8" ACHM Surface Course (1/2") 2" 3" 2" ACHM Binder Course (1") N/ N/A 3" Class 7 Base Course (95% MPD) w 8" 8" • Any material to be used as a select fill on the projec ould be Engineer. The compaction requirements for the roje tare per+ ASTM otf and approved by the Geotechnical the table below. -2% to +2% Base Course A TLl57 / AASH� (J�aJ5 Near Optimum 18(� -Je4 G �. Ci G MEEMcCLELLAND CONSULTING ENGINEERS, INC. Geotechnical Report Yvonne Richardson Community Center Addition Fayetteville, Arkansas MCE Project Number: 22-3965 January 5, 2023 Table of Contents ExecutiveSummary ..................................................................................................................... 1.0 Introduction....................................................................................................................... 2.0 Existing Site Description.................................................................................................... 3.0 Project Scope.................................................................................................................... 3.1 Phase I - YRCC Addition.............................................................................................. 3.2 Phase II - Buddy Hayes Park...................................................................................... 4.0 Field Investigation............................................................................................................. 4.1 Project Borings.......................................................................................................... 4.2 Encountered Groundwater Conditions ................................................... 4.3 Encountered Auger Refusal Materials .................................................. 5.0 Laboratory Analysis............................................................................ 6.0 On -Site Soil Conditions..............................................0 01 .................... 6.1 United States Department of Agriculture (USD Sol Types a a ......................... 7.0 Local Geology of the Project Site ........................................ .... ....... 7.1 The Fayetteville Shale Formation ......... ............... �... .......... 7.2 The Blo d Shale Formation ......................... .............. 8.0 On -Site Soil Stratum Summary........'` ............... ................ ............ ..... 8.1 Stratum I - Surface Materials.... ..%.............. ............ .. ...........� ..a► 8.2 Stratum II - Fine -Grained S g cfe Ma ' I..... ... . ...... 8.3 Stratum III - Coarse-Gr ' e grade ate 'als......... .. �............. ... .......... 8.4 Stratum IV -Shale tone Subg Mat eri 9.0 Engineer's Analysis and com e tion;.......... .................. ........ 9.1 Site Preparation and G adin .. ............... .... �........................ 9.2 Subgrade Verification .................. ......... ................... .... 9.3 Rock Excavation Consi alwQ' ........... . ............... ...................................... 9.4 General Foundation endatl s i .......................................................... 9.5 Shallow Foundatio R c mmen i s .......................................................... 9.6 Structure Slab- -Gra ........ ... .................�.............................................. 9.7 Site Retaini r ures - L to Earth Pr ................................................... 9.8 Existing avem comme * ' 9.9 Minimu v ment Section Recomm ndat' l�s - Parking and Access Drive ............ 9.10 Select Fill erial................................................................................................. 10.0 Construction Materials Testing and Special Inspections ............................................. 11.0 Limitations and Reserved Rights................................................................................. Tables 1 1 .5 .5 .6 .6 .6 .7 .7 .7 .7 .8 .8 .9 .9 10 10 11 11 Table 1: Project Boring Locations and Planned Target Depths..............................................................................................2 Table 2: Field Investigation Details - Project Borings............................................................ Error! Bookmark not defined. Table 3: Laboratory Test Method Specifications..................................................................................................................... 3 Table4: USDA Local Soil Types.............................................................................................................................................4 Table 5: Lateral Earth Pressures.....................................................................................................................9 Table 6:Minimum Project Pavement Sections...................................................................................................10 Table 7: Compaction Requirements...............................................................................................................11 Appendices Appendix A: Boring Layout Appendix B: Boring Logs Appendix C: Laboratory Testing Results MEEMcCLELLAND CONSULTING ENGINEERS, INC. 1.0 Introduction Geotechnical Report Yvonne Richardson Community Center Addition Fayetteville, Arkansas MCE Project Number: 22-3965 January 5, 2023 McClelland Consulting Engineers, Inc. (MCE) conducted a geotechnical investigation for the Yvonne Richardson Community Center (YRCC) Addition and Buddy Hays Park in Fayetteville, Arkansas. The investigation was requested and authorized by Mr. Wade Abernathy, with the City of Fayetteville. This investigation was intended to explore the subsurface soil conditions at the planned project site and provide information on the existing subsurface materials and their suitability in regard to structure foundations and recommended minimum pavement sections for the project. 2.0 Existing Site Description The Yvonne Richardson Community Center is located at 240 East Rock Street in Fayetteville, Arkansas. The site is currently developed with the existing YRCC structure and pavement improvements including an asphalt paved parking area, access drives, concrete curb -and -guttering, as well as pedestrian sidewalks. h xisting greenspaces that border the parking area were observed to consist of low-cut grass, trees, and landsa a existing project site could be described topographically as having a gentle slope down fr orth to sou s East Rock Street. Maximum grade differentials from the north to the south end of the project sit r esti mat on the order of approximately six (6) feet. The site for Buddy Hays Park consists of two (2) s parce 936-00 5-02964-000), both parcels are currently owned by the City of Fayetteville and e o ass a to of appt a ly 0.4 acres. The project site is currently undeveloped and was observed to r��`��! I y woo e a down ope t the north. 3.0 Protect Scope .� ` Based on our understanding of the cope, a II proje tected Tie in two (2) phases. Phase I of this approach will consist of th ad 'o t he exi RCC a iifi ass 'ate destrian walkways and parking pp Y 9 p 9 improvements. Phase II will co a Aelopment of u es Par associated street improvements. Additional details pertaining to t two (2 s%re pr i d low. fto 3.1 Phase I - YRCC Addition The addition is planned to be locan the s Cd)the exi i nter, with an expected footprint on the order of 6,400 square feet (SF). The ii plann to two (2)%t with a portion of the second floor being cantilevered over the new front entran e. e icipa ion to conNTt steel framing on a shallow foundation system with slab -on -grad elements. S tura loadil ons e t yet available; however, based on our experience with projects of similaWex' ♦ ize, tici to that i column and wall loads will not exceed 100 kips and two (2) kips per linear foively. Also, w ntici e t at he finish -floor elevation (FFE) of the addition will generally match that of thetructure. r Also included in Phase I are the improvements to a portion of the existing East Rock Street, and the addition of safe cyclist and pedestrian connectors to the future Buddy Hayes Park to the south. At the time of preparing this report, the East Rock Street improvements scope has not yet been determined. 3.2 Phase II — Buddy Hayes Park The Buddy Hayes Park is planned to largely consist of two (2) developments: the Buddy Hayes Acoustic Pick -Up Stage and Outdoor Classroom, and the Buddy Hayes Stream Access Amphitheater. At the time of preparing this report, information pertaining to these two (2) developments was very limited and preliminary in nature. Based on the provided preliminary site plan, we anticipate that the structures will be small and lightly loaded. Project pavements are expected to be regularly subjected to light passenger vehicles and occasionally subjected to heavy truck traffic. Therefore, pavement improvements are anticipated to include both flexible asphalt and rigid concrete pavement materials. MEEMcCLELLAND CONSULTING ENGINEERS, INC. 4.0 Field Investigation Geotechnical Report Yvonne Richardson Community Center Addition Fayetteville, Arkansas MCE Project Number: 22-3965 January 5, 2023 Based on the provided information and our understanding of the project scope, MCE conducted a geotechnical investigation consisting of nine (9) project borings. Table 1 below provides the correlation between the planned development features and the boring locations along with their respective target depths. The project Boring Layout may be referenced in Appendix A on Plates 1A through 1 C and show the approximate locations of the project borings. Table 1: Project Boring Locations and Planned Target Depths Project Borings All project borings were conducted using a C augers. Soil samples were obtained at the dE spoon sampler. The split -spoon sampler height of 30 inches. The number of bl or portion thereof, is referred to as d per -foot. Final drilled depths arch as h In addition to Standard Penetralfin TE groundwater observations. The visual Appendix B on Plates 2 through 10; a provides details for the project bor%q: .25-inch diameter solid stem u of a two (2) inch diameter split - la c mmer dropped from a fixed 2 inches of an 18-inch drive, in the boring logs in units of blows- Luj2d visual soil classifications and Ig logs, which can be referenced in provided on Plate 11. Table 2 below 1328.5 Asphalt + Agg 3+2 6.5 1322.0 1323.0 Asphalt + Aggregate 3+12 18.8 1304.2 1317.5 Asphalt + Aggregate 3+8 18.9 1298.6 1319.0 Asphalt + Aggregate 3+4 18.75 1300.25 1319.5 Asphalt 4 6.5 1313.0 �. 1318.0 Asphalt 4 6.5 1311.5 1318.0 Asphalt + Concrete 2+4 6.5 1311.5 1307.0 Asphalt + Concrete 3+2 6.5 1300.5 • 1306.0 Topsoil 6 10.0 1296.0 NOTES: Surface Elevations shown in Table 2 are rounded to the nearest 0.5 foot and are based on a Preliminary Survey provided by MBL Architects. Reported thicknesses of the surface materials are rounded to the nearest one (1) inch. 2 MEEMcCLELLAND CONSULTING ENGINEERS, INC. 4.2 Encountered Groundwater Conditions Geotechnical Report Yvonne Richardson Community Center Addition Fayetteville, Arkansas MCE Project Number: 22-3965 January 5, 2023 At the time of this investigation, groundwater was not encountered by any of the project borings. The installation and periodic measurement of monitoring wells would be required to establish seasonal piezometric surfaces below the project site. Project grading should be properly designed to discharge any surface water that may develop following precipitation events. Although true groundwater was not encountered; the borings did encounter hard clayey soils and relatively dense rock materials. As a result of the low permeability created by these subsurface materials, groundwater has the potential to collect above hard clays and shallow dense rock, such as the encountered sandstone materials, in a "perched" condition during and after precipitation events. Any groundwater or perched water must be removed, if encountered during ;)nstr prior to the placement of fill or paving elements. To help reduce the potential for issues related to perched er, it is recommended that earthwork operations take place during typically dry portio f the calend ne through September). Earthwork operations conducted outside of this recommended timefra uld exp eral dewatering measures to be required to maintain a desirable construction schedule. Encountered Auger Refusal Mated Auger Refusal is generally defined as when a traditional auger drilling techniques. Refusal i? augers used, and the down pressures exec At the time of this investigation, a (B-01 through B-04 and B-09) did borings. These materials may V More information pertaining to the section of this report (Section 7.0) conditions are provided in the "Ro determine the eng ;r ial in w an no longer be advanced with dent type rilling equipment used, the V d' by e borings, but five (5) borings liered,,sanc materials throughout these project site. This assumption is based formations. Fl%Ysite can be found in the "Local Geology" erials and the potential for difficult excavation of this report (Section 9.4). The laboratory tests were conducted to The tests performeNVamples from the boringkincIdbd moisture content, Atterberg Limits, and sieve analyses. Results of laboratory Testing for the project bi nglkgre provided on the boring logs and the Laboratory Testing Results are in Appendix C. A key to the terms and symbols used on the boring logs is also presented in Appendix B on Plate 11. Table 3 below shows the relevant test method specifications utilized on the project. Table 1: Laboratory Test Method Specifications 3 MEEMcCLELLAND CONSULTING ENGINEERS, INC. 6.0 On -Site Soil Conditions Geotechnical Report Yvonne Richardson Community Center Addition Fayetteville, Arkansas MCE Project Number: 22-3965 January 5, 2023 The following project sections provide information regarding onsite conditions at the project location. This information includes descriptions of the existing soil types, imagery showing the approximate location of the existing soil types, and details about the local geology. 6.1 United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) Soil Types and Map The following soil types exist in the project area according to current USDA soil maps, with descriptions from the Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS). The project site is located in Washington County in Northwest Arkansas. The soil types that exist in the project area according to current USDA soil maps are briefly detailed in Table 4 below. Table 4: USDA Local Soil Types The Enders series dInsists of deEV, vVWdrained, very slowly permeable soils that formed in loa and layey res rom sha or interbedded shale and ErE sand to �. oils are e y level to o ately steep upland mountaintops and rid ently sl I to ery steePdrinnead inside slopes and foot slopes. The Lees u s 'es con si deep, moderately permeable soils that for oamy alluv r colluviu by andstone, shale, or limestone. soils are o evel to �5p side sl&es. toe slopes, or terraces. �s range 4%1� to 20 perc The above -referenced soils in the t urea haV a rjloderate- otent_ial f8Wrosion of concrete and steel materials used in construction. below prove lmagerto appro to s to location and how it relates to the Figure 1: USDA Soil Survey Report Image The image was produced by the United States Department of Agriculture. The green outline is the approximate project extent. El McCLELLAND NEFCONSULTING ENGINEERS, INC. Geotechnical Report Yvonne Richardson Community Center Addition Fayetteville, Arkansas MCE Project Number: 22-3965 January 5, 2023 7.0 Local Geology of the Project Site According to maps and literature published by the United States Geological Survey and the Arkansas Geological Survey, the project site is underlain by the Mississippian Age (300 to 350 million years ago) Fayetteville Shale Formation, and the Pennsylvanian Age (300 to 320 million years ago) Bloyd Shale Formation. A brief description from the Stratigraphic Summary of Arkansas - Information Circular 36 (IC-36) of the local geologic formation is provided below, as well as how these materials may impact the project site. 7.1 The Fayetteville Shale Formation The Fayetteville Shale Formation is a black, fissile, concretionary, clay shale. Dark gray, Ve-grained limestone commonly interbed with the shales in north central Arkansas. Septarian concretions are comm n lower beds of Fayetteville but may be found throughout the formation. Fossils are abundant in some intervals I cal areas, most of the fauna recovered is pyritic, but some silicified materials are found. The Fayetteville F at n is named for the city of Fayetteville, in the valley of the West Fork of the White River, in Washin unity, Ar.? �'- s. The Fayetteville Formation is thought to range from 10 to 400 feet in thickness, according to ostiZeratoure.,7.2 The Bloyd Shale Formation`► A� The Bloyd Shale Formation is primarily comprisecof�i of the most common invertebrate phyla are kn o! Formation. The base of the Bloyd Formatiofiis nsid( Formation is named for Bloyd Mountain,4ocath nine ( The Bloyd Formation is thought to Figure 2 below provides a vis , siltstone, and sandstone. Fossils ;a ous sandstones of the Bloyd ni an be found. The Bloyd ashington County, Arkansas. s ost literature. Figure 2: Image from the Geologic Map of Arkansas The red dot represents the approximate location of the project site. 5 MEEMcCLELLAND CONSULTING ENGINEERS, INC. 8.0 On -Site Soil Stratum Summary Geotechnical Report Yvonne Richardson Community Center Addition Fayetteville, Arkansas MCE Project Number: 22-3965 January 5, 2023 This summary is based on a collection of field notes and field-testing values recorded during the onsite investigation, notes recorded during the lab analysis, and results from the laboratory testing. The encountered subsurface soil conditions are summarized below. 8.1 Stratum I — Surface Materials The surface materials across the site consisted of topsoil, asphalt, and asphalt pavement materials underlain by coarse aggregate or concrete pavement materials. All of the conducted boring except B-09 encountered asphalt surface material with a thickness ranging from two (2) to four (4) inches. Four (4) of these borings (B-01 through B-04) encountered coarse aggregate base ranging from two (2) to 12 inches below the asphalt. Two (2) borings (B-CT7 and B-08) encountered concrete paving materials with thicknesses ranging from two (2) to four (4) inches the asphalt. Project boring B-09 encountered topsoil materials at the surface, with a meal d t icckness of six (6) inches. The reported thicknesses at the boring locations may fluctuate i lored poNe,�t o the project areas. It is likely that this topsoil will extend to further depths in areas where large tree and brush rsent. 8.2 Stratum II — Fine -Grained S The materials that make up Stratum II consist of were encountered in various colors and conta 7 Consistency values for the Stratum II CH gals ran from five (5) to 23. The natural soil m ' to Conte (LL) of these materials ranged fro 1, with PI of these materials exhibited m a high plastl ' c 74.9 and 79.5 percent of the ov I o m����''�as i dica Consistency values for the Stratum II `alU., is were from 13 to 15. The natural soil moisture c nt ra determined to be 46, with a PI val�o_ & The rac characteristics. The fine fractilCllo�Wle soil maps ul Mlds J► �� with H) ands dd Lean Clay (CL). These materials �a and gra of sa d and gravel. mediu hard,wvi c esponding N-values ranging e mated ed fr 6.1 percent. The Liquid Limit city Ind alue tha n d from 35 to 43. The fine fraction ;act I 'c .The fin ract n of these soils makes up between b ults of a ion analysis from the borings. e Ined to VWstiff, with corresponding N-values ranging )m 17.0 to 11111iL311loercent. The LL of these materials was in of then a e ials exhibited moderate plasticity apwo� y 58.0 percent of the overall soil mass, as indicated by the results of gradation an5lyirom t dam. `✓ 8.3 Stratum III ­4C a e-��Grain ubgrad ials The materials tha Stratum III c sist o yX a with Gravel (SC), Clayey Gravel with Sand (GC), Silty Sand with Gravel ( nd Clayey Sand (SC). es materials were encountered in various colors and contained varying amounts of sand and gravel. Consistency values for the Stratum III SC materials ranged from very loose to very dense, with corresponding N-values ranging from three (3) to greater than 50. The natural soil moisture content for these materials ranged from 11.4 to 35.7 percent. The LL of these materials ranged from 23 to 40, with PI values that ranged from 11 to 28. The fine fraction of these materials exhibited low to moderate plasticity characteristics. The fine fraction of these soils makes up between 32.3 to 48.8 percent of the overall soil mass, as indicated by the results of gradation analysis from the borings. Consistency values for the Stratum III GC materials ranged from loose to medium -dense, with corresponding N-values ranging from six (6) to 21. The natural soil moisture content for these materials ranged from 17.0 to 27.0 percent. The LL of these materials ranged from 37 to 55, with PI values that ranged from 22 to 40. The fine fraction of these materials exhibited low to moderate plasticity characteristics. The fine fraction of these soils makes up between 23.7 to 47.9 percent of the overall soil mass, as indicated by the results of gradation analysis from the borings. Consistency values for the Stratum III SM materials were determined to be medium -dense, with corresponding N-values ranging from nine (9) to 21. The natural soil moisture content for these materials ranged from 8.4 to 15.5 percent. The LL and PI of these materials were determined to be non -plastic (NP). The fine fraction of these materials exhibited negligible plasticity characteristics. The fine fraction of these soils makes up approximately 25.7 percent of the overall soil mass, as indicated by the results of gradation analysis from the borings. 9 MEEMcCLELLAND CONSULTING ENGINEERS, INC. 8.4 Stratum IV — Shale and Sandstone Subgrade Materials Geotechnical Report Yvonne Richardson Community Center Addition Fayetteville, Arkansas MCE Project Number: 22-3965 January 5, 2023 The materials that makeup Stratum IV consist of a Weathered Shale, Highly Weathered Shale, and Highly Weathered Sandstone materials. Consistency values for the Stratum IV shale materials were determined to be medium -dense to very dense, with corresponding N-values ranging from 18 to greater than 50. The natural soil moisture content for these materials ranged from 7.2 to 24.0 percent. The LL of these materials was determined to be 39, with a PI value of 20. The fine fraction of these materials exhibited low to moderate plasticity characteristics. The fine fraction of these soils makes up approximately 56.0 percent of the overall soil mass, as indicated by the results of gradation analysis from the borings. The Stratum IV sandstone material was visually classified in the field and laboratory utiliz4g ASTM D2488. This material was determined to have a moisture content of 7.9 percent. 9.0 Engineer's Analysis and Recommendations O We understand that the current project scope includes two ses. P this approach will consist of the addition to the existing YRCC along with associated pedestrian alk ys and improvements. Phase II will consist of the development of Buddy Hayes Park and associate provem is invesRa'Qn intended to provide the Client with recommendations that pertain to the subgra ions a 'ta ility fir erstood project scope. Those recommendations and considerations are pre the foll ectlons oleport. 9.1 Site Preparation and Gradin As previously described and reported ' ttratu s ary, the mate ' s the site consisted of topsoil, asphalt pavement materials, concr ment ater Is, and c re ate s p p 9 9 Within the extent of the Phase area stable subgr e t Is suitafr placement of select fill materials were generally encountered just belo the exis..�� rfi�ce m r Is. di Iona ut of up to 3.5 feet (5 feet below existing grade) may be required in the areas s r fin! B-02 to I c er suita Ie subgrade materials. Within the extent of the Phase II project area, stable subgrad teria s itable for plac�of select fill materials were generally encountered within two (2) to five A elow xi ng surfac vatlons. MCE recommends the Con a , antici a s a inimu riches of initial re-grading/strippingin �� improvement areas acr s th ojec it . Excavated slopes du �n tructio sou be berms loped to provide a minimum two -to -one horizontal -to -vertical (2H:1 V) ratio. Co r slopes steep than r may be unstable, particularly when introduced to moisture increases during p i ' tion events. Tempora sho ng measures should be anticipated to stabilize construction slopes that are steeper than H:1V, particularly during uti Installation operations. Although not anticipated, if excavation efforts require deep vertical trenching (deeper than five (5) feet, and the minimum 2H:1V ratio is not achievable) then the Contractor must establish a comprehensive Shoring Plan. That Shoring Plan should be reviewed and stamped by a licensed Professional Engineer (PE) prior to excavation. 9.2 Subgrade Verification Following stripping and initial grading, the development area subgrade should be proof -rolled with a tandem -axle fully - loaded dump truck weighing approximately 60,000 pounds, or equivalent construction equipment. The proof -rolling should be observed by the Geotechnical Engineer or his/her representative to verify and document stable subgrade conditions. Alternate means of subgrade verification may be conducted should proof rolling not be feasible within excavated dimensions. The implemented means of verification should be under the direction of the Geotechnical Engineer. Any soft and/or yielding subgrade areas encountered should be repaired by undercutting and backfilling with select fill material. The frequency of undercut areas and the total depth of required undercut may increase based on site conditions at the time of earthwork operations, particularly if construction occurs during a wet weather pattern (frequently occurring between October and May). MCE recommends that proof-rolling/subgrade verification should be conducted immediately following initial stripping and site grading to verify stability anticipations and avoid unnecessary undercut operations. 7 MEEMcCLELLAND CONSULTING ENGINEERS, INC. 9.3 Rock Excavation Considerations Geotechnical Report Yvonne Richardson Community Center Addition Fayetteville, Arkansas MCE Project Number: 22-3965 January 5, 2023 As mentioned previously in Section 4.3, auger refusal materials were not encountered by any of the borings, but five (5) borings (B-01 through B-04 and B-09) did encounter hard shale and highly weathered sandstone materials throughout the drilled depths. These materials may cause difficulties during excavation if encountered across the project site. This assumption is based on our extensive experience within the general project vicinity and with the local geologic formations. During construction, it is anticipated that these materials may be excavated using heavy equipment, though smaller equipment may have difficulty advancing beyond three (3) feet in isolated areas. It is recommended that the Contractor anticipate the potential necessity to utilize Rock Removal techniques if excavations extend to depths deeper than those investigated at this time. 9.4 General Foundation Recommendations The foundations relevant to the new project structures should be sized to melet re ) conditions. First, the maximum stresses imposed on the foundation strata should not exce allowable pressures as determined by the shear strength properties of the bearing strata. Secondly, foundati s should b� ed to limit the maximum anticipated total and differential settlement to magnitudes that will ngit damage norrtlilQ a use the structures. Finally, the foundation systems must also be desi resist �itl ated I overturning forces during the most critical loading conditions, including earth badings actors, as construction considerations related to the existing soil and ground conditi�ere infl the pre of thz scommendations presented hereinafter. � + 9.5 Shallow Foundation Rec ndat' sO Based on the provided inform n project e, and u tered s ra aterials, it is recommended that a shallow foundation system co c 'nuous and i i read) f tl s will be suitable for the support of the proposed structure foundations. is re e�lc that r ' ct struct dations bear on a minimum of one (1) foot of imported select fill meeting the on a mol a require outlined in the Select Fill Material section (Section 9.10) of this report. The Contractor should budge �»imum tw feet f i select fill to be placed beneath all structure foundations. This is due to th s a w pre �igh plast y (CH) encountered in project boring B-02, the single - digit N-values, and the va ilit f on ' es. This com endation is intended to reduce the potential for settlement beyond th a nticipat in thisi d can be used in the event that more CH materials are encountered duri c ctlon. As pr usly rOwe ditional undercut up to a depth of five (5) feet below existing grade(s) may be re it to remove unstable s s an xpose materials suitable for placement of select fill material and foundation bearing co diions. Footings bearing on a minimum of two (2) feet of select fill material placed above suitable subgrade conditions, as previously described, can utilize safe allowable bearing pressures of 2,000 pounds per square foot (psf) for continuous foundations and 2,500 psf for spread or individual foundations. The allowable bearing pressures provide a minimum factor of safety of three (3) and were calculated using a minimum footing width of two (2) feet, a minimum footing thickness of one (1) foot, and a minimum footing depth of two (2) feet below exterior ground elevations, which is adequate to protect against frost heave in the project area. The total long-term foundation settlement for footings bearing on properly placed select fill material with the assumed dimensions and loading is anticipated to be approximately 3/4-inch. The maximum differential settlement between footings is anticipated to be on the order of 1/2-inch between individual footings or along a 40-foot span for continuous footings. The final depth to stable subgrade soils and required undercut may be reduced at the discretion of the Geotechnical Engineer based on site conditions during construction. 0 MEEMcCLELLAND CONSULTING ENGINEERS, INC. Geotechnical Report Yvonne Richardson Community Center Addition Fayetteville, Arkansas MCE Project Number: 22-3965 January 5, 2023 As mentioned in the Subgrade Verification section of this report, the subgrade material in all structure footprints should be proof -rolled to verify stability following initial stripping and grading operations to avoid unnecessary undercut. The stability of soils beneath the foundation footprints can be evaluated by alternate means if proof -rolling is not feasible, provided that it is verified by the Geotechnical Engineer or his/her representative. 9.6 Structure Slab -on -Grade Slab -on -grade construction may be utilized for the planned structures, provided a minimum four (4) inch cushion of sand, crushed stone or gravel is placed below the slab areas with a vapor barrier directly below the concrete. It is recommended that a minimum of one (1) foot of select fill material is properly placed beneath the slab dimensions to provide adequate subgrade support and stability under -slab conditions. This recommendelon will likely be satisfied during initial earthwork operations required to allow for the placement of a minimum of on oot of select fill beneath structure foundations. The entirety of the slab subgrade area is recommended to be v�rif ing construction by proof -rolling as previously described in the Subgrade Verification section o is report. + 9.7 Site Retaining Structures — Lateral Earth'iPr sures At the time of this report, below -grade retaining str not an ' ' a Shoul w-grade retaining structures be implemented they should be designed to resist th m eqn uid lei vided in Table 5 below. The recommended minimum factor of safety liding aIV urningya►_. d 2.0 respectively. The provided lateral earth pressures assume a drained n for the a md he ate To achieve a drained condition, tre ruct h d be ba usin ning granular material and be provided with thru-wall drains or a en ch ain em gra ylight release of any hydrostatic pressure which may develop. r an of ' ge may re uired if ylig g is not an option, those alternate means would need to be discu a ved��by the The values provided in Table 5 f r No. rt).. 6i c r u s,l s ne grav I me a 1 H:1 V maximum backfiII slope from the heel of the retaining wall foundatio . I ertic iron drain" i r aed by the No. 57 or No. 67 stone, then the values for onsite soils should be u bed 1/as d on r imi and rele the material behind the gravel. Table 2: Lateral Earth Pressures w Onsite Soils Sh,f,.m II Onsite Soils Stratum III Select Fill Material (GC or GM) No. 57 or No. 67 Stone A coefficient of friction of 0.40 may be used provided the retaining structure is supported on a minimum of four (4) inches of placed and compacted Class 7 Base Course material. A friction value of 0.35 may be used provided the retaining structures are supported directly on select fill material or onsite soils. 9.8 Existing and New Pavement Recommendations Site grading for the pavement areas should consist of initial stripping and proof -rolling as previously described. Subgrade preparation and proof -rolling should follow the same procedure as described in the Subgrade Verification section (Section 9.2) of this report. As previously mentioned, the East Rock Street improvements scope of work has not yet been finalized. With that being said, the Contractor should anticipate the removal of a minimum of 18 inches of pavement materials across East Rock Street and existing parking areas. This recommendation is intended to ensure the removal of all pavement materials. E MEEMcCLELLAND CONSULTING ENGINEERS, INC. Geotechnical Report Yvonne Richardson Community Center Addition Fayetteville, Arkansas MCE Project Number: 22-3965 January 5, 2023 Within the pavement improvement areas, stable subgrade materials suitable for placement of select fill materials were generally encountered within the upper two (2) feet below the existing surface elevations. Isolated areas may require additional undercut to reach stable materials, such as those surrounding the areas of B-07 and B-08. Thickened "bridging" lifts on the order of 18 to 24 inches may be utilized if beneficial beneath pavement areas, particularly to prevent additional or excessive undercutting. Thickened lifts should only be implemented under the direction of the Geotechnical Engineer. The top eight (8) inches of any thickened lift should be compacted and tested per project specifications. A minimum of one (1) standard lift should be placed above any thickened lift utilized beneath pavement areas. It is recommended that the project planning and budgeting carry an allowance for a mini7m of one (1) foot of imported select fill materials to be placed within the pavement improvement areas with an all �ance of two (2) feet to be budgeted. Additional placement of fill material may be required in the event that soft soils arentered at the time of construction. ♦�tillmaterial O Final recommendations regarding undercut should be direc verifie Geotechnical Engineer or his/her representative, based on the results of proof -rolling duri g c struction leshould meet the requirements provided in the Select Fill Material section (Section B�+@JW be pla d r he reqents provided in Table 7 on the following page. 9.9 Minimum Pavement Section Re ndatio arkin cess Drive The following pavement recommendation ITfed in this c n are b elf stabs ade material and/or select fill material existingbeneath the recomm ve t e s This me rovided b proper placement Yp p of approved select fill material and/ on it mat being y pro I ithin the pavement subgrade dimensions. Minimum pavem se ' s re reco ded to a own NiTab below. For the recommendations provi d in ab igj t-duty v m re cd to be those pavements with low - volume traffic areas such as ped stria a s, par n taging rand areas primarily subjected to passenger vehicles. The standard -duty pavement a men ns in is secti Intended to apply to higher -volume traffic areas and other pavement area di nthat a to ylro periodic tected to heavy trucks. The standard -duty pavements are reco m' mendedas ming I a a ty is reet pavement section with a residential classification. Heavy-duty pa reco% a ' ns are in to apply to areas subjected to frequent heavy -truck traffic, like dumpster pads ,�►/�► ` inimum PrniPct4P%wPffPnt Spr. i is "%� Portland CementT%iKcrete 4" N/A 6" Class 7 Base Course (95% MPD) 6" N/A 8" ACHM Surface Course (1/2") 2" 3" 2" • - ACHM Binder Course (1") N/A N/A 3" Class 7 Base Course (95% MPD) 6' 8" 8" The pavement sections provided in Table 6 should be viewed as minimums and can be increased through the design process by the project Civil Engineer if warranted. 9.10 Select Fill Material Any select fill material planned for the project is recommended to be an off -site borrow material of locally available silty or clayey chert gravel meeting Unified Soils Classification as a GC or GM material and having a Plasticity Index of 35 or less, a Liquid Limit of 55 or less, a minimum of 30% retained on the %-inch sieve and a maximum of 35% passing the No. 200 sieve. Onsite Stratum III material may qualify for use as select fill material but should be submitted to the Geotechnical Engineer for approval prior to usage. 10 MEEMcCLELLAND CONSULTING ENGINEERS, INC. Geotechnical Report Yvonne Richardson Community Center Addition Fayetteville, Arkansas MCE Project Number: 22-3965 January 5, 2023 All fill and backfill should be placed in horizontal lifts. When placing fill next to existing slopes, the slope face should be stripped of all vegetation and the face "benched" to allow the placement of horizontal lifts and bonding to the slope face. Table 7 below provides the recommended compaction parameters for select fill and Class 7 base course to be used on the project. Table 7: Compaction Requirements ion M T Construction materials testing and special inspection servic are recom to be provided by MCE to provide consistency with the recommendations in this report an the ocument f those commendations being implemented during construction. Testing of the e ♦ concre ,�g, struct d other phases is recommended to be conducted and documented u constru rp assure t er and Engineer that the construction complies with the specifications. confirm the recommendationJexcavati Additionally, all trenching andOccupational Safety and Hea11.0 Limitations and The recommendations and conclusions gdl deviate appreciably from those disclos dd tl be referenced as particularly preli ina� 30 Final Geotechnical Investigation s be recommended that this final i V;�Vialkion is produced. ular, fielc jNlation o ork operations will be required to ild b c f2d'follo e curr ♦ was State Law and ( HAelines r uirem Ms A ti#s re a sed on mption that the subsoil conditions do not sub ac loration. r, the information in this document should the one ptual stag roject at the time of this report. A thorough ieKn fore the tion of construction or final design documents. It is for d once Ilgrading and site plan/scope information has been G 11 Appendix A: Project Boring Layout Arle WOW IL DESIGNED 10 SERVE P.' Legend ® Project Boring Location (10.0') • Protect Boring Lbon (20.0) o Project g Location (6.5') W J t. :1 I o ; � cif': W of ti Q r' S N c ca sLL w ` Q LLQ uCD - - M O a :�. d► f i• PROJECT NUMBER r Ar � - rMcCLELLANO �• #� ' jib -1 f %• :�i!. • j: - 22-3965 ',R r 1 mCECONSULTING ENGINEERS, INC. mce.us.com Yvonne Richardson Community Center Addition PLATE 1A Fayetteville, Arkansas '; °• Legend �.6 Project Boring Location (10.0') • Project Boring L**tion (20.0') 1 y. o Project ng Location (6.5) 1 V, W J V - �__. -_ �• t i > Q) Ly W Vf ti th co LL PROJECT NUMBER _ & 22-3965 McCLELLAND �CECONSULTING ��"'" _ _ „»...��� . �� • ENGINEERS, INC. • • • ' - mce.us.com Yvonne Richardson Community Center Addition PLATE 1 B Fayetteville, Arkansas Legend • Project Boring Location (10.0') 4 • Project Boring L#*tion (20.0') • Project Location (6.5') og W J CIA W v� • R t," ti ^rNEi•_J,• - -- r Z LLco W Q c ca 73 LL y;�''�a'-� f " z a. a r ♦� r.�� r PROJECT NUMBER y,• _ ur 22-3965 McCLELLAND CONSULTING ENGINEERS, INC. • • • " �, *,� mce.us.com Yvonne Richardson Community Center Addition PLATE 1 C Fayetteville, Arkansas Appendix A: Boring Logs DESIGNED TO SERVE McCLELLAND McClelland Consulting Engineers, Inc. MEECONSULTING 1580 East Stearns Street Fayetteville, AR 72703 ENGINEERS, INC. Telephone: 479.587.1303 BORING NUMBER B-01 PAGE 1 OF 1 CLIENT City of Fayetteville, Arkansas PROJECT NAME Yvonne Richardson Community Center Addition PROJECT NUMBER 22-3965 PROJECT LOCATION Fayetteville, AR DATE STARTED 12/6/22 COMPLETED 12/6/22 GROUND ELEVATION 1322 ft HOLE SIZE 4.25 inches DRILLING CONTRACTOR McClelland Consulting Engineers, Inc. GROUND WATER LEVELS: DRILLING METHOD Solid Stem Auger AT TIME OF DRILLING --- LOGGED BY D. Orozco CHECKED BY M. Roberson AT END OF DRILLING NOTES Conducted Usina a CME-45B Truck Mounted Drill Ria AFTER DRILLING --- U o2 O MATERIAL DESCRIPTION (D ASPHALT (3") AGGREGATE (2") (SC) CLAYEY SAND WITH GRAVEL Brown to Light Reddish Brown; Medium Dense; M) Plasticity; Moist �I - Loose Ver Dense w o wmLU �z* w a 0 O N Z z O � QZ w Of a o y WEATHERED SHALE Gray; Moderately Hard; Cr SPT Bottom ofjor ol4ff 6.5 feet. v G G � Cj 28 5-6-5 f11) (7) 35-15-20 (35) A SPT N VALUE A 20 40 60 80 PL MC LL 20 40 60 80 ❑ FINES CONTENT (%) ❑ ..:..............: . ..:......:.......:.. • : r: PLATE 2 BORING NUMBER B-02 McCLELLAND McClelland Consulting Engineers, Inc. fl1jrJECONSULTING 1580 East Stearns Street PAGE 1 OF 1 Fayetteville, AR 72703 ENGINEERS, INC. Telephone: 479.587.1303 CLIENT City of Fayetteville, Arkansas PROJECT NAME Yvonne Richardson Community Center Addition PROJECT NUMBER 22-3965 PROJECT LOCATION Fayetteville, AR DATE STARTED 12/6/22 COMPLETED 12/6/22 GROUND ELEVATION 1319 ft HOLE SIZE 4.25 inches DRILLING CONTRACTOR McClelland Consulting Engineers, Inc. GROUND WATER LEVELS: DRILLING METHOD Solid Stem Auger AT TIME OF DRILLING --- LOGGED BY D. Orozco CHECKED BY M. Roberson AT END OF DRILLING NOTES Conducted Using a CME-45B Truck Mounted Drill Rig AFTER DRILLING --- w o A SPT N VALUE A U >- cn w w 20 40 60 80 _ 0-^_ a O MATERIAL DESCRIPTION F w JED> of �Z) O z* a w w zQ PL M LL vWJ o a D O— O J> Ye — Z) 20 40 60 80 (D Z Z < u a 0-1❑ FINES CONTENT (%) ❑ ASPHALT (3") AGGREGATE (12") ............................... P 11 4-8-7 (CH) FAT CLAY WITH SAND ♦ ) Dark Brown with Mottled Gray and Reddisn; ery Stiff H Plasticity; Moist SPT -3-4 -Stiff 2 (7) :.�....:......:.......:. -Medium-Stiff O 39 ......:......:.......:......:. (CL) HIGHLY WE H LE ttBrown with ; Ve Stiff; Moderate PI st'ci SPT 6 5-8-10 Mo s (18) .............:.............. D� G WEATHER D STHA— Gray; Moder yry SPT 50 9-15-24 �" """"" '"""""" ♦` ♦ 5 (39) G 15 Moderately Hard to Hard 56T 56 13(69�43 - Hard Bottom of borehole at 18.8 feet. 7 PLATE 3 BORING NUMBER B-03 McCLELLAND McClelland Consulting Engineers, Inc. fl1jrJECONSULTING 1580 East Stearns Street PAGE 1 OF 1 Fayetteville, AR 72703 ENGINEERS, INC. Telephone: 479.587.1303 CLIENT City of Fayetteville, Arkansas PROJECT NAME Yvonne Richardson Community Center Addition PROJECT NUMBER 22-3965 PROJECT LOCATION Fayetteville, AR DATE STARTED 12/6/22 COMPLETED 12/6/22 GROUND ELEVATION 1317 ft HOLE SIZE 4.25 inches DRILLING CONTRACTOR McClelland Consulting Engineers, Inc. GROUND WATER LEVELS: DRILLING METHOD Solid Stem Auger AT TIME OF DRILLING --- LOGGED BY D. Orozco CHECKED BY M. Roberson AT END OF DRILLING NOTES Conducted Using a CME-45B Truck Mounted Drill Rig AFTER DRILLING --- w o A SPT N VALUE A U >- cn w w 20 40 60 80 _ 0-^_ a O MATERIAL DESCRIPTION F w JED> of �Z) O z* a w w zQ PL M LL vWJ o a D O— O J> Ye — Z) 20 40 60 80 (D Z Z < u a 0-1❑ FINES CONTENT (%) ❑ ASPHALT (3") AGGREGATE (8") ........................ (GC) CLAYEY GRAVEL WITH SAND Reddish Brown; Medium -Dense; Moderate P1asMoist 28 1 6 1 (1 SP .......... 10 11 2 (21) T - 3 5 (1 Reddish Brown t arl�9n; oose G )....:.......:......:. (SC) CLAYEY SAND WITH GR Light Brown with Mottl Gr1#1 ium-De e; derate Plasticity; Moist G � SPT 3-6-8 :.............:......:. 5 67 (14) G - Dark Brown with Mottled Gray; Dense WEATHERED SHALE Dark Grey; Moderately Hard; Dry ............... ........... Hard SPT 100 50/5" • » Bottom of borehole at 18.9 feet. 7 PLATE 4 BORING NUMBER B-04 McCLELLAND McClelland Consulting Engineers, Inc. MirJECONSULTING 1580 East Stearns Street PAGE 1 OF 1 Fayetteville, AR 72703 ENGINEERS, INC. Telephone: 479.587.1303 CLIENT City of Fayetteville, Arkansas PROJECT NAME Yvonne Richardson Community Center Addition PROJECT NUMBER 22-3965 PROJECT LOCATION Fayetteville, AR DATE STARTED 12/6/22 COMPLETED 12/6/22 GROUND ELEVATION 1316 ft HOLE SIZE 4.25 inches DRILLING CONTRACTOR McClelland Consulting Engineers, Inc. GROUND WATER LEVELS: DRILLING METHOD Solid Stem Auger AT TIME OF DRILLING --- LOGGED BY D. Orozco CHECKED BY M. Roberson AT END OF DRILLING NOTES Conducted Using a CME-45B Truck Mounted Drill Rig AFTER DRILLING --- w o A SPT N VALUE A U >- cn w w 20 40 60 80 _ 0-^_ a O MATERIAL DESCRIPTION F w JED> of �Z) O z* a w w zQ PL M LL vWJ o a D O— O J> Ye — Z) 20 40 60 80 (D Z Z < u a 0-1❑ FINES CONTENT (%) ❑ 15 ASPHALT (3") AGGREGATE (4") (SC) CLAYEY SAND WITH GRAVEL P 28 12-6-9 Reddish Brown; Medium -Dense; Moderate Plastic ; Mo t to Dry ) a► SPT -16-4 2 (20), O 39 (CL) SANDY LEA LA Light Grayish Bro ff; Moderate Plas icity; ois SPT 6 3-6-7 (13) D�co G G \C11 40 SPT 5-7-8 ♦ 5 33 (15) (CL) HIGHLY WEATHERED SHALE Grayish Brown to Gray; Moderately Hard to Hard; Moist - Gray; Dry - Hard Bottom of borehole at 18.8 feet. SPT 10-30-44 6 72 (74) 7 .......... ............... :....... PLATE 5 McCLELLAND McClelland Consulting Engineers, Inc. MEECONSULTING 1580 East Stearns Street Fayetteville, AR 72703 ENGINEERS, INC. Telephone: 479.587.1303 BORING NUMBER B-05 PAGE 1 OF 1 CLIENT City of Fayetteville, Arkansas PROJECT NAME Yvonne Richardson Community Center Addition PROJECT NUMBER 22-3965 PROJECT LOCATION Fayetteville, AR DATE STARTED 12/7/22 COMPLETED 12/7/22 GROUND ELEVATION 1315 ft HOLE SIZE 4.25 inches DRILLING CONTRACTOR McClelland Consulting Engineers, Inc. GROUND WATER LEVELS: DRILLING METHOD Solid Stem Auger AT TIME OF DRILLING --- LOGGED BY J. Islas CHECKED BY M. Roberson AT END OF DRILLING NOTES Conducted Usina a CME-45B Truck Mounted Drill Ria AFTER DRILLING --- MATERIAL DESCRIPTION w � � _j 2 a Z o > 0 O u cnw 0 Z J O > Z a>- w w Y - a Z n Z) 0-1❑ A SPT N VALUE A 20 40 60 80 PL LL 20 40 60 80 FINES CONTENTCn (%) ❑ ASPHALT (4") Oka (SM) SILTY SAND WITH GRAVEL Light Reddish Brown; Medium -Dense; Negligible Plasti ;MopTist 9-9-12 to Dry � 44 1) Dark Brown; Dry �` SPT 0-9-6 2 � (15) Dark Brown to Light Reddish Br ist �� ♦ (, P 39 4 �1 O (GC) CLAYEY G EL'%LITJI SAND Light Yellowish Br m-Dense; High P astic Bottom of jor oldftT6.5 feet. - G D� CG +V" SPT 7 (6) N�b5Cj PLATE 6 McCLELLAND McClelland Consulting Engineers, Inc. flirECONSULTING 1580 East Stearns Street Fayetteville, AR 72703 ENGINEERS, INC. Telephone: 479.587.1303 BORING NUMBER B-06 PAGE 1 OF 1 CLIENT City of Fayetteville, Arkansas PROJECT NAME Yvonne Richardson Community Center Addition PROJECT NUMBER 22-3965 PROJECT LOCATION Fayetteville, AR DATE STARTED 12/7/22 COMPLETED 12/7/22 GROUND ELEVATION 1317 ft HOLE SIZE 4.25 inches DRILLING CONTRACTOR McClelland Consulting Engineers, Inc. GROUND WATER LEVELS: DRILLING METHOD Solid Stem Auger AT TIME OF DRILLING --- LOGGED BY J. Islas CHECKED BY M. Roberson AT END OF DRILLING NOTES Conducted Usina a CME-45B Truck Mounted Drill Ria AFTER DRILLING --- U o2 O MATERIAL DESCRIPTION CD w o A SPT N VALUE A w 20 40 60 80 W m _ LU i1 � z � O � a N ~ Z c) PL MC LL 0 O� Jp> Y 20 40 60�80 Z Z u a 0-1❑ FINES CONTENTCn (%) ❑ ASPHALT (4") Oka (GC) CLAYEY GRAVEL WITH SAND Reddish Brown; Medium -Dense; Moist pT 89 6-5-6 .......................... 1) (SC) CLAYEY SAND Dark Brown; Medium -Dense; Moderate PI tic oist SPT -6-12 2 (18) ..... ........ :....... ....... :. O P 39 ......:............... :......... Dark Brown with Ilo o Striatio SPT 9 4-6-6 ❑ (12) S;b Bottom of tor of 6.5 feet. W �pEGG* V * **" U� 5 PLATE 7 McCLELLAND McClelland Consulting Engineers, Inc. MEECONSULTING 1580 East Stearns Street Fayetteville, AR 72703 ENGINEERS, INC. Telephone: 479.587.1303 BORING NUMBER B-07 PAGE 1 OF 1 CLIENT City of Fayetteville, Arkansas PROJECT NAME Yvonne Richardson Community Center Addition PROJECT NUMBER 22-3965 PROJECT LOCATION Fayetteville, AR DATE STARTED 12/7/22 COMPLETED 12/7/22 GROUND ELEVATION 1317 ft HOLE SIZE 4.25 inches DRILLING CONTRACTOR McClelland Consulting Engineers, Inc. GROUND WATER LEVELS: DRILLING METHOD Solid Stem Auger AT TIME OF DRILLING --- LOGGED BY J. Islas CHECKED BY M. Roberson AT END OF DRILLING NOTES Conducted Usina a CME-45B Truck Mounted Drill Ria AFTER DRILLING --- U o2 O MATERIAL DESCRIPTION CD ASPHALT (2") sib CONCRETE (4") (SC) CLAYEY SAND WITH GRAVEL Dark Brown to Yellowish Brown; Loose; Low P I+t, ist Medium -Dense Light Brown with Mottled Gray; O (CH) FAT CLAY Light Brown to E Moist 3rr�th Mottled Gray;tiff; Hi h I Bottom of or of V feet. G G X1000" U� \CO w o A SPT N VALUE A w 20 40 60 80 W m _ LU i1 � z � O � a N ~ Z c) PL MC LL 0 OOf Jp> Y 20 40 60�80 Z Z u a 0-1❑ FINES CONTENT (%) ❑ PT 50 2-3-4 SPT -4-5 2 (9) .......................... . . 724br o ................................. • SPT 1 2-4-4 (8) .......:..............:......:. PLATE 8 McCLELLAND McClelland Consulting Engineers, Inc. MEECONSULTING 1580 East Stearns Street Fayetteville, AR 72703 amrazzmmu ENGINEERS, INC. Telephone: 479.587.1303 BORING NUMBER B-08 PAGE 1 OF 1 CLIENT City of Fayetteville, Arkansas PROJECT NAME Yvonne Richardson Community Center Addition PROJECT NUMBER 22-3965 PROJECT LOCATION Fayetteville, AR DATE STARTED 12/7/22 COMPLETED 12/7/22 GROUND ELEVATION 1310 ft HOLE SIZE 4.25 inches DRILLING CONTRACTOR McClelland Consulting Engineers, Inc. GROUND WATER LEVELS: DRILLING METHOD Solid Stem Auger AT TIME OF DRILLING --- LOGGED BY J. Islas CHECKED BY M. Roberson AT END OF DRILLING NOTES Conducted Usina a CME-45B Truck Mounted Drill Ria AFTER DRILLING --- U o2 O MATERIAL DESCRIPTION CD ASPHALT (3") CONCRETE (2") (SC) CLAYEY SAND WITH GRAVEL Dark Brown; Loose; Moderate Plasticity; Moist •` V O (CH) FAT CLAY Light Grayish Br Moist Stiff; ModeraTe to Bottom of or of V feet. G G XV-1 G \CO w o wmLU �z* w a 0 O N Z Z w z O � Q Of a o PT 39 6-3 3 SPT -4-3 2 (7)/ 39 SPT 7 2-4-8 Z( (12) A SPT N VALUE A 20 40 60 80 PL MC LL 20 40 60 80 ❑ FINES CONTENT (%) ❑ PLATE 9 BORING NUMBER B-09 McCLELLAND McClelland Consulting Engineers, Inc. fl1jrJECONSULTING 1580 East Stearns Street PAGE 1 OF 1 Fayetteville, AR 72703 ENGINEERS, INC. Telephone: 479.587.1303 CLIENT City of Fayetteville, Arkansas PROJECT NAME Yvonne Richardson Community Center Addition PROJECT NUMBER 22-3965 PROJECT LOCATION Fayetteville, AR DATE STARTED 12/19/22 COMPLETED 12/19/22 GROUND ELEVATION 1306 ft HOLE SIZE 4.25 inches DRILLING CONTRACTOR McClelland Consulting Engineers, Inc. GROUND WATER LEVELS: DRILLING METHOD Solid Stem Auger AT TIME OF DRILLING --- LOGGED BY J. Ruble CHECKED BY M. Roberson AT END OF DRILLING --- NOTES Conducted Using a CME-45B Truck Mounted Drill Rig AFTER DRILLING --- w o A SPT N VALUE A U >- cn w w 20 40 60 80 _ 0-^_ a O MATERIAL DESCRIPTION F w J ED> of �Z) O z* a w w zQ PL M LL vWJ o D O�O J> Y- Z) 20 40 60 80 (D Z Z < u a 0-1❑ FINES CONTENT (%) ❑ TOPSOIL (6") (SC) CLAYEY SAND Dark Brown; Very Loose to Loose; Low to Moderate Plricity; Moist Dense ` HIGHLY WEATHERED SANDSTON Dark Brown to Brown; Moderately Hard; Dry O (CH) FAT CLAY H Light Brown with ; Ve Stiff to Hard; Hig PI ci Moist co41 ryVe StiffTtG oft N.16 ff-*xA- Bottom of bor ole at ee . 22 15 2.1 Imo..®.........: . SPT 4-6-8 5 56 (14) I PLATE10 McCLELLAND McClelland Consulting Engineers, Inc. fliEfCONSULTING 1580 East Stearns Street Fayetteville, AR 72703 ENGINEERS, INC. Telephone: 479.587.1303 KEY TO SYMBOLS CLIENT City of Fayetteville, Arkansas PROJECT NAME Yvonne Richardson Community Center Addition PROJECT NUMBER 22-3965 PROJECT LOCATION Fayetteville, AR LITHOLOGIC SYMBOLS (Unified Soil Classification System) ASPHALT: Asphalt CH: USCS High Plasticity Clay CL: USCS Low Plasticity Clay CONCRETE: Concrete GC: USCS Clayey Gravel GP -GM: USCS Poorly -graded Gra&` with Silt SANDSTONE: Sandstone SC: USCS Clayey S O Cj SHALE: Shale 1b SM: USCS Silty Sand D- G � TOPSOIL: To LL - LIQUID LIMIT (%) PI - PLASTIC INDEX (%) W - MOISTURE CONTENT (%) DD - DRY DENSITY (PCF) NP - NON PLASTIC -200 - PERCENT PASSING NO. 200 SIEVE PP - POCKET PENETROMETER (TSF) SAMPLER SYMBOLS mStandard Penetration Test FINE GRAINED ANALYSIS DESCRIPTORS Descri to Meaning Tra Less than 5% 5% to 10% low 15% to 25% 30% to 45% me Mostly 50% to 100% ?�C 1 S STRENGTHS OOAR Penetr o - INED SOILS In -Situ Strengths FINE-GRAINEDSOILS Penetration (blowsRoot) In• Situ Strengths Auto Manual - 3 - 4 Very Loose < 2 <2 Very Soft 4.10 Loose 2-3 2-4 Soft 8 - 23 10 - 30 Medium Dense 3-6 4-8 Mediumstiff 23 - 38 30 - 50 Dense 6 - 12 8 - 15 Stiff > 38 > 50 Very Dense 12 - 23 15 - 30 Very Stiff .23 > 30 Hard ABBREVIATIONS TV -TORVANE PID - PHOTOIONIZATION DETECTOR UC -UNCONFINED COMPRESSION ppm - PARTS PER MILLION a Water Level at Time Drilling, or as Shown 1 Water Level at End of Drilling, or as Shown Water Level After 24 Hours, or as Shown PLATE 11 J le I fl1jrJECO'NSULTING M CIELL4ND McClelland Consulting Engineers, Inc. SUMMARY OF LABORATORY RESULTS East Stearns Street PAGE 1 OF 2 Fayetteville, AIR 1 O[SIGNfO IO SLRY[ENGINEERS, INC- Telephone: 479.587.1303 CLIENT City of Fayetteville, Arkansas PROJECT NAME Yvonne Richardson Community Center Addition PROJECT NUMBER 22-3965 PROJECT LOCATION Fayetteville, AR =MEE Plasticity • - %<#200 Sieveifi• Class- . Water Content I I Dry Density • Satur- tion , I I - PLATE 12 MEEMCCLELLAND McClelland Consulting Engineers,Inc. SUMMARY OF LABORATORY RESULTS COSULTING 1580 East Stearns Street PAGE 2 OF 2 Fayetteville, 72703 p imr ENGINEERS, INC. 47 Telephone: 479.587.1303 CLIENT City of Fayetteville, Arkansas PROJECT NAME Yvonne Richardson Community Center Addition PROJECT NUMBER 22-3965 PROJECT LOCATION Fayetteville, AR Borehole Depth Liquid Limit Plastic Limit Plasticity Index Maximum Size (mm) u /0 <#200 Sieve Class- ification Water Content (�/a) Dry Density (pcfl Satur- ation (%) Void Ratio B-09 3.5 7.9 B-09 1 5.0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 12.2 B-09 8.5 56 18 38 4.75 76 CH 16.5 �O G G - G G � G PLATE 13 NEEMcCLELLAND McClelland Consulting Engineers, Inc. GRAIN SIZE DISTRIBUTION CONSULTING 1580 East Stearns Street Fayetteville, AIR 72703 ENGINEERS, INC Telephone: 479.587.1303 CLIENT City of Fayetteville, Arkansas PROJECT NAME Yvonne Richardson Community Center Addition PROJECT NUMBER 22-3965 PROJECT LOCATION Fayetteville, AR I �Classification COBBLES GRAVEL SAND SILT OR CLAY coarse fine coarse medium fine PLATE 14 NEEMcCLELLAND McClelland Consulting Engineers, Inc. GRAIN SIZE DISTRIBUTION CONSULTING 1580 East Stearns Street Fayetteville, AIR 72703 ENGINEERS, INC Telephone: 479.587.1303 CLIENT City of Fayetteville, Arkansas PROJECT NAME Yvonne Richardson Community Center Addition PROJECT NUMBER 22-3965 PROJECT LOCATION Fayetteville, AR 'jjjUjPjQ0Ejjjjjjj0E 4 • COBBLES GRAVEL SAND SILT OR CLAY coarse fine coarse medium fine PLATE 15 NEEMcCLELLAND McClelland Consulting Engineers, Inc. GRAIN SIZE DISTRIBUTION CONSULTING 1580 East Stearns Street Fayetteville, AIR 72703 ENGINEERS, INC Telephone: 479.587.1303 CLIENT City of Fayetteville, Arkansas PROJECT NAME Yvonne Richardson Community Center Addition PROJECT NUMBER 22-3965 PROJECT LOCATION Fayetteville, AR 4 • ■ ��r11_IIClassification � COBBLES GRAVEL SAND SILT OR CLAY coarse fine coarse medium fine PLATE 16 SECTION 00 4100 BID FORM TO: The City of Fayetteville, Arkansas 113 West Mountain Street Fayetteville AR 72701 FROM: Name of Contractor Address I;?,,** Telephone / 'mail License T!I Numbe%./ 00, "C4 CG Pursuant to and i c lianc h dding ents and the proposed Contract Documents in in Ad I liereb propose and agree to furnish > Yp p g • material 1 to c uc and aeeilhe Addition to the Yvonne Richardson Commun r City of Fayettevill A 300 ( for Substantial Completion)/ 330 ( for total completion calendar days, in strict accordance with the Contract Documents for the sum of: TOTAL BASE BID: DOLLARS The undersigned further agrees to provide a list of material and products which can be effectively procured by the owner directly from suppliers within 24 hours of bid opening. If awarded the contract, I agree to enter into and execute a Contract on the basis of this bid, and to furnish bonds and proof of insurance in accordance with the Instructions to YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 00 41 00 - 1 Bidders and the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction. I have completed the Bid and have attached bid security, in specified amount, and copy of Surety Agent's Power of Attorney. Firm Name: Signature: Title: Date: If Bidder is a partnership, complete the+W1111'ng: C) Names and Addresses of Partners: If Bidder is a corporation, c�lete follo ing: Name and 010 '00% Address of President: Name an Address of Treasurer: (SEAL) YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 00 41 00 - 2 DOCUMENT 00 43 36 SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING Contractors are to complete the following Subcontractor Listing and submit it with the Bid Form. Bids will be considered incomplete if this form is not submitted. Discipline Subcontractor Name License No. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 00 43 36 - 1 Discipline Subcontractor Name License No. �Q YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 00 43 36 - 2 CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS: BID 24-23, CONSTRUCTION — YRCC EXPANSION 00 61 13 PERFORMANCE BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that as Principal, hereinafter called Contractor, and ♦ O G as Surety, hereinafter called Surety Id and fi and unt City of Fayetteville, Ar G 113 West Mountai e Fayetteville, Arkansas 727 1 as Obligee, hereinafter c,11,1,e ner, i ent of for the payment whereof Contractor and Surety bi mselve t it irs, exe dministrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by th e pr ents. WHEREAS, C tr dC has by wri n A ee a d 20 , entered into a contract with r for BID 24-23, CONST CT N — YRCC EXPANSION which contract is by reference made a part hereof and is hereinafter referred to as the Contract. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that, if Contractor shall promptly and faithfully perform said Contract, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. The Surety hereby waives notice of any alteration or extension of time made by the Owner. Whenever Contractor shall be, and declared by Owner to be in default under the Contract, the Owner having performed Owner's obligations, thereunder, the Surety may promptly remedy the default, or shall promptly: A. Complete the Contract in accordance with its terms and conditions, or B. Obtain a bid or bids for completing the Contract in accordance with its terms and conditions, and upon determination by Surety of the lowest responsible bidder, or, if the Owner elects, upon determination 00 6113 - PERFORMANCE BOND CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS: BID 24-23, CONSTRUCTION — YRCC EXPANSION by the Owner and the Surety jointly of the lowest responsible bidder, arrange for a contract between such bidder and Owner, and make available as Work progresses (even though there should be a default or a succession of defaults under the contract or contracts of completion arranged under this paragraph) sufficient funds to pay the cost of completion less the balance of the Contract Price; but not exceeding, including other costs and damages for which the Surety may be liable hereunder, the amount set forth in the first paragraph hereof. The term "balance of the Contract Price," as used in this paragraph, shall mean the total amount payable by Owner to Contractor under the Contract and any amendments thereto, less the amount properly paid by Owner to Contractor. Any suit under this Bond must be instituted before the expiration of two years from the date on which final payment under the Contract falls due. No right of action shall accrue on this Bond to or for the use of an erso or�oration other than the Owner g any � p named herein or the heirs, executors, administrators, r'uccessors ofe\wner. � �r Signed and sealed this day of* 20� CONTRACTOR O (CORPORATE SEAL) ♦ 0. BURL I I . COUNTERSIGNED: Resident Agent ,V (This Bond shall be accompanied with Attorney-in-Fact's authority from Surety) e of Arkansas By (CORPORATE SEAL) Approved as to Form: Attorney for 00 6113 - PERFORMANCE BOND 2 CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS: BID 24-23, CONSTRUCTION — YRCC EXPANSION 00 61 13 LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND This Bond is issued simultaneously with the Performance Bond in favor of Owner conditioned on the full and faithful performance of the Contract. KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that �O as Principal, hereinafter called Contractor, and G . a. O as Surety, hereinafter call e , ar, eld and fir to *, 61 City of Fayetteville, Arkan Z s 113 West Mountain S ee C) Fayetteville, Ark s s 2701 as Obligee, ht�c Iled Own r, the useefit of claimants as hereinbelow defined, in the amount erei of $ , r the �11Gh reof Contractor and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, adm ' ators, successors and aQn Jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, Contractor has by written Agreement dated , 20 , entered into a contract with Owner for BID 24-23, CONSTRUCTION — YRCC EXPANSION which contract is by reference made a part hereof and is hereinafter referred to as the Contract. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that, if Contractor shall promptly make payment to all claimants as hereinafter defined, for all labor and material used or reasonably required for use in the performance of the Contract, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect, subject, however, to the following conditions: A. A claimant is defined as one having a direct contract with the Contractor or with a Subcontractor of the Contractor for labor, material, or both, used or reasonably required for use in the performance of 00 6113 - LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS: BID 24-23, CONSTRUCTION — YRCC EXPANSION the Contract, labor and material being construed to include that part of water, gas, power, light, heat, oil, gasoline, telephone service, or rental of equipment directly applicable to the Contract. B. The above -named Contractor and Surety herebyjointly and severally agree with the Owner that every claimant as herein defined, who has not been paid in full before the expiration of a period of 90 days after the date on which the last of such claimant's work or labor was done or performed, or materials were furnished by such claimant, may sue on this Bond for the use of such claimant, prosecute the suit to final judgment for such sum or sums as may be justly due claimant, and have execution thereon. The Owner shall not be liable for the payment of any costs or expenses of any such suit. C. No suit or action shall be commenced hereunder by any claimant: I ith Principal, shall have given the Owner, or the Surety within 90 work or labor, or furnished the last 1. Unless claimant other than one having a direct written notice to any two of the fo : the Con days after such claimant did or er med the I I of the materials for which4s .m is ma ing wit tantial accuracy the amount claimed and the name o rty to t e m der' re furnished, or for whom the work or labor was d erform notice e served by mailing the same by registered mail or ied mail, prepa'n envelo addressed to Contractor, Owner or Sure y place an office r ularl n i aped for the transaction of business, or in an ma in which roce served in the state in which the of es ' o ct is to , save t s Fiservi nee t be made by a public officer. After th expir n o n� yea g the d hich Contractor ceased Work on the Contract, it b in Wnderslpocl, h ever, tl1a�Y limitation embodied in this Bond is the con hereof, such limitation shall be deemed to th1rr , period of limitation permitted by such Law. ketent jurisdiction in and for the county or other political M%Project, or any part thereof, is situated, or in the United ct in which the Project, or any part thereof, is situated, and D. The amount of this Bond shall be reduced by and to the extent of any payment or payments made in good faith hereunder, inclusive of the payment by Surety of mechanics' liens which may be filed of record against said improvement, whether or not claim for the amount of such lien be presented under and against this Bond. Signed and sealed this day of 20 00 6113 - LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND 2 CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS: BID 24-23, CONSTRUCTION — YRCC EXPANSION M By CnNTRACTnR SURETY ATTORNEY -IN -FACT (CORPORATE SEAL) COUNTERSIGNED: Resident Agent State of Arkansas BY G(CORPORATE SEAL) (This Bond shall be accompanied Attorney-in-Fact's authority fr y) roved a F rm: G 00 6113 - LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND DOCUMENT 00 72 00 AIA DOCUMENT A 201-2017 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTI� •O G (Refer to edocu n owin vershee O � G DCG � � G � G YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 00 72 00 - 1 m -�-"�--= Document A201° — 2017 General Conditions of the Contract for Construction for the following PROJECT: (Name and location or address) YRCC Expansion Fayetteville, Arkansas THE OWNER: (Name, legal status and address) City of Fayetteville. Arkansas • O 1113 W. Mountain Fayetteville. Arkansas 72701 THE ARCHITECT: �� O (Name, legal status and address) MBL Architecture • a► 2397 N. Green Acres Road O ` Fayetteville, Arkansas 7270 G TABLE OF ARTICLES �1 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS J► G 2 OWNER V G 3 CONTRACTOR 6� • 4 ARCHI ` 5 SUBCO TORS G 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK B TIME 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS This document has important legalconsequences. Consultation with an attomey is encouraged with respect to Its completion or modification. For guidance In modifying this document to indude supplementary conditions, see AIA Document A503r", Guide for Supplementary Conditions [nit AIA Document A201 — 2017. Copyright ® 1911, 1915. 1918. 1925. 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963. 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017. All rights reserved. 'The American Institute of Architects,' 'American Institute of Architects," AIA,' the AIA Logo, and 'AIA Contract Documents' are trademarks of The t American Institute of Architects. This document was produced at 10:57 46 ET on 01131/2024 under Order No.4104245791 which expires on 10102/2024, Is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents' Terms of Service. To report copyright violaflons, e-mait dodnfo@aiacontracts.com. User Notes: (3B9ADA3F) 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT 15 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES Init. AIA Document A201 — 2017. Copyright O 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 19H, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017. All rights reserved. 'The American Institute of Architects; 'American Institute of Architects; 'AIA," the AIA Logo, and 'AlA Contract Documents' are trademarks of The 2 J American Institute of Architects. Thfs document was produced at 10:57:46 ET on 01/31/2024 under Order No.4104245791 which expires on 10102/2024, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents' Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail dodnfo®aiacontracts.com. User Notes: (3B9ADA3F) INDEX Architect's Authority to Reject Work (Topics and numbers in bold are Section headings.) 3.5, 4.2.6, 12.1.2, 12.2.1 Architect's Copyright 1.1.7, 1.5 Acceptance of Nonconforming Work Architect's Decisions 9.6.6, 9.9.3, 12.3 3.7.4, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.11, 4.2.12, 4.2.13, 4.2.14, 6.3, Acceptance of Work 7.3.4, 7.3.9, 8.1.3, 8.3.1, 9.2, 9.4.1, 9.5, 9.8.4, 9.9.1, 9.6.6, 9.8.2, 9.9.3, 9.10.1, 9.10.3, 12.3 13.4.2, 15.2 Access to Work Architect's Inspections 3.16, 6.2.1, 12.1 3.7.4, 4.2.2, 4.2.9, 9.4.2, 9.8.3, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 13.4 Accident Prevention Architect's Instructions 10 3.2.4, 3.3.1, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 13.4.2 Acts and Omissions Architect's Interpretatio%* 3.2,3.3.2,3.12.8,3.18,4.2.3,8.3.1,9.5.1,10.2.5, 4.2.11,4.2.12 10.2.8, 13.3.2, 14.1, 15.1.2, 15.2 Architect's Proje eesentative Addenda 4.2.10 1.1.1 Architect ship with Contractor Additional Costs, Claims for 1.1.2, 1 , 3.I.3, 3.2.2, 3.2.3, 3.2.4, 3.3.1, 3.4.2, 3.7.4, 3.7.5, 10.3.2, 15.1.5 3.5, 7.5, 3.9.2, 3.9.3, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12, 3.16, Additional Inspections and Testing ♦ 3. , 4.2, 5. �. , 7, 8.3.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.4.2, 9.8.3, 12.2.1, 13.4 ` . , 9.9, 10 kN.', 11.3, 12, 13.3.2, 13.4, 15.2 Additional Time, Claims for a► itect's o hip with Subcontractors 3.2.4 3.7.4 3.7.5 3.10.2 8.3.2 15.1.6 .1.214.2. .2.6, .6.3, 9.6.4, 11.3 Administration of the Contract Archite resentati 3.1.3, 4.2, 9.4, 9.5 9.4.2 9.10.1 Advertisement or Invitation to O Ar Site s ` 1.1.1 2,4.2. , .4 , 9.5.1, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 13A Aesthetic Effect • r ectnc *%� 4.2.13 Allowances ♦1 3.8 Applications for Payment 4.2.5, 7.3.9, 9.2, 93, 9.4, 9.V.5 . , 9.6. 9. Approvals 2.1.1, 2.3.1, 2.5, 3.1.3, 3.12. 1 3.12.10. I, 4.2.7, 9613..1 Arbitration ♦ ♦' 8.3.1, 15.3,a!�5 w 4 V Architect, Definition of 4.1.1 Architect, Extent of Authority 2.5, 3.12.7, 4.1.2, 4.2, 5.2, 6.3, 7.1.2, 7.3.4, 7.4, 9.2, 9.3.1, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6.3, 9.8, 9.10.1, 9,10.3, 12.1, 12.2.1, 13.4.1,13.4.2,14.2.2,14.2.4,15.1.4,15.2.1 Architect, Limitations of Authority and Responsibility 2.1.1,3.12.4,3.12.8,3.12.10,4.1.2,4.2.1,4.2.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.10, 4.2.12, 4.2.13, 5.2.1, 7.4, 9.4.2, 9.5.4, 9.6.4, 15.1.4, 15.2 Architect's Additional Services and Expenses 2.5, 12.2.1, 13.4.2, 13.4.3, 14.2.4 Architect's Administration of the Contract 3.1.3, 3.7.4, I5.2,9.4.1,9.5 Architect's Approvals 2.5, 3.1.3, 3.5, 3.10.2, 4.2.7 9.10.2, I0.3.3 larate Contracts 6.1.2 rd of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for 5.2 Basic Definitions 1.1 Bidding Requirements 1.1.1 Binding Dispute Resolution 8.3.1, 9.7, 11.5, 13.1, 15.1.2, 15.1.3, 15.2.1, 15.2.5, 15.2.6.1,15.3.1, 15.3.2, 15.3.3, 15.4.1 Bonds, Lien 7.3.4.4, 9.6.8, 9,10.2, 9.10.3 Bonds, Performance, and Payment 7.3.4.4, 9.6.7, 9.10.3, 11.1.2, 11.1.3,11.5 Building Information Models Use and Reliance 1.8 Building Permit 3.7.1 Capitalization 1.3 Certificate of Substantial Completion 9.8.3, 9.8.4, 9.8.5 Certificates for Payment InIG AIA Document A201 — 2017. Copyright® 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017. Alf rights reserved. "The American Institute of Architects,* American Institute of Architects," "AIA," the AIA Logo, and'AIA Contract Documents' are trademarks of The 3 American Institute of Architects. This document was produced at 10:57:46 ET on 01/31/2024 under Order No.4104245791 which expires on 10/0212024, fr. not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents' Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail docinfo®afacontracts.cwm. User Notes: (3B9ADA3F) 4.2.1, 4.2.5, 4.2.9, 9.3.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6.1, 9.6.6, 9.7, 9.10.1, 9.10.3, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.4, t5.1.4 Certificates of Inspection, Testing or Approval 13.4.4 Certificates of Insurance 9.10.2 Change Orders 1.1.1, 3.4.2, 3.7.4, 3.8.2.3, 3.11, 3.12.8, 4.2.8, 5.2.3, 7.1.2, 7.1.3, 7.2, 7.3.2, 7.3.7, 7.3.9, 7.3.10, 8.3.1, 9.3.1.1, 9.10.3, 10.3.2, 11.2, 11.5, 12.1.2 Change Orders, Definition of 7.2.1 CHANGES IN THE WORK 2.2.2, 3.11, 4.2.8, 7, 7.2.1, 7.3.1, 7.4, 8.3.1, 9.3. 1. 1, 11.5 Claims, Definition of 15.1.1 Conditions of the Contract 1.1.1, 6.1.I, 6.1.4 Consent, Written 3.4.2, 3.14.2, 4.1.2, 9.8.5, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3, 13.2, 15.4.4.2 Consolidation or Joinder 15.4.4 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 1.1.4, 6 Construction Change Directive, Definition of 73.1 Construction Change I1,0ectives 1.1.1, 3.4.2, 3.11,�Jv 8, 4.2.8, 7.1.1, 7.1.2, 7.1.3, 7-3, 9.3.1.1 Construction ch es, Contractor's 3.10, 3.11� . , .12.2, 6.1.3, 15.1.6.2 Claims, Notice of COW 1.6.2, 15.1.3 5.4, 1 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES • 3.2.4, 6.1.1, 6.3, 7.3.9, 9.3.3, 9.10.4, 10.3.3, 1. Claims and Timely Assertion of Claims 15.4.1 �1.1.2 Claims for Additional Cost CO 3.2.4, 3.3.1, 3.7.4, 7.3.9, 9.5.2, I 3.2, 15. SU Claims for Additional Time 5. 3.2.4, 3.3.1, 3.7.4, 6.1.1, 8. 10.3.2, 5.1. Concealed or Unkno ons, Claims 3 3.7.4 Claims for Damages to 3.2.4, 3.18, 8.3.3, 9.5.1, 9.6.7, 1 2. , 11 3, l 3.7.1 11.3.2,14.2.4,15.1.7 ' Claims Subject to Arbitrate 15.4.1 � t Cleaning Up G ri'.1.1 ment of Subcontracts nOg Conti c erformance ti tract, 11i t of N �TE ION OR NO .4.2, 1 , ct A ini t' 4, 9.4 tract A d Execution, Conditions Relating ,.2, 6.1 Copies Fumished and Use of .6, 5.3 Documents, Definition of 3.15, 6.3 Contract Sum Commencemeh th Work, C di Relate 2.2.2, 2.2.4, 3.7.4, 3.7.5, 3.8, 3.10.2, 5.2.3, 7.3, 7.4, 2.2.1, 3.2. 1, 3.10. 6, 5.2. i1�, 9.1, 9.2, 9.4.2, 9.5.1.4, 9.6.7, 9.7, 10.3.2, 11. S, 12.1.2, 6.2.2, 8.1. .2. , .3.1, 11.1, 11.2, 15.1.5 ` 12.3, 14.2.4, 14.3.2, 15.1.4.2, 15.1.5, 15.2.5 Commence t of the Work, Definition Contract Sum, Definition of 8.1.2 9.1 Communications Contract Time 3.9.1, 4.2.4 1.1.4, 2.2.1, 2.2.2, 3.7.4, 3.7.5, 3.10.2, 5.2.3, 6.1.5, Completion, Conditions Relating to 7.2.1.3, 7.3.1, 7.3.5, 7.3.6, 7, 7, 7.3.10, 7.4, 8.1.1, 3.4.1,3.11,3.15,4.2.2,4.2.9,8.2,9.4.2,9.8,99.1, 8.2.1, 8.2.3, 8.3.1, 9.5.1, 9.7, 10.3.2, 12.1.1, 12.1.2, 9.10, 12.2, 14.1.2, 15.1.2 14.3.2,15.1.4.2,IS. 1.6.1,15.2.5 COMPLETION, PAYMENTS AND Contract Time, Definition of 9 8.1.1 Completion, Substantial CONTRACTOR 3.10.1, 4.2.9, 8.1.1, 8.1.3, 8.2.3, 9.4.2, 9.8, 9.9.1, 3 9.10.3, 12.2, 15.1.2 Contractor, Definition of Compliance with Laws 3.1, 6.1.2 2.3.2, 3.2.3, 3.6, 3.7, 3.12.10, 3.13, 9.6.4, 10.2.2, Contractor's Construction and Submittal 13.1, 13.3, 13.4.1, 13.4.2, 13.5, 14.1.1, 14.2.1.3, Schedules 15.2.8, 15.4.2, 15.4.3 3.10, 3.12.1, 3.12.2, 4.2.3, 6.1.3, 15.1.6.2 Concealed or Unknown Conditions Contractor's Employees 3.7.4, 4.2.8, 8.3.1, 10.3 Init AIA Document A201 — 2017. Copyright* 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017. All rights reserved. 'The American Institute of Architects,"'Amedcan Institute of Architects," the AIA Logo, and 'AIA Contract Documents" are trademarks of The 4 American institute of Architects. This document was produced at 10:57.46 ET on 01l31f2024 under Order No.4104245791 which expires an 1010212024, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents° Terns of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail docinfo®aiacontracts.com. User Notes: (3B9ADA3F) 2.2.4, 3.3.2, 3.4.3, 3.8.1, 3.9, 3.18.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.6, Damage to the Work 10.2,10.3,11.3,14.1,14.2.1.1 3.14.2,99.1,10.2.1.2,10.2.5,10.4,12.2.4 Contractor's Liability Insurance Damages, Claims for 11.1 3.2.4, 3.18, 6.1.1, 8.3.3, 9.5.1, 9.6.7, 10.3.3, 11.3.2, Contractor's Relationship with Separate Contractors 11.3, 14.2.4, 15.1.7 and Owner's Forces Damages for Delay 3.12.5, 3.14.2, 4.2.4, 6, 11.3, I2.2.4 6.2.3, 8.3.3, 9.5.1.6, 9.7, 10.3.2, 14.3.2 Contractor's Relationship with Subcontractors Date of Commencement of the Work, Definition of 1.2.2, 2.2.4, 3.3.2, 3.18.1, 3.18.2, 4.2.4, 5, 9.6.2, 8.1.2 9.6.7, 9.10.2, 11.2, 11.3, 11.4 Date of Substantial Completion, Definition of Contractor's Relationship with the Architect 8.1.3 I.1.2, 1.5, 2.3.3, 3.1.3, 3.2.2, 3.2.3, 3.2.4, 3.3.1, 3.4.2, Day, Definition of 3.5.1, 3.7.4, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12, 3.16, 3.18, 4.2, 5.2, 8.1.4 6.2.2, 7, 8.3.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 10.2.6, Decisions of the tect 10.3, 11.3, 12, 13.4, 15.1.3, 15.2.1 3.7.4, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 1, 4.2.12, 4.2.13, 6.3, 7.3.4, Contractor's Representations 7.3.9, 8.1.E 8 . , 9.4, 9.5.1, 9.8.4, 9.9.1, 13.4.2, 3.2.1,3.2.2,3.5,3.12.6,6.2.2,8.2.1,9.3.3,9.8.2 14.2.2,1 ,15.2 Contractor's Responsibility for Those Performing the Decisio thhold Certification Work 9.4.1 97, 14.1.1.3 3.3.2, 3.18, 5.3, 6.1.3, 6.2, 9.5.1, 10.2.8 ♦ D c or Nonc g Work, Acceptance, Contractor's Review of Contract Documents ` e n and an of 3.2 a► 3.5, 4.2. 9.5.1, 9.5.3, 9.6.6, 9.8.2, 9.9.3, Contractor's Right to Stop the Work �.10.4, 12 2.2.2, 9.7 ✓✓✓✓✓✓Deficit' Contractor's Right to Terminate ct 1.1, 2. 1, 1.1, 3.5, 1611.12.2,3.12.3,4.1.1,5.1, 14.1 O 6. 1, 7.3 , 9.8.1, 15.1.1 Contractor's Submittals and Exte o of Time 3.10 3.11 3.12 4.2.7 9.2 9. 3, 9.. , 3.7.4, 5. 7.. , 7.3.1, 7.4, 8.3, 9.5.1, 4.7, 9.8.3, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10. 2, 1A 1 . 2,15.1.6, 15.2.5 Contractor's Superintend t ♦1 Digital a and Transmission 3.9, I0.2.6 1.7 Contractor's Supervision d Cow on D' e Procedures ..9, 15.1, 15.2 1.2.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.12.10 .7, 6.1. J62. ments and Samples at the Site 7.1.3, 7.3.4, 7.3.6, 8.2, 0 1 14,1 ` .11 Coordination and Tcla n Drawings, Definition of 1.2,3.2.1,3.3.4 1 , .12.6,6.1 1 ♦� 1.1.5 Copies F erawing pecific Drawings and Specifications, Use and Ownership of 1.5, 2.3.6, 3.11 Copyrights Effective Date of Insurance 1.5, 3.17 8.2.2 Correction of Work Emergencies 2.5, 3.7.3, 9.4.2, 9.8.2, 9.8.3, 9.9.1, 12.1.2, 12.2, 12.3, 10.4, 14.1.1.2, 15.1.5 15.1.3.1, 15.1.3.2, 15.2.1 Employees, Contractor's Correlation and Intent of the Contract Documents 3.3.2, 3.4.3, 3.8.1, 3.9, 3,18.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.6, 10.2, 1.2 10.3.3, 11.39 14.1, 14.2.1.1 Cost, Definition of Equipment, Labor, or Materials 7.3.4 1.1.3, 1.1.6, 3.4, 3.5, 3.8.2, 3.8.3, 3.12, 3.13, 3.15.1, Costs 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 5.2.1, 6.2.1, 7.3.4, 9.3.2, 9.3.3, 9.5.1.3, 2.5, 3.2.4, 3.7.3, 3.8.2, 3.15.2, 5.4.2, 6.1.1, 6.2.3, 9.10.2, 10.2.1, 10.2.4, 14.2.1.1, 14.2.1.2 7.3.3.3, 7.3.4, 7.3.8, 7.3.9, 9.10.2, 10.3.2, 10.3.6, Execution and Progress of the Work 11.2, 12.1.2, 12.2.1, 12.2.4, 13.4, 14 1.1.3, 1.2.1, 1.2.2, 2.3.4, 2.3.6, 3.1, 3.3.1, 3.4.1, 3.7.1, Cutting and Patching 3.10.1, 3.12, 3.14, 4.2, 6.2.2, 7.1.3, 7.3.6, 8.2, 9.5.1, 3.14,6.2.5 9.9.1, 10.2, 10.3, 12.1, 12.2, 14.29 14.3.1, 15.1.4 Damage to Construction of Owner or Separate Extensions of Time Contractors 3.2.4, 3.7.4, 5.2.3, 7.2.1, 7.3, 7.4, 9.5.1, 9.7, 10.3.2, 3.14.2, 6.2.4, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.5, 10.4, 12.2.4 10.4, 14.3, 15.1.6, 15.2.5 snit AIA Document A201 — 2017. Copyright ® 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017. All rights reserved. "The American Institute of Archilects,' -American Institute of Architects,"AIA; the AIA Logo, and 'AIA Contract Documents" are trademarks of The ! American Institute of Architects. This document was produced at 10:57:46 ET on OV3112024 under Order No.4104245791 which expires on 10102/2024, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents' Terms of Service. To report copyright viotations, e-mail doanfo®aiamntracts.com. User Notes: (389ADAY) Failure of Payment INSURANCE AND BONDS 9.5.1.3, 9.7, 9.10.2, 13.5, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.1.2 11 Faulty Work Insurance Companies, Consent to Partial Occupancy (See Defective or Nonconforming Work) 9.9.1 Final Completion and Final Payment Insured loss, Adjustment and Settlement of 4.2.1, 4.2.9, 9.9.2, 9.10, 12.3, 14.2.4, 14.4.3 11.5 Financial Arrangements, Owner's Intent of the Contract Documents 2.2.1, 13.2.2, 14.1.1.4 1.2.1, 4.2.7, 4.2.12, 4.2.13 GENERAL PROVISIONS Interest 1 13.5 Governing Law Interpretation 13.1 1.1.9, 1.2.3, 1.4, 4.1.1, 5.1, 6.L2, 15.1.1 Guarantees (See Warranty) Interpretations, Written Hazardous Materials and Substances 4.2.11, 4.2.12 I0.2.4, 10.3 Judgment on in Identification of Subcontractors and Suppliers 15.4.2 5.2.1 Labor a als, Equipment Indemnification 1.1.3, 1 , 3.5, 3.8.2, 3.8.3, 3.I2, 3.13, 3.15.1, 3.17, 3.18, 9.6.8, 9.10.2, 10.3.3, 11.3 5.2.1 .1 7.3.4, 9.3.2, 9.3.3, 9.5.1.3, 9.10.2, 10.2.1, Information and Services Required of the 1 .1.1, 1� 2.1.2, 2.2, 2.3, 3.2.2, 3.12.10.1, 6.1.3, 6.1.4, b isputesO 9.6.1, 9.9.2, 9.10.3, 10.3.3, 11.2, 13.4.1, 13. 2, • 14.1.1.4, 14.1.4, 15.1.4 a and tlons Initial Decision ✓✓1.5, 2.3 , 3.2.4, 3 .7, 3.12.10, 3.13, 9.6.4, .. 15.2 9.9.1 ,13.1,11'l ►.4.2,13.5,14,15.2.8, Initial Decision Maker De fini n f I5 O 1.1.8 Initial Decision Maker, 1 9.3.1 .3 9. .8 9.10.2, 9.10.4, 15.2.8 14.2.4, 15.I.4.2, 15.2.1, , .2 5.2.4, 15.2.5 lotions, to tes of Initial Decision Maker, E ent of +1 12.2.5, 5.4.1.1 14.2.4, 15.1.4.2, 15.2.1, 15.2.2, 4, 15.2.5 Limi f Liability Injury or Damage to Person or p rty 3 , 3.12.10, 3.12.10.1, 3,17, 3.18.1, 4.2.6, 10.2.8, 10.4 G .2.2, 9.4.2, 9.6.4, 9.6.7, 9.6.8, 10.2.5, 10.3.3, Inspections 12.2.5 13.3.1 3.1.3, 3.3.3, 3.7.1, 4.2. 2 , 4.2.9 �tations of Time 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 12.2��13.4 `2.1.2, 2.2, 2.5, 3.2.2, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12.5, 3.15.1, 4.2.7, Instructions to43ikei!♦ 5.2, 5.3, 5.4.1, 6.2.4, 7.3, 7.4, 8.2, 9.2, 9.3.1, 9.3.3, l.l.l tio , 9.4.1, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 9.10, 12.2, 13.4, 14, 15, Instrucontractor 15.1.2, 15.1.3, 15.1.5 3.2.4, 3.3.1, 8.2.2, 12, 13.4.2 Materials, Hazardous Instruments of Service, Definition of 10.2.4, 10.3 1.1.7 Materials, Labor, Equipment and Insurance 1.1.3, 1.1.6, 3.4.1, 3.5, 3.8.2, 3.8.3, 3,12, 3.13, 3.15.1, 6.1.1, 7.3.4, 8.2.2, 9.3.2, 9.8.4, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 10.2.5, 5.2.1, 6.2.1, 7.3.4, 9.3.2, 9.3.3, 9.5.1.3, 9.10.2, 11 10.2.1.2,10.2.4,14.2.1.1,14.2.1.2 Insurance, Notice of Cancellation or Expiration Means, Methods, Techniques, Sequences and 11.1.4, 11.2.3 Procedures of Construction Insurance, Contractor's Liability 3.3.1, 3.12.10, 4.2.2, 4.2.7, 9.4.2 11.1 Mechanic's Lien Insurance, Effective Date of 2.1.2, 9.3.1, 9.3.3, 9.6.8, 9.10.2, 9,10.4, 15.2.8 8.2.2, 14.4.2 Mediation Insurance, Owner's Liability 8.3.1, 15.1.3.2, 15.2.1, 15.2.5, 15.2.6, 15.3, 15.4.1, 11.2 15.4.1.1 Insurance, Property Minor Changes in the Work 10.2.5, 11.2, 11.4, 11.5 1.1.1, 3.4.2, 3.12.8, 4.2.8, 7.1, 7.4 Insurance, Stored Materials MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 9.3.2 13 (nit AIA Document A201 — 2017. Copyright ® 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017. All rights reserved. 'The American Institute of Architects; 'Amerimn Institute of Architects,* 'AIA,* the AJA Logo, and "AIA Contract Documents' are trademarks of The 6 r American Institute of Architects. This document was produced at 10:57:45 ET on 01I3112024 under Order No.4104245791 which expires on 10/0212024, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents• Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail docinfo®aiacontracts.com. User Notes: (3139ADA3F) Modifications, Definition of 1.1.1 Modifications to the Contract I.1.1, 1. 1.2, 2.5, 3.11, 4.1.2, 4.2.1, 5.2.3, 7, 8.3.1, 9.7, 10.3.2 Mutual Responsibility 6.2 Nonconforming Work, Acceptance of 9.6.6, 9.9.3, 12.3 Nonconforming Work, Rejection and Correction of 2.4, 2.5, 3.5, 4.2.6, 6.2.4, 9.5.1, 9.8.2, 9.9.3, 9.10.4, 12.2 Notice 1.6, 1.6.1, 1.6.2, 2.1.2, 2.2.2., 2.2.3, 2.2.4, 2.5, 3.2.4, 3.3.1, 3.7.4, 3.7.5, 3.9.2, 3.12.9, 3.12.10, 5.2.1, 7.4, 8.2.2 9.6.8, 9.7, 9.10.1, 10.2.8, 10.3.2, 11.5, 12.2.2.1, 13.4.1,13.4.2,14.1,14.2.2,14.4.2,15.1.3,15.1.5, 15.1.6, 15.4.1 Notice of Cancellation or Expiration of Insurance 11.1.4, 11.2.3 • Notice of Claims Award Separate Contracts 6.1 Owner's Right to Stop the Work 2.4 Owner's Right to Suspeend the Work 14.3 Owner's Right to Terminate the Contract 14.2, 14.4 Ownership and Use of Drawings, Specifications and Other Instruments of Service 1.1.1, 1.1.6, 1.1.7, 1.5, 2.3.6, 3.2.2, 3.11, 3.17, 4.2.12, 5.3 Partial Occupancy or �9.6.6,9.9 Patching, Cutttj f s► 3.14, 6.2.5♦ Patents �`v3.17Pay C"pplications for .9,9.2,9 9.5,9.6.3,9.7,9.8.5,9.10.1, 2. , 4.2.4, 1/M4� 1.6.2, 2.1.2, 3.7.4, 9.6.8, 10.2.8, 15.1.3, 1 �1% 1{�}"'inent, C'� 15.1.6, 15.2.8, 15.3.2, 15.4.1 C 2.5, 4.2. Notice of Testing and Inspections 9.10.3, 13.4.1, 13.4.2 'ej Pay ill Observations, Contractor's O 9. 3.2, 3.7.4 G t, Fi al Occupancy � , 4.2.9, 2.3.1, 9.6.6, 9.8 Orders, Written 1.1.1, 2.4, 3.9.2, 7, 8.2.2, 11.5, 1 l 12 .1, 1 .2, . 14.3.1 ' OWNER 2 G Owner, Definition of 2.1.1 Owner, Evid f ancial ra ements, 2.2, 13.2. Owner, I m on and Services eyui d of 2.1.2,2.2,2. , .2.2, 3.12.10, 6.1.3, 6.1.4, 6. 9.3.2, 9.6.1, 9.6.4, 9.9.2, 9.10.3, 10.3.3, 11.2, 13.4.1, 13.4.2, 14.1.1.4, 14.1.4, 15.1.4 Owner's Authority 1.5, 2.1.1, 2.3.32.4, 2.5, 3.4.2, 3.8.1, 3.12.10, 3.14.2, 4.1.2, 4.2.4, 4.2.9, 5.2.1, 5.2.4, 5.4.1, 6.1, 6.3, 7.2.1, 7.3.1, 8.2.2, 8.3.1, 9.3.2, 9.5.1, 9.6.4, 9.9.1, 9.t0.2, 10.3.2,11.4,11.5,12.2.2,12.3,13.2.2,14.3,14.4, 15.2.7 Owner's Insurance 11.2 Owner's Relationship with Subcontractors 1.I.2, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 9.6.4, 9.10.2, 14.2.2 Owner's Right to Carry Out the Work 2.5, 14.2.2 Owner's Right to Clean Up 63 Owner's Right to Perform Construction and to 7.3.4.4, Wes for ,,9.4,9 ,9.6.1,9.6.6,9.7,9.10.I, 14..4 e 4.1.1.3, 14.2.1.2 12-3, 14.2.4, 14.4.3 Performance Bond and 0.3, 11.1.2 5, 9.10.3, 14.2.3, 15.1.4 S AND COMPLETION 'payments to Subcontractors 5.4.2, 9.5.1.3, 9.6.2, 9.6.3, 9.6.4, 9.6.7, 14.2.1.2 PCB 10.3.1 Performance Bond and Payment Bond 7.3.4.4, 9.6.7, 9.10.3, 11.1.2 Permits, Fees, Notices and Compliance with Laws 2.3.1, 3.7, 3.13, 7.3.4.4, 10.2.2 PERSONS AND PROPERTY, PROTECTION OF 10 Polychlorinated Biphenyl 10.3.1 Product Data, Definition of 3.12.2 Product Data and Samples, Shop Drawings 3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7 Progress and Completion 4.2.2, 8.2, 9.8, 9.9.1, 14.1.4, 15.1.4 Progress Payments 9.3, 9.6, 9.8.5, 9.10.3, 14.2.3, 15.1.4 Project, Definition of 1.1.4 Init AIA Document A201 —2017. Copyright O 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937. 1951. 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017. All tights reserved. `The American Institute of Architects,' "American Institute of Architects,' "AIA; the AIA Logo, and 'AIA Contract Documents` are trademarks of The 7 American Institute of Architects. This document was produced at 10:57:46 ET on 01/31/2024 under Order No.4104245791 which expires on 1010212024, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents* Terms of Service. To report Copyright violations, e-mail docinfo®aiacontracts.com. User Notes: (3139ADA3F) Project Representatives Separate Contractors, Definition of 4.2.I 0 6.1.1 Property Insurance Shop Drawings, Definition of 10.2.5, 11.2 3.12.1 Proposal Requirements Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples 1.1.1 3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY Site, Use of 10 3.13, 6.1.1, 6.2.1 Regulations and Laws Site Inspections 1.5, 2.3.2, 3.2.3, 3.6, 3.7, 3.12.10, 3.13, 9.6.4, 9.9. 1, 3.2.2, 3.3.3, 3.7.1, 3.7.4, 4.2, 9.9.2, 9.4.2, 9.10,1, 13.4 10.2.2, 13.1, 13.3, 13.4.1, 13.4.2, 13.5, 14, 15.2.8, Site Visits, Architect's 15.4 3.7.4, 4.2.2, 4.2.9, 9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9.9,2, 9.10.1, 13.4 Rejection of Work Special Inspections and Vsting 4.2.6,12.2.1 4.2.6,12.2.1,13.4 Releases and Waivers of Liens Specifications, ru n of 9.3.1, 9.10.2 1.1.6 Representations Specific 3.2.1,3.5,3.12.6,8.2.1,9.33,9.4.2,9.5.1,9.10.1 1.1.1, 2, 1.5, 3.12.10, 3.17, 4.2.14 Representatives V Stations 2.1.1, 3.1.1, 3.9, 4.1.1, 4.2,10, 13.2.1 ♦ 1 2, A.1.1 Responsibility for Those Performing the Wo ` g the W .k 3.3.2 3.18 4.2.2 4.2.3 5.3 6.I.3 6.2 6. 10 2.4 Retainage tored M 9.3.1, 9.6.2, 9.8.5, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.1 6.2.1, 2.1.2 1 Review of Contract Docu men ld Sub a or, D Conditions by Contractor O 5. 3.2, 3.12.7, 6.1.3 � NT C Review of Contractor' s by Owner a Architect con t ork by 3.10.1,3.10.2,3.11,3.12, .2,5. I.2.2,3. .1,3.18,4.2.3,5.2.3,5.3,5.4, Review of Shop Drawings, Prod t a and 9.3. . Samples by Contractor ' actual Relations 3.12 4, 9.3.1.2, 9.6, 9.10, 10.2.1, 14.1, 14.2.1 Rights and Remedie mittals 1.1.2, 2.4, 2.5, 3.5 3.7.4, . .2, 4. , 6.1, 3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 7.3.4, 9.2, 9.3, 6.3, 7.3.1, 8.3, 9.5 .7, .2.5, I, 12.2.2, \70, 9.8, 9.9.1 9.10.2 9.1 0.3 12.2.4, 13.3, 14 .4 ♦ Submittal Schedule Royalties d Cop ` 3.10.2, 3.12.5, 4.2.7 3.17 Subrogation, Waivers of Rules and No es for Arbitration 6.1.1, 11.3 15.4.1 Substances, Hazardous Safety of Persons and Property 103 10.2, 10.4 Substantial Completion Safety Precautions and Programs 4.2.9, 8.1.1, 8.1.3, 8.2.3, 9.4.2, 9.8, 9.9.1, 9.10.3, 3.3.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.7, 5.3, 10.1, 10.2, 10.4 12.2, 15.1.2 Samples, Definition of Substantial Completion, Definition of 3.12.3 9.8.1 Samples, Shop Drawings, Product Data and Substitution of Subcontractors 3.11,3.12,4.2.7 5.2.3,5.2.4 Samples at the Site, Documents and Substitution of Architect 3.11 2.3.3 Schedule of Values Substitutions of Materials 9.2, 9.3.1 3.4.2, 3.5, 7.3.8 Schedules, Construction Sub -subcontractor, Definition of 3.10, 3.12.1, 3.12.2, 6.1.3, 15.1.6.2 5.1.2 Separate Contracts and Contractors Subsurface Conditions 1.1.4, 3.12.5, 3.14.2, 4.2.4, 4.2.7, 6, 8.3.1, 12.1.2 3.7.4 felt. AIA Document A201 — 2017, Copyright O 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958. 1961. 1963. 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017. All rights reserved. 'The American Institute of Architects,' 'American Institute of Architects,' Alk' the AIA Logo, and 'AIA Contract Documents' are trademarks of The American Institute of Architects. This document was produced at 10:57:46 ET on 01/3112024 under Order No.4104245791 which expires on 1010212024, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents* Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail docinfo@aiacontracts.com. User Notes: (389ADA3F) Successors and Assigns 13.2 Superintendent 3.9, 10.2.6 Supervision and Construction Procedures 1.2.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.12.10, 4.2.2, 4.2.7, 6.1.3, 6.2.4, 7.1.3, 7.3.4, 8.2, 8.3.1, 9.4.2, 10, 12, 14, 15.1.4 Suppliers 1.5, 3.12.1, 4.2.4, 4.2.6, 5.2.1, 9.3, 9.4.2, 9.5.4, 9.6, 9.10.5, 14.2.1 Surety 5.4.1.2, 9.6.8, 9.8.5, 9.10.2, 9.10.3, 11.1.2, 14.2.2, 15.2.7 Surety, Consent of 9.8.5, 9.10.2, 9.10.3 Surveys 1.1.7, 2.3.4 Suspension by the Owner for Convenience 1a.3 Suspension of the Work • 3.7.5, 5.4.2, 14.3 Suspension or Termination of the Contra 5.4.1.1, 14 Taxes 3.6, 3.8.2.1, 7.3.4.4 O Termination by the Contractor 14.1, I5.1.7 Termination by the O ause 5.4.1.1, 14.2, 15.1.7 Termination by the Ow r for pvn A 14.4 Termination of the Archite C 2.3.3 Termination of the Co t plo nt 14.2.2 TERMINAT USP O F T CONT 14 Tests and In ections 3.1.3, 3.3.3, 3.7.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.6, 4.2.9, 9.4.2, 9.8.3, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 10.3.2, 12.2.1, 13.4 TIME 8 Time, Delays and Extensions of 3.2.4, 3.7.4, 5.2.3, 7.2.1, 7.3.1, 7.4, 8.3, 9.5.1, 9.7, 10.3.2, 10.4, 14.3.2, 15.1.6, 15.2.5 Time Limits 2.1.2, 2.2, 2.5, 3.2.2, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12.5, 3.15.1, 4.2, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 6.2.4, 7.3, 7.4, 8.2, 9.2, 9.3.1, 9.3.3, 9.4.1, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 9.10, 12.2, 13.4, 14, 15.1.2, 15.1.3, I5.4 Time Limits on Claims 3.7.4, 10.2.8, 15.1.2, 15.1.3 Title to Work 9.3.2, 9.3.3 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 12 Uncovering of Work 12.1 Unforeseen Condi ' , Concealed or Unknown 3.7.4, 8.3.1, 10. Unit Prices, 7.3.3.2, VUse ofnts 1.1.1 3.6, 3.12.6, 5.3 to (3Vl1, 6.2. es, Sch• �.2, 9.3.1 Waivers by th hitect 13.3 W I Clai contractor 13.3. , 1 . �ver of C s b the Owner . .3, 9.10. .4, 12.2.2.1, 13.3.2, 14.2.4, 15.1.7 Waiver nsequential Damages 14.., .. I Liens .10.2, 9.10.4 aivers of Subrogation .1.I, 11.3 Warranty 3.5, 4.2.9, 9.3.3, 9.8.4, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.4, 12.2.2, 15.1.2 Weather Delays 8.3, 15.1.6.2 Work, Definition of 1.1.3 Written Consent 1.5.2, 3.4.2, 3.7.4, 3.12.8, 3.14.2, 4.1.2, 9.3.2, 9.10.3, 13.2, 13.3.2, 15.4.4.2 Written Interpretations 4.2.11, 4.2.12 Written Orders 1.1.1, 2.4, 3.9, 7, 8.2.2, 12.1, 12.2, 13.4.2, 14.3.1 Init AIA Document A201 — 2017. Copyright m 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017. All rights reserved. "The American Institute of Architects; 'American Institute of Architects,—AIA; the AIA Logo and 'AIA Contract Documents' are trademarks of The 9 American Institute of Architects. This document was produced at 10:57:46 ET on 01/31/2024 under Order No.4104245791 which expires an 1010212024, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents* Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail docinfo@aiacontracts.cam. User Notes: (389ADA3F) ARTICLE 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS § 1.1 Basic Definitions § 1.1.1 The Contract Documents The Contract Documents are enumerated in the Agreement between the Owner and Contractor (hereinafter the Agreement) and consist of the Agreement, Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions), Drawings, Specifications, Addenda issued prior to execution of the Contract, other documents listed in the Agreement, and Modifications issued after execution of the Contract. A Modification is (1) a written amendment to the Contract signed by both parties, (2) a Change Order, (3) a Construction Change Directive, or (4) a written order for a minor change in the Work issued by the Architect. Unless specifically enumerated in the Agreement, the Contract Documents do not include the advertisement or invitation to bid, Instructions to Bidders, sample forms, other information furnished by the Owner in anticipation of receiving bids or proposals, the Contractor's bid or proposal, or portions of Addenda relating to bidding or proposal requirements. § 1.1.2 The Contract The Contract Documents form the Contract for Construction. The Contract re ts'hhe entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations, r�pr enNt or agreements, either written or oral. The Contract may be amended or mod' my by a M The Contract Documents shall not be construed to create a contractual relationship of JVFkihd (1) beyftillhAe Contractor and the Architect or the Architect's consultants, (2) between the Owner andia. Su ontractor t b-subcontractor, (3) between the Owner and the Architect or the Architect's consul t3 etween ns or en ' e ther than the Owner and the Contractor. The Architect shall, however, b to perf ce d enfo of obligations under the Contract intended to facilitate performan Architet . . § 1.1.3 The Work The term "Work" means the con and serv� a uired by o partially completed, and include 11 ther laor, n10 equip d the Contractor to fulfill the n is obli No. The Wo onsti § 1.1.4 The Project �� The Project is the total co truct, of Ahe a ed and f or a part and which may include o ion oc O r and by S § 1.1.5 The Drawings The Drawings are the h a d p dimensions of the Wor , rally § 1.1.6 The Spec U s The Speci a that pc rtl equipmen , st , standards and et D whether completed or se a 'ded or to be provided by lute le or a part of the Project. Documents may be the whole Contractors. ing the design, location and iules, and diagrams, !n requirements for materials, slated services. § 1.1.7 Instruments of Service Instruments of Service are representations, in any medium of expression now known or later developed, of the tangible and intangible creative work performed by the Architect and the Architect's consultants under their respective professional services agreements. Instruments of Service may include, without limitation, studies, surveys, models, sketches, drawings, specifications, and other similar materials. § 1.1.8 Initial Decision Maker The Initial Decision Maker is the person identified in the Agreement to render initial decisions on Claims in accordance with Section 15.2. The Initial Decision Maker shall not show partiality to the Owner or Contractor and shall not be liable for results of interpretations or decisions rendered in good faith. § 1.2 Correlation and Intent of the Contract Documents § 1.2.1 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work by the Contractor, The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by one shall be as binding as if required by all; performance by the Contractor shall be required only to the extent consistent with the Contract Documents and reasonably inferable from them as being necessary to produce the indicated results. Init. AIA Document A201 — 2017. Copyright O 1911. 1915, 1918, 1925. 1937, 1951. 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966 1970, 1976, 1987. 1997. 2007 and 2017. All rights reserved. "The American Institute of Architects," "American Institute of Architects," "AIA," the AIA Logo, and 'AIA Contract Documents' are trademarks of The American Institute of Architects. This document was produced at 10 57:46 ET on 01/31/2024 under Order No.4104245791 which expires on 10102/2024, is not 10 for resale, Is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used In accordance with the AIA Contract Documents' Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail dodnfo@alacontracLs.com. User Notes: (3139ADA317) § 1.2.1.1 The invalidity of any provision of the Contract Documents shall not invalidate the Contract or its remaining provisions. If it is determined that any provision of the Contract Documents violates any law, or is otherwise invalid or unenforceable, then that provision shall be revised to the extent necessary to make that provision legal and enforceable. In such case the Contract Documents shall be construed, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to give effect to the parties' intentions and purposes in executing the Contract. § 1.2.2 Organization of the Specifications into divisions, sections and articles, and arrangement of Drawings shall not control the Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of Work to be performed by any trade. § 1.2.3 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, words that have well-known technical or construction industry meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recogni,**d meanings. § 1.3 Capitalization Terms capitalized in these General Conditions include those that are (1) sp11,01 c ca defined, (2) the titles of numbered articles, or (3) the titles of other documents hed by the � Institute of Architects. § 1.4 Interpretation G In the interest of brevity the Contract Docu ii ntly om' rig wor s as "all" and "any" and articles such as "the" and "an," but the fact t aadifier o i e is abse �ne statement and appears in � PP another is not intended to affect the inte of either t r t. ` § 1.5 Ownership and Use of Drawing cations, er Instntm m a(jf/5ervice § 1.5.1 The Architect and the Arc onSultan s Instruments of Service, includ' rawi s an c reserved rights in their Ins a Servic inc ding subcontractors, and sup I not own or c m a co distribution to meet offic regu ato ut%I� ments construed as publication i der0&pti& of fi a Archit ' k'thors A1ga%AQsF of their respective etain c law, statutory, and other M'he C ntraff4rAubcontractors, Sub - the InP4itan ts of Service. Submittal or rposeection with the Project is not to be et_s s' reserved rights. § 1.5.2 The Contractor, Sub ntr�t , Sub-s COX tors, an s are authorized to use and reproduce the Instruments of Service pro to them, j Prot blished pursuant to Sections 1.7 and 1.8, solely and exclusively for ex u o a the Ton . A] opies m e r this authorization shall bear the copyright notice, if any, shown on t e Ins nts of a Contract contractors, Sub -subcontractors, and suppliers may not use the Ins is o ervic rojects or r ad itions to the Project outside the scope of the Work without the s t tten c s t o e Owngt ct, and the Architect's consultants. § 1.6 Notic 1.6.1 Exce s otherwise provided in Sec b.2, where the Contract Documents require one to notify or § P P 4 party fy give notice to the other party, such notice shall be provided in writing to the designated representative of the party to whom the notice is addressed and shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person, by mail, by courier, or by electronic transmission if a method for electronic transmission is set forth in the Agreement. § 1.6.2 Notice of Claims as provided in Section 15.1.3 shall be provided in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly served only if delivered to the designated representative of the party to whom the notice is addressed by certified or registered mail, or by courier providing proof of delivery. § 1.7 Digital Data Use and Transmission The parties shall agree upon protocols governing the transmission and use of Instruments of Service or any other information or documentation in digital form. The parties will use AIA Document E203Tm-2013, Building Information Modeling and Digital Data Exhibit, to establish the protocols for the development, use, transmission, and exchange of digital data. § 1.8 Building Information Models Use and Reliance Any use of, or reliance on, all or a portion of a building information model without agreement to protocols governing the use of, and reliance on, the information contained in the model and without having those protocols set Init AIA DocumentA201 —2017. Copyrightm 1911, 1915, 1918 1925, 1937, 1951. 1950. 1961 1963. 1966. 1970. 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017. All rights reserved. 'The American Institute of Arrhltects,' 'American Institute of Architects,' 'AIA,' the AIA Logo, and 'AIA Contract Documents' are trademarks of The 11 American Institute of Architects. This document was produced at 10 57.46 ET on 01/31/2024 under Order No.4104245791 which expires on 10/02/2024, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used In accordance with the AIA Contract Documents' Tema of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail dodnfo®alaccntracts.com. User Notes: (3B9ADA3F) forth in AIA Document E203Tm-2013, Building Information Modeling and Digital Data Exhibit, and the requisite AIA Document G202Tm-2013, Project Building Information Modeling Protocol Form, shall be at the using or relying party's sole risk and without liability to the other party and its contractors or consultants, the authors of, or contributors to, the building information model, and each of their agents and employees. ARTICLE 2 OWNER § 2.1 General § 2.1.1 The Owner is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The Owner shall designate in writing a representative who shall have express authority to bind the Owner with respect to all matters requiring the Owner's approval or authorization. Except as otherwise provided in Section 4.2.1, the Architect does not have such authority. The term "Owner" means the Owner or the Owner's authorized representative. § 2.1.2 The Owner shall furnish to the Contractor, within fifteen days after receipt written request, information necessary and relevant for the Contractor to evaluate, give notice of, or enforc h ic's lien rights. Such information shall include a correct statement of the record legal title to the► �� pr a on which the Project is located, usually referred to as the site, and the Owner's interest n. § 2.2 Evidence of the Owner's Financial Arranpmen G § 2.2.1 Prior to commencement of the Work "en re t the Con t the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor reasonable evidence that the madecl arrange fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract. The Con Il have lion to c e the Work until the Owner provides such evidence. If commenceme Worked under t tion 2. 1, the Contract Time shall be extended appropriately. § 2.2.2 Following commence f e Wo and written r y the o Ar, the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor reasonabl yr rthat th O r has ma tal ge to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the y if(1) the er fails to aymen the ontractor as the Contract Documents require; (2) Con Or Antiles in I able a regarding the Owner's ability to make payment when due; le the Wo at lly changi ontract Sum. If the Owner fails to provide such evidence, as requir in fou n da the Co request, the Contractor may immediately stop the Work d, even hall otify the O the Work has stopped. However, if the request is made because a ce�in the k ally ch Contract Sum under (3) above, the Contractor may immediately stop n %t ortion the o r k a ffietie e change until reasonable evidence is provided. If the Work is stopp d unde s Sec ' e Contract shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be inc d b e Contracto 's reasonable costs of shutdown, delay and start-up, plus interest as pro i i e Co tra t D ments♦ § 2.2.3 Aft a wner furnishes evidence f fin c al arrangements under this Section 2.2, the Owner shall not materiallyva such financial arrangements prior notice to the Contractor. g § 2.2.4 Where the Owner has designated information furnished under this Section 2.2 as "confidential," the Contractor shall keep the information confidential and shall not disclose it to any other person. However, the Contractor may disclose "confidential" information, after seven (7) days' notice to the Owner, where disclosure is required by law, including a subpoena or other form of compulsory legal process issued by a court or governmental entity, or by court or arbitrator(s) order. The Contractor may also disclose "confidential" information to its employees, consultants, sureties, Subcontractors and their employees, Sub -subcontractors, and others who need to know the content of such information solely and exclusively for the Project and who agree to maintain the confidentiality of such information. § 2.3 Information and Services Required of the Owner § 2.3.1 Except for permits and fees that are the responsibility of the Contractor under the Contract Documents, including those required under Section 3.7.1, the Owner shall secure and pay for necessary approvals, easements, assessments and charges required for construction, use or occupancy of permanent structures or for permanent changes in existing facilities. Init. AIA Document A201 —2017. Copyright 1911. 1915. 1918 1925. 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961 1963. 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997. 2007 and 2017. All rights reserved. 'The American Institute of Architects,' "American Institute of Architects," AIA,' the AJA Logo, and 'AIA Contract Documents' are trademarks of The 12 f American Institute of Architects. This document was produced at 10 57 46 ET on 01/31/2024 under Order No.4104245791 which expires on 10/02/2024, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents• Terns of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail docinfo®afacontracts cam User Notes: (3139ADA3F) § 2.3.2 The Owner shall retain an architect lawfully licensed to practice architecture, or an entity lawfully practicing architecture, in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. That person or entity is identified as the Architect in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. § 2.3.3 If the employment of the Architect terminates, the Owner shall employ a successor to whom the Contractor has no reasonable objection and whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the Architect. § 2.3.4 The Owner shall furnish surveys describing physical characteristics, legal limitations and utility locations for the site of the Project, and a legal description of the site. The Contractor shall be entitled to rely on the accuracy of information famished by the Owner but shall exercise proper precautions relating to the safe performance of the Work. § 2.3.5 The Owner shall furnish information or services required of the Owner by the CryRract Documents with reasonable promptness. The Owner shall also furnish any other information or se s under the Owner's control and relevant to the Contractor's performance of the Work with reasonable pro safter receiving the Contractor's written request for such information or services. § 2.3.6 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Doc!�� theOw ssh to the Contractor one copy of the Contract Documents for purposes of making +rcoduons purs� ection 1.5.2. § 2.4 Owner's Right to Stop the Work _ i1 If the Contractor fails to correct Work required by Section 12.2 or repeatedly Owner may issue a written order to t order has been eliminated; I of the Owner to exercise this 1 fo required by Section 6.1.3.� § 2.5 Owner's Right to Cal If the Contractor defaults Ar within a ten-day period after or neglect with diligence correct such default or legl prior approval of korin 't Payment in wholep correcting such dci s, made necessatUbdefa amounts, Owner or Article 15. of the Contract Documents as tract Documents, the until the cause for such se to a duty on the part t entity, except to the extent ,rV accordan 'tTr the Contract Documents and fails ner to c m and continue correction of such default y, with dice to other remedies the Owner may have, r an is charged to the Contractor are both subject to ection 9.5.1, withhold or nullify a Certificate for ;: o reimburse the Owner for the reasonable cost of s an for the Architect's additional services Tent and future payments are not sufficient to cover such Abner. If the Contractor disagrees with the actions of the to the Owner, the Contractor may file a Claim pursuant to ARTICLE 3 CONTRACTOR § 3.1 General § 3.1.1 The Contractor is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The Contractor shall be lawfully licensed, if required in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. The Contractor shall designate in writing a representative who shall have express authority to bind the Contractor with respect to all matters under this Contract. The term "Contractor" means the Contractor or the Contractor's authorized representative. § 3.1,2 The Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. § 3.1.3 The Contractor shall not be relieved of its obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents either by activities or duties of the Architect in the Architect's administration of the Contract, or by tests, inspections or approvals required or performed by persons or entities other than the Contractor. lnit AIA Document A201 — 2017. Copyright O 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976. 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017. All rights reserved. "The American Institute of Architects,' "American Institute of Architects," "AIA," the AIA Logo, and 'AIA Contract Documents" are trademarks of The 13 American Institute of Architects. This document was produced at 10:57:46 ET on 01/31/2024 under Order No.4104245791 which expires on 10102/2024, Is not I for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents• Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail docinfo®alacontracts.com. User Notes: (3B9ADA3F) § 3.2 Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions by Contractor § 3.2.1 Execution of the Contract by the Contractor is a representation that the Contractor has visited the site, become generally familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed, and correlated personal observations with requirements of the Contract Documents. § 3.2.2 Because the Contract Documents are complementary, the Contractor shall, before starting each portion of the Work, carefully study and compare the various Contract Documents relative to that portion of the Work, as well as the information furnished by the Owner pursuant to Section 2.3.4, shall take field measurements of any existing conditions related to that portion of the Work, and shall observe any conditions at the site affecting it. These obligations are for the purpose of facilitating coordination and construction by the Contractor and are not for the purpose of discovering errors, omissions, or inconsistencies in the Contract Documents; however, the Contractor shall promptly report to the Architect any errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered by or made known to the Contractor as a request for information in such form as the Architect may require. It is rotognized that the Contractor's review is made in the Contractor's capacity as a contractor and not K ensed design professional, unless otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. § 3.2.3 The Contractor is not required to ascertant in that r laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, a4 shall promptly report to the Architect any nonconf ty 'sc request for information in such form as the A04M ray req § 3.2.4 If the Contractor believes that add' ' �oltst or Architect issues in response to the Con t ' notices 3.2.3, the Contractor shall submit Cl0-shalilli provided it of Sections 3.2.2 or 3.2.3, ereg;uq1MfAfpn1, as would have been avoidtractad obligations, the ContractoIiabIViDot, Ou inconsistencies or omisntractent and the Contract Docum�nf tmitiesordinances, codes, rules a aid lawful% PC for e 15. If and daA for public aAN IF in accordance with applicable : authorities, but the Contractor known to the Contractor as a clarifications or instructions the n purs nt to Sections 3.2.2 or ,torfit perform the obligations ject to Section 15.1.7, ctor performs those sulting from errors, field measurements or conditions :o applicable laws, statutes, § 3.3 Supervision and Cons cti$p Vccedure § 3.3.1 The Contractor shall rvtse a4*e ork, Contractor's best skill and attention. The Contractor shall be so sible fo( andiave con I construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, and pr6cedfure d for oordinai�lfg all portio a Work under the Contract. If the Contract Documentsgivesc t struct'�alu4e concerning cons coon means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures, 0for sh 11 thejobs thereof and shall be solely responsible for the jobsite safety of s,methods, iques, o rocedures. If the Contractor determines that such means, methods, es, sequences or proved s m of be safe, the Contractor shall give timely notice to the Owner and Architect, d shall propose alternative s, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures. The Architect shall evaluate the proposed alternative solely for conformance with the design intent for the completed construction. Unless the Architect objects to the Contractor's proposed alternative, the Contractor shall perform the Work using its alternative means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures. § 3.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the Contractor's employees, Subcontractors and their agents and employees, and other persons or entities performing portions of the Work for, or on behalf of, the Contractor or any of its Subcontractors. § 3.3.3 The Contractor shall be responsible for inspection of portions of Work already performed to determine that such portions are in proper condition to receive subsequent Work. § 3.4 Labor and Materials § 3.4,1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide and pay for labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work, whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work. Init AIA Document A201 — 2017. Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017. All rights reserved. 'The American Institute of Architects,' 'American Institute of Architects," "AIA," the AIA Logo, and 'AIA Contract Documents' are trademarks of The 14 American Institute of Architects. This document was produced at 10:57:46 ET on 01t31J2024 under Order No.4104245791 which expires on 10/02/2024, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents* Tema of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail dodnfo@aiacontracts.com. User Notes: (3B9ADA3F) § 3.4.2 Except in the case of minor changes in the Work approved by the Architect in accordance with Section 3,12,8 or ordered by the Architect in accordance with Section 7.4, the Contractor may make substitutions only with the consent of the Owner, after evaluation by the Architect and in accordance with a Change Order or Construction Change Directive. § 3.4.3 The Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among the Contractor's employees and other persons carrying out the Work. The Contractor shall not permit employment of unfit persons or persons not properly skilled in tasks assigned to them. § 3.5 Warranty § 3.5.1 The Contractor warrants to the Owner and Architect that materials and equipment furnished under the Contract will be of good quality and new unless the Contract Documents require or permit otherwise, The Contractor further warrants that the Work will conform to the requirements of the ContrAt Documents and will be free from defects, except for those inherent in the quality of the Work the Contra cuments require or permit. Work, materials, or equipment not conforming to these requirements may be c er d defective. The Contractor's warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by abuse, alterationst ork not executed by the Contractor, improper or insufficient maintenance, imp eration, o oi ear and tear and normal usage. If required by the Architect, the Contractor shall furnish s factory evi c to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. § 3.5.2 All material, equipment, or other spe ' ties r d the Co currents shall be issued in the name of the Owner, or shall be transfera Owner, commen cordance with Section 9.8.4. 3.6 Taxes ` The Contractor shall pay sales, c ,use and t taxes fib `k pro e Contractor that are legally enacted when bids are v or ne ttati onclude or ctive or merely scheduled g Y d� Y to go into effect. § 3.7 Penrifts, Fees, Noll and o e th La § 3.7.1 Unless otherwise p ovide the nct D e , the Con shall secure and pay for the building permit as well as for other pc e , icKtCtB5M, ecttons shall agencies necessary for proper execution and completion [heiJ thatmarily sec execution of the Contract and legally required at the time bids ar lived or conclu § 3.7.2 The Contra for sh mpl rve notices � ed by applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulati and awful ublic au!hkitics applicable to performance of the Work. § 3.7.3 If �ctor performs ork kn 19 t ontrary to applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and r 1 ons, or lawful orders of p lic orities, the Contractor shall assume appropriate responsibility for such Wor and shall bear the costs attrib a to correction, § 3.7.4 Concealed or Unknown Conditions If the Contractor encounters conditions at the site that are (1) subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions that differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or (2) unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature that differ materially from those ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in construction activities of the character provided for in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall promptly provide notice to the Owner and the Architect before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than 14 days after first observance of the conditions. The Architect will promptly investigate such conditions and, if the Architect determines that they differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor's cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the Work, will recommend that an equitable adjustment be made in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. If the Architect determines that the conditions at the site are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents and that no change in the terms of the Contract is justified, the Architect shall promptly notify the Owner and Contractor, stating the reasons. If either party disputes the Architect's determination or recommendation, that party may submit a Claim as provided in Article 15. § 3.7.5 If, in the course of the Work, the Contractor encounters human remains or recognizes the existence of burial markers, archaeological sites or wetlands not indicated in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall immediately Init. AIA Document A201 — 2017. Copyright C 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017. Ali rights reserved. 'The American Institute of Architects,' American Institute of Architects,' 'AIA,' the AIA Logo, and 'AIA Contract Documents' are trademarks of The 1$ American Institute of Architects. This document was produced at 10:57.46 ET on 01131l2024 under Order No.4104245791 whlch expires on 10/02t2024, Is riot for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used In accordance with the AIA Contract Documents* Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail do info@alacontracts.com. User Notes: (3B9ADA3F) suspend any operations that would affect them and shall notify the Owner and Architect. Upon receipt of such notice, the Owner shall promptly take any action necessary to obtain governmental authorization required to resume the operations. The Contractor shall continue to suspend such operations until otherwise instructed by the Owner but shall continue with all other operations that do not affect those remains or features. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time arising from the existence of such remains or features may be made as provided in Article 15. § 3.8 Allowances § 3.8.1 The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum all allowances stated in the Contract Documents. Items covered by allowances shall be supplied for such amounts and by such persons or entities as the Owner may direct, but the Contractor shall not be required to employ persons or entities to whom the Contractor has reasonable objection. § 3.8.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, .1 allowances shall cover the cost to the Contractor of materials an ent delivered at the site and all required taxes, less applicable trade discounts; .2 Contractor's costs for unloading and handt%P4.tthe site, la r, ' lation costs, overhead, profit, and other expenses contemplated for stated a wance amo be included in the Contract Sum but not in the allowances; and .3 whenever costs are more than 1 s all owan th ontract m all be adjusted accordingly by Change Order. The amou �t le hangs s all reflec difference between actual costs and the allowances tion 3.8. 2) chars ntractor's costs under Section 3.8.2.2. § 3.8.3 Materials and equipment allowan s e selec O ♦ sonable promptness. 3. Superintendent § 9S p t § 3.9.1 The Contractor oy a competen superinten e d neces slstants who shall be in attendance at the Project site during erformaaewWork. up e den esent the Contractor, and communications given to a su tend t s'hall b i ng as if the Contractor. 3.9.2 The Contractor, as n a ticable fter and of the t, shall notify the Owner and Architect of the § �Ip fY name and qualifications of posed s n t. With s of receipt of the information, the Architect may notify the Contra o sllftirig whe r the wrier o ttect (1) has reasonable objection to the proposed ❑ r 2 re addi ' or review of the Architect to provide notice within the 14-day superintendent o } q p y period shall const' not ce of le ob'ec io § 3.9.3 or shall not a oy a p s e ntendent to whom the Owner or Architect has made reasonable d ely objection. The Con etor 1 not change the superintendent without the Owner's consent, which shall n unreasonably be withheld or ed. § 3.10 Contractor's Construction and Submittal Schedules § 3.10.1 The Contractor, promptly after being awarded the Contract, shall submit for the Owner's and Architect's information a Contractor's construction schedule for the Work. The schedule shall contain detail appropriate for the Project, including (1) the date of commencement of the Work, interim schedule milestone dates, and the date of Substantial Completion; (2) an apportionment of the Work by construction activity; and (3) the time required for completion of each portion of the Work. The schedule shall provide for the orderly progression of the Work to completion and shall not exceed time limits current under the Contract Documents. The schedule shall be revised at appropriate intervals as required by the conditions of the Work and Project. § 3.10.2 The Contractor, promptly after being awarded the Contract and thereafter as necessary to maintain a current submittal schedule, shall submit a submittal schedule for the Architect's approval. The Architect's approval shall not be unreasonably delayed or withheld. The submittal schedule shall (1) be coordinated with the Contractor's construction schedule, and (2) allow the Architect reasonable time to review submittals. If the Contractor fails to submit a submittal schedule, or fails to provide submittals in accordance with the approved submittal schedule, the Contractor shall not be entitled to any increase in Contract Sum or extension of Contract Time based on the time required for review of submittals. Init AIA Document A201 — 2017. Copyrfght 0 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951. 1958. 1961, 1963. 1966. 1970. 1976. 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017. All rights reserved. 'The American Institute of Architects,' 'American Institute of Architects," AIA,* the AIA Logo, and 'AIA Contract Documents' are trademarks of The 16 American Institute of Architects. This document was produced at 10:57:46 ET on 01131/2024 under Order No.4104245791 which expires on 10/0212024, is not for resale, Is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract DocumentsO Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, a -mail docinfo@alacontracts,com. User Notes: (3B9ADA3F) § 3.14.3 The Contractor shall perform the Work in general accordance with the most recent schedules submitted to the Owner and Architect. § 3.11 Documents and Samples at the Site The Contractor shall make available, at the Project site, the Contract Documents, including Change Orders, Construction Change Directives, and other Modifications, in good order and marked currently to indicate field changes and selections made during construction, and the approved Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and similar required submittals. These shall be in electronic form or paper copy, available to the Architect and Owner, and delivered to the Architect for submittal to the Owner upon completion of the Work as a record of the Work as constructed. § 3.12 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples § 3.12.1 Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams, schedules, and other data special pared for the Work by the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub -subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier, or d'&ut& to illustrate some portion of the Work. § 3.12.2 Product Data are illustrations, standard schedul pc ormane instructions, brochures, diagrams, and other information furnished by the Contractor t illus to mate ' quipme t for some portion of the Work. § 3.12.3 Samples are physical examples that ' mated i ent,.Or ship, and establish standards by which the Work will be judged.` § 3.12.4 Shop Drawings, Product Da les, and it submittal Conrcl. uments. Their purpose is to demonstrate how the Con oses to c n to the i t1 n givesign concept expressed in the Contract Documents fo a ortion rk for wh' �n nts require submittals. Review by the Architect is e e lira do of Secti . fo atio mittals upon which the Architect is not expecte esponsive acts may be s Mefied in on act Documents. Submittals that are not required by the tract o tsirlay be Arc out action. § 3.12.5 The Contractor shall rev w o compl e wr e Con tr c ments, approve, and submit to the Architect, Shop Drawings, od 4 t1 S les, d similar s required by the Contract Documents, in accordance with the submi hedule a the Arc , in the absence of an approved submittal schedule, with reason mess in s h seque ecause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner or of S arate tracto § 3.12.6 By su in hop 'ng roduc pies, and similar submittals, the Contractor represents to the Owne rtect that the tractor i ed and approved them, (2) determined and verified materials, d easurements and field ca true n criteria related thereto, or will do so, and (3) checked and coordinated t information contained withi submittals with the requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents. § 3,12.7 The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work for which the Contract Documents require submittal and review of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, or similar submittals, until the respective submittal has been approved by the Architect. § 3.12.8 The Work shall be in accordance with approved submittals except that the Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for deviations from the requirements of the Contract Documents by the Architect's approval of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, or similar submittals, unless the Contractor has specifically notified the Architect of such deviation at the time of submittal and (1) the Architect has given written approval to the specific deviation as a minor change in the Work, or (2) a Change Order or Construction Change Directive has been issued authorizing the deviation. The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for errors or omissions in Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, or similar submittals, by the Architect's approval thereof. § 3.12.9 The Contractor shall direct specific attention, in writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, or similar submittals, to revisions other than those requested by the Architect on previous submittals. In the absence of such notice, the Architect's approval of a resubmission shall not apply to such revisions. Init, AIA Document A201 —2017 Copyright C 1911. 1915, 1918 1925. 1937. 1951, 1958. 1961 1963 1966, 1970. 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017. Al rights reserved. 'The American Institute of Architects.' .American Institute of Architects.- -AIA,' the AIA Logo and 'AIA Contract Documents" are trademarks of The 17 American Institute of Architects This document was produced at 10 57 46 ET on 01/31/2024 under Order No,4104245791 which expires on 1010212024, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only and may only be used in accordance with the AA Contract Documents* Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail doclnfo®aiacontracts.com User Notes: (389ADA3F) § 3.12.10 The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services that constitute the practice of architecture or engineering unless such services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless the Contractor needs to provide such services in order to carry out the Contractor's responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures, The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services in violation of applicable law. § 3.12.10.1 If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials, or equipment are specifically required of the Contractor by the Contract Documents, the Owner and the Architect will specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. The Contractor shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy and accuracy of the performance and design criteria provided in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by an appropriately licensed design professional, whose signature and sea] shall appear on all drawings, calculations, speciflAtions, certifications, Shop Drawings, and other submittals prepared by such professional. Shop Drawings, ther submittals related to the Work, designed or certified by such professional, if prepared by others, shall b c professional's written approval when submitted to the Architect. The Owner and the Architect si►all a tied to rely upon the adequacy and accuracy of the services, certifications, and apprformed or y such design professionals, provided the Owner and Architect have specified toro the ntractor th cc and design criteria that such services must satisfy. Pursuant to this Section 3.12. 0, th Architect iew and approve or take other appropriate action on submittals only for the t ose of k for confi�cc with information given m and the design concept expressed in the Con uent O § 3.12.10.2 If the Contract Documents i e Con esign proI to c ify that the Work has been performed in accordance with the d teria, the Nctor shall t uch 1 ions to the Architect at the time and in the form specific Architect ` O § 3.13 Use of Site The Contractor shall co rations at the s to areas d by ap ble aws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, la orders liS,authori i s p ontra c ents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site with m erials quip ertt. § 3.14 Cutting and Patching § 3.14.1 The Contractor sha responsi ortg, fitti ching required to complete the Work or to make its parts fit toge e re ly. Ali eas quiring i tong, or patching shall be restored to the condition existing prior to a clittirv tting , unless oth a required by the Contract Documents. § 3.14.2 The CS ct shall t am or enr rtion of the Work or fully or partially completed construct' wner or Sep to Con �+C ing, patching, or otherwise altering such construction, or by excava a Contractor shall not cu r o ise alter construction by the Owner or a Separate Contractor except with tten consent of the Owner an a Separate Contractor. Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Contractor shall not unreasonably withhold, from the Owner or a Separate Contractor, its consent to cutting or otherwise altering the Work. § 3.15 Cleaning Up § 3.15.1 The Contractor shall keep the premises and surrounding area free from accumulation of waste materials and rubbish caused by operations under the Contract. At completion of the Work, the Contractor shall remove waste materials, rubbish, the Contractor's tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus materials from and about the Project. § 3.15.2 If the Contractor fails to clean up as provided in the Contract Documents, the Owner may do so and the Owner shall be entitled to reimbursement from the Contractor. § 3.16 Access to Work The Contractor shall provide the Owner and Architect with access to the Work in preparation and progress wherever located. Init. AIA Document A201 — 2017. Copyright © 1911. 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 2007 and 2017 All rights reserved. "The American Institute of Architects," "American Institute of Architects," "AIA,' the AIA Logo, and "AIA Contract Documents" are trademarks of The 18 r American Institute of Architects. This document was produced at 10 57:46 ET on 01l3112024 under Order No.4104245791 which expires on 10102/2024, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents" Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail docinfo@aiacontracts.com. User Notes: (3$9ADA3F) § 3.17 Royalties, Patents and Copyrights The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. The Contractor shall defend suits or claims for infringement of copyrights and patent rights and shall hold the Owner and Architect harmless from loss on account thereof, but shall not be responsible for defense or loss when a particular design, process, or product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is required by the Contract Documents, or where the copyright violations are contained in Drawings, Specifications, or other documents prepared by the Owner or Architect. However, if an infringement of a copyright or patent is discovered by, or made known to, the Contractor, the Contractor shall be responsible for the loss unless the information is promptly furnished to the Architect. § 3.18 Indemniticatlon § 3.18.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, Architect, Architect's consultants, and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims, damages, losses, and expenses, including but not limited to attorneys' fees, arising out of or resultift from performance of the Work, provided that such claim, damage, loss, or expense is attributable to bodily sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), b o the extent caused by the negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone dir*ct o n irectly employed by them, or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, regardless o ther or not s , damage, loss, or expense is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. Such o ga ton shall tyonstrued to negate, abridge, or reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity that would se exist or person described in this Section 3.18. �` § 3.18.2 In claims against any person or e n mnified is Sectio y an employee of the Contractor, a ubcontractor, anyone directly or indi ct m to a or an �ose is the may be liable the S �Y el�18. P Y Y Y Y indemnification obligation under Se 18.1 shall t imited b t ' tion on MALinit or type of damages, compensation, or benefits payabl or the Co or a Su or un k4F compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or othe l ee be r ac 1 v ARTICLE 4 ARCHITEC § 4.1 General � § 4.1.1 The Architect is th perso a ti retame a er pursection 2.3.2 and identified as such in the Agreement. § 4.1.2 Duties, responsibiliti d limi tority o hitect as set forth in the Contract Documents shall not be restricted, or exte ed 'thout ' e ent of the Owner, Contractor, and Architect. Consent shall not e unre ably e § 4,2 AdministI o e Co try § 4.2.1 Th will provt e 1,inis ntract as described in the Contract Documents and will be an Owner p sentative during construe n i e date the Architect issues the final Certificate for Payment. The Architec '11 have authority to act on b of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents. § 4.2.2 The Architect will visit the site at intervals appropriate to the stage of construction, or as otherwise agreed with the Owner, to become generally familiar with the progress and quality of the portion of the Work completed, and to determine in general if the Work observed is being performed in a manner indicating that the Work, when fully completed, will be in accordance with the Contract Documents. However, the Architect will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on -site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. The Architect will not have control over, charge of, or responsibility for the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or for the safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work, since these are solely the Contractor's rights and responsibilities under the Contract Documents. § 4.2.3 On the basis of the site visits, the Architect will keep the Owner reasonably informed about the progress and quality of the portion of the Work completed, and promptly report to the Owner (1) known deviations from the Contract Documents, (2) known deviations from the most recent construction schedule submitted by the Contractor, and (3) defects and deficiencies observed in the Work, The Architect will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Architect will not Init AIA Document A201 —2017. Copyright01911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966. 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017. All rights reserved. 'The American Institute of Arrhitects," "Amerfcan Institute of Architects," "AIA," the AIA Logo, and "AIA Contract Documents" are trademarks of The 19 American Institute of Architects. This document was produced at 10:57:46 ET on 01t31/2024 under Order No.4104245791 which expires on 10l02l2024, is not for resale, Is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents* Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail docinfo@aiacontracts.com. User Notes: (3B9ADA3F) have control over or charge of, and will not be responsible for acts or omissions of, the Contractor, Subcontractors, or their agents or employees, or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work. § 4.2.4 Communications The Owner and Contractor shall include the Architect in all communications that relate to or affect the Architect's services or professional responsibilities. The Owner shall promptly notify the Architect of the substance of any direct communications between the Owner and the Contractor otherwise relating to the Project. Communications by and with the Architect's consultants shall be through the Architect. Communications by and with Subcontractors and suppliers shall be through the Contractor. Communications by and with Separate Contractors shall be through the Owner. The Contract Documents may specify other communication protocols. § 4.2.5 Based on the Architect's evaluations of the Contractor's Applications for Payment, the Architect will review and certify the amounts due the Contractor and will issue Certificates for Payment in su4tamounts, § 4.2.6 The Architect has authority to reject Work that does not conform to the Documents. Whenever the Architect considers it necessary or advisable, the Architect will have authmi to uire inspection or testing of the Work in accordance with Sections 13.4.2 and 13.4.3, ANUM or not the abricated, installed or completed. However, neither this authority of the Architect nor a de ion made i ith either to exercise or not to exercise such authority shall give rise to a duty or r pan bility of itect to e Contractor, Subcontractors, suppliers, their agents or employees, or othe entities o ing portiN194he Work. § 4.2.7 The Architect will review and app o e othe riate acts, the Contractor's submittals such as Shop Drawings, Product Data, �ples, bu r the iimi ose of ecking for conformance with information given and the desi pt expres 1 e Con ent� chitect's action will be taken in accordance with the sub edule a ro by the c r, in of an approved submittal schedule, with reaso omptn s w lowing s t time ' itect's professional judgment to permit ade uat a evie f su submitt cond cted a purpose of determining the accuracy and complete er details suc s dimensi s quantiti r for substantiating instructions for installation or performan of equip e r stems emm e onsibility of the Contractor as required by the Contract cum a itect to pr of the Cod is submittals shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligations un r e ons 3. .5, .12. Th et's review shall not constitute approval of safety precautions or of c5ps ction ans, ethods, to i ,sequences, or procedures. The Architect's approval of a specific item not indic I of an of which the item is a component. 4.2.8 The Archit ct will are C e�riErs and Cons Ron Change Directives and may order minor changes § � g Y g in the Work as pr ed i Secti Archite t II investigate and make determinations and recommendatiatrks in c c le d unkpo� lions as provided in Section 3.7,4. § 4.2.9 The c ect will conduct inspecti to �rmine the date or dates of Substantial Completion and the date of final coin ion; issue Certificates of Sub al Completion pursuant to Section 9.8, receive and forward to the P � p Owner, for the Owner's review and records, written warranties and related documents required by the Contract and assembled by the Contractor pursuant to Section 9.10; and issue a final Certificate for Payment pursuant to Section 9.10. § 4.2.10 If the Owner and Architect agree, the Architect will provide one or more Project representatives to assist in carrying out the Architect's responsibilities at the site. The Owner shall notify the Contractor of any change in the duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of the Project representatives. § 4.2.11 The Architect will interpret and decide matters concerning performance under, and requirements of, the Contract Documents on written request of either the Owner or Contractor. The Architect's response to such requests will be made in writing within any time limits agreed upon or otherwise with reasonable promptness. § 4.2.12 Interpretations and decisions of the Architect will be consistent with the intent of, and reasonably inferable from, the Contract Documents and will be in writing or in the form of drawings. When making such interpretations and decisions, the Architect will endeavor to secure faithful performance by both Owner and Contractor, will not show partiality to either, and will not be liable for results of interpretations or decisions rendered in good faith. Init AIA Document A201 — 2017. Copyright m 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017. All rights reserved. "The American Institute of Architects,' 'American institute of Architects,* AIA," the AIA Logo, and 'AIA Contract Documents' are trademarks of The 2� American Institute cf Architects. This document was produced at 10:57:46 ET on 01/31/2024 under Order No.4104245791 which expires on 1010212024, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used In accordance with the AIA Contract Documents* Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail docunfo®alacontracts.com. User Notes: (369ADA3F) § 4.2.13 The Architect's decisions on matters relating to aesthetic effect will be final if consistent with the intent expressed in the Contract Documents. § 4.2.14 The Architect will review and respond to requests for information about the Contract Documents. The Architect's response to such requests will be made in writing within any time limits agreed upon or otherwise with reasonable promptness. If appropriate, the Architect will prepare and issue supplemental Drawings and Specifications in response to the requests for information. ARTICLE SUBCONTRACTORS § 5.1 Definitions § 5.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct contract with the Contractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site. The term "Subcontractor" is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Subcontractor4he term "Subcontractor" does not include a Separate Contractor or the subcontractors of a Separate Contrrc 5.1.2 A Sub -subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct or indiraet nwith a Subcontractor to § P tY perform a portion of the Work at the site. The term "S contractor" d to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Sub-s on ctor or, t § orized representative of the Sub - subcontractor. 10 5.2 Award of Subcontracts and Other Con • 'Or#ions ,4Plfrk .� § 5.2.1 Unless otherwise stated in the Co uments �i6tractor, �s practicable after award of the Contract, shall notify the Owner and it of the p entities for a principal portion of the Work, including those who are to filAtenals o u ent fabri a splia n. Within 14 days of receipt of the information, the ay noti ntra t e the O Architect (1) has reasonable objection to any s o osed p on ity or (2)Eees addi n for review. Failure of the Architect to provide notice th 14-da eri shall co i otice f no able objection. § 5.2.2 The Contractors not con itlika prop d c enti the Owner or Architect has made reasonable and timely obj ction. on clor sh t required t V ct with anyone to whom the Contractor has made reasonable bj ct n. § 5.2.3 If the Owner or Arc has reas ction to or entity proposed by the Contractor, the Contractor shall prop a dl5eto who the wrier or t as no reasonable objection. If the proposed but rejected Subcontra ctor w asona a of perfomu e Work, the Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be increased or de ed y the , if an c toned by such change, and an appropriate Change Order shall be issuere mme ee en f the st*s ' bcontractor's Work. However, no increase in the Contract Sum or C e shall be a ed for less the Contractor has acted promptly and responsively in submitti n es as required. § 5.2.4 The Contractor shall not substitute a Subcontractor, person, or entity for one previously selected if the Owner or Architect makes reasonable objection to such substitution. § 5.3 Subcontractual Relations By appropriate written agreement, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor, to be bound to the Contractor by terms of the Contract Documents, and to assume toward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities, including the responsibility for safety of the Subcontractor's Work that the Contractor, by these Contract Documents, assumes toward the Owner and Architect. Each subcontract agreement shall preserve and protect the rights of the Owner and Architect under the Contract Documents with respect to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so that subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights, and shall allow to the Subcontractor, unless specifically provided otherwise in the subcontract agreement, the benefit of all rights, remedies, and redress against the Contractor that the Contractor, by the Contract Documents, has against the Owner. Where appropriate, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with Sub -subcontractors. The Contractor shall make available to each proposed Subcontractor, prior to the execution of the subcontract agreement, copies of the Contract Documents to which the Subcontractor will be bound, and, upon written request of the Subcontractor, identify to the Subcontractor terms and conditions of the proposed subcontract agreement that may be at variance with the Contract Documents. Subcontractors will Init~ AIA Document A201 —2017. Copyright ® 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997. 2007 and 2017. All rights reserved. "The American Institute of Architects," "American Institute of Architects," "AIA," the AIA Logo, and'A!A Contract Documents' are trademarks of The 21 American Institute of Architects. This document was produced at 10:57:46 ET on 01/3112024 under Order No.4104245791 which expires on 10102/2024, Is not for resale, Is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents* Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail docinfo®aiacontracts.cam. User Notes: (3139ADA3F) similarly make copies of applicable portions of such documents available to their respective proposed Sub - subcontractors. § 5.4 Contingent Assignment of Subcontracts § 5.4.1 Each subcontract agreement for a portion of the Work is assigned by the Contractor to the Owner, provided that .1 assignment is effective only after termination of the Contract by the Owner for cause pursuant to Section 14.2 and only for those subcontract agreements that the Owner accepts by notifying the Subcontractor and Contractor; and .2 assignment is subject to the prior rights of the surety, if any, obligated under bond relating to the Contract. When the Owner accepts the assignment of a subcontract agreement, the Owner assumetthe Contractor's rights and obligations under the subcontract. § 5.4,2 Upon such assignment, if the Work has been suspended for more 0 ys, the Subcontractor's compensation shall be equitably adjusted for increases t resulting uspension. § 5.4.3 Upon assignment to the Owner under this S lion .4, the Oy furthe sign the subcontract to a successor contractor or other entity. If the O ti(i[ s the su tr t to a suca,sdContractor or other entity, the Owner shall nevertheless remain legally 01�5_ le for e succeiso� ctor's obligations under the subcontract. ARTICLE 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OW BY SEPA�VONTRA § 6.1 Owner's Right to Perform C n and to eparate ` § 6.1.1 The term "Separate Co t s)" sh me er con etaine Omer under separate agreements. The Owner res a ght to rfo cons ro opera ons to the Project with the Owner's own forces, arate Contrac ors retains Conditi f the Contract substantially similar to those of this Contract, eluding t,prVisions i ns o tract related to insurance and waiver of subrogation. ���✓/11 6.1.2 When separate con cts arded CrIdirent ortio o Project or other construction or o erations § PP J P on the site, the term "Con ' in the cument case shall mean the Contractor who executes each separate Owner- o o Agree nt. § 6.1.3 The Owne 11 p vide ation of ctivities of the Owner's own forces and of each Separate Contractor wi rk of on tor, w140iba operate with them. The Contractor shall participate with any Sepa ctors and the er in e�r r construction schedules. The Contractor shall make any revisions t nstruction schedule deem ne s ary after a joint review and mutual agreement. The construction schedules sha then constitute the schedules used by the Contractor, Separate Contractors, and the Owner until subsequently revised. § 6.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, when the Owner performs construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces or with Separate Contractors, the Owner or its Separate Contractors shall have the same obligations and rights that the Contractor has under the Conditions of the Contract, including, without excluding others, those stated in Article 3, this Article 6, and Articles 10, 11, and 12. § 6.2 Mutual Responsibility § 6.2.1 The Contractor shall afford the Owner and Separate Contractors reasonable opportunity for introduction and storage of their materials and equipment and performance of their activities, and shall connect and coordinate the Contractor's construction and operations with theirs as required by the Contract Documents. § 6.2.2 If part of the Contractor's Work depends for proper execution or results upon construction or operations by the Owner or a Separate Contractor, the Contractor shall, prior to proceeding with that portion of the Work, promptly notify the Architect of apparent discrepancies or defects in the construction or operations by the Owner or Separate Contractor that would render it unsuitable for proper execution and results of the Contractor's Work. Failure of the Contractor to notify the Architect of apparent discrepancies or defects prior to proceeding with the Init AIA Document A201 — 2017. Copyright m 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017. All rights reserved. `The American Institute of Architects,' 'American Institute of Architects,"AIA,' the AIA Logo, and "AIA Contract Documents' are trademarks of The 22 American Institute of Architects. This document was produced at 10,57:46 ET on 01/31/2024 under Order No,4104245791 which expires on 10/02/2024, is not for resale, Is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents• Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail docinfo@alacontracts.com, User Notes: (3139ADA3F) Work shall constitute an acknowledgment that the Owner's or Separate Contractor's completed or partially completed construction is fit and proper to receive the Contractor's Work. The Contractor shall not be responsible for discrepancies or defects in the construction or operations by the Owner or Separate Contractor that are not apparent. § 6.2.3 The Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for costs the Owner incurs that are payable to a Separate Contractor because of the Contractor's delays, improperly timed activities or defective construction. The Owner shall be responsible to the Contractor for costs the Contractor incurs because of a Separate Contractor's delays, improperly timed activities, damage to the Work or defective construction. § 6.2.4 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage that the Contractor wrongfully causes to completed or partially completed construction or to property of the Owner or Separate Contractor as provided in Section 10.2.5. § 6.2.5 The Owner and each Separate Contractor shall have the same responsibiliti�e�or cutting and patching as are described for the Contractor in Section 3.14. 4 § 6.3 Owner's Right to Clean Up If a dispute arises among the Contractor, Separate Con o , and th as to the responsibility under their respective contracts for maintaining the premises unIng from waste materials and rubbish, the Owner may clean up and the Architect will a cost am response ARTICLE 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK `O § 7.1 General § 7.1.1 Changes in the Work may be lished aft ex ution of ct, and ut invalidating the Contract, by Change Order, Con Chan a 17IF a or orde a inor c ♦ e Work, subject to the limitations stated in this Articl n else w a to ontract nts. § 7.1.2 A Change Order ased upon agr ent amo wrier, ct r, and Architect. A Construction Change Directive requir greementBIb weer d m y not be agreed to by the Contractor. An order for a nor ge i th Wor y issued bychitect alone. § 7.1.3 Changes in the Wofl%khalk rform un r applicabl rite. nsns of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall proceed r Ky with c ie Work otherwise provided in the Change Order, Construction Change itT r order or a inor che ork. § 7.2 Change Orde § 7.2.1 A Chan 6dis a in ent pr y the Architect and signed by the Owner, Contractor, and Architect tr agreement n all o i change in the Work; .2 We amount of the adjustment, , in the Contract Sum; and .3 The extent of the adjustment, if any, in the Contract Time. § 7.3 Construction Change Directives § 7.3.1 A Construction Change Directive is a written order prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner and Architect, directing a change in the Work prior to agreement on adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. The Owner may by Construction Change Directive, without invalidating the Contract, order changes in the Work within the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions, or other revisions, the Contract Sum and Contract Time being adjusted accordingly. § 7.3.2 A Constriction Change Directive shall be used in the absence of total agreement on the terms of a Change Order. § 7.3.3 If the Construction Change Directive provides for an adjustment to the Contract Sum, the adjustment shall be based on one of the following methods: .1 Mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to permit evaluation; .2 Unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon; tnit. AIA Document A201 — 2017. Copyright O 1911, 1915. 1918. 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1907, 1997, 2007 and 2017. All rights reserved. 'The American Institute of Architects," 'American Institute of Architects," "AIA," the AIA Logo, and 'AIA Contract Documents" are trademarks of The 23 American Institute of Architects. This document was produced at 10:57:46 ET on 0U3112024 under Order No.4104245791 which expires on 10102/2024, is not for resale, Is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents* Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail dodnfo@aiacantracts.com. User Notes: (3B9ADA3F) .3 Cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon by the parties and a mutually acceptable fixed or percentage fee; or .4 As provided in Section 7.3.4. § 7.3.4 If the Contractor does not respond promptly or disagrees with the method for adjustment in the Contract Sum, the Architect shall determine the adjustment on the basis of reasonable expenditures and savings of those performing the Work attributable to the change, including, in case of an increase in the Contract Sum, an amount for overhead and profit as set forth in the Agreement, or if no such amount is set forth in the Agreement, a reasonable amount. In such case, and also under Section 7.3.3.3, the Contractor shall keep and present, in such form as the Architect may prescribe, an itemized accounting together with appropriate supporting data. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, costs for the purposes of this Section 7.3.4 shall be limited to the following: .1 Costs of labor, including applicable payroll taxes, fringe benefits required by agreement or custom, workers' compensation insurance, and other employee costs approved byAe Architect; .2 Costs of materials, supplies, and equipment, including cost of transpofttion, whether incorporated or consumed; .3 Mental costs of machinery and equipment, exclusive of handher rented from the Contractor or others; .4 Costs of premiums for all bonds and ins e, permit fe , a ales, use, or similar taxes, directly related to the change; and .5 Costs of supervision and field el dire a 'butable t�Zhoange. § 7.3.5 If the Contractor disagrees with thfient in rC ct Time, Ptractor may make a Claim in accordance with applicable provisions le 15. § 73.6 Upon receipt of a Constru ge Dir ti the Con t sh II pro t ed with the change in the Work involved and advise hitect a ctor's a fit�or d' t with the method if any, provided in the Constructio h Directi for eterminir pose adj It in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. § 7.3.7 A Construction Ch ge D' tive s �d by o ctor indi a Contractor's agreement therewith, including adjustment in ContracPS. t Ti or the m th determining them. Such agreement shall be effective immediately Vb'te ecorde as a hange Or § 7.3.8 The amount of a itallowby a Contra a Owner for a deletion or change that results in a net decrease in the Con um s net cost as lrmed by the Architect. When both additions and credits covering r d rk or s are invo ed in a change, the allowance for overhead and profit shall be figured on i i IF net ' c ase, any, v4 e t to that change. § 7.3.9 Pen al determination of the t I co�f a Construction Change Directive to the Owner, the Contractor may request ent for Work completed�e Construction Change Directive in Applications for Payment. Y q Pg PP Ym The Architect will make an interim determination for purposes of monthly certification for payment for those costs and certify for payment the amount that the Architect determines, in the Architect's professional judgment, to be reasonably justified. The Architect's interim determination of cost shall adjust the Contract Sum on the same basis as a Change Order, subject to the right of either party to disagree and assert a Claim in accordance with Article 15. § 7.3.10 When the Owner and Contractor agree with a determination made by the Architect concerning the adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time, or otherwise reach agreement upon the adjustments, such agreement shall be effective immediately and the Architect will prepare a Change Order. Change Orders may be issued for all or any part of a Construction Change Directive. § 7.4 Minor Changes In the Work The Architect may order minor changes in the Work that arc consistent with the intent of the Contract Documents and do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Sum or an extension of the Contract Time. The Architect's order for minor changes shall be in writing. If the Contractor believes that the proposed minor change in the Work will affect the Contract Sum or Contract Time, the Contractor shall notify the Architect and shall not proceed to implement the change in the Work. If the Contractor performs the Work set forth in the Architect's order for a minor Init AIA Document A201 — 2017. Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970. 1976. 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017. All rights reserved, 'The American Institute of Architects," "American Institute of Architects,' 'AIA,' the AIA Logo, and "AIA Contract Documents" are trademarks of The 24 American Institute of Architects. This document was produced at 10 57:46 ET an 01131/2024 under Order No 4104245791 which expires on 10/02/2024, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents• Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail docinfo®aiacontracts ,com. User Notes: (3B9ADA3F) change without prior notice to the Architect that such change will affect the Contract Sum or Contract Time, the Contractor waives any adjustment to the Contract Sum or extension of the Contract Time. ARTICLE 8 TIME § 8.1 Definitions § 8.1.1 Unless otherwise provided, Contract Time is the period of time, including authorized adjustments, allotted in the Contract Documents for Substantial Completion of the Work. § 8.1.2 The date of commencement of the Work is the date established in the Agreement. § 81.3 The date of Substantial Completion is the date certified by the Architect in accordance with Section 9.8. § 8.1.4 The term "day" as used in the Contract Documents shall mean calendar day unlestotherwise specifically defined. § 8.2 Progress and Completion § 8.2.1 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents aA4W e essence tract. By executing the Agreement, the Contractor confirms that the Contract Time is a real ab a period fQf'p_ rmmg the Work. § 8.2.2 The Contractor shall not knowingly, eemen n ction of a er in writing, commence the Work prior to the effective date of insur �i q ired to i ed by4,th ctor and Owner. § 8.2.3 The Contractor shall proceed ex it sly with 'Noe forces a achie Substantial Completion within the Contract Time. Y § 8.3 Delays and Extensions of O ` § B.3.1 If the Contractor is d y y tim 'n comme r pro ress Work by (1) an act or neglect of the Owner or Archit employee of el er, or of a e e Con ; (2 by changes ordered in the Work; (3) by labor dispu e, un deify in d e e a idab u ies, adverse weather conditions documented in accordanc with ion 1 .1.6.2, or r es beyo ontmctor's control; (4) by delay authorized by the Owner pen in m d' ion indi ispute ro , or (5) by other causes that the Contractor asserts, and the chyc etermi s, j ify delay, t ontract Time shall be extended for such reasonable time as the ArchCZmay det 8.3.2 Claims rela 'n (1; shall a�ilf accordance ilia applicable provisions of Article 15. § g \ PP § B.3.3 This Se1R ' 8. does t ec a recow ages for delay by either party under other provisions of the Con dents. ` ARTICLE 9 MENTS AND COMPLETION § 9.1 Contract Sum § 9.1.1 The Contract Sum is stated in the Agreement and, including authorized adjustments, is the total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. § 9.1.2 If unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon, and if quantities originally contemplated are materially changed so that application of such unit prices to the actual quantities causes substantial inequity to the Owner or Contractor, the applicable unit prices shall be equitably adjusted. § 9.2 Schedule of Values Where the Contract is based on a stipulated sum or Guaranteed Maximum Price, the Contractor shall submit a schedule of values to the Architect before the first Application for Payment, allocating the entire Contract Sum to the various portions of the Work. The schedule of values shall be prepared in the form, and supported by the data to substantiate its accuracy, required by the Architect. This schedule, unless objected to by the Architect, shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's Applications for Payment. Any changes to the schedule of values shall be submitted to the Architect and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Architect may require, and unless objected to by the Architect, shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's subsequent Applications for Payment. Init AIA Document A201 — 2017, Copyright © 1911. 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017. All rights reserved. 'The American Institute of Architects," 'American Institute of Architects,"AIA,' the AIA Logo, and 'AIA Contract Documents' are trademarks of The 25 American Institute of Architects. This document was produced at 10:57:46 ET on 01/31/2024 under Order No.4104245791 which expires on 10/02/2024, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents" Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail dod nfo@aiacantracts. cam. User Notes: (3B9ADA3F) § 9.3 Applications for Payment § 9.3.1 At least ten days before the date established for each progress payment, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect an itemized Application for Payment prepared in accordance with the schedule of values, if required under Section 9.2, for completed portions of the Work. The application shall be notarized, if required, and supported by all data substantiating the Contractor's right to payment that the Owner or Architect require, such as copies of requisitions, and releases and waivers of liens from Subcontractors and suppliers, and shall reflect retainage if provided for in the Contract Documents. § 9.3.1.1 As provided in Section 7.3.9, such applications may include requests for payment on account of changes in the Work that have been properly authorized by Construction Change Directives, or by interim determinations of the Architect, but not yet included in Change Orders. § 9.3.1.2 Applications for Payment shall not include requests for payment for port' iiof the Work for which the Contractor does not intend to pay a Subcontractor or supplier, unless such Wo;kNbten performed by others whom the Contractor intends to pay. VA, § 9.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Doc u ts, payn equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site r sure equent i by the Owner, payment may similarly be ma6,U rials an agreed upon in writing. Payment For materiauipme t compliance by the Contractor with p�pe csfactoryWX materials and equipment or otherwise e Owne ' st, insurance, storage, and transportatio site, for s*,b terials § 9.3.3 The Contractor warrant no later than the time of pa Payment all Work for Owner shall, to the best e security interests, or enc br that provided labor, materials, § 9.4 Certificates for F § 9.4.1 The Architect issue to the Owner a Contractor; or (2) properly due, Not provided ' Contractor d c .5.1; or (3) Wihol r of the Architect's made on account of materials and n Work. If approved in advance s ed off the site at a location hall be conditioned upon the Owner's title to such ude th osts of applicable it stor the site. 4e5potlNent will pass to the Owner bilWof an Application for ied and payments received from the Ibe free and clear of liens, claims, suppliers, or other persons or entities ontractor's Application for Payment, either (1) if the Application for Payment, with a copy to the t for such amount as the Architect determines is hitect's reasons for withholding certification in part as entire Application for Payment, and notify the ng certification in whole as provided in Section 9.5.1. § 9.4.2 The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will constitute a representation by the Architect to the Owner, based on the Architect's evaluation of the Work and the data in the Application for Payment, that, to the best of the Architect's knowledge, information, and belief, the Work has progressed to the point indicated, the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents, and that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount certified. The foregoing representations are subject to an evaluation of the Work for conformance with the Contract Documents upon Substantial Completion, to results of subsequent tests and inspections, to correction of minor deviations from the Contract Documents prior to completion, and to specific qualifications expressed by the Architect. However, the issuance of a Certificate for Payment will not be a representation that the Architect has (1) made exhaustive or continuous on -site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work; (2) reviewed construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures; (3) reviewed copies of requisitions received from Subcontractors and suppliers and other data requested by the Owner to substantiate the Contractor's right to payment; or (4) made examination to ascertain how or for what purpose the Contractor has used money previously paid on account of the Contract Sum. § 9.5 Decisions to Withhold Certification § 9.5.1 The Architect may withhold a Certificate for Payment in whole or in part, to the extent reasonably necessary to protect the Owner, if in the Architect's opinion the representations to the Owner required by Section 9.4.2 cannot Inft. AIA Document A201 — 2017. Copyright m 1911. 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937. 1951. 1958. 1961 1963 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017. Al rights reserved. 'The American Institute of Architects,' 'American Institute of Architects,' 'AIA,' the AIA Logo, and 'AIA Contract Documents' are trademarks of The 26 American Institute of Architects. This document was produced at 10 57:46 ET on OMV2024 under Order No.4104245791 which expires on 10102/2024, Is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents* Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail docinfo®aiacontracts.cam. User Notes: (3B9ADA3F) be made. If the Architect is unable to certify payment in the amount of the Application, the Architect will notify the Contractor and Owner as provided in Section 9.4.1. If the Contractor and Architect cannot agree on a revised amount, the Architect will promptly issue a Certificate for Payment for the amount for which the Architect is able to make such representations to the Owner. The Architect may also withhold a Certificate for Payment or, because of subsequently discovered evidence, may nullify the whole or a part of a Certificate for Payment previously issued, to such extent as may be necessary in the Architect's opinion to protect the Owner from loss for which the Contractor is responsible, including loss resulting from acts and omissions described in Section 3.3.2, because of .1 defective Work not remedied; .2 third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such claims, unless security acceptable to the Owner is provided by the Contractor; .3 failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors or suppliers for labor, materials or equipment; .4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid bal>Rce of the Contract Sum; .5 damage to the Owner or a Separate Contractor; .6 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within nct Time, and that the unpaid balance would not be adequate to cover actual or liquidate a s for the anticipated delay; or .7 repeated failure to carry out the Work in ance with ct Documents, § 9,5.2 When either party disputes the Architect's d cisio?egardin ficate fo Payment under Section 9.5,1, in whole or in part, that party may submit a cordanc icle 15. § 9.5.3 When the reasons for withholding ion are o , certificatt� l be made for amounts previously withheld. § 9.5.4 If the Architect withholds ion for under SeX451.1.3. Ike* t6trlay at its sole option issue joint checks to the Con payment for Work properly I joint check, the Owner Application for Payment. § 9.6 Progress Payments § 9.6.1 After the Architect h within the time provided in d to a ub ctor or or m rial r equipm the Architec nd the C OD *� tractor failed to make e Owner makes payments by payment on its next i:r shall make payment in the manner and the Architect. seven days after receipt of payment from the .flecting percentages actually retained from payments to the Work. The Contractor shall, by appropriate :tor to make payments to Sub -subcontractors in a similar § 9.6.3 The Architect will, on request, famish to a Subcontractor, if practicable, information regarding percentages of completion or amounts applied for by the Contractor and action taken thereon by the Architect and Owner on account of portions of the Work done by such Subcontractor. § 9.6.4 The Owner has the right to request written evidence from the Contractor that the Contractor has properly paid Subcontractors and suppliers amounts paid by the Owner to the Contractor for subcontracted Work. If the Contractor fails to furnish such evidence within seven days, the Owner shall have the right to contact Subcontractors and suppliers to ascertain whether they have been properly paid. Neither the Owner nor Architect shall have an obligation to pay, or to see to the payment of money to, a Subcontractor or supplier, except as may otherwise be required by law. § 9.6.5 The Contractor's payments to suppliers shall be treated in a manner similar to that provided in Sections 9.6.2, 9.6.3 and 9.6.4. § 9.6.6 A Certificate for Payment, a progress payment, or partial or entire use or occupancy of the Project by the Owner shall not constitute acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents. Init. AIA Document A201 — 2017. Copyrtght m 1911, 1915, 1916, 1925, 1937, 1951. 1958. 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1967, 1997, 2007 and 2017. All rights reserved. "The American Institute of Architects,' 'American Institute of Architects,"AIA,' the AIA Logo, and "AIA Contract Documents" are trademarks of The 27 American Institute of Architects. This document was produced at 10:57:46 ET on 01/31/2024 under Order No.4104245791 which expires on 10/02/2024, Is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used In accordance with the AIA Contract Documents' Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail dodnfo®alacontracts.com. User Notes: (3B9ADA3F) § 9.6.7 Unless the Contractor provides the Owner with a payment bond in the full penal sum of the Contract Sum, payments received by the Contractor for Work properly performed by Subcontractors or provided by suppliers shall be held by the Contractor for those Subcontractors or suppliers who performed Work or furnished materials, or both, under contract with the Contractor for which payment was made by the Owner. Nothing contained herein shall require money to be placed in a separate account and not commingled with money of the Contractor, create any fiduciary liability or tort liability on the part of the Contractor for breach of trust, or entitle any person or entity to an award of punitive damages against the Contractor for breach of the requirements of this provision. § 9.6.8 Provided the Owner has fulfilled its payment obligations under the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall defend and indemnify the Owner from all loss, liability, damage or expense, including reasonable attorney's fees and litigation expenses, arising out of any lien claim or other claim for payment by any Subcontractor or supplier of any tier. Upon receipt of notice of a lien claim or other claim for payment, the Owner shall notify the Contractor. If approved by the applicable court, when required, the Contractor may substitute a surety,*ond for the property against which the lien or other claim for payment has been asserted. § 9.7 Failure of Payment If the Architect does not issue a Certificate for Payme ugh no fau ontractor, within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment, or a wner pay the Contractor within seven days after the date established in the Contract Documen , the mount cc y the Ar hitect or awarded by binding dispute resolution, then the Contractor may, idditio ' notice t e weer and Architect, stop the Work until payment of the amount owing h ceived. o ct Ti be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased by o t of the is reasosts of shutdown, delay and start- up, plus interest as provided for in the t Docum § 9.8 Substantial Completion ♦ 6 § 9.8.1 Substantial Completio a tage i e p ss of the en designated portion thereof is sufficiently complete in a or with Co ct Doc that a can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended ww § 9,8.2 When the Contract co a thd or a ion there is the Owner agrees to accept separately, is substantially comp t on r sh rcparc t to the Architect a comprehensive list of items to be completed or c ecte�t r to fi I pa ent. Fail it an item on such list does not alter the responsibility of the Coo^ao compl�ie�a, in `coo 'th the Contract Documents. § 9.8.3 Upon recei t of thris ntracthiis AA Architect N17,ake an inspection to determine whether the Work or designated portio reoubmplete.[ e Architect's inspection discloses any item, whether or not included on tht t'st ot sir r complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the O occupy or utt ed portion thereof for its intended use, the Contractor shall, be ss cc of the Certificate of %bst4till Completion, complete or correct such item upon notification by the Archit . In such case, the Contracto then submit a request for another inspection by the Architect to determine Substantial Completion, § 9.8.4 When the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete, the Architect will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion that shall establish the date of Substantial Completion; establish responsibilities of the Owner and Contractor for security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work and insurance; and fix the time within which the Contractor shall finish all items on the list accompanying the Certificate. Warranties required by the Contract Documents shall commence on the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Completion. § 9.8.5 The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be submitted to the Owner and Contractor for their written acceptance of responsibilities assigned to them in the Certificate. Upon such acceptance, and consent of surety if any, the Owner shall make payment of retainage applying to the Work or designated portion thereof. Such payment shall be adjusted for Work that is incomplete or not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. § 9.9 Partlal Occupancy or Use § 9.9.1 The Owner may occupy or use any completed or partially completed portion of the Work at any stage when such portion is designated by separate agreement with the Contractor, provided such occupancy or use is consented Inft AIA Document A201 —2017. Copyright m 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961. 1963. 1H6. 1970. 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017. All rights reserved. 'The American Institute of Architects,' 'American Institute of Architects,' "AIA,' the AIA Logo, and 'AIA Contract Documents' are trademarks of The 28 American Institute of Architects. This document was produced at 10 57:46 ET on 01/31/2024 under Order No.4104245791 which expires on 10102/2024, Is not for resale, Is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents' Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail docinfo@aiacontracts.com. User Notes: (389ADA3F) to by the insurer and authorized by public authorities having jurisdiction over the Project. Such partial occupancy or use may commence whether or not the portion is substantially complete, provided the Owner and Contractor have accepted in writing the responsibilities assigned to each of them for payments, retainage, if any, security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work and insurance, and have agreed in writing conceming the period for correction of the Work and commencement of warranties required by the Contract Documents. When the Contractor considers a portion substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare and submit a list to the Architect as provided under Section 9.8.2. Consent of the Contractor to partial occupancy or use shall not be unreasonably withheld. The stage of the progress of the Work shall be determined by written agreement between the Owner and Contractor or, if no agreement is reached, by decision of the Architect. § 9.9.2 Immediately prior to such partial occupancy or use, the Owner, Contractor, and Architect shall jointly inspect the area to be occupied or portion of the Work to be used in order to determine and record the condition of the Work. § 9.9.3 Unless otherwise agreed upon, partial occupancy or use of a portion or o�f the Work shall not constitute acceptance of Work not complying with the requirements of th4 ocuments. § 9.10 Final Completion and Final Payment �` § 9.10.1 Upon receipt of the Contractor's notice tha the rk is reanal inspection and acceptance and upon receipt of a final Application for Payment, th will pro tl ake such ' tion. When the Architect finds the Work acceptable under the Contrac ents an C et full ed, the Architect will promptly issue a final Certificate for Pa s 'ng that t t of the t is knowledge, information and belief, and on the basis of the Architect' a e visits ctians, as b n completed in accordance with the Contract Documents and th tire balan to be d ontract0 noted in the final Certificate is due and payable, ect's fin Cate for e will c ie further representation that conditions listed in Section 0 as prep a Contra ing a tl mal payment have been fulfilled. § 9.10.2 Neither final pa nt no a mailing re a shall c e due until the Contractor submits to the Architect (1) an a vit t a o s; bills f e ' s and eq n and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the O er r O 's pr might b nsible or encumbered (less amounts withheld by Owner) have b en p V othe se sa sfied, (2) a e evidencing that insurance required by the Contract Documents to rem force a 1 cnt is ly in effect, (3) a written statement that the Contractor knows of n at the i(suranfe will noQb1 able to cover the period required by the Contract Documents, (, consen o ety, i NgAl payment, cementation of any special warranties, such as manufacturers' w tie r spe i ntractor w ties, and (6) if required by the Owner, other data establishing p nt satisfactt n bligati receipts and releases and waivers of liens, claims, security ' Y ncumbran sing Aract, to the extent and in such form as may be designated by the O I Subcontractor re ses to rni release or waiver required by the Owner, the Contractor may furnish a bon atisfactory to the Owner to i ify the Owner against such lien, claim, security interest, or encumbrance. If a lien, claim, security interest, or encumbrance remains unsatisfied after payments are made, the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all money that the Owner may be compelled to pay in discharging the lien, claim, security interest, or encumbrance, including all costs and reasonable attorneys' fees. § 9.10.3 If, after Substantial Completion of the Work, final completion thereof is materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor or by issuance of Change Orders affecting final completion, and the Architect so confirms, the Owner shall, upon application by the Contractor and certification by the Architect, and without terminating the Contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed, corrected, and accepted. If the remaining balance for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than retainage stipulated in the Contract Documents, and if bonds have been furnished, the written consent of the surety to payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Architect prior to certification of such payment. Such payment shall be made under terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of Claims. § 9.10.4 The making of final payment shall constitute a waiver of Claims by the Owner except those arising from .1 liens, Claims, security interests, or encumbrances arising out of the Contract and unsettled; .2 failure of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents; (nli AJA Document A201 — 2017. Copyright O 1911, 1915. 1918. 1925. 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017. All rights reserved. 'The American Institute of Architects,' "American Institute of Architects,' 'AIA,' the AIA Logo, and "AIA Contract Documents' are trademarks of The 29 American Institute of Architects. This document was produced at 10 57:46 ET on 01131/2024 under Order No.4104245791 which expires on 10/02l2024, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used fn accordance with the AIA Contract Documents' Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail dodnfo@aiacontracts.com. User Notes: (369ADA3F) .3 terms of special warranties required by the Contract Documents; or .4 audits performed by the Owner, if permitted by the Contract Documents, after final payment. § 9.10,5 Acceptance of final payment by the Contractor, a Subcontractor, or a supplier, shall constitute a waiver of claims by that payee except those previously made in writing and identified by that payee as unsettled at the time of final Application for Payment, ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY § 101 Safety Precautions and Programs The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining, and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the performance of the Contract. § 10.2 Safety of Persons and Property § 10.2.1 The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions for safety of, and shall p ide reasonable protection to prevent damage, injury, or loss to .1 employees on the Work and other persons who may be affected re b .2 the Work and materials and equipment to corporated t�p, ether in storage on or off the site, under care, custody, or control of the CoXAcMr, a Sub fir, or a Sub -subcontractor; and .3 other property at the site or adjacent ttrcto.%uch as tr%tE rbs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, and utilities not de i r removal,to tion, or r a ent in the course of construction. . O § 10.2.2 The Contractor shall comply w' give not' fired by a le law statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, and lawful or ublic au tr caring of per r property or their protection from damage, injury, o blasti wed. § 10.2.3 The Contractor shal m e nt, cre an aintain, ed by exis nditions and performance of the Contract, reasonabl ds for safety protectio , ding posdan er signs and other warnings against hazards; promul ng sa e lations; an oti owners ers of adjacent sites and utilities of the safeguards. § 10.2.4 When use or store of eves orOtherazardous �r equipment, or unusual methods are necessary for execution of ork, the shall ex oat care and carry an such activities under supervision of rope e erso el. P P P q &��p 10.2.5 The on ors 1 pro d dama `s other than damage or loss insured under property § P Y g t g P P rtY insurance regt* by c Contra D mentsV referred to in Sections 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3 caused in whole or ' e Contrac o , Subco -subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of , r by anyone for whose ac the y be liable and for which the Contractor is responsible under Sections 10. .2 and 10.2.1.3. The Contrac y make a Claim for the cost to remedy the damage or loss to the extent such damage or loss is attributable to acts or omissions of the Owner or Architect or anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them, or by anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable, and not attributable to the fault or negligence of the Contractor. The foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in addition to the Contractor's obligations under Section 3.18. § 10.2.6 The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of the Contractor's organization at the site whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents. This person shall be the Contractor's superintendent unless otherwise designated by the Contractor in writing to the Owner and Architect. § 10.2.7 The Contractor shall not permit any part of the construction or site to be loaded so as to cause damage or create an unsafe condition. § 10.2.8 Injury or Damage to Person or Property If either party suffers injury or damage to person or property because of an act or omission of the other party, or of others for whose acts such party is legally responsible, notice of the injury or damage, whether or not insured, shall be given to the other party within a reasonable time not exceeding 21 days after discovery. The notice shall provide sufficient detail to enable the other party to investigate the matter. Init. AIA Document A201 — 2017. Copyright ® 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017. All rights reserved. "The American Institute of Architects," 'American Institute of Architects,* 'AIA,* the AIA Logo, and "AIA Contract Documents" are trademarks of The 30 American Institute of Architects. This document was produced at 10:57:46 ET on 01/31I2024 under Order No.4104245791 which expires on 10102/2024, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents" Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail docinfo@alacontracts.com. User Notes. (3139ADAV) § 10.3 Hazardous Materials and Substances § 10.3.1 The Contractor is responsible for compliance with any requirements included in the Contract Documents regarding hazardous materials or substances. If the Contractor encounters a hazardous material or substance not addressed in the Contract Documents and if reasonable precautions will be inadequate to prevent foreseeable bodily injury or death to persons resulting from a material or substance, including but not limited to asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB), encountered on the site by the Contractor, the Contractor shall, upon recognizing the condition, immediately stop Work in the affected area and notify the Owner and Architect of the condition. § 10.3.2 Upon receipt of the Contractor's notice, the Owner shall obtain the services of a licensed laboratory to verify the presence or absence of the material or substance reported by the Contractor and, in the event such material or substance is found to be present, to cause it to be rendered harmless. Unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, the Owner shall furnish in writing to the Contractor and Architect the namepand qualifications of persons or entities who are to perform tests verifying the presence or absence of atonal or substance or who are to perform the task of removal or safe containment of the material or substance. aiontractor and the Architect will promptly reply to the Owner in writing stating whether or not either l�s le objection to the persons or entities proposed by the Owner. If either the Contract chitect has on to a person or entity proposed by the Owner, the Owner shall propose another to who a antract Architect have no reasonable objection. When the material or substance has bee rend ed harml s W k in the affected area shall resume upon written agreement of the Owner and Contractor. ge Ord th ontract T' hall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be by th f the Co is reasonable additional costs of shutdown, delay, and start-up. ► • _n � .. § 10.3.4 The Owner Contractor brings to Owner shall be re extent of the Gon § 10.3.5 0 `` or shall reimburse theJ(wnqNrr e cost and expense the Owner incurs (1) for remediation of hazardous m ials or substances the Conrings to the site and negligently handles, or (2) where the Contractor fails to perform its obligations under Section 10.3.1, except to the extent that the cost and expense are due to the Owner's fault or negligence. § 10.3.6 If, without negligence on the part of the Contractor, the Contractor is held liable by a government agency for the cost of remediation of a hazardous material or substance solely by reason of performing Work as required by the Contract Documents, the Owner shall reimburse the Contractor for all cost and expense thereby incurred. § 10.4 Emergencies In an emergency affecting safety of persons or property, the Contractor shall act, at the Contractor's discretion, to prevent threatened damage, injury, or loss. Additional compensation or extension of time claimed by the Contractor on account of an emergency shall be determined as provided in Article 15 and Article 7. Init AIA Document A201 — 2017. Copyright m 1911, 1915, 1919, 1925, 1937. 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963. 1966, 1970, 1976. 1987. 1997, 2007 and 2017. All rights reserved. "The American Institute of Architects,' 'American Institute of Architects,' 'AIA,' the AIA Logo, and 'AIA Contract Documents' are trademafks of The 31 American Institute of Architects. This document was produced at 10,57:46 ET on 01M/2024 under Order No.4104245791 which expires on 10102/2024. is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents' Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail docinfo®aiacontracts.com. User Notes: (389ADA3F) ARTICLEII INSURANCE AND BONDS § 11.1 Contractor's Insurance and Bonds The successful bidder shall provide a Certificate of Insurance in accordance with the following guidelines, prior to commencement of any worst., $1,000,000 Commercial Liability, Statutory Worker's Compensation, and General Automotive, if applicable. SUCH CERTIFICATE SHALL LIST THE CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE AS AN ADDITIONAL INSURED. LISTING THE CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE AS A CERTIFICATE HOLDER ONLY IS NOT AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE. CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE MUST INCLUDE THE ENDORSEMENT SHOWING THE CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE LISTED AS AN ADDITIONAL INSURED. Insurance shall remain valid, when applicable, throughout proiect completion. This bid is considered a public improvement bid. Public Improvement bids shall submit certificates of insurance within 10 days of notice of Notice to Proceed, after City Council approval. Certiflcates of Insurance are to be addressed to the City of Fayetteville, showing that the contractor carries the following Insurance which shall be maintained throughout the term of the bid. Any work sublet; the contractor shall require the subcontractor similarly to provide the same insurance coverage. In case any employee engaged in work on the proiect is not protected under Workers' § 11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase and maintain inRine ce of the typ its of liability, containing the endorsements, and subject to the terms and conditionsrtbed in� ement or elsewhere in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall purchase and mat tarequire i ce from an insurance company or insurance companies lawfully authorized to is-4a ce in th ' ction wh Project is located. The Owner, Architect, and Architect's consultant name d nal ins er the Contractor's commercial general liability policy or as oth(�,J� describ Contra eats. § 11.1.2 The Contractor shall provid bonds of III for su sums, an bject to such terms and conditions as required by the Co curncnts.&Tha.Contractor s p chase ail in in the required bonds from a company or companies I fu y auth due surety n the ' s where the Project is located. .^ r 1 ^ § 11.1.3 Upon the requ st f ny a appearinn a potential beneficiary of bonds covering payment of obligations aria and the Contract shaltpromptly furnish a copy of the bonds or shall authorize a cop �p burnished. ��/ NO § 11.1.4 N o aneellation or Ex ration f Co r�Ctor's Required Insurance. Within three (3) business days of the date the Con for becomes aware of an HEX or actual cancellation or expiration of any insurance required by the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide notice to the Owner of such impending or actual cancellation or expiration. Upon receipt of notice from the Contractor, the Owner shall, unless the lapse in coverage arises from an act or omission of the Owner, have the right to stop the Work until the lapse in coverage has been cured by the procurement of replacement coverage by the Contractor. The furnishing of notice by the Contractor shall not relieve the Contractor of any contractual obligation to provide any required coverage. § 11.2 Owner's Insurance § 11.2.1 The Owner shall purchase and maintain insurance of the types and limits of liability, containing the endorsements, and subject to the terms and conditions, as described in the Agreement or elsewhere in the Contract Documents. The Owner shall purchase and maintain the required insurance from an insurance company or insurance companies lawfully authorized to issue insurance in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. § 11.2.2 Failure to Purchase Required Property Insurance, If the Owner fails to purchase and maintain the required property insurance, with all of the coverages and in the amounts described in the Agreement or elsewhere in the Contract Documents, the Owner shall inform the Contractor in writing prior to commencement of the Work. Upon receipt of notice from the Owner, the Contractor may delay commencement of the Work and may obtain insurance that will protect the interests of the Contractor, Subcontractors, and Sub -Subcontractors in the Work. When the Init AIA Document A201 — 2017. Copyright ® 1911. 1915. 1918. 1925, 1937, 1961, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017. All rights reserved. "The American Institute of Architects,' "American Institute of Architects," AIA," the AIA Logo, and'AtA Contract Documents" are trademarks of The 32 American Institute of Architects. This document was produced at 10:57:46 ET an 0M 2024 under Order No.4104245791 which expires on 10/0212024, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used In accordance with the AIA Contract Documents• Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e•mall doclnfo®aiacantracts.com. Meer Notes: (3B9ADA3F) failure to provide coverage has been cured or resolved, the Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be equitably adjusted, In the event the Owner fails to procure coverage, the Owner waives all rights against the Contractor, Subcontractors, and Sub -subcontractors to the extent the loss to the Owner would have been covered by the insurance to have been procured by the Owner. The cost of the insurance shall be charged to the Owner by a Change Order. If the Owner does not provide written notice, and the Contractor is damaged by the failure or neglect of the Owner to purchase or maintain the required insurance, the Owner shall reimburse the Contractor for all reasonable costs and damages attributable thereto. § 11.2.3 Notice of Cancellation or Expiration of Owner's Required Property Insurance. Within three (3) business days of the date the Owner becomes aware of an impending or actual cancellation or expiration of any property insurance required by the Contract Documents, the Owner shall provide notice to the Contractor of such impending or actual cancellation or expiration. Unless the lapse in coverage arises from an act or omission of the Contractor: (1) the Contractor, upon receipt of notice from the Owner, shall have the right to stop the Worls,Rntil the lapse in coverage has been cured by the procurement of replacement coverage by either the Owner a Contractor; (2) the Contract Time and Contract Sum shall be equitably adjusted; and (3) the Owner waives a .g against the Contractor, Subcontractors, and Sub -subcontractors to the extent any loss to the Om ve been covered by the insurance had it not expired or been cancelled. If the ctor purcha ment coverage, the cost of the insurance shall be charged to the Owner by an appropri ange Or ishing of notice by the Owner shall not relieve the Owner of any contractual obli lion provide it insurance. • § 11.3 Waivers of Subrogation ` § 11.3.1 The Owner and Contractor waive 1 agains 1other ai t their subcontractors, sub - subcontractors, agents, and employees, c the othe Archite chile 's consultants; and (3) Separate Contractors, if any, and an subcon t sub -sub rs, aqn d employees, for damages caused by fire, or other f loss, to nt those s e cov a erty insurance required by the Agreement or other pro 1 suranc pl to the P xcept c as they have to proceeds of such insurance. The 0 o tractor, ap ropnate, ire si ila n waivers in favor of the individuals and entities above from chitect, ect's co tants, Separate Contractors, subcontractors, and sub- con ctV1UTh olicies in urchas maintained by each person or entity agreeing to waive claims u s ction 1 I. not prohi t •s waiver of subrogation. This waiver of subrogation shall be effective as p nor ty en thou h erson or entity would otherwise have a duty of indemnification, co trac othe se, ( even thou �rson or entity did not pay the insurance premium directly or indirec r (3) wh r n the pers tity had an insurable interest in the damaged property. § 11.3.2 If during Proj t con riod the O e`sures properties, real or personal or both, at or adjacent P P P 1 to the site by pir ' surance d oliciesSt� om those insuring the Project, or if after final payment property i o be pro on the r ject through a policy or policies other than those insuring the Projec the construction period,Gthrmages x nt permissible by such policies, the Owner waives all rights in accordance the terms of Section 11.3.caused by fire or other causes of loss covered by this separate property insurance, § 11.4 Loss of Use, Business Interruption, and Delay in Completion Insurance The Owner, at the Owner's option, may purchase and maintain insurance that will protect the Owner against loss of use of the Owner's property, or the inability to conduct normal operations, due to fire or other causes of loss. The Owner waives all rights of action against the Contractor and Architect for loss of use of the Owner's property, due to fire or other hazards however caused. §11.5 Adjustment and Settlement of Insured Loss § 11.5.1 A loss insured under the property insurance required by the Agreement shall be adjusted by the Owner as fiduciary and made payable to the Owner as fiduciary for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to requirements of any applicable mortgagee clause and of Section 11.5.2. The Owner shall pay the Architect and Contractor their just shares of insurance proceeds received by the Owner, and by appropriate agreements the Architect and Contractor shall make payments to their consultants and Subcontractors in similar manner. § 11.5.2 Prior to settlement of an insured loss, the Owner shall notify the Contractor of the terms of the proposed settlement as well as the proposed allocation of the insurance proceeds. The Contractor shall have 14 days from Init AIA Document A201 — 2017. Copyright m 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017. All rights reserved, "The American Institute of Architects,' "American Institute of Architects,' 'AIA,' the AIA Logo, and "AIA Contract Documents' are trademarks of The 33 American Institute of Architects. This document was produced at 10:57:46 ET on 01/31/2024 under Order No.4104245791 which expires on 10102l2024, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents* Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail docinfo@aiacontracts.com. User Notes: (3B9ADA3F) receipt of notice to object to the proposed settlement or allocation of the proceeds. If the Contractor does not object, the Owner shall settle the loss and the Contractor shall be bound by the settlement and allocation. Upon receipt, the Owner shall deposit the insurance proceeds in a separate account and make the appropriate distributions. Thereafter, if no other agreement is made or the Owner does not terminate the Contract for convenience, the Owner and Contractor shall execute a Change Order for reconstruction of the damaged or destroyed Work in the amount allocated for that purpose. If the Contractor timely objects to either the terms of the proposed settlement or the allocation of the proceeds, the Owner may proceed to settle the insured loss, and any dispute between the Owner and Contractor arising out of the settlement or allocation of the proceeds shall be resolved pursuant to Article 15. Pending resolution of any dispute, the Owner may issue a Construction Change Directive for the reconstruction of the damaged or destroyed Work. ARTICLE 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK § 12.1 Uncovering of Work § 12.1.1 If a portion of the Work is covered contrary to the Architect's request or Kgquirements specifically expressed in the Contract Documents, it must, if requested in writing by the Air A c be uncovered for the Architect's examination and be replaced at the Contractor's expense with4,ut. in the Contract Time. § 12.1.2 If a portion of the Work has been covered that hitect h o`iecifically requested to examine prior to its being covered, the Architect may request to s sue Work an iI be uncovered by the Contractor. If such Work is in accordance with the Contract Do a Contra s 11 be entit an equitable adjustment to the Contract Sum and Contract Time as may priate. h ork is n oordance with the Contract Documents, the costs of uncovering the the cos ction, E I� the Contractor's expense. § 12.2 Correction of Work § 12.2.1 Before Substantial Compl The Contractor shall promptly c e Workr cta the Arc failin o to the requirements of the Contract Documents, di ov efore tial Com d whether fabricated, installed or completed. Costs of co ch rejected V7M, includi ionaI tear inspections, the cost of uncovering and replace t, an co nsat. n for Ar t service xpenses made necessary thereby, shall be at the Contractor expe § 12.2.2 After Substantial C p1e ✓✓✓ § 12.2.2.1 In addition to the ctor's der Se 5, if, within one year after the date of Substantial Completio ork or signifcd porti f or after the date for commencement of warranties established under Section 1, or any applies ecial warranty required by the Contract Documents, any of the Work is and Ven Jance with i te requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall correct i p after rec 'pt notice caner to do so, unless the Owner has previously given the Contracto cceptance uch con.4iiioklNo CAvner shall give such notice promptly after discovery of the condition. the one-year period for c rrec of Work, if the Owner fails to notify the Contractor and give the Contractor a portunity to make the corre , the Owner waives the rights to require correction by the Contractor and to make a claim for breach of warranty. If the Contractor fails to correct nonconforming Work within a reasonable time during that period after receipt of notice from the Owner or Architect, the Owner may correct it in accordance with Section 2.5. § 12.2.2.2 The one-year period for correction of Work shall be extended with respect to portions of Work first performed after Substantial Completion by the period of time between Substantial Completion and the actual completion of that portion of the Work. § 12.2.2.3 The one-year period for correction of Work shall not be extended by corrective Work performed by the Contractor pursuant to this Section 12.2. § 12.2.3 The Contractor shall remove from the site portions of the Work that are not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and are neither corrected by the Contractor nor accepted by the Owner. § 12.2.4 The Contractor shall bear the cost of correcting destroyed or damaged construction of the Owner or Separate Contractors, whether completed or partially completed, caused by the Contractor's correction or removal of Work that is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Init. AIA Document A201 — 2017. Copyright ® 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970. 1976, 1987, 1997. 2007 and 2017 All rights reserved. 'The American Institute of Architects,' 'American Institute of Architects,' "AIA,' the AIA Logo, and 'AIA Contract Documents' are trademarks of The 34 American Institute of Architects. This document was produced at 10:57:46 ET on 01l3l/2024 under Order No.4104245791 which expires on 10/02/2024, Is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract DocumentsO Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail docinfo®aiacontracts.com. User Notes: (3139ADA3F) § 12.2,5 Nothing contained in this Section 12.2 shall be construed to establish a period of limitation with respect to other obligations the Contractor has under the Contract Documents. Establishment of the one-year period for correction of Work as described in Section 12.2.2 relates only to the specific obligation of the Contractor to correct the Work, and has no relationship to the time within which the obligation to comply with the Contract Documents may be sought to be enforced, nor to the time within which proceedings may be commenced to establish the Contractor's liability with respect to the Contractor's obligations other than specifically to correct the Work. § 12.3 Acceptance of Nonconforming Work If the Owner prefers to accept Work that is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Owner may do so instead of requiring its removal and correction, in which case the Contract Sum will be reduced as appropriate and equitable. Such adjustment shall be effected whether or not final payment has been made. ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS § 13.1 Governing Law The Contract shall be governed by the law of the place where the Project i# I at , xcluding that jurisdiction's choice of law rules. If the parties have selected arbitra the metho g dispute resolution, the Federal Arbitration Act shall govern Section 15.4. § 13.2 Successors and Assigns § 13.2.1 The Owner and Contractor respectithemse h partnersss�ors, assigns, and legal representatives to covenants, agreements, 0 gations in the it cc ocuments. Except as provided in Section 13.2.2, neither P�h' to the C s all assi ontract Ie wit ut written consent of the other. If either party attempts tom ignment th such cov�y�IQ t part+ s evertheless remain legally responsible for all obligat, r the Co�. § 13.2.2 The Owner may, wi o sent of e C tractor, Con ct der providing construction financing for the Proje der assumes Owner's nd obli ' ns u der the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall exe a I ones reasonably u ilitate ignment. § 13,3 Rights and Remedies •^J `1 § 13.3.1 Duties and obligati s i by th &ConctDocum ghts and remedies available thereunder shall be in addition to and nWmitatio bligatio , and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law. § 13.3.2 No action ail to ac er, Arch c` Contractor shall constitute a waiver of a right or duty afforded them r Contrac no all suc4 failure to act constitute approval of or acquiescence in a breach the cept as ma specifi on in writing. § 13.4 Tests a nspections § 13A.1 Tests, inspections, and approvals of portions of the Work shall be made as required by the Contract Documents and by applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules, and regulations or lawful orders of public authorities. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall make arrangements for such tests, inspections, and approvals with an independent testing laboratory or entity acceptable to the Owner, or with the appropriate public authority, and shall bear all related costs of tests, inspections, and approvals. The Contractor shall give the Architect timely notice of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that the Architect may be present for such procedures. The Owner shall bear costs of tests, inspections, or approvals that do not become requirements until after bids are received or negotiations concluded. The Owner shall directly arrange and pay for tests, inspections, or approvals where building codes or applicable laws or regulations so require. § 13.4.2 If the Architect, Owner, or public authorities having jurisdiction determine that portions of the Work require additional testing, inspection, or approval not included under Section 13.4.1, the Architect will, upon written authorization from the Owner, instruct the Contractor to make arrangements for such additional testing, inspection, or approval, by an entity acceptable to the Owner, and the Contractor shall give timely notice to the Architect of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that the Architect may be present for such procedures. Such costs, except as provided in Section 13.4.3, shall be at the Owner's expense. Init AIA Document A201 — 2017. Copyright m 1911, 1915, 1910, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958. 1961, 1963, 1966. 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017. All rights reserved. "The American Institute of Architects,' 'American Institute of Architects,' 'AIA,' the AfA Logo, and 'AIA Contract Documents' are trademarks of The 35 American institute of Architects. This document was produced at 10:57:46 ET on 01131/2024 under Order No.4104245791 which expires on 1010212024, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used In accordance with the AIA Contract Documents• Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail dodnfo®aiacontracts.com. User Notes: (3B9ADA3F) § 13.4.3 If procedures for testing, inspection, or approval under Sections 13.4.1 and 13.4.2 reveal failure of the portions of the Work to comply with requirements established by the Contract Documents, all costs made necessary by such failure, including those of repeated procedures and compensation for the Architect's services and expenses, shall be at the Contractor's expense. § 13A.4 Required certificates of testing, inspection, or approval shall, unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, be secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the Architect. § 13.4.5 If the Architect is to observe tests, inspections, or approvals required by the Contract Documents, the Architect will do so promptly and, where practicable, at the normal place of testing. § 13.4.6 Tests or inspections conducted pursuant to the Contract Documents shall be made promptly to avoid unreasonable delay in the Work. § 13.5 Interest Payments due and unpaid under the Contract Documents shall bear intere4t emi*'_MN date payment is due at the rate the parties agree upon in writing or, in the absence the at the legal r ng from time to time at the place where the Project is located. ARTICLE 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSIO 6 NTRAC § 14.1 Termination by the Contractor § 14.1.1 The Contractor may terminate the t if the r* opped i e ad of 30 consecutive days through no act or fault of the Contracto a contracto-subcon eir a nts or employees, or any other persons or entities performing of the W k, r any of ng re .1 Issuance of an orde or oth authori vl juris crequires all Work to be stopped; ` 2 An act of gove t uch as decl flan of rt�tt�p merg_ency, a equires all Work to be cfnnnPrl4\ tJ �� ) � 3 Because th rc�iit�ct et t��sssued a i Payme an as not notified the Contractor of the reason r wiJrIdIca eF6ficati p ided in S .4.1, or because the Owner has not made payment ote f Pa within th fated in the Contract Documents; or .4 The Owner h fairnish o th ontractor r e evidence as required by Section 2.2, § 14.1.2 The Contract yAX ate Co ct if, act or fault of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, a Sub -subcontractor, the r is ore r any of ,e ns or entities performing portions of the Work, repeated suspensio del s, or ' s of the a 're ork by the Owner as described in Section 14.3, constitute in the to more an 0 percgp otal number of days scheduled for completion, or 120 days in any 36 , whiche less. rN § 14.1.3 If on the reasons described in S14.I.1 or 14.1.2 exists, the Contractor may, upon seven days' notice to the Owner and Architect, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner payment for Work executed, as well as reasonable overhead and profit on Work not executed, and costs incurred by reason of such termination. § 14.1.4 If the Work is stopped for a period of 60 consecutive days through no act or fault of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, a Sub -subcontractor, or their agents or employees or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work because the Owner has repeatedly failed to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to matters important to the progress of the Work, the Contractor may, upon seven additional days' notice to the Owner and the Architect, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner as provided in Section 14.I.3. § 14.2 Termination by the Owner for Cause § 14.2.1 The Owner may terminate the Contract if the Contractor .1 repeatedly refuses or fails to supply enough properly skilled workers or proper materials; .2 fails to make payment to Subcontractors or suppliers in accordance with the respective agreements between the Contractor and the Subcontractors or suppliers; 3 repeatedly disregards applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, or lawful orders of a public authority; or tn�t AIA Document A201 — 2017. Copyright m 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017. All rights reserved. "The American Institute of Architects,' 'American Institute of Architects," AIA,' the AIA Logo, and "AIA Contract Documents' are trademarks of The 36 American Institute of Architects. This document was produced at 10:57:46 ET on 01/312024 under Order No.4104245791 which expires on 10/0212024, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents* Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail doeinfo@aiacontracts.com. User Notes: (3t39ADA3F) .4 otherwise is guilty of substantial breach of a provision of the Contract Documents. § 14.2.2 When any of the reasons described in Section 14.2.1 exist, and upon certification by the Architect that sufficient cause exists to justify such action, the Owner may, without prejudice to any other rights or remedies of the Owner and after giving the Contractor and the Contractor's surety, if any, seven days' notice, terminate employment of the Contractor and may, subject to any prior rights of the surety: .1 Exclude the Contractor from the site and take possession of all materials, equipment, tools, and construction equipment and machinery thereon owned by the Contractor; .2 Accept assignment of subcontracts pursuant to Section 5.4; and .3 Finish the Work by whatever reasonable method the Owner may deem expedient. Upon written request of the Contractor, the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor a detailed accounting of the costs incurred by the Owner in finishing the Work. § 14.2.3 When the Owner terminates the Contract for one of the reasons stated in ion 14.2.1, the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive further payment until the Work is finished. � _ 1 § 14.2.4 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exc the Architect's services and expenses made necessary expressly waived, such excess shall be paid to the t the Contractor shall pay the difference to the may be, shall be certified by the Initial Decis}Vt survive termination of the Contract. ( � § 14.3 Suspension by the Owner For § 14.3.1 The Owner may, without whole or in part for such period4 § 14.3,2 The Contract S d suspension, delay, orint p adjustment shall be made th .1 that performance for which thtC § 14.4 Termination § 14.4.1 The Own( § 14.4.2 Ug/t1� shall �) .1 .2 .3 rork, including compensation for incurred by the Owner and not na es exceed the unpaid balance, o ctor or Owner, as the case igation for payment shall the Work, in !ost and time caused by Sum shall include profit. No or interrupted, by another cause the Owner's convenience and without cause. on for the Owner's convenience, the Contractor N&c operations as directed by%Gfflwner in the notice; take actions necessary, or that the Owner may direct, for the protection and preservation of the Work; and except for Work directed to be performed prior to the effective date of termination stated in the notice, terminate all existing subcontracts and purchase orders and enter into no further subcontracts and purchase orders. § 14.4.3 In case of such termination for the Owner's convenience, the Owner shall pay the Contractor for Work properly executed; costs incurred by reason of the termination, including costs attributable to termination of Subcontracts; and the termination fee, if any, set forth in the Agreement. ARTICLE 15 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES § 15.1 Claims § 15.1.1 Definition A Claim is a demand or assertion by one of the parties seeking, as a matter of right, payment of money, a change in the Contract Time, or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. The term "Claim" also includes other disputes and matters in question between the Owner and Contractor arising out of or relating to the Contract. The Init. AIA Document A201 — 2017. Copyright © 1911. 1915 1918 1925. 1937 1951. 1958 1961 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017, All rights reserved. 'The American Institute of Architects " "American Institute of Architects ' 'AIA," the AIA Logo and 'AIA Contract Documents" are trademarks of The 37 American Institute of Architects. This document was produced at 10,57 46 ET on 0113112024 under Order No.4104245791 which expires on 10/02/2024, Is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents• Terms of Service. To report copyright violatfons, e-mail dodnfo®aiacontracts com User Notes: (3139ADA3F) responsibility to substantiate Claims shall rest with the party making the Claim. This Section 15.1.1 does not require the Owner to file a Claim in order to impose liquidated damages in accordance with the Contract Documents. § 15.1.2 Time Limits on Claims The Owner and Contractor shall commence all Claims and causes of action against the other and arising out of or related to the Contract, whether in contract, tort, breach of warranty or otherwise, in accordance with the requirements of the binding dispute resolution method selected in the Agreement and within the period specified by applicable law, but in any case not more than 10 years after the date of Substantial Completion of the Work. The Owner and Contractor waive all Claims and causes of action not commenced in accordance with this Section 15.1.2. § 15.1.3 Notice of Claims § 15.1.3.1 Claims by either the Owner or Contractor, where the condition giving rise to the Claim is first discovered prior to expiration of the period for correction of the Work set forth in Section 12.2.2, sVl be initiated by notice to the other party and to the Initial Decision Maker with a copy sent to the ArchitectoslQffie Architect is not serving as the Initial Decision Maker. Claims by either party under this Section 15.1.3.1 ShApeNnitiated within 21 days after occurrence of the event giving rise to such Claim or within 21 days after trbe at first recognizes the condition giving rise to the Claim, whichever is later. �` § 15.1.3.2 Claims by either the Owner or Contractor whe the cond' 'wing rise to the Claim is first discovered after expiration of the period for correction o set fort ' S 'on 12.2.�be initiated by notice to the other party. In such event, no decision by th ecisio e require& § 15.1.4 Continuing Contract Performanc ` § 15.1.4.1 Pending final resolution of except o se agriting or ovided in Section 9.7 and Article 14, the Contractor sh d dilige perfo o the C .the Owner shall continue to make in a r cc wi a ct Doc payments § 15.1.4.2 The Contract ontract Tim all be adj accorda wit the Initial Decision Maker's decision, subject to the to e them procee n e with s icle 15. The Architect will issue Certificates for Payment i accor a �e dec ' o e Initial i�e ''on Maker. § 15.1.5 Claims for Addition Cos If the Contractor wishes to W lZn.Aase in ct Sum, notice as provided in Section 15.1.3 shall be given before a to exec to th portion at is the subject of the Claim. Prior notice is not required for ClaimF r V g to y endanger a or property arising under Section 10.4. § 15.1.6 Clalmiof onal Tim § 15.1.6.1 ctor wis make a iincrease in the Contract Time, notice as provided in Section 1 s l be given. The on ct is C shall include an estimate of cost and of probable effect of delay on pro s of the Work. In the case o tinuing delay, only one Claim is necessary. § 15.1.6.2 If adverse weather conditions are the basis for a Claim for additional time, such Claim shall be documented by data substantiating that weather conditions were abnormal for the period of time, could not have been reasonably anticipated, and had an adverse effect on the scheduled construction. § 15.1.7 Waiver of Claims for Consequential Damages The Contractor and Owner waive Claims against each other for consequential damages arising out of or relating to this Contract. This mutual waiver includes .1 damages incurred by the Owner for rental expenses, for losses of use, income, profit, financing, business and reputation, and for loss of management or employee productivity or of the services of such persons; and .2 damages incurred by the Contractor for principal office expenses including the compensation of personnel stationed there, for losses of financing, business and reputation, and for loss of profit, except anticipated profit arising directly from the Work. (nit AIA Document A201 — 2017. Copyright m 1911, 1915 1910. 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958. 1961, 1963. 1966. 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017. All rights reserved. 'The American Institute of Architects,' 'American Institute of Architects," AIA,' the AIA Logo and 'AIA Contract Documents' are trademarks of The 36 American Institute of Architects. This document was produced at 10:57 46 ET on 01131/2024 under Order No.4104245791 which expires on 10102/2024, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used In accordance with the AIA Contract Documents' Terms of Service To report copyright violations, e-mall dccknfo@aiacontracts com User Notes: (3B9ADA3F) This mutual waiver is applicable, without limitation, to all consequential damages due to either party's termination in accordance with Article 14. Nothing contained in this Section 15.1.7 shall be deemed to preclude assessment of liquidated damages, when applicable, in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. § 15.2 Initial Decision § 15.2.1 Claims, excluding those where the condition giving rise to the Claim is first discovered after expiration of the period for correction of the Work set forth in Section 12.2.2 or arising under Sections 10.3, 10.4, and 1 1,5, shall be referred to the Initial Decision Maker for initial decision. The Architect will serve as the Initial Decision Maker, unless otherwise indicated in the Agreement. Except for those Claims excluded by this Section 15.2,1, an initial decision shall be required as a condition precedent to mediation of any Claim. If an initial decision has not been rendered within 30 days after the Claim has been referred to the Initial Decision Maker, the party asserting the Claim may demand mediation and binding dispute resolution without a decision having been rendered. Unless the Initial Decision Maker and all affected parties agree, the Initial Decision Maker will noVecide disputes between the Contractor and persons or entities other than the Owner. ARIL § 15.2.2 The Initial Decision Maker will review Claims and within ten da30 o(t Aceipt of a Claim take one or more of the following actions: (1) request additionalliattble't ing data frog ant or a response with supporting data from the other parry, (2) reject the Claim i❑ whoart (3) r e Claim, (4) suggest a compromise, or (5) advise the parties that the Initial Decision M o the Claim if the Initial Decision Maker lacks sufficient information to evaluate them Claim Initial De t Maker concludes that, in the Initial Decision Maker's sole discretion, it w inappr he Initi ion Maker to resolve the Claim.►NNO § 15.2.3 In evaluating Claims, the ision M r y, but sha obligate consult with or seek information from either party or sons wi �knowle r pertis assist the Initial Decision Maker in rendering a is n. The iaision M requ er to authorize retention of such persons at the Owner' x 15.2.4 If the Initial De on a uests a es ons 0 laim or to furnish additional § party p supporting data, such pa shall o I in to s r receipt equest, and shall either (1) provide a response on the requested supp d , (2) Avise tial Deci aker when the response or supporting data will be furnished, or (3 adv' a Initia ec' 'on Maker pporting data will be furnished. Upon receipt of the response or s g dat. i A%,01 Initial D Maker will either reject or approve the Claim in whole or in part.✓✓✓ § 15.2.5 The Initia ecisi eVM er an initi dcci ion approving or rejecting the Claim, or indicating that the Initial De i er is una le solveThis initial decision shall (1) be in writing; (2) state the reasons th r 3) noti arties i ct, if the Architect is not serving as the Initial Decision Maker, o c ge in the Contract Sum r Co ct Time or both. The initial decision shall be final and binding on the partie t subject to mediation and, arties fail to resolve their dispute through mediation, to binding dispute resolution. § 15.2.6 Either party may file for mediation of an initial decision at any time, subject to the terms of Section 15.2.6.1. § 15.2.6.1 Either party may, within 30 days from the date of receipt of an initial decision, demand in writing that the other party file for mediation. If such a demand is made and the party receiving the demand fails to file for mediation within 30 days after receipt thereof, then both parties waive their rights to mediate or pursue binding dispute resolution proceedings with respect to the initial decision. § 15.2.7 In the event of a Claim against the Contractor, the Owner may, but is not obligated to, notify the surety, if any, of the nature and amount of the Claim. If the Claim relates to a possibility of a Contractor's default, the Owner may, but is not obligated to, notify the surety and request the surety's assistance in resolving the controversy. § 15.2.8 If a Claim relates to or is the subject of a mechanic's lien, the party asserting such Claim may proceed in accordance with applicable law to comply with the lien notice or filing deadlines. Irttt. AIA Document A201 — 2017. Copyright ® 1911. 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951. 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017. All rights reserved. 'The American Institute of Architects,' 'American Institute of Architects," 'AIA," the AIA Logo, and "AIA Contract Documents` are trademarks of The 39 American Institute of Architects. This document was produced at 10:57A6 ET on 01131/2024 under Order No.4104245791 which expires on 10102f2024, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents' Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail docinfo®alacontracts.com. User Notes: (3B9ADA3F) § 15.3 Mediation § 15.3.1 Claims, disputes, or other matters in controversy arising out of or related to the Contract, except those waived as provided for in Sections 9.10.4, 9.10,5, and 15.1.7, shall be subject to mediation as a condition precedent to binding dispute resolution. § 15.3.2 The parties shall endeavor to resolve their Claims by mediation which, unless the parties mutually agree otherwise, shall be administered by the American Arbitration Association in accordance with its Construction Industry Mediation Procedures in effect on the date of the Agreement. A request for mediation shall be made in writing, delivered to the other party to the Contract, and filed with the person or entity administering the mediation. The request may be made concurrently with the filing of binding dispute resolution proceedings but, in such event, mediation shall proceed in advance of binding dispute resolution proceedings, which shall be stayed pending mediation for a period of 60 days from the date of filing, unless stayed for a longer period by agreement of the parties or court order. If an arbitration is stayed pursuant to this Section 15.3.2, the partiyt may nonetheless proceed to the selection of the arbitrator(s) and agree upon a schedule for later proceedin$Zded § 15.3.3 Either party may, within 30 days from the date that mediation has �be cwithout resolution of the dispute or 60 days after mediation has been demanded ut resolutiors pute, demand in writing that the other party file for binding dispute resolution. If such alVm-Tnd is maV a party receiving the demand fails to file for binding dispute resolution within 60 days a er rc ipt then;oth parties waive their rights to binding dispute resolution proceedings with respect t kdecisio § 15.3.4 The parties shall share the mediat e d any s equally ediation shall be held in the place where the Project is located, ante an er locati tually agr n. A ements reached in mediation shall be enforceable as se agreeme�y court n sdi�ia reof. 15.4 Arbitration § O ` § 15.4.1 If the parties have s c itratio s method g dis ute o tion in the Agreement, any Claim subject to, but n by, mediatio all be su 'e arbirrati hie ,unless the parties mutually agree otherwise, shall be ini ter tin Ameri r i Ass i 'o in accordance with its Construction Industry Arbitration Rule in eff n e N of e ent. The ton shall be conducted in the place where the Project is located, unl s o er loc n is ally a �A demand for arbitration shall be made in writing, delivered the party t the ontract, an �th the person or entity administering the arbitration. The party filing ice of de bitratio sert in the demand all Claims then known to that party on which ar i i permit d to deman d. § 15.4.1.1 A dem or ttrati ode no a ier an concurrently with the filing of a request for mediation, but4i a nt shall i e de afters hen the institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on the Cla' c barred applic limitations. For statute of limitations purposes, receipt of a written de d r arbitration by the perso or eadministering the arbitration shall constitute the institution of legal or equit a proceedings based on the lain] § 15.4.2 The award rendered by the arbitrator or arbitrators shall be final, and judgment may be entered upon it in accordance with applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. § 15.4.3 The foregoing agreement to arbitrate and other agreements to arbitrate with an additional person or entity duly consented to by parties to the Agreement, shall be specifically enforceable under applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. § 15.4.4 Consolidation or Joinder § 15.4.4.1 Subject to the rules of the American Arbitration Association or other applicable arbitration rules, either party may consolidate an arbitration conducted under this Agreement with any other arbitration to which it is a party provided that (1) the arbitration agreement governing the other arbitration permits consolidation, (2) the arbitrations to be consolidated substantially involve common questions of law or fact, and (3) the arbitrations employ materially similar procedural rules and methods for selecting arbitrator(s). § 15.4.4.2 Subject to the rules of the American Arbitration Association or other applicable arbitration rules, either party may include by joinder persons or entities substantially involved in a common question of law or fact whose Init AIA Document A201 — 2017. Copyright O 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966. 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 20,07 and 2017. Aii rights reserved, 'The American Institute of Architects,' American Institute of Architects,* AIA,' the AIA Logo, and WA Contract Documents' are trademarks of The 40 American Institute of Architects. This document was produced at 10:57:46 ET an 01/31/2024 under Order No.4104245791 which expires on 10/02/2024, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may onty be used In accordance with the AIA Contract DocumentsO Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail docinfo@aiacontracts.com. User Notes: (3B9ADA3F) presence is required if complete relief is to be accorded in arbitration, provided that the party sought to be joined consents in writing to such joinder. Consent to arbitration involving an additional person or entity shall not constitute consent to arbitration of any claim, dispute or other matter in question not described in the written consent. § 15.4.4.3 The Owner and Contractor grant to any person or entity made a party to an arbitration conducted under this Section 15.4, whether by joinder or consolidation, the same rights of joinder and consolidation as those of the Owner and Contractor under this Agreement. o� 5 5 reserved. 'The American Institute of Architects,' 'American Institute of Architects,' 'AIA.' the AIA Logo, and 'AIA Contract Documents' are trademarks of The 41 f American Institute of Architects. This document was produced at 10:57:46 ET on 01131/2024 under Order No.4104245791 which expires on 10102/2024, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the A1A Contract Documents* Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail docinfo@aiacontracts.com. User Notes: (3B9ADA3F) Certification of Document's Authenticity AIA® Document D401111— 2003 I, Audy G. Lack, hereby certify, to the best of my knowledge, information and belief, that I created the attached final document simultaneously with this certification 10:57:46 ET on 01,,31 '2024 under Order No. 4104245791 from AIA Contract Documents software and that in preparing the attached final document I made no changes to the original text of AIAlt Document A20I TM - 2017, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, other than changes shown in the attached final document by underscoring added text and striking over deleted text. C (Signed) Principal (Title) 1-31-2024 (Dated) qW v� AIA Document D401 —2003. Copyright* 1992 and 2003. All rights reserved. "The American Institute of Architects," 'American Institute of Architects," the AIA Logo, and 'AIA Contract Documents' are trademarks of The American Institute of Architects. This document was produced at 10 57:46 ET on 01131 t2024 under Order No 4104245791 which expires on 10102J2024, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, docinfo®aiscontracts.com. User Notes: (3B9ADA3F) DOCUMENT 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 1.1 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS: The following supplements modify the "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction", AIA Document A201-2007. Where a portion of the General Conditions is modified or deleted by these Supplementary Conditions, the unaltered portions of the General Conditions shall remain in effect. A. "2.2.5 The Contractor will be furnished 15 complete rawings and project manuals as apart of this contract. dditional sets ii' Contractor may request will be supplied at the Contractor' se." , G B. 3.4.2 Add the following.. "After award of t act, su �s of p� will be considered only under the conditions t e man fled in 0133 " C. 3.8.1 In line 1 after "Documen "Refer o ion 01 " D. 3.8 2.2 n n 3 after es�� ,exce w ll�:�h stallation is specified as e a owance (refer o vixiuloi 11 0 E. 3.10 Add a of ing new s agraph. qNj 3.10. mit co do schedule cordance with Section 0133 00. I F. 3Roolk t en agraph, a Pubmit in accordance with Section 0133 . ♦ .` 3.12.5 At en of su ara p , add "Submit in accordance with Section (01 33 00.11 H. 5.2.1 At end of paragraph add "Within 15 days after award of contract, submit complete list of subcontractors proposed for each portion of the work." I. 7.2.2 Add the following new paragraph: I. 7.2.2 Methods used in determining adjustment to Contract Sum may include those listed in Subparagraph 7.3.3." J. 8.3 Add the following subparagraphs: YVONNE RICHARSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 00 73 00 - 1 "8.3.4 The construction time shall include an allowance for calendar days per month which may not be available for construction out-of-doors (normal inclement weather). 8.3.4.1 Contract time will not be extended due to normal inclement weather unless the Contractor can substantiate, to satisfaction of Architect, that greater than -normal inclement weather occurred, considering the full term of contract time, using averaged accumulated record mean values from climatological data compiled by National Weather Service for the project locale, and that alleged greater -than -normal inclement weather actually delayed Work or portions of Work. 8.3.4.1.1 The measure of extreme weather shall be er of days in excess of those stated for each month in preci r n xceeded 0.10 inch, from area weather station for same of time, 'cs same source of data used to determine normal weath r to es. 8.3.4.1.2 If total accUN& num c endar st to weather exceeds total accumulate ber expec same p om inclement weather table, time for c ion will �ded by r of c ndar days needed to include exc�i� her o r days v 8.3.4.2 act ti wi not be extended due t e her occurring after b nclosed. " osed" is deftid� to me he building is sufficiently sea , eit er j�i�or,arily or�rmaneni?y, to pg i ructure to be heated and o work. The Architect shall issue a letter to Owner, with "enclosed". s\�ale be authorized because of contract time "Submit in accordance with Section 01300." 9.3.1: N%i 1) At end of subparagraph, add "Submit in accordance with Section 01300." 2) Add new clause as follows: 9.3.1.3 Until Substantial Completion of the Work, 5% of each progress payment will be retained. YVONNE RICHARSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 00 73 00 - 2 0. 9.10.2 At end of subparagraph, add "Submit affidavit of payment of debts and claims and affidavit of release of liens on AIA Forms G706 and G706A, respectively." P. 11.1.1 Add the following new clauses: "11.1.1.9 Liability Insurance shall include all major divisions of coverage and be on a comprehensive basis including: 1) Premises Operations. 2) Independent Contrac 3) Products and ComplE R. 11.1.2 Add "11`.2.1 insurance (1) limits Protective. `O Motor Ve&es. nd Employer's Liability y State and Federal Laws. If itue are to be provided, (2) the such insurance coverage, and (3) it coverages and limits for such ♦ �L1.2iL i s for♦�,,, cial General Liability insurance including coverage fo Pre ises-1 aerations, Independent Contractors' Protective, Products-CompletO rations, Contractual Liability, Personal Injury, and Broad Form Property Damages (including coverages for Explosion, Collapse and Under -Ground Hazards) shall be as follows: $1,000,000 Each Occurrence $2,000,000 General Aggregate $1,000,000 Personal and Advertising Injury $1,000,000 Products -Completed Operations Aggregate .1 Policy shall be endorsed to have the General Aggregate apply to this project only. YVONNE RICHARSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 00 73 00 - 3 .2 Contractural Liability insurance shall include sufficient time to meet obligations in AIA A201-2007 under Section 3.18. .3 Products and Completed Operations insurance shall be maintained for minimum one year after expiration of period for correction of work. 11.1.2.3 Automobile Liability insurance (owned, non -owned and hired vehicles) for bodily injury and property damage: $1,000,000 Each Accident. 11.1.2.4 Umbrella or Excess Liability Coverage: $1, 000 S. 11.1.3 Add the following new clause as follo s'R�O "11.1.3.1 The Contractors all nish 3 c s each Certificate of Insurance herein required which pecifica orth a ce of all coverage required. Use ACO>�� icate 2 O T. 11.2 In line 1 c l ewner" q�p + ntractorsert following: �� The Co a r shal ta a and m insur ing the Owner's contin4f ility r cl ims whi arise fr erations under the C The ter wner" s be dee d t include the Owner's em yees, th hitect, an i ct's e o es and consultants." '11 r U. 11.3.1 In line let e " less o erwise qro./ ed, the Owner", and insert "The Contr to**. dd the olio ing sente� " It rm of this cove all be Completed Value. If the Owner is damaged♦b fai ure o h on racto t intain such insurance, then the Contractor shall bear e ble cos per l hereto." 12.2.2 Add the follo subparagraph: "12.2.2.1.1 Provide for and arrange a one year inspection of facilities before warranties expire by Contractor and Architect/Engineer and Owner." END OF DOCUMENT YVONNE RICHARSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 00 73 00 - 4 SECTION 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY: Construction and completion of Yvonne Richardson Community Center Addition in Fayetteville, AR. A. Rough site grading, building pad preparation, and finabOhnish grading, & landscaping shall be done by contract is awarded the project. Building pad f r structure ad ' s a 1 be provided as well as related parking, side , and o related construction Contractor is to veri�y 1 co paction, buildi ads, prior to construction. Prov pactigpi�s d oth ial inspections as required by of Faygt�y ` B. All building cons t i ►. �� ♦ a► O 1. Build' ructio sh 1 be car ' Macc din laps and I ns. C. Installation of all !JeP00 1.2 OWNER FU kvD,O TALL MS (NIC): A.6hfe er u ase, un adncrate, assemble and hook-up item. The )ntracto s 11 provi h-in as described below. Check with Owner r ma d mod t ished and verify rough -in requirements. 1. Rough -In: ide utilities as required, suitably capped and accessible for future hook-up by Owner. Check with Owner for requirements. B. The following items are OFOI or NIC items: 1. Computer Equipment (computers, docking stations, printers, software) 2. Network Equipment (switch, network WAN, wireless access points, UPS system, cat6 jacks, patch cables) YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 11 00 - 1 3. Security Cables, Security Cameras, & Monitoring Television 4. Office Task Chairs 5. Office File Cabinets (under -desk) 6. Waste Baskets 7. Bus Cart 1.3 OWNER FURNISHED, CONTRACTOR INSTALLED ITEMS: A. Owner will furnish items at site. The Contractor sha?unload, uncrate, assemble, and provide utilities and hook-up, as reiiid for complete and operational installation. ♦ O B. The following items are OFCI. ♦ �^ 1. Display Telev �+4 �� ♦ O 1.4 COORDINATION. O A. Provi c inistr ive and su rvi requ nts necessary for co on of work, cludinAft 'ngs, a ist ative and supervisory per nnel, st�v ricord �� o , 1 ita ' r use of site, installation nrovisionsMc ttit and nattb nuKleanin%<L o%ction. and conservation. B. Coor%fe const itinAtivities i ed under various sections of these s AedWons to ltssut, efficie rderly installation of each part of the wor oord n t R*of 'on erations included under different sections ♦ the sp c a e dependent upon each other for proper stallalie�o neo ration. 1. Where instaone part of the work is dependent on installation of other components, either before or after its own installation, schedule construction activities in the sequence required to obtain its best results. 2. Where availability of space is limited, coordinate installation of different components to assure maximum accessibility for required maintenance, service and repair. 3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR O1 11 00 - 2 C. Where necessary, prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved outlining special procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and attendance at meetings. D. Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities to avoid conflicts and ensure orderly progress of the work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Preparation of schedules. Installation and removal of temporary fI fiTl�i Delivery and process' f submittal`\� Progress meetings. Project close-00. twit es. ZA . _ ^> 'aations are carried out wate and materials. affifp e safety of staff, Workers must wear adge; refer to Section 0150 ess in an appropriate manner environment. OF PRL VS: permitted under Contract. Portions of site licated are not to be disturbed. Keep existing driveways and entrances serving adjacent premises clear and available to Owner and Owner's employees at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials. 2. Do not unreasonably encumber site with materials or equipment. Confine stockpiling of materials and location of storage shed to areas indicated. If additional storage is necessary obtain and pay for storage off site. 3. Lock automotive type vehicles, such as passenger cars and trucks and other mechanized or motorized construction equipment, when parked YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 11 00 - 3 B. C and unattended, too prevent unauthorized use. Do not leave vehicles or equipment; unattended with; motor running or ignition key in place. Smoking and other tobacco products will not be permitted within building enclosure. Open fires will not be permitted on premises. 1.8 INDUSTRY STANDARDS: 0 B. Applicability of Standards requirements are written construction industry into or copied direct are made a part i specification se 9ait must keep av9 is C. Conflictint 1 sped d, �d w r 'ints fo r q r ent ' 'ndi ate o ♦ ual, un ri ` Owner's re esen o the have t] dicate codes role si or refe explicit or stringent t documents, applicable e force d effect as if bound rents. ch 'ndustry standards nts a erence. Individual � andaKds the Contractor )other Gated, r`ompliance with an ,'red, c 1 with st dar n effect as of date of �s: re com i Pwith two or more standards is h e stand ablish different or conflicting tfm q a 94r quality levels, the most stringent forced!b s the contract documents specifically Refer r uirements that are different, but apparently It* which quality level is more stringent to the ve a decision before proceeding. D. Copies of Standards: The Contract Documents require that each entity performing work be experienced in that part of the work being performed. Each entity is also required to be familiar with industry standards applicable to that part of the work. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the contract documents. Where copies of standards are needed for proper performance of the work, the Contractor is required to obtain such copies directly from the publication source. E. Abbreviations And Names: Trade association names and titles of general standards are frequently abbreviated. Where acronyms or abbreviations are YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR O1 11 00 - 4 used in the specifications or other contract documents they are defined to mean the recognized name of the trade association, standards generating organization, governing authority, or other entity applicable to the context of the text provisions. 1.9 PROJECT MEETINGS: A. Pre -Construction Meeting: Within 15 days after execution of agreement, the Architect will prepare an agenda and schedule a pre-cod(truction meeting. Written notice of meeting date, time and place, and items will be sent to the Owner, Contractor, and Separate Con�ja o The Contractor shall be responsible for notifying nsubcontrk meeting. B. Progress Meetings: TUejjLntrdctor sh1a111 Wdule a.�j hold regular weekly progress meetings to ate, e i d sche �w rk of all contracts. Hold additional meNnn s as pro work to or when requested by the Architect. t i'o nZwritten of n te, ti e and place, and agenda of me the O r, rchitec eers,,Se a to Contractors, Subcontr Knd o r as ertinen nda. ults of meetings and dinNcopie toe ryone i ance an hers affected by the d actions re mg fro meeti PART 2 - PRODUCTS G (Not Used) - G � PART UTI • (Not END OF SECTION YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 11 00 - 5 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY: 1.2 SECTION 012100 ALLOWANCES A. Administrative and procedural requirements governing allowances. 1. Certain items are specified in the contract dc,*uments by allowances. Allowances have been establishe cIeu of additional requirements and to defer selecti a tua1 materials and equipmen o a later date w• ditional information is available luatio essary, additional requirements will be ' sue by Ch der. B. Types Of Allo c'► : �� • O 1. allow SELECTI D P E: ` A. e iest practic er aw f contract, advise Architect f datI& V *t fina ec 'on an ase of product or system descr e -plan to e must mpleted to avoid delaying the rko* �;a Purchase pro cts and supplier. for each allowance for use in mendations that are relevant to systems selected by Architect from designated 1.3 SUBMITTALS: Comply with Section 0133 00. A. Submit proposals for purchase of products or systems included in allowances, in the form specified for change orders. B. Submit invoices or delivery slips to show actual quantities of materials delivered to the site for use in fulfillment of each allowance. C. Submit time sheets and other documentation to show labor time and cost for installation of allowance items that include installation as part of allowance. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 21 00-1 D. Coordinate and process submittals for allowance items in same manner as for other portions of the work. 1.4 COORDINATION: Coordinate allowance items with other portions of the work. Furnish templates as required to coordinate installation. 1.5 ALLOWANCES: A. Allowance shall include cost to contractor of specific products and materials ordered by Owner or selected by Arcb,*ect under allowance and shall include taxes, freight, and delivery tK11 ect site. B. Unless otherwise indicated, Contr t costs for receiving and handling at project site, nd inst , overhead and profit, and similar costs related to prod is Ad mater' o ered b Owner under allowance shall be incl d rt of t o act su not part of the allowance. � ♦ O 1.6 ADJUSTMEN LOW S: A. To allo c ounts e a order based proposal o di nce w n purc 17 ou an e allowance, multiplied 1 Wsurement o lace applicable. 1. clje in lla costs in se amount only where i ic!ie s pa f t allowan . VX If es d, preplanation and documentation to sta a ibutio of o rhead costs and other margins ♦ claim 3. Substa tiati n of a change in scope of work, if any, claimed in change o ers related to unit cost allowances. 4. Owner reserves the right to establish the quantity of work- in -place by independent quantity survey, measure, or count. B. Submit claims for increased costs because of a change in scope or nature of allowance described, whether for purchase order amount or Contractor's handling, labor, installation, overhead and profit. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 21 00-2 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION: Examine products covered by an allowance promptly on delivery for damage or defects. Return damaged or defective products to manufacturer for replacement. 3.2 PREPARATION: Coordinate materials and their installation for each allowance with related materials and installations to ensure that each allowance items is completely integrated and interfaced with related work. 3.3 SCHEDULE OF ALLOWANCES: In accordance with P.4ticle 3.8 of "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction", except modified below, include the following allowances in the Contract Sum: O A. Allowance No. 2- P vi $15,0�1 wance for Building Automation System at Add' ? 1. System e by Jo Contr must be compatible with other ' ment a ed by O •` OD *, G EN TION - G G � G YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 21 00-3 SECTION 0126 00 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specificatio*Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrativ n proce equirements for handling and processing ract mo i ns. B. Related Requirement : 1. Section 0 "Sub 't ion Pro s" fQ r inistrative proc or o eques subst' ade after the C awar . 1.3 MINOR CH I HE WO A. Architect w i s sup me instr c authorizing minor changes in the invol ing djustme a Contract Sum or the Con c W e, on umen , "Architect's Supplemental Inst i ns. 1.4 PROPC, RE A. wner-Initiated Pr osaequests: Architect will issue a detailed description of propose anges in the Work that may require adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. If necessary, the description will include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications. 1. Work Change Proposal Requests issued by Architect are not instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change. 2. Within time specified in Proposal Request or 20 days, when not otherwise specified, after receipt of Proposal Request, submit a quotation estimating cost adjustments to the Contract Sum and the Contract Time necessary to execute the change. a. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be YVONNE RICHARSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 26 00 - 1 made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. b. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. C. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. d. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect of the change, includinf, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start a ish times, and activity relationship. Use available tota n fore requesting an extension of th tract TiXIS e. Quotafiop m: se fo eptab o Architect. B. Contractor -Initiate osals: or c e conditions require modifications to t ntract, actor 'tiate claim by submitting a re� for a c to Are • �. ` 1. I state en outhm ng runs for c ange and the effect of ange on t ork. P ovide a co ete escription of the ropose�e. In fect proposed change on the ont and t ract T' 2. Ie a lis u tities of ucts required or eliminated and unit OBEs! with tal mount cases and credits to be made. If ques It sur ey a to substantiate quantities. • In e a plic a delivery charges, equipment rental, and amoun of t de ounts. 4. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. 5. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. 6. Comply with requirements in Section 012500 "Substitution Procedures" if the proposed change requires substitution of one product or system for product or system specified. YVONNE RICHARSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 26 00 - 2 7. Proposal Request Form: Use form acceptable to Architect. 1.5 ADMINISTRATIVE CHANGE ORDERS A. Unit -Price Adjustment: See Section 012200 "Unit Prices" for administrative procedures for preparation of Change Order Proposal for adjusting the Contract Sum to reflect measured scope of unit -price work. 1.6 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES A. On Owner's approval of a Work Changes Proposal Req st, Architect will issue a Change Order for signatures of Owner d �ntractor on form included in Project Manual. • O1.7 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRE4E 0 1. Cons ch B. Docum ntat work requir 1. "IV .a Construction Change Change Directive on, instructs Contractor i inclusion in a Charder. � '% u Odin C Qelh'�i ective c ins a description of the oralso esi es me be followed to me chan the C ftract Sum th ontract Time. 6 niain record time and material basis of I e stru on Ch directive. i �je� 1�; [ � ��V PART 2 -PRODUCTS (Not Used) the C oft U PART 3 -EXECUTION (Not Used) Construction )h Change Directive fork, for subsequent rffiit an itemized account and bstantiate cost and time END OF SECTION YVONNE RICHARSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 26 00 - 3 SECTION 0129 00 PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrate proced •�uirements necessary to prepare and process Applicati s for Pa eqi!' •� V B. Related Requirement 1 Section 01 0 nit P ' for adative equirements govern �se of t ices. 4 2 S 1260 "C tract ion Pr a res" for istrative p edures ndlin an es to the Contract. 3 ecti 1 0 "Con ion Pr Documentation" for admi i tive qu' ements Pr the preparation and submittal o Contr2at 's nstru chedule. 1.3 DEFIN 10 A. dule lu s: A � furnished by Contractor allocating rtions of the Cont act to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewi ntractor's Applications for Payment. 1.4 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the schedule of values with preparation of Contractor's construction schedule. Cost -loaded Critical Path Method Schedule may serve to satisfy requirements for the schedule of values. 1. Coordinate line items in the schedule of values with other required administrative forms and schedules, including the following: a. Application for Payment forms with continuation sheets. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 29 00 - 1 b. Submittal schedule. C. Items required to be indicated as separate activities in Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Submit the schedule of values to Architect at earliest possible date, but no later than seven days before the date scheduled for submittal of initial Applications for Payment. B. Format and Content: Use Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish line items for the schedule of values. Provide aVeast one line item for each Specification Section. 1. 2. Identification: Include a following identification on schedule of values. a. Project d loca ' b. Na chitec • O C. tect' 0 num ontrac name dress. at f subm Ag s c h o alues c �t with format of AIA Document CJ rrachees in tabular form with separate columns IV to indkatethe fo2ldVnWor each item listed: a. Relateft-'aAcification Section or Division. b. Description of the Work. C. Name of subcontractor. d. Name of manufacturer or fabricator. e. Name of supplier. f. Change Orders (numbers) that affect value. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 29 00 - 2 g. Dollar value of the following, as a percentage of the Contract Sum to nearest one -hundredth percent, adjusted to total 100 percent. 1) Labor. 2) Materials. 3) Equipment. 4. Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate continued evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. Coordinate with Project Manual table of contents. Provide multiple line items for principal subcontract amounts in excess of five percent of the Contract Sum. a. Include separate line items under ContraQtor and principal subcontracts for Project closeout reqWkements in an amount totaling five percent of the Contr r4m and subcontract amount. 5. Round amounts o are t whole KlaAr; tota all equal the Contract Sum. 6. Provide a s e line it the se of v lues for each part of the Worny re Appl' a ns for t may ' ude materials or equi t urc as abric d st not yet installed. a. i n fate be n ite o d on -an items stored off -site. If e i e clVe evi i uranc 7. Provie�syipara ne itWns in tl s iedule of values for initial cost of '���g�ia s, fog h bsequ����{e of completion, and for total n FMled va a of at pit Work. Vach i he !k� leof values and Applications for Payment sh e c plet� a total cost and proportionate share of genera over adprofit for each item. lci a. Temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost of actual work -in -place may be shown either as separate line items in the schedule of values or distributed as general overhead expense, at Contractor's option. 9. Schedule Updating: Update and resubmit the schedule of values before the next Applications for Payment when Change Orders or Construction Change Directives result in a change in the Contract Sum. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 29 00 - 3 1.5 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT A. Each Application for Payment following the initial Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as certified by Architect and paid for by Owner. 1. Initial Application for Payment, Application for Payment at time of Substantial Completion, and final Application for Payment involve additional requirements. B. Payment Application Times: The date for each progress4payment is indicated in the Agreement between Owner and Contractor. a period of construction work covered by each Application faNament is the period indicated in the Agreement. � C. Application for Payment F rm Use Al ment G702 and AIA Document G703 as form pplicat' r Pay D. Application Prepar ompl y ent� �rm. Notarize and execute by a pers a horize �n legal ents behalf of Contractor. Ar� twill n ncom plica�tiof lyithout action. 1. E all tch ata on edule o a es and Contractor's uction sch le. Use'u ted sclule if revisions were made. 2. ncl4pnts for r ow comp 1 llloin Application � g previous pp for Pa t, w er o not pa t has been received. Include only a is for c pleted me of Application for Payment. 3 Ind o of C an rders and Construction Change ire ' is ed a last day of construction period covered by a do . - 4. Indicate se amounts for work being carried out under Owner - requested project acceleration. E. Stored Materials: Include in Application for Payment amounts applied for materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed. Differentiate between items stored on -site and items stored off -site. 1. Provide certificate of insurance, evidence of transfer of title to Owner, and consent of surety to payment, for stored materials. 2. Provide supporting documentation that verifies amount requested, such as paid invoices. Match amount requested with amounts indicated on documentation; do not include overhead and profit on stored materials. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 29 00 - 4 F. 3. Provide summary documentation for stored materials indicating the following: a. Value of materials previously stored and remaining stored as of date of previous Applications for Payment. b. Value of previously stored materials put in place after date of previous Application for Payment and on or before date of current Application for Payment. C. Value of materials stored since date of prevoous Application for Payment and remaining stored as of of current Application for Payment. • 0 Transmittal: Submit four sign a d nota �riginal copies of each Application for Payment tcjArc itect b thod a uring receipt within 24 hours. 1. Transmit c y with smitt �isti g attachments and recordi ro riat n matio a lic®n. p pp• 2. Af ment su recei 41 oices Il subcontractor and a suppli ertifyift paydXnt Wde in full, less 5 actions and submittals first Application for 3. Contractor's construction schedule (preliminary if not final). 4. Products list (preliminary if not final). 5. Schedule of unit prices. 6. Submittal schedule (preliminary if not final). 7. List of Contractor's staff assignments. 8. List of Contractor's principal consultants. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 29 00 - 5 9. Copies of building permits. 10. Copies of authorizations and licenses from authorities having jurisdiction for performance of the Work. 11. Initial progress report. 12. Report of preconstruction conference. 13. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies. 14. Performance and payment bonds. 15. Data needed to acquir 11ZWr1s insu�il�e. H. Application for Pa en bstanti Cpletioqxter Architect issues the Certificate of Sub Com 'o s Oplication for Payment showing cent c on for of the Work claimed as substantially co t . 1. Incl a ocum to suppor aim ork is s sally c p to and ent sho an accounting of es to the tract 2. his v h on shal ct Cert' (s) of Substantial Completion issued ro4ious o Owner o cy of designated portions of the I. 'nail Vme tion: fte om letin Project closeout requirements, p g J it fina licatio yment with releases and supporting ume n not p v. y ubmitted and accepted, including, but not limited, to the follo ing. 1. Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements. 2. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and proof that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid. 3. Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum. 4. Completed Release of Claims form. 5. Completed Consent of Surety form. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 29 00 - 6 6. Evidence that claims have been settled. 7. Final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as of date of Substantial Completion or when Owner took possession of and assumed responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work. PART 2 -PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 -EXECUTION (Not Used) I YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 29 00 - 7 SECTION 013100 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 SpecifiVtion Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative rovisions or ordinating construction operations on Project inol , ut no 1 iflsd to, tKk Bowing: 1. General coor n pro c O C6 2. Requestsnform ( FIs). • a► 3. Pr e eb sit v 4. olect ot. B. Related eqV ents: G 1. ion 0 00 Constr� Progress Documentation" for par'we submitt' g Contractor's construction schedule. Section 1 73 on" for procedures for coordinating general installation an fie -engineering services, including establishment of benchmarks an control points. 3. Section 0177 00 "Closeout Procedures" for coordinating closeout of the Contract. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. RFI: Request from Owner, Architect, or Contractor seeking information required by or clarifications of the Contract Documents. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each portion of the Work, including those who are to YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 31 00 - 1 furnish products or equipment fabricated to a special design. Include the following information in tabular form: 1. Name, address, and telephone number of entity performing subcontract or supplying products. 2. Number and title of related Specification Section(s) covered by subcontract. 3. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontract. B. Key Personnel Names: Within 15 days of star.in Astruction operations, submit a list of key personnel nments, i superintendent and other personnel in attendance a r ject si tify individuals and their duties and responsibilities;_ list a dresses lepho numbers, including home, office, and cellu * e p one s and e- i ddresses. Provide names, addresses, and a one n s of i i * a s assigned as alternates in the absence of i i . als assi o Proj o 1. Post clist in r ' t mee ' o in, i ary field office, on 'ect Web ite, by e e pora one. Keep list aN all ti 1.5 GENERAL C RD A 11T PR RES A. Coordin ions ordin to cgnstructi ations included in different Sectio e S e ' aZinris to en icient and orderly installation of p �� J.00rdin Yeacha t f the� struction operations, included in d' ere ecti s ch depe d o each other for proper installation, +` tion a d eratiojil� Schedule cons uct` operations in sequence required to obtain the best results whe installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation. 2. Coordinate installation of different components to ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair. 3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation. B. Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of attendees at meetings. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 31 00 - 2 1. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of their Work is required. C. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Preparation of Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Preparation of the schedule of values. 3. Installation and removal of temporary fa ' ' and controls. • 4. Delivery and processing s mitt` •Z•+ 5. Progress meeti �� • O 6. PreinstallatRi Ionfere • a, 7. ProjeWe)out i tt' s. 8. and adjus men o s�►s. D. Conservatio oordinate co ction aQsto ensure that operatio s ar ied th consi ih given to conservation of energy , and . Coor use of temporary utilities to mini ate. • 1 Salvagk terials uipment involved in performance of, but not ` act"Nincorp • ,the Work. See other Sections for disposition of salvaged m eri that are designated as Owner's property. 1.6 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION (RFIs) A. General: Immediately on discovery of the need for additional information or interpretation of the Contract Documents, Contractor shall prepare and submit an RFI in the form specified. 1. Architect will return RFIs submitted to Architect by other entities controlled by Contractor with no response. 2. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in Contractor's work or work of subcontractors. B. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 31 00 - 3 information or interpretation and the following: 1. Project name. 2. Project number. 3. Date. 4. Name of Contractor. 5. Name of Architect. 6. 7. 8. RFI number, numbered sequentially. • `O RFI subject. G Specification S umbel itle an d paragraphs, as appropriate. Drawi ber an it refer a as a e. Fie�i nsioncon dili ns as appwpr actor's suggested resolution Sum, Contractor shall state i;Fyches, descriptions, measurements, photos, •awings, coordination drawings, and other to fully describe items needing interpretation. a. Include dimensions, thicknesses, structural grid references, and details of affected materials, assemblies, and attachments on attached sketches. C. RFI Forms: AIA Document G716. 1. Attachments shall be electronic files in Adobe Acrobat PDF format. D. Architect's Action: Architect will review each RFI, determine action required, and respond. Allow seven working days for Architect's response for each RFI. RFIs received by Architect after 1:00 p.m. will be considered as received the following working day. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 31 00 - 4 E. 1. 1. 2. The following Contractor -generated RFIs will be returned without action: a. Requests for approval of submittals. b. Requests for approval of substitutions. C. Requests for approval of Contractor's means and methods. d. Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract Documents. e. Requests for adjustments in th4C Oh&tTime or the Contract Sum. ` No f. Requests f i4wpretatile rchite.ql'actions on submittals. 9. Archite t tion masKe a re+ whic a Architect's time for * of al in rm tion. ((,JJ rchitec s it► on t at may Time r �ontract may be ,% C an opos ac rding toG�V P it , �ed RFIs. or ad ' '0 1 information, in e w' rom time of receipt pilMn a change to the Contract Ole for Contractor to submit 012600 "Contract Modification ctor b ievthe RFI response warrants change in h ontra�c or the Contract Sum, notify Architect in iting ' lei ays of receipt of the RFI response. RFI Log: Prepare, ma in, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number. Submit log weekly. Include the following: 1. Project name. 2. Name and address of Contractor. 3. Name and address of Architect. 4. RFI number including RFIs that were returned without action or withdrawn. 5. RFI description. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 31 00 - 5 6. Date the RFI was submitted. 7. Date Architect's response was received. F. On receipt of Architect's action, update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI response to affected parties. Review response and notify Architect within seven days if Contractor disagrees with response. 1. Identification of related Minor Change in the Work, Construction Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate. I 1.7 PROJECT WEB SITE A. Use Owner's Project Web site or purposes f ti g and managing project communication and document ntil Fi mpletion. Project Web site shall include the following Ifn1c ns: 1. Project directo 2. Project c ondenc O3. Me mut �► 4. ct b ification logs.6 V 5. RFI f s nd 1 I C) 6. and is e nage n 7hoto in ntati Schedule and ale r management. 9. Submittals forms and logs. 10. Payment application forms. 11. Drawing and specification document hosting, viewing, and updating. 12. Online document collaboration. 13. Reminder and tracking functions. 14. Archiving functions. B. Provide up to seven Project Web site user licenses for use of the Owner, YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 31 00 - 6 Architect, and Architect's consultants. Provide eight hours of software training at Architect's office for Project Web site users. C. On completion of Project, provide one complete archive copy(ies) of Project Web site files to Owner and to Architect in a digital storage format acceptable to Architect. D. Provide one of the following Project Web site software packages under their current published licensing agreements: 1. Submittal Exchange. See Section 013300 "Submitt*l Procedures" for more information. E. Contractor, subcontractors, and other parties* n d access by Contractor to Project Web site execute a licensing agreement in the form of Agreement ac ep ble to Ov ie nd Architect. 1.8 PROJECT MEETINGS ` O A. General: Schedule&att onduc gs andTierenc at Project site unless otherwis p V 1. jOWe,lay : Info m iTicipan thers `d, and individuals sence uired d to andNee each meeting. Notify rchitect s d mee ates and times. 2. A en: ar a me tin a distribute the agenda to all g P g �► g in ' eda tend //►►�� n� �1 #41v1 3. P Bute fftlyfespon iblWr conducting meeting will record signifi a i ussi d agreements achieved. Distribute the ` me m ute i' ne concerned, including Owner and Architec ,wit n t e days of the meeting. B. Preconstruction Conference: Architect will schedule and conduct a preconstruction conference before starting construction, at a time convenient to Owner and Architect, but no later than 15 days after execution of the Agreement. 1. Conduct the conference to review responsibilities and personnel assignments. 2. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner Architect, and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the conference. Participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 31 00 - 7 3. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the following: a. Tentative construction schedule. b. Critical work sequencing and long -lead items. C. Designation of key personnel and their duties. d. Lines of communications. I e. Procedures for processing field decisie sand Change Orders. • f. Procedures for R �0 g. Procedur ksting an 'n ecting. h. Proce r proc i Appli for Payment. i. tion o ontrac o men u mitta edure . p r tian o r docum 1. 44ts of t e re ises. WUction.`� • a► • ` n. or in o. Owner's pancy requirements. p. Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls. q. Procedures for moisture and mold control. r. Procedures for disruptions and shutdowns. S. Construction waste management and recycling. t. Parking availability. U. Office, work, and storage areas. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 31 00 - 8 V. Equipment deliveries and priorities. W. First aid. X. Security. y. Progress cleaning. 4. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting minutes. I C. Preinstallation Conferences: Conduct a preinstallafhfonference at Project site before each construction activity Tres coordination with other const n. ?` 1. Attendees: Installe d r presen of m facturers and �i fabricators inv ror of a e� the i a 'on and its coordination o in g"ratio �ther ft ri is and installations that have prece d will to all att e me ing. Advise Architect of sched eeting d e 2. A evie pr ss of nstru ctivities and e tions for 1partic tivity donsideration including q i sfgthe f o a. C ract um ts. I Opti S. to RF d. Relate Ch e Orders. e. Purchases. f. Deliveries. g. Submittals. h. Review of mockups. i. Possible conflicts. j. Compatibility requirements. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 31 00 - 9 k. Time schedules. 1. Weather limitations. In. Manufacturer's written instructions. n. Warranty requirements. o. Compatibility of materials. P. Acceptability of substrates. q. Temporary facilities and contrdl� r. Space and ac ss zatio G • ,1 S. Regulat- autho having j i tion. t. T , ,and ins c requi S. (� u. tallat n edure C in tion h ork a► W. ired I formance re� �Prot�of ad, k. do 6y. ectio i truction and personnel. Record signifiQnto�ference discussions, agreements, and disagreementsding required corrective measures and actions. 4. Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to other parties requiring information. 5. Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of the Work and reconvene the conference at earliest feasible date. D. Project Closeout Conference: Schedule and conduct a project closeout conference, at a time convenient to Owner and Architect, but no later than 90days prior to the scheduled date of Substantial Completion. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 31 00 - 10 1. 3. 4. Conduct the conference to review requirements and responsibilities related to Project closeout. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Architect, and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the meeting. Participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect or delay Project closeout, including the following: a. Preparation of record documents. t*4&- v� Procedures requi -Prior Completion 42 fo final for oci3 etio \:No -) ilocedures. for Substantial iccebtance. tenance data. attic stock, and and training. punch list. ig Applications for Payment at and for final payment. j. Coordination of separate contracts. k. Owner's partial occupancy requirements. 1. Installation of Owner's furniture, fixtures, and equipment. In. Responsibility for removing temporary facilities and controls. 4. Minutes: Entity conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting minutes. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 31 00 -11 E. Progress Meetings: progress meetings at regular intervals. 1. Coordinate dates of meetings with preparation of payment requests. 2. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner and Architect, each contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. I 3. Agenda: Review and correct or approve mi of previous progress meeting. Review other items of signil can t could affect progress. Include topics for discu 'on as appr status of Project. a. Contractor's ons ructionule: R view progress since the last mee ' rmin a er each c ity is on time, ahead of sched behin dule, in e n to Contractor's constrffe sched termi onstruction behind schedule will be x ted; s�ommit}*nts from parties voLved to d Niscuss 1 t r se<$eview visions are 4uire o e e that c�t an ent activities will be plete in th o Fact T schedule for ne eriod. V" b. v w p nt futur of each entity present, #i udin the llowing 1) rface reinents. a► ) Segiu c operations. 3) at of submittals. 4) Deliveries. 5) Off -site fabrication. 6) Access. 7) Site utilizeation. 8) Temporary facilities and controls. 9) Progress cleaning. 10) Quality and work standards. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 31 00 - 12 4. PART 2-PRODUq PART 3 - 11) Status of correction of deficient items. 12) Field observations. 13) Status of RFIs. 14) Status of proposal requests. 15) Pending changes. 16) Status of Change Orders. 17) Pending claims and disputes. 18) Documentation of I n for payment requests. Minutes: Entity 'ble fo n cting t eting will record and distribute the minu each garb sent and to parties requiring in on. a. file Up : Revise actor uction schedule ON (Not Used) r ss meet ere v to the schedule z e or re ed. I ue sed schedule ently wi ort of meeting. w END OF SECTION YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 31 00 - 13 SECTION 0132 00 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY � O A. Section includes administrati27rual proce equirements for documenting the progress f 'ng performance of the Work, including the followi ' 1. Contractor' ructio ule. O 2. Cons t sched dating r o s. 3. D ' struc n ports. 4. ater 1 tibn re 5. 'te car► tion r por 6. ecial r cjts.,4 B. • e> e ed Req it ents: . Section 0133 0 it u mittal Procedures" for submitting schedules and reports. 2. Section 0140 00 "Quality Requirements" for submitting a schedule of tests and inspections. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Activity: A discrete part of a project that can be identified for planning, scheduling, monitoring, and controlling the construction project. Activities included in a construction schedule consume time and resources. 1. Critical Activity: An activity on the critical path that must start and finish on the planned early start and finish times. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 32 00 - 1 3. Predecessor Activity: An activity that precedes another activity in the network. 4. Successor Activity: An activity that follows another activity in the network. B. Cost Loading: The allocation of the schedule of values for the completion of an activity as scheduled. The sum of costs for all activities must equal the total Contract Sum unless otherwise approved by Architect. C. CPM: Critical path method, which is a method of plan*g and scheduling a construction project where activities are arranged ed on activity relationships. Network calculations determine tivities can be performed and the critical pa of Project. ; ` N0 D. Critical Path: The longest nn ted ch f .nnterde endent activities through the network that es li es the n um overall Project duration and contain at. ♦ O E. Event: The star ' r endin of an1W * '61 F. Float: The a re o e n startiud co an activity. 1. in is not for t 49e use nefit of either Owner or ontr c d� isbwned, g Project resource available to bo a es a ee o meet le milestones and Contract c mpOR dat . 2. ee floa . he mount an activity can be delayed without ver ctmg th ear start of the successor activity. Tota at is r1 of leeway in starting or completing an activity with t a ersely affecting the planned Project completion date. G. Resource Loading: The allocation of manpower and equipment necessary for the completion of an activity as scheduled. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Format for Submittals: Submit required submittals in the following format: 1. PDF electronic file. B. Startup Network Diagram: Of size required to display entire network for entire construction period. Show logic ties for activities. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 32 00 - 2 C. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Initial schedule, of size required to display entire schedule for entire construction period. D. CPM Reports: Concurrent with CPM schedule, submit each of the following reports. Format for each activity in reports shall contain activity number, activity description, cost and resource loading, original duration, remaining duration, early start date, early finish date, late start date, late finish date, and total float in calendar days. F. 1. Activity Report: List of all activities sorted by activity number and then early start date, or actual start date if known. 2. Logic Report: List of preceding and succ g activities for all activities, sorted in ascanding order kZ' ty number and then early start date, or actual sta a if kn 3. Total Float Re a of all ies sort ascending order of total float. O 4. Earning ort: Coen of A;,�orfs t 1 earnings from the Notic ceed u 1�iost rece plicatia r ayment. Cons u 'o hedul ating Su it . Applications for Pam Y Daily Const i e p _ U ts: mit at_Y intervals. � of discovery of differing conditions. J. Qualification Data: 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Prescheduling Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to the preliminary construction schedule and Contractor's construction schedule, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Review software limitations and content and format for reports. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 32 00 - 3 2. Verify availability of qualified personnel needed to develop and update schedule. 3. Discuss constraints, including work stages and interim milestones. 4. Review delivery dates for Owner -furnished products. 5. Review schedule for work of Owner's separate contracts. 6. Review submittal requirements and procedures. I 7. Review time required for review of submitt nd resubmittals. 8. Review requirements f tests and is by independent testing and inspecting agencie G 9. Review time r r Pro' 1 c seout a wner startup procedures. • �O 10. Review alize IN�NPOstruc ' tivities be included in sched • O ` 11. R ie roced a or upd 1 ached e. 1.6 COORDINA ON 1b 't0 A. Coordi to �racto s c structio ule with the schedule of values, list o u Tact &.1 sch ro ress reports, payment requests, g p �p Y and t ei requi ch dules arts. • >� Seen t e com is for performing critical elements of the Wor om e ' ' ed. 2. Coordinate eac onstruction activity in the network with other activities and schedule them in proper sequence. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A. Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for the Notice of Award to date of final completion. 1. Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule that shows an earlycompletion date, unless specifically authorized by Change Order. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 32 00 - 4 B. Activities: Treat each story or separate area as a separate numbered activity for each main element of the Work. Comply with the following: 1. Activity Duration: Define activities so no activity is longer than 20 days, unless specifically allowed by Architect. 2. Procurement Activities: Include procurement process activities for the following long lead items and major items, requiring a cycle of more than 60 days, as separate activities in schedule. Procurement cycle activities include, but are not limited to, submittals, approvals, purchasing, fabrication, and delivery. 3. Submittal Review Time: Include review a ubmittal times indicated in Section 01 00 "Submi edures" in schedule. Coordinate submittal r times tractor's construction schedule with subm' tal hedule • 4. Startup and T ime: e no f e V n 15 days for startup V and testing ��� 5. Subst Womplel�l�u�Indicat letio i nce of date Olet!*, d for u tantial Co a time for Architect's i ative o dures p�c� ry f ce ation of Substantial 6. Punc s d F' al41;pletion. de not more than 30 days for c mpye of nc list item al completion. C. Con tr i ts: Induccclstrainork restrictions indicated in the ntr*rpo p and as f 110 Ass in schedule, and show how the sequence Work ected., Phasing: Arr g `t of activities on schedule by phase. 2. Owner -Furnished Products: Include a separate activity for each product. Include delivery date indicated in Section 011000 "Summary." Delivery dates indicated stipulate the earliest possible delivery date. 3. Work Restrictions: Show the effect of the following items on the schedule: a. Uninterruptible services. b. Use of premises restrictions. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 32 00 - 5 C. Seasonal variations. d. Environmental control. 4. Work Stages: Indicate important stages of construction for each major portion of the Work, including, but not limited to, the following: a. Subcontract awards. b. Submittals. C. Purchases. • O d. Mockups. G e. Fabric J► �� f. Sam ing. g. ries. �� • O h. stalla n iltd ins a orb. j lusti C • 1. tup ap ment into final use and operation. Construction re Identify each major area of construction for each major portion e Work. Indicate where each construction activity within a major area must be sequenced or integrated with other construction activities to provide for the following: a. Structural completion. b. Temporary enclosure and space conditioning. C. Permanent space enclosure. d. Completion of mechanical installation. e. Completion of electrical installation. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 32 00 - 6 f. Substantial Completion. D. Milestones: Include milestones indicated in the Contract Documents in schedule, including, but not limited to, the Notice to Proceed, Substantial Completion, and final completion. E. Cost Correlation: Superimpose a cost correlation timeline, indicating planned and actual costs. On the line, show planned and actual dollar volume of the Work performed as of planned and actual dates used for preparation of payment requests. I 1. See Section 012900 "Payment Procedures" for cos )orting and payment procedures. O F. Upcoming Work Summary: P I e sum port indicating activities scheduled to occur or com enc prior b ittal of next schedule update. Summarize the follow' s: 1. Unresolved 2. Unan Reque Infor 'o 3. R 'e a or un to ►ed su i 4. otati urn b ittals. 5. P nd* odif ati°�s affecti ork and Contract Time. V G. Rec v Sche W en pert] idate indicates the Work is 14 or more end day the cur ent proved schedule, submit a separate ♦�c ery sch d indict ans by which Contractor intends to regain pliance the eXi dicate changes to working hours, working ays, crew sizes, an qu ment required to achieve compliance, and date by which recovery will be ccomplished. H. Computer Scheduling Software: Prepare schedules using current version of a program that has been developed specifically to manage construction schedules. 1. Use Microsoft Project, for current Windows operating system. 2.2 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (CPM SCHEDULE) A. General: Prepare network diagrams using AON (activity -on -node) format. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 32 00 - 7 B. Startup Network Diagram: Submit diagram within 14 days of date established for the Notice to Proceed. Outline significant construction activities for the first 90 days of construction. Include skeleton diagram for the remainder of the Work and a cash requirement prediction based on indicated activities. C. CPM Schedule: Prepare Contractor's construction schedule using a cost- and resource -loaded, time -scaled CPM network analysis diagram for the Work. 1. Develop network diagram in sufficient time to submit CPM schedule so it can be accepted for use no later than 60 day,Vafter date established for the Notice to Proceed. a. Failure to inclu any work i e ired for performance of this Contract sh t excus ractor from completing all work within ppl able co a 'on dates, regardless of Archite F oval of hedule. 2. Conducted wual wors to tr ' inform key Project 3. 4. nn uding s actor ' onnel, roper methods of to and CPM s e in f . �i prod for in 1 g a u ing CPM schedule and r ' Vog progress ate pr res with progress meeting i In Aque es ork ay" s the un' e for individual activities. ate no IPb days lidays incorporated into the yule ' der to coo with the Contract Time. V D. *�P Sched a el plete t e ork. network to identify p epare a list of all activities required to startup network diagram, prepare a skeleton critical paths. 1. Activities: Indicate the estimated time duration, sequence requirements, and relationship of each activity in relation to other activities. Include estimated time frames for the following activities: a. Preparation and processing of submittals. b. Mobilization and demobilization. C. Purchase of materials. d. Delivery. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 32 00 - 8 e. Fabrication. f. Utility interruptions. g. Installation. h. Testing. i. Punch list and final completion. j. Activities occurring following final completion. 2. Critical Path Activities: Identify critical tivities, including those for interim comp tion dates. c d start and completion dates shall be consisten Contr estone dates. 3. Processing: Pr mess beta to pr output on a computer - drawn, time-scled n�etwor vise da4a, anize activity sequences, W reproduc en as ut y to produce the CPM schedule n the li s of t tract te. 4. Fo ark cal path to t l path near center of n w locat a s with o Zioat ar dges. tAork a rate sh a permissible for activities e of he cal path. I 5. and ce�oadi PM Schedule: Assign cost to o structio ac , ities o PM schedule. Do not assign costs to mi*l a ities. O taiii►Architect's approval prior to assigning costs f&W'-ricatiQ elivery activities. Assign costs under main subco acts t And commissioning activities, operation and maintenance an a s, punch list activities, Project record documents, and demonstra n and training (if applicable), in the amount of 5 percent of the Contract Sum. a. Each activity cost shall reflect an appropriate value subject to approval by Architect. b. Total cost assigned to activities shall equal the total Contract Sum. E. Contract Modifications: For each proposed contract modification and concurrent with its submission, prepare a time -impact analysis using a network fragment to demonstrate the effect of the proposed change on the overall project schedule. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 32 00 - 9 F. Initial Issue of Schedule: Prepare initial network diagram from a sorted activity list indicating straight "early start -total float." Identify critical activities. Prepare tabulated reports showing the following: 1. Contractor or subcontractor and the Work or activity. 2. Description of activity. 3. Main events of activity. 4. Immediate preceding and succeeding activities. 5. Early and late start dates. • O 6. Early and late finish da G 7. Activity durat' rkdays J► �� O 8. Total float time. 9. Aver of wor • 6 10. a lue ot'ity (co i ed w' h t hedule of values). G. Sched a Up i (%one ith ma isions to schedule, prepare tabulated r o is owi th owin 1. INI ificati ities the changed. ian Y r and to sl►art dates. • � • Chan in e � finish dates. 4. Changes in acts y durations in workdays. 5. Changes in the critical path. 6. Changes in total float or slack time. 7. Changes in the Contract Time. H. Value Summaries: Prepare two cumulative value lists, sorted by finish dates. 1. In first list, tabulate activity number, early finish date, dollar value, and cumulative dollar value. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 32 00 - 10 2. In second list, tabulate activity number, late finish date, dollar value, and cumulative dollar value. 3. In subsequent issues of both lists, substitute actual finish dates for activities completed as of list date. 4. Prepare list for ease of comparison with payment requests; coordinate timing with progress meetings. a. In both value summary lists, tabulate "actual percent complete" and "cumulative value complet*d" with total at bottom. b. Submit value s mary print week before each regularly sched rogres ng. 2.3 REPORTS ' J► 0 Daily Constructio ts: Pr daily ction report recording the following in ion co g eve roject 1. Lis bcon t t Proje ` v 2. se rate contr t roject 3. App x co to sonnel sect site. 4. ment t site. % nti-A&I r$liveriec and general weather conditions, including 7. Accidents. 8. Meetings and significant decisions. 9. Unusual events (see special reports). 10. Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses. 11. Meter readings and similar recordings. 12. Emergency procedures. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 32 00 - 11 13. Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction. 14. Change Orders received and implemented. 15. Construction Change Directives received and implemented. 16. Services connected and disconnected. 17. Equipment or system tests and startups. 18. Partial completions and occupancies. 19. Substantial Completions authorized. � O B. Material Location Reports: A thly in , prepare and submit a comprehensive list of mate 'als eliv sere d stored at Project site. List shall be cumulative, a ateria r iously a�ted plus items recently delivered. In ith li a emeigt ress on and delivery dates for materials, s of a nt fab '� or stored away from Project site. In * t e foll ategor' � stored aterials: v 1. M store i previoi ort ining in storage. 2. ial ored prioris repo d since removed from tora Anophalle 3. ate *Vi tore f�oll9wing pre eport and remaining in storage. V C. Site ition its Immey on discovery of a difference between s co ition a eWCntr ct Ilbcuments, prepare and submit a detailed p t. Sub 't 'th a topqor Information. Include a detailed cription a dif 'N11 itions, together with recommendations for hanging the Contr t D uments. 2.4 SPECIAL REPORTS A. Reporting Unusual Events: When an event of an unusual and significant nature occurs at Project site, whether or not related directly to the Work, prepare and submit a special report. List chain of events, persons participating, response by Contractor's personnel, evaluation of results or effects, and similar pertinent information. Advise Owner in advance when these events are known or predictable. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 32 00 - 12 PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At monthly intervals, update schedule to reflect actual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule one week before each regularly scheduled progress meeting. 1. Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions have been recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the report of each sugh meeting. 2. Include a report with updated schedule t Vdicates every change, including, but not limi d to, change % ' , durations, actual starts and finishes, and activi ations 4. As the Work p a , indic �al com� percentage for each activity. �� � O Distribution: D' e copie9Nprove F92.N- B.ule to chitect Owner, separate con s, testing and inspect enci s� �ther parties identified trac r w th a need-tw scsponsibility. V 1. p= in rrPoject ooms aemporary field offices. 2. Whe r vi ns e In , distrib dated schedules to the same rtip d pos inAleted e same 1 s. Delete parties from distribution they h�E'e ssigned portion of the Work and are longer involved in perfonce of construction activities. F SECTION G YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 32 00 - 13 SECTION 0140 00 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY: A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control. B. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These service of relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Co%tr cument requirements. 1. Specific quality-assura hd -co quirements for individual construction activiti s a specifi he S�*ons that specify those activities. Req '� s in th tions mo cover production of standard pre)O 2. Specifie , mspec ' nd rel `ons of limit Cont r other -assur a nd - n ocedures that fac' comp an th the act D requirements. 3. reiAnts for Con t provi ality-assurance and control 'c% re r Archi ner, or authorities having juris'''c 'o re n t li by pr s of this Section. 4. Sic test ection ements are not specified in this motion. 1.2 RELY TWORK IE THER SECTIONS: A awings and ener prsions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Cone' s and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Quality -Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and substantiate that proposed construction will comply with requirements. B. Quality -Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of the Work to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the Work and completed construction comply with YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 40 00 - 1 requirements. Services do not include contract enforcement activities performed by Architect. C. Mockups: Full-size physical assemblies that are constructed on -site. Mockups are constructed to verify selections made under Sample submittals; to demonstrate aesthetic effects and, where indicated, qualities of materials and execution; to review coordination, testing, or operation; to show interface between dissimilar materials; and to demonstrate compliance with specified installation tolerances. Mockups are not Samples. Unless otherwise indicated, approved mockups establish the standard by which the Work will be judged. 1. Integrated Exterior Mockups: Mockups o Nel►xterior envelope erected separately from the building In roject site, consisting of multiple products, rise ' s, and s mblies. D. Preconstruction Testing: and in e s perf ed specifically for Project before produ mata incor into the Work, to verify performanceA plian specified ' eria. E. Product Testin fits and ' e ions t re/perfgr a by an NRTL, an NVLAP, or wig a lifted net esting and acceptab thori es h vmg jur' i . n, to e h product per f and com ' ce wit 'feed re ire ents. �. F. Source ua ' Co Al Te ests anoections that are performed at the source, e.g. ant, , fa ry, or I G. Fiel µl�`� -Con o ng: T inspections that are performed on -she cost the W d for completed Work. H. �- es ' g A e y. n ent" ed to perform specific tests, inspections, or . Testing bora can the same as testing agency. I. Installer/Applicator/ tor: Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee, Subcontractor, or Sub -subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation, including installation, erection, application, and similar operations. 1. Use of trade -specific terminology in referring to a trade or entity does not require that certain construction activities be performed by accredited or unionized individuals, or that requirements specified apply exclusively to specific trade(s). J. Experienced: When used with an entity or individual, "experienced" means having successfully completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in nature, size, and extent to this Project; being familiar with special YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 40 00 - 2 requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1.4 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS: 1.5 1.6 A. Referenced Standards: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer conflicting requirements that are different, but apparently equal, to Architect for a decision before proceeding. B. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The qi specified shall be the minimum provided or p installation may comply exactly with the mini specified, or it may exceed with these requirements, ii maximum, as appropri*ta uncertainties to Archie ACTION SUBMITTAL 9��\ A. Shop D and ele, a aeclo&Nwiore p,( (uality level shown or The actual entity or quality able limits. To comply are minimum or •~nts. Refer N xterio c ups plans, sections, ials a of construction. 1. c'l�te u nufacture a el nn�of individual components. 2. Prov a om is ings SO i�rflitions difficult to illustrate in t o ' Sion ;� INFORM AL S I ALS: `�o A. , o ractor' lity-Co lan: For quality -assurance and it -co activi ' ponsibilities. B. Qualification Data : or lontractor's quality -control personnel. C. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare in tabular form and include the following: 1. Specification Section number and title. 2. Entity responsible for performing tests and inspections. 3. Description of test and inspection. 4. Identification of applicable standards. 5. Identification of test and inspection methods. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 40 00 - 3 6. Number of tests and inspections required. 7. Time schedule or time span for tests and inspections. 8. Requirements for obtaining samples. 9. Unique characteristics of each quality -control service. 1.7 CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY -CONTROL PLAN: A. Quality -Control Plan, General: Submit quality -control plan within 10 days of Notice to Proceed, and not less than five days prior t4reconstruction conference. Submit in format acceptable to Archit . dentify personnel, procedures, controls, instructions, tests, record forms to be used to carry out Contractor's quali urance a y-control responsibilities. Coordinate with Contractor's IV s ructio c ule. B. Quality -Control Pe * alifica ngage a 'feed full-time personnel trained an e ienced ana i* �cutin p g S!Pr g quality -assurance ality-c proce Pilr in nature and extent to those 1 ed for o I. Pr ali con manay als �s Project u n ndent. C. Submi al Pr MDesc acedure suring compliance with p requiremen t r gh r iew man t of submittal process. Indicate qualific iorp perso nel esponsit ubmittal review. D. Testn a d Ins 'on In qua trol plan, include a comprehensive s edu Co W r qtiring t stin or inspection, including the following: Co for-pe * sts and inspections including subcontracto pe o med tests and inspections. Include required tests and inspection d Contractor -elected tests and inspections. 2. Special inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction and indicated on the "Statement of Special Inspections." E. Continuous Inspection of Workmanship: Describe process for continuous inspection during construction to identify and correct deficiencies in workmanship in addition to testing and inspection specified. Indicate types of corrective actions to be required to bring work into compliance with standards of workmanship established by Contract requirements and approved mockups. F. Monitoring and Documentation: Maintain testing and inspection reports including log of approved and rejected results. Include work Architect has YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 40 00 - 4 indicated as nonconforming or defective. Indicate corrective actions taken to bring nonconforming work into compliance with requirements. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1.8 REPORTS AND DOCUMENTS A. Test and Inspection Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports specified in other Sections. Include the following: 1. Date of issue. 2. Project title and number. 3. 4. Name, address, and telephone numbeg o g agency. Dates and locations of s es and r inspections. Names of indiv' a aking �d inspeQti s. Description ork t and ' on method. AA� Identiof Drand Sae i ion Setti4n l► re ana weaN d inspec of test results. at time of sample i on whether tested or inspected Document requirements. oratory inspector. on retesting and reinspecting. B. Manufacturer's Technical Representative's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting manufacturer's technical representative's tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following: 1. Name, address, and telephone number of technical representative making report. 2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product. 3. Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 40 00 - 5 4. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken. 5. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. 6. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty. 7. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections. C. Factory -Authorized Service Representative's Rep t repare written information documenting manufacturer's fagto - horized service representative's tests and ins 1?1� s speci her Sections. Include the following: 1. Name, address, • e eph n er of r authorized service representative ng re • 2. Stateme equipomplie eq *irnts. 3. Re oper io nd oth s an anent of whether P o r e erfo ce co ieth r ui ents. 4. tateme ►t Aher 'ti s, pro nd installation will affect Warr n 5. ( required item indic individual Specification Seed D. P rmi ice a fdertif cat • or Owner's records, submit copies of • its, lice s certific inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional emenflm,Ntices, r •' o fee payments, judgments, correspondence, ecords, and similar oc nts, established for compliance with standards and regulations bear n performance of the Work. 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. General: Qualifications paragraphs in this article establish the minimum qualification levels required; individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 40 00 - 6 C. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. D. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional en!oneer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project isAocated and who is experienced in providing engineering services of k d indicated. Engineering services are defined as those pert go for installations of the system, assembly, or producttt e similanaterial, design, and extent to those indicated for this P of G F. Specialists: Certain S tion o requir pecific construction activities shall be p �ted by i who aU gnized experts in those operations. Speci t hall s alificaquir ents indicated and shall be engage he act' s ndicat 1. R ents f a orities uris o shall supersede ements fo ecialis G. Mann f ctur 1 e it ical ntative i ications: An authorized representati e fjmanu.*wtur who is Ar and approved by manufa*ir#+ 16 obser e a inspec ilfIlation of manufacturer's products that lar in at , deg extent to those indicated for this Proj c H. ' lc bry- t or d Sereresentative Qualifications: An authorized presentativ f ma aiTe who is trained and approved by manufacturer to ins ct ' stallation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. I. Preconstruction Testing: Where testing agency is indicated to perform preconstruction testing for compliance with specified requirements for performance and test methods, comply with the following: 1. Contractor responsibilities include the following: a. Provide test specimens representative of proposed products and construction. b. Submit specimens in a timely manner with sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 40 00 - 7 C. Provide sizes and configurations of test assemblies, mockups, and laboratory mockups to adequately demonstrate capability of products to comply with performance requirements. d. Build site -assembled test assemblies and mockups using installers who will perform same tasks for Project. e. Build laboratory mockups at testing facility using personnel, products, and methods of construction indicated for the completed Work. f. When testing is complete, remove test specimens, assemblies, and mockups; do not reuse products on Project. I 2. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Submit a c 'fled written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality- a cc service to Architect, with copy to ontractor. I, tests and inspections and state in each re ort hether to and inspected work complies with or deviate a Con c ocume� J. Mockups: Before i g port' the Wo uiring mockups, build mockups for eac of co on and requ' d to comply with the following rements g materi s icated fe completed Work: 1. mockups i ocationf size i 'cat d or, if not indicated, as irec edo -e r hitec 2. Notify i r itec ys iilradvanc o Yates and times when mockups b� c nVON st -`� 3. ploy ' ory pers who will oversee mockup construction. mp rs that 'il be employed during the construction at �� Pr t. 4. Demonstrate Ceoposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship. 5. Obtain Architect's approval of mockups before starting work, fabrication, or construction. a. Allow seven days for initial review and each re -review of each mockup. 6. Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the completed Work. 7. Demolish and remove mockups when directed unless otherwise indicated. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 40 00 - 8 K. Integrated Exterior Mockups: Construct integrated exterior mockup according to approved Shop Drawings and as indicated on Drawings. Coordinate installation of exterior envelope materials and products for which mockups are required in individual Specification Sections, along with supporting materials. 1. Construct one corner of mockup using "step -back construction" to expose a portion of all materials included in the exterior wall. 2. Full-size Building Envelope mock-up: a. Face brick and accessories. (face briPo wall, up to parapet cap flashing) + O b. Pre -cast concret nits. Kw CG C. Wall sh d. Col d met ing. O e. yid Appl' por Ba e ' a► f. etal 11 anel (w' vrim n ing 'off join e as' h. ed u curtals and accessories. (with head, �� j mb nu si recepto glazing ccessories. ' k. T roof turn -up, termination bar, liner panel, etc.) In. Rigid su tion 1.10 QUALITY CONTROL: A. Contractor Responsibilities: Contractor will engage a qualified testing agency to perform these services. Perform additional quality -control activities required to verify that the Work complies with requirements, whether specified or not. 1. Unless otherwise indicated, provide quality -control services specified and those required by authorities having jurisdiction. Perform quality -control services required of Contractor by authorities having jurisdiction, whether specified or not. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 40 00 - 9 2. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform these quality -control services. 3. Notify testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that requires testing or inspecting will be performed. 4. Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each quality -control service. 5. Testing and inspecting requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract Documents are Contractor's respon)ibility. 6. Submit additional copies of each written re o directly to authorities having jurisdiction, when they so dirert.O B. Manufacturer's Field Services. ere in , engage a factory -authorized service representative to ec field -as ed co onents and equipment installation, includin i con e o epor u sin writing as specified in Section 0 3 "Su t Procek� es " C. Manufacturer' nical S ides- Whe . ated, a ge a manufactur nical p ntativ o sery ect the Work. Manufa!ti tech cal esent ervic a participation in pre, onfer , exam' ti n of s tra and conditions, verif, erials, obs Insta a ct,vities, inspection of compl s Ahe V064,� d sub f written reports. D. RetestinkRonViectinit Regardless ItCwther original tests or inspections were o ctorts PANA111 quality -control services, including rete4tilg nd re' ct g, for ction that replaced Work that failed to c pl ith t e tract Do me ts. E ociate vices: ith agencies performing required tests, nspections, and sim ar ality- control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as r ested. Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following: 1. Access to the Work. 2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections. 3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and inspecting. Assist agency in obtaining samples. 4. Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples. 5. Delivery of samples to testing agencies. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 40 00 - 10 6. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by testing agency. 7. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment at Project site. F. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality -assurance and -control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspecting. 1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtain* simples, and similar activities. ; • 1.11 SPECIAL TESTS AND INSPECTI `0 A. Special Tests and Inspect s: ontracti�l enga a qualified testing agency or special insp o con u �al test nspections required by authorities havin u,cictio resp i ty of Contractor and as follows: 1. Verif ' at man iArer in d e t ication and qu ntro rores a ws tleteness and ac of th�oced t perfo th ork. 2. otif . liltect tractor, tly of irregularities and defic n ie bse ed i e Wo� g performance of its services. 3. S fitting e d writ ort of each test, inspection, and i ilar a 'ty- ntrol s to Architect with copy to Contractor d to u i ies hav' g j isdiction. Su ing I of special tests and inspections at Substantial in on, which includes a list of unresolved deficiencies. 5. Interpreting tests and inspections and stating in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents. 6. Retesting and reinspecting corrected work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 40 00 - 11 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 TEST AND INSPECTION LOG A. Test and Inspection Log: Prepare a record of tests and inspections. Include the following: 1. Date test or inspection was conducted. 2. Description of the Work tested or inspected. 3. Date test or inspection results were transmitted 4Architect. 4. Identification of testing agency or specia ctor conducting test or inspection. oft ` 5. Maintain log at Pro' ct te. Post es and revisions as they occur. Provide access L e d ins'o log for�itect's reference during norma ng Ito, O 3.2 REPAIR AND PROT ��►" 6\ A. General: O o pleti ing, ins '?►g, s ng, and similar p ama services, ed onstrue ' re ore trates and finishes. 1. rov' rials an ply wiallation requirements specified in oth ecifiiio S ctions tching existing substrates and iM es. ura Re shed ar extend restoration into adjoining with le sea �re as invisible as possible. rot n ucti osed by or for quality -control service ` ac ' S. 3. Repair and pion are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for quality -control services. END OF SECTION YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 40 00 - 12 SECTION 0145 29 TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY: Administrative and procedural requirements for testing and inspection services. 1.2 CODES AND STANDARDS: I A. IBC 2012; Chapter 17; Structural Tests And Speciapections. K'N 1.3 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN HER SECT A. Testing requirements; as in ica G B. Electrical inspector re ents a prove4 i rs: Section 26 00 00. 1.3 PAYMENT AND SEL O OF G A PECT FIRM: A. Contracto enga ng and tion e acceptable to Owner and Are 'te t, o pe r testin a nsp tion vices including special inspe c pliance wi quire and specified standards for concre , mas el, an o er ork sp or indicated. 1.4 TESTING AN ITI� �S� RM RE �BILITIES: Services shall include ins ections test �ted a ncludin reports, of work performed p � g� � g p � by testing a e A. ♦ it re o is Cone within 3 calendar days of time services were orme . ` 1.5 CO RACTOR RESPONS ITIES: A. Pay for specified testing and inspection. B. Pay for retesting of work if initial testing fails. C. Pay for additional samples, tests, and inspection for Contractor's convenience. D. Submit testing and inspection reports to Owner, Architect immediately after receipt of report from testing and inspection firm and at least 10 days before material is required for use. E. Cooperation: YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 45 29-1 1. Cooperate with testing and inspection firm's personnel; provide access to work, furnish tools, samples of materials, design mix, equipment, storage and other assistance as requested. 2. Schedule sampling, testing, and inspection of work; submit copy of schedule to testing and inspection firm and Architect. a. Notify and confirm with testing and inspection firm a minimum of 24 hours prior to expected time for each operation requiring testing and inspection. I 3. Notify Architect of scheduled testing and ins p iron times. F. Repair And Protections: Repa' and protect 1. Protect work exposed by r for to nd ins ection activities. 2. Upon complet' ine, testiigg, s le -taking, and similar services, resturN nstruct s to c� to contract documents. z SECTI ` OD I G G � G YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 45 29-2 SECTION 0150 00 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY. Temporary utilities and miscellaneous facilities required during construction, complete, including maintenance and removal. PART 2 - PRODUCTS `O 2.1 UTILITIES: �G Temporary Utilities required for per utility compaz, facilities for use Comply with jurisdiction. �1 water, and electricity ,sary _arrangements with and fittings. electric wiring. Provide dividual trades may use to obtain adequate power 45hone (mobile or hardwired) and Pay costs for temporary service. PIFACILITIES: Provide on -site temporary toilet tion personnel; maintain in a sanitary condition. codes and regulations of authorities having 2.3 FIELD OFFICE AND SHEDS: Provide field office and storage facilities adequate in size and accommodation for Contractor's offices, superintendent's office, and supply and tool's rooms. Make the field office available to Architect and Owner throughout entire construction period. 2.4 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 50 00 - 1 A. Provide project sign, to be located as directed by Architect. Exact text lettering, and paint color selection will be provided by Architect at a later date. B. Sign to be not less than 32 sq. ft., with painted graphic content to include title of project, name of Owner, name and title of authorities, Architect and Engineers, prime contractor, and major subcontractors. C. Sign Materials: New or used wood or metal structureAnd framing and exterior grade softwood plywood with medium ty overlay for sign surface. Use standard large sizes to minimizejo� D. Paint exposed surfaces of sup ts, frami � surface material with coat of primer and one co rior P ai s ecified ' tion 09900. E. Remove sign, frami supp omplet'o®o project. 2.5 ACCESS R s indica d, if not i 'c d, as diy6d by Architect. 2.6 PA ND A Ava' e n sit dicated, or if not i 'ca as directe Archite not use reas unless approved b i ct 2.7 CO STIQ N 9J6DS: ovide ;Ln��f'faintain for the duration of cons uc�rrtemp ary quipmetAW apparatus including scaffolds, Vde Nand hr(s, pies t s, barricades, warning signs, steps, s,platforr�mps, ch�snd other temporary construction aids anisc neovwfacilities nec�essar for proper completion of the work; Y p p p • an h pertinent a egulations. RUBBISH CON IN)RS: Provide suitable containers with covers for refuse from meals eaten on job site. Remove refuse from containers at least once in every 72 hour period. Place one container beside each drinking water facility to receive discarded paper cups. Pick up and place bottles, cans, paper and garbage of every description in covered rubbish containers continuously during day. 2.9 TEMPORARY HEAT: Provide temporary heat where indicated and where needed for the proper performance of work, for curing or drying of work recently installed, and protection of work in place from, adverse effects of low temperatures. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 50 00 - 2 2.10 DEWATERING AND SNOW AND ICE REMOVAL: Maintain site, excavations, and construction free of water, snow and ice, as necessary for protection and execution of the work. 2.11 TEMPORARY FENCING: Provide and maintain a temporary fence around the entire construction area, with truck and pedestrian gates, as required by project conditions. 2.12 TEMPORARY PARTITIONS: Erect and maintain duet -proof partitions and temporary enclosures to limit dust and dirt ion and to separate areas from fumes and noise. ZR4 �+�0 A. Construct temporary partiti s of 2x4 'tads and plywood sheathing (specified in Section.0100) with n i nts on upied side. 2.13 PROTECTION OF EXIST &REES�EGE P�p A. Provide tem encin r�rl�ades or to prpt isting trees and other ve mdi e t$r main ' to a t cessar cutting, ��k ' g y g, breaki nnin of o s, skin bruis o ark, smothering of tr oc piling ructiolk rials oa ted materials within dri ine on erimeterpeb ), exc f t or vehicular traffic, or par ng o i I within e. B. Provi of ction f ro s over 1 iameter cut during construction o s. Co cut es wjiLh Isified asphalt, or other acceptable c a , for r use on ged plant tissues. Temporarily cover 6xp sed r wet bu I to prevent roots from drying out; cover with rth n a possilA 3 TEMPORARY FIOTECTION: During construction period and until fire protection needs are fulfilled by permanent facilities, provide and maintain types and forms of temporary fire protection needed to protect facilities against fire losses. Store combustible materials in recognized fire - safe locations and containers. 2.14 SECURITY. Provide sufficient control to prevent illegal entry or damage during nights, holidays, or other periods when work is not being executed, and such other controls as required during working hours. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 50 00 - 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 REMOVAL: Maintain construction facilities and temporary controls as long as needed for safe and proper completion of work. Remove temporary facilities and controls as rapidly as progress of work will permit or as directed by Architect. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 50 00 - 4 SECTION 0160 00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specif4�ation Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY NO A. Section includes administratilnd DroceAMM eauirements for selection of products for use in Pg4 t; pTroduct_d%Z%Ky, sto e, and handling; manufacturers' stand rrant oducts• c 1 warranties; and comparable products► 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Products: obtai a ncorp into Tk, whether purc se oject en fr p evious pu ased stock. The term if i cl s the term 1," "e i ent," "system," and terms Sim' i w identii manufacturer's product name, 1 `�W or other designation shown or listed N roduct literature, that is current as of ate ntract D%cunlents. 6 New P duct e t have not previously been incorporated into another proj o facility. Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not considered new products. 3 Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through submittal process to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product. B. Basis -of -Design Product Specification: A specification in which a specific manufacturer's product is named and accompanied by the words "basis - of -design product," including make or model number or other designation, to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 60 00 - 1 other characteristics for purposes of evaluating comparable products of additional manufacturers named in the specification. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS 1.5 A. Comparable Product Requests: Submit request for consideration of each comparable product. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 1. Include data to indicate compliance with the req!�r' ements specified in "Comparable Products" Article. w 2. Architect's Action: If necessary, Archie t �- 'Il request additional information or docum n for ev on within one week of receipt of a co par ble roduct Y Architect will notify Contractor of ap or reje o Wip r o p comparable product request within s of r t reTie seven days of receipt of additional i tion or entati ion is later. a. — of Aps spec i Secli_o 300 "Submittal A issue a decision on hin time allocated. .ply with requirements )w compliance with option of selecting ect, select product compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options. 1.6 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft and vandalism. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. B. Delivery and Handling: 1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 60 00 - 2 2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses. 3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing. 4. Inspect products on delivery to determine compliance with the Contract Documents and to determine that prodects are undamaged and properly protected. OC. Storage: 1. Store products to al w r inspe nd m verement of quantity or counting of 2. Store maten a ma at will 48ndan r Project structure. • 3. Stor cts t r subject age t� ements, under c a wea ert t enclosur ove g n , with ventilation ate to pre conde s�jon. 't �` 4. rot oplastic xposu �unlight, except to extent neces� or p d of nstalla i�_ d concealment. 5. Xly wiftprduct turer's written instructions for Orpe e midit velVilation, and weather -protection requiK nts for Protect store r cts from damage and liquids from freezing. 7. Provide a secure location and enclosure at Project site for storage of materials and equipment by Owner's construction forces. Coordinate location with Owner. 1.7 PRODUCT WARRANTIES A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents. 1. Manufacturer's Warranty: Written warranty furnished by individual YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 60 00 - 3 manufacturer for a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner. 2. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by the Contract Documents to provide specific rights for Owner. B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution. 1. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project -specific information and properly executed. 2. See other Sections for specific content re ents and particular requirements for sub 'ng special ies. C. Submittal Time: Comply th r quirem Secti 017700 "Closeout Procedures." PART 2 -PRODUCTS N A. General Pr equ- en . Provi uet a ply with the Contract ents, re amag , unles wise indicated, are new f installa 1. rovro cts co a with a ries, trim, finish, fasteners, and o h 'temsoe or a co a installation and indicated use aate t. nda cts: If av ,e and unless custom products or ♦ nons r opti specified, provide standard products of types ` th ve een ice and used successfully in similar situations on other p oject . 3. Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents. 4. Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected," Architect will make selection. 5. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications establish salient characteristics of products. 6. Or Equal: For products specified by name and accompanied by the term "or equal," or "or approved equal," or "or approved," comply YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 60 00 - 4 with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product. B. Product Selection Procedures: 1. Product: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer and product, provide the named product that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. 2. 3. 4. Manufacturer/Source: Where Specifications nalgk a single manufacturer or source, provide a product he named manufacturer or source that complies w. uirements. Comparable products substitutioi ntractor's convenience will not be considered. Products:K\ In II1p u 1 ' omp umed Man f4 4 rers� Non Cest r' R&ft .4 iclude a list of roducts, provide oduct, that requirements in eration of an Specifications include a list of qrs, provide a product by one of the d, or a product by an unnamed complies with requirements. Comply with In "Comparable Products" Article for of an unnamed manufacturer's product. 5. Basis -of -Design Product: Where Specifications name a product, or refer to a product indicated on Drawings, and include a list of manufacturers, provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product by one of the other named manufacturers. C. Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require "match Architect's sample", provide a product that complies with requirements YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 60 00 - 5 and matches Architect's sample. Architect's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches. 1. If no product available within specified category matches and complies with other specified requirements, comply with requirements in Section 012500 "Substitution Procedures" for proposal of product. D. Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase "as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range" or similar phrase, select a product that complies with requirements. Archikct will select color, gloss, pattern, density, or texture from manufactu�product line that includes both standard and premium items. O • COMPARABLE PRODUCTS A. Conditions for ConsiderArch for comparable prothe following conditionc e t sati action, except to r ononco 1. Evid chat t p sed C Docu en , that i ents and prod ompn105 othq� I'consid !contractor's request cond ks are satisfied. If the rchite� return requests without wit requ' ements: • oes a revisions to the istent a Contract indica)�401 re ults, and that it is 2. DetaiV1 Vmp so of"sigmf f%LPalities of proposed product with t name a ecific 1" Significant qualities include tVibutes sQperfo ,weight, size, durability, visual effect, d spriAilhquirements indicated. Evi a that roduct provides specified warranty. (3 4. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested. 5. Samples, if requested. B. Comply with requirements of Section 0133 00 "Substitution Procedures." PART 3 -EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 60 00 - 6 SECTION 0173 00 EXECUTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Sp eification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes general ad nistrativa�iC procedural requirements governing execution of ork iTtng, b of limited to, the following: 1. Constructil'Pbyout. 2. Fiel n neeriuurveyin 3. ation of the or 4. Cutti g atc 'ng. V I 5. ess cl in tart' djustin • • Protection of st construction. 8. Trenching B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 10 00 "Summary" for limits on use of Project site. 2. Section 0133 00 "Submittal Procedures" for submitting surveys. 3. Section 07 84 00 "Penetration Firestopping" for patching penetrations in fire -rated construction. 1.3 DEFINITIONS YVONNE RICHARSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 73 00 - 1 A. Cutting: Removal of in -place construction necessary to permit installation or performance of other work. B. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore construction to original conditions after installation of other work. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For land surveyor. B. Certificates: Submit certificate signed by land surveyor certifying that location and elevation of improvements comply with regCrements. C. Landfill Receipts: Submit copy of receipts�is y a landfill facility, licensed to accept hazardous rials, for us waste disposal. D. Certified Surveys: Submit o pies siy land urveyor. E. Final Property Sury mit lees shcgw' g Work performed and record survey date 1.5 QUALITY ASSU O A. Land Su a uali at' ns: A o onal an veyor who is legally quali ra 'ce in jurisd' t' ere Pr is located and who is experi cedin r 'd%ig 1 d r eying s of the kind indicated. B. Cutting knd f ing:rrgply with ments for and limitations on 1 KuC0�a 1Gents: heNcutting and patching structural elements, not if A itect � 'ons and details of cutting and await directions ` fro chitec ceedmg. Shore, brace, and support structural eleWens,uring cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch structural ele in a manner that could change their load -carrying capacity or increase deflection 2. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. Operational elements include the following: a. Primary operational systems and equipment. b. Fire separation assemblies. YVONNE RICHARSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 73 00 - 2 C. Air or smoke barriers. d. Fire -suppression systems. e. Mechanical systems piping and ducts. f. Control systems. g. Communication systems. h. Fire -detection and -alarm systems. i. Conveying systems. • O j. Electrical wirin ms. G k. Operat' S of S 'a onstru9 • 3. Other Cons1 L n Elem o note patch other their petk city, that sifts in that re n in04 d e sV ope io al life o s . O er c e b t are not li 't e follo a. a , m 'Stu vapor ers. b�I ( Me a nd fla i r curtai -wall construction. pray C)r"Sistive material. e. Equipment supports. m that could change their capacity to Offlaintenance or ruction elements f. Piping, ductwork, vessels, and equipment. g. Noise -and vibration -control elements and systems. 4. Visual Elements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch exposed construction in a manner that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. YVONNE RICHARSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 73 00 - 3 C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Obtain and maintain on -site manufacturer's written recommendations and instructions for installation of products and equipment. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections. B. In -Place Materials: Use materials for patching identical jo in -place materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually h in -place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. '0 1. If identical materials a vailabnnot be used, use materials that, whe ins lied, wr vide a match acceptable to Architect fort L* and fu i al perfcc of in -place materials. � • O C. OPART 3 -EXECUTION � �► G 3.1 EXAMINA A. ExistingCo di io�fi The ex* a and,1 of underground and other �� g utilities ndp ruct' n i icated a g are not guaranteed. Before begmm2(c tewor ate an y the existence and location of and r r_ uQ s, �echani electrical systems, and other str4iion qC�e�he W k. '% Be onstr r y the location and invert elevation at points of connection f s tary sewer, storm sewer, and water -service piping; underg nd electrical services, and other utilities. 2. Furnish location data for work related to Project that must be performed by public utilities serving Project site. B. Examination and Acceptance of Conditions: Before proceeding with each component of the Work, examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or Applicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations. 1. Examine roughing -in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of connections before equipment and fixture YVONNE RICHARSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 73 00 - 4 3.2 installation. 2. Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where products and systems are to be installed. 3. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers. C. Written Report: Where a written report listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work is required by other Sections, include the following: 1. Description of the Work. `O 2. List of detrimental con ions, incl ubstrates. 3. List of unacce stall rance 4. Recommed orrect' D. Proceed wit i 1"allat' 1 fter u ctor ns have been PREPARATI ed Wedin it the Wo ates ac nce of surfaces and N mation to local utility and or relocate existing utility or other utility appurtenances Coordinate with authorities having a4 field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. C. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on Drawings. D. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need for clarification of the Contract Documents caused by differing field conditions outside the control of Contractor, submit a request for information to Architect according to requirements in Section YVONNE RICHARSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 73 00 - 5 013100 "Project Management and Coordination." 3.3 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT A. Verification: Before proceeding to lay out the Work, verify layout information shown on Drawings, in relation to the property survey and existing benchmarks. If discrepancies are discovered, notify Architect promptly. B. General: Engage a land surveyor to lay out the Work using accepted surveying practices. 1 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Establish benchmarks and control points t Swto Ines and levels at each story of construction and elsewhere a*n e® locate each element of Project. Establish limits 6of Proje Establish dns wit rance ted. Do not scale Drawin b ain re imen i Inf stall fks and 1 o wh' ►must comply. t ocation, le 1 mb, oe y major element as the or sus. A*ft AL in required lines and levels -losure equal to or less than the having jurisdiction. improvements, including pavements, grading, fill and topsoil placement, utility slopes, and rim and invert elevations. D. Building Lines and Levels: Locate and lay out control lines and levels for structures, building foundations, column grids, and floor levels, including those required for mechanical and electrical work. Transfer survey markings and elevations for use with control lines and levels. Level foundations and piers from two or more locations. E. Record Log: Maintain a log of layout control work. Record deviations from required lines and levels. Include beginning and ending dates and times of surveys, weather conditions, name and duty of each survey party member, and types of instruments and tapes used. Make the log available for YVONNE RICHARSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 73 00 - 6 reference by Architect. 3.4 FIELD ENGINEERING A. Reference Points: Locate existing permanent benchmarks, control points, and similar reference points before beginning the Work. Preserve and protect permanent benchmarks and control points during construction operations. 1. Do not change or relocate existing benchmarks or control points without prior written approval of Architect. Repot lost or destroyed permanent benchmarks or control points pr plly. Report the need to relocate permanent benchmarks or co NNints to Architect before proceeding. * 16 2. Replace lost or dest oye perma a tt nchmarks and control points promptly. Bas t ents t originavey control points. • B. Benchmarks: Esta d mai mini two permanent benchmarks on 'e site, r ed to ds ablisIX by survey control point ply wi orities v Juris 'c o for type and size of benchma . 1. d benchmar loc i /s�ith hor61tal and vertical data, on ro'ect Doc is J d1 e), 2. hev actu 1 to tion or �n of layout points cannot be ed, r I I orar ence points sufficient to locate the p p or • ► Rem a por4,r ence points when no longer needed. Restore mare const t%i s original condition. C. Certified Survey: On c mpletion of foundation walls, major site improvements, and other work requiring field -engineering services, prepare a certified survey showing dimensions, locations, angles, and elevations of construction and sitework. D. Final Property Survey: Engage a land surveyor to prepare a final property survey showing significant features (real property) for Project. Include on the survey a certification, signed by land surveyor, that principal metes, bounds, lines, and levels of Project are accurately positioned as shown on the survey. 1. Show boundary lines, monuments, streets, site improvements and utilities, existing improvements and significant vegetation, adjoining YVONNE RICHARSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 73 00 - 7 properties, acreage, grade contours, and the distance and bearing from a site corner to a legal point. 2. Recording: At Substantial Completion, have the final property survey recorded by or with authorities having jurisdiction as the official "property survey." 3.5 INSTALLATION A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and elevation, as indicated. E. 1. 2. 3. 4. I Make vertical work plumb and make horiz,I work level. Where space is limited ' stall comp maximize space available for maintena d ease oval for replacement. Conceal pipes, is hd wirfinished Re s unless otherwise indicated. . Maintai mum h d om cle �/of 9 i s in occupied p � ac 0 in 1o ccu s � ces.` IYL- manufac is writt& istructi%ns a recommendations for Sequence uie vv urx ol I v Minder 4ofeuquired ns that will ensure the cond' for product Co n. ns s'h no part of the Work is subjected to in excess of that expected during normal adequate clearances to accommodate movement of construction items on site and placement in permanent locations. F. Tools and Equipment: Do not use tools or equipment that produce harmful noise levels. G. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to be factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated requirements. H. Attachment: Provide blocking and attachment plates and anchors and fasteners of adequate size and number to securely anchor each component in YVONNE RICHARSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 73 00 - 8 place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work. Where size and type of attachments are not indicated, verify size and type required for load conditions. 1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at heights directed by Architect. 2. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction. 3. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorag4A, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items w' tegral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or mason' a iver such items to Project site in time for ' tallation. I. Joints: Make joints of unif m idth. oint 10 ations in exposed work are not indicated, arr is for �t visual t. Fit exposed connections together hairlints. • J. Hazardous Ma se pr tS, clea94%ld inst on materials that are not cons' azard 3.6 CUTTING AN HIN A. Cuthn and Pale a c Gen a E to s �v/"orkers to perform cutting �� � Y p g and patchin . roomed with g and ng at the earliest feasible time, and co lete� ' out e a 1. )Dtfin-plac co tructitovide for installation of other 6 po erfor an of other construction, and subsequently patch equire ore surfaces to their original condition. emporary Support Pr e temporary support of work to be cut. V C. Protection: Protect in -place construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations. D. Cutting: Cut in -place construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply with original Installer's written recommendations. 1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots neatly to minimum size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent YVONNE RICHARSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 73 00 - 9 surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. 2. Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. 3. Concrete and Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond -core drill. 4. Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Sections where required by cutting and patching-4perations. 5. Proceed with patching after constructioeo;5;ations re uirin cuttinp g requiring g are complete. E. Patching: Patch construe ' by fillin firing, r ishing, closing up, and similar opera Howi#4 a mane t er work. Patch with durable seams t e as i `si as pry e. Provide materials and comply with i t ation r �ments s d in her Sections, where applicab� 1. I peeion: W re asible, st and inspe hed areas after letion to de nstrat 'p ical in ity f installation. 2. xpo FF hes: R o expose s hes of patched areas and extend h re atio into reed adjoining construction in a er that mi imize a ce of patching and refinishing. 3 ing, c n'i"and similar features before applying n r of �enshing materials. "Zi b. esto da aged pipe covering to its original condition. 3. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of uniform finish, color, texture, and appearance. Remove in -place floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance. a. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, prepare substrate and apply primer and intermediate paint coats appropriate for substrate over the patch, and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing the patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent surfaces. YVONNE RICHARSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 73 00 - 10 1. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or rehang in -place ceilings as necessary to provide an even -plane surface of uniform appearance. 2. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a weathertight condition and ensures thermal and moisture integrity of building enclosure. F. Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials from adjacent finished surfaces. 3.7 PROGRESS CLEANING I A. General: Clean Project site and work areas dail litding common areas. Enforce requirements s rictly. Dispo 01 erials lawfully. 1. Comply with requir me sin NIT for removal of combustible waste material ris. 2. Do not hold materi a tha rs27 deg C. a. one ru contain b ide ea ling water station t recei i ded cu - V 3. in ' e hazardops anita ste materials separately p Y rom he. c tainersriately and dispose of legal c din o r ations� DI ( Use nt s i to r holding waste materials of type to b C 'na progr c ning for joint -use areas where Contractor ` and of r co c s are working concurrently. B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris. Keep all campus streets, adjacent to the project, free of dirt, gravel, concrete, and other materials transported to and from the project. C. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for proper execution of the Work. 1. Remove liquid spills promptly. 2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom -clean or vacuum the entire work area, as appropriate. D. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces YVONNE RICHARSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 73 00 - 11 according to written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces. E. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space. F. Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surf ces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and dete 'orNtion at time of Substantial Completion. G. Waste Disposal: Do not bury rn waste aIs on -site. Do not wash waste materials down se3�rsor into ways. Comply with waste disposal requirements ip AJtion 0150 0 pora ;f acilities and Controls." H. During handling stallat' , an and t co truction in progress and adjoining als alr place. protcc overing where required to pro t n rom da or de 'o n at Substantial Complet' I. Clean p oviffliUnamten c plet o truction as frequently as necessa y th g e rem a e f the o ction period. Adjust and lubricate op r con ent o ensurability without damaging effects. J. Lim i xpo pervise uction operations to assure that no t o e c 'on com eted or in progress, is subject to harmful � � p g � J erou in ing, or ise deleterious exposure during the nstruction riod. 3.8 STARTING AND ADJUSTI A. Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest. B. Adjust equipment for proper operation. Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding. C. Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. D. Manufacturer's Field Service: Comply with qualification requirements in Section 0140 00 "Quality Requirements." YVONNE RICHARSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 73 00 - 12 3.9 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity. 3.10 TRENCHING A. For any/ all areas requiring Trenching and/or Excavations,4efer to OSHA Standards in Division 0173 00.01 END OF SECTION O G O •� O � 0 G - G D�C� G Cj YVONNE RICHARSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 73 00 - 13 DOCUMENT 0173 00.01 OSHA TRENCHING & EXCAVATION SAFETY YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 00 31 32 - 1 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1926.650 25059), or 9-83 (48 FR 35736), as applicable, and 29 CFR part 1911. SOURCE: 54 FR 45959, Oct. 31, 1989, unless otherwise noted. § 1926.650 Scope, application, and defi- nitions applicable to this subpart. (a) Scope and application. This sub- part applies to all open excavations made in the earth's surface. Exca- vations are defined to include trenches. (b) Definitions applicvble to this sub- part. Accepted engipractices means those require which are compat- ible with ♦ s of practice required a regis professional engineer. Alumi m ydraulic Shoring means a ♦ pre- priN ( V �ec �! O an Bi Ci s Xf Bi met V*.\.6 -,ft * *Z G G "IV U� Subpart P—Excavations AUTHORITY: Sec. 107, Contract Worker Hours and Safety Standards Act (Construc- tion Safety Act) (40 U.S.C. 333); Secs. 4, 6, 8, Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (29 U.S.C. 653, 655, 657); Secretary of Labor's Order No. 12-71 (36 FR 8754), 8-76 (41 FR g ea sryiM ng system com- lumin NfflNdraulic cylinders Xaces� conjunction with e A raU ights) or horizontal wale ch sAy�ttem is designed, c ;�� supVor�e sidewalls of n a ll� t cave-ins. V. p ``means a type of Fo g e ation, the bottom ch is e larger than the cross abb., form a belled shape. enching system) means a d rotecting employees from y excavating the sides of an loon to form one or a series of ntal levels or steps, usually with ter[ical or near -vertical surfaces be- t�een levels. Cave-in means the separation of a mass of soil or rock material from the side of an excavation, or the loss of soil from under a trench shield or support system, and its sudden movement into the excavation, either by falling or sliding, in sufficient quantity so that it could entrap, bury, or otherwise injure and immobilize a person. Competent person means one who is capable of identifying existing and pre- dictable hazards in the surroundings, or working conditions which are unsan- itary, hazardous, or dangerous to em- ployees, and who has authorization to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate them. Cross braces mean the horizontal members of a shoring system installed perpendicular to the sides of the exca- vation, the ends of which bear against either uprights or wales. OSHA Subpart P 369 § 1926.650 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7-1-04 Edition) Excavation means any man-made cut, accordance with § 1926.652 (c) (3) or cavity, trench, or depression in an (c)(4). Shields used in trenches are usu- earth surface, formed by earth re- ally referred to as `French boxes " or moval. ` -ench shields. Faces or sides means the vertical or Shoring (Shoring system) means a inclined earth surfaces formed as a re- structure such as a metal hydraulic, sult of excavation work. mechanical or timber shoring system Failure means the breakage, displace- that supports the sides of an exca- ment, or permanent deformation of a vation and which is designed to prevent structural member or connection so as cave-ins. to reduce its structural integrity and Sides. See "Faces. its supportive capabilities. Sloping (Sloping sy tem) means a Hazardous atmosphere means an at- method of protec 'ngfemployees from mosphere which by reason of being ex- cave-ins by exca g to form sides of plosive, flammable, poisonous, corro- an excavatioi are inclined away sive, oxidizing, irritating, oxygen defi- from the � on so as to prevent dent, toxic, or otherwise harmful, ma a -ins. �ngle of incline required cause death, illness, or injury. to prev t cave-in varies with dif- Kickout means the accidental rel se ference such ctors as the soil or failure of a cross brace. • Protective system means a m f t p ronme 1 onditions of ex - protecting employees from ins, P and* alp tion of surcharge from material that could .�a r roll able ro �ans ural solid min - from an excavation face to an e ral m that be excavated cavation, or from they se of a '��,ith c si ill remain in - cent structures. Prot t e sys tact e ex NJ ble rock is clude support sy ysteslop nd c s ed be le when the rock benching syst 1 syste nd other systems ro e the ne ial on si e or sides of the ex - on protectio a 'on e red against caving -in Ramp means an in iOalking move y rock bolts or by an- isGac-other tL rttive system that has been working surface that s tocess to one point o#t otheisdes' y a registered professional constructed fr h orc- e r. tura I mat eria as stee or ood. uctural ramp means a ramp built of Registere Pro onal i mean or wood, usually used for vehicle a person is egis r a prof s a cess. Ramps made of soil or rock are sional e e in st e whew not considered structural ramps. wor i e perfor d. HSupport system means a structure prof o al engineer, registeQT�ny such as underpinning, bracing, or shor- state i eemed to be a fegistro- ing, which provides support to an adja- Pessional engineer within the meaning cent structure, underground installa- of this standard when approving de- tion, or the sides of an excavation. signs for Manufactured protective sys- Tabulated data means tables and tems or `Cbulated data to be used in charts approved by a registered profes- interstate commerce. sional engineer and used to design and Sheeting means the members of a construct a protective system. shoring system that retain the earth in Trench (Trench excavation) means a position and in turn are supported by narrow excavation (in relation to its other members of the shoring system. length) made below the surface of the Shield (Shield system) means a struc- ground. In general, the depth is greater ture that is able to withstand the than the width, but the width of a forces imposed on it by a cave-in and trench (measured at the bottom) is not thereby protect employees within the greater than 15 feet (4.6 m). If forms or structure. Shields can be permanent other structures are installed or con - structures or can be designed to be structed in an excavation so as to re- portable and moved along as work pro- duce the dimension measured from the gresses. Additionally, shields can be ei- forms or structure to the side of the ex- ther premanufactured or job -built in cavation to 15 feet (4.6 m) or less 370 OSHA Subpart P Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1926.651 (measured at the bottom of the exca- (4) While the excavation is open, un- vation), the excavation is also consid- derground installations shall be pro- ered to be a trench. tected, supported or removed as nec- Trench box. See "Shield. essary to safeguard employees. Trench shield. See "Shield. (c) A-Odoss and egress Structural Uprights means the vertical members ramps. (i) Structural ramps that are of a trench shoring system placed in used solely by employees as a means of contact with the earth and usually po- access or egress from excavations shall sitioned so that individual members do be designed by a competent person. not contact each other. Uprights Structural ramps used for access or placed so that individual members are egress of equipment shall be designed closely spaced, in contact with or by a competent person qualified in interconnected to each other, are often structural design, arrA shall be con - called !'heeting. structed in accor ce with the design. Wales means horizontal members of a (ii) Ramps u ways constructed shoring system placed parallel to the of two or ♦ re tructural members excavation face whose sides bea all have uctural members con - against the vertical members of the n cted tie r to prevent displace - shoring system or earth. ment. • (ii' uctura mbers used for § 1926.651 Specific excavation e- r s d run 'kQWall be of uniform ments. ess. • (a) Surface encumbrances. rface v Cle 5;`pr o her appropriate encumbrances that are 1 so as ans u conne runway struc- create a hazard toe 1 s shal tural rs sha? tacked to the removed or supporte a neces y tc bott the or shall be at - safeguard employe . �� to �i a ma prevent tripping. (b) Undergro d 1 tions.�Kl/l he ) truct al ps used in lieu of estimated loca u 'ty install shall e rovided with cleats or tions, such as wer, t 1 ode, f her su reatments on the top electric, water lines, a other u urfac66t vent slipping. derground installation at son- (2) !sofegress from trench exca- ably may be exl1�ct�l1 o be nco n- vat' stairway, ladder, ramp or tered during a at�on wo ast be afe means of egress shall be lo- determined p o ��//o �openir a exca- in trench excavations that are 4 vation. ��1.22 m or more in depth so as to ( ) P (2) Utili om ani hers s 1 require no more than 25 feet (7.62 m) of be contA d ithi e a 'shed or u lateral travel for employees. tom response ' es, (d) Exposure to vehicular traffic. Em- the p ed work, and aske to t b- ployees exposed to public vehicular 1::lish th ocation of the utili der- traffic shall be provided with, and shall ground installations prior to the start wear, warning vests or other suitable of actual excavation. When utility garments marked with or made of companies or owners cannot respond to reflectorized or high -visibility mate - a request to locate underground utility rial. installations within 24 hours (unless a (e) Exposure to falling loads. No em- longer period is required by state or ployee shall be permitted underneath local law), or cannot establish the loads handled by lifting or digging exact location of these installations, equipment. Employees shall be re - the employer may proceed, provided quired to stand away from any vehicle the employer does so with caution, and being loaded or unloaded to avoid being provided detection equipment or other struck by any spillage or falling mate - acceptable means to locate utility in- rials. Operators may remain in the stallations are used. cabs of vehicles being loaded or un- (3) When excavation operations ap- loaded when the vehicles are equipped, proach the estimated location of under- in accordance with § 1926.601(b) (6) , to ground installations, the exact loca- provide adequate protection for the op- tion of the installations shall be deter- erator during loading and unloading mined by safe and acceptable means. operations. 371 OSHA Subpart P § 1926.651 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7-1-04 Edition) (f) Warning system for mobile equip- mospheric conditions exist or may rea- ment. When mobile equipment is oper- sonably be expected to develop during ated adjacent to an excavation, or work in an excavation. This equipment when such equipment is required to ap- shall be attended when in use. proach the edge of an excavation, and (ii) Employees entering bell-bottom the operator does not have a clear and pier holes, or other similar deep and direct view of the edge of the exca- confined footing excavations, shall vation, a warning system shall be uti- wear a harness with a life -line securely lized such as barricades, hand or me- attached to it. The lifeline shall be sep- chanical signals, or stop logs. If pos- arate from any line used to handle ma- sible, the grade should be away from terials, and shall be individually at - the excavation. tended at all times while the employee (g) Hazardous atmospheres—(1) Testing wearing the lifeline Its in the exca- and controls. In addition to the require- vation. ments set forth in subparts D and E of (h) Protectio hazards associated this part (29 CFR 1926.50-1926.107) to with water tic tion. (1) Employees prevent exposure to harmful levels o all not excavations in which atmospheric contaminants and to as- tITere is laced water, or in exca- sure acceptable atmospheric co i- vation which water is accumu- tions, the following requireme lati less e ate precautions apply: b n tak protect employees (i) Where oxygen d is ncy the r posed by water ac- (atmospheres containing 1 n 19.5 ulatio prec utions necessary percent oxygen) or a ha s atmo prote loyees equately vary phere exists or could r bly be with e uatio u ould include pected to exist, such s exc to spec' por d systems to in landfill areas or tions n a as pr From c - s, water removal where hazardo s a ces arced c trol e l 1 of accumulating nearby, the at res 'n the exc or u a safety harness and vation shall be sted besnlploy s 1 eline. J" enter excavations gr r4Aan 4 fe (2) If Ze�o is controlled or prevented (1.22 m) in depth. from cc ulating by the use of water (ii) Adequate ec;, ons s all be re quipment, the water removal taken to preve 1oyee o to ent and operations shall be atmospheres o ��Mjjjning le th n 19.5 �tored by a competent person to percent o gen d o ardou sure proper operation. atmospher ese ions n (3) If excavation work interrupts the clude i pro e re natural drainage of surface water (such tect' ventilatio in a as streams), diversion ditches, dikes, or with its D and E of thi pa e- other suitable means shall be used to specti y. prevent surface water from entering (iii) Adequate precaution shall be the excavation and to provide adequate taken such as providing ventilation, to drainage of the area adjacent to the ex - prevent employee exposure to an at- cavation. Excavations subject to runoff mosphere containing a concentration from heavy rains will require an in - of a flammable gas in excess of 20 per- spection by a competent person and cent of the lower flammable limit of compliance with paragraphs (h) (1) and the gas. (h) (2) of this section. (iv) When controls are used that are (i) Stability of adjacent structures. (1) intended to reduce the level of atmos- Where the stability of adjoining build- pheric contaminants to acceptable lev- ings, walls, or other structures is en- els, testing shall be conducted as often dangered by excavation operations, as necessary to ensure that the atmos- support systems such as shoring, brac- phere remains safe. ing, or underpinning shall be provided (2) Emergency rescue equipment. (i) to ensure the stability of such struc- Emergency rescue equipment, such as tures for the protection of employees. breathing apparatus, a safety harness (2) Excavation below the level of the and line, or a basket stretcher, shall be base or footing of any foundation or re - readily available where hazardous at- taining wall that could be reasonably 372 OSHA Subpart P Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor expected to pose a hazard to employees shall not be permitted except when: (i) A support system, such as under- pinning, is provided to ensure the safe- ty of employees and the stability of the structure; or (ii) The excavation is in stable rock; or (iii) A registered professional engi- neer has approved the determination that the structure is sufficently re- moved from the excavation so as to be unaffected by the excavation activity; or (iv) A registered professional engi- neer has approved the determination that such excavation work will nol pose a hazard to employees. (3) Sidewalks, pavements, and apFJjr- tenant structure shall not b mined unless a support syste other method of protection is r ided to protect employees from ssible collapse of such structur 0) Protection of emp from 1 rock or soil. (1) Ad u e pr o shall be provided ect e to es from loose roc r t at co ose a hazard by fa rqWng from a excavation face. Such tiAgn s 1 consist of scaling to o loose m terial; installation o p ctiv rri- cades at interval ski essar on e face to stop a ain f te- rial; or other e that r vid equiv- alent prot tion 2 Em 1 e, all ted fr () P excavatta r ther ante is or mc1Ci men �ould pos�zazar ing o o ing into excavation . P c- tion s 1 be provided by pla and keeping such materials or equipment at least 2 feet (.61 m) from the edge of excavations, or by the use of retaining devices that are sufficient to prevent materials or equipment from falling or rolling into excavations, or by a com- bination of both if necessary. (k) Inspections. (1) Daily inspections of excavations, the adjacent areas, and protective systems shall be made by a competent person for evidence of a sit- uation that could result in possible cave-ins, indications of failure of pro- tective systems, hazardous atmospheres, or other hazardous condi- tions. An inspection shall be conducted by the competent person prior to the start of work and as needed throughout § 1926.652 the shift. Inspections shall also be made after every rainstorm or other hazard increasing occurrence. These in- spections are only required when em- ployee exposure can be reasonably an- ticipated. (2) Where the competent person finds evidence of a situation that could re- sult in a possible cave-in, indications of failure of protective systems, haz- ardous atmospheres, or other haz- ardous conditions, exposed employees shall be removed froiei the hazardous area until the ssary precautions have been takgQVv4%,eTisure their safety. amployees � uipment are required or perm' cross over excavations. GuardrfqN.of whic comply with §192 2 ) shall b provided where s are (1.8 m) or more �b lower 1\ a FR 45959 31, 19 as amended by 59 VR 40730 11994]. § 192 _ Req r is for protective ms. o employees in exca- � qProtec S. (1 employee in an exca- on s e protected from cave-ins ate protective system de - accordance with paragraph ) of this section except when: xcavations are made entirely in kkt il61e rock; or (ii) Excavations are less than 5 feet (1.52m) in depth and examination of the ground by a competent person provides no indication of a potential cave-in. (2) Protective systems shall have the capacity to resist without failure all loads that are intended or could rea- sonably be expected to be applied or transmitted to the system. (b) Design of sloping and benching sys- tems. The slopes and configurations of sloping and benching systems shall be selected and constructed by the em- ployer or his designee and shall be in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (b)(1); or, in the alternative, paragraph (b)(2); or, in the alternative, paragraph (b)(3), or, in the alternative, paragraph (b) (4) , as follows: (1) Option (1)—Allowable configurations and slopes. (i) Excavations shall be sloped at an angle not steeper than one and one-half horizontal to one vertical OSHA Subpart P 373 § 1926.652 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7-1-04 Edition) (34 degrees measured from the hori- (B) The configurations that were de- zontal), unless the employer uses one termined to be safe for the particular of the other options listed below. project; and (ii) Slopes specified in paragraph (C) The identity of the registered pro- (b) (1) (i) of this section, shall be exca- fessional engineer approving the de- vated to form configurations that are sign. in accordance with the slopes shown (iii) At least one copy of the design for Type C soil in Appendix B to this shall be maintained at the jobsite subpart. while the slope is being constructed. (2) Option (2)—Determination of slopes After that time the design need not be and configurations using Appendices A at the jobsite, but a copy shall be made and B. Maximum allowable slopes, and available to the Secretary upon re - allowable configurations for sloping quest. and benching systems, shall be deter- (c) Design of ort systems, shield mined in accordance with the condi- systems, and of r ective systems. De- tions and requirements set forth in ap pendices A and B to this subpart. (3) Option (3)—Designs using other b- ulated data. (i) Designs of slopi r benching systems shall be from and be in accordance t ab- ulated data, such as tables arts. (ii) The tabulated dat a be i written form and shall ude al the following: (A) Identificatio e pa me e s that affect the 1 n f a sl or benching syste fr such dat (B) Identificat n oft its of e of the data, to inclu eh agnitu and configuration of s o det ine to be safe; (C) Explana orma n ay be necessary i the n aking a correct lecti of r to ive sy tem fro r�riYRVata. (iii) t o py of th b- ulat which ide ifies e - istere ofessional enginee wh ap- proved he data, shall be maint ed at the jobsite during construction of the protective system. After that time the data may be stored off the jobsite, but a copy of the data shall be made avail- able to the Secretary upon request. (4) Option (4)—Design by a registered professional engineer. (i) Sloping and benching systems not utilizing Option (1) or Option (2) or Option (3) under paragraph (b) of this section shall be approved by a registered professional engineer. (ii) Designs shall be in written form and shall include at least the following: (A) The magnitude of the slopes that were determined to be safe for the par- ticular project; signs of s r ystems shield sys- ems, an protective systems s all be ed and constructed by the e or his designee and shall be i dance the requirements r raph or, in the alter- para h (c) (2); or, in the al- ative, rraph (c) (3) ; or, in the ernatagrap ) (4) as follows: (1) i (1)—m n using appen- dices and gns for timber sh ' n tren all be determined c ordan wi the conditions and emen t forth in appendices A d to bpart. Designs for alu- inum ulic shoring shall be in accor with paragraph (c) (2) of this sec ut if manufacturer's tab - data cannot be utilized, designs be in accordance with appendix D. Option (2)—Designs Using Manufac- turer's Tabulated Data. (i) Design of sup- port systems, shield systems, or other protective systems that are drawn from manufacturer's tabulated data shall be in accordance with all speci- fications, recommendations, and limi- tations issued or made by the manufac- turer. (ii) Deviation from the specifications, recommendations, and limitations issued or made by the manufacturer shall only be allowed after the manu- facturer issues specific written ap- proval. (iii) Manufacturer's specifications, recommendations, and limitations, and manufacturer's approval to deviate from the specifications, recommenda- tions, and limitations shall be in writ- ten form at the jobsite during con- struction of the protective system. After that time this data may be stored off the jobsite, but a copy shall OSHA Subpart P 374 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1926.652 be made available to the Secretary ner that is consistent with the rec- upon request. ommendations of the manufacturer, (3) Option (3)—Designs using other tab- and in a manner that will prevent em- ulated data. (i) Designs of support sys- ployee exposure to hazards. tems, shield systems, or other protec- (3) When material or equipment that tive systems shall be selected from and is used for protective systems is Jam- be in accordance with tabulated data, aged, a competent person shall exam - such as tables and charts. ine the material or equipment and (ii) The tabulated data shall be in evaluate its suitability for continued written form and include all of the fol- use. If the competent person cannot as - lowing: sure the material or equipment is able (A) Identification of the parameters to support the intended loads or is oth- that affect the selection of a protective erwise suitable for sao use, then such system drawn from such data; material or eq ent shall be re- (B) Identification of the limits of use moved from se nd shall be evalu- of the data; ated and at v y a registered pro- (C) Explanatory information as ma ssional er before being re - be necessary to aid the user in making t rned t Noce. a correct selection of a protective s- (e) I tion and removal of sup- tem from the data. • po(d� eneral. 1 embers of sup- (iii) At least one copy of b- s terns h reg- toge t securely con- ulated data, which identifies prevent sliding, fall- istered professional engin r o ap- �icko othe predictable fail - proved the data, shall be tained the jobsite during co tion of (ii) 5�rt s s shall be in - protective system. A e at t' h stall re a manner that data may be store e job ite, ut pr emp e from cave-ins, a copy of the a 1 e mail- c ural lla s, or from being able to the Sec po equest. by ers of the support sys- (4) Option (4) eiign gist d t m. ���J""" professional engineer. i port s (ii i) ual members of support tems, shield systems, a ther tec- syste s all not be subjected to loads tive systems not ilj$ Opti 1, p- ex those which those members tion 2 or Option Wove. skd'll o- vmrm siLyned to withstand. proved gineer. (ii) E and shy and N be usec (B) The identity of the registered professional engineer approving the de- sign. (iii) At least one copy of the design shall be maintained at the jobsite dur- ing construction of the protective sys- tem. After that time, the design may be stored off the jobsite, but a copy of the design shall be made available to the Secretary upon request. (d) Materials and equipment. (1) Mate- rials and equipment used for protective systems shall be free from damage or defects that might impair their proper function. (2) Manufactured materials and equipment used for protective systems shall be used and maintained in a man- %V) Before temporary removal of in- Vvidual members begins, additional precautions shall be taken to ensure the safety of employees, such as in- stalling other structural members to carry the loads imposed on the support system. (v) Removal shall begin at, and progress from, the bottom of the exca- vation. Members shall be released slow- ly so as to note any indication of pos- sible failure of the remaining members of the structure or possible cave-in of the sides of the excavation. (vi) Backfilling shall progress to- gether with the removal of support sys- tems from excavations. (2) Additional requirements for support systems for trench excavations. (i) Exca- vation of material to a level no greater than 2 feet (.61 m) below the bottom of the members of a support system shall be permitted, but only if the system is designed to resist the forces calculated for the full depth of the trench, and OSHA Subpart P 375 Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. A 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7-1-04 Edition) there are no indications while the to subpart P of part 1926, and when alu- trench is open of a possible loss of soil minum hydraulic shoring is designed in ac- from behind or below the bottom of the cordance with appendix D. This Appendix support system. also applies if other protective systems are (ii) Installation of a support system designed and selected for use from data pre- pared in accordance with the requirements shall be closely coordinated with the set forth in § 1926.652(c), and the use of the excavation of trenches. data is predicated on the use of the soil clas- (f) Sloping and benching systems. Em- sification system set forth in this appendix. ployees shall not be permitted to work (b) Definitions. The definitions and exam - on the faces of sloped or benched exca- ples given below are based on, in whole or in vations at levels above other employ- part, the following: American Society for ees except when employees at the lower Testing Materials (ASTM) Standards D653-85 levels are adequately protected from and D2488; The Unified �pils Classification System, The U.S. De art ent of Agriculture the hazard of falling, rolling, or sliding (USDA) Textural ClAwfication Scheme; and material or equipment. The National B f Standards Report (g) �Oield systems— General. (i) BSS-121. Shield systems shall not be subjecte Cemented s a soil in which the par - to loads exceeding those which the sys-A Vrftles are t ether by a chemical agent, tem was designed to withstand. such as c ci carbonate, such that a hand- (u Shields shall be installed size sa nnot b ushed into powder or ) indi a oil parti e�s yfinger pressure. manner to restrict lateral or o z- si soil m (fine grained soil), ardous movement of the shiehe with ai lay content, which has event of the application of lat- save strX—Cohesive soil does not eral loads. �ble, c excav ed with vertical (iii) Employees shall rotec s pla#tlfwVn moist. Cohe- hh r from the hazard of ca sive s rd t when d, and prot to he er exhib � �'gnifi �esion when cub- ing or exiting the shields. in ohesive it include clayey silt, lay, si cla clay and organic clay. (iv) Employ not be a owed soil me n oil that does not exhibit in shields whe shie ds a ing - si le sig isture content. stalled, removed, or v t call Fissure s a soil material that has a (2) Additional requ e e for ie tend enc reak along definite planes of systems used in tre ch /� atio . E a- frac w h little resistance, or a material vations of earth is to el of tha 1 its open cracks, such as tension greater than .61 mi belt w the ` in an exposed surface. bottom of as s�� i shal��� itted, ` nular soil means gravel, sand, or silt, but only idfrc s eld�[ded to r arse grained soil) with little or no clay sist the, f itX for th indio�swwhile the tMnch ' op 1k of a pos loss of soil from hi or below t e bottom of the shield. APPENDIX A TO SUBPART P OF PART 1926—SOIL CLASSIFICATION (a) Scope and application—(1) Scope. This appendix describes a method of classifying soil and rock deposits based on site and envi- ronmental conditions, and on the structure and composition of the earth deposits. The appendix contains definitions, sets forth re- quirements, and describes acceptable visual and manual tests for use in classifying soils. (2) Application. This appendix applies when a sloping or benching system is designed in accordance with the requirements set forth in § 1926.652 (b) (2) as a method of protection for employees from cave-ins. This appendix also applies when timber shoring for exca- vations is designed as a method of protection from cave-ins in accordance with appendix C content. Granular soil has no cohesive strength. Some moist granular soils exhibit apparent cohesion. Granular soil cannot be molded when moist and crumbles easily when dry. Layered system means two or more dis- tinctly different soil or rock types arranged in layers. Micaceous seams or weakened planes in rock or shale are considered lay- ered. Moist soil means a condition in which a soil looks and feels damp. Moist cohesive soil can easily be shaped into a ball and rolled into small diameter threads before crumbling. Moist granular soil that contains some cohe- sive material will exhibit signs of cohesion between particles. Plastic means a property of a soil which al- lows the soil to be deformed or molded with- out cracking, or appreciable volume change. Saturated soil means a soil in which the voids are filled with water. Saturation does not require flow. Saturation, or near satura- tion, is necessary for the proper use of in- struments such as a pocket penetrometer or sheer vane. OSHA Subpart P 376 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. A Soil classification system means, for the pur- pose of this subpart, a method of catego- rizing soil and rock deposits in a hierarchy of Stable Rock, Type A, Type B, and Type C, in decreasing order of stability. The cat- egories are determined based on an analysis of the properties and performance character- istics of the deposits and the environmental conditions of exposure. Stable rock means natural solid mineral matter that can be excavated with vertical sides and remain intact while exposed. Submerged soil means soil which is under- water or is free seeping. Type A means cohesive soils with an unconfined compressive strength of 1.5 ton per square foot (tsf) (144 kPa) or greater. Ex- amples of cohesive soils are: clay, silty clay, sandy clay, clay loam and, in some cases silty clay loam and sandy clay loam. Ce- mented soils such as caliche and hardpan re also considered Type A. However, nr4 As Type A if: ` (i) The soil is fissured; or (ii) The soil is subject to vi from heavy traffic, pile driving, ors i effects - (III) The soil has been or (iv) The soil is pa system where th la vation on a slop vertical (4H:1V) o real (v) The material su that would require it to stable material. Type B means: (i) Cohesive so' pressive streng a kPa) but less than . s (ii) Granu co sio angular 4gr a (simile silt, �t V , sand4" case s Zay loam and%andy ay N (iii) e ously disturbed soils e kepthose which w ld otherwise be classed pe C soil. (iv) Soil that meets the unconfined com- pressive strength or cementation require- ments for Type A, but is fissured or subject to vibration; or (v) Dry rock that is not stable; or (vi) Material that is part of a sloped, lay- ered system where the layers dip into the ex- cavation on a slope less steep than four hori- zontal to one vertical (4H:IV), but only if the material would otherwise be classified as Type B. Type C means: (i) Cohesive soil with an unconfined com- pressive strength of 0.5 tsf (48 kPa) or less; or (ii) Granular soils including gravel, sand, and loamy sand; or (iii) Submerged soil or soil from which water is freely seeping; or (iv) Submerged rock that is not stable, or (v) Material in a sloped, layered system where the layers dip into the excavation or a slope of four horizontal to one vertical (4H:1V) or steeper. Unconfined compressive strength means the load per unit area at which a soil will fail in compression. It can be determined by labora- tory testing, or estimated in the field using a pocket penetrometer, by thumb penetra- tion tests, and other methods. Wet soil means soil that contains signifi- cantly more moisture than moist soil, but in such a range of values that cohesive material will slump or begin to fi w when vibrated. Granular material that ?Could exhibit cohe- sive properties whe ist will lose those co- hesive properties et. (c) Rc{��irel e is% Classification of soil ch soil and rock deposit by a competent person as A, Type B, or Type C in ie ,definitions set forth in on. The classification made based on the re- sual and at least one Pees shall con r using tests de - ow, or in other _,N classification and popted by the Amer - Materials, or the U.S. lture textural classi- p'(3) Vis manual analyses. The visual and m n alyses, such as those noted as bein able in paragraph (d) of this ap- pen all be designed and conducted to sufficient quantitative and quali- t 1 information as may be necessary to �entify properly the properties, factors, and conditions affecting the classification of the deposits. (4) Layered systems. In a layered system, the system shall be classified in accordance with its weakest layer. However, each layer may be classified individually where a more stable layer lies under a less stable layer. (5) Reclassification. If, after classifying a de- posit, the properties, factors, or conditions affecting its classification change in any way, the changes shall be evaluated by a competent person. The deposit shall be re- classified as necessary to reflect the changed circumstances. (d) #4 ceptable visual and manual tests. — Visual tests. Visual analysis is conducted to determine qualitative information regarding the excavation site in general, the soil adja- cent to the excavation, the soil forming the sides of the open excavation, and the soil taken as samples from excavated material. (i) Observe samples of soil that are exca- vated and soil in the sides of the excavation. Estimate the range of particle sizes and the relative amounts of the particle sizes. Soil that is primarily composed of fine-grained OSHA Subpart P 377 Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. B material is cohesive material. Soil composed primarily of coarse -grained sand or gravel is granular material. (ii) Observe soil as it is excavated. Soil that remains in clumps when excavated is cohesive. Soil that breaks up easily and does not stay in clumps is granular. (iii) Observe the side of the opened exca- vation and the surface area adjacent to the excavation. Crack -like openings such as ten- sion cracks could indicate fissured material. If chunks of soil spall off a vertical side, the soil could be fissured. Small spalls are evi- dence of moving ground and are indications of potentially hazardous situations. (iv) Observe the area adjacent to the exca- vation and the excavation itself for evidence of existing utility and other underground structures, and to identify previously disl turbed soil. (v) Observe the opened side of the exca- vation to identify layered systems. Exa 'ne layered systems to identify if t e* a slope toward the excavation. Estf e degree of slope of the layers. (vi) Observe the area adjacen exca- vation and the sides of th end exca vation for evidence of surf ter, wa e4 seeping from the sides o cavatio the location of the leve f he wa t (vii) Observe the ar ent to he ca- vation and the a in the e ion for sources of vi hat ay affect th stability of the ex vation f c (2) Manual tests. Man ana sis of samples is conducted a in uan titative as well as ualit,� pro rtie of soil and to provid re info io in order to fy '1 classify erly. (i) Plasticity. of moist or t s ple of soil into a ]all a tte it into threads as tlX as s-inclk ter. Cohe1 sive mattri(1 c be suc ss Iv rollp_&ice at le1V 7b inch (50 mmTlengt of '/ N- ch threa be held on one end wi ou ear- ing, the oil is cohesive. (ii) Dry strength. If the soil is dry and crumbles on its own or with moderate pres- sure into individual grains or fine powder, it is granular (any combination of gravel, sand, or silt). If the soil is dry and falls into clumps which break up into smaller clumps, but the smaller clumps can only be broken up with difficulty, it may be clay in any combination with gravel, sand or silt. If the dry soil breaks into clumps which do not break up into small clumps and which can only be broken with difficulty, and there is no visual indication the soil is fissured, the soil may be considered unfissured. (iii) Thumb penetration. The thumb penetra- tion test can be used to estimate the unconfined compressive strength of cohesive soils. (This test is based on the thumb pene- tration test described in American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Standard 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7-1-04 Edition) fkaiXhmioReD3Mf trended Practice for Description of Soils (Visual— M3'Mml EPxsaidslu #h an unconfined compressive strength of 1.5 tsf can be readily indented by the thumb; how- ever, they can be penetrated by the thumb only with very great effort. Type C soils with an unconfined compressive strength of 0.5 tsf can be easily penetrated several inches by the thumb, and can be molded by light finger pressure. This test should be conducted on an undisturbed soil sample, such as a large clump of spoil, as soon as practicable after excavation to keep to a myminum the effects of exposure to dryin influences. If the exca- vation is later exp to wetting influences (rain, flooding), la sification of the soil must be change ac dingly. (iv) Othvwth tests. Estimates of Nconfine essive strength of soils can also be o ta' d by use of a pocket pene- trometel\ by u,4kg a hand -operated r'pfng test Nbasic purpose of the e ,t is if rentiate between cohe- materia assures, unfissured cohe- materi nd gran ar material. The Procedur e drying e involves drying a sam oil t roximately one inch 2.54 c x inches (15.24 cm) in er until i oroughly dry: f the cle develops cracks as it ignific nt Mures are indicated. (B) amWr( dry without cracking are Ito be brhand. If considerable force is necess r aka sample, the soil has sig- nffi esive material content. The soil can assified as a unfissured cohesive ma - and the unconfined compressive �gth should be determined. (C) If a sample breaks easily by hand, it is either a fissured cohesive material or a granular material. To distinguish between the two, pulverize the dried clumps of the sample by hand or by stepping on them. If the clumps do not pulverize easily, the mate- rial is cohesive with fissures. If they pul- verize easily into very small fragments, the material is granular. APPENDIX B TO SUBPART P OF PART 1926—SLOPING AND BENCHING (a) Scope and application. This appendix contains specifications for sloping and benching when used as methods of protecting employees working in excavations from cave-ins. The requirements of this appendix apply when the design of sloping and bench- ing protective systems is to be performed in accordance with the requirements set forth in § 1926.652 (b) (2). (b) Definitions. Actual slope means the slope to which an excavation face is excavated. Distress means that the soil is in a condi- tion where a cave-in is imminent or is likely OSHA Subpart P 378 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. B to occur. Distress is evidenced by such phe- (2) Maximum allowable slope. The maximum nomena as the development of fissures in the allowable slope for a soil or rock deposit face of or adjacent to an open excavation; shall be determined from Table B-1 of this the subsidence of the edge of an excavation; appendix. the slumping of material from the face or (3) Actual slope. (i) The actual slope shall the bulging or heaving of material from the not be steeper than the maximum allowable bottom of an excavation; the spalling of ma- slope. terial from the face of an excavation; and (ii) The actual slope shall be less steep ravelling, i.e., small amounts of material than the maximum allowable slope, when such as pebbles or little clumps of material there are signs of distress. If that situation suddenly separating from the face of an exca- occurs, the slope shall be cut back to an ac- vation and trickling or rolling down into the tual slope which is at least 1h horizontal to excavation. one vertical (1hH:1V) less steep than the Maximum allowable slope means the steep- maximum allowable slope'' est incline of an excavation face that is ac- (iii) When surcha�,,e .Tds from stored ma- ceptable for the most favorable site condi- terial or equipmenrating equipment, or tions as protection against cave-ins, and is traffic are presempetent person shall expressed as the ratio of horizontal distance determine the eg a to which the actual to vertical rise (H:V). lope must ced below the maximum Short term exposure means a period of time a owable nd shall assure that such less than or equal to 24 hours that an e ca- reductio s ieved. Surcharge loads from vation is open. adjac t ctures 1 be evaluated in ac- (c) jf0quirements— Soil class'D 1 co'� th § 1926. and rock deposits shall be classif' c- onfigurti s. nfigurations of slop- cordance with appendix A to v; r P of benchi ems shall be in accord - part 1926. (`` 6 with Fi-1. �' .e) E B-1 MAMA ALLOt�j�SLOPE� SOIL OR ROCKPE t/ C) r STABL C 1 TY� 2 Ci NOTES: P1 if LjqrALLOWABLE SLOPES(H:V)"' CAVATIONS LESS THAN 20 FEET VERTICAL (90q 3/4 : 1 (531 1:1 (45� 1�2:1 (340) 1. Numbers shown in parentheses next to maximum allowable slopes are angles expressed in degrees from the horizontal. Angles have been rounded off. A short-term maximum allowable slope of 1/2H:1V (63°) is allowed in excavations in Type A soil that are 12 feet (3.67 m) or less in depth. Short-term maximum allowable slopes for excavations greater than 12 feet (3.67 m) in depth shall be 3/4H:1V (53°). 3. Sloping or benching for excavations greater than 20 feet deep shall be designed by a registered professional engineer. 379 OSHA Subpart P Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. B 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7-1-04 Edition) Figure B-1 Slope Configurations (All slopes stated below are in the horizontal to vertical ratio) B-1.1 Excavations made in Type A soil. 1. All simple slope excavation 20 feet or less in depth shall have a maximum allowable slope Of 3/4:1. 20' Max. Exception: Simple slope excal are 12 feet or less in depth shall 2. All Of 3/4 to. term) and which �T TERM depth shall have a maximum allowable slope lows: OSHA Subpart P CH Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. B SIMPLE BENCH I / 20' Max. � 1 Max // *03/4 / 4' Max. // ♦ O ♦ TIPLE BENC 3. All excavations 8 feet or less in ich �porte cally sided lower por- i tions shall have a maximum vertic si of 3 /z f by O G1 Ma 3/4 3 Max. UN PPORV VER L�-1DED LO ER�pRTION—MAXIMUM 8 FEET IN DEPTH All exc�v ti s more a 8 feet bu ore than 12 feet in depth which unsupported rtic lower on shall l�CjN ximum allowable slope of 1:1 and a maximum art' �f 31/2 feet. 2' Max. 3i' Max. �1 381 OSHA Subpart P Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. B 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7-1-04 Edition) UNSUPPORTED VERTICALLY SIDED LOWER PORTION —MAXIMUM 12 FEET IN DEPTH All excavations 20 feet or less in depth which have vertically sided lower portions that are supported or shielded shall have a maximum allowable slope of 3/4:1. The support or shield sys- tem must extend at least 18 inches above the top of the vertical side. Support or shield system 1 SUPPORTED OR 4. All other simple slope, cor. shall be in accordance with tl" 1. All simple slope of 1:1. 3 /4 18" Min. ♦`O oral he' f vertical side ;RTICA IDED LQW / RTION excavations 652(b) X$aximum allowable SIMPLE SLOPE 2. All benched excavations 20 feet or less in depth shall have a maximum allowable slope of 1:1 and maximum bench dimensions as follows: OSHA Subpart P Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. B \isbend in cohesive soil only. 20' M1 1 i SING BENCH O This bench allow d i cohesi l only i 20' Max. x. G .� �- -- f ax. _*; ;V 3. All excavati t or 1 s in Vedto be shielded or s p a h ht such excava ions s have e) TIPLE BEIDI� r /vertically sided lower portions shall above the top of the vertical side. All ical side VERTICALLY SIDED LOWER PORTION 4. All other sloped excavations shall be in accordance with the other options permitted in § 1926.652 (b). B-1.3 EXCAVATIONS MADE IN TYPE C SOIL 1. All simple slope excavations 20 feet or less in depth shall have a maximum allowable slope of 11h:1. OSHA Subpart P Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. B 20' Max. 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7-1-04 Edition) SIMPLE SLOPE 2. All excavations 20 feet or less in depth which have vertical e lower portions shall be shielded or supported to a height at least 18 inches above4th t f the vertical side. All such excavations shall have a maximum allo e slope of 1� Support or hi ld sys 20, Max. 3. All other PI v i �t Tota Q*ht of vertical side JDED L RTION be in a ce with the other options permitted in §1926.652(b). r B- Excavp ade in Layered Soils 1. d�ations 20 fee r les d� ade in layered soils shall have a maximum al- lowab sl e for each layer as set ort elow. OSHA Subpart P Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. B 1 385 OSHA Subpart P Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. C 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7-1-04 Edition) ow CA PIE-; R C d exca tions 2. slopeCN §1926.652 b APPENDIX C TO SUBPART P OF PART 1926—TIMBER SHORING FOR TRENCHES (a) Scope. This appendix contains informa- tion that can be used timber shoring is pro- vided as a method of protection from cave- ins in trenches that do not exceed 20 feet (6.1 m) in depth. This appendix must be used when design of timber shoring protective systems is to be performed in accordance with §1926.652(c)(1). Other timber shoring configurations; other systems of support such as hydraulic and pneumatic systems; and other protective systems such as slop- ing, benching, shielding, and freezing sys- tems must be designed in accordance with the requirements set forth in § 1926.652(b) and § 1926.652 (c). with the other options permitted in (b) Soil Classification. In order to use the data presented in this appendix, the soil type or types in which the excavation is made must first be determined using the soil clas- sification method set forth in appendix A of subpart P of this part. (c) Presentation of Information. Information is presented in several forms as follows: (1) Information is presented in tabular form in Tables C-1.1, C-1.2, and C-1.3, and Ta- bles C-2.1, C-2.2 and C-2.3 following para- graph (g) of the appendix. Each table pre- sents the minimum sizes of timber members to use in a shoring system, and each table contains data only for the particular soil type in which the excavation or portion of OSHA Subpart P Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. C the excavation is made. The data are ar- ranged to allow the user the flexibility to se- lect from among several acceptable configu- rations of members based on varying the horizontal spacing of the crossbraces. Stable rock is exempt from shoring requirements and therefore, no data are presented for this condition. (2) Information concerning the basis of the tabular data and the limitations of the data is presented in paragraph (d) of this appen- dix, and on the tables themselves. (3) Information explaining the use of the tabular data is presented in paragraph (e) of this appendix. (4) Information illustrating the use of the tabular data is presented in paragraph (f) of this appendix. (5) Miscellaneous notations regarding Ta bles C-1.1 through C-1.3 and Tables C-2.1 through C-2.3 are presented in paragraph (g) of this Appendix. to apply to the situations that are most commonly experienced in current trenching practice. Shoring systems for use in situa- tions that are not covered by the data in this appendix must be designed as specified in § 1926.652 (c). (ii) When any of the following conditions are present, the members specified in the ta- bles are not considered adequate. Either an alternate timber shoring system must be de- signed or another type of protective system designed in accordance with § 1926.652. (A) When loads imposed by structures or by stored material adjacent to the trench weigh in excess of the load imposed by a two - foot soil surcharge. The term dfljacent as used here means the area within a horizontal distance from the edge of the trench equal to the depth of the trench. (B) When vertical loads imposed on cross braces exceed a 240-pound gravity load dis- tributed on a one -foot section of the center of the crossbrace. (C) When surcharge loads are present from equipment weighing in excess of 20,000 pounds. (D) When only the lower portion of a trench is shored and the remaining portion of the trench is sloped or benched unless: The sloped portion is sloped at an angle less steep than three horizontal to one vertical; or the members are selected from the tables for use at a depth which,* determined from the top of the over trench, and not from the toe of the slop p tion. (e) Use of Tabl members of the shor- ing system tit t r o be selected using this �formation� the cross braces, the uprights, wales, where wales are re- quired. i in sizes of members are speci- fied f� in differ types of soil. There a e les of rrMtion, two for each spe. s must first be deter- itliin accor with the soil classifica- system bed i ppendix A to sub- 4 art P o 926. U the appropriate table, th e tion oi* si and spacing of the s is t . The selection is bas a de p n width of the trench w r t e me hers to be installed and, t instal the selection is also based hori a pacing of the crossbraces. stances e a choice of horizontal spac- ing of acing is available, the hori- zontal ng of the crossbraces must be cho the user before the size of any can be determined. When the soil the width and depth of the trench, and orizontal spacing of the crossbraces are k own, the size and vertical spacing of the crossbraces, the size and vertical spacing of the wales, and the size and horizontal spac- ing of the uprights can be read from the ap- propriate table. (f) Examples to Illustrate the Use of Tables C- 1.1 through C-1.3. (1) Example 1. A trench dug in Type A soil is 13 feet deep and five feet wide. From Table C-1.1, for acceptable arrange- ments of timber can be used. Arrangement #BI Sparessbraces at six feet hori- zontally and four feet vertically. Wales are not required. Spgx dg'hts at six feet horizontally. This arrangement is commonly called Skip Shoring. Arrangement #BZ Spamssbraces at eight feet hori- zontally and four feet vertically. Spade§; at four feet vertically. OSHA Subpart P Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. C 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7-1-04 Edition) Space 2 uprights at four feet hori- S?paedd!2 at five feet vertically. zontally. fc'o*t1glnt2 in a close sheeting Arrangement #B3 configuration unless water pressure must be resisted. Tight sheeting must be used where Spacess6Draces at 10 feet hori- water must be retained. zontally and four feet vertically. (4) Example 4. S1Pa4zd& at four feet vertically. A trench dug in Type C soil is 20 feet deep SpaWigbts at five feet hori- and 11 feet wide. The size and spacing of zontally. members for the section of trench that is Arrangement #B4 over 15 feet in depth is determined using Table C-1.3. Only one arrangement of mem- 6Spacess6Draces at 12 feet hori- bers is provided. zontally and four feet vertically. 9[pareDs9braces at six feet hori- zpar.&W at four feet vertically. zontally and five feet ver**cally. SpaclesigBts at six feet hori- 14uadm at five fe ertically. zontally. (2) Example 2. &Jttglit sheetin A trench dug in Type B soil in 13 feet deep Use of Tables -2. rough C-2.3 would fol- and five feet wide. From Table C-1.2 thre low the sa res. acceptable arrangements of members are ) Notes ables. listed. 1. Me r zes at spacings other than in- • dicat o be RIC ined as specified in Arrangement #B1 § 19 Designtective Systems. P S e essbraces at six feet hori ` en coi*di saturated or sub- zontall and five feet verticallyuse Ti Meeting. Tight Sheeting Spad�s4 at five feet verticall ,ZN �s to th , sp Tally -edged timber pages ig�ts at two fee anks ( gue a roove) at least zontally. three i e thick, • 1 eet piling, or O simil truc ' t when driven or Arrange 2 pla osition v e a tight wall to re- Spau:iEss(Draces el fe t hori- s' t ater res of water and to pre- zontally and five ical n he los backfill material. Close Slpar.&W at five t vertic g re the placement of planks Spaqrights at o o - e-by-si owing as little space as pos- zontally. G sible bet em. 3. 1 ing indicated is measured center Arran e** 3 to Spacessbraces feet '7 es to be installed with greater di- zontally and fiv f t ertica ion horizontal. !E?p �I a ive f verti If the vertical distance from the center (-!Ppts two eet v of the lowest crossbrace to the bottom of the )Exa*i 3. • trench exceeds two and one-half feet, A t h in Typ oil is 13 uprights shall be firmly embedded or a and t ide. mudsill shall be used. Where uprights are Fro le C-1.3 two acceptab ar nge- embedded, the vertical distance from the ments o members can be used. center of the lowest crossbrace to the bot- tom of the trench shall not exceed 36 inches. When mudsills are used, the vertical dis- Spemssbraces at six feet hori- tance shall not exceed 42 inches. Mudsills are zontally and five feet vertically. wales that are installed at the toe of the S4)uod" at five feet vertically. trench side. Ru$i0g1mtR as closely together as 6. Trench jacks may be used in lieu of or in possible. combination with timber crossbraces. If water must be retained use special 7. Placement cf crossbraces. When the tongue and groove uprights to form tight vertical spacing of crossbraces is four feet, sheeting. place the top crossbrace no more than two Arrangement #B2 feet below the top of the trench. When the vertical spacing of crossbraces is five feet, Span-esgbraces at eight feet hori- place the top crossbrace no more than 2.5 zontally and five feet vertically. feet below the top of the trench. OSHA Subpart P Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. C -K Z ZC W s W r � F- zcc w x U N G 0. (n J C 0 OX F- X X XO Z N N M M O N 0. 1 O O z Uj xw X W W ti N J � 0. m � Q 3 O O J X N �J F E x x X x c[ M M M i U C7 ^ F- rZ Uj W 0.' U W 1 1 1 d v I i W to Q 3 w O O O O X XO X X Co >< X ti X Q to Co 00 O CO C:)CD d C7 F- W 0. W I C ct a' CY CD C)X O O CoCO Co 00r-1 � X X X X X X X 00 Co W LU W l0 O t0 t0 CO Co Co 00 CO w d x x x x X X X x w O w O o m z O io O O tp X O Co Co rn x x X X X X X X X X w 0-� rr � c0 .o .o co � CoCo W 0. O ca O LO tot0 O 00 00U t0 X X X X X >C X X X X � � 110 lit l0 t0 00 CO OAW 3 � C F- d' t0 O -t O O O O O Co 00 X X >G X X X X X X cY O l0 O O Co O Uj • c3 ^ CD O O O O O O O O O CD O C)Z �--� W F- F- t-- F- F- F- F-- F- F- F- F- F- OC U W O 00 N O W O N O Co O N W CD Q W 0- a- 0. 0. .--i 0. 0. 0. �--1 0.� 0. 0. 0. 0- W = 0. •... O = O O O = O O O O O O N Ln F-WUF- W O 0-OZ W to O O O O O I.() O CD :.>N W W w F^ e-+ '--i F- .--i .•-I F- N O O 0. ti �- v OSHA Subpart P Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. C 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7-1-04 Edition) cli i 1 z U H � x Ln w pad � x 6 H z H II a x ro En W z w d z 0 N H x x W t+f DC >G X N N N H w w x a� P. m x � z N X 6 w z� HH H P4U W u1 �n ✓� �n � >04 w W X 3 N z 00 H H DC >C SC X X O O t7 z F W v� o_ 00 _o x x p.+ 10001* W 00 O N O H H F N co ao � co 10 ID 00 00 00 wl O O dU H 00 00 cC z o+ 9C >C t\'DC >C x FA W F. 10 10 10 00 N O F n O ElDC 0,- a O N x x ?G �O c0 of El A H O 3 X S X X X X 7 Cz: U .. 0 o Nz H o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 c 1-4W H H H El E-+ H El H x U w o ao o a)m m ID 00 0 w o¢w a) v0 a � w xa— w a w� a)o w a w m w a a� v o v� a A A V) z m z ] o z H CU H P' o w O W W Ln C O O O O O A a w H ,-� .-• F .�. .-, H N O v 0 a 3 a o m w 'a ro 4J x 7 LJ 1J .H tl iJ UI W a n L1 N C n .0 >, bo ro ai c Ei F+ 1J u oa U) G w 00 L: C u N C a y H ro ? 5 7 3 v yJ w J O rocl U Sa > cJ o JB y JB Y4 'C O a x a 0 U1 ctl O w N 7 OSHA Subpart P 390 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. C :.:� z U N a v o aAz w z om m z z x z H W W P. p a � 0 a � w •max k p � .c .o �n .o w as .� x U W .r1 �� ♦ v� �n o s �- v^ • w U O O n X X X � o0 O O W N H F o 0 0 V W F QQ X X X X y x� Q W F o 0 co X a 00 Go oo o w o 0 0 x U o F ♦ m o oo co mX a' 3 O F O O oo oo a' X X X X X x .o w oo m � w w • V OF r- OF � '. �--� O .� H .--i H O H ti R, F H H 2 .o oo o U �D oo a) N 10 Gl 0) C) ox v� v u v v N v u w a¢4 w a w v v o a. 0) v o v o w cn ;� ... o ✓: z w z x x LI) O c O ON W W O W 4w F .—� O N • O +) w qo a m a 6 v � o v N ro U o u M, 391 OSHA Subpart P Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. C •K m as 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7-1-04 Edition) co U co x �T Q k a+ O O O Ica H X 2 O lV LO H x I0 x a P. Pq Q lox Cx'1 K U < za zx za) 0. 0n -L,cc W z « o N cn H _ z y x co cc Q F H 4 n X x x x x x x y O 10 O O Ic IO 10 W W N H H cn W F x x x x D x x x00 a. .c 10 10 10 w 10 10 ..p x o W o O H s Cx.J x x _zT x x x x ID x �D x 10 x O x x H1 Q10 o H, U x x x x x x x x x x x w w • c: o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 H H F x U W 10 Ib W O N O Q w x a w w a4 a w� w c w~ o.� a PL� N U H x O 2 2 O O W CD H --+ -+ ,. N ,? N ca x w o H �- OSHA Subpart P 392 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. C -K N N i U co a ZN U x dW � V) d 'T 00 � z 0 N H F O F N x M co W x x >�C G d W H to * c� .z In F - [..a_� w cn 3 w n~ x x x x x x U CO N O O o7 O N z P- v U .. H w H Lr1 V] C U !1 u•1 U1 v'. Im R JOIN z S �D oo bo cc) !x m :n Ic cc F O W F � . cc oD ccoo u' Ic w a� oc) D` x x x x x E. OF O • Go oo H AI ID Ic Ic ID oo F 3 O F c co m oo oo cc a x x x x x x x Ic Ic oo_ c OF F F E. E-' ^ O F H F DG U W Ic oc C v 'z cc O y ID cc O a) O d w y 1) U Lj N 1J w o w cn •• � 5 o cn Z C C C cn Z � o a rn z cn rx W W zU LQ w 0 w o w w n o c o o o p N •,4 N 'b ao O 3 O w rov u4j v 71 N u N •� N L a! 7 O N a N F A 11 cro a1 E 4-1 �a N 41 oD oD C C v •a w 'V 1J C N N � 1J ro v U i 3 0 cr a� v C vw o ro N H (. 7 N v � s4 E O 4-1 v w C U N u ro ro � w � C O ro G1 i K qC qC OSHA Subpart P 393 Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. D H W a 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7-1-04 Edition) z U P. v: a ¢ H z C N H H C H x x w c; w H w w x a �- w as a ¢ ' 0 a o n m >C ca.� �c ca •z w ¢ w ^ a w 40� a ¢ 3 44 00 S N >C DC DC H Cn O ti N O CL H _ w H 00 1b X X a0 c0 oD eo w H O E. 00 00 00 c oc oe x x 00 00 00 cc W 00 H 10 10 W 00 W co 0 o w o C E" �o w o� Yo Xo � m H w o Fa r-+ H CID co w x x >1i x O 10 .a .c �c x 00 u o C 0 0 0 CH w H N z H H 1-4 W H ElH H H '.Yi U W lD cc O Qi 00 N Q1 'c N N (U w o¢w c u� c ti� v4j W +j w xw a a w� vC w w me wo a vo vo a o m G. w z w O W W ul O O O ^ i� Ln O CDW ClW Q x w E- H E-H N O N H APPENDIX D TO SUBPART P OF PART 1926—ALUMINUM HYDRAULIC SHOR- ING FOR TRENCHES (a) Scope. This appendix contains informa- tion that can be used when aluminum hy- draulic shoring is provided as a method of protection against cave-ins in trenches that do not exceed 20 feet (6.1m) in depth. This ap- pendix must be used when design of the alu- minum hydraulic protective system cannot be performed in accordance with § 1926.652(c)(2). (b) Soil Classification. In order to use data presented in this appendix, the soil type or types in which the excavation is made must OSHA Subpart P 394 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. D first be determined using the soil classifica- bles are not considered adequate. In this tion method set forth in appendix A of sub- case, an alternative aluminum hydraulic part P of part 1926. shoring system or other type of protective (c) Presentation of Information. Information system must be designed in accordance with is presented in several forms as follows: § 1926.652. (1) Information is presented in tabular (A) When vertical loads imposed on cross form in Tables D-1.1, D-1.2, D-1.3 and E-1.4. braces exceed a 100 Pound gravity load dis- Each table presents the maximum vertical tributed on a one foot section of the center and horizontal spacings that may be used of the hydraulic cylinder. with various aluminum member sizes and (B) When surcharge loads are present from various hydraulic cylinder sizes. Each table equipment weighing in excess of 20,000 contains data only for the particular soil pounds. type in which the excavation or portion of (C) When only the lower portion or a the excavation is made. Tables D-1.1 and D- trench is shored and the emaining portion 1.2 are for vertical shores in Types A and B of the trench is slo edr benched unless: soil. Tables D-1.3 and D1.4 are for horizontal The sloped portion oped at an angle less waler systems in Types B and C soil. steep than three z tal to one vertical; (2) Information concerning the basis of the or the members ar s lected from the tables tabular data and the limitations of the dat for use at hich is determined from is presented in paragraph (d) of this appen- top of erall trench, and not from dix. the toe of h ped portion. (3) Information explaining the use of the tabular data is presented in paragr (e) Us bles D- ,, D-1.2, D-1.3 and D- 1.4. tubers of*,&hNhoring system that this appendix. (4) Information illustrating the e the tabular data is presented in pa (f) of this appendix. (5) Miscellaneous notatio notes) garding Table D-1.1 thr 1.4 are rr sented in paragraph (g) o h apper (6) Figures, illust ypical inst la- tions of hydraul' h are incl dust prior to the Tabl lu ations page entitled Aluminu Hydraul rjVg; T - Ycal Installations. (d) Basis and limitation f e ata. (1) Vertical shor ras nd h izo tal wales are those tha eft e S t n d- ulus requireme ikXO61-T6 e D-1 a l lu- minum materi a rial of equivalent s engt d pr e ie . (2) Hydra cyl ders i ions. (i inch cylili s all be a in um 21P side e ith a um saf capa o less than 1 ,000 p nds ial compr e load at maximum xte sion. Maximu extension is to include range of cylinder extensions as recommended by product manufaturer. (ii) 3-inch cylinders shall be a minimum 3- inch inside diameter with a safe working ca- pacity of not less than 30,000 pounds axial compressive load at extensions as rec- ommended by product manufacturer. (3) Limitation of application. (i) It is not intended that the aluminum hydraulic specification apply to every situa- tion that may be experienced in the field. These data were developed to apply to the situations that are most commonly experi- enced in current trenching practice. Shoring systems for use in situations that are not covered by the data in this appendix must be otherwise designed as specified in § 1926.652 (c). (ii) When any of the following conditions are present, the members specified in the Ta- a b electe LIN this information are drauliLl li ders, and either the i al shor e horizontal wales. When �aler sys used Ike vertical timber eeting used*is a selected from thse he .1 and D-1.2 for vertu res atT N in Type A and B so' 1W do not re sheeting. Type B at ma equiW.sheeting, and Type C hat alvfyVequire sheeting are found i t e hori ale Tables D-1.3 and D-1.4. e soil t ust first be determined in ac- cordance the soil classification system desc3 appendix A to subpart P of part 19Z6L^ng the appropriate table, the selec- eVthe size and spacing of the members j$Sde. The selection is based on the depth width of the trench where the members are to be installed. In these tables the vertical spacing is held constant at four feet on center. The tables show the maximum horizontal spacing of cylinders allowed for each size of wale in the waler system tables, and in the vertical shore tables, the hydrau- lic cylinder horizontal spacing is the same as the vertical shore spacing. (f) Example to Illustrate the Use of the Tables: (1) Example 1: A trench dug in Type A soil is 6 feet deep and 3 feet wide. From Table D-1.1: Find vertical shores and 2 inch diameter cylinders spaced 8 feet on center (o.c.) horizontally and 4 feet on center (o.c.) vertically. (See Figures 1 & 3 for typical installations.) (2) Example 2: A trench is dug in Type B soil that does not require sheeting, 13 feet deep and 5 feet wide. From Table D-1.2: Find vertical shores and 2 inch diameter cylinders spaced 6.5 feet o.c. horizontally and 4 feet o.c. vertically. (See Figures 1 & 3 for typical installations.) (3) A trench is dug in Type B soil that does not require sheeting, but does experience some minor raveling of the trench face. The OSHA Subpart P 395 Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. D 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7-1-04 Edition) trench is 16 feet deep and 9 feet wide. From (2) 2 inch diameter cylinders, at this width, Table D-1.2: Find vertical shores and 2 inch shall have structural steel tube diameter cylinder (with special oversleeves $M75) oversleeves, or structural as designated by footnote #B2) spaced 5.5 feet oversleeves of manufacturer's specification, o.c. horizontally and 4 feet o.c. vertically, extending the full, collapsed length. plywood (per footnote (g) (7) to the D-1 Table) (3) Hydraulic cylinders capacities. (i) 2 should be used behind the shores. (See Fig- inch cylinders shall be a minimum 2-inch in- ures 2 & 3 for typical installations.) side diameter with a safe working capacity (4) Example 4: A trench is dug in pre- of not less than 18,000 pounds axial compres- viously disturbed Type B soil, with charac- sive load at maximum extension. Maximum teristics of a Type C soil, and will require extension is to include full range of cylinder sheeting. The trench is 18 feet deep and 12 extensions as recommended by product man - feet wide. 8 foot horizontal spacing between ufacturer. cylinders is desired for working space. From (ii) 3-inch cylinders sh be a minimum 3- Table D-1.3: Find horizontal wale with a sec- inch inside diameter ith a safe work capac- tion modulus of 14.0 spaced at 4 feet o.c. ity of not less tha 3 0 pounds axial com- vertically and 3 inch diameter cylinder pressive load a mum extension. Max - spaced at 9 feet maximum o.c. horizontally. imum extenA is o include full range of 32 timber sheeting is required at close l (5) Example 5: A trench is dug in inder e s as recommended by spacing vertically. (See Figure 4 for typical p duct urer. installation.) (4) Al acu ng indicated is measured cen- T C soil, 9 feet deep and 4 feet wide. �' o ter to e r. cylinder spacing in excess of 6 feet ' d (5 al shor' a s shall have amin- for working space. From Table ind i ection4n u of 0.40 inch. horizontal wale with a section of 7.0 hen v shores are used, there and 2 inch diameter cylinde �ac d at 6t be a m of ree shores spaced feet o.c. horizontally. Or, �rizbgk ually, ally, in pup. wale with a 14.0 section sand 3(7) Pl o sh 1� .125 in. thick diameter c linder s aced t 0 feet .c.softw 0 75 c �ick, 14 ply, arctic Y P zontally. Both walefr�a aced 4 eet .c. w (Finl f m). Please note that kbrti� . s3ieeti is�re�uired o is in ded as a structural at close pacing �►y. e Figure 4 fo e er, but for prevention of local rav- typical installatio ) w 1 g slou the trench face) between (g) Footnotes, an gen note , for Ta ores. D-1.1, D-1.2, D-1.3, and D 1. (8) Se ndix C for timber specifica- (1) For application othggr anth e li ed tions in the tables, refer t 19C6. 2(c) us of (9 es are calculated for simple span manufacturer's d dat or nch ns. depths in ex s f 20 e r fer to See appendix D, item (d), for basis and § 1926.652 (c) ( and .652 Wmtations of the data. G 396 OSHA Subpart P Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. D ALUMINUM HYDRAULIC SHORING TYPICAL INSTALLATIONS FIGURE NO. 1 FIGURE NO. 2 VERTICAL ALUMINUM HYDRAULIC SHORNO VERTICAL ALUMINUM (SPOTSRACEM HYDRAULIC SHORING / (WITH PlYW000) /// HORIZONTAL / HORIZONTAL SPACING SPACING VERTICAL RAIL HYDRAULIC CYLINDER 1 181, NAX. @ VERTICAL RAIL I�b l ULIC.CYI ODE R i8ll ' e PLYWOOD cl ` u�u W VERTICAL SPACINGn "I 3 /�E R AL 1 iI ICING ` I41 VII �i A 4' MAX. uI Z11r ¢lu ` 4, Z' MAX. � 21 MAX " FIGURE NO. 3 � F N0. 4 AL VERTICAL ALUMINUM YDRAUUC SHORING UPRIGHT HYDRAULIC BNORND �V LER SYSTEM SHEETING (S TACKEDI Ll (TYPICAL) ,gyp `HORIZONTAL SPACING A VERTICAL SPACING 4' MAX. 2' MAX. VERTICAL RAIL 2' MAX. HYDRAULIC CYLINDER VERTICAL SPACING Y b HYDRAULIC CYLINDER OSHA Subpart P 397 Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. D 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7-1-04 Edition) w� x z M Q > O Q w U z a u" O a xO >H O00 a! NQO Q z. O Ln 3 'iejU U U � C7 � U a► x ¢ w z w z w oo t� O w O O a 0 O N 0 > Q H O a U 398 OSHA Subpart P Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. D a N ^ � U W z� w� � O m Q Q _ E-� U W oo U W N rx O x0 j O z�H N ¢ z0 Q • O Q ` w 3 00 o • Q�U w x ¢ O z op N W ¢ Ci v � O "' WU F ww OEx+ w W O kJ-)E- a: O O� W O OWN N Q O a U OSHA Subpart P 399 Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. D 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7-1-04 Edition) � � N M M Cx7 'Q 0. z ou ( M v � I I x H O " n W W z z z z z z z z z o Q a �Q � UO z U o 0 0 0 0 0 n o c W 90 20. oo Q (V r. \-C oo O vi N {0. � Njgc-�, z Zz (Ij j3� z z z N O O M O M zz 0O oo�0 � > p x q ci o� O A Q � x � z z z N N NNW y� o 0 0 0 0 O O 000, z z" t z n o o v v r v Q lw P W ♦� � v CD A O O �D O a O cq Q 400 OSHA Subpart P Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. D z C4 O �U U�Wa E■ o z Q O F� w u� �x U O N a rx a O A(� z z z z z z z z z M M M M M M U A (� N z o v o o v, a n o Cn x0 aa.. o p v oo M W > O Q xx o zz �� zt'zo z z O N M O M M M U � U z U o 0 ,� O QAR O 00 ? x 3 Ar, z z z N N RrN C7 `� x a. OO 1 r1% 1 z 0 0 o M '40n 3 U • w�o woO�n�0o 0 wz�.r.� w u: O «�� �N O OSHA Subpart P 401 Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. E 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7-1-04 Edition) APPENDIX E TO SUBPART P OF PART 1926—ALTERNATIVES TO TIMBER SHORING Figure 1. Aluminum Hydraulic Shoring Itt� y 2 H L4 x l h ,lilt ai fig" MAX. lit VERTI ��IL ,- i�i J7 � ,T. Is z H LIC CYLINDER VERTICAL �� +7 S P A C I N Glip • 41 MAX. �qa ' MA Figure ne i /hydr c Shoring �. O Q 0 0 0 0 402 OSHA Subpart P Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. F Figure 3. Trench Jacks (Screw Jacks) APPENDIX F TO SUBPART P OF PART 1926—SELECTION OF PROTECTIVE SYSTEMS The following figures are a graphic sum- mary of the requirements contained in sub- part P for excavations 20 feet or less in depth. Protective systems for use in exca- vations more than 20 feet in depth must be designed by a registered professional engi- neer in accordance with § 1926.652 (b) and (c). OSHA Subpart P 403 Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. F Is there potential for cave—in? 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7-1-04 Edition) Is the excavation more than 5 feet in depth? Is the excavation entirely in stable rock? NO Excavation Vay be made, ade wi h ver4l des . _/ Nkw? - e •tea Ex vat on must slo shore , shielded. -Sloping V — Shor'n shielding selec d.' se c Go to Fi u 2 \C0 Go to Figure 3 ` FIGUR 1 - fITL A Y DECISIONS 404 OSHA Subpart P Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. F I Sloping selected as the I method of protection Will soil classification be made in accordance with 11926.652 (b)? Excavation must comply with one of the following three options: I d Option 1. SS1926.652 (b)(2) wh' requires Appendic and B to be fo� Option 2 11926.652 (b (N.4ulate ich requires h data � e de ' itio 0 be fol d. C Option 3: ,J1926.652 (b)(4) which requires the excavation to be designed by a registered professional engineer. Y S must comply 6.652 (b)(1) which res a slope of lkH:1V FIGURE 2. - SLOPING OPTIONS 405 OSHA Subpart P Pt. 1926, Subpt. P, App. F 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7-1-04 Edition) Shoring or shielding selected as the method of protection. Soil classification is required when shoring or shielding is used. The excavation must comply with one of the following four options: I ' Option 1 •`O S1926.652 (c)(1) ich requi'e Appendices A and to be wed (e.g. +fie oring� % Option 1 6.65 which ?es ` nnufac ure data t ollowe (e.g. h ulic s i ,trenc s, air sh ds). e), Opt on 3 (c)(3 \.wHb requires u ted as see definition) to e foNJ g. any system s per e ted data). G Option 4 S1926.652 (c)(4) which requires the excavation to be designed by a registered professional engineer (e.g. any designed system). FIGURE 3 - SHORING AND SHIELDING OPTIONS OSHA Subpart P 406 SECTION O1 77 00 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, inc pding General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 0 pecification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY • A. Section includes adryi ' rative a d cedur requirements for contract closeout, inc l but n to, t�311d,)Wng: 1. Substantial` pletio $Odures. C 2. Fina oeti c ures. 3. cleaning. 4. Rep if Z Work. I B. Related uirem C) 1 ctio "Exe tiofor progress cleaning of Project site. Sectio 1 78 '� ion and Maintenance Data" for operation and mainten ce anual requirements. 3. Section 0178 39 "Project Record Documents" for submitting record Drawings, record Specifications, and record Product Data. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For cleaning agents. B. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Initial submittal at Substantial Completion. C. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Final submittal at Final Completion. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 77 00 - 1 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Certificates of Release: From authorities having jurisdiction. B. Certificate of Insurance: For continuing coverage. C. Field Report: For pest control inspection. 1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: For maintenance material submittal items specified in other Sections. 1.6 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES O A. Contractor's List of Incomple t s: Pr a nd submit a list of items to be completed and correcte (Co tracto ch list indicating the value of each item on the lis c'asons Work ' in mplete. B. Submittals Prior t antial� etion: ete the following a minimum of 10 rior to ting i n for mining date of Substanti lefion ms b at a *6lete at time of request G 1. is of ReleasSo nd su releases from authorities aving j pion r it ng estricted use of the Work and acc s ser . es utilitOwi s. de occupancy permits, o erodreerti cat , and si eases. 2. mit clos�ubmitt�sp cified in other Division 01 Sections, clu 'ect reco documents, operation and maintenance AJ p m u ls, nal c construction photographic documentation, dama or SeVfl veys, property surveys, and similar final record infor d). 3. Submit closeout submittals specified in individual Sections, including specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final certifications, and similar documents. 4. Submit maintenance material submittals specified in individual Sections, including tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items, and deliver to location designated by Architect. Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable. 5. Submit test/adjust/balance records. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 77 00 - 2 6. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and maintenance. C. Procedures Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request. 1. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 2. Make final changeover of permanent locks and dOliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's personnel of changeover iiirity provisions. 3. Complete startup and ing of syst Q equipment. 4. Perform prevenfiv ai tenance uipm used prior to Substantial Co on. 5. Instruct O 's perso opera just ent, and mainten prod , III in syste s. ubmit demon 'Con a mg vi ordi ed in Section 0R �em str ion and ng. 6. dvise ref ch vv hea her utilities. 7. Partic�' wit w er in con inspection and walkthrough Tocal a �respo 90(rmi t n remov terorary facilities from Project site, along with o ups, co ion tools, and similar elements. Complete fin cl ning requirements, including touchup painting. 10. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects. D. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection to determine Substantial Completion a minimum of 10 days prior to date the work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Architect, that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 77 00 - 3 1.7 1.8 1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. 2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final completion. FINAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES A. Submittals Prior to Final Completion: Before requesting final inspection for determining final completion, complete the following: I 1. Submit a final Application for Payment ace_q ing to Section 012900 "Payment Procedures." �`�� 2. Certified List of Incom�Items:Ait certified copy of Architect's Substan 'al 4 completed or c * c (1 Certified copy list or otherwi ed for A_ that eI 'o list of items to be a dated by Architect. 4 m has been completed lest f 'af inspection to determine pq&wtwdate the work will be completed Vraialrlf,On receipt of request, Architect will u fv Contractor of unfulfilled are a final Certificate for Payment after )r of construction that must be completed 1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST) A. Organization of List: Include name and identification of each space and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction. 1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order, starting with exterior areas first and proceeding from lowest floor to highest floor. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 77 00 - 4 2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for ceiling, individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems. 3. Include the following information at the top of each page: a. Project name. b. Date. C. Name of Architect. d. Name of Contractor. `O e. Page number. G 4. Submit list of i le it e foll rmat: a. PDI tronic chitect turn notated file. V 1.9 SUBMITTAL O JEC W NT ` A. Time i : Submit rantie6request of Architect for design ed p o the ere co f ncement of warranties other than t o ub tia omple .o 3Tndicated, or when delay in submitt*0 ranti mi t limitG s rights under warranty. B. Org n e warr o ments=.�I► orderly sequence based on the table of c�pten of P anual. (`�/ Bind rrant' a o ds in heavy-duty, three-ring, vinyl -covered, loose-leaf bin rs hickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-1/2-by-1 1 -inch paper. 2. Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic -covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or installation, including the name of the product and the name, address, and telephone number of Installer. 3. Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title "WARRANTIES," Project name, and name of Contractor. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 77 00 - 5 C. Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 FINAL CLEANING A. General: Perform i operations to ith environmentcantiuo B. Cleaninoy ex clean n ch su comm cial bu manufacture' ten 1. Axww r iete thefo G i2[uct cl ''and waste -removal and ces anederal and local ula ils. • �► e r pr ess cleaners for final Condit' xpected in an average ainte rogram. Comply with 14 5eperations before requesting substantial Completion for entire Vfojec4��-'Tdesig ted1plortion of Project: ` a. lean jt ,yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by constr ctio activities, including landscape development areas, of rubb , waste material, litter, and other foreign substances. b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits. C. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth, even -textured surface. d. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Project site. e. Remove snow and ice to provide safe access to building. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 77 00 - 6 f. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard -surfaced finishes to a dirt -free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition. g. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces. h. i. j• Sweep concrete floors broom clean in unoccupied spaces. I Vacuum carpet and similar soft sur c removing debris and excess nap; clean according to jn turer's recommendatio 'visible so ins remain. Clean trail en mate0aQNclu:dinirrors and glass in doors aWo ows.,R#21aziounds and other &` k. move Oat are Wipe sur aces of ci equip1� nt, a 'm ai int/'ad mor op rn. o. P. q• mirrors and equipment, elevator excess lubrication, other foreign substances. a sanitary condition, free of stains, from water exposure. air filters and clean permanent air filters. aces of diffusers, registers, and grills. Clean ducts, blowers, and coils if units were operated without filters during construction or that display contamination with particulate matter on inspection. Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy. C. Pest Control: Comply with pest control requirements in Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls." Prepare written report. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 77 00 - 7 D. Construction Waste Disposal: Comply with waste disposal requirements in Section 0150 00 "Temporary Facilities and Controls." 3.2 REPAIR OF THE WORK A. Complete repair and restoration operations before requesting inspection for determination of Substantial Completion. B. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating a ipment. Where damaged or worn items cannot be repaired or resto ed, provide replacements. Remove and replace operating com n is that cannot be repaired. Restore damaged construction and ent facilities used during construction to specifi dition. 1. Remove and re ipped, s and oken glass, reflective surfaces, and o mageA a arent ials. 2. Touch up d herwi r and r mar6ehat r exposed finishes s rface ce fin' d suffs; that already sho v nee a ai or rest ` Do not pa t over " ' nd of required labels and i4oftio u mg mec and electrical nameplates. e e paint ed tor d labels and identification. 3.My'llm ce parCi-t to op conditions during construction that d o ation a lon evi . p p g tY Re 1 e rned p s, bulbs noticeably dimmed by hours of use, an ctive tarters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to co ly ith requirements for new fixtures. END OF SECTION YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 77 00 - 8 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 Q SECTION 0178 23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specifipation Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY Section includes administrativ nd I preparing operation and tenant 1. Operation a ntena requirements for mcg,ng the following: n N 2. Emer a anual syst 1 Cdllbsy em d equipment. r+nas. ✓ �V IONS manuals. Procedures" for submitting copies of . maintenance manuals. A. System: An organized collection of parts, equipment, or subsystems united by regular interaction. B. Subsystem: A portion of a system with characteristics similar to a system. CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Manual Content: Operations and maintenance manual content is specified in individual Specification Sections to be reviewed at the time of Section submittals. Submit reviewed manual content formatted and organized as required by this Section. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 78 23-1 1. Architect will comment on whether content of operations and maintenance submittals are acceptable. 2. Where applicable, clarify and update reviewed manual content to correspond to revisions and field conditions. B. Format: Submit operations and maintenance manuals in the following format: 1. Three paper copies. Include a complete operation and maintenance directory. Enclose title pages and directories in clear plastic sleeves. Architect will return two copies. C. Initial Manual Submittal: Submit draft copy of eac dual at least 30 days before commencing demonstr ion and trai i chitect will comment on whether general scope and co f man acceptable. d dvlt4o 416, D. Final Manual Submittal: inspection for Substa commencing d em o ikavi comments. 1. Corrl t r rev' c s. Su it f receipt o emonsmind wain* w 1?r PART 2 -PRODUCTSV G 2.1 OPE IO D $4AN UMENTATION DIRECTORY • A. ctory. a e a s' o prehensive directory of emergency, eration, an main na data and materials, listing items and their location to facilitate access to desired information. Include a section in the directory for each of the following: 1. List of documents. 2. List of systems. 3. List of equipment. 4. Table of contents. *ach in a —final rior to requesting implel at le ays before ind�t'i'� g. AC✓ ill return copy with manualS ply t itect's pies o orr to ual within 15 lit is men prior to commencing YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 78 23-2 2.2 B. List of Systems and Subsystems: List systems alphabetically. Include references to operation and maintenance manuals that contain information about each system. C. List of Equipment: List equipment for each system, organized alphabetically by system. For pieces of equipment not part of system, list alphabetically in separate list. D. Tables of Contents: Include a table of contents for each emergency, operation, and maintenance manual. E. Identification: In the documentation directory and ' each operation and maintenance manual, identify each system, subsy and piece of equipment with same designation used in th%C n a t Documents. If no designation exists, assign a de ion acco o ASHRAE Guideline 4, "Preparation of Operating andViaintena ce cumentation for Building Systems." REQUIREMENTS FORE PENC 4RATeD MAINTENANCE MANUALS Q 1. Subject matter included in manual. 2. Name and address of Project. 3. Name and address of Owner. 4. Date of submittal. 5. Name and contact information for Contractor. 6. Name and contact information for Architect. Manual into a to section for tall contain the YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 78 23-3 C. Q E. 7. Names and contact information for major consultants to the Architect that designed the systems contained in the manuals. 8. Cross-reference to related systems in other operation and maintenance manuals. Table of Contents: List each product included in manual, identified by product name, indexed to the content of the volume, and cross-referenced to Specification Section number in Project Manual. 1. If operation or maintenance documentation regOes more than one volume to accommodate data, include com ensive table of contents for all volumes in each volume set. Manual Contents: Organize i of m ble size. Arrange contents alphabetically by system, s btfts m, a ment. If possible, assemble instructions for subsy uipme a comp o a of one system into a single binder. Manuals, Paper C bmit} s in th of hard copy, bound and labeled volume 1. Bi eav ree-rin '' 1-co Dose -leaf or post -type _bi s, in thi a nee ss*y ccoiemoo contents, sized to hold ,eve on spine to hold label covers to hold folded ws"W necessary to accommodate data of a V each binder into groupings by W components. Cross-reference other to provide essential information for proper of equipment or system. Identify each binder on front and spine, with printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL," Project title or name, and subject matter of contents, and indicate Specification Section number on bottom of spine. Indicate volume number for multiple -volume sets. 2. Dividers: Heavy -paper dividers with plastic -covered tabs for each section of the manual. Mark each tab to indicate contents. Include typed list of products and major components of equipment included in the section on each divider, cross-referenced to Specification Section number and title of Project Manual. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 78 23-4 3. Protective Plastic Sleeves: Transparent plastic sleeves designed to enclose diagnostic software storage media for computerized electronic equipment. 4. Supplementary Text: Prepared on 8-1/2-by-1 1 -inch white bond paper. 5. Drawings: Attach reinforced, punched binder tabs on drawings and bind with text. a. If oversize drawings are necessary, fold drawings to same size as text pages and use as foldouts. b. If drawings are too large to be ns Afoldouts, fold and place drawings in lab envelope d envelopes in rear of manual. At app ri to loc n manual, insert typewritten pages indicating awin '%descri 'ons of contents, and drawin a o s. 2.3 EMERGENCY MANU� A. Content: Or anua separ a ion r'6f the following: 1. T e merg� 2. mer c s'�ruct 0010 3. eke cy r Cejdues. B. Typ o er encWere appl' e for each type of emergency indicated w, clu procedures for each system, subsystem, of e ' ment, and► ent: 1. Fire. G 2. Flood. 3. Gas leak. 4. Water leak. 5. Power failure. 6. Water outage. 7. System, subsystem, or equipment failure. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 78 23-5 8. Chemical release or spill. C. Emergency Instructions: Describe and explain warnings, trouble indications, error messages, and similar codes and signals. Include responsibilities of Owner's operating personnel for notification of Installer, supplier, and manufacturer to maintain warranties. D. Emergency Procedures: Include the following, as applicable: 1. Instructions on stopping. I 2. Shutdown instructions for each type of emekNcy. 3. Operating instruction r conditioni pwQ normal operating limits. 4. Required sequences or ectric o romcV stems. 5. Special operat&gN\struct" d prot c r 2.4 OPERATION MANU �Q�4 A. Content: requ' 1. yste systeih I 2. �PNri VO vns ' • 4. Operating p 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10 Operating logs. Wiring diagrams. Control diagrams. Piped system diagrams. aent is Sec c ude operation data i e tions ( d th ollowing information: V" ipment riptions. Use designations for dicat ontract Documents. c if Contractor has delegated design Precautions against improper use. License requirements including inspection and renewal dates. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 78 23-6 B. Descriptions: Include the following: 1. Product name and model number. Use designations for products indicated on Contract Documents. 2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Equipment identification with serial number of each component. 4. Equipment function. I 5. Operating characteristics. • O 6. Limiting conditions. 7. Performance c t 8. Engrneerrn nd tes� 9. Com mencl nd nu r rep parts. C. Oper ti P o dureude th o ing, s a able: 1. tart dares. 2. Ftu or ste break-i edures. 3. utine LWImal ope instructions. • R do and & o rocedures. 5. Instructions ol�pping. 6. Normal shutdown instructions. 7. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions. 8. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. 9. Special operating instructions and procedures. D. Systems and Equipment Controls: Describe the sequence of operation, and diagram controls as installed. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 78 23-7 E. Piped Systems: Diagram piping as installed, and identify color -coding where required for identification. 2.5 PRODUCT MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each product, material, and finish. Include source information, product information, maintenance procedures, repair materials and sources, and warranties and bonds, as described below. B. Source Information: List each product included in manWl, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's tab of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone numb staller or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross -retie. 4c pecification Section number and title in Project and drag or schedule designation or identifier where applicable G C. Product Information: • the h �9, as a e: 1. Product nand mo ber. 2. Man a urer' 3. pa tern, an to 4. Mat i a the ica positi I 5. Ierin o ion fo Tally manufactured products. D. Tgkint ance, res: In udelr►anufacturer's written recommendations • he fo to in Inspection pr ed res. 2. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. 3. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product. 4. Schedule for routine cleaning and maintenance. 5. Repair instructions. E. Repair Materials and Sources: Include lists of materials and local sources of materials and related services. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 78 23-8 F. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds. 1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims. 2.6 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Content: For each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system, include source information, manufacturers' mai enance documentation, maintenance procedures, maintena a and service schedules, spare parts list and source informatio �tenance service contracts, and warranty and bond informatioV,Nkyescribed below. B. Source Information: List each stem, su y and piece of equipment included in manual, idon by pro c e an anged to match manual's table of cont % or ea ct, lis e, address, and telephone number s ller or er ands enance service agent, and cross-referen cificat' tion nuaoiwand t e in Project Manual and drawing of e ule d a on or ' e er wkel& licable. C. Manufac Main ena cc Docu ion: `urers' maintenance docu n includi e foll 'nformn r each component part or pie o e uint� 1. Stan a ain nce structind bulletins. I 2. ings, fagrgmis, an4,i ctions required for maintenance, Vtludi is`�mbly andltsmponent removal, replacement, and asse Identificatio and lRmenclature of parts and components. 4. List of items recommended to be stocked as spare parts. D. Maintenance Procedures: Include the following information and items that detail essential maintenance procedures: 1. Test and inspection instructions. 2. Troubleshooting guide. 3. Precautions against improper maintenance. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 78 23-9 4. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions. 5. Aligning, adjusting, and checking instructions. 6. Demonstration and training video recording, if available. E. Maintenance and Service Schedules: Include service and lubrication requirements, list of required lubricants for equipment, and separate schedules for preventive and routine maintenance and service with standard time allotment. 1. Scheduled Maintenance and Service: Ta actions for daily, weekly, monthly, quar , semian annual frequencies. 2. Maintenance anal vic Recor de m ufacturers' forms for recording mai 1� e. o F. Spare Parts List urce I tion: I lists f re lacement and repair arts w' & iden a and cr ren a anufacturers' p parts, 6 maintenance en i local es of ce materials and related se G. Main a c S 'ce Contr s. a co i maintenance agree nts a e't and e num service agent. H. Warranfes#n and In ude copi warranties and bonds and lists of circ xWs an s tha affect validity of warranties or bon s. • �► Inclu a cedur low and required notifications for warranty claims. ` G PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 MANUAL PREPARATION A. Operation and Maintenance Documentation Directory: Prepare a separate manual that provides an organized reference to emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. B. Emergency Manual: Assemble a complete set of emergency information indicating procedures for use by emergency personnel and by Owner's operating personnel for types of emergencies indicated. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 78 23-10 C. Product Maintenance Manual: Assemble a complete set of maintenance data indicating care and maintenance of each product, material, and finish incorporated into the Work. D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Assemble a complete set of operation and maintenance data indicating operation and maintenance of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. 1. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to assemble and prepare information for each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. I 2. Prepare a separate manual for each system tris ubsystem, in the form of an instructional manual for use operating personnel. �` E. Manufacturers' Data: Whefe linuals c manufacturers' standard printed data, include it is pert' o prod component installed. Mark each iden c prQd component incorporated into rk. If Jude an one item in a tabular format, identify i em us' ropri rences om the Contract Documents. data ble tot rk anal a references to information o abuliAM (x i 1. �re plementar le iKanufa ers' standard printed data re no Me an the inf n is necessary for proper oper i d m 'nte a of e t or systems. F. Drawinrepar s suppling manufacturers' printed data to ill lVerelat re n f t art fequipment an t m an us s p o co parts o d systems s d t illus to c t uence nd ow diagrams. Coordinate these drawings i 'nform i contain ecord Drawings to ensure correct illustration Oil stalla 1. Do not use on project record documents as part of operation and maintenance manuals. 2. Comply with requirements of newly prepared record Drawings in Section 0178 39 "Project Record Documents." G. Comply with Section 01 77 00 "Closeout Procedures" for schedule for submitting operation and maintenance documentation. END OF SECTION YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 78 23-11 SECTION 0178 39 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, includJ'pg General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 S cification Sections, apply to this Section. • O 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes adminjs ive and preal req ' ements for project record documents, in6'4*►►the f e�v 1. Record Drpi igs. z• 2. Rec ecifi 'o ss.. 3. d Product ata. 4. Misc 1 �s record ittals. I B. Related Re u ents: C) 1 ctio "Exe uti" for final property survey. Sec 1 177 '� t Procedures" for general closeout procedures. 3. Section 0178 23 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance manual requirements. 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Record Drawings: Comply with the following: 1. Number of Copies: Submit copies of record Drawings as follows: a. Initial Submittal: YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 78 39-1 1) Submit one paper -copy set(s) of marked -up record prints. 2) Architect will indicate whether general scope of changes, and additional information recorded are acceptable. b. Final Submittal: 1) Submit one paper -copy set of marked -up record prints. I 2) Print each drawing, whether of changes and additional information we o ded. • B. Record Specifications: Submi aper c Project's Specifications, including a en and c t modifications. • C. Record Product Data- it oner copyof submittal. 1. Where r roduc ta/are re .u� s par f operation and mamt manu bmit du c e mar u ►Product Data as a onen gAal. D. Misc , s Record mittals ther ification Sections for miscel neous f1sction 14eepi q ire en ubmittals in connection with variou!V1 G ac ' S. Sub a paper copy of each submittal. ► E. Rep mit itt repor y indicating items incorporated into ojec cor is co cuiwith progress of the Work, including • ' ions, co c e cond-t: field changes, product selections, and other ions p ate • PART 2 -P DUCTS 2.1 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Record Prints: Maintain one set of marked -up paper copies of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings, incorporating new and revised drawings as modifications are issued. 1. Preparation: Mark record prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to provide information for preparation of corresponding marked -up record prints. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 78 39-2 a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to identify or measure and record later. b. Accurately record information in an acceptable drawing technique. C. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. d. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations. I e. Cross-reference record prints to co�nding archive photographic documentation. ��O 2. Content: Types of items equiring 1ling include, but are not limited to, the fop 'n : a. Dime chan rawin O b. i ns to 'ls hown wings. '61 C. pths fo ndatio fir t fl �bofqs an 6, tl of and nd utilities. e I isio to uting o i and conduits. i 'on to elect 'ircuitry. a► g. A al equ locations. h. Duct sd routing. i. Locations of concealed internal utilities. j. Changes made by Change Order or Construction Change Directive. k. Changes made following Architect's written orders. 1. Details not on the original Contract Drawings. In. Field records for variable and concealed conditions. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 78 39-3 n. Record information on the Work that is shown only schematically. 3. Mark the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings completely and accurately. Use personnel proficient at recording graphic information in production of marked -up record prints. 4. Mark record sets with erasable, red -colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at same location. I 5. Mark important additional information th s either shown schematically or omitted from original` j:�gs. 6. Note Construction Cha e irecti hers, alternate numbers, Change Order y ers, and siml entifi ion, where applicable. B. Format: Identify an fe eac d Drf include the designation "PROJECT REC RAW in a pr nt to tion. 1. Reco ts: g m e recor is an epared record Dr 'r� into an able s d eac i durable paper beets. In a ident' on on ver eets. 2. dent' alto As fo <417 a I oJ'ect JG G � a igna 'b� JECT RECORD DRAWINGS." d. Name o chitect. e. Name of Contractor. 2.2 RECORD SPECIFICATIONS A. Preparation: Mark Specifications to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies from that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and contract modifications. 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 78 39-4 2. Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials, and equipment furnished, including substitutions and product options selected. 3. Record the name of manufacturer, supplier, Installer, and other information necessary to provide a record of selections made. 4. For each principal product, indicate whether record Product Data has been submitted in operation and maintenance manuals instead of submitted as record Product Data. I 5. Note related Change Orders, record Produ1�k ta, and record Drawings where applicable. O B. Format: Submit record Speciylqt ions as ` py. 2.3 RECORD PRODUCT DAT A. Preparation: Mar ct Datdicate ual roduct installation where installati ies sub 'illy fro indica CY n Product Data submittal. �� O 1. e a 'icula tiont rmati ocealed products and that can t itY ide d and recorded later. 2. Inclu e i nific cha es in t �![uct delivered to Project site a cJta ges in an facturer �en instructions for installation. 3. to re nge Orecord Specifications, and record raw' re a li ble. rmat: Sub it rec P uct Data as paper copy. 1. Include record Product Data directory organized by Specification Section number and title, electronically linked to each item of record Product Data. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBMITTALS A. Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of the Work. Bind or file miscellaneous records and identify each, ready for continued use and reference. B. Format: Submit miscellaneous record submittals as paper copy. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 78 39-5 1. Include miscellaneous record submittals directory organized by Specification Section number and title, electronically linked to each item of miscellaneous record submittals. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 RECORDING AND MAINTENANCE A. Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for project record document purposes. Post changes and revisions to project record documents as they occur; do not wait unV end of Project. B. Maintenance of Record Documents and Sample • rl record documents and Samples in the field office art from t act Documents used for construction. Do not use p recor ents for construction purposes. Maintain record oc ents i o order and in a clean, dry, legible condition, pro t m det r ion and Provide access to project record docu r Arch's refe, ring normal working hours. ^ ` C. Furnish Archit&d*ith set of Nrd cW d tvents4 and TWO etc o co ies cord doe subs' 'o ithin 30 days of y iitect vie ubmission and ice' i nal rr submission, eville, 'lity Mgt. Division with one ai ing rec wing and specifications �w'069arate rives. VV CEN Ol[��CTION G YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 78 39-6 SECTION 0179 00 MINIMUM OWNER TRAINING REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section is intended to clearly define the requirements fd(Owner Training. If other sections within the contract documents in owner training requirements, the most stringent requirements skal]�kNsede. B. The term "Owner Training" Ancom �th "demonstration" and "training" as outlined in thiss cifi ation se and th ughout the project. C. The Commissioning Age e resile for*r ie g and approving all Owner Training for cd1h sioned s. N - missioned systems will be reviewed and aped by the ect/E ' V" 1.2 RELAT4DENTA. Drawingl prove ns of tt tract, ' uding General Conditions and DiviI tipn S i s apP y t ction. B. Specifications t r out Di ions of t roject Manual are directly applicable ti i**S ctio d t is Sectio rectly applicable to them. 1.3 GENE A. T M sha rdina4 wner Training. Owner Training shall be e ed acco 'ng t ments outlined within this and other fication sections wi in t e contract documents. 1.4 APPLICABLE EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A. At a minimum, Contractor shall provide training on all systems including, but not limited to, the following (as applicable to the Project): 1. Architectural finishes 2. Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning equipment; Packaged Rooftop air conditioning units, Air terminal units, Electronic room air conditioning units, Split system air conditioners, Heating terminal units, Fans, etc. 3. Building Automation System YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 79 00 - 1 4. Electrical System; including Normal and Emergency Power service and distribution equipment as well as interior and exterior lighting and associated controls 5. Pluming System; including Water Heaters, Circulation Pumps, etc. 6. Life Safety Systems; including Fire Alarm, Voice Annunciation, Fire Suppression, Smoke Control/Evacuation, etc. 7. Low Voltage Systems; including Wired and Wireless Networks, Public Address, Audio and Visual Equipment, etc. I 8. Security Systems; including access control, vide onitoring, Intrusion Detection Systems, Emergency Responder Area of rescue Assistance System, etc. 9. Conveyance System; inc ul Elevato s� • 10. Communications ; An i I Syst ATV Distribution System +` 11. Fire Suppre ystems• ction ession tems, Sprinkler Systems, O ` 1.5 SUBMIT A G A. Training an: A t.�0 d es r to th of Owner Training, the r id GC/CM shall ) the tr plan he Architect, Owner and Commission'ng for evi w and a . The GC/CM shall revise and resubmit un ccepta Trai n shall include the following at a minimu 1.* verall s e show' Owner Training sessions. Include at 1 ast t fol ing for each training session: a. Identification, date, time, and duration. b. Description of products and/or systems to be covered. c. List of all subjects to be covered. See training session requirements located in section 3.2. d. Name of firm and person conducting training; include qualifications. e. Intended audience, such as job description. f. Objectives of training and suggested methods of ensuring adequate training. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 79 00 - 2 g. Methods to be used, such as classroom lecture, live demonstrations, hands-on, etc. h. Media to be used, such as slides, hand-outs, etc. i. Training equipment required, such as projector, projection screen, etc., to be provided by Contractor. j. Sample attendance record. k. Sample Owner Training Evaluation Forms. Custom forms shall be created for each equipment system to ensure key?arning objectives have been achieved. B. Training Manuals: The GC/CAall provi �1` fining manual for each attendee; allow for minimum of tw 2 atten r training session. 1. Include applicable f O&uals. kN+10.ram 2. Include copies and-o lfdes, 0 'N�s, video presentations, etc., that are c uded ' ma �v + 3. Provide a 1) ex c of each ng n �O be included with opra Mai n ce dat V p C. Schedulm he �A� sh o mate a Architect, Owner and Commissioning `nti.dn the da of Ow arcing and shall provide at least 14 days' not�'c rior tr 'ning. C� D. Trainin r s• Ci� 1. entifica ' o ach g session, date, time, and duration. `Sign -in she sho ng es and job titles of attendees. 3. List of attendee questions and written answers given, including copies of and references to supporting documentation required for clarification; include answers to questions that could not be answered in original training session. 4. Completed Owner Training Evaluation Forms E. Video Recordings: Submit digital video recording of all Owner Training for Owner's subsequent use. 1. Format: DVD Disc and Electronic Format 2. Label each disc and container with session identification and date. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 79 00 - 3 3. Training video shall be broken up, edited, and labeled for each piece of equipment and/or training session. 4. Electronic Copies shall be included in the Close -Out documentation. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Instructor Qualifications: Factory authorized and trained individual who is familiar with the design, operation, maintenance and troubleshooting of the relevant products and systems. 1. Provide as instructors the most qualified trainer oethose contractors and/or installers who actually supplied and inR ed the systems and Oequipment. • 2. Where a single person is no miliar w' aspects, provide specialists with necessary qualifc,�ons. PART 2 PRODUCTS - N D O PART 3 EXE G 3.1 DEMONS RA PaENE A D m n trati � n J& ring tart- not qualify a e o s s c d g s start-up do o qu y s demons or th ur oses of h ion, unless approved in advance by Own r an om o Agent a satisfy all other requirements of this spy c' tion. B. dnstrations co duct d g unctional Performance Testing need not be ated unless Owner p nel require additional information. C. Demonstration may be combined with training sessions if applicable. D. Dynamic Equipment and Systems: Demonstrate operation in all modes, including start-up, shut -down, seasonal changeover, emergency conditions, and troubleshooting, and maintenance procedures, including scheduled and preventive maintenance. 1. Perform demonstrations not less than two (2) weeks prior to Substantial Completion. 2. For equipment or systems requiring seasonal operation, perform demonstration for other season within six (6) months. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 79 00 - 4 E. Static Equipment or Systems: Demonstrate cleaning, scheduled and preventive maintenance, and repair procedures. 1. Perform demonstrations not less than two (2) weeks prior to Substantial Completion. 3.2 TRAINING - GENERAL A. GC/CM will prepare the Training Plan based on draft plans submitted. B. Conduct Owner Training on -site unless otherwise indicated. C. Owner will provide classroom and seating at no cost ttractor. D. Where applicable, do not start O r Tramin + unctional Performance Testing is complete, unless o ise sp.eeI or approved by the Commissioning Authority. * E. Each training session shal&r the foQ g topic inimum: v� 1. Basis of Desi d Opera equir `inclu tg but not limited to: ' O ` a. G e p an stem a ui d cri tion function Y � q b. erform *qd des' n ri e i c. O era 1 par eters ncludi s tpoints, schedules, etc. d i 'ng co diti mcl i eties, interlocks, alarms, etc. ;ocat' all on of devices including sensors, actuators, ' co er etc. Review of project oc ents including but not limited to: a. Location of turnover documents within the facility b. Location of equipment and systems within facility c. As -Built project record drawings d. O&M Manuals e. Recommended maintenance forms and checklists f. Troubleshooting guides and decision trees YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 79 00 - 5 g. Warranty information and maintenance agreements 3. Normal Operation a. Startup process and procedures b. Normal shutdown process and procedures c. Normal operating instructions d. As -built control sequences for all modes of operation I e. As -built setpoints and schedules f. Safety procedures O g. Seasonal, weekend a d h;ei'dayo t g instructions 4. Emergency Opera ' a. Explanati o warm arms, e bniZ ators and error message •' O b. E cy shu do proces rocedu C. on -nor o eratio i 'ons c�ierating outside normal 1 its ' 1 d g failu f mpon (, ensors or subsystems d. S tx/ji cedur��V 5. NOP nanc 'ustmen�� �► Ali n e and qd nts b. Noise and vib do c. Routine cleaning and inspections, including frequency, materials and tools required d. Preventative maintenance activities and frequency, including checklists, materials and tools required 6. Troubleshooting and Repairs a. Identification and diagnostic instructions b. Test and inspection procedures c. Disassembly instructions, including removal and replacement YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 79 00 - 6 d. Repair instructions e. Identification of parts and components f. Review of attic stock and recommended spare parts 3.3 Minimum Training Hours A. The total minimum owner training hours required for each system/equipment are identified below. If the contractor believes hours are insufficient, additional time shall be included in the project to ensure sufficient understanding of all operation and maintenance requirements of equipment •^ ?ystems. EQUIPMENT/SYSTEM TYPE VON SPECIFI SE MINIMUM TRAINING HOURS HVAC SYSTEMS Split Systems Air Conditioners 8126 2 VRV System 13 81*7,9L 2 Fans 23 60'2 Duct Heater 1 Electronic Heaters 46 1 Radiant Heaters 81 1 1 PLUMBING SYVH79S Domestic Water eat 0 2 Circulation Pum (If a able) 0 00 1 Plumbing Fixture ro s 0500 1 ELECTRICAL SWTE Switchbpa nd Panelb r s 26 24 16 3 Tran rm 26 22 13 3 Disco e s 26 05 02 3 Li htin Controls System 26 09 43 2 LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS Fire Pump 21 05 00 1 Addressable Fire Alarm System 28 31 00 2 Emergency Radio System (If applicable) 28 53 20 2 SECURITY SYSTEMS Access Control System (If applicable) 28 13 00 2 Video Surveillance System (If applicable) 28 23 00 2 LOW VOLTAGE SYSTEMS YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR O1 79 00 - 7 Wireless IT Network 27 05 00 3 CATV Distribution Systems (If applicable) 27 41 40 2 Audio Visual Systems (If applicable) 27 41 40 3 3.4 SCHEDULING A. Training schedule will be subject to availability of Owner's personnel to be trained; re -schedule training sessions as required by Owner; once schedule has been approved by Owner failure to conduct sessions according to schedule will be cause for Owner to charge Contractor for personnel "shorv-up" time. B. No single training session may last more than 90 min �hout a minimum of a 15-minute break between sessions. C. No more than seven (7) hours o tr ing ma e' npleted in a single day. D. Total training hours ident +� ove ed to ized throughout the one-year warranty peri a utline�. Ca 1 or shall plan training time according to ena site suit a min' of ea point: 1 ini to over. 1. Initial o ` 2. T e x 3-6) s afte rover o at t major preventative ma e a c cle to ans ns anSLN ►train on specific items as nece sary 1WD 3. Partite the 1 -m th war eview or prior to completion of t 1 r war t answ9el remaining questions and ensure s f i nt kn on operlf equipment. 3.5 V >�.ECO I A. i o recording of all O e% Training shall comply with the following re uirements: 1. Video recording shall be done on a device specifically intended for this purpose. Tripods or other stabilizing devices shall be used to ensure a stable, high quality video. 2. Remote microphones shall be utilized to ensure high quality audio and understanding of trainer. 3. Ensure sufficient lighting is provided to observe instructor and all components being trained on. B. Any of the following will result in rejection of the training video and require re- YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 79 00 - 8 3.6 training at no additional cost to the owner or count against the minimum hours listed above: 1. Use of cellular phones or tablets. 2. Use of video cameras without tripods or other stabilizing devices. 3. Poor audio quality due to not using remote microphones or excessive ambient noise. 4. Poor lighting resulting in inability to clearly a equipment or components. Training Acceptance O A. The Commissioning Agent and/or tect wi all Owner Training with the Owner's operating perso nel nd de a if t ining provided was satisfactory. If training ' � e ined insuffi n to ensure proper operation and mainten c dditio aining i e provided by the contractor a no cost tner. B. Training will notned ac le unti lowi een completed: 1. Tr in I has en pprov . 2. All equiredQoNer d iyne is have eceived (O&M Manuals, 3. Trainf'fn: 4. Tra g r' deo MAI Owner com f�el�approved. been confirmed. END OF SECTION YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 01 79 00 - 9 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES: 1.2 SECTION 02 4119 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION A. Cleaning site of debris, grass, trees, and other plant life in preparation for site or structure earthwork. B. Protection of existing structures, trees, or vegetation that are KdNWed in Contract Documents to remain. O C. Stripping topsoil from areas that are e incorpo ` limits of project or as otherwise indicated on Construction Drawl gs. D. Remove architectural, s i , plum fire prptQtl*,mechanical and electrical materials and equipm dicated fired fostruction. E. Sawcut and re c ncrete f s, plumbi mg, ant er necessary to prepare for subseque w k. ` F. Remo �als from sit , d dispo gally. G. Disconn ct, re e, c �nd id lities for reconnection. H. Removal rot t , and eliv of item �ted as Owner's salvage to location on site as dir by Ow . I. mov rote a orage 2f it s designated to be reused. SECTIONS: A. '/Construction Drawings. B. Cutting of non-structural concrete floors and ceiling for piping, ducts, and conduit is included with work of respective mechanical and electrical specifications sections; Divisions 22, 23, and26. C. Relocation of pipes, ducts, conduits, other mechanical and electrical work; Divisions 22, 23, 26, and33. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 02 41 19 - 1 1.3 SUBMITTALS: Comply with Section 01 33 00 Submittals and Substitutions. A. Before commencing selective demolition work, submit for review and approval of the Architect, a schedule showing the commencement, order, and completion dates for the various parts of this work. Include coordination for shut-off, capping, and continuation of utility services as required, together with details for dust and noise protection. B. Before starting any work relating to existing utilities that will temporarily discontinue service to adjacent buildings, notify the Architect / Owner 72 hours in advance and obtain approval before proceeding with work. Do not disconnect or disrupt service without Architect's prior approval. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS: B. N e*k In the event demolition operations not part of tndexisting site conditions have changed after Contractor has p d his sn, consult Architect prior to starting work. •3 Salvageable Items: ` �� O 1. Salvage ite dicated. location 4:• t as dirA,Led by Owner. M s salvage or for -d items from site as will not bepermitted. tect personnel and general work. pamages: Promptly repjr, to L! satisfaction of the Architect, damages caused to contents by demolition work or d nsufficiency of protection provided, at no cost to Owner. Replace damaged work, as directed by the Architect, if not satisfactory. E. Traffic: Conduct selective demolition operations and debris removal in a manner to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 0241 19 - 2 F. Explosives: Use of explosives will not be permitted. G. Environmental Controls: Use water sprinkling, temporary enclosures, and other suitable methods to limit dust and dirt rising and scattering in air to lowest practicable level. Comply with governing regulations pertaining to environmental protection. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OFF -SITE MATERIALS. A. Off -site materials shall be transported to project using well maintained and operating vehicles. Once on site, transporting vehicles shall stay on deli atelehaul roads and shall at no time endanger improvements by rutting, overloading, or ng. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION: A. Locate and identifyexisti u ' dies thata� main a of t�'rom damage. V� � g V B. Protect trees, plan Ash, and f esigna main a of final landscaping. Install orange c ion fencid�the dr' g of ex' t� designated to remain Q as identified aw' V . n�� C. Cond ons with mmimum ' er es to por private accesses and facilities. Mamta' ingress s at t' es nd clea 6c roadways daily as required b � p Y Y q Y governing aut wide dus 1 with s lg systems or equipment. D. Provide trVontrol ire C 3.2 PROTE T O `CO • A. ct exi ma pals A n ces and equipment which are not to be demolished. iiting materia s, ap rte es and equipment, building exterior and interior, and landscaping altered or ed during demolition work shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor to match existing undisturbed conditions at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Prevent movement of structure; provide bracing and shoring as required. C. Provide and maintain temporary weather protection during interval between demolition and removal of existing construction on exterior surfaces and YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 0241 19 - 3 installation of new construction to ensure that no water leakage or damage, or wind damage occurs to structure or interior areas of existing building. D. Maintain path of travel for debris removal dust free and clean at all times. E. Maintain ventilation system dust free at all times. F. Cover and protect windows and walls that are adjacent to areas to be demolished. G. Provide protective measures as required to protect personnel and general public from injury due to selective demolition work. 3.3 SALVAGING AND RECYCLING DEMOLISHED M ALS: • A. General: Separate recyclable demolt>elmaterial other demolished materials to the maximum extent possible.: ep ate cyclable als by type. 3.4 B. C. D. Indicate anticipated type �ifantities terials of. Indicate quantities t or vol� t use s Recycling Incentievenue s, rebat for recycling it g de �oiterials s c Coor Owner sal materia reused DISPOSAL Do not Now deaf Remove and tr surfaces and areas. rp Nged, recycled, and disposed 64 of measure throughout. credits,* o r incentives received crue� actor. u M to be recycled, reused, salvaged, reinstalled, s property, remove demolished materials from in an EPA approved landfill. Serials to accumulate on -site. in a manner that will prevent spillageon adjacent YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 0241 19 - 4 3.5 CLEANING: A. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by building demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before building demolition operation began. END OF SECTION YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 0241 19 - 5 SECTION 031000 CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Form -facing material for cast -in -place concrete. ♦ O 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS G A. Product Data: For each of the f �� 1. Waterstops. �� ♦ O PART 2 -PRODUCTS G 2.1 PERFORM A Q MENTS A. Concrete Formwork Sigengineer, e , shore, nd maintain formwork, shores, and reshores in accordanc AC 1 to support c , lateral, static, and dynamic loads, and construction loa t migh 1' d, until st re can support such loads, so that resulting concrete co the re ire s apes, dimensions. 1. n woo forms accordance with APA's "Concrete Forming ♦ s Co ti Guider sign formwo to li ' e o of form -facing material to 1/240 of center -to -center pacing of supports. a. For architectural c crete specified in Section 033300 "Architectural Concrete," limit deflection of form -facing material, studs, and walers to 0.0025 times their respective clear spans (L/400). 2.2 FORM -FACING MATERIALS A. As -Cast Surface Form -Facing Material: 1. Provide continuous, true, and smooth concrete surfaces. 2. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints. 3. Acceptable Materials: As required to comply with Surface Finish designations specified in Section 033000 "Cast -In -Place Concrete, and as follows: a. Plywood, metal, or other approved panel materials. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 03 10 00- 1 B. Concealed Surface Form -Facing Material: Lumber, plywood, metal, plastic, or another approved material. 1. Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit. 2.3 WATERSTOPS A. Flexible Rubber Waterstops: U.S. Army Corps of Engineers CRD-C 513, with factory -installed metal eyelets, for embedding in concrete to prevent passage of fluids through joints, with factory fabricate corners, intersections, and directional changes. L 2.4 A. B. C. D. E. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requireme provide products by the following: a. Williams Products, Inc. ♦ O 2. Profile: Flat dumbbell with center ` 3. Dimensions: 4 inches by 3/16 inch ck ; nonta Flexible PVC Waterstops: U.S. orps of -rs C 2, with factory -installed metal eyelets, for embedding i to to pr assagesof hrough joints, with factory fabricate corners, intersectio directio ges. 1. Manufacturers: Set to com e with req e nts, and ft ► a. Bo et , c. �� b. Sik ation. C. aterstop ccessori 2. Profile. a d m l w h cent u a► 3. Dimensi ns: 4:dimnes 31161 ; nontar%J RELATED;k W V Anchor Slots' IIot-c >rs. Temporarily fill debris. Vinch- thick, galvanized -steel sheet. Temporarily intrusion of concrete or debris. ;eel sheet, not less than 0.034 inch thick, with bent pening of slots to prevent intrusion of concrete or Chamfer Strips: Wood, metal, PVC, or rubber strips, 3/4 by 3/4 inch, minimum. Rustication Strips: Wood, metal, PVC, or rubber strips, kerfed for ease of form removal. Form -Release Agent: Commercially formulated form -release agent that does not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and does not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. 1. Formulate form -release agent with rust inhibitor for steel form -facing materials. 2. Form release agent for form liners shall be acceptable to form liner manufacturer. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 03 10 00- 2 F. Form Ties: Factory -fabricated, removable or snap -off, glass -fiber -reinforced plastic or metal form ties designed to resist lateral pressure of fresh concrete on forms and to prevent spalling of concrete on removal. 1. Furnish units that leave no corrodible metal closer than 1 inch to the plane of exposed concrete surface. 2. Furnish ties that, when removed, leave holes no larger than I inch in diameter in concrete surface. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF FORMWORK ♦ OA. Comply with ACI 301. of B. Construct formwork, so concrete me ers d struc of size hape, alignment, elevation, and position indicated, within t ♦ c its of 1 and to y with the Surface Finish designations specified in Secti 0 "Cas ace C�ici000K as -cast finishes. C. Limit concrete surface i n 'es as f C` 1. Where concr 1 on ea b ee the Surfa h-1.0 Class D, 1 inch. 2. Where co expos d to iew wit r surfac S ace Finish-2.0: ACI 117 Class 3. Surfac m sh-3. Cl 117 Cla A, D. Construct forms tigh e to ent of con r rtar. 1. Minimize ts. 2. Ex e ncrete: S m ricall a ' is in forms. P �� Y E. Con4 emovabl s or ea oval without hammering or prying against concrete s ♦` l . rovide crush or wreckites where stripping may damage cast -concrete surfaces. 2. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces steeper than 1.5 horizontal to 1 vertical. 3. Install keyways, reglets, recesses, and other accessories, for easy removal. F. Do not use rust -stained, steel, form -facing material. G. Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required elevations and slopes in finished concrete surfaces. 1. Provide and secure units to support screed strips. 2. Use strike -off templates or compacting -type screeds. H. Provide temporary openings for cleanouts and inspection ports where interior area of formwork is inaccessible. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 03 10 00- 3 1. Close openings with panels tightly fitted to forms and securely braced to prevent loss of concrete mortar. 2. Locate temporary openings in forms at inconspicuous locations. I. Chamfer exterior corners and edges of permanently exposed concrete. J. At construction joints, overlap forms onto previously placed concrete not less than 12 inches. K. Form openings, chases, offsets, sinkages, keyways, reglets, blocking, screeds, and bulkheads required in the Work. 1. Determine sizes and locations from trades providing such items. 2. Obtain written approval of Architect prior to forming opera not indicated on Drawings. L. Construction and Movement Joints: ♦ O 2. 3. 4. M. Construct joints true to line with fa perpendic r_11�►` rface plane of concrete. Install so strength and appeara e of oncrete impair at locations indicated or as approved by Architect. Place joints perpendicul in rein nt. Locate joints for bea , , joists, ders in le third of spans. a. Offset joint 'Lir�ers a in'distanc ice the in width from a beam - girder int �n. • Locate horiz to omts ' and colu nder oors, slabs, beams, and girders an ar a op of otinis or floo>� _ corners, and in concealed required to facilitate cleaning and n ol! ertical forms, in inconspicuous location, to allow s)ith tight -fitting panels, flush with inside face of form, be apparent in exposed concrete surfaces. N. Clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt, and other debris just before placing concrete. O. Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar leaks and maintain proper alignment. P. Coat contact surfaces of forms with form -release agent, according to manufacturer's written instructions, before placing reinforcement. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF EMBEDDED ITEMS A. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work that is attached to or supported by cast -in -place concrete. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 03 10 00- 4 3.3 3.4 1. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 2. Install anchor rods, accurately located, to elevations required and complying with tolerances in Section 7.5 of AISC 303. 3. Install reglets to receive waterproofing and to receive through -wall flashings in outer face of concrete frame at exterior walls, where flashing is shown at lintels, shelf angles, and other conditions. 4. Install dovetail anchor slots in concrete structures, as indicated on Drawings. 5. Clean embedded items immediately prior to concrete placement. INSTALLATION OF WATERSTOPS A. Flexible Waterstops: Install in construction joints and at ot9!Z�ints indicated to form a continuous diaphragm. ♦ O 1. Install in longest lengths practicabl 2. Locate waterstops in center♦o int a less 3. Allow clearance betweenVftr o and re: concrete aggregate size s e ' d in 4. Secure waterstops in 4NN60sitio 5. Field fabricate joi9ey ccordanc;J �` indicat on Drawings. steel of t s than 2 times the largest 3000 'tea t�- % lace Concrete." using heat welding. a. Miter Ctebulbs. tersecti��d directioAkl'ranges iti er ops. b. Align 6. Clean wat sdi ely rior to p�lcem t of one 7. Supp otect expose aterst+timing progr oft e Work. SHORING AND G TAL TION A. Comply wit U#8 and desigation, and removal of shoring and reshoring. 1. not ove o reshori unmeasurement of slab tolerances is complete. B. P cc of al f sh ♦ ore to avoid damage to concrete. Locate and provide t reshoring to s pport onst ion without excessive stress or deflection. END OF SECTION 031000 YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 03 10 00- 5 SECTION 032000 CONCRETE REINFORCING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Steel reinforcement bars. ♦ O 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS G A. Shop Drawings: Comply with f�► �� 1. Include placing di 2. Include bar sizes diagrams, bar arra splice couple placement. Mules, 'rrup spacing, bent bar f lap# ce details of mechanical ing, and supports for concrete re i nent. �� ' Cr 1.3 1NFORMATI AL '%LS A. Field quality -co troy s. G PART 2 - PROD C S 2.1 INFORC NT A. Rei forcing Bars: ASTM A615 5M, Grade 60, deformed. 2.2 REINFORCEMENT ACCESSORIES A. Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars and welded -wire reinforcement in place. Manufacture bar supports from steel wire, plastic, or precast concrete in accordance with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice," of greater compressive strength than concrete and as follows: a. For concrete surfaces exposed to view, where legs of wire bar supports contact forms, use CRSI Class 1 plastic -protected steel wire, all -plastic bar supports, or CRSI Class 2 stainless steel bar supports. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 03 20 00- 1 B. Steel Tie Wire: ASTM A1064/A1064M, annealed steel, not less than 0.0508 inch in diameter. 1. Finish: Plain. 2.3 FABRICATING REINFORCEMENT A. Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice." PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION ♦ OA. Protection of In -Place Conditions: 1. Do not cut or puncture vapor rejarde G 2. Repair damage and resea a arder b cing co Pre B. Clean reinforcement of loose mill sic , ice, a Qforeign materials that reduce bond to concrete. 3.2 1NSTALLATIO EEL IN CEM A. Comply with "M al of Standa for pla6nd supporting reinforcement. B. Accurately position, u I o ),aZ secure orcemen o* st displacement. 1. Locate an port re' t with b i�ports to maintain minimum concrete cover. 2. j Id cro ing mforci Pr n fn 1 h an n 1 than n rdiameter, rn 1 \160 C. esery b s o o t o c, of less t o one bar o of less th ♦ f la a aggren ichever is greater. D. v e concrete coverage in cor nce with ACI 318. E. Set wire ties with ends directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces. F. Splices: Lap splices as indicated on Drawings. 1. Bars indicated to be continuous, and all vertical bars shall be lapped as indicated on Drawings.. 2. Stagger splices in accordance with ACI 318. 3.3 JOINTS A. Construction Joints: Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at locations indicated or as approved by Architect. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 03 20 00- 2 1. Place joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. 2. Continue reinforcement across construction joints unless otherwise indicated. 3. Do not continue reinforcement through sides of strip placements of floors and slabs. 3.4 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES A. Comply with ACI 117. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Special Inspections: Owner will engage a qualified testing and ins cting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports. ♦ OB. Inspections: I. Steel -reinforcement placement. G END OF SECTION 032000 �� O O G - G G � G YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 03 20 00- 3 SECTION 033000 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Cast -in -place concrete, including concrete materialsture design, placement procedures, and finishes. O B. Related Requirements: G r�-- 1. Section 031000 "Concr c g and 1 c ries" f��-facing materials, form liners, insulating concret r s, and w ps. 2. Section 032000 "Co keinfor ' 'for steel NO cing bars and welded -wire reinforcement. C:) 1.2 DEFINITIONS O G A. Cementitious ls: rtland cem t in co tion with one or more of the following: fl h, an h o�olan er' is sub'e liance with requirements. g Y J� p q B. Water/Cement atio ): T rati by weight r to cementitious materials. 1.3 ACTIO S TTA Cj A. PFo o e folle��. 1. ortland cement. 2. Fly ash. 3. Aggregates. 4. Admixtures: a. Include limitations of use, including restrictions on cementitious materials, supplementary cementitious materials, air entrainment, aggregates, temperature at time of concrete placement, relative humidity at time of concrete placement, curing conditions, and use of other admixtures. 5. Vapor retarders. 6. Liquid floor treatments. 7. Curing materials. 8. Joint fillers. B. Design Mixtures: For each concrete mixture, include the following: Mixture identification. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 03 30 00- 1 2. Minimum 28-day compressive strength. 3. Durability exposure class. 4. Maximum w/cm. 5. Calculated equilibrium unit weight, for lightweight concrete. 6. Slump limit. 7. Air content. 8. Nominal maximum aggregate size. 9. Indicate amounts of mixing water to be withheld for later addition at Project site if permitted. 10. Intended placement method. 11. Submit alternate design mixtures when characteristics of materials, Project conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant adjustments#* 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS `O A. Material Certificates: For each of the follo mg, signe ufacturers: ♦ ,�1. Cementitious materials. 2. Admixtures. ` �� ♦ O 3. Curing compounds. 4. Vapor retarders. 5. Joint -filler stri O �� ♦` B. Material Test R or r the to g, from ied t stin cy: 1. Portlan cement. 2. Fly ash. 3. Aggregates. 4. Admixtu C) C. Field quali -c n rol rep 1.5 ♦ , ST E, ND G A. Co y with ASTM C94/C94 al)ACI 301. 1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Cold -Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 301 and ACI 306.1. B. Hot -Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 301 and ACI 305.1. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 03 30 00- 2 PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 CONCRETE, GENERAL A. ACI Publications: Comply with ACI301 unless modified by requirements in the Contract Documents. 2.2 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cementitious Materials: 1. Portland Cement: As noted on Drawings. 2. Fly Ash: ASTM C618, Class C or F. ♦ O B. Normal -Weight Aggregates: ASTM C33 coar 'vegate or better, graded. Provide aggregates from a single source. ♦` ��1. Maximum Coarse-Aggr e: 1 m �r�imal. ♦ 2. Fine Aggregate: Free rials wit rious re to alkali in cement. C. Air -Entraining Admixtu�/� M C2 M. —J D. Chemical Admix ertifie y nufactur ompati w h other admixtures that do not contribu a oluble chl dons a di g those i d in hardened concrete. Do not use calci c o 'de admixtures n alcium de . 1. Water-Reduci g xtur S 494/C49 e A. 2. Retardin dV' e: AS CA494/C494 3. Water -Re ng and a in?Admix TM C494/C494M, Type D. 4. Hig ater- ducllg Adm STM C494/C494M, Type F. 5. h-R e, W r e mg an -Re ing Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M, Type G. 6. ♦ cizmg a ar ng A e: ASTM C1017/C1017M, Type II. E. itd Water Use Ma ce• C94/C94M, potable 2.3 VAPOR RETARDERS A. Sheet Vapor Retarder, Class A: ASTM E1745, Class A; not less than 15 mils thick. Include manufacturer's recommended adhesive or pressure -sensitive tape. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Barrier One, Inc. b. Barrier-Bac; Inteplast Group. C. Fortifiber Building Systems Group. d. ISI Building Products. e. Poly -America, L.P. f. Raven Industries, Inc. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 03 30 00- 3 g. Reef Industries, Inc. h. Stego Industries, LLC. i. Tex-Trude. j. Trim -A -Slab. k. W.R. Meadows, Inc. 2.4 LIQUID FLOOR TREATMENTS A. Penetrating Liquid Floor Treatment: Clear, chemically reactive, waterborne solution of inorganic silicate or siliconate materials and proprietary components; odorless; that penetrates, hardens, and densifies concrete surfaces. "�/� 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements zRi le manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the World lu , but are not limited to, the following: a. ChemMasters, Inc. b. ChemTec Internation♦al� C. Concrete Sealers T d. Curecrete Distrib o c. �� ♦ O C. Dayton Super'Fits, f. Euclid fn�malt"i ompany n RP ny. g. KaufmInc. ♦ a► h. Laticrei. Ma er do s. j. k Internatio , Inc. k. x- rete r c Grou . 1. P netrorVA In. PROS 1cc. G Vexcon Chemic W.R. Meadows, 2.5 CURING MATERIALS 5� Company. ialty Coatings. A. Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 9 oz./sq. yd. when dry. B. Moisture -Retaining Cover: ASTM C171, polyethylene film burlap -polyethylene sheet. 1. Color: a. Ambient Temperature Below 50 deg F: Black. b. Ambient Temperature between 50 deg F and 85 deg F: Any color. C. Ambient Temperature Above 85 deg F: White. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 03 30 00- 4 C. Water: Potable or complying with ASTM C I 602/C I 602M. 2.6 RELATED MATERIALS A. Expansion- and Isolation -Joint -Filler Strips: ASTM D1751, asphalt -saturated cellulosic fiber. B. Floor Slab Protective Covering: Eight -feet- wide cellulose fabric. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. McTech Group, Inc. ♦ O2.7 CONCRETE MIXTURES, GENERAL A. Prepare design mixtures for each t an strengthicrete, oportioned on the basis of laboratory trial mixture or field �r both, ' c rdance I 301. 1. Use a qualified testin for pre d repo posed mixture designs, based on laboratory trial r�s.` B. Cementitious Mate ' in .t c t e by w of ce ti ' materials other than portland cement ' ete as NU I. FlyAs ter zolans: 25 c ass. a► C. Admixtures: Use ad i r in ac da ith man L`er's written instructions. 1. Use wate ucing, water-r ,or plasticizing admixture in concrete, as requ' a acem t an workab 't 2. e wa redu ' g etardin mixture when required by high temperatures, low ♦ 'dity, or o v se plc t conditions. 2.8 RETE MIXTURES G A. Class : Normal -weight concrete used for footings and foundation walls. 1. Exposure Class: ACI 318 F1 SO WO CO. 2. Minimum Compressive Strength: As indicated at 28 days. 3. Maximum w/cm: As indicated on drawings 4. Slump Limit: 5 inches maximum. 5. Limit water-soluble, chloride -ion content in hardened concrete to 1.00 percent by weight of cement. B. Class : Normal -weight concrete used for slab -on -ground. 1. Exposure Class: ACI 318 FO SO WO CO. 2. Minimum Compressive Strength: As indicated at 28 days. 3. Maximum w/cm: 0.50. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 03 30 00- 5 4. Slump Limit: 5 inches, maximum. 5. Limit water-soluble, chloride -ion content in hardened concrete to 1.00 percent by weight of cement. 2.9 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready -Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete in accordance with ASTM C94/C94M and ASTM CI I16/CI I16M, and furnish batch ticket information including water withheld at the plant and water added at the site. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF EMBEDDED ITE `O A. Place and secure anchorage devicest r embe ins req 'red for adjoining Work that is attached to or supported by c e concr ,� 1. Use setting drawings ates, di , instruc i d directions furnished with items to be embed N 2. Install anchor r , ccurate a d, to ns requi6nd complying with tolerances in c IT .5 1 SC 303 ` 3. Install reg ceive ate oofing a eive thr all flashings in outer face of co e e at exter alls, w shing i No at lintels, shelf angles, and other c � o s. 3.2 INSTALLATI O` OR T ER A. Sheet Vap r ers: P1 ce rotectn it sheet vapor retarder in accordance with AS 1643 ma a writteins ctions. 1 ♦ vap rd with lat ension parallel with direction of concrete pour. cc laps away m e ose ection of concrete pour. 3. ap vapor retarder ove oo gs and grade beams not less than 6 inches, sealing vapor retarder to concrete. 4. Lap joints 6 inches and seal with manufacturer's recommended tape. 5. Terminate vapor retarder at the top of floor slabs, grade beams, and pile caps, sealing entire perimeter to floor slabs, grade beams, foundation walls, or pile caps. 6. Seal penetrations in accordance with vapor retarder manufacturer's instructions. 7. Protect vapor retarder during placement of reinforcement and concrete. a. Repair damaged areas by patching with vapor retarder material, overlapping damages area by 6 inches on all sides, and sealing to vapor retarder. Klk�tG 1] LNMI A. Construct joints true to line, with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. B. Construction Joints: Coordinate with floor slab pattern and concrete placement sequence. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 03 30 00- 6 3.4 C. A. F C. 1. Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at locations indicated on Drawings or as approved by Architect. 2. Place joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. a. Continue reinforcement across construction joints unless otherwise indicated. b. Do not continue reinforcement through sides of strip placements of floors and slabs. 3. Form keyed joints as indicated. Embed keys at least 1-1/2 inches into concrete. 4. Locate joints for beams, slabs, joists, and girders at third points of spans. Offset joints in girders a minimum distance of twice the beam width from a beam -girder intersection. 5. Locate horizontal joints in walls and columns at underside of floors, slabs, beams, and girders and at the top of footings or floor slabs. 6. Space vertical joints in walls as indicated on Drawings . Unless otherwise indicated on Drawings, locate vertical joints beside piers integral with waft, near corners, and in concealed locations where possible. Control Joints in Slabs -on -Ground: Form weakened -plane o omts, sectioning concrete into areas as indicated. Construct control joi a depth at least one-fourth of concrete thickness as follows: ♦ -.1 . +� _Pt, Grooved Joints: Form edge of joint to a radius finishes. Eliminate g Sawed Joints: Fo Before placing and vapor retar Noi*ly Architect and testing placement. ig and finishing each after applying surface erproof abrasive or cutting action does ons random cracks. rk, reinforcement, embedded items, are completed. vapor retarder for damage and deficient .)or retarder during concrete placement and make Work progresses. agencies 24 hours prior to commencement of concrete Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project site, or during placement unless approved by Architect in writing, but not to exceed the amount indicated on the concrete delivery ticket. 1. Do not add water to concrete after adding high -range water -reducing admixtures to mixture. D. Before test sampling and placing concrete, water may be added at Project site, subject to limitations of ACI 301, but not to exceed the amount indicated on the concrete delivery ticket. 1. Do not add water to concrete after adding high -range water -reducing admixtures to mixture. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 03 30 00- 7 3.5 E. Deposit concrete continuously in one layer or in horizontal layers of such thickness that no new concrete is placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause seams or planes of weakness. F 0 1. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as indicated. 2. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation. 3. Deposit concrete in horizontal layers of depth not to exceed formwork design pressures and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. 4. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment in accordance with ACI 301. a. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. b. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6 inches into preceding�&yer. C. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of con that have begun to lose plasticity. d. At each insertion, limit duration of vibrator o me necessary to consolidate concrete, and complete em t of rei r ent and other embedded items without causing mixture cons tuents to s e Deposit and consolidate concre ors a �a conti �eration, within limits of construction joints, until place ena pane�ion is le 1. Do not place cone ors and a chec sequen 2. Consolidate coucduring nt oper n so coil thoroughly worked around reinfot-cem*nt an of Wyibedded i d int 3. Maintain n r�ment i os ion on c doming ncr acement. 4. Scree faces with a aighte trike o correct elevations. 5. Level c crete, c leas, a eas. 6. Slopes ace fo y to drat a requi 7. Begin initial o ' usi ull ats or d bi to form a uniform and open -textured e re exc bl dwater a n the surface. surface p e,�d 8. Do n9@Jp4^ distur slab,§ aces be ing finishing operations. r FIN4SI 6 FORM `Surface Finishes: 1. ACI 301 Surface Finish SF-1.0: As -cast concrete texture imparted by form -facing material. a. Patch voids larger than 1-1/2 inches wide or 1/2 inch deep. b. Remove projections larger than 1 inch. C. Tie holes do not require patching. d. Surface Tolerance: ACI 117 Class D. C. Apply to concrete surfaces not exposed to public view. 2. ACI 301 Surface Finish SF-2.0: As -cast concrete texture imparted by form -facing material, arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. a. Patch voids larger than 3/4 inch wide or 1/2 inch deep. b. Remove projections larger than 1/4 inch. C. Patch tie holes. d. Surface Tolerance: ACI 117 Class B. C. Locations: Apply to concrete surfaces exposed to public view, . 3. ACI 301 Surface Finish SF-3.0: YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 03 30 00- 8 Wei a. Patch voids larger than 3/4 inch wide or 1/2 inch deep. b. Remove projections larger than 1/8 inch. C. Patch tie holes. d. Surface Tolerance: ACI 117 Class A. e. Locations: Apply to concrete surfaces exposed to public view, or to be covered with a coating or covering material applied directly to concrete . B. Related Unformed Surfaces: A. Ell C. 1. At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a color and texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. 2. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces unifo�across adjacent unformed surfaces unless otherwise indicated. O FINISHING FLOORS AND SLABS G Comply with ACI302.1R re ♦ j ations �eding, tr 'ghtening, and finishing operations for concrete surface t wet i - surfaces0 V Scratch Finish: and bull -floated or ich in one direction. fend sufficiently to >urface with power- ver-driven floats. rm, smooth, granular ate. D. Trowel Finish: 1. After applying float finish, apply first troweling and consolidate concrete by hand or power -driven trowel. 2. Continue troweling passes and restraighten until surface is free of trowel marks and uniform in texture and appearance. 3. Grind smooth any surface defects that would telegraph through applied coatings or floor coverings. 4. Do not add water to concrete surface. 5. Do not apply hard -troweled finish to concrete, which has a total air content greater than 3 percent. 6. Apply a trowel finish to surfaces to be covered with resilient flooring, carpet, ceramic or quarry tile set over a cleavage membrane, paint, or another thin -film -finish coating system YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 03 30 00- 9 7. Finish and measure surface, so gap at any point between concrete surface and an unleveled, freestanding, 10-ft.- long straightedge resting on two high spots and placed anywhere on the surface does not exceed tolerance specified by Architect . E. Trowel and Fine -Broom Finish: Apply a first trowel finish to surfaces indicated on Drawings . While concrete is still plastic, slightly scarify surface with a fine broom perpendicular to main traffic route. 1. Coordinate required final finish with Architect before application. 2. Comply with flatness and levelness tolerances for trowel -finished floor surfaces. F. Broom Finish: Apply a broom finish to exterior concrete platforms, st*rs, ramps, and locations indicated on Drawings. 1. Immediatel after float finishing, slightly rou hen♦trofi&surface b broomin with Y g g Y g �LY g fiber -bristle broom perpendicular n traffic r 2. Coordinate required final finish wit chitect b plication. 3.7 INSTALLATION OF MISCE US C(ETE IVl� A. Filling In: 1. Fill in holes en ng �ncrete st s afte other trades is in place unless oth di ate 2. Mix, cure concr , as speci blend in- ace construction. 3. Provid t r is anus con t� 'ndicate o equired to complete the Work. tips, B. Curbs: Provide mondlit is wish nteri�{curbs by forms while concrete is still green and by steel-tr wel�ti surfac to hard, nish with corners, intersections, and terminationTBaand vrounde . C. Equip t u a s: 1 inat an locatia o crete bases with actual equipment provided. nstruct concre e bas As ' 'cated on drawings in each direction beyond the maximum dimensions of supporte pment unless otherwise indicated on Drawings, or unless required for seismic anchor support. 3. Minimum Compressive Strength: As indicated at 28 days. 4. Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated, install dowel rods on 18-inch centers around the full perimeter of concrete base. 5. For supported equipment, install epoxy -coated anchor bolts that extend through concrete base and anchor into structural concrete substrate. 6. Prior to pouring concrete, place and secure anchorage devices. a. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. b. Cast anchor -bolt insert into bases. C. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 03 30 00- 10 W A. F C. [4[QZty:7yj09K6111a QCli, Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. 1. Comply with ACI 301 and ACI 306.1 for cold weather protection during curing. 2. Comply with ACI 301 and ACI 305.1 for hot -weather protection during curing. 3. Maintain moisture loss no more than 0.2 lb/sq. ft. x h before and during finishing operations. Curing Formed Surfaces: Comply with ACI 308.1 as follows: 1. Cure formed concrete surfaces, including underside of beams, sported slabs, and other similar surfaces. Kxho 2. Cure concrete containing color pigments in accordance wir pigment manufacturer's instructions. 3. If forms remain during curing peri oist cure a ning forms. 4. If removing forms before end of c ng period, a curing for remainder of curing period, as follows: ^ a. Continuous Foggi a in stan ' �er on cog e�*surface until final setting of concrete. b. Continuous Sp : Mainta rete s �tinuously wet. C. Absorptive r: Pre-d bsorpt' terial b re application; apply addition��t to abs material ntam ca J surface continuously wet. � ' d. Water- tVtion S eti Materi r ex ose rete surfaces with sheeting in i taping, or la mg sea e. em rane- iN Curi o d: A formly in continuous operation b pow pr r roller 1 c ance w't ufacturer's written instructions. 1) ec area bjec o heaall within three hours after initial Vvaation. laintai con y of co d repair damage during curing period. Curing to d Su c mply wit AC08.1 as follows: n curin e iate fI i ing concrete. nterior Concrete Floor a. Floors to Receiv or Coverings Specified in Other Sections: Contractor has option of the following: 1) Absorptive Cover: As soon as concrete has sufficient set to permit application without marring concrete surface, install prewetted absorptive cover over entire area of floor. a) Lap edges and ends of absorptive cover not less than 12-inches. b) Maintain absorptive cover water saturated, and in place, for duration of curing period, but not less than seven days. 2) Moisture -Retaining -Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture - retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped at least 12 inches, and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. a) Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period, using cover material and waterproof tape. b) Cure for not less than seven days. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 03 30 00- 11 3) Ponding or Continuous Sprinkling of Water: Maintain concrete surfaces continuously wet for not less than seven days, utilizing one, or a combination of, the following: a) Water. b) Continuous water -fog spray. b. Floors to Receive Penetrating Liquid Floor Treatments: Contractor has option of the following: 1) Absorptive Cover: As soon as concrete has sufficient set to permit application without marring concrete surface, install prewetted absorptive cover over entire area of floor. a) Lap edges and ends of absorptive cover not less than 12 inches. b) Maintain absorptive cover water saturated, ar#Kir place, for duration of curing period, but not less than seven 2) Moisture -Retaining -Cover Curing: Cover re e surfaces with moisture - retaining cover for curing concrete, pl e in idest practicable width, with sides and ends lappe st 12 in s, IT sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. a) Imme4t epair any 1 ears d curing period, using cover mater aterp o t b) Cure or� less t n days! O 3) Pondin o ntinuous ling er: M intain concrete surfaces cont y wet fore s than s s, utili one, or a combination o lowing: Wate O ` b Conti ou water- f s C. Fl Receive Po ished i tractor ption of the following: 1 Absi Sover: s o as concr ffrcient set to permit application u arring co r surfac 11 prewetted absorptive cover over enti ea orbr- La es d ends of � tive cover not less than 12 inches. int ' so v water saturated, and in place, for duration of eriod, bu ss than seven days. 2 P err Continu us prinkling of Water: Maintain concrete surfaces ♦ c ti usly N*e0 t less than seven days, utilizing one, or a combination o, efoll a) Wa b) Conti us water -fog spray. d. Floors to Receive Chemical Stain: 1) As soon as concrete has sufficient set to permit application without marring concrete surface, install curing paper over entire area of floor. e. Floors to Receive Urethane Flooring: 1) As soon as concrete has sufficient set to permit application without marring concrete surface, install prewetted absorptive cover over entire area of floor. 2) Rewet absorptive cover, and cover immediately with polyethylene moisture - retaining cover with edges lapped 6 inches and sealed in place. 3) Secure polyethylene moisture -retaining cover in place to prohibit air from circulating under polyethylene moisture -retaining cover. 4) Leave absorptive cover and polyethylene moisture -retaining cover in place for duration of curing period, but not less than 28 days. f. Floors to Receive Curing Compound: YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 03 30 00- 12 1) Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. 2) Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. 3) Maintain continuity of coating, and repair damage during curing period. 4) Removal: After curing period has elapsed, remove curing compound without damaging concrete surfaces by method recommended by curing compound manufacturer. g. Floors to Receive Curing and Sealing Compound: 1) Apply uniformly to floors and slabs indicated in a continuous operation by power spray or roller in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. 2) Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within tree hours after initial application. 3) Repeat process 24 hours later, and apply n coat. Maintain continuity of coating, and repair damage during cti p riod. 3.9 TOLERANCES A. Conform to ACI 117. ` ♦ �� 3.10 APPLICATION OF FLOO MENT ♦ a► A. Penetrating Liq ' Trea nt: rep c, a finish p e ting liquid floor treatment in accordan anufacture♦♦r�� tten ins ns. 1. Remove curl om uiids, rs oil, dirt,nce, and other contaminants and complete surf. e e irs. 2. See man *c;, eco nda ons for c ge required before application. . 3. Appl q i til su c 1 ated, g into surface until a gel forms; rewet; and repe b ming o bb g. 4. ' �se wat r ve excess ater I until surface is dry. 5. ♦ a secon c in a si i ner if surface is rough or porous. B. i`Coat: Uniform y app a i�tinuous sealing coat of curing and sealing compound to ha ned concrete by powe�y or roller in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform tests and inspections and to submit reports. Testing agency shall be responsible for providing curing container for composite samples on Site and verifying that field -cured composite samples are cured in accordance with ASTM C31/C31M. 2. Testing agency shall immediately report to Architect, Contractor, and concrete manufacturer any failure of Work to comply with Contract Documents. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 03 30 00- 13 C. Testing agency shall report results of tests and inspections, in writing, to Owner, Architect, Contractor, and concrete manufacturer within 48 hours of inspections and tests. a. Test reports shall include reporting requirements of ASTM C31/C31M, ASTM C39/C39M, and ACI 301, including the following as applicable to each test and inspection: 1) Project name. 2) Name of testing agency. 3) Names and certification numbers of field and laboratory technicians 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) 10) 11) 12) 13) performing inspections and testing. Name of concrete manufacturer. Date and time of inspection, sampling, and field testing. Date and time of concrete placement. amp Location in Work of concrete represented by 4 les. Date and time sample was obtained. O Truck and batch ticket numbers. • Design compressive s� at 28 d�` Concrete mixture Ic Field test resu4t InformationU'to method an(%Ylr period. vv 14) Typ ture an, Batch Tickets: Fo oad r er agency, indicati ity, m i r design air c sign slump a tin 0 Project site. 5Inspections: G 1. Hea� �nd stu 2. Verii�lc r of us ed d, 3. cret lace luding a 4. • ur proced e d maiut rfrcation o crete n atch Plant Inspections On r l and materials. npo testing, including curing � p atures during initial curing LON engthhs 1ven days and 28 days. pies b �elivery ticket to testing rxtustrength, aggregate size, and aunt of water that can be added at irig and depositing. curing temperature. removal of shores and forms from beams and slabs. basis, as determined by Architect. Concrete Tests: Testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained in accordance with ASTM C 172/C 172M shall be performed in accordance with the following requirements: 1. Testing Frequency: Obtain one composite sample for each day's pour of each concrete mixture exceeding 5 cu. yd., but less than 25 cu. yd., plus one set for each additional 50 cu. yd. or fraction thereof. a. When frequency of testing provides fewer than five compressive -strength tests for each concrete mixture, testing shall be conducted from at least five randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than five are used. 2. Slump: ASTM C143/C143M: a. One test at point of placement for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. b. Perform additional tests when concrete consistency appears to change. 3. Slump Flow: ASTM C1611/C1611M: YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 03 30 00- 14 E. a. One test at point of placement for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. b. Perform additional tests when concrete consistency appears to change. 4. Air Content: ASTM C23l/C231M pressure method, for normal -weight concrete;. a. One test for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. 5. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C1064/C1064M: a. One test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg F and below or 80 deg F and above, and one test for each composite sample. 6. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C31/C31M: a. Cast and laboratory cure two sets of three 6-inch by 12-inch or 4-inch by 8-inch cylinder specimens for each composite sample. b. Cast, initial cure, and field cure two sets of three s and cylinder specimens for each composite sample. O 7. Compressive -Strength Tests: ASTM C39/C39M. a. Test one set of two labora ed spec at seven days and one of two specimens at 28 days. V b. A compressive-streV t shall bet e ge com sive strength from a set of two specimens obt ' m sa a �ite sa i Stested at age indicated. 8. When strength of field- re�ylinder than �r nt of companion laboratory - cured cylinders, Con all eval peration roved corrective procedures for protecting and cur' place co e 9. Strength of eaek Ke Crete m' *11 be f tory ' verage of any three consecutive bmplessive en ests equ xcee s d compressive strength, and no co r she-stren t t value f s w sp ifie pressive strength by more than specified compressive f e is 500 or no compressive strength test value i ess than 11 wient o p i compr� ength if specified compressive strength is gr e t 5000 psi. 10. Nondestructive ng: I ct ha er, so c c, or other nondestructive device may be permitil&*y chi ut ill not b as sole basis for approval or rejection of conc 11. Addi io Tests: a6sting ctin a cy s all make additional tests of concrete when test resul di a that air entrainment, compressive strengths, or other requirem is hav t t, as directed by Architect. Testing and insp ting gency may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinder7Tomplying with ASTM C42/C42M or by other methods as directed by Architect. 1) Acceptance criteria for concrete strength shall be in accordance with ACI 301 section 1.6.6.3. 12. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 13. Correct deficiencies in the Work that test reports and inspections indicate do not comply with the Contract Documents. Measure floor and slab flatness and levelness in accordance with ASTM El 155 within 48 hours of completion of floor finishing and promptly report test results to Architect. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 03 30 00- 15 3.12 PROTECTION A. Protect concrete surfaces as follows: 1. Protect from petroleum stains. 2. Diaper hydraulic equipment used over concrete surfaces. 3. Prohibit vehicles from interior concrete slabs. 4. Prohibit use of pipe -cutting machinery over concrete surfaces. 5. Prohibit placement of steel items on concrete surfaces. 6. Prohibit use of acids or acidic detergents over concrete surfaces. 7. Protect liquid floor treatment from damage and wear during the remainder of construction period. Use protective methods and materials, including► temporary covering, recommended in writing by liquid floor treatments installe 8. Protect concrete surfaces scheduled to receive surface ha e r polished concrete finish using Floor Slab Protective Covering. .` END OF SECTION 0330 O G OD 1 - G G � G YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 03 30 00- 16 SECTION 03 35 10 POLISHED CONCRETE FINISHING i. GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY: Polished concrete, complete. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS: A. Cast -In -Place Concrete; Section 03 30 01. B. Joint Sealants; Section 07 92 00. • O 1.3 REFERENCES: G A. American Concrete I (ACI� • O` 1. ACI 302. 'de for 1 to F1ooSlab6n.struction. B. ASTM Inte a onal: O �� 1. C309 Sta and c ation Liquid Membrane -Forming ompo1 on Cur' o ere e. 2. AST 1 S nd rd Speci i for Sheet Materials for Curing ete. 3 T 7 tanda dest Method for Abrasion Resistance of • Hori I oncr faces. • `union Internation �llej(k Laboratoires D'Essais et de Recherches sur les Materiaux et les Consi�ons RILEM : ( ) 1. Rilem Test Method 11.4 Standard Measurement of Reduction of Moisture Penetration Through Horizontal Concrete Surfaces. D. National Floor Safety Institute (NFSI): 1. NFSI Test Method 101-A Standard for Evaluating High -Traction Flooring Materials, Coatings, and Finishes. 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION: YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 03 35 10-1 A. Performance Requirements: Provide polished flooring that has been selected, manufactured and installed to achieve the following: 1. Abrasion Resistance: ASTM C779, Method A, high resistance, no more than 0.008 inch wear in 30 minutes. 2. Reflectivity: Increase of 35% as determined by standard gloss meter. 3. Waterproof Properties: Rilem Test Method 11.4, 70% or greater reduction in absorption. 4. High Traction Rating: NFSI 101-A, non- r perties. • B. Design Requirements: G 1. Hardened Co ropertie �► �� a. Min' oncre pressngth: 3500 psi. b. N 1 eigh ete: weight gregate. C. it entr • 2. P e t Pro rt' s: hconc sl mp of ches - 5 inches. Admixtures a e us tness equirement 1) rail FF 4 2 L cal FF • Hard t TrovY passes) Concrete: No burn marks. Finish to A .1R, 4. Curing Option . a. Membrane forming curing compounds (ASTM C309, Type 2, Class B, all resin, dissipating cure). 1) Acrylic curing and sealing compounds not recommended. b. Sheet membrane (ASTM C171); polyethylene film not recommended. C. Damp Curing: Seven day cure. 1.5 SUBMITTALS: Comply with Section 0133 00. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 03 35 10-2 0 Action Submittals: 1. Shop Drawings: Indicate information on shop drawings as follows: a. Typical layout including dimensions and floor grinding schedule. b. Plan view of floor and joint pattern layout. C. Hardener, sealer, densifier in notes. I 2. Product Data: Submit product data, uding technical data sheets, for specified prod bi � a. Preparation an Itrete gr' procedures. Informational Submit 2 1�► 1. Quality As� � �♦ compliance with ical properties as a. ed in 4 rfa Omsolo,� C tificates: Nod in ria c ara ter to 2) W of II titute passed 11 ec ,ring C. Manufacturer's instructions. 2. Closeout Submittals: ance manufacturer's s aqwby manufacturer certifying ith specified performance �rAeria and physical requirements. lion from the National Floor Safety ig the system has been tested and Level of certification when tested by ,A1-A. ntractor's certificate signed by manufacturer contractor as an approved installer of system. Instructions: Manufacturer's installation a. Warranty: Submit warranty documents specified. b. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data for installed product. 1) Manufacturer's instructions on maintenance renewal of applied treatments. 2) Protocols and product specifications for joint filing, crack repair and/or surface repair. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 03 35 10-3 C. Qualifications: 1. Installer experienced in performing work of this section who has specialized in installation of work similar to that required for this project. 2. Installer trained and holding current certification for FGS PermaShine installation. 2. Manufacturer Qualifications: I a. Manufacturer capable of providing service representation during construction and approvi Nation method. b. Ensure manuf 'ii' five years experience in manufacturing pone milar to or exceeding requirement ofSt�urjercnas .et. C. Ensure finish' c poned materials are from single cturer� • O D. Regulatory Re cents: 1. NF t Me o A Phas Lev Traction Material. E. Moc 1. Moc e: 0 J a f le 'obsite at location as directed p p dek diti s ' ilar to� which will exist during actual ment. 2. ock- be us to Judge workmanship, concrete substrate • pre a n, opeT f equipment, material application and shine. Allow 24 hou fo inspection of mock-up before proceeding with work. 4. When accepted, mock-up will demonstrate minimum standard of quality required for this work. If approved by Architect, mock-up may remain as part of finished work. If not approved by Architect, remove mock-up and dispose of materials when no longer required and when directed by Architect. F. Preinstallation Meetings: Conduct a preinstallation meeting to verify project requirements, manufacturer's installation instructions and manufacturer's warranty requirements. Review the following: 1. Environmental requirements. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 03 35 10-4 2. Scheduling and phasing of work. 3. Coordinating with other work and personnel. 4. Protection of adjacent surfaces. 5. Surface preparation. 6. Repair of defects and defective work prior to installation. 7. Cleaning. 8. Installation of polished floor finishes. O 9. Application of liquid h r, de 10. Protection of 1 rface a installat 0 � O 1.6 DELIVERY, STO H G: A. Ord mply wi anufa e s orde ' g i tructions and lead time requi t oid const c ys.► B. Delivery: e r m rial n ma rer's original packaging with identific ah els a se s intact. C. Stor g d Pr St a ials per c from exposure to harmful weather conditions and at mpe r n itions recommended by manufacturer. 2. Protect concrete slab. a. Protect from petroleum stains during construction. b. Diaper hydraulic power equipment. C. Restrict vehicular parking. d. Restrict use of pipe cutting machinery. e. Restrict placement of reinforcing steel on slab. f. Restrict use of acids or acidic detergents on slab. g. Restrict storage of metal supplies and containers directly on the surface during construction. h. Restrict the prolonged placement of treated lumber directly on the surface during construction. 1.7 SEQUENCING: YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 03 35 10-5 A. Sequence With Other Work: Comply with manufacturer's written recommendations for sequencing construction operations. 1.8 WARRANTY: A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Submit, for Owner's acceptance, manufacturer's standard warranty document executed by authorized company official. Manufacturer's warranty is in addition to, and does not limit, other rights Owner may have under Contract Documents. I PART 2 - PRODUCTS 1.1 2.2 2.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENT 1;�� A. General Emissions ion: compliant in accor n with (CDPH) Standar od vI. - The Claims of iance s days, measu pec.Ze ii `O G lmust t ted and determined �rnia ca ment of Public Health using % plicakle exposure scenario. staS#qQ&&angf tal VOCs after 14 Sb&NaTd Msli .1. Q- -v- V B. VOC re irements f cts for Credit IE p Q - lied o 4.3: For liquid oor rihs an r' g and compounds, in addition to meeting the g re ire is for emissions (above), on -site wet - applied 000 mus not ontain e e levels of VOCs, for the health of msta r d oth�ir� work o are exposed to these products. To dem n t to co n , all a���s and sealants must meet the applicable c mi cont firemen oul f AQMD Rule 1168, July 1, 2005, Adhesive • ealant p by the methods specified in Rule 1168. a product c not eNl�a y be tested as specified above, testing of VOC ontent must compl it ASTM D2369-10; ISO 11890, Part 1; ASTM D6886- 03; or ISO 11890-2. ethylene chloride and perchloroethylene may not be intentionally added in paints, coatings, adhesives, or sealants. MANUFACTURER: L & M Construction Chemicals, Inc., or approved equal. COMPONENTS: A. Products/Systems: 1. Hardener, Sealer, Densifier: Proprietary, water based, odorless liquid, VOC compliant, environmentally safe chemical hardening solution leaving no surface film. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 03 35 10-6 a. FGS Hardener Plus. 3. Joint Filler: Semi -rigid, 2-component, self -leveling, 100% solids, rapid curing, polyurea control joint and crack filler with Shore A 80 or higher hardness. a. Joint Tite 750. 4. Cleaning Solution: Proprietary, mild, highly concentrated liquid concrete cleaner and conditioner containing wetting and emulsifying agents; biodegradable, environmentally safe And certified High Traction by National Floor Safety Institute6PWSI). a. FGS Concrete tnditioner.4. Finish: Medium glo s -2), 8 ii Average size of exposed aggregate, 3/8" • 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CO A. Ensure con mishi pone a d m 61 are from single manufact G PART3-EXECU 3.1 EXAMINATION: A. Site ton oM(nn�ons: that concrete substrate conditions whi a e been prey' usly in under other sections or contracts, are �ept e fo uct ins lla on in accordance with manufacturer's • i s!ctions ri to ins of concrete finishing materials B. erify Concrete Sla�Per�ormance Requirements: V 1. Verify concrete is cured to 28 days and at minimum strength (psi) as required by manufacturer and as approved on final shop drawings. 2. Verify concrete surfaces received a hard steel -trowel finish (3 passes) during placement. C. Verify installation by manufacturer's certified installers. 3.2 PREPARATION: A. Ensure surfaces are clean and free of dirt and other foreign matter harmful to performance of concrete finishing materials. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 03 35 10-7 B. Examine surface to determine soundness of concrete for polishing. C. Remove surface contamination. 3.3 INSTALLATION: Comply with manufacturer's written data, including product technical bulletins, product catalog installation instructions, product carton installation instructions and manufacturer's technical data sheets; and final shop drawings. A. Floor Surface Polishing and Treatment: 1. Provide polished concrete floor treatme ntirety of slab indicated by drawings. Provide nsistent finicontiguous areas. 2. Apply floor finish p for install to f fixtures and accessories. 3. Diamond poli crete o surf4pe power disc machine f n recommen floor anuf . Sequence with coarse to fine grit ry me a. mply t ufact rec Sled polishing grits for ch se to ach' v sire ini vel. Level of sheen shall in ch that of a ock- *aggr i concr ace only as determined by ved oc c on ete surfacesa as uniform in appearance as t� possV� 4. ply rdener lus, ardener, Densifier As Follows: a. irst c 2/gal. b. Secon co at 350 ft2/gal. C. Follow anufacturer's recommendations for drying time between successive coats. 5. Remove defects and re -polish defective areas. 6. Finish edges of floor finish adjoining other materials in a clean and sharp manner. 3.4 ADJUSTMENTS: A. Polish to higher gloss those areas not meeting specified gloss levels per mock- up. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 03 35 10-8 B. Fill joints flush to surface. 3.5 FINAL CLEANING: A. Mechanically scrub treated floors for seven days with soft to medium pads with approved cleaning solution. B. Upon completion, General Contractor must remove surplus and excess materials, rubbish, tools and equipment. 3.6 PROTECTION: A. Protect installed product from damage during c u tion. • B. Protect with EZ CoverTM by h Cor mparable product. • �^ F SE��`►" • O` O 0 G - G G � Ci YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 03 35 10-9 SECTION 04 20 00 UNIT MASONRY PART1-PRODUCTS 1.1 SUMMARY: Unit masonry assemblies, complete. Work includes: 1.2 1.3 B. Brick. C. Rigid insulation. D. Mortar and grout. F. Masonry joint reinforcement. O G. Ties and anchors. H. Embedded flashing. I. Weepholes J. Miscellaneous masonry accgss es. RELATED WORK SPECIF OT CTIO , A. Furnishings of ,attach anchor ��iiaso ction 03 30 00 and OS 50 00. 0 B. O ` .(�� �k C. BituniaoQ9=nroo ection U 1)13. 9 masonry cell insulation. complies with specified requirements. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical data and installation instructions for insulation material. C. Shop Drawings: Submit expansion and control joint layout. D. Samples: 1. Submit samples of brick units proposed for use for verification by Architect. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE: YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 04 20 00- 1 1.5 A. Codes and Standards: Provide material and work complying with referenced codes, regulations and standards. B. Manufacturer: Obtain each type of masonry unit from one manufacturer, cured by one process, and of uniform texture and color. C. Fire -Rated Masonry: Wherever a fire -resistance classification is indicated or scheduled, comply with applicable requirements for materials and installation established by governing authorities. Field Construction Mock -Ups: Prior to installation of masonry wor> fj�erect sample wall panels to verify selections made for color and textural characterisf under sample submittals of masonry units and mortar, and to represent complete s work for qualities of appearance, materials and construction; build mo - s comply with the following requirements: 1. Locate mock-ups a4 d ed by Archie 2. Build mock-u s fo�ach exposed �t masonry work, in sizes of approximate] by 4' hi 11 thic cludi face and back-up wythes as well as �Cse' ries. w '� VV Np before start of masonry work is completed. When undamaged condition. Store and handle maso a is to prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture, temperature changes, contaminants, corrosion and other causes. C. Store cementitious materials off ground, under cover and in dry location. D. Store aggregates when grading and other required characteristics can be maintained. E. Store masonry accessories including metal items to prevent deterioration by corrosion and accumulation of dirt. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS: A. Protect masonry materials during storage and construction from wetting by rain, snow or ground water and from soilage or intermixture with earth or other materials. Do not use metal YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 04 20 00- 2 reinforcing or ties having loose rust or other coatings, including ice, which will reduce or destroy bond. B. During erection, cover top of wall with heavy waterproof sheeting at end of each day's work. Cover partially completed structures when work is not in progress. Extend cover a minimum of 24 inches down both sides and hold cover securely in place. C. Do not apply uniform floor or roof loading for at least 12 hours after building masonry walls or columns. Do not apply concentrated loads for at least 3 days after building masonry walls or columns. D. Prevent grout or mortar from staining the face of masonry to b4Aeft exposed or painted. Immediately remove grout or mortar in contact with massProtect sills, ledges and projections from droppings of mortar. O E. Do not lay masonry when the tem e of outs is below 40°F, unless means are provided to heat and maintain tempe tore of mas ?S*��alerials and protect completed work from freezing. Protection �i nsist of he t' main g temperature of masonry materials to at least 40°F, intaini�n emper b ve 40°F on both sides of masonry at least 48 hours `0 1.7 COORDINATION: C to work it work o adq, ding foamed -in -place insulation. O ` G PART 2-PRODUC 2.1 FACING BRICK: I A. AS v , Typ ade lar size brick and as required for special shap s solid ated. ♦ B ' f sign: e ill; Face Brick; Color: Capital Iron Spot; Size: Modular. Tex re: oth. Item #: 17221 2. Acceptable Alt e: Endicott, Face Brick; Color: Dark Iron Spot; size: modular; Texture: Smooth 2.3 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS: A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150 Type I, except Type III may be used for cold weather construction. Use natural color or white cement as required to produce mortar color specified. B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207, Type S. C. Aggregate for Mortar: Sand, conforming to ASTM C144 or ASTM C404, Size No. 2. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 04 20 00- 3 2.4 Use natural color or white sand as required to produce texture and gradation to match mortar texture selected by Architect. D. Aggregate For Grout: ASTM C 404, Size No. 8 or Size No. 89. E. Water: Clean, drinkable. F. Mortar Pigments: Natural and synthetic iron oxides and chromium oxidizers compounded for use in mortar mixes. Use only pigments with a record of satisfactory performance in masonry mortars. Davis, Solomon, or approved equal. G. Integral Waterproofing (mortar at exterior veneer): Aqua Plus, AcmeShield, BASF "Hydrocide Powder", or approved equal. H. Provide color sample chart of propo ut to Arc e or selection. MASONRY ACCESSORIES: nn & B , Dur-,CMYal, AA or approved equal. ` 10N� Wire Products, t'aight 3 not less than 10', with om CoRol 'Steel wire complying with side ain cross rods, and a unit of wartition. Provide manufacturer's 9 gage side rods, and 9 gage continuous 1 16" o.c. X 1" deep X 3/4" throat, 24 gage hot dipped triangle with 1/4" wire tie and 12 gage hot dipped 2. At Steel: 9" long X 3/4" wide, 12 gage, flat continuous adjustable weld -on anchor, hot dipped galvanized, and 3/16" gage square nosed beam tie, hot dipped galvanized. At Metal Framing: Hohmann & Barnard X-Seal hot dipped galvanized, 12 gage, with vee-tie, hot dipped galvanized, 1/4"" diameter. Attach anchors to metal framing with #10 self -tapping corrosion -resistant screws. 4. At Cavity/Composite Walls With Irregular Coursing: Double eye adjustable truss, with eye sections spaced 16" o.c., hot -dipped galvanized; eye and pintle length as required by wall conditions. At Intersecting Walls: 1/2" X 1/2" mesh, 16 gage hot -dipped galvanized wire mesh ties. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 04 20 00- 4 2.5 RIGID INSULATION: Semi rigid mineral wool, Refer to drawings for thickness; Owens Corning Brand "Thermafiber RainBarrier 45" is specified; or approved equal. 2.7 FLASHING SYSTEM: Mortar Net's "TotalFlash®" system is specified. No substitutions will be allowed. Install Flashing/Drainage System in accordance with Manufacturer's installation instructions. A. Membrane: 40-mil membrane of Thermoplastic Vinyl with UV stabilizers and non - migratory plasticizers (PVC) B. Termination Bar: Pre -attached termination bar is designed to fasterAashing system to the substrate or can be tucked into mortar joint. 1. Strip manufactured from h' strength corr @®resistance plastic (PVC) with pre -drilled holes for atta t. f 2. Length 5 feet G 3. Hole spacing 6 in C. Standard Panel Size: 1 �� O D. Mortar Collection c /Weep lyester imprith biocide to resist mold. Woven mesh de all is to migyr the weep tabs; product adhered to the flash' bran. 1. ss• 16 inch (4.7 5 2. eig ht• i c s 254 3. Lengt 1/20feet 76. E. Screws: V01dorSt ded hex crews designed to allow attachment to Mas IS #14 x Q pe box I sc ws per 5-1/2 foot section) 2.9 SE NT CONTROL J0 TERIALS: Specified and furnished in Section 07 92 00, installed under this section. 2.10 MASONRY CLEANER: Manufacturer's standard strength cleaner designed for removing mortar/grout stains, efflorescence, and other new construction stains from new masonry without discoloring or damaging masonry surfaces. Use product expressly approved for intended use by cleaner manufacturer and manufacturer of masonry units being cleaned. A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be used to clean unit masonry surfaces, provide one of the following: Cleaners Not Subject to Metallic Staining with Mortar Not Subject to Bleaching: Diedrich Technologies, Inc. "202 New Masonry Detergent", ProSoCo, Inc. "Sure Klean No. 600 Detergent", or approved equal. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 04 20 00- 5 2. Cleaners Subject to Metallic Staining: Diedrich Technologies, Inc. "202V Vana- Stop", ProSoCo, Inc. "Sure Klean Vana Trol", or approved equal. 2.11 LIQUID APPLIED AIR/VAPOR BARRIER: Specified in Section 07 27 26. 2.12 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXTURES: A. Mortar Mix: ASTM C 270, Type S. SpecMix System meeting specified requirements is acceptable. 1. At exterior use integral waterproofing admixture. , 2. Use mortar within 30 minutes of final mixing; retemper or use partially hardened material. ♦`O �Z4 3. Brick: Color to be verified a proved Pup construction. a. Mortars '' Matc c Color. 4c� � ct must approve color Omatch. � ♦ B. Grout Mix: AST �� '(81 • C. Measure an mate ' s ei y volum eight, required proportions can be ace at c n lled a tained. A e men f sa elusively by shovel will not be pe ix mortars it the amount ater consistent with workability to provide •� maximum tensile bond s e thin the of mIix ingredients for a minimum of 5 minutes in a mec cal miff. Do not use m� grout which has begun to set, or if more than 1/ ours s elapsed since initial mixi perm ar n g 2 1 iod as required to restore workability. Do not add a r- inin ther admi to mortar or grout materials. ♦ 6 PART310 UTION G 3.1 EXAMINATION: Examine the areas and conditions under which masonry is to be installed. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION: A. Brick: Wet clay brick having ASTM C67 absorption rates greater than 0.025 oz. per sq. in./minute. B. CMU: Do not wet concrete masonry units. C. Cleaning Reinforcing: Before placing, remove loose rust, ice and other coatings from reinforcing. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 04 20 00- 6 3.3 CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES: A. Variation from Plumb: For vertical lines and surfaces of columns, walls and arrises do not exceed 1/4" in 10', or 3/8" in a story height not to exceed 20', nor 1/2" in 40' or more. For external corner, expansion joints, control joints and other conspicuous lines, do not exceed 1/4" in any story of 20' maximum, nor 1/2" in 40' or more. B. Variation from Level: For lines of exposed lintels, sills, parapets, horizontal grooves and other conspicuous lines, do not exceed 1/4" in any bay or 20' maximum, nor 3/4" in 40' or more. C. Variation of Liner Building Line: For position shown in plan and r*tated portion of columns, walls, and partitions, do not exceed 1/2'' in any bay or 20' m9"um, nor 3/4" in 40' or more. D. Variation in Cross -Sectional Dim nsions: For gdsnd thickness of walls, from dimensions shown, do not exceed m 4" nor Pi 3.4 INSTALLATION, GENERAL+ A. Thickness: Build cavityi& site wal ickne Build single wythe walls to actual thickness of mNn�, units, u ' s of no cknes ' dicated. B. Build chases ses c and re or w i1� trades. Provide not less than 8" onry b twe Z�hases o nd jam e gs, and between adjacent chase d se . C. Leave o enin i ent stalled be letion of masonry work. After g �^ � p m'Y installation of 4qu t, co let e onry wor tch work immediately adjacent to the opening. � D. Cut a units us g m tor-drivto provide clean, sharp, unchipped edges. Cut its as uire t wing w rk y. Use full -side units without cutting wherever ♦ 'ble. E. ep cavities cle of rtar pings and other materials during wall construction. Strike joints flush facing cavity. F. Rigid Insulation: Install insulation in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Rigid Board: At cavity walls and other locations indicated, embed insulation into bituminous dampproofing (specified in Section 07160). Fit courses of insulation between wall ties and other confining obstructions in cavity, with edges butted tightly both ways. Press units firmly against inside wythe. Fill cracks and open gaps in insulation with crack sealer compatible with insulation and masonry. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 04 20 00- 7 G. Flashing: Comply with the manufacturer's instructions for handling and installation of flashing to provide a complete membrane over area to be flashed. Seal projections through sheet and lap and seal seams. Bond as recommended by manufacturer. Do not expose flashing membrane to sunlight for more than 30 days prior to enclosure. H. Provide weepholes in exterior wythes of walls located immediately above ledges and flashing, spaced 24" o.c., unless otherwise indicated. I. Coordinate work with work of other trades. I 3.5 LAYING MASONRY WALLS: FIX Lay walls plumb and true to compl 'th specified � with courses level, accurately spaced and coordinated with other Tqo, La brick with completely N , head a o joints; b nds with sufficient mortar Y P Y 7 J to fill head joints sho n plac� Do not slush head joints. Lay brick in pa icat--ed^^ duled. +` Fb Lay concrete mas to its witbrtar cove horizorANud vertical face shells. s and in all courses of Fs to be reinforced or to be otherwise indicated. Where is of this specification. Fill in solidly with hollow metal frames and masonry solidly as dry a mortar mix as practicable and compress joints tight joint. Concealed joints, joints to receive coatings, and where scheduled: Strike flush. 2. Exposed brick joints: Concave. Exposed CMU joints: Concave. 3.6 HORIZONTAL JOINT REINFORCING: A. Reinforce walls with continuous horizontal reinforcing. Fully embed longitudinal side rods in mortar for their entire length. Lap reinforcement a minimum of 6" at ends of units. Do not bridge control joints with reinforcing. Provide continuity at corners and wall intersections by use of prefabricated "L" and "T" sections. Cut and bend reinforcing as directed by manufacturer for special conditions. Space reinforcing 16" o.c. vertically. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 04 20 00- 8 B. Reinforce masonry openings greater than 12' wide with horizontal joint reinforcing placed in 2 horizontal joints approximately 8" apart, both immediately above the lintel and below the sill. Extend reinforcing a minimum of 2' beyond jambs of opening bridging control joints where provided. 3.7 ANCHORING MASONRY WORK: A. Anchor single wythe masonry veneer to concrete with specified dovetail anchors and triangles spaced 16" o.c. vertically and horizontally. B. At cavity/composite wall, place double eye truss in wall spaced 160o.c. vertically. C. Place adjustable weld -on anchor for attachment of beam ' O.C. D. Anchor single wythe masonry venee tal studs with specified anchors spaced 16" o.c. vertically and 16" o.c. horiz taI E. Place wire mesh tie in inte � walls'`►"o r cours� 3.8 CONTROL AND EXP JOI tall verti �?ansion ntrol and isolation joints as indicated, at maximum at Ion 1 • s, an openorix�vall. Build -in related items as masonry wor r sses. f tction 0 r seal ` 3.9 REPAIR, P AND C IN�61 A. Remove and r cc sonry w ' h are 1 hipped, broken, stained or otherwise damaged, or i t o no It oining t s intended. Provide new units to match adjoining its�ltn Install i fres mortar or ointed to eliminate evidence of placement. B. Poin uring of of join ge and voids or holes, except weep holes, and c plet fill . Point-Joi s at corners, openings and adjacent work to provide ♦�n unifo earance, ly prepared for application of caulking or sealant ounds. ` C. In -Progress Cleaning: Clnit masonry as work progresses b brushing to remove �' g mS' P �' Y �' g mortar fins and smears before tooling joints. D. Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean exposed masonry as follows: 1. Clean masonry with specified masonry cleaner applied according to manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Clean concrete masonry by cleaning method indicated in NCMA TEK 8-2 applicable to type of stain on exposed surfaces. END OF SECTION YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 04 20 00- 9 SECTION 051200 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Structural steel. 1.2 DEFINITIONS G A. Structural Steel: Elements of t A al Era ated on gr ings and as described in ANSUAISC 303. � � O 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTAL c ` A. Shop Drawings: ricati ofCctural- s ponen 1.4 INFORMATI AL S BLS A. Field quality-controe DS. J► �(�jG � 1.5 QUALITY RAN A. Fab ' r Quali ca 'on A qua e abricator that participates in the AISC Quality ion Program d is e a AISC-Certified Plant, Category BU or is accredited b AS Fabricator Inspecti Pr gram for Structural Steel (Acceptance Criteria 172). B. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with applicable provisions of the following specifications and documents: 1. ANSUAISC 303. 2. ANSUAISC 360. 3. RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using High -Strength Bolts." YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 05 12 00- 1 B. Connection Design Information: 1. Connection designs have been completed and connections indicated on the Drawings. C. Construction: Combined system of moment frame and shear walls . 2.2 STRUCTURAL -STEEL MATERIALS A. W-Shapes: ASTM A992/A992MGrade 50. B. Channels, Angles : ASTM A36/A36M . C. D. E. 2.3 A. 2.4 A. 2.5 A. Plate and Bar: ASTM A36/A36M . Cold -Formed Hollow Structural Section TM A500/ rade B structural tubing. '; Welding Electrodes: Comply with A S re irement G BOLTS AND CONNECTO O High -Strength A325 B ts, an s rs: AS 5/17342 ,Grade A325, Type 1, heavy -hex steel st oIts- 563 h - arbon-steel nuts; and ASTM F436/F43 e 1, h den carbon- shers; a it pain finish. FABRICATI —()-% *1 ��� A� 1. Joint Type: Snug tightened. ibricate in iecification ;ified. B. Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M for tolerances, appearances, welding procedure specifications, weld quality, and methods used in correcting welding work. 2.6 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform shop tests and inspections. 1. Allow testing agency access to places where structural -steel work is being fabricated or produced to perform tests and inspections. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 05 12 00- 2 2. Bolted Connections: Inspect shop -bolted connections in accordance with RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using High -Strength Bolts." 3. Welded Connections: Visually inspect shop -welded connections in accordance with AWS Dl.1/D1.1M and the following inspection procedures, at testing agency's option: a. Liquid Penetrant Inspection: ASTM E165/EI65M. b. Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E709; performed on root pass and on finished weld. Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration are not accepted. C. Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E164. d. Radiographic Inspection: ASTM E94/E94M. 4. In addition to visual inspection, test and inspect shop -welded shear stud connectors in accordance with requirements in AWS D1.1/D1.1M. 5. Prepare test and inspection reports. PART 3 - EXECUTION `O 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify, with certified steel erec r Z♦Sent, ele of cover e-%N masonry -bearing surfaces and locations of anchor r ring pl �d oth dments for compliance with requirements. B. Proceed with install 'o my a factory ns h corrected. 3.2 ERECTION a► A. Set structural steel c e y inlwatio and to le s indicated and in accordance with ANSFAISC 30 ndA I/AIS 36 B. Baseplates, n Baring P a s : can cone wring surfaces of bond -reducing materials, and rougher�surfa prio tti plates. ilea ottom surface of plates. LAN, shims, or setting nuts as required. '7eld plate washIrs tot of t%eplate. 3. Snug -tighten anchor ro supported members have been positioned and plumbed. Do not remove wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with edge of plate before packing with grout. 4. Promptly pack shrinkage -resistant grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates, so no voids remain. Neatly finish exposed surfaces; protect grout and allow to cure. Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions for grouting. C. Maintain erection tolerances of structural steel within ANSI/AISC 303. 3.3 FIELD CONNECTIONS A. High -Strength Bolts: Install high -strength bolts in accordance with RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using High -Strength Bolts" for bolt and joint type specified. Joint Type: Snug tightened. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 05 12 00- 3 B. Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M for tolerances, appearances, welding procedure specifications, weld quality, and methods used in correcting welding work. Comply with ANSI/AISC 303 and ANSI/AISC 360 for bearing, alignment, adequacy of temporary connections, and removal of paint on surfaces adjacent to field welds. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Special Inspections: Owner will engage a special inspector to perform the following special inspections: 1. Verify structural -steel materials and inspect steel frame joi etails. 2. Verify weld materials and inspect welds. 3. Verify connection materials and inspect high-streng#h onnections. B. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qua ' ie testing to perform tests and inspections. 1. Bolted Connections: In sp o connec ' accordah RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Usin -Streng S. ' 2. Welded Connections: al y inspe elds i nce with AWS DI.1/D1.1M. a. In addition uNsul inspe ,•.test and i t field ds in accordance with AWS D1.1M and I owing i ion pr er , at testing agency's option: 1) d Pene ant spection• E 165/ agnetic Pa Inspec o STM E%9, p formed on root pass and on mis weld. Cra oe of in e fusion or penetration are not accepted. 3) Vltr#s9nic In tion. STM E 6 4) Wgraphi Ins ction: AS /E94M. END OF SECTI 051 G � G YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 05 12 00- 4 SECTION 05 2100 STEEL JOIST FRAMING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. K-series steel joists. 2. K-series steel joist substitutes. 3. Steel joist accessories. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings 1. Include layout, 2. Include joinir)j and fletaili' nd attaclOfnRto NIX 1.3 INFORMATI �AL A. Field quality -co troyPhkLS G OW 1.4 Q OTS RAN Ci PART 2 - ` G 2.1 MANUFACTURERS splice and A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Canam Buildings US Inc.; Canam Group Inc. 2. Gooder-Henrichsen Co. 3. New Millennium Building Systems, LLC. 4. Structures of U.S.A., Inc. 5. Valley Joist. 6. Vulcraft/Verco Group; a division of Nucor Corp. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 05 21 00- 1 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 2.3 STEEL JOISTS A. K-Series Steel Joist: Manufactured steel joists of type indicated in accordance with "Standard Specification for Open Web Steel Joists, K-Series" in SJI's "Specifications," with steel -angle top - and bottom -chord members, underslung ends, and parallel top chord. 2.4 STEEL JOIST ACCESSORIES A. Bridging: 1. Provide bridging anchors and number of rows o f ri al or diagonal bridging of material, size, and type required JI's "Spe'd for type of joist, chord size, spacing, and span. Furnish addition rection b i i required for stability. B. High -Strength Bolts, Nuts, and&AWMAn rs:AST /F3125 e A325, Type 1, heavy - hex steel structural bolts;C63, H, to carbon -steel nuts; and ASTM F436/F436M, Typed car washe 1. Finish. Plain. C. Furnish miscella cessorCsi ,('U?i ing spl� s and bo e fired by joist manufacturer complete* Y to com ' b Y. p 0 0010 +1 2.5 CLEANING AND S T G A. Clean and remo ose sea st, an oreign materials from fabricated joists and accessories B. Apply oa of sh In to jo's a joist accessories. C. i4ming of joist nd jcsories is specified in Section 099113 "Exterior Painting" an ction 099123 "Interior Paint*g." PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Do not install joists until supporting construction is in place and secured. B. Install joists and accessories plumb, square, and true to line; securely fasten to supporting construction in accordance with SJI's "Specifications," joist manufacturer's written instructions, and requirements in this Section. 1. Before installation, splice joists delivered to Project site in more than one piece. 2. Space, adjust, and align joists accurately in location before permanently fastening. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 05 21 00- 2 3. Install temporary bracing and erection bridging, connections, and anchors to ensure that joists are stabilized during construction. C. Field weld joists to supporting steel framework. Coordinate welding sequence and procedure with placement of joists. Comply with AWS requirements and procedures for welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work. D. Install and connect bridging concurrently with joist erection, before construction loads are applied. Anchor ends of bridging lines at top and bottom chords if terminating at walls or beams. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency t e rm tests and inspections. B. Visually inspect field welds in accordan AWS D1 C. Visually inspect bolted connections. G D. Prepare test and inspection rep ` • �� END OF SECTION 052100 �� • O G - G G � G YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 05 21 00- 3 SECTION 053100 STEEL DECKING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Roof deck. ♦ O 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: ` ♦ �� 1. Include layout and e eck pane chorage, rein f rcing channels, pans, cut deck openings, sp inting, aeries, and ent to r construction. O ` 1.3 INFORMATIO EMIT LS A. Field Quality- ontrol S t 1. Field quality -con repo B. Qualificatio tents: F we per o 1.4 QUQL SSU A. i cations: 1. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel in accordance with SDI QA/QC and the following welding code: a. AWS D1.3/D1.3M. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store products in accordance with SDI MOC3. Stack steel deck on platforms or pallets and slope to provide drainage. Protect with a waterproof covering and ventilate to avoid condensation. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 05 31 10- 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. AISI Specifications: Comply with calculated structural characteristics of steel deck in accordance with AISI S 100. 2.2 ROOF DECK 2.3 A. FA L Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide 1froducts by one of the following: 1. Canam Buildings US Inc.; Canam oup Inc. O 2. New Millennium Building System 3. Vulcraft Group; Division of N or rp. ►G Roof Deck: Fabricate panels, w' • flan ,twin ro o com 1 with SDI RD and P � � P �� g� pY with the following:► ;S), Grade 80 ve primer. requirements SidT-Lap Fasteners: Corrosion -Distant, hexagonal washer head; self -drilling, carbon -steel screws, size and quantity as shown on Drawings. C. Miscellaneous Sheet Metal Deck Accessories: Steel sheet, minimum yield strength of 33,000 psi, not less than 0.0359-inch design uncoated thickness, of same material and finish as deck; of profile indicated or required for application. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Install deck panels and accessories in accordance with SDI C, SDI NC, and SDI RD, as applicable; manufacturer's written instructions; and requirements in this Section. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 05 31 10- 2 3.2 B. Install temporary shoring before placing deck panels if required to meet deflection limitations. C. Locate deck bundles to prevent overloading of supporting members. D. Place deck panels on supporting frame and adjust to final position with ends accurately aligned and bearing on supporting frame before being permanently fastened. Do not stretch or contract side -lap interlocks. E. Place deck panels flat and square and fasten to supporting frame without warp or deflection. F G FIX C. Cut and neatly fit deck panels and accessories around openings and othework projecting through or adjacent to deck. Provide additional reinforcement and closure pieces at o as required for strength, continuity of deck, and support of other k. + Comply with AWS requirements a d p cedures anual shielded metal arc welding, appearance and quality of welds. elds It ods use o rrectmg91'ing work. INSTALLATION OF ROCK Fasten roof -deck pa eel s memb a c sp welds of the surface diameter indicate seam e dh an e u imete of less than 1-1/2 inches long, and as 11 1. Weld meter: !�nom 1 2. Weld SpacingZIN, PIdwIgge and in ribs of dts with a minimum of two welds per deck unit at eac�i port. pac we ds as i t Side -Lap a�e ter Ed Fa emng: F t laps and perimeter edges of panels between supports, as in ' ted. 1. ♦ cc nica ste with sQ1 i , carbon -steel screws, quantity as indicated. armg: Install deck en ov supporting frame with a minimum end bearing of 1-1/2 inches, with end joints as follo . End Joints: Lapped 2 inches minimum. D. Roof Sump Pans and Sump Plates: Install over openings provided in roof deck and mechanically fasten flanges to top of deck. Space mechanical fasteners not more than 12 inches apart with at least one fastener at each corner. 1. Install reinforcing channels or zees in ribs to span between supports and weld or mechanically fasten. E. Miscellaneous Roof -Deck Accessories: Install ridge and valley plates, finish strips, end closures, and reinforcing channels in accordance with deck manufacturer's written instructions. Weld or mechanically fasten to substrate to provide a complete deck installation. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 05 31 10- 3 Weld cover plates at changes in direction of roof -deck panels unless otherwise indicated. F. Flexible Closure Strips: Install flexible closure strips over partitions, walls, and where indicated. Install with adhesive in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions to ensure complete closure. 3.3 REPAIR A. Galvanizing Repairs: Prepare and repair damaged galvanized coatings on both surfaces of deck with galvanized repair paint in accordance with ASTM A780/A780M anal manufacturer's written instructions. ' B. Repair Painting: ♦ O 1. Wire brush and clean rust spots, w Id abra s on top surface of prime -painted deck immediately after installa 'on, d apply it aint. 2. Apply repair paint, of sa adj ace io rimed o bottom surfaces of deck exposed to view. `♦ d��► 3. Wire brushing, clean' repair ii of bock surfaces are included in Section 099113 "Ex 'o ainting" ction 09 Nnteri ainting." 4. Wire brushing, cl ,and rem a ting of s, welds abraded areas of both deck surface lude . Sdjt on 099 xterio i and Section 099123 "Interior P ' 3.4 FIELD QUA L Y CO �1 A. Testing Agency Ow 1 en &geua ified to ency to perform tests and inspections. B. Tests and ITialspe u: Cj � 1. S ualificat n of weldin s ecial ins ectors for cold -formed steel q g p p ♦ o and de in aoEo*a with quality -assurance inspection requirements of I QA/QC. Field welds will su ect to inspection. 2. Steel decking will be cons ered to if it does not pass tests and inspections. C. Prepare test and inspection reports. END OF SECTION 05310 YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 05 31 10- 4 SECTION 05 40 00 COLD -FORMED METAL FRAMING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Exterior non -load -bearing wall framing. ♦ O G r terials. �� O ►wall Era O G 7. Power Na rs. 00, 1.3 INFORMATIO AL'�ITT S 1.4 Q UALI Y A N Ci PART 2 - CTS ` G ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the 1. Cold -formed steel 2. Exterior non -load 3. Vertical deflectioA 4. Single deflec 5. Double de 6. Drift ' s7 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. C1arkDietrich. 2. Southeastern Stud & Components, Inc. 3. Steel Network, Inc. (The). 4. Super Stud Building Products Inc. 5. The Mill Steel Co. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 05 40 00- 1 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Cold -Formed Steel Framing Standards: Unless more stringent requirements are indicated, framing shall comply with AISI S100, AISI S200, and the following: 1. Wall Studs: AISI S211. 2. Headers: AISI S212. 3. Lateral Design: AISI S213. 2.3 COLD -FORMED STEEL FRAMING MATERIALS A. Steel Sheet: ASTM A1003/A1003M, Structural Grade, Type H, etaIlic coated, of grade and coating designation as follows: ♦ O1. Grade: As required by structural pdrfer�ance . 2. Coating: G60 , A60 , AZ50 , or GF30 . • B. Steel Sheet for Vertical Deflec ' ASTM 653M, ral steel, zinc coated, of grade and coating as follows: ♦ O 1. Grade: As require t ctural p nce . 2. Coating: G60 . • a► O 2.4 EXTERIOR 1 A -BEAK WAL ING A. Steel Studs: M ufac s Aard e teel stud eb depths indicated, punched, with stiffened flanges, an a fo ws: 1. Minim Metal-hicel: As in 2. Flan e i h: As indicated. 3. ction pert' : s ?Mfcated o dr rags . B. S . Man e standA -s ped steel track, of web depths indicated, unpunched, i iffened flange , and atc . minimum base -metal thickness of steel studs. C. Single Deflection Track: Manufacturer's single, deep -leg, U-shaped steel track; unpunched, with unstiffened flanges, of web depth to contain studs while allowing free vertical movement, with flanges designed to support horizontal loads and transfer them to the primary structure. 2.5 FRAMING ACCESSORIES A. Fabricate steel -framing accessories from ASTM A1003/A1003M, Structural Grade, Type H, metallic coated steel sheet, of same grade and coating designation used for framing members. B. Provide accessories of manufacturer's standard thickness and configuration, unless otherwise indicated. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 05 40 00- 2 2.6 ANCHORS, CLIPS, AND FASTENERS A. Steel Shapes and Clips: ASTM A36/A36M, zinc coated by hot -dip process according to ASTM A123/A123M. B. Power -Actuated Anchors: Fastener systems with working capacity greater than or equal to the design load, according to an evaluation report acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, based on ICC-ES AC70. C. Mechanical Fasteners: ASTM C1513, corrosion -resistant -coated, self -drilling, self -tapping, steel drill screws. 1. Head Type: Low -profile head beneath sheathing; manufact r'sstandard elsewhere. ♦ O2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS G PART 3 - EXECUTION ♦ J► 3.1 PREPARATION A. Install load -bearing i Or) gro w n the un of to e wall bottom track and the top of found a or sl at bons w' larger inch to ensure a uniform bearing surf o I ng co e or ma onstruc ' n. V 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Cold -formed st aming Ciop or f ricated for installation, or it may be field assembled. �� B. eincold-formed o ed s g ac o i to AISI S200, AISI S202, and manufacturer's written unle e s ngent? re nts are indicated. C. steel frar g d accessories plumb, square, and true to line, and with connections securely fastened. D. Install framing members in one-piece lengths unless splice connections are indicated for track or tension members. E. Install temporary bracing and supports to secure framing and support loads equal to those for which structure was designed. Maintain braces and supports in place, undisturbed, until entire integrated supporting structure has been completed and permanent connections to framing are secured. F. Install insulation, specified in Section 072100 "Thermal Insulation," in framing -assembly members, such as headers, sills, boxed joists, and multiple studs at openings, that are inaccessible on completion of framing work. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 05 40 00- 3 G. Fasten hole -reinforcing plate over web penetrations that exceed size of manufacturer's approved or standard punched openings. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF EXTERIOR NON -LOAD -BEARING WALL FRAMING A. Install continuous tracks sized to match studs. Align tracks accurately and securely anchor to supporting structure. B. Fasten both flanges of studs to top and bottom track unless otherwise indicated. Space studs as follows: 1. Stud Spacing: As indicated on Drawings . C. Set studs plumb, except as needed for diagonal bracing or r4pq rei nonplumb walls or warped surfaces and similar requirements.N`0 D. Isolate non -load -bearing steel framinm uilding e to pre ent transfer of vertical loads while providing lateral support. ♦` � 1. Install single deep -le ion trac nchor t g structure. 2. Install double dee - de ection d ancho track uilding structure. 3. Connect vertical tion clip 11 studs or to+u di structure. 4. Connect drift ip o col d teel fra anc ing structure. E. Install honz tal ' ing in wa s, spac cally in ws i icated but not more than 48 istAinterse inches apart. to �t e o ► 1. Channel Brid 'n d-ro ste annel, w or mechanically fastened to webs of punched ds F. Install mis 11 us frami an onnecti uding stud kickers, web stiffeners, clip angles, continu s an , an r a astener to vide a complete and stable wall -framing system. 3.4 ATION TO A. Install cold -formed steel framing evel, plumb, and true to line to a maximum allowable tolcrance variation of 1/8 inch in 10 feet and as follows: Space individual framing members no more than plus or minus 1/8 inch from plan location. Cumulative error shall not exceed minimum fastening requirements of sheathing or other finishing materials. 3.5 REPAIRS A. Galvanizing Repairs: Prepare and repair damaged galvanized coatings on fabricated and installed cold -formed steel framing with galvanized repair paint according to ASTM A780/A780M and manufacturer's written instructions. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 05 40 00- 4 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports. B. Field and shop welds will be subject to testing and inspecting. C. Testing agency will report test results promptly and in writing to Contractor and Architect. D. Cold -formed steel framing will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. E. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be . prformed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified require t ;. ♦ OEND OF SECTION 054000 �` ♦+ CG O O LNI•� Ci - G V D�C� G Ci YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 05 40 00- 5 SECTION 05 50 00 METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1— GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY: A. Metal fabrications and miscellaneous metal work, complete, including: 1. Bollards. 2. Metal Railing (exterior) 3. Metal Handrails (interior) `O G 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUI TS �� O 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. In ad ' ' n o uct datit the o ng: 1. hop i dbtailin f ri ion and n, including templates for anchor bolt pc 2. S Ies mat SC)mshes be requested by Architect. tl� PART 2 - P1RS 2.1 ALS G A. General: Provide materials selected for their surface flatness, smoothness, and freedom from surface blemishes. B. Steel and Iron: As follows: Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. 2. Steel Plates to be bent or cold formed: ASTM A 283, Grade C. ColdFormed Tubing: ASTM A 500. 4. HotFormed Tubing: ASTM A 501. Pipe: ASTM A 53, standard weight (schedule 40), unless otherwise indicated. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 05 50 00- 1 C. Black finish, unless otherwise indicated. 6. Concrete Inserts: Threaded or wedge type; galvanized ferrous castings, either ASTM A 47 (ASTM A 47M) malleable iron or ASTM A 27/A 27M cast steel. Provide bolts, washers, and shims as required, hotdip galvanized per ASTM A 153. 7. Cable and turnbuckle: Stainless Steel, Type 304. Aluminum: As follows: Extrusions: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221M), alloy 6063A. 2. Rolled Tread Plate: ASTM B 632 (ASTM B 6 1 ' Tttern 1, alloy 6061 T6. Fasteners: Provide plated fastener lying electrodeposited zinc coating, f r ex nor use i fasteners for the type, grad#, as requir c 1. Standards: All f te` shall �`` following an omestic ctur �a , a. and nuts lar hex b. g bolt Uare-head p a1 es�cre�kd ium p B 633, Class Fe/Zn 25 for r into exterior walls. Select r th ( �herwise specified) 1: Qh ad ty+ A325. 6. ]•. Cation FF-B-561. ederal Specification the steel, Federal Specification FF-S-111. �Wbon steel, Federal Specification FF-W-92. devices: Expansion shields, Federal Specification i bolt type, tubular type, or self -drilling tubular type. (Tumble -wing type, Federal Specification FF-B-588, type le as required. h. Lock washers: Helical spring type carbon steel, Federal Specification FF-W-84. D. Shop Primer for Ferrous Metal: Fastcuring, lead and chromatefree, universal modifiedalkyd primer with good resistance to corrosion, compatible with finish paint systems, and complying with performance requirements of FS TTP664. E. Galvanizing Repair Paint: Highzincdustcontent paint, with dry film containing not less than 94 percent zinc dust by weight. F. Concrete Fill: Comply with requirements of Division 3 Section "CastinPlace Concrete" for normalweight concrete with a minimum 28day compressive strength of 3,000 psi (20 YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 05 50 00- 2 MPa). G. Nonshrink, Metallic Grout: Factorypackaged, ferrousaggregate grout complying with ASTM C 1107. H. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factorypackaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107. I. Fabrication, General: Form from materials of type, size, thickness, and shapes indicated. Work to dimensions indicated or accepted on shop drawings, using proven details of fabrication and support. J 1 2. Shear and punch metals cleanly and accurately. R ve sharp or rough areas and ease exposed edges. O Weld corners and seams c usly. Us rials and methods that minimize distortion and develop stren h and corr isistance of base metals. Obtain fusion without under r overlap. F�� weldi ux immediately. Finish exposed welds a46l1 f es smyoti��ended„� ocated. ,ow smooth, using hi,ast conspicuous. hangers, dowels, and inu woodwork and on the drawings. �11► Handr�►wall k Malf be aluminum, No. 497 as manufactured by Julius Blum and Co any Inc. Bracket to be field painted, color to be selected by Architect. 2. Handrail shall be 1-1/2" round tube, configure as shown on the drawings. Rails shall be painted, color to be selected by Architect. O. Loose Bearing and Leveling Plates: Provide for steel items bearing on masonry or concrete, as indicated. Drill plates to receive anchor bolts. 1. Galvanize after fabrication. P. Loose Steel Lintels: Fabricate from shapes and to sizes indicated. 1. Galvanize after fabrication. Q. Shelf and Relieving Angles: Fabricate to sizes indicated for attachment to support framing. Provide slotted holes to receive 3/4inch (19mm) bolts, spaced not more than 6 YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 05 50 00- 3 inches (150 mm) from ends and not more than 24 inches (600 mm) o.c. 1. Furnish wedgetype concrete inserts, complete with fasteners, to attach shelf angles to castinplace concrete. 2. Galvanize shelf angles to be installed on exterior concrete. R. Miscellaneous Framing and Supports: Provide as required to complete the Work but not included with structural steel framework. Fabricate as indicated and required to receive adjacent construction. Fabricate from structural steel of welded construction. Drill and tap to receive hardware, hangers, and similar items. Include anchors for building into other work, spaced not more than 24 inches (600 mm) o.c. S. Miscellaneous Steel Trim: Fabricate from steel shapes, s, nd bars of profiles shown with continuously welded joints, and smooth ex ges. Miter corners and use concealed field splices wherever ' le. Prow outs, fittings, and anchorages; coordinate assembly and mstallatio ith other or T. Finish metal fabrication ♦ asse �mply MM "Metal Finishes Manual" for recommend io on appof fini S op prime ferrous metal items not indicated to be g a ed. o 1. Hotdip-gal fize ite i ated to I nize ♦ y with ASTM A 153 or TM 1k 123 ap le. N 2. tiolL for Shop Pr' repare ated ferrous metal surfaces to omply t KSP e Too Cle ' ' 3. A ply pr> c er requir n of SSPCPA 1 "Paint Application S ca ion " fo shop pai U. Wel in ds a es: Selec accordance with AWS specifications for metal atto e we V op Paint: Le free, u4 ; TNEMEC 10-99, Southern Coatings Enviro-Guard -2900, or approved al, eeting performance requirements of F.S. TT-P-86, and passing ASTM B 117 a 500 hours. Primer selected must be compatible with finish coats of paint. Coordinate selection of metal primer with finish paint requirements specified in Section 09 90 00. 2.2 MISCELLANEOUS METAL FABRICATIONS A. Bollards: 6" diameter steel pipe in concrete footing filled with concrete, strike top flush, as indicated on drawings. Concrete is specified in Section 03 30 00. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 05 50 00- 4 B. Exterior Railings/Guardrails: Fabricate of steel pipe, steel tube, HSS tube sections, steel plate, steel bars, and steel shapes as detailed. Comply with requirements indicated for design, dimensions, details, finish, and member sizes, including wall thickness of tube, and anchorage, but not less than required to support structural loads. a. Metal Mesh infill panels shall be: Prefabircated McNichols Infill panels. b. Metal Mesh: Rectangular, Stainless SteeAType 304. 3" x 1.5" opening. O C. Framing: Tube d. Mounting: Tab �` G 2. Interconnect ra' '+Tuardr ' e bers by a welding or welding with i connec 9k, O 3. Form ch n direct' sertio Pi`fabric elbow fittings, by ra ' ds, by g at elb b ds, o Saing. 4. P vi a all ret ends -mou ed ails. 5. lose Sids dr it mem prefabricated end and hing I 6. B ets Fl eQin s : Provide wall brackets end 1 sures, es iscell fittings, and anchors for terc s of pip anttachment of railings and handrails to other o Furnj s and other anchorage devices for conne g rai ' s1i drail to concrete. 7. Primes as speci in this section. 8. Provide/ install handrail in addition to guardrail where indicated on drawings. 9. Provide shop drawings for all railing/ railing systems PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Installation, General: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal fabrications. Set units accurately in location, with edges and surfaces level, plumb, and true. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 05 50 00- 5 1. Fit exposed connections accurately together and weld, unless otherwise indicated. Do not weld, cut, or abrade the surfaces of galvanized units that are intended for bolted connections. 2. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete masonry or similar construction. B. Set loose items on cleaned bearing surfaces using wedges or other adjustable devices. After the items have been positioned and plumbed, tighten the anchor bolts and pack space with grout. 1 Use nonshrink, metallic grout in concealed to . ins where not exposed to moisture; use nonshrink, nonmetallic grou posed locations, unless otherwise indicated. +` Touch up shop paint after erec ion. Clean fi�Vaintingtor*, �, bolted connections, and abraded areas and paint with same as used f�, on primer in accordance icvide uniform dry film s which will result in abraded areas, and apply Mures of manual shielded metal -arc methods used in correcting welding C `t minimize distortion and develop strength and a� undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so that no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches those adjacent. END OF SECTION YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 05 50 00- 6 SECTION 05 5133 METAL ACCESS LADDER PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY: Steel access ladders and accessories, complete. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS: A. Painting; Section 09 90 00. j♦ O 1.3 SUBMITTALS: Comply with Sectio 1 3ZOO.A. Product Data: Inclu �n�i uction�materiaa _es dimensions of indiv omnone�d uroftlet NJ 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 Shop Drawinq ladder and-ft( Indicate-dimel ashy, kna att chmen1s tr the access method of field .ons, details, and klply with ANSI A14.3 American - Safety Requirements. FY, S V AN12 I�ING: Pack, handle, and ship the ladder ories pr erly 1 e vy-duty packaging to prevent damage. CONDITIONS: erify required wall heights for access ladder by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on shop drawings. COORDINATION: Coordinate layout and installation of the access ladder with adjoining construction to provide a secure and non -corrosive installation. 1. With Architect's approval, adjust location of the access ladder and accessories that would interrupt other construction elements. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 0551 33 - 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Recycled Content: Provide materials with 10% recycled or reused content B. Regional Materials: Location of manufacturer and point of extraction, harvest, or recovery for each raw material must be within 100 miles of project site for credit. (if applicable) 2.2 LADDER: Alaco Ladder Company is specified; or allp qual. Include side rails with 1-1/8" (29 mm) round ru at are ser secured with cast aluminum connectors, 4 solid rivets /8" (9 thick brackets mounted to the floor and walls. A. Interior Access La d •odel fixed 66�er 1. Material:60 aluminu a y. v 2. Heigh .51, fr fl o unde ceilin titre �V 3. -1/ (514 mm). 4. Provide - der rd ocking ism. 5. 'slVoati : t rd. mil PART 3-E C ON 3.1 ATION: ine t eas, and conditions, to verify actual tions, dimensions, an th conditions affecting performance of work. A. Verify that substrate is sound, dry, smooth, clean, sloped for drainage, and securely anchored and is ready to receive the access ladder and accessories. B. Coordinate anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and anchorage structural loads for fastener resistance. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 0551 33 - 2 3.2 INSTALLATION: A. General: Install the access ladder and accessories according to manufacturer's written instructions. Anchor securely in place and capable of resisting forces specified. Use fasteners, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required for completing installation. Install to resist exposure to weather without failing, rattling, leaking, and fastener disengagement. B. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals will contact each ether or corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action by paintin ntact surfaces with bituminous coating or by other permanent separ ' a recommended by manufacturer. C. Install level, plumb, true to li e d elevati without warping, jogs in alignment, excessive oil canvi` ckling, t arks. /� D. Install Interior Access L accor t ma nu r s instructions and by establishing distance a floor top of t anic mezzanine. 3.3 TOUCH uch u c -prime f es w' ♦ tible primer ready fib pamong iycordan� Secti�0. 3.4 Cl�G: Clean expo e N�es acco df, ir+g to manufacturer's wr en msti: c�i�}i� ��,J' OF G YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 0551 33 - 3 SECTION 0610 00 ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY: Carpentry work, and installation of items specified in other sections which are normally installed by the carpenters. In general, this work includes, but is not limited to, the following: 1.2 1.3 A. Concealed wood framing, studs, backing, blocking, nailers c. , B. Plywood sheathing. ♦ O C. Braces, stripping, backing, blockin ants, grou nailers indicated or necessary to install cabinet♦wo toil t room a ies, ro g, flashing And to receive or back w f er tr d �► ♦ O RELATED WORK S IED IN R SE S: A. Cold -Form 1 Fra g; on 05 40� ` B. Archi 00 ork; Section 6 C. Painting; Sect!ries; n 9 00. E. Toilet Ac iSe 13.t� _ ,-� ss and factory -fabricated product. Indicate .clude construction and application detail. Include data for wood -preservative treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. Indicate type of preservative used and net amount of preservative retained. 2. Include data for fire -retardant treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. Include physical properties of treated materials based on testing by a qualified independent testing agency. For fire -retardant treatments, include physical properties of treated lumber both before and after exposure to elevated temperatures, based on testing by a qualified independent testing agency according to ASTM D 5664. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 06 10 00 - 1 4. For products receiving a waterborne treatment, include statement that moisture content of treated materials was reduced to levels specified before shipment to Project site. B. Reports: Submit research/evaluation reports for engineered wood products. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Grading Marks: Factory -mark each piece of lumber and plywood with type, grade, mill and grading agency identification; and submit mill certificate that material has been inspected and graded in accordance with requirements if it cannot be marked on a concealed surface. B. Wood Preservative Treatment: Label each piece of pies tiled lumber with the Quality Control mark of the American Preservers showing compliance with the appropriate standard. G C. Fire Retardant Treatme each�pi o lumber d ywood with the Quality Control mark of the ood ers B�ire wing compliance with the appropriate standard � C-� ` 1.5 PRODUCT HANDrintacks eep ca materialruring dt ' ry torage and handling. Store lumb iulation tack bottom of stacksath mp surfRdoors. ect expo terials against weather. Do not store treated lum or plyw rb *, - G G � PART 2 - PRC S OOP 2.1 S OD: Comp with a surds of NeLMA, WCLIB, or WWPA for Sp -pine-fir (south) and #2 SI� Yellow Pine complying with SPIB "Standard Grading Rules for Southern Pine Lumber; KD, S4S.". A. For structural lumber 2" to 4" thick, 6" and wider, use KD, S4S, grades as indicated on structural drawings. B. For structural light framing, 2" to 4" thick, 2" to 4" wide, and studs, use KD, S4S, grades as indicated on structural drawings.. B. For light framing 2" to 4" thick, 2" to 4" wide, use KD, S4S, grades as indicated on structural drawings. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 06 10 00 - 2 2.2 SOFTWOOD PLYWOOD: Comply with PS-1, Exposure 1 (exterior glue), Group 1, Southern pine or Douglas fir. A. Sheathing: APA Rated Sheathing, C-C or C-D Grade, thicknesses indicated on structural drawings. 2.3 ROUGH HARDWARE: Hot -dip galvanized nails, metal connectors, bolts, nuts, screws, washers, staples, and other fasteners (except as specified or noted otherwise); hot -dip galvanized steel, except stainless steel at treated lumber and plywood. 2.4 CONSTRUCTION ADHESIVE: ' A. Water based, maximum VOC's; 150 g/L. ♦ O2.5 WOOD PRESERVATIVE TREAT TS: A. Preservative Treatment By♦Pr ure rocess: U1 for JJ'� erior construction not in contact with ground or f ti ns; use U terior co 'g'Iction not in contact with ground, but subject to da p M. ♦ O 1. Preservat' emicals: c le to ` havi 'urisdiction and contai rsenic ium. Dapoilise inor (SBX) for sill plate . 2. use materia at is wa does n mp y with requirements for treated i . B. Kiln -dry lamb r trea t to axim sture content of 19 percent. Do not use mate tlott wa a does n y with requirements for untreated or t t mate ' �( C. k 1 er ent quali mark of an inspection agency approved by ALSC ♦ oa of Revi D. ark plywood with ap opri e classification marking of an inspection agency acceptable to authorities g jurisdiction. E. Application: Wood cants, nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, stripping, and similar members in connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers and waterproofing. 2. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping and similar concealed members in contact with masonry and concrete. Wood framing members less than 18" above grade. 4. Wood floor plates installed over concrete slabs directly in contact with earth. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 06 10 00 - 3 F. Complete fabrication of treated items prior to treatment, where possible. If cut after treatment, coat cut surfaces with heavy brush coat of same chemical used for treatment. 2.6 FIRE RETARDANT TREATMENT BY PRESSURE PROCESS: A. General: Where fire -retardant -treated materials are indicated, comply with requirements in this article, that are acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and with fire -test -response characteristics specified as determined by testing identical products per test method indicated by a qualified testing agency. B. Fire -Retardant Treated Lumber By Pressure Process: Products Ali a flame spread index of 25 or less when tested according to ASTM E 84, and ga�l no evidence of significant progressive combustion when the test is extended an 20 minutes, and with the flame front not extending more t 10.5 feet be terline of burners at any time during the test. 1. Use treatment that doe not omote c si n of metal fasteners. 2. Interior Type A: mate h have a re content of 28 percent or I when test ding to 3211♦ rcent relative humidity. Use where indica� C. IdentifY fire - Are �th te cl ' 1 marking of qualified testing age D. Do no ter' that does no+9ith req 6rents for untreated material or is warped r disc e ♦1 2.7 FIBERGLASS RCNEL OLDINGS: Kemlite Glasbord, or approved equ ide wit c ics as r by project conditions including moldings, sealants, and 'v s includi ut t limiteZ p, ision Bar, Inside Corner, Outside Corner, Cap, and Insid Corn s a e m . A. ess: . 99♦` B. Texture: Smooth G C. Color: As selected by Architect. D. Fire Rating: Class A per ASTM-84 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL: A. Discard units of material with defects which might impair quality of work, and units which are too small to use in fabricating work with minimum joints or optimum joint arrangement. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 06 10 00 - 4 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7 B. Set carpentry work to required levels and lines, with members plumb and true to line and cut and fitted. C. Securely attach carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated and as required by recognized standards. Countersink nail heads on exposed carpentry work and fill holes. D. Use common wire nails, except as otherwise indicated or specified. Use finishing nails for finish work. Select fasteners of size that will not penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Make tight connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting of wood; pre- drill as required. E. Anchor carpentry work to anchorage devices or substrates. Secure to grounds, strips, backing, required to secure work and equip place, by conditions. Fasten wood groutftuirring types of walls with approve es and sized 0rigid secure supports. ` �� TRIM: Miter corners, ease SHEATHING: Thi joints over support FIBERGLA F rivets and mold] gs, a of ROUGH CARING of th' knes a shape indicated on ra i gs or r and i .se spa to p� i ind' s all wit at 6" o.c. aCind per CED PANE . R. Use sufficient size , and permanence. lockilt-in or directly attached to A , o mg, of thickness and shape ated on the drawings or required ITffer engaging woodwork to various Iffs, ties, inserts, spaced to provide ♦`O ;ram aspn.term, ts; locate and stagger 112" aediate supports. ZJ ve sum board wall surface with A groMs, bucks, plates, backing, and blocking, to work and equipment in place, as itisten with approve types and sizes of nails, ties, lfardware necessary or required for installation of work of spikes, nails, screws, bolts, etc., to insure rigidity, CLEAN-UP: Remove from the premises all rubbish, debris, and unused materials which may be accumulated during the progress of the work. END OF SECTION YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 06 10 00 - 5 SECTION 0610 00 ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY: Carpentry work, and installation of items specified in other sections which are normally installed by the carpenters. In general, this work includes, but is not limited to, the following: 1.2 1.3 A. Concealed wood framing, studs, backing, blocking, nailers c. , B. Plywood sheathing. ♦ O C. Braces, stripping, backing, blockin ants, grou nailers indicated or necessary to install cabinetv♦vo toil t room; ies, ro g, flashing, And to receive or back w f er tr d ♦ O RELATED WORK S IED IN R SE S: A. Cold -Form 1 Fr a g; on 05 40� ` B. Archi o0 ork; Section 6 C. Painting; Sect!ries; n 9 00. E. Toilet Ac iSe 13.t� _ ,-� ss and factory -fabricated product. Indicate .clude construction and application detail. Include data for wood -preservative treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. Indicate type of preservative used and net amount of preservative retained. 2. Include data for fire -retardant treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. Include physical properties of treated materials based on testing by a qualified independent testing agency. For fire -retardant treatments, include physical properties of treated lumber both before and after exposure to elevated temperatures, based on testing by a qualified independent testing agency according to ASTM D 5664. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 06 40 00 - 1 4. For products receiving a waterborne treatment, include statement that moisture content of treated materials was reduced to levels specified before shipment to Project site. B. Reports: Submit research/evaluation reports for engineered wood products. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Grading Marks: Factory -mark each piece of lumber and plywood with type, grade, mill and grading agency identification; and submit mill certificate that material has been inspected and graded in accordance with requirements if it cannot be marked on a concealed surface. B. Wood Preservative Treatment: Label each piece of pies tiled lumber with the Quality Control mark of the American Preservers showing compliance with the appropriate standard. G C. Fire Retardant Treatme each�pi o lumber d ywood with the Quality Control mark of the ood ers B�ire wing compliance with the appropriate standard � C-� ` 1.5 PRODUCT HANDrintacks eep ca materialruring dt ' ry torage and handling. Store lumb iulation tack bottom of stacksath mp surfRdoors. ect expo terials against weather. Do not store treated lum or plyw rb *, - G G � PART 2 - PRC S OOP 2.1 S OD: Comp with a surds of NeLMA, WCLIB, or WWPA for Sp -pine-fir (south) and #2 SI� Yellow Pine complying with SPIB "Standard Grading Rules for Southern Pine Lumber; KD, S4S.". A. For structural lumber 2" to 4" thick, 6" and wider, use KD, S4S, grades as indicated on structural drawings. B. For structural light framing, 2" to 4" thick, 2" to 4" wide, and studs, use KD, S4S, grades as indicated on structural drawings.. B. For light framing 2" to 4" thick, 2" to 4" wide, use KD, S4S, grades as indicated on structural drawings. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 06 40 00 - 2 2.2 SOFTWOOD PLYWOOD: Comply with PS-1, Exposure 1 (exterior glue), Group 1, Southern pine or Douglas fir. A. Sheathing: APA Rated Sheathing, C-C or C-D Grade, thicknesses indicated on structural drawings. 2.3 ROUGH HARDWARE: Hot -dip galvanized nails, metal connectors, bolts, nuts, screws, washers, staples, and other fasteners (except as specified or noted otherwise); hot -dip galvanized steel, except stainless steel at treated lumber and plywood. 2.4 CONSTRUCTION ADHESIVE: ' A. Water based, maximum VOC's; 150 g/L. ♦ O2.5 WOOD PRESERVATIVE TREAT TS: A. Preservative Treatment By♦Pr ure rocess: U1 for JJ'� erior construction not in contact with ground or f ti ns; use U terior co 'g'Iction not in contact with ground, but subject to da p M. ♦ O 1. Preservat' emicals: c le to ` havi 'urisdiction and contai rsenic ium. Dapoilise inor (SBX) for sill plate . 2. use materia at is wa does n mp y with requirements for treated i . B. Kiln -dry lamb r trea t to axim sture content of 19 percent. Do not use mate tlott wa a does n y with requirements for untreated or t t mate ' �( C. k 1 er ent quali mark of an inspection agency approved by ALSC ♦ oa of Revi D. ark plywood with ap opri e classification marking of an inspection agency acceptable to authorities g jurisdiction. E. Application: Wood cants, nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, stripping, and similar members in connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers and waterproofing. 2. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping and similar concealed members in contact with masonry and concrete. Wood framing members less than 18" above grade. 4. Wood floor plates installed over concrete slabs directly in contact with earth. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 06 40 00 - 3 F. Complete fabrication of treated items prior to treatment, where possible. If cut after treatment, coat cut surfaces with heavy brush coat of same chemical used for treatment. 2.6 FIRE RETARDANT TREATMENT BY PRESSURE PROCESS: A. General: Where fire -retardant -treated materials are indicated, comply with requirements in this article, that are acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and with fire -test -response characteristics specified as determined by testing identical products per test method indicated by a qualified testing agency. B. Fire -Retardant Treated Lumber By Pressure Process: Products Ali a flame spread index of 25 or less when tested according to ASTM E 84, and ga�l no evidence of significant progressive combustion when the test is extended an 20 minutes, and with the flame front not extending more t 10.5 feet be terline of burners at any time during the test. 1. Use treatment that doe not omote c si n of metal fasteners. 2. Interior Type A: mate h have a re content of 28 percent or I when test ding to 3211♦ rcent relative humidity. Use where indica� C. IdentifY fire - Are �th te cl ' 1 marking of qualified testing age D. Do no ter' that does no+9ith req 6rents for untreated material or is warped r disc e ♦1 2.7 FIBERGLASS RCNEL OLDINGS: Kemlite Glasbord, or approved equ ide wit c ics as r by project conditions including moldings, sealants, and 'v s includi ut t limiteZ p, ision Bar, Inside Corner, Outside Corner, Cap, and Insid Corn s a e m . A. ess: . 99♦` B. Texture: Smooth G C. Color: As selected by Architect. D. Fire Rating: Class A per ASTM-84 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL: A. Discard units of material with defects which might impair quality of work, and units which are too small to use in fabricating work with minimum joints or optimum joint arrangement. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 06 40 00 - 4 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7 B. Set carpentry work to required levels and lines, with members plumb and true to line and cut and fitted. C. Securely attach carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated and as required by recognized standards. Countersink nail heads on exposed carpentry work and fill holes. D. Use common wire nails, except as otherwise indicated or specified. Use finishing nails for finish work. Select fasteners of size that will not penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Make tight connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting of wood; pre- drill as required. E. Anchor carpentry work to anchorage devices or substrates. Secure to grounds, strips, backing, required to secure work and equip place, by conditions. Fasten wood groutftuirring types of walls with approve es and sized 0rigid secure supports. ` �� TRIM: Miter corners, ease SHEATHING: Thi joints over support FIBERGLA F rivets and mold] gs, a of ROUGH CARING of th' knes a shape indicated on ra i gs or r and i .se spa to p� i ind' s all wit at 6" o.c. aCind per CED PANE . R. Use sufficient size , and permanence. lockilt-in or directly attached to A , o mg, of thickness and shape ated on the drawings or required ITffer engaging woodwork to various Iffs, ties, inserts, spaced to provide ♦`O ;ram aspn.term, ts; locate and stagger 112" aediate supports. ZJ ve sum board wall surface with A groMs, bucks, plates, backing, and blocking, to work and equipment in place, as itisten with approve types and sizes of nails, ties, lfardware necessary or required for installation of work of spikes, nails, screws, bolts, etc., to insure rigidity, CLEAN-UP: Remove from the premises all rubbish, debris, and unused materials which may be accumulated during the progress of the work. END OF SECTION YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 06 40 00 - 5 SECTION 06 16 00 EXTERIOR GRADE SHEATHING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY. Wall sheathing with integral water -resistive barrier and air barrier. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS: A. Metal stud framing; Section 05 4100. `O B. Carpentry; Section 0610 00. w G C. Brick veneer; Section 04 20 D. Metal wall panels; Sectio 00. E. Sealants; Section 0 O 1.3 SUBMITT p with n O1 33 A. Produ t Dat acturer ical data, installation instructions a d ccess s. IL � _ i �. B. Ever4&7Veportf.—Frffm4CC_E*!tkA God sheathing and seam tape. `� C. od Cer c s: From an acturer, indicating that sheathing products VWarpranty: ly w'th S ACZ6� CC -ES AC310. Execute C of manufacturer special warranties. 1.4 DELIVERY AND STORAGE: A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for protection of sheathing products from weather prior to installation. 1.5 WARRANTY: A. Special Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which sheathing manufacturer agrees to repair or replace sheathing products that demonstrate YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 06 16 00 - 1 deterioration or failure under normal use due to manufacturing defects within warranty period specified, when installed according to manufacturer's instructions. 1. Warranty Period for Sheathing Products: 30 years following date of Substantial Completion. 2. Warranty Conditions: Special warranties exclude deterioration or failure due to structural movement resulting in stresses on sheathing products exceeding manufacturer's written specificationsAr due to air or moisture infiltration resulting from cladding failure q�chanical damage. ♦ O PART 2 - PRODUCTS I:'v B. Ca I� 2.2 .. G 2.1 MANUFAC Huber Engineered♦ o OR PERFORMAn QUIRK w vi �ing pro c manufactured by ♦ b Class A, when covered provide assemblies tested Air-Ba er Msem akage: ss Man 0.04 cfm/sq. ft. at • 5 lbf/s f (0. /s x sq. 5 Pa), per ASTM E2375. -Vapor Permeance, F er: inimum 12 perms (689 ng/Pa x s x sq. m), ASTM E96/E96M. Weather Exposure: Manufacturer warranty applies for maximum allowable exposure period of 180 days. 2.4 WALL SHEATHING WITH INTEGRAL WATER -RESISTIVE BARRIER AND AIR BARRIER A. Oriented -Strand -Board Wall Sheathing: Exposure 1 sheathing with factory -laminated water -resistive barrier facer with printed fastener location YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 06 16 00 - 2 symbols. DOC PS 2, made with binder containing no added urea formaldehyde. 1. Basis -of -Design Product: Provide Huber Engineered Woods LLC; ZIP System Sheathing. 2. Span Rating, Panel Grade and Performance Category: Refer to Structural Drawings. 3. Edge Profile: Self -spacing. 4. Facer: Medium -density, phenaliie-impregnat aterial qualifying as a Grade D weather-res' rrier in accordance with ICC AC38. ��♦ � ♦ 5. Provide fastener spa cin�c�mbols r for 16-'�nd �V 6. 24-inch on ce cing. 2.5 FASTENERS: O G A. Fa a s, a al: Size an lying th anufacturer's written instructions r Pr ' ct co d ions r iremenauthorities having jurisdiction. 1. Corro ' istance Ho An c STM A153/A153M. B. Naira s, an ICC M and ICC AC201. �ower-Driven aste rs: - 5-1539 or NER-272. D. Wood Screws: ASME B18.6.1. 2.6 SHEATHING JOINT -AND -PENETRATION TREATMENT MATERIAL: A. Self -Adhering Seam and Flashing Tape: Pressure -sensitive, self -adhering, cold -applied, seam tape consisting of polyolefin film with acrylic adhesive, YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 06 16 00 - 3 meeting ICC-ES AC148, and tested as part of an assembly meeting performance requirements. 1. Huber Engineered Woods; ZIP System Tape. 2. Thickness: 0.012 inch PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION: Examine framing spacing and alignment to Bete a if work is ready to receive sheathing. Proceed with sheathing work once conditions me irements. Cr 3.2 INSTALLATION: G A. Install sheathing panels in ace 'th ma ct er's wri n instructions, requirements of applicable Ev Repo VV d requite f authorities having jurisdiction. B. Air and Moisture Ba oordin athing in 1 'on with hi and joint sealant sequencing and ins la 'on an tl acent bu irl a moisture barrier components to o omple co tinuous isture barrier. C. Do not bridg expansi ts%allo o' s acing eq acing of structural supports. D. Install panels with I ted f Cer)exterior. �nd joints of adjacent panel runs. Support all pa ges. 1. Spac uare d els 0.1 5 in mm). 2. ♦ tt edges s -spacing nets. 6t E. a`heathing pane s seen ely t substrate with manufacturer -approved fasteners in co liance with the following. 1. ICC-ES ESR-1539 or ICC-NES NER-272 for power -driven fasteners. 2. IBC: Table 2304.9.1 Fastening Schedule. F. Apply ZIP System Tape at all panel seams, penetrations, and facer defects or cracks to form continuous weathertight surface. Apply tape according to manufacturer's written instructions and requirements of ICC-ES applicable to tape application. END OF SECTION YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 06 16 00 - 4 SECTION 06 61 16 SOLID SURFACE FABRICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY. Appliances, complete. I 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTION • OA. Section 0130 00 - Submittals. B. Section 0177 00 - Closeout Submi4ta C. Section 06 10 00 - Rough Carp �� O F. Section 12 3623 - Plastic- T I to -Clad in rtops. • 1.3 REFERENCE G Handle, cut, and i al so id cSmateri p r i s sta �d 1.4 SUBMITTAL ply h Se ion 01 �. A. P c►ata: Su it py of er data, including installation, operating, and nten i tions. op gs: ubmif wings verifying model number, location, rough -in ` requirements, and f ish. C. Warranty: Manufacturer's Limited Warranty: Provide manufacturer's standard 10 Year Commercial Limited Warranty against defects in solid surface sheet materials. D. Provide: 2 product samples of each surface for Architect approval 1.5 DELIVERY AND STORAGE: Deliver appliances to project site in manufacturer's undamaged protective container after space to receive appliances have been fully enclosed. 1.6 WARRANTY. Provide manufacturer's standard warranty. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 06 61 16 - 1 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS, STORAGE & HANDLING A. Storage and Protection: Store materials protected from exposure to harmful weather conditions, at temperature and humidity conditions recommended by manufacturer. Store sheet materials flat on pallets or similar rack -type storage to preclude damage. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURER: 2.2 ACCESSORY MA A, Joint Adhesive: Methacry seams. Color complementary to� certified and complies with Sf,:Q to Finish Ma dfi SS edule in Drawings c .esi �c emic ll n solid surfacing terial. GREENGUARD Gold Rule 1. Product: as r ende pied by inre R;� B. Elastomeric S ilde -resistant sill o /emit for fil ' aps between countertops and terminating su trates i nVro n p cations. es with ASTM C 920, Type S (single component)),, G d N nonsa ). 1. Product: ta ble t Jp man C, Silicon Ac c Sea t conized a lictex sealant. For general applications to fill gaps betwe tertop n t termip bstrates. Complies with ASTM C 834, Type OP, Gra SCAQ le l l . ` Product: Select from man cture's standard offerings to match product. Provide sample to Architect for approval. D. Construction Adhesive: Countertop manufacturer's recommended silicone -based construction adhesive for backsplashes, endsplashes, and other applications according to manufacturer's published fabrication instructions. PART 3 - EXECUTION YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 06 61 16 - 2 3.1 INSTALLATION: Install in compliance with pertinent regulations, manufacturer's recommendations and final shop drawings. A. Field Verify installation area & associated millwork prior to order/ installation. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 06 61 16 - 3 SECTION 0719 00 WATER REPELLENT COATING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY: Transparent water-repellent coating, complete, at exterior brick. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTION§� ♦ OA. Unit Masonry; Section 04 20 00. 1.3 SUBMITTALS: Comply with. ec on 33 00. rj A. Product Data: Sub 6N'aa nufactu nstallati Suctions and general recommendatioC B. Warranti it co o crated n Y. 1Pewr)#fn CON NS: D o procee wit a application (except w recomm the a acturer) when ambient tois a %►an , o hen ra' mperatures below 40°F are predicte f perio f 2 urs; or 3 days after surfaces became wet %om a fall or theilmoistureA� NX v Co-alf 1.5 NT NTY` A♦ ovid ii taller's tw*- a arantee against defects, water penetration, efflorescenc'�e and o B. Provide 5-year warranty for water repellant coating on CMU and 10-year warranty for water repellent coating on brick, guaranteeing the installation waterproof and watertight, except for structural cracks or opening caused by settling, expansion or contraction. 1.7 COORDINATION: Coordinate work with work of other trades. PART 2 - PRODUCTS YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 07 19 00 - 1 2.1 TRANSPARENT WATER REPELLENT COATINGS: A. ProSoCo SureKleen WeatherSeal Siloxane WB Concentrate, BASF Hydrozo Enviroseal Double 7, Evonik Degussa Protectosil Aqua-Trete EM, Tnemec Prime -A -Pell H2O, or approved equal. 1. Comply with dilution ratios for vertical surfaces as recommended by manufacturer for project conditions. PART 3 - EXECUTION `O 3.1 EXAMINATION: Examine surfaces receive w �pellent treatment and the conditions under which water % elle coat is pplie o not proceed with the work until unsatisfacto 4iions a correc 3.2 PREPARATION: Protect J g work�?s spillage �w-ove of water repellent. Cover live plant m with dr. Cl la a of er re ellent, as pg� p recommended b actu r, rodjoini faces i y after spillage. 3.3 TEST APP :Apply ial on /mock- on a (out of view location s c y hitect) in Archit tt.. iotify Architect 48 hours prior to ap lica ' 3.4 APPLICATIO • Qin ly wi ufactur ructions and recommendations, using ai trying p cc A. 1st t:1/pplyturation-Xpeood coat from bottom u with sufficient p uti ppl' p nee a6 undown below contact point of spray pattern urface. App in ov p p ttern and coverage controlled to approximate ommendations by man ac rer. B. Allow 1st coat application to penetrate surface (approximately 3 to 5 minutes). C. 2nd Coat: Apply in same saturating manner as 1st coat. 3.5 TESTS: Perform tests as required for 10 year warranty, including RILEM TUBE II.4 test. END OF SECTION YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 07 19 00 - 2 SECTION 07 2100 BUILDING INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL SUMMARY: Batt insulation, complete. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECKIS: A. Sound insulation at um board s; Section 09 21 16. B. TPO Roofing; Se ion 7 54 00. G C. Plywood S a T�06 1 ' %�,�� O 1.3 D. GypV9¢.%eathing;*j9'%M6. n 0 2, 0. O ;installation instructions for each type of substantiating that materials comply with Dperties, and other requirements of 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE: Concealed insulation shall have flamespread rating of not more than 25 and smoke developed rating not more than 450. 1.5 PRODUCT HANDLING: Do not allow insulation materials to become wet or soiled. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for handling, storage, and protection during installation. 1.6 JOB CONDITIONS: Do not proceed with the installation of insulation until the work which follows (and which conceals the insulation) is scheduled to follow immediately. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 0721 00 - 1 1.7 COORDINATION: Coordinate work with work of other trades. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 2.2 SOUND ATTENUATION BATT INSULATION (INTERIOR PARTITIONS): 6" and 3-1/211, unfaced fiberglass batts; &F, Manville, Certainteed, or Knauf. 2.3 PERIMETER INSULATIOw "Styrof , 2" thick extruded polystyrene is specified, equiv t product�'f iv Building Products, Formular, and MinnesVt 2.4 MISCELLANEO insulation,mech WV ; accessories as 1 ate recomm b ins 2.5 POLY A. Ex rude;- Ivs +1 si for bonding other components and conditions as tT. ased R-Value: ASTM C 578, Type IV, but v& an a theriWal resistwc% R-value) for 1-inch thickness of 5.6 deg es ft. t 7 deg F at �, closed -cell product with a carbon �er an extr ed wi ral skin 1. sula 'o ickness shown on drawings. Minimum aged resi ( alue 1 e x h x sq. ft./Btu at 75 deg F at 5 years; Adhesive: Type mended by insulation board manufacturer for application indicated. 2.6 BATT INSULATION: 3-1/2" (R=13) and 6" (R=19), as indicated, foil faced or unfaced fiberglass batts; OCF, Manville, Certainteed, or Knauf. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION: A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 0721 00 - 2 B. Extend insulation full thickness over entire surface to be insulated. C. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions and completely fill voids with insulation. D. Tape joint where required by project conditions. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 0721 00 - 3 SECTION 07 24 19 WATER -DRAINAGE EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY: Water -Drainage Exterior Insulation and Finish System and accessories, complete. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS: A. Unit Masonry; Section 04 20 00. B. Cold Formed Metal Framing; Section 05 40 00. ♦ O C. Sheet metal flashing and trim; Sec 6000. D. Joint Protection; Section 01 E. Exterior gypsum sheat ' ction 0 ' O F. Painting; Section 0. O 13 SUBMITTALS• y wit Se ion O1 3 A. Produc ata: T e oactor t th facturer's product data sheets describi g thewhich fused on jh eject. B. Samples: UeAlfractor s ll s bmit two ples for each product, finish, texture and color d on ow Qep t. T ols and techniques proposed for the actual insta at shallamples s of sufficient size to accurately represent each c ran texrnreq1ty"eXNc�tractor tiIized o he p oject. W k Reports: shall submit to the architect copies of selected est reports verifying th er rmance of the System. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Materials shall be manufactured at a facility covered by a current ISO 9001:2008 and ISO 14001:2004 certification. Certification of the facility shall be done by a registrar accredited by the American National Standards Institute, Registrar Accreditation Board (ANSI-RAB). B. Contractor: Shall be knowledgeable in the proper installation of the specified system and shall be experienced and competent in the installation of Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 0724 19 - 1 15 C. Mock-up: 1. The contractor shall, before the project commences, provide the owner/architect with a mock-up for approval. 2. The mock-up shall be of suitable size as required to accurately represent the products being installed, as well as each color and texture to be utilized on the project. 3. The mock-up shall be prepared with the same products, tools, equipment and techniques required for the actual applications. The finis?U- sed shall be from the same batch that is being used on the project. 4. The approved mock-up sh availableained at the jobsite. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND H DYIe NG: V A. All materials shall be del e to the ' in the a�p p g ened acka es with labels intact. B. Upon arrival, shall b ted for i 1 da 6ng or overheating. Questionab t ials s n used. 1. is s all be stored t �oe, andbources imes, in a cool, dry location, out of ect sunli cte o w at er an of dama e. �g 100 'F. NOTE: I'F. Finishes exposed to hibit skinning, increased unlight. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS: A. Environmental Requirements: 1. Application of wet materials shall not take place during inclement weather unless appropriate protection is provided. Protect materials YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 07 24 19 - 2 From inclementweather until they are completely dry. 2. At the time of product application, the air and wall surface temperatures shall be from 40 °F minimum to 100 °F maximum. 3. These temperatures shall be maintained with adequate air ventilation and circulation for a minimum as required by the manufacturer thereafter, or until the products are completely dry. Refer to published product data sheets for more specific information. 1.7 COORDINATION: Coordinate layout and installation with adj t construction materials. 1.8 WARRANTY: Provide manufacturer's itten moisture d4�i� and limited materials warranty against defective material. G PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 2.2 2.3 MANUFACTURER: S RP; o ved e` A. System mstalle e of on acture a c sist of Tided/ Recommende a sand Tess r' s. B. All Syste cts sh l beinstalled fact rer ctions. PRODUCTS. A. StoQuick Silve - inscr n J► B. StoQuick Syste of s & Ceili MATF. AL B. and C : S all b I, meeting ASTM C 150, white or gray in color, (fr sh and free o umps. Water: Shall be clean and free of foreign matter. 2.4 COMPONENTS A. StoQuick Silver- Drain Screen : 1. Air and Water -Resistive Barrier - Wall Membrane: Sto Gold Coat — Substrate Driven 2. StoGuard Detail Component - Sheathing Joints and Corners, Flashing and Rough Opening Protection, Penetrations: Sto RapidGuard 3. StoGuard Detail Component - Static Joints and Seams: Sto RapidGuard 4. StoGuard Detail Component - Dynamic Joints: StoGuard Conformable Membrane YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 0724 19 - 3 5. StoGuard Detail Component -Movement Joints and Substrate Transitions: Sto RapidGuard 6. Drainage: Sto DrainScreen 6mm 7. PermaBasOm Cement Board ASTM C 1325 (min. Y2 inch or 13 mm) 8. Reinforcement Mesh: StoGuard Mesh 4.25 9. Mesh: Sto Mesh 10. Base Coat: Sto Primer/Adhesive-B 11. 12. Primer: StoPrime® Sand StoQuik Silver Cement Bo yttl ucco.i t shall select from full range of colors V & textures + ��► StoQuick Gold Sy r Soffit ilings O 1. Sheathin 2. Reinf 3. Ba 4. B q 5. PART3-EXE 31 to installation of s: "W siand conditions, to verify actual locations, -ormance of work. Sto System, the contractor shall verify that the substrate: 1. Is of a type required by the manufacturer for the system. 2. Is flat within 6.4 min (1/4 in) in a 1.2 in (4 ft) radius. 3. Is sound, dry, connections are tight, has no surface voids, projections, or other conditions that may interfere with the Outsulation LCMD Systems 1-5 installation or performance. B. Prior to the installation of the STOQuick Silver- Drain Screen System and/ or StoQuick Gold Soffit & Ceiling Systems, the general contractor shall ensure that all needed flashings and other waterproofing details have been completed, if such completion is required prior to the Outsulation LCMD Systems 1-5 application. Additionally the contractor shall ensure that: YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 07 24 19 - 4 1. Metal roof flashing has been installed in accordance with the manufacturer's requirements, Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers Association (ARMA) Standards and STO CORP Installation Details, DS110, or as otherwise necessary to maintain a watertightenvelope. 2. Openings are flashed in accordance with the STO CORP systems Installation Details, or as otherwise necessary to prevent water penetration. C. Prior to the installation of the Outsulation LCMD Systems 1-5, thtcontractor shall notify the architect of all discrepancies. 32 PREPARATION ♦`O A. The Sto System materials shail be rotecte l rmanent or temporary means from inclement weather and of s of da or to, dugn Vnd following application until completely dry. ♦ O B. Protect adjoining w npropert r installat!81 C. The substrate a e pr e®a to be fr reign s, such as oil, dust, dirt, form-rele s, effl esc ce, paint �ater re a , moisture, frost, and any other that may i ' t adl n. 33 INSTALLAT N A. The systetVtAl e ins 1 Cdn ccordanc e manufactures installation instructions. VA The v mini at thick all be sufficient to fully embed the mesh. The bornm nded to appl e base coat in two (2) passes. alant shall no e app ' c y o textured finishes or base coat surfaces. High impact meshes shal e installed as specified at ground level, high traffic areas, and other areas exposed to or susceptible to impact damage. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 07 24 19 - 5 34 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. The contractor shall be responsible for the proper storage and application of all materials related to StoQuick systems B. If required, the contractor shall certify in writing the quality of work performed relative to the substrate system, details, installation procedures, workmanship and the specific products used. 35 CLEANING A. All excess EIFS materials shall be removed from site by the contractor in accordance with contract provisio nd as require icable law. B. All surrounding areas, where EllS S tem has plied, shall be left free of debris and foreign substances result' e contr r work. 36 PROTECTION O A. The Sto Quick s shall ected fro in ement e and other sources of damage until nd pn' rotectio e for ings, sealants, etc. are installed END CTIO - G CGN. G YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 0241 19 - 6 SECTION 07 27 29 LIQUID APPLIED AIR/VAPOR BARRIER PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY. Single component, liquid applied, polymer -modified air/vapor barrier, complete. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIQIV� A. Unit masonry and cavity wall board u tion; S NINW4J20 00. 1.3 SUBMITTALS: Comply wi c o 0133 A. Product Data: S TQata sub 'sting th nilprials complying with requirements terials ec . Incl omme method of applicatio mende er, nu o oats o or thickness, and re ded ote course. ► 1.4 QUALIT E: A. Installer u i atio • Use experi n ?J'sta ler and adequate number of slop onnel ho re thor rained and experienced in the a icW of th er. • a. ' r Install pei`forming Work shall be approved by air ► b rr memo a nufacturer. Obtain air/vapor rri materials from a single manufacturer regularly engaged in manufacturing the product. C. Provide products which comply with all state and local regulations controlling use of volatile organic compounds (VOCs). 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS: A. Substrate: Proceed with air/vapor barrier only after substrate construction and penetrating work have been completed. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 07 27 29 - 1 B. Weather Limitation: Proceed with air/vapor barrier only when existing and forecasted weather conditions will permit work to be performed according to manufacturer's recommendations and warranty requirements. 1.6 COORDINATION: Coordinate work with work of other trades including embedding of cavity wall insulation board in air/vapor barrier. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS: W. R. Meadows is specified; ova d equal. 2.3 LIQUID AIR VAPOR BARRIER S E : Air- M LM (All Season), one component, polymer modified,d ap lied li ' /vapor rrier membrane. A. Performance Based S ebXiN#N!n:Ai barrio► c brane shall be an p elastomeric as ulsion the foll 1►ara eristics: 1. Air Perm AST 0.004 c t @ 7 bs / ft2). 2. W rr ermea STM .06 per01 3. Elo atio DA12: 0 0. e) 4. Solid 6Wo G 2.4 ACCES O S: Cj A. f i and r si n Memo- elf -adhesive polymeric air/vapor er membran avin e of 40 mils (1 mm). U 1. AIR -SHIELD THRU-WALL FLASHING by W. R. MEADOWS. B. Liquid Flashing: Fluid applied, single component, flashing membrane for rough openings. 1. AIR SHIELD LIQUID FLASHING by W.R. MEADOWS. C. Primer: 1. Temperatures above 401 F (41 C): Water Based Primer a. MEL-PRIMETM W/B Water Base Primer by W. R. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 07 27 29 - 2 MEADOWS. 2. Temperatures below 30oF (-I' Q: Solvent Based Primer. MEL-PRIME VOC Compliant Solvent -Base Primer or Standard Solvent -Base Primer by W. R. MEADOWS. D. Pointing Mastic: mastic for sealing penetrations and terminations of membrane. 1. POINTING MASTIC by W.R. MEADQ.� `V E. Concrete Repair Materials: general ir; se pat aterials. 1. MEADOW-P 5 an rete R rtars by W.R. MEADOW �► ♦� PART 3 EXECUTIO 3.1 EXAMI A. Ex mine~~ ac to rece brane. 0iw Architect if surfaces are not accept*k. Do ipfteginfkKurface pCepWation or application until IR 3.2 SURFA E VEPA A. ♦ djac rf es nott�� ed to receive air/vapor barrier. 4�6 B. an and prepare surfaccieceive air/vapor barrier membrane in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Do not apply membrane to surfaces unacceptable to manufacturer. D. Concrete surfaces must be clean, free of standing water, ice, snow, frost, dust, dirt, oil, curing compounds or any other foreign material that could prevent proper adhesion of the membrane. E. Patch all holes and voids and smooth out any surface misalignments. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 07 27 29 - 3 F. Patch all cracks, protrusions, small voids, offsets, details, irregularities and small deformities with cementitious patching mortar at least two hours before application. G. Ensure joints between dissimilar building materials are sealed with a strip of self-adhesive membrane 6" (150 mm) wide, centered over the joint. 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL: Comply with manufacturer's recommendations except where more stringent requirements are indicated and where eroject conditions require extra precautions to ensure satisfactory performa e work. A. Locations: Apply air/vapor barrit4&exterior s inside wythe of double- wythe exterior masonry walls kfdTo exteri s ace of inside wythe of single wythe exterior masonry hin metal = els. ^ 3.4 APPLICATION OF AIR A. TRANSITION 4e with applicable ,Qv mum overlap of 3" (75mm) !!*columns. beams and dissimilar adhered and remove all wrinkles and fish 5. Overlap subsequent courses of membrane a minimum of 2" (50 mm) and ensure joints are fully adhered. 6. Seal top edge of transition membrane with pointing mastic. B. ROUGH OPENING TRANSITION MEMBRANE: 1. Self-adhesive Transition Membrane. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 07 27 29 - 4 C. a. Prime the area to be detailed using adhesive recommended by the membrane manufacturer according to the substrate. b. Pre-cut the self-adhesive membrane for each area of the rough opening to ensure ease of handling. C. Apply the first pre-cut strip at the base of the rough opening by removing the release paper and rolling firmly into place, ensuring that there is a minimum of 3" (75A) of membrane extending onto the wall and a minimum o Smm) of membrane extending into the rough♦op d. Repeat this ocedure f Dopenin Wertical areas of the rough opening and tte k. der portio� `1T 1 e. En� 1 edge s are R Vnium of 2" (50mm) and end to d erla s a 00 mm a� P ) f. 1 all r i ons wit tic rec by membrane factu er. 7 A L SHING: 1. P rfac o be overed ' e working day with applicable piin Rem Cie paper p wlo application. ♦ ly roug hing at base of masonry walls as indicated on ` dra 'ngs. It 4. Recess through wall flashing 1/2" (13 mm) from the face of the masonry. 5. Apply a bead of pointing mastic if through wall flashing is not embedded into masonry. AIR BARRIER MEMBRANE: 1. Apply air/vapor barrier membrane in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 07 27 29 - 5 2. Thoroughly mechanically mix membrane prior to application. 3. Apply membrane by spray or roller at a minimum coverage rate of 17-20 ft2/U.S. gal (1.6-1.9 m2/3.78L) providing a thickness of 80 wet mils in two coats. 4. Frequently inspect surface area with a wet mil gauge to ensure consistent thickness. 5. Work material into any fluted rib forming ations. 6. Cured thickness of m rane shoull' ` ils dry. 7. Avoid use of duc s whic Cain t solvents, pitches, polysulfide �i rs, or ClUerials t come into contact with air/ parrier e1li. 3.4 PROTECTION A EANIN er air/v r. rrier rane as soon as possible, since it ' esi 0 rmane sure overspray and spilled materi surf ces rTintendeive alp r arrier. 141111111000 N tow *VND4;�*"�TION ti EGG �0Cj 5 YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 07 27 29 - 6 SECTION 07 4213 FORMED METAL WALL PANELS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY: Prefinished formed metal panels, complete, including mounting system, anchorages, furring, fasteners, gaskets, sealants, flashing adapters, and accessories. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS: A. Structural Steel Framing; Section 05 12 00. ♦ O B. Cold -Formed Metal Framing; Secti 40 00. C. Miscellaneous metals; Section 05 0 0 D. entr • Rough Car Section g Carpentry; �� ♦ O E. Weather Resistant Bar r, ection F. Sheet Metal Flashes Trim; e 0760 G. Joint Sealan t�pn 07 00. H. Aluminu n r c to ront d amin S ion 08 4100. GYPg� I. Exterior su S n ctio 2116. 1.3 SUBMITTAL �mply wUb ct' n 01``33 0� A. o Data- bmj�lnanufacri product specifications, standard details, erti ed to lts_and instal ion instructions. .` hop ra s: Sub wings and erection details indicating layout of panels, details of ge ditions and supports, anchorages, trim, flashings, closures, substrates, a pecial details. C. Samples: Submit samples of full color palette on specified panel assembly for Architect's selection. Include sample of fasteners to be used for application of panels. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. Deliver to project site properly packaged to provide protection against transportation damage. B. Exercise extreme care in unloading, storing, and erecting systems to prevent bending, warping, twisting and surface damage. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 07 4213- 1 C. Store materials and accessories above ground on well -skidded platforms. Store under waterproof covering. Provide proper ventilation to prevent condensation build-up between panels or trim/flashing components. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when weather conditions permit metal panels to be installed according to manufacturers' written instructions and warranty requirements. B. Field Measurements: Y ma rer agrees t pair fini place 1 pa el ev ence offe 'or4qtion o a moo - p lied ►withir warranty 1. The ri# tt and in alle ill warn lj r that t ab ion and ' ion om de �� 4. e alums omposit ` perio years i Max 8 chalk base on M finish. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 1. Established Dimensions for Metal Panels: Where 1 ea qurements cannot be made without delayin Work, eith ish framing and opening dimensions and procee wi h fat r' i metal panels without field measurements, or low or field ing me al panels. Coordinate construction that a 1 ilding m sions, locations of structural me dope c esp�n blished dimensions. rram�,, ``� 1.6 COORDINATIordinat ith worl�iller trad 1.7 +` A. Man a 's Wa nt anufacandard which that show a specified all system for a period workmanship will be al manufacturer shall warrant for a 5 fade based on ASTM D2244 and D4212 and delamination of the paint 2.1 MANUFACTURER: Horizon-Loc Panel by Central States Manufacturing is specified; equivalent systems (including panel profile, color options, gauge, size, fasteners, and installation) will be considered as an approved equal. Final discretion of proposed alternate panels is solely that of the Architect. 2.2 MINIMUM PANEL STANDARDS: A. GAUGE: 26 GA YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 07 4213- 2 B. Steel Thickness: 0.0185" C. Paint Thickness: Top coat paint:.70 mil; Top coat primer:.30 mil; Bottom coat backer:.35 mil; Bottom coat primer:.35 mil D. Total Thickness: 0.0202" E. Rust Protectant Substrate: Galvalume® AZ50, F. Steel Strength: 50,000 PSI mi `O G G. Paint System: SNAP ♦ �+" �► H. Warranty: ARR time li ei in adh yr. chalke, ♦ 20- . a me erf ` p V I. L580 Uplift sistance e6 Gaug ` AA�► 218 pact R ' a Test, 6�i�e CG J. rivals: UL 18 Appro� ct Resistance, Class 4 Appro aI, Flee Resistance, Class A ♦ -423 TerkTstorm Approval, 26 ga. min. Over % " Plywood ` FL140 IA proval, 26 ga. min. Roof Panel Ove A. System Performance Concealed Fastener panels shall be capable of withstanding building movements and weather exposures based on the following test standards required by the architect and/or local building codes: a. Wind Load — If system tests are not available, under the direction of an independent third -parry laboratory, mockups shall be constructed and tests performed to show compliance to he following minimum standards: YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 07 4213- 3 i. Panels shall be designed to withstand the design wind load based upon the local building code, but in no case less than 20 pounds per square foot (psf) and 30 psf on parapet and corner panels. Wind -load testing shall be conducted in accordance with ASTM E330 to obtain the following results. ii. Normal to the plane of the wall between supports, deflection of the secured perimeter -framing members shall not exceed L/175 or 3/4", whichever is lrs. iii. Normal to the plane of the ,The maximum panel deflection shall not exceei L 0 he full span. iv. Maximum a deflectio t exceed 1/16". At 1 1/2 times designVressure, pe deflections of framing members sh 11 not exceed IAL span le hand comnae ll not ex�rie a fail Ir r ss permanent r/Wat ys est — If u er the 'rec on of an mockups sha e const c nc cot p' c,� to the 1 o ini Air ^ratio —When AST 281 air infiltr D( 0. ` ot sys 15 AS is of ftiQu members to not /16". tests et1aboratory, ailable, ident hir l testforo show �`m accordance with 1.57 psf must not exceed meet per ID Wer square foot of wall area. nfil tiWater infiltration is defined as Ier leakage through the exterior face of ' klwater infiltration shall occur in any a differential static pressure of 6.24 psf after of exposure in accordance with 31. B. Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: Fabricate flashing and trim to comply with manufacturer's written instructions, approved shop drawings, and project drawings 2.6 ACCESSORIES: A. Extrusions, formed members, sheet and plate shall conform with ASTM B209 and the recommendations of the manufacturer. B. Panel stiffeners, if required, shall be structurally fastened or restrained at the ends and shall be secured to the rear face of the composite panel with silicone of sufficient size YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 07 4213- 4 and strength to maintain panel flatness. Stiffener material and/or finish shall be compatible with the silicone. C. Sealants and gaskets within the panel system shall be as per manufacturer's standards to meet performance requirements. D. Fabricate flashing materials from 0.040" minimum thickness aluminum sheet provided by panel manufacturer to match the adjacent curtain wall/panel system where exposed. Post -painted spray -applied flashings are not acceptable. Provide a lap strap under the flashing at abutted con*tions and seal lapped surfaces with a full bead of non-harden4seallE. Fasteners (concealed/non-corrosive): Fasteners as recoy system fabricator and installer.` G PART 3 - EXECUTION + N3 3.1 EXAMINATION: . O A. B. C. for compliance tions affecting achieve proper fit of shall be provided in a on or manufacturing i for installation of panels shall within the following tolerances: in any direction along plane of cumulative in 20 feet in any direction along 3. Plus or minus 12 inch from framing plane on any elevation. 4. Plumb or level within 1/8 inch at all changes of transverse for performed corner panel applications. 5. Verify that bearing support has been provided behind vertical joints of horizontal panel systems and vertical joints of horizontal panel systems. Width of support shall be as recommended by manufacturer. D. Examine individual panels upon removing from the bundle; notify manufacturer of panel defects. Do not install defective panels. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 07 4213- 5 E. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION: A. Erect panels plumb and level. B. Attachment system shall allow for the free vertical and horizontal thermal movement due to expansion and contraction for a material temperature range of - 20°F to +180°F. Buckling of panels, opening of joints, undue stress on fasteners, failure of sealants or any other detrimental effects due to thermal movement are not permitted. Fabrication, assembly and erection procedure shaleaccount for the ambient temperature at the time of the respective operatio� C. Panels shall be erected in accorda with an appr v��f shop drawings. D. Anchor panels securely per engine g recomm nd tuns and in accordance with approved shop drawings allow for nee henna vement and structural support. ` E. Conform to panel fab ' i�r:� instruct' install concealed fasteners. F. Do not install co parts t r bserve efec 'v udi P ti r ding warped, bowe 11�1�d, sc a roken ers. �/ G. Do no , weld or scrape co arts dur' erection in a manner that would age th1�h �decre s e res isual imperfe tion fa'1 e m per a e. Retu onent parts that require alteration to s p refabriticn, for repc t with new parts. H. Separate lar m Ppropr' �` ets and fasteners to minimize corr r B�eTectrol c ac 'on bet 3.3 CL I AN -UP: Cle component surfaces of matter that could 1 de aint n ch up # , marks, skips, and other defects to shop r urfaces wr me t shop primer. Replace damaged pane n ccessories that cannotr re r ed to the satisfaction of the Architect. Remo masking film (if used) as sofas possible after installation. Masking intentionally left in place after panel installation on an elevation shall become the responsibility of the general contractor. END OF SECTION YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 07 4213- 6 SECTION 07 54 00 THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY: Adhered system with thermoplastic roofing membrane, including Insulation, flat and tapered. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS: A. Steel Decking; Section 05 3100. ♦`O B. Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim; 07 60 00W C. Carpentry; Section 06 10 QO 1.3 REFERENCE STANDA A. ASTM C 17 - and s hod for State Measure d Th al nsmissi erties b e s of the Gu Pate App ; 2010. B. AST C578 - risS ec' io ►for Ri i ar Polystyrene A g Thermal Ins la 'o 012 C. ASTM 9 - Sta ificatio ced Rigid Cellular Po i anurate erm Insulad; 2013. D. ♦ byToleD68 - a d Specification for Thermoplastic `f ed heet Ila. 5E. NRCA ML104 - The Roofing and Waterproofing Manual; National Roofing Contractors Association; Fifth Edition, with interim updates. F. UL (RMSD) - Roofing Materials and Systems Directory; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; current edition. G. UL (FRD) - Fire Resistance Directory; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; current edition. 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS: A. Preinstallation Meeting: Convene one week before starting work of this section. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 07 54 00 - 1 1. Review preparation and installation procedures and coordinating and scheduling required with related work. 1.5 SUBMITTALS: Comply with Section 0133 00 A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data indicating membrane materials, flashing materials, insulation, surfacing, and fasteners. C. Specimen Warranty: For approval. D. Shop Drawings: Indicate joint or termination Beta, col*`, conditions of interface with other materials d paver layo t E. Samples for Verification: Su it o sampl inches in size illustrating insulation. ♦ ;3► F. Samples of Pavers: wo. �� O G. Manufacturer's tion In ti s: Indi brave s a g precautions imet di ons requ' ' ecial H. Ma c is ertific • ertify t r ucts in eed specified requ J. Warranty: S b it anuf rer anty an e forms have been comple d i er's n e d register anufacturer. 1.6 QUALIT RA v A. ♦ ufactur lification pany specializing in manufacturing the ducts ' ie in t s ith minimum five years of documented experience. B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section: With minimum five years documented experience. 2. Approved by membrane manufacturer. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: A. Deliver products in manufacturer's original containers, dry, undamaged, with seals and labels intact. B. Store products in weather protected environment, clear of ground and moisture. C. Protect foam insulation from direct exposure to sunlight. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 07 54 00 - 2 1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS: A. Do not apply roofing membrane during unsuitable weather. B. Do not apply roofing membrane when ambient temperature is below 40 degrees F (5 degrees C) C. Do not apply roofing membrane to damp or frozen deck surface or when precipitation is expected or occurring. D. Do not expose materials vulnerable to water or sun damage in 4antities greater than can be weatherproofed the same day. 1.9 WARRANTY: s 0 A. See Section 0133 00 - Close ut S mittals, itional warranty requirements. B. System Warranty: Provid ♦i acturer e war an eing to repair or replace roofing that leaks or is d due t r other n auses. g � 1. Warrant : 20 ye 2. For d re e t include bot t nd labor i ty. PART2-PRODUC 2.1 MANUFAC G A. Ac e le M - Roofing in: Firestone Building Products Co. is 6eci ed, or equal. �1. Roo i syste c red by others are acceptable provided the roofing system is co lete equivalent in materials and warranty conditions and the manu cturer meets the following qualifications: a. Specializing in manufacturing the roofing system to be provided. b. Minimum ten years of experience manufacturing the roofing system to be provided. C. Able to provide a no dollar limit, single source roof system warranty that is backed by corporate assets in excess of one billion dollars. d. ISO 9002 certified. e. Able to provide Polyisocyanurate insulation that is produced in own facilities. f. Roofing systems manufactured by the companies listed below are acceptable provided they are completely equivalent in materials and warranty conditions: B. Manufacturer of Insulation: Same manufacturer as roof membrane. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 07 54 00 - 3 2.2 2.3 C. Manufacturer of Metal Roof Edging: Same manufacturer as roof membrane. 1. Metal roof edging products by other manufacturers are not acceptable. 2. Field- or shop -fabricated metal roof edgings are acceptable if covered under the warranty. ROOFING: A. Thermoplastic Membrane Roofing: One ply membrane, fully adhered, over insulation. B. Roofing Assembly Requirements: 1. Solar Reflectance Index ): 78, minii®ulated in accordance with ASTM E1980. a. Field applite g may b sed to a e specified SRI. 2. Roof Coveri t final Fire Re ' n c e Cla on: UL Class A. Kl C. 0 Insulati al Valu R minimu es. 4e roof assemblies for the '�lde an i ��s". a s ation - Const T c ess on: li An of the types p Y Yp Tapered polyis polyisocyanurate of layers and overall thickness covered with single layer of Application: Any of the types specified. board covered with uniform thickness Quantity of layers and overall thickness varies. ROOFING MEMBRANE AND ASSOCIATED MATERIALS A. Membrane: Flexible, heat weldable sheet composed of thermoplastic polyolefin polymer and ethylene propylene rubber; complying with ASTM D 6878, with polyester weft inserted reinforcement and the following additional characteristics: 1. Thickness: 0.060 2. Sheet Width: Provide the widest available sheets to minimize field seaming. 3. Puncture Resistance: 265 lbf, minimum, when tested in accordance YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 07 54 00 - 4 FTM 101 C Method 2031. 4. Solar Reflectance: 0.79, minimum, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 1549. 5. Color: White. 6. Acceptable Product: ULTRAPLY TPO by Firestone. B. Membrane Fasteners: Type and size as required by roof membrane manufacturer for roofing system and warranty to be provided; use only fasteners furnished by roof membrane manufacturer. C. Curb and Parapet Flashing: Same material as membr 1 encapsulated edge which eliminates need for seam sealing the flashi - -rr splice; precut to 18 inches wide. D. Formable Flashing: Nor*r �+er ed,flexi le,welda heet, composed of thermoplastic polyole I and et propyle XblTer. 1. Thickness 2. Tens' 6 t 3. atio ASTM 4. Tearml 5. �a Ta po. _ by Firestone. n rich plus/i s 10 per gth: 15 minim h test I `dance with ASTM D m. heat u} � g `O► at Brea : 65 p inimu> Ven tested in accordance with ter h in en2tbi12 lbf, inimum*mvtested in accordance with ASTM D y Firestone. aminated to cured rubber i1; TPO QuickSeam Flashing F. Bonding Adhesive: Neoprene and SBR rubber blend, formulated for compatibility with the membrane other substrate materials, including masonry, wood, and insulation facings; ULTRAPLY Bonding Adhesive by Firestone. G. Pourable Sealer: Two-part polyurethane, two-color for reliable mixing; Pourable Sealer by Firestone. H. Seam Plates: Steel with barbs and Galvalume coating; corrosion -resistance complying with FM 4470. I. Termination Bars: Aluminum bars with integral caulk ledge; 1.3 inches wide by 0.10 inch thick; Firestone Termination Bar by Firestone. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 07 54 00 - 5 J. Cut Edge Sealant: Synthetic rubber -based, for use where membrane reinforcement is exposed; U1traPly TPO Cut Edge Sealant by Firestone. K. General Purpose Sealant: EPDM-based, one part, white general purpose sealant; U1traPly TPO General Purpose Sealant by Firestone. L. Molded Flashing Accessories: Unreinforced TPO membrane pre -molded to suit a variety of flashing details, including pipe boots, inside corners, outside corners, etc.; U1traPly TPO Small and Large Pipe Flashing by Firestone. 2.4 INSULATION: 2.5 FA Polyisocyanurate Board Insulation: Rigid cellular fo ,dying with ASTM C1289, Type 1, aluminum foil exterior face• non -reinforced foam core and with theyl4ving ch tics: 1. Compressive Sit► psi 2. Board Size: inch. �� ♦ O ♦ 0 Iimum ss 4 inch; fabricate of size as rey&l�0y roof membrane manufacturer for be pr use only fasteners furnished by roof Products, LLC; ISO 95+: or approved equal. A. Metal Roof Edging and Fascia: Continuous metal edge member serving as termination of roof membrane and retainer for metal fascia; watertight with no exposed fasteners; mounted to roof edge nailer. B. Parapet Copings: Formed metal coping with galvanized steel anchor/support cleats for capping any parapet wall; watertight, maintenance free, without exposed fasteners; butt type joints with concealed splice plates; mechanically fastened as indicated; Firestone PTCF. 2.6 ACCESSORIES: A. Insulation Fasteners: Appropriate for purpose intended and approved by roofing manufacturer. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 07 54 00 - 6 2.7 1. Length as required for thickness of insulation material and penetration of deck substrate, with metal washers. B. Membrane Adhesive: As recommended by membrane manufacturer. C. Surface Conditioner for Adhesives: Compatible with membrane and adhesives. D. Thinners and Cleaners: As recommended by adhesive manufacturer, compatible with membrane. E. Insulation Adhesive: As recommended by insulation manufacturer. F. Walkway Pads: Suitable for maintenance traffic, contrasting c*r or otherwise visually distinctive from roof membrane. 1. Composition: Asphaltic with mineral granui s,()e or Roofing membrane manufacturer's standard. 2. Surface Color: W14t 4+�4, PERFORMANCE REQ NIPS O �� A. Regional Mz recovery for B. Recixleac IN The TPO re ui `s are PART3-EXECU 3.1 INST*A> T ON - harvest, or for credit. recycled or reused complying with 64. A. nstall roofing, nsula on, JNiings, and accessories in accordance with roofing manufacturer's public tructions and recommendations for the specified roofing B. C. D. E. system. Where manufacturer provides no instructions or recommendations, follow good roofing practices and industry standards. Comply with federal, state, and local regulations. Install pavers on pedestals. Fully support all edges. Shim and adjust pavers to provide level surface. Obtain all relevant instructions and maintain copies at project site for duration of installation period. Do not start work until Pre -Installation Notice has been submitted to manufacturer as notification that this project requires a manufacturer's warranty. Perform work using competent and properly equipped personnel. Temporary closures, which ensure that moisture does not damage any completed YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 07 54 00 - 7 3.2 3.3 section of the new roofing system, are the responsibility of the applicator. Completion of flashings, terminations, and temporary closures shall be completed as required to provide a watertight condition. F. Install roofing membrane only when surfaces are clean, dry, smooth and free of snow or ice; do not apply roofing membrane during inclement weather or when ambient conditions will not allow proper application; consult manufacturer for recommended procedures during cold weather. Do not work with sealants and adhesives when material temperature is outside the range of 60 to 80 degrees F. G. Protect adjacent construction, property, vehicles, and persons from damage related to roofing work; repair or restore damage caused by roofing world 2 3. H. Until Protect from spills and overspray from bitume e ives, sealants and coatings. ♦` Particularly protect in tal, ass, plasti a ainted surfaces from bitumen, adhesives, ea ants w' rangend-borne overspray. ` �� ♦ Proofi Protect fin reas of t ng systeo related work tra0, traffic o r trades, ♦` ;a e, ke ma ' s in theiinal co R'!ts labeled by the �` r meor `Components Weir labels, and Material Safety Keep all adhesives, sealants, of ignition. \W1 -I- at it is sufficiently rigid to support installers and t deflection will no strain or rupture roof Verify that surfaces and site conditions are ready to receive work. Correct defects in the substrate before commencing with roofing work. C. Examine roof substrate to verify that it is properly sloped to drains. D. Verify that the specifications and drawing details are workable and not in conflict with the roofing manufacturer's recommendations and instructions; start of work constitutes acceptable of project conditions and requirements. METAL DECK PREPARATION A. Take appropriate measures to ensure that fumes from adhesive solvents are not drawn into the building through air intakes. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 07 54 00 - 8 B. Prior to proceeding, prepare roof surface so that it is clean, dry, and smooth, and free of sharp edges, fins, roughened surfaces, loose or foreign materials, oil, grease and other materials that may damage the membrane. C. Fill all surface voids in the immediate substrate that are greater than 1/4 inch wide with fill material acceptable insulation to membrane manufacturer. 3.4 INSULATION APPLICATION: A. Attachment of Insulation: 1. Mechanically fasten insulation to deck in accordance with roofing manufacturer's instructions. B. Lay subsequent layers of insulation with joints stagge in mum 6 inch from joints of preceding layer. ♦` C. Place tapered insulation to th req red slope tt in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. ♦ ,� �� D. On metal deck, place4ar aralle s with at n board edges bearing on deck flutes. E. Lay boardses in ine��ontact o fore ♦ sulation to fit neatly to perime ' b king ar penetrat roug F. Do of 1 Are insu io than ca e ered 'th rane in same day. 3.5 MEMBRAN PP ON: A. Roll ou meb e, fre ro wrinkles o dace sheet into place without stretchi B. Shing ints o ubstra e in'ction of drainage. C. ♦ 6y A A licati • adhesive to substrate at rate of required by anufacturer. ully e edbrane in adhesive except in areas directly over or within 3 inches of ex si joints. Fully adhere one roll before proceeding to adjacent rolls. D. Overlap edges and ends and seal seams by contact adhesive, minimum 3 inches. Seal permanently waterproof. Apply uniform bead of sealant to joint edge. E. At intersections with vertical surfaces: Extend membrane over cant strips and up a minimum of 4 inches onto vertical surfaces. 2. Fully adhere flexible flashing over membrane and up to nailing strips. F.Around roof penetrations, seal flanges and flashings with flexible flashing. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 07 54 00 - 9 G. Coordinate installation of roof drains and sumps and related flashings. 3.6 FINISHING SURFACES: A. Install walkway pads. Space pad joints to permit drainage. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. Require site attendance of roofing and insulation material manufacturers daily during installation of the Work. 3.8 CLEANING: A. Remove bituminous markings from finished surface B. In areas where finished surfaces a soiled by this section, consult manufacturer of surfaces fo eam g advice nform their documented instructions. •` C. Repair or replace d r damaghes ca or of this section. 3.9 PROTECTION: • Z� O A. Protect ' t e roofin n ashing s o L6nst tion ations. B. Whe traffic r*nue r m ed roof ne, protect surfaces using durable mat i CG (&D OF N G YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 07 54 00 - 10 SECTION 07 62 00 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY. Flashing and sheet metal work, complete, except where indicated as work of other sections (requirements specified in this section). Work includes: A. Flashing and counter -flashing. OB. Fascia. ♦ C. Trim. G D. Gutters. ` ♦ �� O E. Downspout F. Cond r ads. G. rk ' dicated and 4 1.2 RELATED SPE_CI roject tions. SIN OT SECTIONS• C g aso P Ca ct` 04 20 00. ♦� ♦ Metal Wa 1 Pan s• lion 07 42 00. C. Metal flashing with TPO roofing; Section 07 54 00. D. Joint Sealants; Section 07 92 00. E. Aluminum flashing with storefront systems; Section 08 4100. F. Weather Barrier; Section 07 25 00. 1.3 SUBMITTALS: Comply with Section 01 33 00 YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 07 62 00 - 1 A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data, installation instructions and general recommendations for each specified sheet material and fabricated product. B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for show materials, gages, layout, profiles, methods of joining, and anchorage details for each sheet metal item and fabricated product.. C. Samples: Submit samples of each product to be used. 1.4 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE: Provide materials and worknonship meeting requirements of Sheet Metal and Air Conditionin tractors National Association Manual (SMACNA). O PROJECT CONDITIONS: inate w his section with interfacing and adjoining work for rop sequen ' o each installation. Ensure best possible weather e . and d i of thew d protection of materials and fine ♦ �� kted warranty for lm integrity. trades to ensure PAR MPODULQ�N 2.?< J�PERFORMANCE A. Regional Materials: Location of manufacturer and point of extraction, harvest, or recovery for each raw material must be within 100 miles of project site for credit. B. Recycled Content: Provide materials with a minimum of 10% recycled or reused content. 2.2 MATERIALS: A. Sheet Metal: Peterson PacClad, or approval equal. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 07 62 00 - 2 1. Prepainted Aluminum Sheets: Alloy and temper recommended by aluminum producer and finisher for type of use and finish indicated and with not less than the strength and durability of alloy and temper designed below: 2. 3. a. ASTM B 209, temper H14 and H34, 0.032" thick, primed and finished with top side with Kynar base fluoropolymer coating 1.0 mil total dry film thickness, and with wash coat on reverse side. Coat prepainted side with liquid applied factory installed strippable film of protection of finished surface. b. Colors: TDB , architect shall pick from full rangof colors. Aluminum Sheets: Alloy and temper recommen aluminum producer and finisher for type of use and sh indicated of less than the strength and durability of alloy and temp gned b a a. ASTM C a-H14, 0.032" mill finished. Kis Lead: ASTM pe ll5!1GjXpper-1bW eet lead, minimum 4 lb./sq. ft., except not Z n 6 lb./s t. weldin ors: S tal as s i eet meta 4t er n i�ve metal as recommended Lml a factur atch finjo xposed�hea ith materials being fastened. nonskinning, nondrying, '2�cold applied solvent type bitumastic thickness of 15 mils per coat. G. Adhesives: Type recommended by flashing sheet manufacturer for waterproof /weather -resistant seaming and adhesive application of flashing sheet. H. Underlayment: 1. Paper Slip Sheet: 5 lb. rosin -sized building paper. 2. Polyethylene Underlayment: 6 mil carbonated polyethylene film. I. Sealants: As specified in Section 07 92 00. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 07 62 00 - 3 J. Metal Accessories: Sheet metal clips, cleats, clamping rings, straps, anchoring devices and similar accessory units as required for installation of work, matching or compatible with material being installed, noncorrosive, size and gage required for performance. 2.3 FABRICATION: A. Fabricate gutters, downspouts, scuppers, flashing, trim, conductor head, and other exposed sheet metal work indicated, of pre -finished steel sheets. Provide cladding of fascia and other wood trim as indicated or prefinished steel coil. B. Fabricate sheet metal work not exposed to view offinished aluminum. C. Fabricate flashing at drains d where req • ♦ Q4M to contour of roofing components and accessorie d. G D. Fabricate work to a ith "S " Archit to Sheet Metal Manual", metal urer's rendatjpn , a ecognized industry practices. � ��► �` E. Fabrica aterproo eather-r to per ith expansion pro v s or ng , sufficie erma vent leakage, da o eterio io of the w k. rm w k to ubstrates. F. rm ex At me rk ithout e e oil -canning, buckling and tool in k t to li an Is as in with exposed edges folded p g b k thems G. icate me aluminstrippable film in place. If soldering is essa mcally r ovoating. Touch up with color matched paint. Seams. less o ated or specified: Fabricate nonmoving seams in sheet metal w fl - ock seams. Form aluminum seams with epoxy seam sealer; rivet joints additional strength where required. For metal other than aluminum, tin edges to be seamed, form seams and solder. I. Expansion Provisions: Where lapped or bayonet -type expansion provisions cannot be used, or would not be sufficiently water/ weatherproof, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1" deep, filled with mastic sealant (concealed within joints); unless otherwise indicated or specified. J. Separate dissimilar metals from each other by painting each metal surface in area of contact with a heavy application of bitumastic coating, or by other permanent separation as recommended by manufacturers of dissimilar metals. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 07 62 00 - 4 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION: Examine substrates and conditions under which sheet metal work will be installed. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION, SHEET METAL: A. SMACNA Details: Except as otherwise indicated or specified, comply with applicable recommendations and details of "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" by SMACNA. B. Manufacturer's Recommendations: Except as o e indicated or specified, comply with rec endations a> tions of manufacturer of sheet metal being installed. C. Anchor units of w e uely in p sz ethods i ted, providing for thermal ex ansio o tal units al fasten s�possible, and set p � units true to 1' e evel as i ted. Inst0eatheolf. Tc wit laps, joints and seams whi i1�1 be perm e y waterti D. Un nt: ere inum i t e nstalle to wood substrates, s co se of slip sh n a cours of p thylene underlayment. E. B fl�tg of wo in thick coa inous roofing cement where for w erp perf al a tal flashin s to ubstrate with roofing cement; install bed or bea e t in n* r ich will maintain a watertight seal. Secure edges of sh*gg to other work with angles and bars, and seal with sealant as indicate . H. Remove strippable film from prepainted work. 3.3 CLEAN-UP: After completion of work, clean roofing cement, sealant and bituminous paint from flashing, floors, and all surfaces so defaced. Remove all excess materials and scraps from the job and leave all surfaces neat and clean. END OF SECTION YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 07 62 00 - 5 SECTION 07 72 00 ROOF HATCH, RTU SCREENS & ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY: Roof hatch, RTU Screens and accessories, complete. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS: A. Cants, blocking, nailers; Section 06 10 00. B. Thermoplastic membrane roofs Section 07 3� C. Sheet metal flashing and tri Se on 07 0 D. Painting; Section 09 9 ,6\ 1.3 SUBMITTALS: Co ith Se3300. A. Product Dat : c con c n det s, Ttiateri iptions, dimensions of individual compone rof s, and finis s B. Shop Drawings: Shy fal?Rcati anetallatio s for roof hatch and accessories. Show layout including lad Wd el ati s. Indic ensions, weight, loading, required clearances, method f asse com Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attach n o othe k. • ��1.4 ASSU CE: ` A. Shee Metal Standard: Comp with SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" details for fabrication of units, including flanges and cap flashings to coordinate with type of roofing indicated. B. Applicable Standards for Ladders: Comply with ANSI A14.3 American National Standard for Ladders - Fixed - Safety Requirements. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 07 72 00- 1 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: Pack, handle, and ship roof hatch and accessories properly labeled in heavy-duty packaging to prevent damage. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS: Verify required openings for roof hatch by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on shop drawings. 1.7 COORDINATION: Coordinate layout and installation of roof hatch with roofing membrane and base flashing and interfacing and adjoining construction to provide a leakproof, weathertight, secure, and non -corrosive installation. I 1. With Architect's approval, adjust location of roof hatch accessories that would interrupt roof drainage routes, roof expansion joints, and other co ti n elements. • 1.8 WARRANTY: Provide manufac er's tandar nty. Materials shall be free of defects in material and workmanship )I- d of fi s from Ato of purchase. Should a part fail to function in normal use his pe anufact> e all furnish a new part at no charge. � � C` PART 2 - PRODUCTS G 2.1 ROOF HA ilc is pnt e specified r s from O'Keeffe's Babcock - Da vis, Davis, Dur-Red Prod ts, J. I Shies, or nc., an o are acceptable, or approved equal. A. Model: Type "S . 16" B. Material. teVebo ver me areAga gam G90 paint bond galvanized steel. C. C eakforme , llow-jt Wi , 1" concealed fiberglass insulation, 3" beaded, overlappi ge, fully welded at cCe , and internally reinforced for 40 psf live load. D. Curb: 12" height, integral cap flashing, V fiberboard insulation, fully welded at corners, and 3-1/2" mounting flange with 7/16" holes to secure frame to roof deck substrate. E. Gasket: Extruded EPDM rubber gasket. F. Hinges: Heavy-duty pintle hinges with 3/8" type 316 stainless steel hinge pins. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 07 72 00- 2 G. Latch: Slam latch with interior and exterior turn handles and padlock hasps. Padlocks NIC. H. Lift Assistance: Compression spring operators enclosed in telescopic tubes. Automatic hold -open arm with grip handle release. I. Finish: Steel: Manufacturer's standard red oxide primer. Finish painting specified in Section 09 90 00. J. Hardware: 1. Engineered composite compression spring tubes. 2. Steel compression springs with electrocoated acrylic finish 3. All other hardware is zinc plated/chromate sealed. 4. Finish & Coating: Standard mill finish. O N$ 2.2 RTU MECHANICAL SCREEN sis of D si uVu uipment Screens, by www.curbsplus.com. �� • O a. Style: Roof Curb Mount, n sided reen ( s�f plan b. Panel Profile: Shad O ` c. Color: TBD. t s all sel rom ful of ma fact re color options. d. Trim Profile: Fat Z e. Size: Refer to R Ida and m)ended cl es by manufacture IV `CO PART 3 - ON • 3.1 EX INATION: Examineates, areas, and conditions, to verify actual locations, dimensions, and other conditions affecting performance of work. A. Verify that substrate is sound, dry, smooth, clean, sloped for drainage, and securely anchored and is ready to receive roof hatch and accessories. B. Verify dimensions of roof openings for roof hatch and accessories. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 07 72 00- 3 C. Coordinate anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and anchorage structural loads for fastener resistance. D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION: A. General: Install roof hatch, mechanical screens and accessories according to manufacturer's written instructions. Anchor securely in place and capable of resisting forces specified. Use fasteners, separators, sealants, and other mi cellaneous items as required for completing installation. Install to resist exposure toeather without failing, rattling, leaking, and fastener disengagement. B. Install roof hatch, mechanical sc and acces fit substrates and to result in watertight performance. C. Metal Protection: W . filar will con ct ach other or corrosive substrates, protect again nic act pamti�g surfaces with bituminous coating or by other pe separa ' ecomme, manufacturer. D. Install level, plu e to lin evatio thou4w rp , jogs in alignment, excessive oil n ' , buc o ool mar . ` E. Chec o ch for pr operati just oAratin echanism as required for proper n. �n and lubd t nd har a Z 3.3 TOUCH UP: ch up C),med s with compatible primer ready for field painting in a o Mice with ctio 09 91 0 p g ��� 3.4 G: Clean e posed uraccording to manufacturer's written instructions. END OF SECTION YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 07 72 00- 4 SECTION 07 92 00 JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Completely close with sealant all joints. Include joints around frames of doors, flooring joints, joints at penetrations of walls, decks, and floors by Ifiping and other services and equipment, joints between items of equipment and other (ruction, and other joints indicated or specified to be sealed. O 1.2 SUBMITTALS: Comply with Sectio 300. A. Product Data: Submit man actu?br's speci lhirAhs, reco endations, and installation instructio ♦ r type o , calkin o ound and miscellaneous materi ude le certific�ti ertified test laboratory reports iad g that ic' rial co with the requirements and is intended tAapplicat' icated. B. Samples: 2" lon of eac r quir ( lack) for each type of x os to Sam 1 wi a olor only. Yh p P Y 1.3 Q ALIJRAN Obtain elast ric in also y from r nacturer who will, if required, send a qualit dltc nical ese ative top .te, for the purpose of advising the Il f prop pro ures d ions for the use of the material. L } 4OB CI'IONS: ` A. Exa 'ne jo' ur� s, acking, and anchorage of units forming sealant rabbet. Do �ceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Do not proceed with installations of sealants under adverse weather conditions, or when temperatures are above or below manufacturer's recommended limitations for installation. Proceed with the work only when forecasted weather conditions are favorable for proper cure and development of high early bond strength. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 07 92 00 - 1 A. General Emissions Evaluation: Products must be tested and determined compliant in accordance with California Department of Public Health (CDPH) Standard Method vl.l- 2010, using the applicable exposure scenario. The manufacturers' or third -party certification must state the exposure scenario used to determine compliance. Claims of compliance for wet -applied products must state the amount applied in mass per surface area. The Claims of compliance must also state the range of total VOCs after 14 days, measured as specified in CDPH Standard Method v1.1. B. VOC content requirements for wet -applied products: For adhesives ad sealants, in addition to meeting the general requirements for VOC emissions (abov `oon-site wet -applied products must meet the applicable VOC limits of the California Air '� es Board (GARB) 2007, Suggested Control Measure (SCM) for Adhesive and SC 1 t pplications, or the South Coast Air Quality Management District (S )Rule I ective June 3, 2011. If a product cannot be reasonably be tested as s eci d above, t ti of VOC content must comply with ASTM D2369-10; ISO 11890,4P • STM D 8 ; or IS 90-2. Methylene chloride and perchloroethylene may b i 'onall paints ' gs, adhesives, or sealants C. Purchase product fro a cturer t n EPD i ning t 0 14025, 14040, 14044, and EN 1580 r O 219 aving atj,� tradlai `g scope. G 2.2 MATERI S: a► A. Compatibi it P ide ' ' t s s, joint fi d other related materials that are compV�, one a otheefk� and with ' strates under conditions of service and applics de s tedby testi field experience. B. P(V in co affected by ct from manufacturer's standard colors. 2.3 EIE T SE,A S: Provi nufacturer's standard c is ly curing, elastomeric sealant of base polymer indicated with complies with ASTM 920 requirements, including those for Type, Grade Class, and Uses. A. Multi -Component Nonsag Urethane Sealant: Type M, Grade NS, Class 25. BASF "NP 2", Pecora "Dynatrol II", Tremco "Vulken 227", or Bostik "Chem -Calk 500". B. One -Component Pourable Urethane Sealant: Type S, Grade P, Class 25. BASF "SL-1 Pecora "NR-201 Urexpan", Tremco "Vulken 45", or Bostik "Chem -Calk 950". C. Multi -Component Pourable Urethane Sealant: Type M, Grade P, Class 25. BASF "SL- 2", Tremco "THC 900", Pecora "NR-200 Urexpan", Tremco "Vulken 245", or Bostik "Chem -Calk 550". YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 07 92 00 - 2 D. Low Modulus Nonacid Curing Silicone Sealant: Type S, Grade NS, Class 25. Dow Corning 790 or GE Silpruf SCS2000. E. One -Component Mildew -Resistant Silicone Sealant: Type S, Grade NS, Class 25. Dow Corning "786", Tremco "Proglaze White", or Pecora "898 White". 2.4 ACRYLIC EMULSION SEALANT: ASTM C 834, one component, nonsag, acrylic, paintable, mildew -resistant. BASF "Sonolac", Tremco "Tremflex 834", Pecora Corp. "AC-20+", or Bostik "Chem -Calk 600 . 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS: A. Joint Cleaner: Type of joint cleaning com Apxi�commended by sealant manufacturer for joint surfaces cleaned. B. Joint Primer/Sealer: Typeom ended b alant m ufacturer for the joint surfaces to be primed i d-. C. Bond Breaker Tap thylene other 1 Qr)e as recommended by sealant manufac r, be app ' ealant-c urfacf substrate or jo' r must be o ed for p Iarfornumi self-adhesi here able. `a- V J ro 1 an ►that are nonstaining; are loi s tes, seala cIprimers, and other joint fillers; ,fpr a ations inn by sealant manufacturer based ce Wd laboratq� g. w 1. ��egexperij 2 TM C 30, ell o at surfaces. ♦` joi d for s T ptim compressibl ac c joint is comp PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 JOINT TYPES AND USAGES: C where bond to the sealant. Provide c s material with surface skin, Type O open lar ial with a surface skin, except use Type C rove e size and shape of rod which will control cement, break bond of sealant at bottom of joint, f Jealant bead on back side, and provide a highly minimize the possibility of sealant extrusion when A. Acrylic Emulsion Sealant: All interior joints except joints with metal, aluminum, and wet work. B. Urethane Sealants: 1. Exterior joints and interior joints with aluminum or metal, use nonsag urethane sealant. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 07 92 00 - 3 a. Note: At contractor's option, low modulus silicone sealant may be used. 2. Horizontal joints subject to pedestrian traffic, use minimum 35 Shore A hardness one component or multi -component pourable urethane sealant. C. Silicone Sealants: At wet work, sinks and plumbing fixtures, use mildew resistant silicone sealant. 3.2 JOINT SURFACE PREPARATION: A. Clean joint surfaces immediately before installation of seaAnt. Remove dirt, insecure coatings, moisture, and other substances that I interfere with bond of sealant. B. For elastomeric sealants, do n ceed wit tion of sealant over joint surfaces which have been paint , lacquered roofed or treated with water repellent or other treatrncntjpr c ting. R` coatin r treatment from joint surfaces before instal ' t. C. Etch concrete joint a s to re �cess ally Etch with 5% solution of muriatic acid;Q ize wit ammon' ion r' se thoroug Yhl with water and allo�y before a install D. Roughen in surfac x reous co$ d si �i-porous materials, where r nt in ufac rer's da �i.Cates low b d strength than for p Vices. Rub fine abr s oth or of to roduce a dull sheen. 3.3 INSTALL A IONS � �I 1 Comply ed i �ns, except where more stringent anent where manufacturer's technical A. Pri or se Wtt surfac wh�iever shown or recommended by the sealant enufac ot♦ imer/sealer to spill or migrate onto adjoining face`tall sealant back o or liquid elastomeric sealants, except where shown to be omitted or recom ended to be omitted by sealant manufacturer for the application shown. C. Install bond breaker tape wherever shown and wherever required by manufacturer's recommendations to ensure that elastomeric sealants will perform properly. D. Employ only proven installation techniques, which will ensure that sealants will be deposited in uniform, continuous ribbons without gaps or air pockets, with complete "wetting" of the joint bond surfaces equally on opposite sides. Except as otherwise indicated, fill sealant rabbet to a slightly concave surface, slightly below adjoining surfaces. Where horizontal joints are between a horizontal YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 07 92 00 - 4 surface and a vertical surface, fill joint to form a slight cove, so that joint will not trap moisture and dirt. E. Install sealants to depths as shown or, if not shown, as recommended by the sealant manufacturer but within the following general limitations, measured at the center (thin) section of the bead. 1. For sidewalks and similar joints sealed with elastomeric sealants and subject to traffic and other abrasion and indentation exposures, fill joints to a depth equal to 75% of joint width, but neither more than 5/8" deep nor less than 3/8" deep. 2. For normal moving joints sealed with elasto se lants, but not subject to traffic, fill joints to a depth equal to► T o f'omt width, but neither more than 1/2" deep no han 1/4" 3. For joints seale4w't non-elastome ' �eQlants, f 'oints to a depth in the range of 75% bf joint k F. Do not allow seal tape or other pre either the prii$ V G. Remov and the adj4ini4g"Aiufaci of ge, without 3.4 CURE AN P� [1 onto a surfaces. Use masking prevent of a 6ining surfaces, by w w progresses. Clean eliminate evidence !Yearly bond strength, internal cohesive otect sealants in a manner which will other accelerated aging effects. Replace rated during construction period. �AF SECTION YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 07 92 00 - 5 SECTION 07 95 00 EXPANSION CONTROL PART 1— GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY: Exterior expansion control assemblies, complete. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS: A. Unit Masonry; Section 04 20 00. 1.3 SUBMITTALS: Comply with Section 0133 00. ' A. Product Data: For each type of manufacturer's product specific relative to materials, dimensions of ingi B. Shop Drawings: I. Placement D : I sectio&1e: entire attachork. Whi proviea el compect. 2.are v ` f. Vria g. oduc� C. Samples: If requested, submit verification. ied, including details of construction l finishes. elevations, Include the �v 'l►,f each joint system. .need to drawings. iai or seismic. finishes. of specified finish for Architect's 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: Provide expansion joint assemblies that, when installed, remain watertight within movement limitations specified. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Obtain expansion joint cover assemblies from one source from single manufacturer. B.Installer Qualifications: Approved by manufacturer. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 07 95 00- 1 1.6 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS: A. Deliver joint covers to project site in new, clean, unopened containers of size and strength to protect materials during shipping. B. Store materials in original containers in dry location. 1.7 WARRANTY: Provide manufacturer's standard warranty one year matefial and workmanship warranty for each type of expansion joint system. 1.8 COORDINATION: Coordinate work with work of other4r Ze,.� PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS: Ex an,6o��Ioint ass are Sc n Paragraph 3.5. A. Construction Spe , Inc. is s ci . Subje plijnc requirements, manufac fferin 0 that i co to 61 work include, but are not h , the f ow 1. ct 1 Art Mfg., I 2. alco, In . � 3. MM14's G 2.3 MATERI C � A. m :A 1, al oy 6 3-T5 for extrusions, ASTM B 209, alloy 606 -'�� at 5 32 allb r et. Protect alumin su aces to be placed in contact with cementitious materials with a protective coating. 2. Aluminum Finish: Comply with NAAMM "Metal Finishes Manual" for finish designations and application recommendations. Apply finishes in factory after fabrication. Protect finishes on exposed surfaces before shipment. a. Mill finish. B. Elastomeric Seals: Preformed elastomeric membranes or extrusions to be installed in metal frames. Seal color as selected by Architect. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 07 95 00- 2 into the C. Strip Seals: ASTM E 1783; preformed elastomeric membrane or tubular extrusions having an internal baffle system and secured in or over a joint by a metal locking rail. Seal color as selected by Architect. D. Accessories: Manufacturer's standard anchors, clips, fasteners, set screws, spacers, filler materials, lubricant, adhesive, and other accessories compatible with material in contact, as indicated and required for complete installations. 2.4 EXPANSION JOINT ASSEMBLIES: , A. General: Provide assemblies of design, basic profile, mate I nd operation indicated. Provide units comparable to those specifip�� mmodate joint size, variations in adjacent surface d =c[or al nt without material degradation or fatigue whe es ASTM E 1399. 1. Furnish units in 1 ss cticabl s to mini tcelhanges umber of end joints. Provi in e mit mers Nyh a directions or her at 2. Includ materi transition 'e s, tee -A t c ner, curbs o s-conr^ d other s ries r d to provide c tin o joint ver ssembli rV B. esign a Ibift for Je n moveme cteristics as indicated on drawi C. P t finish n(�Ised sur m damage by applying a strippable, e1YI ora r ecti e coveri e shipping. p rY � PART 3 IO 3.1 E INATION: Examine s s where joint assemblies will be installed for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of work. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION: A. Manufacturer's Instructions: In addition to requirements of these specifications, comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, including preparing substrate, applying materials, and protecting installed units. C. Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary to secure assemblies to in -place construction, included threaded fasteners with drilled- in expansion shields for masonry. Provide fasteners of metal, type, and size to suit type of construction indicated and provide for secure attachment of assemblies. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 07 95 00- 3 3.3 INSTALLATION: Comply with manufacturer's instructions and final shop drawings. A. Metal Frames: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required to install joint systems. Install in true alignment and proper relationship to joints and adjoining finished surfaces measured from established lines and levels. 2. Adjust for differences between actual structural gap and?ominal design gap due to ambient temperature at time of installation. No ' chitect where discrepancies occur that will affect proper irist and performance. 3. Cut and fit ends to accomm ate therm `ion and contraction of metal without bgcl h ig o rames;� 4. Location in cont u s contacjacen ac s. 5. Shim to 1 ere re upport e of 4a e conti o pr v cal deft w en 6. anchors at al rec ed by fa er, but not ss th n e in�hes fr e nd not o than 24 inches o.c. B. Seals In Metal s: In�ast eric se membranes in frames to comply ran facture wr ten instru nstall with minimum num joints. G � r i I n ` straight sections. ov uous s o stra g t sect o s. Seal tran itions cco g to manufacturer's written instructions. Vulcanize or he d field -spliced joints as recommended by manufacturer. 3. Mechanically lock seals into frames or adhere to frames with adhesive of pressure -sensitive tape as recommended by manufacturer. C. Terminate exposed ends of joint assemblies with field- or factory -fabricated termination devices. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION: Do not remove protective covering until finish work in adjacent areas is complete. When protective covering is removed, clean exposed metal surfaces to comply with manufacturer's instructions. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 07 95 00- 4 3.5 SCHEDULE: A. Exterior: 1. Bridge New Roof to Existing Building/ Metal Panel wall: Slip type expansion joing. Color to match that of new paint for Existing Building: TBD. 2. Bridge New Roof to Existing Metal Roof. Bellow type expansion system. Color to match new Concealed Fastener metal panel 3. New EIFS Art wall to existing metal building Wall: Slip -type expansion system. Color as selected by Architect. B. Interior: `O 1 2 ow Existing Buildin4F car to ew ad oor: or -to -floor joint system with cover for t vel. New Interi to Exis ompre xpa Sion joint filler. O G ND E I N e), - G D�C� G Ci YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 07 95 00- 5 SECTION 08 1113 HOLLOW METAL STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 08 7100 - Door Hardware. B. Section 09 90 00 - Painting and Coati 1.3 REFERENCES G A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. ANSI/DHI A 115.IG - Insta ♦ de f r nd Har ANSUBHMA A 156 - S ions for are Pre s in Standard Steel Doors and Frames. ANSUBHMA A in 1 e Dime ANSI A es Proce d Acce ' IN c riteri or ical Endurance for Steel Doors an re nforcing. nn.. ANSI A 250.11 - o ended k7e nstructiSteel Frames. ASTM A 924 - Specification the Hot Dip Process. SDI - Steel Door Institute for Steel, Sheet, Carbon, Cold -Rolled, fication for Steel Sheet, Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) or by the Hot -Dip Process. General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Metallic Coated by K. SDI-111 - Recommended Standard Details for Steel Doors & Frames. L. NAAMM/HMMA - Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association M. NAAMM/HMMA-840 - Guide Specification for Installation and Storage of Hollow Metal Doors and Frames. N. UL - Building Materials Directory; Underwriters Laboratories Inc. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 08 11 13- 1 1.4 SUBMITTALS 1.5 A. Submit under provisions of Section 0133 00. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's standard details and catalog data indicating compliance with referenced standards, and manufacturer's installation instructions. C. Certificates: 1. Manufacturer's certification that products comply with referenced standards. 2. Evidence of manufacturer's membership in the Steel Door Institute. D. Shop Drawings: Door, frame, and hardware schedule in accor Fe with SDI I I ID. Show types, quantities, dimensions, specified performance, and dSAX c1literia, materials and similar data for each opening required. ♦` 1. Indicate frame configuration, an or types a ng, location of cutouts for hardware, reinforceme%, nsur doors a es are perly prepared and coordinated to receiv re. V` 2. Indicate door elev nternal rement, ethod, and cutouts for glass lights and louv QUALITY ASSU A. Manufac B. Installer: Section. 1.6 DELIVERY, A. Handle,1 and B. 00 6t� products specified this with the manufacturers printed instructions 840. a proper vented cover. Place on 4 inch (102 mm) Provide 1/4-inch (6 mm) space between doors to C. Store frames in an upright position with heads uppermost under cover. Place on 4 inch (102 mm) high wood sills to prevent rust and damage. Store assembled frames five units maximum in a stack with 2 inch (51 mm) space between frames to promote air circulation. D. Do not use non -vented plastic or canvas shelters to prevent rust or damage. E. Should wrappers become wet, remove immediately. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate Work with other directly affected sections involving manufacture or fabrication of internal cutouts and reinforcement for door hardware, electric devices and recessed items. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 08 11 13- 2 B. Coordinate Work with frame opening construction, door and hardware installation. C. Sequence installation to accommodate required door hardware. D. Verify field dimensions for factory assembled frames prior to fabrication. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Ceco Door • O2. Steelcraft, Cincinnati, Ohio �♦ 3. Curries, Mason City, Iowa ►G B. Requests for substitutions wi • nsider, a,Zl6rdance rovisions of Section 0133 oo. �• C. Provide all steel door rames fr gle ma er. 2.2 DOOR SYSTEMS O A. General: exterior/in r doors ollowi esi s and gages: 1. Exte or D Z n 1r6n Al o d galvasteel, ASTM A 653, Class A60: a. ncIV vann Caled omponent eternal reinforcements with anneale r , JoVlose t ps ofwY,oerior swin Ci2oors to eliminate moisture penetration. Augalva lcll►steel to c s are permitted. ♦ ZC. Ineel� are reinforcements. Interior Door: Cold-roisteel, ASTM A 1008/A 1008M with 90-min. fire rating: 3. Prime Finish Doors: Clean, phosphatize and factory prime painted doors indicated on Door Schedule as HM. a. Provided adequate reinforcements for other hardware as required. 4. Basis of Design: Ceco Door, series LP. 5. Face sheets, 16 gage galvannealed steel having an A60 zinc -iron alloy coating conforming to ASTM designations A653 and A924. 6. Bevel hinge and lock door edges, 1/8 inch (3 mm) in 2 inches (50 mm). Square edges on hinge and/or lock stiles are not acceptable. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 08 11 13- 3 2.3 7. Reinforce top and bottom of doors with galvannealed 14 gage (1.7 mm), welded to both panels. 8. Vertical edge seams: Provide doors with continuous vertical mechanical inter -locking joints at lock and hinge edges. Finish edges as follows: a. Filled Vertical Edges (F): Continuous vertical mechanical interlocking joints with internal epoxy seal; edge seams epoxy filled and ground smooth. 9. Door faces reinforced and sound deadened as follows: a. Honeycomb (Interior Door): Reinforced, stiffened, sound deadened and insulated with impregnated Kraft honeycomb core completely filling the inside of the doors and laminated to inside faces of botels using contact adhesive applied to both panels and honeycomb core. Polystyrene Core (Exteri r): polystyrene, adhered o in e of c waterproof adhessiv` and strei Steel Stiffened C:O Vertical DOOR FRAMES�� A. General: onstru tegor and gages, 1. Exteri FW:on : Zing AAN r 2. `J AN Electrical Re 2rem<i Make provisions for removed and replaced. -hes (45 mm) thick rigid polystyrene core with minimum 20 gage (0.8 3chhe(150 mm) apart s center; full -thick to the following designs steel, ASTM A 653, Class reinforcements with galvannealed "hate all electrical requirements for doors and frames. of electrical items so that wiring can be readily a. Provide cutouts and reinforcements required for metal door frame to accept electric components. b. Frame with Electrical Hinges: Weld UL listed grout guard cover box welded over center hinge reinforcing. Top or bottom hinge locations are not permitted. C. Provide cutouts and reinforcements required to accept security system components. d. Coordinate with Section 08 70 00 — Finish Hardware. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 08 11 13- 4 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Anchors: Manufacturer's standard framing anchors, specified in manufacturer's printed installation instructions for project conditions. B. Silencers: Resilient rubber, Inserted type, three per strike jamb for single openings and two per head for paired openings. Stick -on silencers shall not be permitted except on hollow metal framing systems. 2.5 FABRICATION A. Steel Frames: 1. Factory -welded frames: Head and jamb intersecting c�mitered at 45 degrees, with back welded joints ground smooth. a. Continuous face weld th etween t and jamb faces along their length either internall or ternally. in me paint, and finish smooth face joints with no visib ce seams. b. Externallywel rime and finis face joints at meeting p � J g mullions or mullio other fr� bers per a current copy of ANSI/S .8. 2. C. specified et( 2.6 FINISHES A. Che ica tmeny B. rime Fi h: PART 3 UTION 3.1 EXAMINATION mpor t�l preaders did tot each rabbet of door on de d ames ding Wppment. o temporary steel prior t tallatio o1fthe frame. re�infor t quired f r rical and security components in t ' spe ation. �el romote surface paint adhesion. ,��� feet re s of ANSI A 250.10. G A. Verify that project conditions are acceptable before beginning installation of frames. 1. Verify that completed concrete or masonry openings to receive butt type frames are of correct size. B. Do not begin installation until conditions have been properly prepared. C. Correct unacceptable conditions before proceeding with installation. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 08 11 13- 5 3.2 INSTALLATION 3.3 3.4 A. Install doors and frames in accordance with manufacturer's printed installation instructions and with Steel Door Institute's recommended erection instructions for steel frames ANSI A250.11 and NAAMM/HMMA 840. B. Remove temporary steel spreaders prior to installation of frames. C. Set frames accurately in position; plumb, align and brace until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is complete, remove temporary wood spreaders. D. Provide full height 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) to 1-1/2 inch (38 mm) thick strip of polystyrene foam blocking at frames requiring grouting where continuous hinges are seecified. Apply the strip to the back of the frame, where the hinge is to be installed, to�tate field drilling or tapping. E. Apply hardware in accordance with h e manufas instructions and Section 08 70 00 Finish HArdware C) FIELD QUALITY CONTRO + + ADJUST AND CLEAN A� �`O ` A. B. C. Adjust doors for Prime Coa%Touch- prime coat, and a]e 3.5 PROTECTION FA site in a clean rusted or damaged areas of �V from damage during construction. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 08 11 13- 6 SECTION 08 15 13 HIGH PRESSURE PLASTIC LAMINATED FACED DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY. Solid -core doors and stile and rail doors with plastic-laminaotd faces, complete. See Door Schedule for sizes and fire ratings. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTH SECTIONS: • O A. Interior Steel Doors and•Fr es; ection 8 .13 B. Finish hardware; S 7000. �� O • C. Glass And G1miSection 0. 1.3 SUBMIT ply with See 013300 A. Product Da : ut door ma turer'sl data, including details of core and ed e cos tion,&dtfor ope B. Sh p wing hop dra . dicating location, size and hand of each door, eva on of of door, nstruction details not covered in product data; and the ♦ `fo owin t. Dimensions o oc ions of blocking. 2. Dimensions and locations of mortises and holes for hardware. 3. Dimensions and locations of cutouts. 4. Undercuts. 5. Finish requirements. FAYETTEVILLE FIRE STATION #2 FAYETTEVILLE, AR 08 15 13- 1 6. Fire -protection ratings. C. Samples: Submit sample, minimum 6" square. of plastic laminate, in color texture and pattern scheduled for verification by Architect. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE: Comply with the following industry standard: A. Wood Door Manufacturer's Association (WDMA)) I.S. dustry Standard for Architectural Wood Flush Doors". ♦ O B. Architectural Woodwork Institut I) "Arc `l Woodwork Standards", including Section 9 "Doors' '.Jor gr de of do const tion, finish and other requirements exceedin�♦l�s o WDM standar C. Source Limitations: toors fro' gle mon ac er. D. Fire -Rated Do `fvide do 0 plying A 84t listed and labeled b pY g Y U.L, Warn - ey, t r alified t gene rotection ratings ng a indicate on tes positive accords o IOC. 1. Pvotive Pres rate rs ust com positive pressure testing � � P P g requi �n�t�cr f UL 10 a ate g o raled on door edge. � g 1.5 PRO CT LIV GE AN HANDLING: Rficr omply with requeme t�► of referenced standard and manufacturer's writtenstructions. B. Package doors individually in plastic bags or cardboard cartons. C. Identify each door with numbers which correlate with designation system used on shop drawings for door, frames, and hardware, using temporary, removable or concealed markings. 1.6 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS: Do not deliver or install doors until spaces are enclosed and weathertight, wet work in spaces is complete and dry, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining ambient temperature and humidity conditions at occupancy levels during remainder of construction period. FAYETTEVILLE FIRE STATION #2 FAYETTEVILLE, AR 08 15 13- 2 1.7 WARRANTY: Submit written agreement on door manufacturer's standard form, signed by manufacturer, installer, and Contractor, agreeing to repair or replace defective doors which have warped (bow, cup or twist) or that show telegraphing of core construction in face veneers, or do not conform to tolerance limitations of referenced standards. Warranty shall be in effect for lifetime of installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Recycled Content: Provide mat 'a 1. Product Certificates for material manufacturer an f Include distance to Prowat cost `O Is ith a mi> ' of 10%recycled or reused content. B. Provide produ�%V eets Ultra ­ Emit No Addedma hyd�isins as c Airborns to educeFOP Pro ulation. �\ C. General Emissi n E uati�LFor met and determined so liant * accordance wit , indicating location of for each raw material. resins or Fa Air Resources Board, from Composite Wood 1 sealants, products must be tested Department of Public Health Met1416Rv1\1Z010, usjm`%�%pplicable exposure scenario. The manu*c ors' or t ' art certific ?l�st state the exposure scenario used to determine c lia . Clai s o pliance or -applied products must state the amount applied in ♦ ss r surfac a The C�a' compliance must also state the range of total VOCs 4 days, ured asw&dV_*N.4 iji CDPH Standard Method vl.1. D. VOC content requirementswet-applied products: For adhesives and sealants, in addition to meeting the general requirements for VOC emissions (above), on -site wet -applied products must meet the applicable VOC limits of the California Air Resources Board (CARB) 2007, Suggested Control Measure (SCM) for Adhesive and Sealant Applications, or the South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rule 1168 effective June 3, 2011. If a product cannot be reasonably be tested as specified above, testing of VOC content must comply with ASTM D2369-10; ISO 11890, Part 1; ASTM D6886-03; or ISO 11890-2. Methylene chloride and perchloroethylene may be intentionally added in paints, coatings, adhesives, or sealants. FAYETTEVILLE FIRE STATION #2 FAYETTEVILLE, AR 08 15 13- 3 2.2 MANUFACTURERS: VT Industries is specified; equivalent products of Oshkosh, Algoma and Marshfield are acceptable. Note: Deviations from specified requirements must be submitted pre -bid for review for specified product and for equivalent products. 2.3 PLASTIC FACED DOORS: A. Faces: 0.050" thick high press decorative 1 omplymg with NEMA LD-3, Grade HGS, in pattern and color eduled• rt, Kensington Maple #10776- 60, Matte Finish. - ` ^ 1. Wilson Art manufacturer's Section 01 3J-4 B. Grade: C. �V .ors: Particleboard (PC). mposite Lumber (SLC). products from other ion in compliance with D. Construction: Five-ply with stiles and rails bonded to core, then entire unit abrasive planed before faces and crossbands are applied. E. Stiles: Plastic laminate matching faces, applied before faces. F. Vertical Edges (Visible Surface): Same as face material laminated with edge before -face construction. FAYETTEVILLE FIRE STATION #2 FAYETTEVILLE, AR 08 15 13- 4 2.4 A. B. C. 2.5 2.6 FIRE RATED DOORS WITH PLASTIC LAMINATE FACES: Faces, Grade, Stiles: Match non -rated doors. Construction: Manufacturer's core and construction for type of face specified, or manufacturer's standard mineral -core construction to provide fire resistance rating indicated. Edge Construction: Provide Category A (concealed) intumAcent seal engineered into door construction; provide laminated plastic edge to marface finish over concealed edge construction. O G METAL VISION PANEL AS Al 'kwse with 1-3/4" laminated plastic ?Lrs bersunk mounting holes Factory pre -Nand following uniform c use in doors of fire - in Section 08 80 00. to fit frame opening sizes indicated with the 1. Comply with tolerance requirements of referenced standards for pre -fitting. Comply with final hardware schedules and door frame shop drawings and with hardware templates. Comply with requirements of NFPA 80 for fire -resistance - rated doors. 2. Factory machine doors for hardware that is not surface applied. Comply with final hardware schedules and door frame shop drawings and with hardware templates. 3. Coordinate measurements of hardware mortises in metal frames to verify dimensions and alignment before proceeding with factory premachining. FAYETTEVILLE FIRE STATION #2 FAYETTEVILLE, AR 08 15 13- 5 B. Openings: Cut and trim openings through doors to comply with applicable requirements of referenced standards for kinds of doors required. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION: Examine doors and door frames prior to hanging to: A. Verify that frames comply with indicated requirements f^e, size, and location, and swing characteristics, and, frames have been installe�11� plumb jambs and level heads. �` B. Verify that doors are free of de cts at could heir rej tion. 3.2 INSTALLATION: � + Install doors to comply nufactur ctio r.Q standards, NFPA 80 for fire -rated doors, specified A. Condition door age pr aili umidit llation for to hanging. B. Align in fra n* clearance �► C. Hardware: Specifi ectio 70 3.2 A. sha 3.3 in ith maso , colicrete or dissimilar materials if not organically coated 0 0 .nc chr*o bituminous paint. G ADJUSTING AND PROTECTION: A. Rehang or replace doors which do not swing or operate freely, as directed by Architect. B. Replace doors damaged during installation. C. Take protective measures to assure that doors will be without damage or deterioration at time of substantial completion END OF SECTION FAYETTEVILLE FAYETTEVILLE FIRE STATION #2 FAYETTEVILLE, AR 08 15 13- 6 SECTION 08 33 23 OVERHEAD COILING DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY. Overhead coiling door, complete, including curtains, guides, counterbalance mechanisms, hardware and installation accessories. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SEC!V A. Miscellaneous metals; Section 05 50 0 •� G B. Carpentry; Section 06 10 00. ` • �� C. Painting; Section 09 90 Q�` • D. Hardware; Sectio 11'l00 an%r1 c in 1.3 SUBMIT mply wit ction 0. A. Action S 'tt 1. Produ Ekfa: ubmit an cturer's ata type and size of coiling d accesso es s ied. c ails of construction relative to at s, di ensi individu ponents, profiles, and finishes. Provide �ou ing i a ts, operalirk instructions, and maintenance information. ` Shop Drawi s: Su i s drawings for special components and installations, not ful ensioned or detailed on manufacturer's data sheets. Include relationship with adjacent materials. 3. Samples: Manufacturer's finish charts showing full range of colors and textures available for units with factory applied finishes. a. Include similar samples of accessories involving color selection. b. Informational Submittals: Installer Certificates: Signed by manufacturer certifying that installers comply with specified requirements. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 08 33 23-1 C. Closeout Submittals: Maintenance Data: For overhead coiling grilles to include in maintenance manuals. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Source Limitations: Furnish coiling door as a complete unit produced by one manufacturer, including hardware, accessories, mounting, and installation components. B. Insert and Anchorages: Furnish inserts and anchoring devices h must be built into structure for installation of grille. Provide setting drawings lates, instructions, and directions for installation of anchorag evices. Coi Wivery with other work to avoid delay. C. Installer Qualifications: Man author' resentat' o is trained and approved for both installatio ainten f its req`r this Project. D. Regulatory Requiremen ply wi able pr°i?S in th S. Architectural & Transportation Barri li�anc r s ADA- "Acces ib' i uidelines and p p : ICC/ANSI Al 17. 1.5 DELIVE GE, ND A. Stor prod i r nufac pened ing until ready for installation. B. Prote atkr is fr xpo re to mo . o not deliver until after wet work is c and dry `C8O C. for mat n a entilated weathertight location. 1.6 NTY: G A. Warranty: Manufacturer's limited door and operator system, except the counterbalance spring and finish, to be free from defects in materials and workmanship for 3 years or 20,000 cycles, whichever occurs first. B. Warranty: Manufacturer's limited door warranty for 12 years for all parts and components. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURER: Overhead Door Corp. or approved equal. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 08 33 23- 2 2.2 OVERHEAD COILING DOORS: 1) DOOR 104C- Overhead Coiling Grill A. Model: Upward Coiling Security Grill 671, manual operation B. Curtain: Galvanized Steel, Straight Lattice Pattern C. Operation: Chain Hoist E. Bottom Bar: Double angle steel ♦ ��� V F. Two galvanized steel angles minimum c ess 1/8 ' mm) bolted back to back to reinforce curtain in the guides. G. Guides: extruded alummu Z&ontinuo> r strips♦ O H. Brackets: steel with p oat finish J. Locking: stan O �� ♦` G K. Wall Mou ndi ' n: Face-of-w 1 2) DOOR 113A- O e e Coi ' S ' nal Stee D. Model: N6205 i t E. Cu in: 2 a. gal eel up t )N*� (4674 mm) width F. rofile: f- 14 ga, - d G. peration: Electric Operator I. Bottom Bar: Extruded aluminum with weatherseal up to 15'4" (4674 mm) J. Guides: Three structural steel angles PowderGuard® weathered finish with black powder coat L. Locking: Interior slide bolt M. Wall Mounting Condition: Face -of -wall mounting. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 08 33 23- 3 N. Other: provide push button operator at inside face of door & photo eye/ emergency obstruction stop. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION: I A. Verify opening sizes, tolerances and conditions are acceptably B. Examine conditions of substrates, sup and other s under which this work is to be performed. C. If substrate preparation is the ♦ ilsibility r insta tify Architect of unsatisfactory preparatio r rocee ' -� 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean surface glily pUrtofnstallatio V B. Prepare su ces usinthods c e d by ufacturer for achieving t o befrvu'LAr the sub a der th t conditions. 3.3 INSTALLA G A. Inst in a danc ufacturNlsic tractions. B. s orag es o se ♦ e assembly to wall construction and 1 ing framing without sto or stress. C. Securely and rigidly brace components suspended from structure. Secure guides to structural members only. D. Fit and align assembly including hardware; level and plumb, to provide smooth operation. E. Coordinate installation of sealants and backing materials at frame perimeter as specified in Section 07900. F. Install perimeter trim and closures. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 08 33 23- 4 G. Any damage to surrounding walls, floor, and ceilings shall be corrected to a level acceptable to Architect. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Test security grilles for proper operation and adjust as necessary to provide proper operation without binding or distortion. B. Adjust hardware and operating assemblies for smooth and noiseless***operation. 3.5 CLEANING `O A. Clean curtain and components usin no -abrasive a ' and methods recommended by manufacturer. B. Remove labels and visible k`s. �� O C. Touch-up, repair or r amage cts befo S� antiay letion. 3.6 PROTECTI G A. Pr ect insta e oAucts it o pet ono END OF SECTI G G CO G YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 08 33 23- 5 SECTION 08 4113 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES, STOREFRONT, AND FIXED FRAMING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY. Aluminum entrances, storefront and fixed framing, complete, including glass and glazing. A. Provide steel supports for components of systems 4&5Nquired. Provide trim and flashing 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ♦ �ft 1.3 S Joint Sealants; S brication and installation of vents. Include wall as of every typical composite provisions, glazing and ty: uiit a w� igned by the manufacturer, contractor, installer, �arran reeing eplace oors, aluminum framing, windows and glazing which fail in mate .als workmanship within 2 years of the date of acceptance. Failure materials or workmanship shall include, but not be limited to, failures in operation of doors, excessive leakage of air infiltration, excessive deflections, delamination of panels, deterioration of finish or metal in excess of normal weathering, and defects in accessories, weatherstripping, and other components of the work. C. Samples: Submit finish sample on aluminum for Architect's verification and approval. D. Hardware Schedule: Prepared by or under supervision of supplier, detailing fabrication and assembly of door hardware, as well as YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 08 41 13 - 1 2.2 2.3 E. procedures and diagrams. Coordinate final door hardware schedule with doors, frames, and related work to ensure proper size, thickness, hand, function, and finish of door hardware. F. Closeout Submittals: Maintenance Data: For aluminum frames systems to include in maintenance manuals. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Provide aluminum entrance, torefront fra fixed framing by same manufacturer. .C1 B. Fabricate exterior d d frame u '�ithstanCwind pressure loading shown or, if not sh �. 0 lbs. p on tie area of the frames, doors, panels, ansS, actingy'$iy and a ard. PART 2 - PRODUCT 2.1 PERFOR QUI NTS: ved MANUFACTU awne (a Alcoa C . y) is specified; equivalent systems of o ella m , V4 t an Oldcastle Building Envelope com an ) n . S. are acc p le; or approved equal. SWI GL ORS A. ype: 350 medium sti , si g e acting, sizes as indicated, all hardware, except cylinders. B. Glass Stops: Beveled or square glass stops for 1/4" infill. C. Hardware: 1. Pull: C09. 2. Panic Devices: Von Duprin Series 98. Concealed vertical rods. 3. Pivots: Top, intermediate, and bottom offset pivots. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 08 41 13 - 2 4. Threshold: Manufacturer's standard with anchors and clips, coordinated with offset pivots and closer. Maximum 1/2" height. 5. Closer: Norton 8501 BF, or approved equal. 6. Weatherstripping: Sealair weathering system at door and frame. 7. Cylinders: Specified in Section 08 70 00. I Glazing: 1/4" thick tempered float glass, meeting re ements specified in Section 08 80 00. Tint as selected by Architect. 2.4 STOREFRONT, FIXED FRAM Trifab 45► , Front Glaze, 2" X 4- 1/2", thermallybroken, flush 1 ed stem fo '� insulated glazing; refer to g � g g Section 08 80 00 for Wazila—cftments. �*, .ice A. Provide thermally FINISH: #14 Clear 1 0.7 mils), with ater hardware. Cn� electer 2.6 OTHER required fo systems, and PART 3 - 3.1 INS as indicated. lum thickness fasteners and ally described but of doors, framing with manufacturer's specifications, Set units plumb, levSOhd true to line, without warp or rack of framing and doors. Anchor securely in place. Secure to structure with non -staining, noncorrosive shims, anchors, fasteners, spacers, and fillers. Use care in erection so as not to mar, abrade, or stain finished surfaces. B. Adjust operating hardware to provide a tight fit at contact points and at weatherstripping for smooth operation and weathertight closure. Lubricate hardware and other moving parts. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 08 41 13 - 3 C. Where aluminum is to be placed in contact with steel, concrete and other dissimilar surface, back paint the aluminum before erection with an acceptable bituminous paint. D. Seal frames with an approved sealant in color to match frames, making a neat fully weatherproof job. Refer to Section 07 92 00, and comply with requirements of that section. E. Protection: After erection, adequately protect exposed pltrts of work. F. Cleaning: After completion of other work in vi inity of aluminum doors and framing, thoroug clean finish d` es as recommended by manufacturer.11 ` G • OF SE 00 O ) 0 G - G D�C� G Ci YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 08 41 13 - 4 SECTION 08 70 00 FINISH HARDWARE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY: A. Furnish complete hardware of every sort and description as re4ired to adequately equip all movable parts throughout the building for rt operation. Furnish hardware not specified but obviously required f Nkpletion of the project, conforming to size, function, q , and utili hardware specified. B. Hardware shall be in c om 1 nce ith AD rement 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECI N OT ECT TSS A. Cabinet and rk hard e; ection. B. Holl Door An rames; 8 11 13. C. G anne 1 Y5 o rs An r tion �1 ►3.14. D. Plastic L i Face ood oors; Se 'o 15 10. E. entra ce d and r t cylinders; Section 08 41 00 1.3 QUAY SS A. fication of Sup lier: e fi ardware supplier shall have in his employ an C member of the Ameri ciety of Architectural Hardware Consultants. B. AHC Inspection: Before final inspection of work under this contract and acceptance of project by Owner, visit the site and carefully inspect hardware for conformance to specification, adequacy for intended use, proper functioning, appearance, finish, and successful operation, assuming joint responsibility with Contractor for achievement of these characteristics and a satisfactory installation. C. Manufacturers: Obtain each type of hardware (latch and lock sets, hinges, closers, etc.) from a single manufacturer. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 08 70 00 - 1 D. Supplier: Supplier shall be a factory authorized distributor of product supplied. Proof of authorization shall be provided upon request. E. Fire -Rated Openings: Provide hardware for fire -rated openings in compliance with NFPA Standard No. 80 and local building code requirements. Provide only hardware which has been tested and listed by UL or FM for types and sizes of doors required and complies with requirements of doors and door frame labels. 1.4 SUBMITTALS: Comply with Section 0133 00. A. Hardware Schedule: As soon as practicable after awar(�ofct and prior to ordering of hardware, submit to Architect for revi IML 2. schedule o e to be furnished. Include type, style, function, size and finish of ardwar ' e�,� ame and manufacturer of each item; fastenings and other pertinen info ation, 1 of har are set cross-referenced to drawing indications, mounti ♦ aVMS for h and doo n frame sizes and materials. 0 1. wit days aft �t of a Q hardw chedule, submit tem ormatio 14 related s. Furn' ♦ e information in ce w' lat HI stand B. Product li^ to installer 'n s for i st tion and maintenance of operating p s an Ipgo finish sh temp j fabricators of other work to receive finish har _e ✓✓ v wi C� G� 1.5 PRODU G: with rdYa'A'Vtation. Deliver 1$1 rte) f Cj PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS: A. Acceptable Manufactures: (B) Best (D) Don -Jo (G) Glynn Johnson (H) Hager -&ately unit packed (complete with W, and numbered in accordance times to proper locations (shop or YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 08 70 00 - 2 (KS) Kaba Simplex (No Substitution) (L) LCN (No Substitution) (NG) National Guard (S) Stanley (SCH) Schlage (T) Trimco (V) Von Duprin (No Substitution) B. Equivalent products of the following manufacturers are acceptable. 1. For Hager (Specifi Ives, Roc uality 2. For Schlage �Spe Tied . Dorma, nt, Rus in, Yale. 2.2 FASTENINGS: A. Furnish all necessa �s, bo n other f of syit 6 size and type to properly anc r and r B. Furnish IS- I s, where ne ssa , w ansio iel , toggle bolts, sex bolts and her anc ordi t th ma eria ch hardware is to be s applied and the!#C1;1 lnndations e hard nufacturer. C. Furnish fast s com cith bot are and substrate material and, if expose hing ar finish. 2.3 FINES � A. n chrome (BHMA 62 a satin stainless steel (BHMA 630) as specified. B. Paint door closers aluminum (BHMA 689). C. Provide mill finished aluminum weatherstripping. 2.4 DOOR CLOSER ADJUSTMENT: Adjust to meet opening force requirements of federal, state, and local codes and requirements. In instances where pressure, drafts or other factors prevent the proper operation and compliance of the closers, consult with Architect for guidance. Adjust closers after HVAC systems are YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 08 70 00 - 3 operational and adjusted. Be prepared to make a final adjustment to door closers within 6 months after occupancy. 2.5 KEYING A. Locks are subject to new masterkey system. Key locks alike in groups as required. B. Furnish four (4) keys per keyed alike set and two (2) key�h for all other locks. O � C. Provide six (6) master keys. ` G D. Construction master key 1 rmsh to > n ction i a r keys. `O PART 3 - EXECUTION c *61 3.1 INSTALLATI O ` G A. Mount h un' at heights i "Rec ended Locations for Builders Hardware r St r etl Do rames" , except as otherwise directed by Architect. I B. Install war ite co with manufacturer's instructions and reco men 'ons. �r cutting g ttin is required to install hardware onto or into aces wh re ater t ainted and finished, coordinate removal, storage �stall a r appli I s rface protections with finishing work specified. ot install surface-nte4ems until finishes have been completed on substrate. C. Set units level, plumb and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce attachment substrate as necessary for proper installation and operation. D. Drill and countersink units which are not factory -prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors in accordance with industry standards. E. Set thresholds in full bed of butyl -rubber or polyisobutylene mastic sealant. 3.2 ADJUST AND CLEAN: YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 08 70 00 - 4 A. Adjust and check each operating item of hardware and each door to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units which cannot be adjusted to operate freely and smoothly. B. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by hardware installation. 3.3 HARDWARE SETS: Furnish in the amounts as indicated on dra�ings or as required for complete and operable facility. • O G SEC • O C 0 G - G G � Ci YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 08 70 00 - 5 SECTION 08 80 00 GLAZING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY. Glass and glazing, complete. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS: A. Aluminum Entrances, Storefront, And Fixed Frl1ng; Section 08 41 00. ♦ [ B. Interior Steel Doors and Fra ection C. Galvanneal Steel Doors Frames;.��! 1.3 SUBMITTALS: A. Product B. Sarrles: thicknessPNC 1.4 QUALITY AS, Pro 'des gla ( jP 6 FR 1 ` Label each ece c� remove label prior Secti v 3 00. c X manufiiC 913, Ili 08 1 I_/ 14. ♦`O -e?r's s i ns and installation izing . Include test data or ie�vith ecified requirements. x 6" sample of each type and with requirements ofANSI Z97.1 and type and thickness of glass. Do not B. Permanently identify each unit of tempered glass and fire protective glass. Etch or ceramic fire identification on glass; identification shall be visible when unit is glazed. C. Permanently mark insulating glass either on spacers or at least one insulating unit component with appropriate certification label of inspecting and testing agency indicated below: 1. Insulating Glass Certification Council (IGCC). YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 08 80 00 - 1 1.5 PROTECTION: A. Protect glass surfaces and edges at all times during the construction period. Keep glass free from contamination by materials capable of staining glass. B. Protect finish and edge of metal panels in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS • `O 2.2 GLASS MATERIALS AND PR NiTS: A. Float Glass: AST 6, Tyansp&re s, flat), Quality q3 (glazing select) : I. (clear): ick w' e co i ,65rd surface of ting 1 ; Solarb , or a qual. las (light gray thick;AAC Solargray, or approved equa Z C. 1/2" In led GI Solar r approved equal, Tempered. • a► • 2.3 ALED INSULATIN U S: Preassembled units consisting of organically sealed lites of glass separated by dehydrated air spaces complying with ASTM E 774 and with other specified requirements. A. Insulated Unit (refer to Window Schedule for locations): 1" thick insulated unit, composed of 1/4" thick light tinted float glass outer lite, 1/2" air space, 1/4" thick clear float glass inner lite with low-e coating on 3rd surface. Solargray + Solarban 70 (3) Clear. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 08 80 00 - 2 B. Where indicated and where required by project conditions as tempered, provide tempered outer and inner lites. 1. Provide HS or FT tempered glass as required by manufacturer for project conditions. 2.4 GLAZING MATERIALS: Provide materials with proven record of compatibility with surf es contacted in installation. A. B. C. W E. F. Glazing Sealants: Tremco "Proglaze", Bostik -Calk 1200", Pecora "836", BASF "Omniglaze", er appro stem manufacturer. u 1 ru ber Glazing Gaskets: Struct, mo opren or cellular neoprene as recommended by a turer o g syste Glazing Tape: Chem 0", Pe )17�igim-Seal", or Tremco "Preshimme co 440 Setting c : Ne other t bl to 90 Shore A duro terdnes a sively orVn e only, tested for �`� glazi�l PART - EXECUTION rto 50 Shore A durometer glazing sealant. 7r waterproof -jacketed foam of polyurethane or vinyl, tested for sealants, of 5 to 10 psi compression ided by sealant manufacturer for use exudation from the channel. 3.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: Watertight installation of each piece of glass is required. Each installation must withstand normal temperature changes, wind loading, impact loading (for operating doors) without failure of any kind including loss or breakage of glass, failure of sealants or gaskets to remain watertight and airtight, deterioration of glazing materials, and other defects in work. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 08 80 00 - 3 3.2 INSTALLATION: A. Comply with recommendations of glass manufacturers and manufacturers of sealants and other glazing materials, unless otherwise indicated or specified, including preparation of surfaces. B. C. D. E. F. Clean channel surfaces and prime as recommended by sealant manufacturer. Cut glass to size as required for measured opening,-1.9rovide adequate edge clearance and glass bite all around. Cut prior to to ering. Do not install sheets which have edge damage imperfections. Miter -cut and bond (weld) s of ch askets at corners to provide a continuous gasket. • -L - ` ^ Seal face gaskets at Vs with elasi prevent withdra askets mers G. Remove 3.3 CURING: cohesive lace g �ich is o co period. sealan nd com_ jo sin c datio ai hi face du it D( OF G ie is plant to close openings and abraded or iZre with manufacturer's bond strength, internal YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 08 80 00 - 4 SECTION 09 22 16 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Non -load -bearing steel framing systems for interior partitions. 2. Suspension systems for interior ceilings and soffits. 3. Grid suspension systems for gypsum board ceilings. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 054000 "Cold -Formed Metal Framing" for exterior and interior load -being and exterior non - load -bearing wall studs; floor joists; and roof rafters and ceiling joists. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS O A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Code -Compliance Certification of Studs r acks: rovide doc ion that i , ,members are certified according to the product -certification c Ccrtifie el d Associ on„ a Steel Framing Industry Association, the Steel Stud Manufactu ciation opreme Steel System Association. B. Provide the following upon reque 1. Product Certificates: F t e of coance certi for studs a tracks. 2. Evaluation Re Reports.- F tracks s lled anc s ower-a d teners from ICC-ES p p or other qualifie �ency e tab t authorit' g juris ' n. 1.4 DELIVERY E, AN HA LING A. Notify manufa maged materia s eceived priallation. B. Deliver materials manufactPyIhnal, u e dam``agcd i with identification labels intact. C. Protect cold -formed meta fr i from sion, ormatio an r damage during delivery, storage, and handling as require by AiI 02, "Cie of andard Prac ' old -Formed Steel Structural Framing." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFO ANCVQ S A. Fire-4fe -R onse Ch ac istics: Fpn istance-rated assemblies that incorporate - earing s aming, t 'als and construction identical to those tested in assembly 1 ted, according to STM 119 n independent testing agency. B. STC- ated Assemblies: For STC-rated emblies, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated on Drawings, according to ASTM E90 and classified according to ASTM E413 by an independent testing agency. C. Design framing systems in accordance with AISI S220, "North American Specification for the Design of Cold - Formed Steel Framing - Nonstructural Members," unless otherwise indicated. D. Design Loads: As indicated on architectural Drawings or 5 lbf/sq. ft. minimum as required by theIBC. 2.2 FRAMING SYSTEMS A. Framing Members, General: Comply with AISI S220 for conditions indicated. 1. Steel Sheet Components: Comply with AISI S220 requirements for metal unless otherwise indicated 2. Protective Coating: Comply with AISI S220; ASTM A653/A653M, G60; or coating with equivalent corrosion resistance. Galvannealed products are unacceptable. a. Coating demonstrates equivalent corrosion resistance with an evaluation report acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. B. Studs and Track: AISI S220. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION 09 22 16 - 1 1. Minimum Base -Steel Thickness: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Depth: As indicated on Drawings. C. Slip -Type Head Joints: Where indicated, provide one of the following: 1. Clip System: Clips designed for use in head -of -wall deflection conditions that provide a positive attachment of studs to tracks while allowing 1-1/2-inch minimum vertical movement. a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1) CEMCO; California Expanded Metal Products Co. 2) C1arkDietrich. 3) Fire Trak Corp. 4) MarinoWARE. 5) SCAFCO Steel Stud Company. 6) Steel Construction Systems. , 7) Super Stud Building Products Inc. 8) The Steel Network, Inc. 2. Single Long -Leg Track System: ASTM C645 top track with 2-inch- a es in thickness not less than indicated for studs, installed with studs friction fit into toptra an ith continuous bridging located within 12 inches of the top of stud rovide lateral 3. Double -Track System: ASTM C645 top ou r s, inside2-inch- deep flanges in thickness not less than indicated for studs and fasten d to ds, and ou 5ac'l,sized to fiction -fit over inner track. 4. Deflection Track: Steel sheet top�tr ufactured ��'�W rackin mishes applied to interior partition framing resulting fro e 'on of s e e; in thic n less than indicated for studs and m width to accomm a th of id a. Manufacturers: Su ' mpliance irements products by one of the following: 1) CEM fornia Exp e etal Prod 2) Clach. 3) Marin WARE. O v ` 4) ABuildin uppl s. tal-Lite. �AF Steel Stud Co a X Steel o n S Y 8) T tries. 9) eVeNetw nc. D. Firestop Tracks: T aemfactur to al w partition expand and contract with movement of structure while maintai ' c ity of fi -resis -rated ass icated; in thickness not less than indicated for studs and in width t ac o odate de ofs s. 1. nufac s: Sub' c lance wit req ' ements, provide products by one of thefollowing: a C CO; xpande� al Products Co. Clar iet ch. Fire Tra UCompany. MarinoW e. Metal -Cite. f. SCAFCO Steel Stud 9. Steel Construction Systems. h. The Steel Network, Inc. E. Flat Strap and Backing Plate: Steel sheet for blocking and bracing in length and widthindicated. 1. Minimum Base -Steel Thickness: As indicated on Drawings. F. Cold -Rolled Channel Bridging: Steel, 0.0538-inch minimum base -steel thickness, with minimum 1/2-inch- wide flanges. 1. Depth: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Clip Angle: Not less than 1-1/2 by 1-1/2 inches, 0.068-inch- thick, galvanized steel. G. Hat -Shaped, Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C645. 1. Minimum Base -Steel Thickness: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Depth: As indicated on Drawings. H. Resilient Furring Channels: 1/2-inch- deep, steel sheet members designed to reduce soundtransmission. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION 09 22 16 - 2 2.3 2.4 a. C1arkDietrich; RC Deluxe. 2. Configuration: Asymmetrical or hat shaped. Cold -Rolled Furring Channels: 0.053-inch uncoated -steel thickness, with minimum 1/2-inch- wide flanges. 1. Depth: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Furring Brackets: Adjustable, corrugated -edge -type steel sheet with minimum uncoated -steel thickness of 0.0329 inch. 3. Tie Wire: ASTM A641/A641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.062-inch- diameter wire, or double strand of 0.048-inch- diameter wire. Z-Shaped Furring: With slotted or nonslotted web, face flange of 1-1/4 inches, wall attachment flange of 7/8 inch, minimum uncoated -steel thickness of 0.0179 inch, and depth required to fit insulation thickness indicated. SUSPENSION SYSTEMS A. Tie Wire: ASTM A641/A641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.062-inch- diameterire, or double strand of 0.048-inch- diameter wire. B. Hanger Attachments to Concrete: 1. Post -Installed Anchors: Fastener systems with an evaluation report c le to authorities having jurisdiction, based on ICC-ES ACO1, AC AC or AC30 riate for the substrate. a. Uses: Securing hangers to structure b. Type: Torque -controlled, expansion chor, torque ont ed, adhesive anchor or adhesive anchor. C. Material for Interior Loc do s Carbon -steel co m zinc-pla to comply with ASTM B633 or ASTM F1941, Clas n less othe i cated. d. Material for Exterior o ocatio� ere Sta-nl Is Indicated: Alloy Group x 1 stainless steel bol T F593, a 11 1TM F59 2. Power -Actuated Anchors. as er systems evaluation ceptab to authorities having jurisdiction, based on AC70. C. Wire r, .16 in r. Hangers: ASTM A6 �i�Vl, Class 1 m , soft ft g g D. Carrying Channels ( ers): C d-rol , commerc' t eet with se- eel thickness of 0.0538 inch and mini 1 - ide flan 1. Depth: d on awings. E. Carrying Channe • 1-1/2 nclth - 11IN chan s Obig g 1.12 po oot. F. Furring Channels (Furrin M ers): 1. Cold -Rolle Char .0538 ch oated-steel with minimum 1/2-inch- wide flanges, 3/4 inch deep. 2. Steel arks: A� a. n' um Ba t T kness: As 1�� on Drawings. b. D : As ' is n Drawings 3. - aped, Rigi F ng hannel C645, 7/8 inch deep. Mini ase- teel Thi ndicated on Drawings. G. p nsion System for yps oar lings: ASTM C645, direct -hung system composed of main beams an s-furring members that interl 1. Manufacturers: Subject to comp ncc with requirements, provide products by one of thefollowing: a. Armstrong Ceiling & Wall Solutions. b. Certainteed; SAINT-GOBAIN. C. Rockfon (Rockwool International). d. USG Corporation. AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards. 1. Fasteners for Steel Framing: Of type, material, size, corrosion resistance, holding power, and other properties required to fasten steel members to substrates. B. Isolation Strip at Exterior Walls: Provide one of the following: 1. Asphalt -Saturated Organic Felt: ASTM D226/D226M, Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt),nonperforated. 2. Foam Gasket: Adhesive -backed, closed -cell vinyl foam strips that allow fastener penetration without foam displacement, 1/8 inch thick, in width to suit steel stud size. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION 09 22 16 - 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and substrates, with Installer present, and including welded hollow -metal frames, cast -in anchors, and structural framing, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Suspended Assemblies: Coordinate installation of suspension systems with installation of overhead structure to ensure that inserts and other provisions for anchorages to building structure have been installed to receive hangers at spacing required to support the Work and that hangers will develop their full strength. 1. Furnish concrete inserts and other devices indicated to other trades for installati**in advance of time needed for coordination and construction. 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL O A. Installation Standard: ASTM C754. 1. Gypsum Board Assemblies: Also comply 't irements i C840 that apply to framing installation. B. Install framing and accessories plumb, sgu true to line w1 ectionsKNI'e"vy yfastened. C. Install supplementary framing, and blo upport f equipmen4t s trim, grab bars, toilet accessories, furnishings, or similar on.�� 0 D. Install bracing at terminations ' ies. E. Do not bridge building co xpansion i th non-lo - g steel ' �mmbers. Frame both sides of joints independe� 3.4 INSTALLING A EMBL� A. Install framing s o po s according toyhc ted, but 6tg, ter than spacings required by referenced install on standa s 3"mbly e B. Where studs are installed it tl ainst e tenor my walls o ilar metals at exterior walls, install isolation strip between sm s exI all. C. Install studs so n�thin fra s oint in scion. D. Install tracks fl ��//and ov �rts. Extend full height to structural supports or substrates above su nded ings a ep a partitions a in ated to terminate at suspended ceilings. Continue framj'Pg o ducts that e ate partitio eiling. 1. ype He ts: here frak%;;xt4eNs to overhead structural supports, install to produce joints at s of framing sys sthat e enilding of finished assemblies. 2. oor Openings: Screw verti stud at jambs to jamb anchor clips on door frames; install track section (for cripple studs) at head and e to jamb studs. a. Install two studs at each jamb unless otherwise indicated. b. Install cripple studs at head adjacent to each jamb stud, with a minimum 1/2-inch clearance from jamb stud to allow for installation of control joint in finished assembly. C. Extend jamb studs through suspended ceilings and attach to underside of overhead structure. 3. Other Framed Openings: Frame openings other than door openings the same as required for door openings unless otherwise indicated. Install framing below sills of openings to match framing required above door heads. 4. Fire -Resistance -Rated Partitions: Install framing to comply with fire -resistance -rated assembly indicated and support closures and to make partitions continuous from floor to underside of solid structure. a. Firestop Track: Where indicated, install to maintain continuity of fire -resistance -rated assembly indicated. 5. Sound -Rated Partitions: Install framing to comply with sound -rated assembly indicated. 6. Curved Partitions: YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION 09 22 16 - 4 3.5 a. Bend track to uniform curve and locate straight lengths so they are tangent to arcs. b. Begin and end each arc with a stud, and space intermediate studs equally along arcs. On straight lengths of no fewer than two studs at ends of arcs, place studs 6 incheso.c. E. Direct Furring: 1. Screw to wood framing. 2. Attach to concrete or masonry with stub nails, screws designed for masonry attachment, or powder - driven fasteners spaced 24 inches o.c. F. Z-Shaped Furring Members: 1. Except at exterior corners, securely attach narrow flanges of fining members to wall with concrete stub nails, screws designed for masonry attachment, or powder -driven fasteners spaced 24 inches o.c. 2. At exterior corners, attach wide flange of furring members to wall with short flange extending beyond corner; on adjacent wall surface, screw -attach short flange of furring channel to web of attached channel. At interior corners, space second member no more than 12 inches from corner and cut insulation to fit. G. Installation Tolerance: Install each framing member so fastening surfaces vary ;giOre than 1/8 inch from the plane formed by faces of adjacent framing. INSTALLING CEILING SUSPENSION SYST MS •``O A. Install suspension system components according to s indicate'91,trt greater than spacings required by referenced installation standards for assembly es. B. Install in accordance with DSA IR 25-3 • ,� 1. Hangers: 48 inches • O 2. Carrying Channels (Mai R rs inches ` 3. Furring Channels (Furrin s): 16 inch C. Isolate suspension systems fr i 'ng structur `,h5?ey abut etrated b lding structure to prevent transfer of loading impose tural mov • D. Suspend hangers fro structu as f s: ` 1. Install hang 1 nd free tact with ' su iah or of r obj ithin ceiling plenum that are not pa ing structural or uspension s st a. ay anger wllkre requi to in ction o et resulting horizontal forces b racin n er la ing, o e lly effecti e ns. 2. Where width of ct n er construct thin ceilin produces hanger spacings that interfere with locations of han requir to s port stand ar e ion system members, install supplemental suspension l�rs d ha a in form of tra equivalent devices. a. elementa spe members ers to support ceiling loads within J fo ance li it stab shed by re�e installation standards. 3. re Ha :Sec b to g and wi ty' either directly to structures or to inserts, eye screws, o er d vices a en that e s c and appropriate for substrate, and in a manner that will not • se angers ten to or ogee not attach han to steel o not attach hangers to pe nent al forms. Furnish cast -in -place hanger inserts that extend through forms. 6. Do not attach hangers to rolled -in hanger tabs of composite steel floor deck. 7. Do not connect or suspend steel framing from ducts, pipes, or conduit. E. Fire -Resistance -Rated Assemblies: Wire tie furring channels to supports. F. Seismic Bracing: Sway -brace suspension systems with hangers used for support. G. Grid Suspension Systems: Attach perimeter wall track or angle where grid suspension systems meet vertical surfaces. Mechanically join main beam and cross -furring members to each other and butt -cut to fit into wall track. H. Installation Tolerances: Install suspension systems that are level to within 1/8 inch in 12 feet measured lengthwise on each member that will receive finishes and transversely between parallel members that will receive finishes. END OF SECTION YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION 09 22 16 - 5 SECTION 09 29 00 GYPSUM BOARD PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY. Gypsum wallboard work, complete. Work includes the following: A. Exterior sheathing, partitions, furred areas, metal framin , so�nd insulation in partitions, metal trim and accessories, deflection track re als, and joint treatment. � O 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED TSj?HE SECTIONS: 1.3 Cold -Formed Building Insula •`'Shop Dra ` ut ceiling assemblies. of studs. Include j of 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE: 40 00!`O /\" instructions or each gypsum showing typical and special partition and als, material gages, stud spacing, and bracing A. Allowable tolerances; 1/8" offsets between planes of board faces, and 1/4" in 8 ft. for plumb, level, warp, and bow. B. Fire -Resistance Rating: Where work is indicated for fire -resistance ratings, provide materials and installations identical with assemblies which have been tested and listed by recognized authorities, including U.L., Warnock Hersey, O.S.U., and U.S.G. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 09 29 00 - 1 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND PRODUCT HANDLING: Deliver materials in original packages, containers and bundles, fully identified with manufacturer's name, brand, type and grade. Store in dry, well -ventilated space, protected from the weather under cover and off the ground. Stack flat to prevent sagging. Handle to prevent damage to edges, ends and surfaces. 1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS: A. Environmental Limitations: Comply with ASTM C 840 qui�ments or gypsum manufacturer's written recommendations whichever aK�e stringent. B. Do not install paper -faced gyp nels until s ion areas are enclosed and conditioned. V 1.7 COORDINATION: Coor • d6ork w o of oth es. PART 2 - PRODUCTS �� • a► O 2.2 C URER : U. su ystem eorgia Pacific is specified; eq alent rid Viol C ainteed, ple-Inland are acceptable, or appro d q (j 2.3 GALS: A. Is,Stu , Cha el unnersk Rota formed, 20 gage, electro-galvanized steel. 4e and sizes (6", 3-5/8", 2-1/2", and 1-5/8"), as end of the stud to facilitate installation of horizontal electrical n or conduit; punch as required for piping. B. Deep -Leg Deflection Track: ASTM C 45 top runner with 2" deep flanges. 1. Minimum 16 gage (0.538"). C. Gypsumboard Products: ASTM C 1396. 1. Gypsumboard And Fire -Rated Gypsumboard: 5/8" thick USG Sheetrock Firecode (Type X), with tapered edges. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 09 29 00 - 2 D. Tile Backer Board: USG "Durock", National Gypsum "Permabase", Certainteed "FiberCement", Custom Building Products "Wonderboard", Georgia Pacific "DensShield Tile Backer Board", or Temple-Inland Tile Backer Board; 1/2" thick. E. F. G. H. Trim Accessories: Provide manufacturer's standard trim accessories of types indicated for drywall work, formed of galvanized steel unless otherwise indicated, with either knurled and perforated or expanded flanges for nailing or stapling, and beaded for concealment of flanges in joint compound. Provide all corner beads, edge trim -beads, and control joint beads, types as indicated, and as required b-y***project conditions. Fasteners: Screws or nails. 1. Self -drilling, self-tappm crews for ivmg with special head design for gypsumboard a�a i�ient Type S), cing s ace depression for proper concealment 1 T �� 2. Provide astener equired�roject conditions and as recom by manil►rer. Acousf ant: G. oustica a , or ap e equal. , So la : 'S] blankets; ie i J3er, o 3" hi sound attenuation batts/ Treatment Materials: Paper. As recommended by manufacturer. 3. Joint Compounds: Prefilling, fill coat, and finish coats as recommended by manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION: Comply with ASTM C 840 and manufacturer's instructions, as specified and as indicated. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 09 29 00 - 3 A. Partitions: Provide assemblies as indicated; refer to Partition Schedule, Sheet A0.0. Space studs 16" o.c. B. 1. Provide runners designed to hold and align studs. Provide additional studs as door frames. 2. Cross brace each opposite pair of studs with metal stud bracing or gypsum board panel bracing, in compliance with design as indicated, attached with specified fasteners. 3. Cut gypsum board neatly in and around Vp j pipes, ducts, electrical boxes, outlets, fixtures, ` 4. At insulated walls/;Aartiti ns, wed lation tween studs, and fit snugly agains r nd ce'li wed and.&Rk protrusions. Run insulation ov of wa iling, to 2' each side unless otherwise ' ed. Cut in board in aro nd openings, pipes, ducts, al boxe , o ts, fix Se♦al 11 all gaps and a�ro� re pe � h acou e lant, j� floor and peiling d int sec with surfac rovide a completely Nvllth?' wall. `/ V 5. At rbe w�lls/p conform ed designs for required hour ratings ind a AI C� 2Y0,<6*, 0), f Furred Wall nd A indicated. Shim as i specified otherwise: wA taped joints on exterior side of light gage 05 4100), batt insulation (specified in Section interior. "" gyTsum board on furring channels and studs, as to provide level surface. D. Application: Except where 1. Apply gypsumboard parallel to studs, with panels in longest length available. 2. Provide casing beads where edges of gypsumboard meet dissimilar materials. 3. Install reveals where indicated in compliance with manufacturer's instructions. 4. Fasten gypsumboard with specified screws. Space screws 16" o.c. for walls and 12" o.c. for ceilings. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 09 29 00 - 4 5. Cooperate with the carpenter in placing of backing and blocking required as backing for all millwork, fixtures, fittings, and accessories. Reinforce and brace studs in partitions supporting fixtures, to provide firm backing and prevent deflection of the wall. 6. rA E.11 4e Isolate steel framing from metal building structure to prevent transfer of loading imposed by structural movement. a. Isolate ceiling assemblies where they abut or arOpenetrated by structure. b. Isolate partition framing and wall where it abuts structure. Install slip type its at head o ♦ ies that avoid axial loading of assembly and lath support bly. 1) Use deep -leg deflection track. `` v Brace studs i liance nufact e ommendations for wall height, stud ci , and offer ect con♦d indicated. Include bracing in shop dra bmittal. A n s mts on o sides s to occur on different Install s' n/co 1 of i ceili eding 2500 sq. ft. in area and in pa wall run x dmg 3 of exceed a distance of 50 , in either direct' j$betwVffceilin control join and install a control joint where ceiling %7 Do not exceed a distance of 30' between layout. by the intersection of either wallboard surfaces joint system as indicated or required. external corners with metal bead corner in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. E. Finishing: Gypsumboard: a. General: Treat gypsumboard joints, interior angles, edge trim, control joints penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaces for decoration. Promptly remove residual joint compound from adjacent surfaces. b. Prefill open joints, and damaged surface areas. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 09 29 00 - 5 C. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except those with trim having flanges not intended for tape. d. Finish Levels: 1) Level 1: Concealed areas. 2) Level 2: Panels that are substrate for tile. 3) Level 3: Surfaces receiving medium- or heavy -textured finishes before painting or heavy wallcoverings Mere lighting conditions are not critical. 4) Level 4: Surfaces to receive�fl p ' 5) Level 5: S es receivin l� d semigloss enamels and other surfaces su ' ct to sever g. 3.2 PROTECTION: ` A. Protect installed4, fro age fro ther, ndensation, direct sunlight, cons and oth c ses du ' �inde of -truction period. B. Remov, place anel at are ture da e , and mold damaged. 00, END OF N IO J► G � G YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 09 29 00 - 6 SECTION 09 30 13 CERAMIC TILING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY. Tiling, complete, including accessories. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS: A. Tile backer board; Section 09 21 16 `O B. Joint Sealants; Section 07 92 00. G 1.3 SUBMITTALS: Comply wi ♦ i r e m ol tion 0 . A. Action Submittals: 1. P d �ata: c type of � � iodic 2 duct Data: mit man er's ins do instructions for each type of mater 3. Sam . Sub color amples f e h type of tile, trim piece, and grout Vduled for erificatio chitect. If color is not scheduled, submit e 1 color alet sampleCfection by Architect. �. Shp a ngs: a shop drawings indicating materials, type of setting, ♦ v► ` lay g patt t Indicate expansion joints. B. tional Submittals: 1. Certification: Furnish Master Grade Certificate for ceramic tile, signed by the manufacturer and installer. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Provide ceramic tile conforming with Standard Grade manufacturing requirements of TCA 137.1. B. Provide installation materials complying with ANSI standards referenced "Setting Materials" and "Grouting Materials" articles. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 09 30 13 - 1 C. Comply with TCA installation methods applicable to applications indicated. 1.4 DELIVERY AND STORAGE: A. Deliver and store packaged materials in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Comply with ANSI A 137.1 for labeling tile packages. B. Store tile and cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under c(Aer, and in a dry location. 1.5 PRODUCT CONDITIONS: Do stall tile a ruction in spaces is complete and ambient temperature and humidi condition a intained at levels indicated in referenced standards and manufacture,wri en ins . 1.6 COORDINATION: C i e work �t�rkofo les, includes transitions to other flooring. O PART 2 - PRODU G 2.2 PORCELA TI E:05esto Fi le a erials Legend on Sheet A7.1. A. Floor and Baet:CrAity Til cified; equivalent product of other a ers will be consider it for rebid approval in compliance with P pP Sec 01 '411fe: Patt rn aW color will be a consideration in review of ♦ proved u 1. o Joints size: 1 /8' ` 2: Ed g rim: Schluter Systems, EC, Aluminum. 3. Pattern: Coordinate with Architect Prior to installation 2.3 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS: Laticrete products are specified. Equivalent products of Mapei and Custom are acceptable. A. Thin -Set Mortar: Laticrete 272 Premium thin set mortar and Laticrete 333 Super Flexible Additive in proportions as recommended by Laticrete. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 09 30 13 - 2 B. Grout: Laticrete SpectraLock Pro Grout Part AB Liquid and SpectraLock Grout Part C Powders. 1. Colors: As selected by Architect. 2. ANSI A 1183, with a VOC content of 65 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D. C. Grout Sealer: Type as recommended by Laticrete to be compAble with mortar and grout materials specified. 2.4 EXPANSION JOINT SEALAN omponent ane sealant conforming to material and installation requirements s ci ied in S1Q 7 92 00; in color to match grout. 2.5 TILE BACKER BOA ' ied i c 0921 2.6 TRANSITION STRI� ♦ A. LVT to a one CC TER MS, ; anodized alu ofile h to red lead' g e 1. erial and Fi : Satin ildized Al M. 1 2. He' auired. r ate wit t ess of LVT. B. Ceramic Til a ed C te: HLUT EMS, RENO-U; anodized aluminum profile wit pose surf e, taper edge, and integrated grout joint spacer. Ma a Finis : a 'n Anodized Aluminum. ` 2. Heig as re ireoordinate with thickness of tile. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION: A. Examine areas and conditions under which tile work is to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Prior to starting work, verify installation of tile backer board is acceptable including taping and floating joints. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 09 30 13 - 3 3.2 TILE INSTALLATION: A. General: B. 1. Comply with ANSI standard installation specifications A108.5. Maintain minimum temperature limits and installation practices as recommended by proprietary mortar and grout materials manufacturer. 2. Extend tile work in recesses to form a complete coverin without interruptions. Terminate work neatly at obstructions, edge, and co e14 disruption of patter or joint alignments. 3. Accurately form intersectio s an returns. P f cutting and drilling of tile without marring visibless Care nd cute of tile abutting trim, finish, or built-in ite aight, oints. nd closely to electrical outlets, piping, an J so th , collars ers overlap tile. 4. Comply with Z anufac n truction o ixing d6inflation of materials. 5. Neutr zeQseal s stra sin acco ith o nufacturer's instructions. Setting Be Compl I�tico w cret bl e Beta' al shop drawings. nib _ 1. Set til by t ivt met oc,ising spec re uir rovide g at at cgs 2. Adh e-se e n d is no ace (, C. nting: Provide uniform int widths. O'l Fill out mortar bed to thickness as where variations exceed 1/8" in 10 ft. D. Patterns: Lay out tile in patterns indicated; refer to Finish Plan sheets. Align joints, except as otherwise indicated for patterned layout. Lay out work and center tile fields both directions in each space. Adjust to minimize tile cutting. E. Placement: Comply with applicable requirements of ANSI A108.5 standards for installation, and manufacturer's instructions for materials, and applicable portions of TCA handbook. F. Install edge strip at locations scheduled in compliance with manufacturer's recommendations. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 09 30 13 - 4 G. Grout with specified grout. H. Set marble threshold in same type of setting bed as field tile. I. Clean tile after setting and grouting is complete. Use procedures recommended by manufacturer for types of application indicated. J. Apply grout sealer floor grout joints according to grout -sealer manufacturer's written instructions. As soon as grout sealer has penetrated grout joirlfs, remove excess sealer from tile faces by wiping with soft cloth. Submit schedule with shop drawings for material p for use. K. Expansion Joints: G 1. Provide 3/ 'd expan io using s i sealant. Use of eth le e rod fi o ther be bras required to provide p Y Y q sealant pproxim 8" wid seala t slightly concave. Extnt throu ar bed. + 3.3 ADJUS L. to ex nsi rots at nterse s, rimeters of We areas, ve const . joints ' a , and a of m e than 30' o.c. in other ar easycenter oli lines ' ible) 3. a exp on J layout n Pdrawings. 4[�CLEA `lacement and grouting, clean all tile surfaces p g g� [shed installation clean and free of cracked, chipped, broken, unbounded, or otherwise defective tile work. 101 C. Protections: Protect installed work with Kraft paper or other heavy covering during the construction period to prevent damage and wear. Prohibit all foot and wheel traffic from using floors for at least 3 days. Before final inspection, remove protective coverings. END OF SECTION YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 09 30 13 - 5 SECTION 09 5113 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes acoustical panels and exposed suspension systems for ceilings. 1.2 B. Related Requirements: Section 0186 01 "General Acoustical Require " Section 09 06 00.09 "Sch or Interior s" for ceiling types and finishes. Division 21 Sect' ♦ ' 1 upp es " r sprinkl ♦♦e s in ceiling system. Division 23 Air Dis &n" for ion devices in ceiling system. Divisio ction " for ligh i es attait id t eiling system. COORDINATI 2. 1.3 ACTION S 19 A4pfollowing: u B Dr, scale 1 suspension system with other -m, including light fixtures, assemblies. "W t�►r each type of product indicated. s of reflected ceiling plans drawn accurately to and ceiling -mounted items. Show the l . Patterns of ceiling suspension assembly members with setting out/work points. 2. Method of attaching hangers to building structure. 3. Ceiling -mounted items including lighting fixtures, diffusers, grilles, speakers, sprinklers, access panels, and special moldings at walls, column penetrations, and other junctures of acoustical ceilings with adjoining construction. C. Samples: Submit two (2) samples for each acoustical panel, for each exposed suspension system member, for each exposed molding and trim, and for each color and texture required, prepared on Samples of size indicated below. Samples shall show the full range of color and texture variations to be expected in the final installation. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 0951 13- 1 Acoustical Panel: Set of 6-inch (150-mm) square Samples of each type, color, pattern, and texture. 2. Exposed Suspension System Members, Moldings, and Trim: Set of 12-inch (300-mm) long Samples of each type, finish, and color. 1.4 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish and store at the site where directed, 2 percent of each type of acoustic panel installed in the Project, packaged in manufacturer's unopened cartons and identified as to contents. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an Installer, with ne 1 ss �`5 ears experience in the QY p installation of materials specified, o has co acoustical panel ceilings similar in material, design, and exte to that ind at or this Project with a record of successful in-service perfogn`� B. Source Limitations: Obt in Lhh type o stical ceil' / Biel and supporting Yp �� g pp g suspension system t ne sourc�ieyn a smgl c, r. C. Performance R ents: I wh✓✓ere g allboat ons are dependent on the ceilin s nsion e r lateral , des' stall suspension system compone t ain th 'mp ed loadiom *e co let ition system including a mini rd and outwa pressur o �psf (239 normal to the plane of the wall. D. Ceiling rodu ha 1 omply t equire f the California Department of Public Health' dard hod the Te n IT Evaluation of Volatile Organic ChemicaINLAi s from ndo Sources nvironmental Chambers." _ 1 Y /" i► E. Seisrticndard: id acoustic' ceilings designed and installed to withstand tfe of e motions ccor ng to the following: Cl Guidel' ♦ ms Requiring Seismic Restraint: Comply with CISCA's "Guid ine Seismic Restraint of Direct -Hung Suspended Ceiling Assemblies--Sei ' Zones 0-2." F. Sample Installations: Before installing acoustical panel ceilings, install sample installations for each type of acoustical panel ceiling installation required to demonstrate aesthetic effects and qualities of materials and execution. The sample installation shall be complete in every way and include all attachments to structure, hangers, grids, ceiling panels, moldings and column trims, light fixtures, air outlets and inlets, speakers, sprinklers heads, heat and smoke detectors. Install sample installations to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for the completed Work: 1. Size and Location: Provide 250 square foot (23.23 sq. m) sample installations in locations as directed by Architect. 2. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 0951 13- 2 3. Obtain Architect's approval of sample installations before starting work. 4. Maintain sample installations during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the completed Work. 5. Approved sample installations may become part of the completed Work if undamaged at time of Substantial Completion. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver acoustical panels, suspension system components, and accessories to Project site in original, unopened packages and store them in a fully encloses *conditioned space where they will be protected against damage from moistury4 umidity, temperature extremes, direct sunlight, surface contamination, and of u s. B. Before installing acoustical panels, it them to a om temperature and a stabilized moisture content. C. Handle acoustical panels ♦ u y to avoi �g edges aging units in any way. 4 K V O 1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS�` ` Environmental (painting, dr work abo c PART 2 - PRODUC 2.1 MANUFA qi�~ntil wet work v*ces is complete and dry, umidity conditions are its intended use. and others may be considered if an equal 2. CertainTeed Ceilings, Valley Forge, PA (800) 233-8990. 3. Rockfon, LLC (Formerly Chicago Metallic Corporation), Chicago, IL (800) 323-7164. 2.2 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Surface Burning Characteristics in Accordance with ASTM E 84 for Class A finish: 1. Flame Spread: Less than 25. 2. Smoke Density: Less than 50. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 0951 13- 3 B. Food Serving and Preparation Areas where Scheduled: 1. United States Department of Agriculture (USDA): Approved for incidental food contact. C. Size Requirements: Refer to Reflected Ceiling Plan & Section 2.4 Acoustical Panels D. Acoustic Requirements: 1. .90 NRC / 190 AC Minimum ♦ O2.3 METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS A. Basis of Design Manufacturers nd oducts: o draw' sand Section 09 06 00.09 "Schedule for Interior Fit'Ns extent s of eacl,l suspension system required. ` ♦ O B. Metal Suspension tandar reside manu!:i�rr's staiNkrd direct -hung metal suspension syste types, st a classifi i , and fi*'s es dicated that comply with applicab r uirem i M C 6 .� C. Overh�ad Hanger A ment D Size fo ve es the design load indicat in A Q 63�, Table , ' ung," le otherwise indicated. 1. Faste r y em `of e s le for p ' `'lon indicated, fabricated from &�j de esista mat als, with ,clips or other accessory devices for ha Pe indic with capability to sustain, without re, a 1 qu to 10 ti imposed by ceiling assembly. D. ♦ hers: As 1 s: Wire Ha gers, rac find Ties: Zinc -coated carbon -steel wire; ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 �ating, soft temper. a. Size: Select wire diameter so its stress at three times hanger design load (ASTM C 635, Table 1, "Direct Hung") will be less than yield stress of wire, but provide not less than 12 gage (0.106-inch) (2.69-mm) diameter wire. E. Metal Edge Moldings and Trim: Type and profile indicated or, if not indicated, manufacturer's standard moldings for edges and penetrations that fit acoustical panel edge details and suspension systems indicated; formed from sheet metal of same material, finish, and color as that used for exposed flanges of suspension system runners; provide in longest standard single piece lengths. Shadow (Stepped Moldings): Stepped edge molding that forms reveal of same depth and width as that formed between edge of panel and flange at exposed YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 0951 13- 4 suspension member. Form from sheet metal of same material and finish as that used for exposed flanges of suspension system runners. 2. F Moldings: Provide F moldings at ceiling breaks, soffits, bulkheads, and changes in elevation other than vertical walls and columns to the extent indicated. Form from sheet metal of same material and finish as that used for exposed flanges of suspension system runners. 3. Metal Perimeter Channel Trim: Shapes and profiles to suit conditions indicated; fabricated from extruded aluminum; finished to match exposed flanges of suspension system runners. Provide manufacturer's recommended tee -bar connection clips, and hanging clips, which lock into spec�klly designed bosses on the channel trim and are screw attached to the web the intersecting suspension system members. Join sections of trim together nufacturer's standard splice plates and alignment clips. 4. Perimeter Wing Trim: Sha s and profi `t conditions indicated; fabricated from anj f hed o match d pane rovide manufacturer's recommended cold mg cart onnect e ,connect hooks, connect multi ws suitab nstallation indicated. i ers, s and oth ttachment devices as t c nts and lfs r imposed loads of old fasterfor eas where partition ceiling to avoid use of pop rivets. to change main tee direction 90 at entryways to reduce flutter as required. 6. Provide miter closure clips. 2.4 ACOUSTICAL PANELS A. 2'x 4' Suspended Cleanable Acoustical Tile: 1. Manufacturer: Rockfon 2. Style: Hygienic Plus 3. Edge: Square 4. Color: White 5. NRC:.90 B. 2' x 4' Suspended Acoustical Ceiling Tile 1. Manufacturer: Rockfon YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 0951 13- 5 2. Style: Sonar 3. Edge: Square 4. Color: White 5. NRC:.95 C. 2' x 8' Suspended Acoustical Ceiling Tile, Concealed Spline/ Suspension System 1. Manufacture: Armstrong 2. Style: Optima PB Concealed 3. Edge: Quick Kerf 4. Color: White 5. NRC:.90 Min. 6. Note: Provide Concealed Trim Kit and all misc. related 1trts for concealed spline installation 2.5 ACCESSORIES •`O A. Sealant: G 1. Sealant shall hav conte t g/I, or 1 2. Sealant shall with then and p quirements of the California De artme a lic He andar d for th sting and Evaluation of Volcanic Cl�missio r Indoor r Using Envirl ntal cu .a !&1W ��q PART 3 - EXECUT N 4 3.1 EXAMINATI C G °N A. Exa n bstrat �nd condi n ncluding structural framing to which a sti pan e' attach or but, with Installer present, for compliance with • u menus ec din tly er Sections that affect ceiling installation, c orage, wi quiregmtSLONOnAallation. tolerances, and other conditions affecting erformance of acoustiJ4(.pa)eT ceilings. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Layout the Work to center board pattern both directions around Work points shown in each major space or room as shown on the Drawings or directed and, where possible, adjust pattern so that edge pieces will be not less than 1/2 unit in width. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: Install acoustical panel ceilings to comply with ASTM C 636 and seismic requirements indicated, per manufacturer's written instructions and CISCA's "Ceiling Systems Handbook," and as required to match the accepted sample installation. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 0951 13- 6 B. Suspend ceiling hangers as follows: Fasten hangers to anchors that extend into decks. Space hangers not more than 48 inches (1200 mm) on center along each member supported directly from hangers; and provide hangers not more than 6 inches (150 mm) from ends of each member. Provide additional hangers for support of fixtures and other items including but not limited to light fixtures and diffusers, as required to prevent overloading of deck attachment, eccentric deflection or rotation of supporting runners. 2. Hangers: a. Secure wire hangers to ceiling suspension hers and to supports above with a minimum of 3 tight turns. t hangers directly to drilled in anchors (eye screws), or ath` i es that are secure, and are appropriate for su b. Secure flat, a e, c annel, an angers structure, including intermed t ii ng me attachin to 'lled in anchors, or other de c at are s nd app4;o a or both the structure to whic rs are att and the anger involved. 3. Splay r only w uired to s structi bet resulting horiz to orces , counte g, o wally effective means. 4. angers pl and freer ontact ins lation or other objects it in ce#llkl um t a ► of t u orting structure or of the eilin p n osyste 5. er**,vWth of Acts a d other cgs on within ceiling plenum produces spaci h erfere `` Q tion of hangers at spacings required to u port Stan d s pension members, install supplemental suspension embe a angers in f rm % trapezes or equivalent devices. Size ♦ suppl e 1 cusp i mbers and hangers to support ceiling loads within ` per nce Ii e d by referenced standards and publications. C. Install edge moldings an of type indicated at perimeter of acoustical ceiling area and where necessary to conceal edges of acoustical panels. Typical Edge Molding Attachment: Align moldings accurately and screw attach securely to substrate with concealed fasteners at intervals not more than 16 inches (400 mm) on center and not more than 3 inches (75 mm) from ends, leveling with ceiling suspension system. Miter corners accurately and connect securely. a. Do not use exposed fasteners, including pop rivets, on moldings and trim. 2. Window and Curtain Wall Frame Head Attachment: Unless otherwise indicated, align moldings accurately and secure to window and curtain wall frame heads YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 0951 13- 7 using manufacturer's recommended double -sided foam white tape, leveling with ceiling suspension system. Miter corners accurately and adhere securely. a. Do not use exposed fasteners, including pop rivets, on moldings and trim. D. Install suspension system runners so they are square and securely interlocked with one another. Clip runners to angle moldings do not use exposed fasteners. Finish to lines and levels shown, with maximum deflection not to exceed 1/360 of the span between supports. Laser level accurately in all directions, leveling to a tolerance of 1/8-inch (3.18- mm) noncumulative. Remove and replace dented, bent, or kinked members. E. Install acoustical panels with undamaged edges and fit acc ely into suspension system runners and edge moldings. Run grain of units in one dire o as accepted on shop drawings. Scribe and cut panels at borders and pen@trr oo o provide a neat, precise fit. 1. For square -edged panels, in 11 panels es fully hidden from view by flanges of sus pensi(o ste runners Wings. 2. For reveal -edge on sus s-systegi ,install panels with bottom of reveal in f act with face of anges. 3. For rev ed panelso% is)ension s mem wi box -shaped flanges, instal a rs Wi4reveaLorfaces i 1►ontac ension system stem P s a d pan fac flush w' m face oVV ers. 4. amt ut tiffics o panel a pose installation; match color of pos anel u�aces g aler and recommended in writing for this purpo cousf pan anufac� ' 3.4 CLEANI N A. an e sed f o acousti al P13%7el ceilings, including trim, edge moldings, and ♦ s lion sy embers. ly with manufacturer's written instructions for ing an hup of ♦ s damage. Remove and replace ceiling components at cannot be success ly c ed and repaired to permanently eliminate evidence of damage. END OF SECTION 09 5113 YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 0951 13- 8 SECTION 09 64 66 WOOD ATHLETIC FLOORING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes wood athletic flooring. 1.4 1.5 1.6 B. N A. COORDINATION Coordinate layout and installation of slab depressions to accommodate layout and height of wood athletic flooring assembly. Coordinate layout and installation of flooring with floor inserts f:%0"Priasium equipment. Confer with Architect/ Owner for previo moisture test 0 ACTION SUBMITTALS Product Data: For each type of pro 1. Include construction deta rial de dime individual components and profiles, n wishes;*d athle Shop Drawings: For each 1. Plans, sections, a a 2. Details of co b 3. Expansion ns an 4. Layo-i 0 widths, a 5. Locati orimsert, Samples: For eAc 12 inches long in 1. Include S& rough flooring assembly. specified, approximately color and texture variations line and marker paints applied to wood ALS*'`1 3 ffiletiNooring and finish systems to include in maintenance QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual that has been approved by MFMA as an accredited Installer according to the MFMA Accreditation Program. 1. Installer responsibilities include installation and field finishing of wood athletic flooring components and accessories, and application of game lines and markers. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver floor assembly materials in unopened cartons or bundles. B. Protect wood from exposure to moisture. Do not deliver wood components until after concrete, masonry, plaster, ceramic tile, and similar wet -work is complete and dry. C. Store wood components in a dry, warm, well -ventilated, weathertight location and in a horizontal YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 09 64 66- 1 position. 1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Conditioning period begins not less than seven days before wood athletic flooring installation, is continuous through installation, and continues not less than seven days after installation. 1. Environmental Conditioning: Maintain ambient temperature between 65 and 75 deg F and relative humidity planned for building occupants, but not less than 35 percent or more than 50 percent, in spaces to receive wood athletic flooring during the conditioning period. 2. Wood Conditioning: Move wood components into spaces where they will be installed, no later than beginning of the conditioning period. a. Do not install wood athletic flooring until wood cor^ents adjust to relative humidity of, and are at same temperature as, spa Lwie e they are to be installed. • b. Open sealed packages to all d compokto acclimatize immediately on moving wood compo ents to spact - ich they will be installed. B. After conditioning period, main a humi '1� a%l ambient,perature planned for building occupants `'' C. Install wood athletic floorin ther fini peratio \Qding painting, have been completed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS O ` 2.1 2.2 A. B A. MANUFA G Manufacture u j ct NmAliance h ents v e products by one of the following: 1. Aacer Floorin , 2. Action Fl r �s s, L 3. Conn Surfac 1 S. 4. Rob n S orts S S./ 46k, Floating. C B. Overall System Height: As scheduled. 2.3 FLOORING MATERIALS nor Sports; Alliance- Maple; Color: Clear Finish; " rezill pad). Floating Parquet System. A. Maple Flooring: Comply with MFMA grading rules for species, grade, and cut. 1. Certification: Provide flooring that carries MFMA mark on each bundle or piece. B. Parquet Flooring: Northern hard maple (Acer saccharum), kiln dried, edge grain, and square edge. 1. Grade: MFMA-PQ Second and Better. 2. Thickness: Not less than 3/4 inch. 2.4 SUBFLOOR MATERIALS A. Plywood Underlayment: APA rated, C-D plugged, exterior glue, tongue and groove, 1/2 inch thick. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 09 64 66- 2 B. Resilient Pads: With air voids for resiliency and installed at manufacturer's standard spacing for product designation indicated above. 1. Type and Material: Manufacturer's standard. 2. Thickness: 3/4 inch. 2.5 FINISHES A. Floor -Finish System: System of compatible components recommended in writing by flooring manufacturer, and MFMA approved. 1. Floor -Sealer Formulation: Pliable, penetrating type. MFMA Group 1, Sealers. 2. Finish -Coat Formulation: Formulated for gloss finish indicated and multicoat application. a. Type: MFMA Group 3, Gymnasium -Type Surface Finishes. 3. Game -Line and Marker Paint: Industrial enamel compatible withAnish coats and recommended in writing by manufacturers of finish coats, aint for this use. 2.6 ACCESSORIES • A. Vapor Retarder: ASTM D 4397, polyeth eet not l n 6 mils thick. B. Resilient Wall Base (VB-1): Molded, ente , rubber 1 cove base; 100 by 75 by 1200 mmwith premolded out 1. Color: As scheduled; ref enor Fi ' 1c edul� 01 C. Fasteners: Type and size re ended b acturer, Tess t n those recommended by MFM plicatio ated. • D. Trowelable Levelin n atchiMe& �und: Lat ifiedc-cement-based formulation annrd«Il wood floorin�cturer. PART 3 - EXECUT N1'r*X 1b 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrks, *te , and 3.2 B. [a ►11 qv with I present, for compliance with ;pt, . ion tolerances, and other conditions conditions have been corrected. �iL► Slabs: Verify hat co r telNTstfates are dry and moisture -vapor emissions .hin acceptable levels ac rd g to manufacturer's written instructions. Moisture Testing: Perform ests so that each test area does not exceed 1000 sq. ft., and perform no fewer than three tests in each installation area and with test areas evenly spaced in installation areas. a. Anhydrous Calcium Chloride Test: ASTM F 1869. Proceed with installation only after substrates have maximum moisture -vapor -emission rate of 3 lb of water/1000 sq. ft. in 24 hours. b. Relative Humidity Test: Using in situ probes, ASTM F 2170. Proceed with installation only after substrates have a maximum 75 percent relative humidity level measurement. C. Perform additional moisture tests recommended by manufacturer. Proceed with installation only after substrates pass testing. PREPARATION Concrete Slabs: YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 09 64 66- 3 3.3 1. Grind high spots and fill low spots on concrete substrates to produce a maximum 1/8-inch deviation in any direction when checked with a 10-foot straight edge. 2. Use trowelable leveling and patching compounds, according to manufacturer's written instructions, to fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates. 3. Remove coatings including curing compounds and other substances on substrates that are incompatible with installation adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone; use mechanical methods recommended by manufacturer. Do not use solvents. B. Broom and vacuum clean substrates to be covered immediately before product installation. After cleaning, examine substrates for moisture, alkaline salts, carbonation, or dust. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. INSTALLATION A. Comply with wood athletic flooring manufacturer's written ins, but not less ri than written recommendations of MFMA applicable to flooindicated. B. Expansion Spaces: Provide as indicated, less thangXOaquiired by manufacturer's written instructions and MFMA's written r ommendatC%walls and other obstructions, and C. D. E. F. 3.4 A. B. C. D. at interruptions and terminations V 1. Cover expansion spaces ALA Vapor Retarder: Cover en minimum of 6 inches and g. lemol 'n t and sa a indicated on Drawings. bene flooriA 11 with joints lapped a tion of fld ii , staggetik e�4 joints in adjacent instructions. Recommendations for Sanding, of Maple Gym Floors." grades of sandpaper to achieve a level, ps. Remove sanding dust by tack or vacuum. Fib: Apply seal and finish coats Of finish system according to finish manufacturer's written instructions. Provide no fewer than four coats total and no fewer than two finish coats. 1. Game -Line and Marker Paint: Apply game -line and marker paint between final seal coat and first finish coat according to paint manufacturer's written instructions. a. Mask flooring at game lines and markers, and apply paint to produce lines and markers with sharp edges. b. Where game lines cross, break minor game line at intersection; do not overlap lines. C. Apply game lines and markers in widths and colors according to requirements indicated on Drawings. d. Apply finish coats after game -line and marker paint is fully cured. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 09 64 66- 4 3.5 PROTECTION A. Protect wood athletic flooring during remainder of construction period to allow finish to cure and to ensure that flooring and finish are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. 1. Do not cover flooring after finishing until finish reaches full cure and not before seven days after applying last finish coat. 2. Do not move heavy and sharp objects directly over flooring. Protect fully cured floor finishes and surfaces with plywood or hardboard panels to prevent damage from storing or moving objects over flooring. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 09 64 66- 5 SECTION 09 65 13 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY. Resilient wall base and accessories, complete. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS: A. Polished concrete flooring; Section 03 35 10. ♦ O B. Luxury Vinyl Tile Flooring, Secti 5 13 C. Tile Carpeting, Section 0� 6 13 1.3 SUBMITTALS: Comply wi �tion 01 p Y,'►' O 1.4 D 1.5 A. Product Data: kN*t copy of~cturer's al data, tallation instructions, and mainte structio Q esilientt b 14 NJ accest B. Sampl it sam e o resilient ifiolor sch 1 for color verification by A IM B4 A; •oj n the manufacturer's original o cate pattern gage, lot number and and at not less than those temperatures A. Maintain minimum temperature of 70°F for minimum of 48 hours prior to installation. Maintain 70°F temperature continuously during and after installation as recommended by the base manufacturer, but in any case not less than 48 hours. B. Move products into space where products are to be installed at least 48 hours prior to installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNTIY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 0965 13- 1 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 2.2 MANUFACTURERS A. Rubber Base (R. Base): Refer to Drawings/ Material Finish Legend 2.2 OTHER MATERIALS: Provide materials as indicated, specified, and required by project conditions. A. Primer: Nonstaining type as recommended by manufa ers. B. Adhesives: Water-resistant type recommended bV a cturer to suit product and substrate conditions indica C. Leveling And Patchingo or sa by ma aturers. PART 3 - EXECUTION U 3.1 EXAMINAT Examin r as and s under resilient base and accesso s to 1 e erify t strate ions are satisfa r insta atio o not e until i actory conditions have b c to^^. -- 3.2 P PAR,�'FIbF S S: A. Comp wi Knufa:e)installatioocations for preparing substrates indica of eceiv specifi B. se in b n com o and sealants per manufacturer's directions g p g fi crac and e e ons. Remove co a ' gs a hs rates that are incompatible with adhesives and that contain soap, w o' , and silicone. D. Apply primer, if recommended by manufacturer, prior to applying adhesive; apply according to manufacturer's directions. 3.3 INSTALLATION: A. Resilient Wall Base: Install using methods indicated according to manufacturer's installation directions. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNTIY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 0965 13 - 2 Apply resilient base to walls, columns, and other permanent fixtures in rooms or areas where base is indicated. Install base in as long lengths as practicable. Tightly adhere base to substrate throughout the length of each piece, with continuous contact at horizontal and vertical surfaces. Do not stretch resilient base during installation. a. Preformed Corners: Install corners before installing corners. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION: I A. Immediately after installation perform the following o91ons: 1. Remove visible adhesiteand other surf le ashes using clear recommended by manis of red roducts involved. 2. Sweep or vacu or thoroug 3. Clean base t re\e marks. O B. Protect resiliex �Xb7ase aga~, mark Cations, d other damage from cons peratiotpm ikp acemen uipment tures during remainder f nstruc n period. Use p. n me ommended by manuf f prod tin olved. AND TION'6- V4 I - G D�Cj� CO Cj YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNTIY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 0965 13 - 3 SECTION 09 65 19 LUXURY VINYL TILE FLOORING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY I A. Section Includes: 1. Flooring and accessories ass wn on the dra schedules and as indicated by the requirements of this secti oft B. Related Documents 1. Drawings and Gene 1 �isions ontra(* i&I%Sing General and Su lementag Supplementary Conditions and Di i sectio y to the♦� f this ction. C. Related Sections: 1.Othe n 9 sec ' r floor f���skelate ction but not the work of th' f n ion 3 Concre , not the d this s n 3. Divi Godw and is not the this section 4. ivi$ Theq aja Moisture ion; not the work of this section 1.2 REFE Cj A. A ter ASTM Stan e od for Critical Radiant Flux of F1oorCovering Systems Using a R ian at Energy Source 2. ASTM E 662 Standard Test Method for Specific Optical Density of Smoke Generated by Solid Materials 3. ASTM F 710 Standard Practice for Preparing Concrete Floors to Receive Resilient Flooring 4. ASTM F 1482, Standard Guide to Wood Underlayment Products Available for Use Under Resilient Flooring 5. ASTM F 1700 Standard Specification for Solid Vinyl Tile 6. ASTM F 1861 Standard Specification for Resilient Wall Base YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 09 65 19- 1 1.3 1.4 7. ASTM F 1869 Standard Test Method for Measuring Vapor Emission Rate of Concrete Subfloor Using Anhydrous Calcium Chloride 8. ASTM F 2170 Standard Test Method for Determining Relative Humidity in Concrete Floor Slabs Using in situ Probes B. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 9. NFPA 253 Standard Method of Test for Critical Radiant Fluxif Floor Covering Systems Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source 10. NFPA 258 Standard Test Met od for Measur' 1S iioke Generated by Solid Materials C. Standards Council of bond with tN adh, moisture tests and Characteristics of . Assemblies fabricated and defects, damage, or other finishing operations, erations, includingpainting, , g traffic during the installation of the flooring. slabs until they are sufficiently dry to achieve a e with the manufacturer's recommended bond, SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings, seaming plan, coving details, and manufacturer's technical data, installation and maintenance instructions. B. Submit the manufacturer's standard samples showing the required colors for flooring and applicable accessories. C. Submit Safety Data Sheets (SDS) available for flooring product, adhesives, patching/leveling compounds, floor finishes and cleaning agents. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 09 65 19- 2 D. If required, submit the manufacturer's certification that the flooring has been tested by an independent laboratory and complies with the required fire tests. E. Closeout Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Operation and Maintenance Data: Operation and maintenance data for installed products in accordance with Division 1 Closeout Submittals (Maintenance Data and Operation Data) Section. Include methods for maintaining installed products, and precautions against cleaning materials and methods detrimental to finishes and performance. 2. Warranty: Warranty documents specified herein 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE ♦`O A. Single -Source Responsibility ide ypes of and a sories supplied by one � i manufacturer, including le pate i �ounds, a esives. B. Select an installer who ' etent in llation ent solid vinyl tile flooring. C. Fire Performance C ristics: i_Jresilie oringw e following fire performance c a sties e ined by mate r' dance with ASTM test method ' d bel by certified aborato r ther testing agency accepta orities hav urisdict 1. AS E 6 �53) i ' al >�adiant F .45 watts per sq. cm. or greater, Class I 2. AST 462 (NF &moke G ion) Maximum Specific Optical Density i less CA /UL - Flame S eadlZating and Smoke Developed —Results as tested 1.6 ERY, STO GE r*1l LING A. Comply with Division 1 Pr ct Requirements Sections B. Comply with manufacturer's ordering instructions and lead time requirements to avoid construction delays. C. Deliver materials in good condition to the jobsite in the manufacturer's original unopened containers that bear the name and brand of the manufacturer, project identification, and shipping and handling instructions. D. Store materials in a clean, dry, enclosed space off the ground, protected from harmful weather conditions and at temperature and humidity conditions recommended by the manufacturer. Protect adhesives from freezing. Store flooring, adhesives and accessories YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 09 65 19- 3 in the spaces where they will be installed for at least 48 hours before beginning installation. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Maintain a minimum temperature in the spaces to receive the flooring and accessories of 65°F and a maximum temperature of 85°F for at least 48 hours before, during, and for not less than 48 hours after installation. Thereafter, maintain a minimum temperature of 55°F in areas where work is completed. Protect all materials from the direct flow of heat from hot-air registers, radiators, or other heating fixtures and applies. A.8 LIMITED WARRANTY A. Resilient Flooring: Submit a written rranty exe y the manufacturer, agreeing to repair or replace resilient flog, hat ails wi 1 arranty eriod. B. Limited Warrant Period: �is��for Tar t atitud b tr t`Products y �� � V C. The Limited Warrant 1 of dep 'caner o rights Owner may have under other provisi he Co cument a ill be' n to and run concurrent wit th warr ' s a e by the for a quirements of the Contract D 1.9 MAINTEN A. Extra Material D li extr at to Own ish extra materials from same product* n rn produ is installed. Pac ith protective covering for storage and iden 'fi ith appr a lai�els. 1. u : F tity of floo units equal to 5% of amount installed. 1 . : L. 1k • elive or7*e and fjrXZ Comply with Owner's requirements for delivery, ` storage an otect'% r if aterial. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 2.2 MANUFACTURER A. Resilient tile flooring, adhesives and accessories: Tarket Flooring. Refer to Drawings & Finish Material Schedule for products. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 09 65 19- 4 2.3 RESILIENT TILE FLOORING MATERIALS 2.4 2.5 A. Luxury Solid Vinyl Tile. 1. Description: A layered construction consisting of a tough, clear, vinyl wear layer protecting a high-fidelity print layer on a solid vinyl backing. Protected by a UV - cured polyurethane finish, the wear surface is embossed with different textures to enhance each of the printed visuals. Colors are insoluble in water and resistant to cleaning agents and light. #* 2. Luxury Solid Vinyl Tile shall conform to the requirenjrfASTM F 1700, "Standard Specification for Solid Vinyl Tile", C�as0 �`� �ype B — Embossed Surface. 3. Pattern and Color: As selecte hitect ?$�,` 4. Size: 6" x 36" 5. Wear layer thicknes �� ♦ O 6. Thickness: 3 O �o G ADHE A. Provide >, under fl ring ba �r commended by the flooring ew G according to the manufacture's feet abutting materials. C. Provide threshold of thickness and width as shown on the drawings. D. Provide resilient edge strips of width shown on the drawings, of equal gauge to the flooring, homogeneous vinyl or rubber composition, tapered or bullnose edge, with color to match or contrast with the flooring, or as selected by the Architect from standard colors available. E. Provide metal edge strips of width shown on the drawings and of required thickness to protect exposed edges of the flooring. Provide units of maximum available length to minimize the number of joints. Use butttype metal edge strips for concealed YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 09 65 19- 5 anchorage, or overlap -type metal edge strips for exposed anchorage. Unless otherwise shown, provide strips made of extruded aluminum with a mill finish. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS A. Compliance: Comply with manufacturer's product data, ' luting technical bulletins, product catalog, installation instructions, and t carton instructions for installation and maintenance procedures as need; 3.2 EXAMINATION G A. Site Verification of Conditi rift' su s ditions is installed under other secti s accept produt i st atio manufacturer's instruc ' n moist B. Visually inspect � n materi , material with vi alliefects�l e legitimate clocrn C. Examine fIoars r to, cracks, ho es, ri , an of durability or ap ea e of D. Inspect b sodni sealin p g aof fore mat�n s ,alkali eIrlation. conditions ontra Do not procc corrected. to have been previously n in accordance with s, bond est, tc.). wives an c sories to 'nstallation. Flooring instal shal o nsidered as a ine Is ►faces are smooth and free from t might t adhesive bond or impair materi that surfaces are free from curing, .1 adhesives; adhesive removers; and bond. Visually inspect for evidence of mold, or mildew. tract requirements that would prevent a proper the installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been F. Failure to call attention to defects or imperfections will be construed as acceptance and approval of the subfloor. Installation indicates acceptance of substrates with regard to conditions existing at the time of installation. 3.3 PREPARATION A. Subfloor Preparation: Smooth concrete surfaces, removing rough areas, projections, ridges, and bumps, and filling low spots, control or construction joints, and other defects with Underlayment and Embossing Leveler as recommended by the flooring manufacturer. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 09 65 19- 6 Refer to ASTM F 710 Standard Practice for Preparing Concrete Floors to Receive Resilient Flooring for additional information on subfloor preparation. B. Subfloor Cleaning: The surface shall be free of dust, solvents, varnish, paint, wax, oil, grease, sealers, release agents, curing compounds, residual adhesive, adhesive removers and other foreign materials that might affect the adhesion of resilient flooring to the concrete or cause a discoloration of the flooring from below. Remove residual adhesives as recommended by the flooring manufacturer. Remove curing and hardening compounds not compatible with the adhesives used, as indicated by a bond test or lV the compound manufacturer's recommendations for flooring. Avoid organic lvents. Spray paints, permanent markers and other indelible ink markers must ed to write on the back of the flooring material or used to mark the concrete ss ey could bleed through, telegraphing up to the surface and p tly stain ooring material. If these contaminants are present on th+sbst�te they mu b echanically removed prior to the installation of the flooring m#tefer to 10 St d Practice for Preparing Concrete Floors to Receive Flo dditio rfhation on subfloor preparation.► C. Per LVT flooring m tures req e Tits perf floor m re testing and bond tests to determin aces are �of cu ' n har pounds, old adhesive, an oatin ;an dy to recoorin llations where both the Percent el 've idity e Moist poor Em' ion a tests are conducted, results sts all comply w' wable 1' i determined by the LVT flooring nufac At pro e i floorin tion until results of moisture tests are acceptable] A est results be docuand retained. D. Concrete p%! fing: P tests on e floors regardless of their age or grade level. cv?�sults s 11 b ocume t retained. 3.4 IT14, A IO 00 4R11 flooring in ict a daa 1 the LVT flooring requirements. Failure to comply ay result in voiding then acturer's warranty listed in Section 1.08. B. Install flooring wall to wall before the installation of floor -set cabinets, casework, furniture, equipment, movable partitions, etc. Extend flooring into toe spaces, door recesses, closets, and similar openings as shown on the drawings. C. Scribe, cut, and fit to permanent fixtures, columns, walls, partitions, pipes, outlets, and built-in furniture and cabinets. D. Roll with a 100-pound (45.36 kilogram) roller in the field areas. Refer to specific rolling instructions of the flooring manufacturer YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 09 65 19- 7 E. Install flooring with adhesives, tools, and procedures in strict accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions. Observe the recommended adhesive trowel notching, open times, and working times. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF ACCESSORIES A. Apply top set wall base to walls, columns, casework, and other permanent fixtures in areas where top -set base is required. Install base in lengths as long as practical, with inside corners fabricated from base materials that are mitered or coped. T*htly bond base to vertical substrate with continuous contact at horizontal and v . al surfaces. B. Place resilient edge strips tightly butted to flooring, and c ith adhesive g P g Y g� recommended by the edge strip man er. Instal ips at edges of flooring that would otherwise be exposed. C. Apply metal edge strips w on the �gs. Secu r��uu�� s to the substrate, complyingwith the edge s 1 ufactur commopd io'` g p �� 0 3.6 CLEANING�` A. Perform initial Ris. n-goi aance ace r to th oring manufactures recom ;:R 3.7 PROTE ION A. Protect installe fl ng as omm ded by oring manufacturer against damage from ro ' odds, o ad , or the ent of fixtures and furnishings. EN SECTION G YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 09 65 19- 8 SECTION 09 68 00 TILE CARPETING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY: Modular carpet tile complete, including accessories. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS: 1.3 A. Polished Concrete; Section 03 35 10. B. Rubber base and transition strips; Section 09 65 13. ♦, SUBMITTALS: Comply with requirem Section 0 A. Action Submittals: 1. Product Data: F�e h type o t indict[ a. Ir a anufac e writtehysica har teristics ili , a e sist e� tY b. dude i stal reco ions. 2. ra gs: Show th f a. subfloo . 1. Qualification Data: For installer. 2. Product Test Reports: For carpet tile, for tests performed by qualified testing agency. C. Closeout Submittals: 1. Maintenance Data: For carpet tiles to include in maintenance manual. Include the following: a. Methods for maintaining carpet tile, including cleaning and stain -removal products and procedures and manufacturer's recommended maintenance schedule. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 09 68 00- 1 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.6 1.7 b. Precautions for cleaning materials and methods that could be detrimental to carpet tile. QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Installer: Use manufacturer certified, thoroughly trained and experienced carpet and carpet tile installers who are completely familiar with materials specified and manufacturer's recommended methods of installation for specified materials. B. Certification: Provide carpet and carpet tile manufacturer's (mill's) certification that carpet and carpet tile supplied complies with spOtified requirements. C. Standards: Carpet and Rug Institut CRI) "104". PRODUCT DELIVERY AND ST E: Del' terials in wrapping, rotectiveand p store inside, protected from weat ct ' e and ' in Comply��CRI 104, Section 5, "Storage and Handling". + O PROJECT CONDITIO A. Do not install a the ork in s com ry, and ambient t e and umi ity condi ' maintai levels indic of ect when pied fo i ended B. Do not i stall et ti over c t abs until ave been cured and are sufficientl on .th a sive an c to slabs have pH range recomme a anufa re C. Co m ly w th CRIJ Q Sejion 7.2, nditions; Temperature and midiV and c T2, "V Xt ANC TE in oducts installed and th are with els describing contents. extra materials, from same product run, that with protective covering for storage and identified COORDINATION: Coordinate work with work of other trades, includes transitions to other flooring. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CARPET TILE : Refer to finish schedule for product information A. WC I: Walk -Off Carpet. Manufacturer: Tarkett. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 09 68 00- 2 2.2 CARPET TILE ACCESSORIES: PART 3.1 A. Adhesive: Water-resistant, mildew -resistant, nonstaining, pressure -sensitive type to suit products and subfloor conditions indicated, that complies with flammability requirements for installed carpet tile and is recommended by carpet tile manufacturer for releasable installation. B. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex -modified, hydraulic -cement -based formulation recommended by carpet tile manufacturer. 141 Miscellaneous Materials: As recommended by manufa V�p`carpet and other carpeting products; selected installer tom `r t circumstances and requirements. Transition Strips: 1. Carpeting to oncretet r®-RE a. ion: pr h slope d surfac , 2" (4 mm) Taterial din d e a integr ezoi9 i in leg. nish: S in Ano ' ed minum t as require . A. Examine substrates and conditions, with installer present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content, alkalinity range, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting carpet and carpet tile performance. Examine carpet tile for type, color, pattern, and other potential defects. B. Concrete Floor: Verify that concrete slabs comply with ASTM F 710 and the following: Slab substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, hardeners, and other material that may interfere with adhesive bond. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 09 68 00- 3 Determine adhesion and dryness characteristics by performing bond and moisture tests recommended by carpet manufacturer. 2. Subfloor finishes comply with requirements specified in Section 03 30 00. Subfloors are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale, and foreign deposits. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION: Comply with CRI 104, Section 6.2, "Site Condit' • Floor Preparation", and with carpet tile manufacturer's written instru or preparing subfloors. ♦` Note: CRI recommends an acceptable moi to of 3 1 Dip sq. ft. per 24 hours or less according to an anhydrous-calcium-chl ride st. A. Repair minor holes, crac ssion, o areas aterial recommended by carpet tile or es a maim B. Use trowelable lee nd patc mpoun cr`dingto (� manufacturer' ins c ofill cr o es a V depression trates. C. Clean to carpeted im for to i tion of carpeting materia , byvacJAhJeSiing.4 fto D. Dimensio s: P ' startCa et the instal ,check critical dimensio spaces ted, to SpsureV at planned use of materials will 1 ireme ts, i luding or seam joints, and edging. 3.3 INSTA TON, L: y with CRI 104, Section 14 "Carpet M. d wit ufa turer'sndations and final shop drawings for G A. Extend carpet tile under open -bottomed obstructions and under removable flanges and furnishings, and into alcove and closets of each space. B. Provide cut-outs where required, and bind cut edges properly where not concealed by protective edge guards or overlapping flanges. C. Lay carpet tile to maintain direction of pattern and texture. D. Coordinate installation with installation of edge/transition treatment. E. Maintain dye lot integrity. Do not mix dye lots in same area. 3.4 CARPET TILE INSTALLATION: Comply with manufacturer's instructions and final shop drawings. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 09 68 00- 4 A. Cut and fit carpet tile to butt tightly to vertical surfaces, permanent fixtures, and built-in furniture including cabinets, pipes, outlets, edging, thresholds, and nosings. Bind or seal cut edges as recommended by carpet tile manufacturer. B. Install by installation method indicated using releasable adhesive. Indicate installation method on shop drawings. C. Transition Strips: Place strips tightly butted and secured to flooring with adhesive. 3.5 CLEANING: Remove and dispose of debris and unusable scraps. VaAm carpet using commercial machine with rotating agitator or beater nozzles ove spots and replace carpet where spots can not be removed. Remove p g face yarn using sharp scissors. *` 3.6 PROTECTION: G A. Protect installed carpet ti Zbmply w � T 104, ,fie T4�Protecting Indoor Installations. �" '` . B. Protect carpet tile a st dam m constru io perati n placement of a ment 1 u s during der o c ion period. U tion tho indicate mmend in riting by carpe facturer. 1 TDF SEC G CO G YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 09 68 00- 5 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Textile wall covering. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS 1.5 I_1 011 SECTION 09 72 00 WALL COVERINGS I Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include data on physical characteristics, durability, fade ce, and fire -test - response characteristics. Shop Drawings: Show location and exten h wall- type. Indicate pattern placement seams and termination poi S. Samples: For each type of wall and f64r �or, patt e re, and finish specified, full width by 36 inch in size Product Schedule: For wall��► rags. Us :�designat�ydicate6onDrawings. AN CLOSEOUT S TA a► Maintenanc t r wall co O to incl :Si mainten ce uals. MAINTENANC C AL S AL N Furnish extra m eri�, om th am roductio �at match products installed and that are nac with �owerinu Wrave and identified with labels re, and finish, full width by length Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install wall coverings until spaces are enclosed and weathertight, wet -work in spaces is complete and dry, work above ceilings is complete, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining ambient temperature and humidity conditions at levels intended for occupants after Project completion during the remainder of the construction period. B. Lighting: Do not install wall covering until lighting that matches conditions intended for occupants after Project completion is provided on the surfaces to receive wall covering. C. Ventilation: Provide continuous ventilation during installation and for not less than the time recommended by wall -covering manufacturer for full drying or curing. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 09 72 00- 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 TEXTILE WALL COVERING A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Momentum Textiles. B. Basis -of -Design Products: As scheduled; refer to Interior Finish Schedule (WP-2). C. Colors, Textures, and Patterns: As scheduled. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Adhesive: Mildew -resistant, nonstaining adhesive, for use with specific all covering and substrate application indicated and as recommended in writix ll� wall -covering manufacturer. O Adhesives shall have a VOC cont f 50 g/L or 1 B. Primer/Sealer: Mildew resistant, complyin with requiin Section 099123 "Interior Painting" and recommended in w;itjRLby p 'mer/sea�1� wall-c� ering manufacturers for intended substrate. ` 0< C. Seam Tape: As recommended i mg by ering a urer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION O �� A. Examine sub tra a nditio h Insta Sent, f co nce with requirements for p q installations ein rue in plane and ho tal alignment, maximum moisture cont t, and of aPly n%tion ti perfo the Work. B. Proceed with install a 'oaft nsat actory c & have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATI 0 A. Comply wi a ufactu rit n instru r surface preparation. B. Clean sat s of s that o d pair bond of wall covering, including dirt, oil, qsubstrates s, an ew. C. to ac ieve smo li' dry, clean, structurally sound surface free of flaking, coatings, cracks, and ds. 1. Gypsum Board: Apply primer/sealer as recommended in writing by primer/sealer manufacturer and wall -covering manufacturer. 2. Painted Surfaces: a. Check for pigment bleeding. Apply primer/sealer to areas susceptible to pigment bleeding as recommended in writing by primer/sealer manufacturer. b. Sand gloss, semigloss, and eggshell finishes with fine sandpaper. D. Remove hardware and hardware accessories, electrical plates and covers, light fixture trims, and similar items. E. Acclimatize wall -covering materials by removing them from packaging in the installation areas not less than 24 hours before installation. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 09 72 00- 2 3.3 INSTALLATION OF WALL COVERING A. Comply with wall -covering manufacturers' written installation instructions applicable to products and applications indicated. B. Cut wall -covering strips in roll number sequence. Change the roll numbers at partition breaks and corners. C. Install strips in same order as cut from roll. D. Install wall covering without lifted or curling edges and without visible shrinkage. E. Match pattern 72 inches above the finish floor. F. Install seams vertical and plumb at least 6 inches from outside coWs and 3 inches from inside corners unless a change of pattern or color exists at comeo14zontal seams are not permitted. ♦ O G. Trim edges and seams for color uniformi rn mat ight closure. Butt seams without overlaps or gaps between stri H. Fully bond wall covering to sub . emov a' bes, wri sters, and other defects. 3.4 CLEANING A. Remove excess adh earn im t r edges dlace B. Use cleanin me oomme ed writin -co rin facturer. giz � g C. Replace stripa'cNnqcleaned. �� v► D. Reinstall hardware a ar re acces , electric s and covers, light fixture trims, and similar items. G � SECTION YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 09 72 00- 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. 1.4 SECTION 09 84 36 SOUND ABSORBING CEILING UNITS Section Includes: 1. Smooth, rectangular, channel mounted ceiling baffles. 2. Refer to drawings for dimensions, color, and installation placement Related Sections: I . Section 09 51 13 — Acoustical Cei ' s. `O 2. Section 09 21 16 — Gypsum Board blies. 3. Division 21 — Fire SuppressionG 4. Division 23 — Mechanic a s, vents her mec i items. 5. Division 26 — Electrical. and oth c ing mount trilcal items. SYSTEM DESCRIP Acoustical Perform uire 1. NRC (Noi tion effi t): Co AST �Oa. SUBMITT Comply with Sectioin 3Submi 1 ocedure#4,Z 1. 2. 3. iut Submittals: Comply ith ection Operating and Maintenance anual, Extra Material for Owner's stock. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) QUALITY ASSURANCE ? ie of panel including fire -resistive following: with Performance Requirements specified herein. specified panel for color selection or verification. 0177 00 — Closeout Procedures. including cleaning and maintenance instructions. A. Single Source Responsibility: Obtain panel units for entire Project from a single manufacturer. B. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firm with not less than Closeout Submittals: Comply with Section 5 years experience in manufacturing of products similar in complexity to those required for this Project. C. Installer's Qualifications:Firm with not less than 5 years' experience in direct apply, glue -up installation of acoustic products similar in complexity to those required for this Project, including specific requirements indicated. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 09 84 36- 1 Successfully completed not less than 5 comparable scale projects. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Comply with Section 01 60 00 — Product Requirements. B. Deliver and store materials flat in manufacturer's original unopened containers with brands, names, and production lot numbers clearly marked on these containers. C. Storage and Protection: Comply with manufacturer's recommendations. 1. Store products flat in a cool, temperature -humidity controlled space 2. Protect from damp, water soaked conditions, any possible damage. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements within buil ing: • 1. Keep panels flat, let WILLTEC ac roducts �i yate to controlled room temperatures prior to installation in order to chie best finis d ults. 2. Avoid extreme temperatures umidity 1 n dust; �sential to have rooms and substrates prepped clean ble fore sion . •0 1.7 SCHEDULING A. Do not install acoustings unti in plen �e ♦♦a is com �W `ested and approved. uni��� B. Do not install un ' intend fo *nstallatio een pro y leaned and prepped. 1.8 WARRAN a► A. Provide manufactur s ri4bCh warrant ection0 — Closeout Procedures. 1.9 MAINTENA G A. Extra Mate 'al : C 1. ver of le followin quan3ity of each type, color, surface, edge or pattern of • al, a clu iv mated e Qed to properly complete installation. 3 percen . Uolame 2. urnish Extra Materialslproduction run to verify color run. 3. Package replacement materials with protective covering, identified with appropriate labels. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products from the following manufacturer: pinta acoustic, inc. 2601 — 49th Ave. N., #400 Minneapolis, Minnesota 55430-3765 Telephone: 800-662-0032 toll -free customer service/technical support 612-355-4200 Fax: 612-355-4299 Website: www.pinta-acoustic.com YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 09 84 36- 2 E-mail: sales@pinta-acoustic.com Distributor: J.E. Allen Co. Rogers, AR. 479-631-7800 carlie@jeallenco.com B. Substitutions: Comply with Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 2.2 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Acoustical WILLTEC Sonex Linear Absorbers Flat, smooth surface: Acoustical foam baffle consisting of lightweight, open -cell WILLTEC foam core, with or without applied HPC finish surface. L WILLTEC foam physical properties 1. Density: 0.5 to 0.7 pounds per cubic foot (0.23 to 0.32 kg per m3� 2. Tensile Strength: 8 psi (0.06 MPa). 3. Flammability: Class 1 per ASTM E84. O a. Flame Spread: 1) Natural: 5. 2) HPC: 15. b. Smoke Density: ♦` �� 1) Natural: 50. �� ♦ 2 HPC: 1P.Sweet 4. Size/ Lengths: Re A-1 5. Panel Thickn : pical O 50 K�`` ` 6. Finish a panels m the f-1lowi I lon-co mish: a. ish: Re s et A V e), 7. Sound Absorpt'o oeffi( &nts• Type B a �ntings, ASTM C423-90a. (Natural) Frequenc z) 0 1,000 2,000 4,000 NRC 1-inc c e 0.13 0.25 0.85 0.96 0.95 0.65 1-1/2-in ickne 0.29 ` 3 0.94 0.97 0.89 0.75 2- h th knes .19 0.5 1.17 1.21 1.15 1.13 1.00 •` / 'nch t 'c ess. 0.19 1.15 1.21 1.14 1.2 1.05 nch thickness 0.WW 1.2 1.18 1.12 1.05 1.05 Acceptable Product: WIn6OF1 C Sonex Linear Absorbers smooth, flat `direct apply, glue -up' or suspended, wall, ceiling panels or baffles. 2.3 DIRECT APPLY ADHESIVE SYSTEM A. Adhesive: PA-04 polyurethane- based adhesive, for use with all WILLTEC products. 1. pinta acouSTIC PA-04 adhesive 10.6 oz. tube cartridges, 5-gallon bucket roll-on or approved substitute. B. Provide 1449.01 c-channels per manufacture/ installation details. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 09 84 36- 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verification of Conditions: Examine areas and conditions under which work is to be performed and identify conditions detrimental to proper and or timely completion; consult pinta acoustic 1. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prior to installing direct apply, wall or ceiling panels, make certain that substrate surfaces to which panels will be applied are smooth, clean and level; free of dust, dirt, anc oDther residues or contaminants which could inhibit a strong bond to develop. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Schedule On -Site Pre -installation meetin Archite op beginning installation B. Any discrepancies in Baffle place# n coordi ti fifth MEP rinklers, etc). shall be bought to the attention of the Architect, C. Comply with manufacturer' tions an end ' �� installation of acoustical panels: 1. Coordinate with ica1, elec c d fire c ng pipe fixture locations and spacing, etc., p d about r ceilin s. •► 2. Lay out patte e reflec c � drawin 3. Refer to u er's tte installa * n cti s,1QQpinta for any additional project speci S. 4. Cut a ive tubA e�6a%k to d e inch d' (6.4 mm) bead flow. 5. Use clean, thi it tton lov t andle p 6. Apply a esiv�jt p ed o ffle perm �er's recommendation and installation instructio less baf 1 nto Chi etallic/Rockfon 1449.01 c-channel and smooth even s hem t ens a stro 1 on d; adhesive tack should be immediate. 7. I sta 1 es h , positio an ane as indicated on project drawings. 3.4 C G • A. p using soap and Ovate use lean, soft water -dampened cotton rags to wet wipe and remove un anted adhesive from any a nt surfaces. Lightly brush or wet wipe `pat and dab' panel faces or edges to remove unwanted finger prints, dust or adhesive marks as soon as possible. B. Panel faces and edges may also be vacuumed using soft bristle brush attachments or lightly dusted using Swiffer® Dusters. C. Remove and reinstall improperly installed, damaged or discolored panels or ones that cannot be properly cleaned and install new material. END OF SECTION YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 09 84 36- 4 SECTION 09 90 00 PAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY: A. Painting and finishing of interior and exterior items and surfaces throughout the project, except as otherwise indicated. Provide field painting of hangers,*xposed steel (including galvanized and shop primed items), and iron work, o rimed metal surfaces and exposed -to -view prefinished metal surfaces of items r uired to match adjacent surfaces, and equipment installed under mechanical a> e trical work. Refer to those respective sections for painting re ents. PAt ch-up of pre -finished items as required to match original finish 1. For permanent tication c lu'dor p Nin1, smokestop partitions, horizontal exit rt s, it res, as re ated walls, provide signs or stenciling a orative gs and i aled aces. Note: Suggested wording" d Smok r-Prote pening AA •`B. Do not pai wish it xcept aabo 1.2 RELATED SP IFIED IN ECT�: A. Shop priming ��fe:Psubs tes ' primer- 05 1200. B. Gypsum Voint nishin • n 09 21 16. 1.3 SUBMI TA . Co Sectio 0 00. • A. Sche ubmit • e listing each material cross-referenced to the pecific paint an finis syst nd application. Identify by manufacturer's catalog number and general clas ' tion. B. Samples: Submit samples of finishes type and color on specified materials for verification. C. Product Data: For each type of product. Include preparation requirements and application instructions. 1.3 DELIVERY AND STORAGE: Deliver materials to the job site in original, new and unopened packages and containers bearing manufacturer's name and label. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 09 90 00- 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS: Sherwin Williams is specified. Equivalent paint products from Benjamin Moore, Pittsburgh, Farrell -Calhoun and Kwal/Comex are acceptable, or approved equal. 2.2 PAINT GENERAL: A. MPI Standards: Provide products that comply with MPI standards indicated and that are listed in its "MPI Approved Products List." 1. Provide products from manufacturer's professional or pr?mium quality line. ♦ OB. Material Compatibility: 1. Provide materials for A wi in each stem t t are compatible with one and er an bstrate i ed, and conditions of service an ication as riistratedb� manufacturer, based g and fi rience. ` 2. For each n a pain , provid r ucts re cb e ed in writing by inu 6 ptiers o o for use jR1 syst substrate 2.3 MATERIAL ee p 1� 3.5, OF TREATMENT for materials. Exterior finish oats 1 o tam mi cs. Gri the factory all exterior colors and interior deep tone cold s. S p imD01t s n permitt� A. Colo s iedule or sche c as selected by Architect, and subject to mod is i n on t at e Archit cretion. B. ♦ ni Metals: emi-g ss 2. Walls: Satin and Semi -Gloss, as specified/scheduled or if not specified/scheduled, location as directed by Architect. Ceilings: Flat, as specified/scheduled or if not specified/scheduled, location as directed by Architect. 4. Other: As specified/scheduled, or if not specified/scheduled, as directed by Architect. C. Provide in dry mil thickness recommended by manufacturer, and printed in manufacturer's system catalog, for type of finish specified/scheduled. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 09 90 00- 2 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION: Examine the areas and conditions under which painting work is to be performed. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Starting of painting work will be construed as acceptance of the surfaces within any particular areas. 3.2 SURFACE PREPARATION: A. Gypsum Wall Board: Joint treatment for gypsumboard is specified in Section 09 2100. Do not paint over gypsum wallboard work until taped joints are thoroughly dry. Verify nail heads and taped joints are sanded smooth and dust re prior to painting. B. Wood: Clean wood surfaces to be ' ted of all di other foreign substances with scrapers, mineral spirits, and sand e , as reqir andpaper smooth those surfaces exposed to view, and dust off Pr e, stain Jal wood required to be job painted immediately upon delive . rime e ds. facedxersides. and backsides of such wood, including ca ' ounter s, e knots, and apply a th' of whit c or application of the i coat. rimin€ surfaces with putt rb astic w 1 r. Sande Cementiti erials: chalk, t , grease, the al a of appropr to to I t and burning o th ish Ferro s: Tou Wir s , solve a a nized S fa 1 leum so vent Aluminum: Remove f spirits. 1Nd clean small, dry seasoned ended knot sealer, before an mperfections in finish *w1len%ried. painted by removing all, o remove glaze. Determine be painted by performing y alkaline to cause blistering application of paint. coats which have damaged or bare areas. the same primer as the shop coat. and surface contaminates with an acceptable non- before painting by washing with mineral G. Factory Primed Surfaces: Touch up of damaged primed finish with compatible product. Sand with 150 grit sandpaper to ensure smooth finish, or other as recommended by manufacturer. Wipe clean. 3.3 APPLICATION: A. Apply paint by brush, roller, spray, or other acceptable practice in accordance with the manufacturer's directions. Use brushes best suited for the type of material being applied. Use rollers of carpet, velvet back, or high pile sheep's wool as recommended by the manufacturer for material and texture required. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 09 90 00- 3 B. The number of coats and paint film thickness required is the same regardless of the application method. Do not apply succeeding coats until the previous coat has completely dried. Sand between each enamel or varnish coat application with fine sand paper, or rub surfaces with pumice stone where required to produce an even smooth surface in accordance with the coating manufacturer's directions. C. Apply additional coats when undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through the final coat of paint, until the paint film is of uniform finish, color and appearance. D. Give special attention to insure that all surfaces, including edges, corners, crevices, welds, and exposed fasteners receive a film thickness equivalent'& that of flat surfaces. 3.4 CLEAN-UP: Thoroughly clean all spots ears, spills, ve from the site all discarded paint materials, rubbish cans and rags at th f each 3.5 SCHEDULE OF PAINT T ENT er to Fjpi dule and Materials And Finishes Color Selections. O G Treatmentfto No. ca�V C) AIR Materials 1 Exterior Tnemec Ih Coati 6te:'RAt� s or field pa ting the mec system. 2 Other metal surfaces (factory finished, primed or pre -finished) including roof mounted units 3 Shop primed exterior cementitious wall 2 and soffit panels 3 Shop priming is specified under the respective metal section. 1st Coat: Recoatable epoxy primer 2nd & 3rd Coats: Epoxy 2 Clean and prime abraded spots as specified in metal sections and finish in 2 coats specified for adjoining surfaces. 11t and 2nd Coat: A-100 Exterior Latex, A6 Series. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 09 90 00- 4 4 Int. ferrous metal/galvanized metal Shop priming is specified under the respective metal section. 1st Coat: Pro-Cryl Universal Water Based Primer. 2nd & 3rd Coats: ProClassic Interior Waterborne Acrylic Enamel. 5 Int. gypsumboard, except as specified 3 1st Coat: Harmony Interior below Latex Primer 2nd & 3.t1 Coats: Harmony Inter* atex Finish 6 Int gypsumboard indicated to receive 3 a``t:``PrepRite 200 Interior epoxy coating x Primer •� �nd & d Coats: Pro Industrial Preca y d Epoxy; K45 Series 7 Int. wood, painted 3 oat: epRite Classic erior L Primer �(•J O �nd &J ats: Harmony Inte ' atex Finish. G 8 Int. wood stai d oo aVnis ii t oat: S-W Wood Classics 250 prefinished wo d d it Stain, A49-800 Series nd & 3rd Coats: S-W Wood G Classics Fast Dry Oil Base (�j Varnish, A66-300 Series � E ECTION G YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 09 90 00- 5 SECTION 10 14 53 SIGNAGE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY: Interior & Exterior building signage, complete. 1.2 1.3 A. Work includes, but not limited to the following: 1. Interior doors signage as indicated on drawings 2. Interior wall mount letters behind Control Desk 3. Exterior Acrylic Letters ( located on Front Masonry all B. Installation accessories. � O C. Refer to Floor Plan for signage locations 1?10 G SUBMITTALS: Comply wit 01 3 oo A. Product Data: Inclu c ction d materia dons dimensions of individual components files, an 1 B. Shop Drawings: members and other C. Samples: Provide selections for eac approval by 4ft t' through one source from a single B. Field Measurements: Where sizes of signs are determined by dimensions of surfaces on which they are installed, verify dimensions by field measurement before fabrication and indicate measurements on shop drawings. 1.4 COORDINATION: For signs anchored to permanent construction, advise installers of anchorage devices about specific requirements for placement of anchorage devices and similar items to be used for attaching signs. Provide templates for installation of anchorage devices. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 10 14 53- 1 PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 INTERIOR BUILDING SIGNAGE: 1) ASI Signage Innovations: 3D Form Signage is basis of design. Provide raised text/graphics, Grade 2 domed Braille, mounting tape; provide installation accessories as required by project conditions to complete necessary installation. A. General Interior Signage: RIDI-1.1 (Room Number & 1 insert). B. Unisex Restroom: RRID-UI with ISA. C. Submit samples in compliance with paragraph 1.2. C as elected by Architect. • 2) Wall Signage/ Letters at Control Desk: Bac annel ers sign ( base design) w/ Acrylic Face & aluminum sides/ returns • �^ A. Refer to sheet A-5.2 for di S. �� • O B. Final selection of fo �, & to a deter�y th wner. C. Provide electric er as ufor sig D. Provide b in wall as require 2.2 EXTERIOR BUIL `bGNAG 1) Cast Aluminum Lettv, Build�wrgc.tXor ( S levation) A. Ref to sh A-5 ension .` • B n ection nt & c • determined by the Architect. Architect shall eI t from full range of for finishes. C. Contractor shall provide mock-up/ stencil pattern on applicable wall surface for Architects approval prior to installation of letters. D. Provide all applicable anchors & installation materials. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 10 14 53- 2 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION: 3.2 3.3 A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of work. B. Examine supporting members to ensure that surfaces are at elevations indicated or required to comply with authorities having jurisdiction and are free from dire and other deleterious matter. , C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditis ve been corrected. O INSTALLATION: G A. General: Locate signage ♦ c ssorie icated, mounting methods oft es a roved on fi drawin Yp pp in cow an with manufacturer's written instru 1. Install el plu at hei h 'n � ated surfaces free from dirt i and o is in app 2. g Signage: unt charsing st rd mounting et ods c�uimended * writi ma r for character CLEANIN A OF SECTION condition of exposure blish character ►n, clean soiled sign surfaces Protect signs from damage until YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 10 14 53- 3 SECTION 10 22 39 OPERABLE PARTITIONS PART L GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Manually operated, individual panel operable parti ' Z's . 2. Manually operated, paired anel operable &rt`on . B. Related Sections include the folio n g 1. Division 5 Secti r rimary st support cl ing pre -punching of support member ctural s lier e op 'le partition supplier's pp �pA 4� p pp template. � 2. Divisio tions fo raming ports It 11 locking at head and jamb s quire 3.n 9 Section r wall a g fra at h ad and jambs. 1.2 QUALITY AS RA 4 ; A. Installer alioc ons: ex rienced i ho is certified in writing by the opera ion ma c , as ua e install the manufacturer's partition cyst s o work r i materia , , and extent to that indicated for this Project. B. c tical Pe o nce: Tes le partitions in an independent acoustical laboratory Gorda 'th ST t ocedure and classified in accordance with ASTM 13 to attain no ess t n th TC rating specified. Provide a complete and unedited written test report by the ' g laboratory upon request. C. Preparation of the opening shall conform to the criteria set forth per ASTM E557 "Standard Practice for Architectural Application and Installation of Operable Partitions." 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Material descriptions, construction details, finishes, installation details, and operating instructions for each type of operable partition, component, and accessory specified. B. Shop Drawings: Show location and extent of operable partitions. Include plans, sections, details, attachments to other construction, and accessories. Indicate dimensions, weights, conditions at openings, and at storage areas, and required installation, storage, and operating clearances. Indicate location and installation requirements for hardware and YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 10 22 39- 1 track, including floor tolerances required and direction of travel. Indicate blocking to be provided by others. C. Setting Drawings: Show imbedded items and cutouts required in other work, including support beam punching template. D. Samples: Color samples demonstrating full range of finishes available by architect. Verification samples will be available in same thickness and material indicated for the work. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Clearly mark packages and panels with numbering systems ed on Shop Drawings. Do not use permanent markings on panels. • B. Protect panels during delivery, sto and handli� ply with manufacturer's direction and as required to prevent mage. �' • 1.5 WARRANTY • A. Provide written warr anufac operab ons agreeing to repair or replace any comp ith ma g defe t B. Partition Wa nt period- `years fr of s C. Susp nqtem Warra Five (5 from d of s pment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS G 2.1 MANUFAC PR 6 'S AN T IONS /Y ij��` A. • ^face cep B. roducts: products: Subje Equivalent systems from Hufcor and Panelfold requirements, provide the following five (5) 1. Acousti-Seal Encore - Paired Panel: a. Manually operated paired panel operable partition. Paired flat panels b. Top supported with operable floor seals and automatic top seal. C. Final Closure (all panels): Horizontally expanding panel edge with removable crank YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 10 22 39- 2 2.3 PANEL CONSTRUCTION A. Nominal 4.25-inch (108mm) thick panels in manufacturer's standard 51-inch (1295mm) widths. All panel horizontal and vertical framing members fabricated from minimum 16- gage formed steel with overlapped and welded corners for rigidity. Top channel is reinforced to support suspension system components. Frame is designed so that full vertical edges of panels are of formed steel and provide concealed protection of the edges of the panel skin. B. Panel skin: Roll -formed steel wrapping around panel edge. Panel skins shall be lock formed and welded directly to the frame for unitized construction. Acoustical ratings of 54 STC. C. Hinges: Full leaf butt hinges, attached directly to the pan a e. Welded hinge anchor plates within panel shall further support hinge mour#ito me. Hinges mounted into panel edge or vertical astragal are ceptable. D. Panel Trim: No vertical orio i nta trim allo edges anels; minimal groove appearance at panel joint E. Panel Weight: 54 ST bs./squ 2.4 PANEL FINISH �� ♦ a► O A. Panel fini e factQlied, Cla ated mat 1 inish shall be reinforced vinyl �en backinghing no an 15 ces er lineal yard. Architect shall s ct rom n e of st a n actur i es. �1 B. Panel Trim: E p Ior: e ' e pane m o e consi �to be determined b �� Y Architect. 2.5 SOUND SE A. rtica erlo n S d Seals et n panels: Aluminum astragals, with tongue and ♦ e confi a n in each dge. Rigid plastic astragals are not acceptable. rizontal Top als s 1 1llodernfold SureSetTM automatic operable top seals, manually operated top vt required or permitted. C. Horizontal bottom floor seals shall be Modernfold SuresetTM SM2 Bottom Seal. Manually activated seals providing nominal 2" (51mm) operating clearance with an operating range of+ 0.50" (13mm) to -1.50" (38mm). Seal shall be operable from panel edge or face. Extended seal shall exert nominal 120 pounds (265 kg) downward force to the floor throughout operating range. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with ASTM E557, operable partition manufacturer's written installation instructions, Drawings and approved Shop Drawings. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 10 22 39- 3 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 B. Install operable partitions and accessories after other finishing operations, including painting have been completed. C. Match operable partitions by installing panels from marked packages in numbered sequence indicated on Shop Drawings. D. Broken, cracked, chipped, deformed or unmatched panels are not acceptable. CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean partition surfaces upon completing installation of operable partitions to remove dust, dirt, adhesives, and other foreign materials according to ma�facturer's written instructions. B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions in Z cceptable to the manufacturer and installer that ens erable pa e without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial mpletion. G ADJUSTING Adjust operable warp, excessive malfunction, thy parts. EXAMINAT A. Examin floorj^ with requirement of opera p*its, been cwTAcW. DEM free from binding, t, disruption, or and other moving FInstaller present, for compliance r conditions affecting performance after unsatisfactory conditions have procedures to Owner's representative. Manual to Owner's representative. END OF SECTION YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 10 22 39- 4 SECTION 10 2613 STAINLESS STEEL CORNER GUARDS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY: Surface -mounted, stainless steel corner guards.' 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER • O SECTIONS: A. Metal studs; Sectio 9 B. Gypsum 92116 Yp Board; � S 1.3 SUBMITTALS: Co ith requ is of Sect" 3 00. • A. Action Su i I. G 1. oduct --''t . Nuct a d etailed s�ittions for each system compe tt installatio esso r , including installation methods for rY g e lit y� subst te. 2. a p es fo ifi tion p submit the following samples, as proposed for s wor f e 1 ication f r, texture and pattern. `�/ • 2" (30 sample of each model specified including mounting and e. 3. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing locations, extent and installation details of corner guards. Show methods of attachment to adjoining construction. 4. Maintenance data for wall protection system components for inclusion in the operating and maintenance manuals specified in Division 1. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE: YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 10 2613 - 1 1.5 A. Installer qualifications: Engage an installer who has no less than 3 years experience in installation of systems similar in complexity to those required for this project. B. Manufacturer's qualifications: Not less than 5 years experience in the production of specified products and a record of successful in-service performance. C. 1. Code compliance: Assemblies should conform to all applicable codes including IBC, UBC, SBCCI, BOCA, Life Safety and CA 0 13 50. Fire performance characteristics: Provide enginegre ,wall protection system components with UL label indi that they cal to thosetested in accordance with ASTM E84 for ass 1 char r s listed below: ♦ ,�Flame spread: 25 or 1 ` ♦ �\ Smoke developed less tlbn un' ta been tested in TM components with D543. unopened original factory packaging clearly Store materials in orindamaged packaging in a cool, dry place out of direct sunlight and exposure to the elements. A minimum room temperature of 40°F (4°C) and a maximum of 100°F (38°C) should be maintained. C. Material must be stored flat. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS: A. Materials must be acclimated in an environment of 65°-75°F (18°-24°C) for at least 24 hours prior to beginning the installation. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 10 2613 - 2 B. Installation areas must be enclosed and weatherproofed before installation commences. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CORNER GUARD: Custom-made, surface -mounted w/ adhesive, stainless steel. A. CG: 1.5" x 1.5" surface -mounted corner guard. ' 1. Color: No. 4 - Brushe inish. `O 2. Height: Partial hei t (4 0") G 3. Clean edges S rrs and ' r ction♦s. O 2.2 FABRICATION A. Gene;6&bcate w rion s st -cOm 1� uirements Y P qinor desi�ension , fini an ber sizes. 1;�X PART 3 - EXECUTIfI 3.1 EXAMI C) A.6vie,::: icati o itions:E minim areas and conditions under which work is to be eforme a dentif ns detrimental to proper or timely completion. 1. Do not pro ed tiI unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface preparation: Prior to installation, clean substrate to remove dirt, debris and loose particles. Perform additional preparation procedures as required by manufacturer's instructions. B. Protection: Take all necessary steps to prevent damage to material during installation as required in manufacturer's installation instructions. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 10 2613 - 3 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install the work of this section in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, using only approved mounting hardware, and locating all components firmly into position, level and plumb. B. Temperature at the time of installation must be between 65°-75°F and be maintained for at least 48 hours after the installation. 3.4 CLEANING • A. General: Immediately upon completio stallation, ardsand accessories in accordance with manufacturer's recom ended clea ngNO ethod. B. Remove surplus materials, ru d deb ' sg fro 11 ion as work progresses and upon completion of w r • 3.5 PROTECTION • A. Prot ed ma 5rnial!pkoreve e by oth r es. Use materials e easily re ed with ing res or ermanent stains. "C4 I *, 6 O ECTIC�J► I G � G YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 10 2613 - 4 SECTION 10 28 13 TOILET ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY. Provide toilet accessories, complete. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTION ♦ A. Carpentry; Section 06 10 00, f king CJ andB. Plumbing; Division 22,E C. Bid Alternates, Divis 6nV3 00 1.3 SUBMITTALS: Com th Sec 3300. A. Produ ubmi tec ical data all ion tions for bath and toilet a B. Sho Dra ' �mit sho ra mgs sho ab bar installation Provide setting drawin s, n tions dir ions fo 'nation of anchorage devices in other g � g work. Cj V%0 1.4 JOB CO OF UJame toilet so locations with other work to avoid interce and toper o r ion and servicing of accessory units. PAR PRODUCTS Ci 2.1 MANUFACTURERS: Bobrick, Bradley and ASI as scheduled, or approved equal. 2.2 MATERIALS: A. Stainless Steel: ANSI Type 302/304, No. 4 finish, 22-gage minimum. B. Fasteners: Screws, bolts, and other devices of same material as accessory unit, or of galvanized steel where concealed. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 1028 13 - 2 2.3 ACCESSORIES: Refer to Sheet G00.2 for mounting heights. Refer to schedule on Sheet A-5.1 complete list of items. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION: I A. Install toilet accessory units in accordance with ma turer's instructions, using fasteners that are appropriate to substrate and reco by manufacture of unit. LC:P B. At grab bars strongly secure gs to king plate or by other accepted methods. C. Install units plumb a �L , firmly red in4o 4�nd at heights indicated, or if not indicated, a ed by A SECTI OD - G G � G YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 1028 13 - 2 SECTION 10 44 00 FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY: Provide fire -protection specialties, complete. Work includes: A. Fire extinguisher, bracket mounted in semi -recessed cabinets. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS - A. Gypsumboard walls; Section 09 21 16. • O ;jr1.3 SUBMITTALS: Comply with Sec 'on Z3 00. G • A. Product Data: Include ction materi criptions, dimensions of individual component 1 files, a es. • OW 1. Fire Exti rs: Inclu ag and c f tion.• (1 V 2. Fir ction ab� Incl ghing- �nsions, detail showing g metho0ations ' o box an trim surrounding construction, rdyiqe, cabinet t e, and an style. B. Samples: Sub it a es for ve ion for factory applied finish specified for cabinets, repaX n sa a 6" x 6' squar C. Mai e e ata: S mi or fire i ers and fire protection cabinets. 1.5 QU4 SU A. urce Limitati s: O ain extinguishers and fire -protection cabinets through one source from a single ma urer. B. NFPA Compliance: Fabricate and label fire extinguishers to comply with NFPA 10, "Portable Fire Extinguishers". C. Fire Extinguisher: Listed and labeled for type, rating, and classification by an independent testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1.6 COORDINATION: Coordinate size of fire -protection cabinets to ensure that type and capacity of fire extinguishers indicated are accommodated. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 10 44 00- 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES: Larsen's Manufacturing Company is specified; equivalent products from J. L. Industries and Potter Roemer are acceptable; or approved equal. MATERIALS: A. Cold -Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B with a 3/4" wide flange. B. Steel door: Enameled finish to match cabinet. C. Tempered Break Glass: ASTM C 1048, Kind FT, ConditiType I, Class 1, Quality q3; 1/4" thick. ♦ O FIRE EXTINGUISHERS: .G A. General: Provide fire ext' • . rs of 1. Instruction nclude 1A Appendix_ d bar `e% C ul in nomi ity, with m�-ammon� steel co ainer. CABINETS/BRA c9i: C) A. Cabi : C-24 U eo Se 'esl capac, cabinet indicated. . ,in complying with NFPA 10, gking firtinguisher location, ► • 11N Od, MP 4-A:60-B:C, 10 lb. dry chemical in enameled- "�.�"' abin ction: Re sse ; refer to Life Safety Plan for locations at Metal • all c s u c n. C. abinet Material: Alu ` n� D. Cabinet Trim Material: 3//44"/wide flange; same material and finish as door. E. Door Material: Aluminum F. Door Style: Full View G. Door Glazing: Clear Tempered Safety Glass. H. Door Hardware: Manufacturer's standard door -operating hardware of proper type for cabinet type, trim style, and door material and style indicated. 1. Provide manufacturer's standard projecting door pull and friction latch. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 10 44 00- 2 2. Provide continuous hinge, of same material and finish as trim, permitting door to open 180 degrees. I. Accessories: 1. Mounting Bracket: Manufacturer's standard steel, designed to secure fire extinguisher to cabinets and walls, of sizes required for types and capacities of fire extinguishers indicated, with plated or baked -enamel finish. 2. Cabinet Letters: "FIRE EXTINGUISHER" a. Diecut Lettering Color: Black ♦ O b. Diecut Letering St rtical. 3. Cabinet Identificat tering cW g with a ities having jurisdiction for 1 le, sizec , and to ♦` J. Finish: l . Manu hf's sta a013V;!d-acrylVit fori abinet. 2.5 FABRICATI A. Cabine Provid/� tl actur s to dard bo with trim, frame, door, and hardware to s t �bt type tri e, and d e indicated. 1. doints a d ooth. B. Cabi et ors: abri oors ace to manufacturer's standards, from materials rate and mWd with ca net types and trim styles selected. v► ♦� Fabrica door � i tubular stiles and rails and hollow -metal design, minimum 1/2" ick. 2. Miter and weld perimeter door frames. C. Cabinet Trim: Fabricate cabinet trim in one piece with corners mitered, welded, and ground smooth. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION: Verify that rough openings for cabinets are correctly sized and located. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 10 44 00- 3 3.2 INSTALLATION: A. Install in compliance with pertinent regulations and manufacturer's recommendations. B. Set top of cabinets and wall mounted extinguishers at height AFF as scheduled, and to meet ADA requirements. Anchor components fully in place. Indicate height on shop drawings. C. Determine approximate complete date of work. Inspect, charge and tag fire extinguishers at date not more than 10 days before or less than one day before actual completion of work. 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING: I� A. Remove temporary protective co rings and stri oms, if any, as fire -protection specialties are installed, unless oth indicate nufacturer's literature. B. Adjust fire -protection cat* rs to o ra easily ut binding. Verify that integral locking devices roperl C. On completion of fi ection c nstallatigc n int or and exterior surfaces as recommended 1�j�a facture . V D. Touch up nor wish or ace fir - ion ca ' tHat cannot be restored to facto - iriishA ppeara i Use o aterials nd cedures recommended or furnish dire- tection cabi rer. E. Replace fire- o c cabinets have be aged or have deteriorated beyond successfu repOl finis ouc up or simi r repair procedures. ND O VSTION G YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 10 44 00- 4 SECTION 1130 00 APPLIANCES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY: Appliances, complete. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONR1* A. Rough -in and connection for ' ' services I led equipment; Division 22 and Division 26 s tions. ♦ ,� �� B. Section 0123 00 Bi tes �� ♦ O 1.3 SUBMITTALS: Com 1 Secti 300. A. Product a. mit y f anufac a, inc llation, operating, and m ' cc instki S. B. Sh rawm,,�. b it sho r wi rify' l number, location, rough -in requireme �nmsh. C. Warr a • 1eubmit ted arrant . y 1.4 1.5 PART 2 - PRODUCTS to project site in manufacturer's appliances have been fully •anty. 2.1 MANUFACTURER: As specified on Drawings. 2.2 APPLIANCES: Quantity as indicated on drawings. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 11 30 00 - 1 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION: Install in compliance with pertinent regulations, manufacturer's recommendations and final shop drawings. A. Place appliances in final locations after finishes have been completed. Verify that clearances are adequate for proper operation of appliances. B. Verify that accessory items have been provided. C. Test appliances to verify proper operation. ake necessa t ents. G SECT �l ► �� O O G OD - G G � G YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 11 30 00 - 2 SECTION 12 24 00 SHADES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY. Manually operated room darkening roller shades, complete. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS: A. Rough Carpentry; Se ion 06 10 00. ♦ O 1.3 1.4 B. Gypsumboard; Sect'on 21 16. G ♦ �^ REFERENCES ` � `- ♦ A. ASTM G - dard Pra or Dete i si tance of Synthetic Poly aterial igi. B. NF -Nat' 1 rical Co e ` C. 01 -Fire s for Fl - sistant the and Films. `` SUBMIT TA S: C i!h Se 3300. (�� A. Pro uct anu ctur is data sh ach product to be used, incl 1. V Pre n structiow and►recommendations. dimensions of individual components, d operating instructions. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. 4. Mounting details and installation methods. 5. Typical wiring diagrams including integration of motor controllers with building management system, audiovisual and lighting control systems as applicable. B. Shop Drawings: Plans, elevations, sections, product details, installation details, operational clearances, and relationship to adjacent work. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 12 24 00 - 1 C. Window Treatment Schedule: For all roller shades. Use same room designations as indicated on the Drawings and include opening sizes and key to typical mounting details. D. Selection Samples: For each finish product specified, one set of shade cloth options and aluminum finish color samples representing manufacturer's full range of available colors and patterns. E. Verification Samples: For each finish product specified, on complete set of shade components, unassembled, demonstrating comp nce with specified requirements. Shadecloth sample and aluminum finis ple as selected. Mark face of material to indicate interior faces*` F. Maintenance Data: Methods maintaini shades, precautions regarding cleaning mite i s an method �uctions operating hardware and contr . 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANQ A. Manufacturer Qualif ! t ns: Obt ' e shades one ulceom a single 46 manufacturer with a mi oft s experi ma a Vg products comparable to those specified in i ion. B. Installer li is ti Ins aller tr ' e ifie �t manufacturer with a min um Vnn rs expe e mstalli ducts comparable to those specified in t Ctioll C. Fire-Tes ese Cha er :Pass 701 small and large-scale vertical u Mate r' ste shall be 1 to products proposed for use. D. % crobi rac erist� r wth' per ASTM G 21 results for fungi AT�, ATCC 9644, A CC 9 ,• 1 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver shades in factory -labeled packages, marked with manufacturer and product name, fire -test -response characteristics, and location of installation using same room designations indicated on Drawings and in the Window Treatment Schedule. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 12 24 00 - 2 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Install roller shades after finish work including painting is complete and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Roller Shade Hardware and Chain Warranty: Manufacturer's standard non -depreciating twenty-five year limited warranty. B. Standard Shadecloth: Manufacturer's dard twenty � warranty. C. Roller Shade Installation: One yea fro date of S to ial Completion, not including scaffolding, lifts o 'b ans to r h ccessiba s. � O PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MAN U oShad ms, Iproved equal. 2.2 SHADE TEM: ally Op# ed ade System. A. Mounting: Sur c m ted with 1. C to V e sele 11 ran nufactures standard colors B. Co ur on: ackout sh eclh covering all windows in each specified vAi ype. D. �Pdard Shadecloth: 1. Fabric: ThermoVeil Equinox 1000 Series, 1% Openness. 2. Color: As Selected by Architect. E. Shade Bands: Construction of shade band includes the fabric, the hem weight, hem - pocket, shade roller tube, and the attachment of the shade band to the roller tube. Sewn hems and open hem pockets are not acceptable. F. Hem Pockets and Hem Weights: Fabric hem pocket with RF-welded seams (including welded ends) and concealed hem weights. Hem weights shall be of appropriate size and YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 12 24 00 - 3 weight for shade band. Hem weight shall be continuous inside a sealed hem pocket. Hem pocket construction and hem weights shall be similar, for all shades within one room. G. Shade Band and Shade Roller Attachment: 1. Use extruded aluminum shade roller tube of a diameter and wall thickness required to support shade fabric without excessive deflection. Roller tubes less than 1.55 inch (39.37*WM) in diameter for manual shades are not acceptable. 2. Provide for positive mechanical engage 4i'fh drive / brake mechanism. `— c' 3. Provide for p4ps' ' mechanic a Z rent of de band to roller tube; shade call be �e ovable accable with a "snap-o as ff' spl' ting, aving to remove shade le from sh kets. 4. o g sp ' a not requ' of ad e esive tapes, es, an r ri ts. 5. nyd%bojj of att i g d band tube that requires the esive, a si tapes, and/or rivets are not acc ble. 2.3 SHADE AT10 G 41 A. Fabate s to y fill exi ing apenings from head to sill and jia�m(-t7jamb, un s ecificl ted otherwise. B. riccaate shadeclot to haogfl�ithout buckling or distortion. Fabricate ith heat -sealed trimmed o hang straight without curling or raveling. Fabricate unguided shadecloth to roll true and straight without shifting sideways more than 1/8 inch (3.18 mm) in either direction per 8 feet (2438 mm) of shade height due to warp distortion or weave design. Fabricate hem as follows: 1. Standard concealed hem bar. 2. Provide battens in standard shades as required to assure proper tracking and uniform rolling of the shadebands. Contractor shall be responsible for assuring the width -to -height (W:H) ratios shall not exceed manufacturer's standards or, in absence of such standards, shall be responsible for establishing appropriate standards to assure proper tracking and rolling of the YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 12 24 00 - 4 shadecloth within specified standards. Battens shall be roll -formed stainless steel or tempered steel, as required. 3. For railroaded shadebands, provide seams in railroaded multi -width shadebands as required to meet size requirements and in accordance with seam alignment as acceptable to Architect. Seams shall be properly located. Furnish battens in place of plain seams when the width, height, or weight of the shade exceeds manufacturer's standards. In absence of such standards, assure proper use of seams or battens as r*ired to, and assure the proper tracking of the railroaded multi -width sbands. 4. Provide battens for railroaded shades w i li-to-height (W:H) ratios meet or exceed turer's s s. In absence of manufacturer's Stan and be respo s le or proper use and placement of It assure e acking 91,11 of shadebands. 5. Blackout sha b ds, whe n side , shall have horizont unted, ed stai el or pered-steel batter ore th e (115 nter g�xt n ' g fully into t si an tt s all bAo ealec llv-colored colors in accordance manufactMeFs publis e ndards fspac'ing and requi t,, ` �► attens s roll fo o stainless steel or tempered steel an nave to match entour of the roller tube. Ba n pock self -colored fabric front and back RF led int th decloth. A self -color opaque liner shall be ��flQ rovi e t and back to eliminate any see through of the ` ba e that shall not exceed 1-1/2 inches (38.1 mm) high d b tally opaque. A see -through moire effect, which occurs ultiple layers of transparent fabrics, shall not be acceptable. 2.4 COMPONENTS: A. Access and Material Requirements: YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 12 24 00 - 5 i Provide shade hardware allowing for the removal of shade roller tube from brackets without removing hardware from opening and without requiring end or center supports to be removed. ii Provide shade hardware that allows for removal and re -mounting of the shade bands without having to remove the shade tube, drive or operating support brackets. iii Use only Delrin engineered plastics by DuPont fbtr all plastic components of shade hardware. Styrene �lastics, and /or B. Manual Operated Chain Drive ♦ Ift i Provide NN front, or KOO � ii vide capable will not be acceptable. land off�et(??l Napacity, allowing drive Kon-offr shade drive end shall fo tore change. f latioovable fascia, for Ub h regu%4.a,411or reve e l�'whi shallinstalled without l", ex sed fasteninj any ki iii o e sha e ha e syste lows for removable regular Va or re rse 11 fascias b unted continuously across two or more d ds with iring exposed fasteners of any kind. o s ade har warystem that allows for operation of multiple ♦ sh e band, anded shades) by a single chain operator, subject ` manuSk** ign criteria. Connectors shall be offset to assure first to the last shade band. 2. Provide shade hardware system that allows multi -banded manually operated shades to be capable of smooth operation when the axis is offset a maximum of 6 degrees on each side of the plane perpendicular to the radial line of the curve, for a 12 degrees total offset. 3. Provide positive mechanical engagement of drive mechanism to shade roller tube. Friction fit connectors for drive mechanism connection to shade roller tube are not acceptable YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 12 24 00 - 6 4. Provide shade hardware constructed of minimum 1/8-inch (3.18 mm) thick plated steel or heavier as required to support 150 percent of the full weight of each shade. 5. Drive Bracket / Brake Assembly: a. MechoShade Drive Bracket model M5 shall be fully integrated with all MechoShade accessories, including, but not limited to: SnapLoc fascia, room darkening side / sill channefs, center supports and connectors for multi -banded * a�s. b. MS drive sprocket rake asse rotate and be supported on a wel 3 8 inch ( m) steel pin. C. The brak an ov r . g clutc which disenga e op ercen the raft a owering of a shade. rake sh_/a]� and a p of 5 bs. (22 kg) in t ed positi ♦ d. e braki g m banism s pplied `impregnated hub onto which the systerr�i nted. of mpregnated hub design i� - — - - - - - I& - - - — ich assures a smooth, non - the shades. The assembly shall be eat the externally applied lubricated are not acceptable. ,ffall be fully mounted on the steel support ;ndent of the shade tube assembly, which may be without effecting the roller shade limit f. Drive Chain: #10 qualified stainless steel chain rated to 90 lb. (41 kg) minimum breaking strength. Nickel plate chain shall not be accepted. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 12 24 00 - 7 2.5 ACCESSORIES: A. Fascia: 1. Continuous removable extruded aluminum fascia that attaches to shade mounting brackets without the use of adhesives, magnetic strips, or exposed fasteners. 2. Fascia shall be able to be installed across two or more<�deIt in one piece. 3. Fascia shall fully conceal brac ade rollet♦ rric on the tube. 4. Provide bracket / fascip s where g conds expose outside of roller sha etps. 5. Notching of Fas manua hall not l�ptabl ✓, 6. Room Da Ch e V h nnel Co obese e y Arch ct. V PART 3 - EXECUTI ; J► 3.1 EXAMI l Vim" A. Do be tion until ubb have been properly prepared. .` subs eparati ♦ onsibility of another installer, notify Architect o unsat' fact preparation before proceeding. 3.2 PREPARATION: A. Clean surfaces thoroughly prior to installation. B. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions. 3.3 INSTALLATION: A. Install roller shades level, plumb, square, and true according to manufacturer's written instructions, and located so shade band is not closer than 2 inches to interior face of glass. Allow proper clearances for window operation hardware. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 12 24 00 - 8 B. Adjust and balance roller shades to operate smoothly, easily, safely, and free from binding or malfunction throughout entire operational range. C. Clean roller shade surfaces after installation, according to manufacturer's written instructions. D. Engage Installer to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate and maintain roller shade systems. 3.4 PROTECTION A. Protect installed products until completion of pr4je B. Touch-up, repair or replace da roduct� Substantial Completion. � �` SE 0 O G - G G � Ci YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 12 24 00 - 9 SECTION 211313 WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Pipes, fittings, and specialties. 2. Cover system for sprinkler piping. O 3. Specialty valves. ♦` 4. Sprinklers. 5. Manual control stations. 6. Pressure gages. ♦` ♦ \� 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS ION A. Product Data: For each Dp 1 oduct. B. Shop Drawintiagrams �qipe s inkl stems. 1. Includlevations, sections as ment S. 2. Includor uv�r, sig n�c n of w' 1.3 INFORMATIB ITTALC) A. Coordinati a ings: r kler ystems, o scale, on which items of other systems and equipm t ar own o inated ith ch other, using input from installers of the items involve D B. ion Data: NI T Lev a er. C. Design Data: Approved Sprinkler Piping Drawings: Working plans, prepared according to NFPA 13, that have been approved by authorities having jurisdiction, including hydraulic calculations if applicable. D. Field quality -control reports. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and maintenance data. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 211313 - 1 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Installer's responsibilities include designing, fabricating, and installing sprinkler systems and providing professional design services needed to assume engineering responsibility. Base calculations on results of fire -hydrant flow test. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 A. FO 2.2 A. B. C. D. E. F. G H. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS Sprinkler system equipment, specialties, accessories, the following: 1. NFPA 13. Standard -Pressure Piping Syst nent: Lim 1. Minimum Density for Apt c-Sprin . inc a. Light -Hazard cLl►ancy:0. over b. Ordinary-Hazar , roup 1 c ancy: 0 C. Ordinar aza , Groupp upancy 2. Maximum o c n Are er prinkler: c STEEL PIPErAD f b 9 Standard-Weig G#Rv ized- rnd lack -Ste installatjAariti testing shall comply with G �r 175-psi RNmum working pressure. ♦ Desi O 15 ft. ar ZSover 1 q. ft. area. m 0 q. ft. area. 4L. 1•� of ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B. Pipe ends ctory oVk-Stee ed tom ing method. Thinwa Galy zed- n XP'4�TM A 135/A 135M or ASTM A 795/A 795M, thread wit wall a less h chedule 30 and equal to or greater than Schedule 10. Pi ♦� ay b ory r field match joining method. S le 10, Black -Steel Pip • A M A 135/A 135M or ASTM A 795/A 795M, Schedule 10 in NP 5 and smaller; and NFPA - pecified wall thickness in NPS 6 to NPS 10, plain end. Galvanized- and Black -Steel Pipe Nipples: ASTM A 733, made of ASTM A 53/A 53M, standard -weight, seamless steel pipe with threaded ends. Galvanized- and Uncoated -Steel Couplings: ASTM A 865/A 865M, threaded. Malleable- or Ductile -Iron Unions: UL 860. Cast -Iron Flanges: ASME 16.1, Class 125. Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.5, Class 150. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 211313 - 2 2.3 CPVC PIPE AND FITTINGS A. CPVC Pipe: ASTM F 442/F 442M and UL 1821, SDR 13.5, for 175-psig rated pressure at 150 deg F, with plain ends. Include "LISTED" and "CPVC SPRINKLER PIPE" markings. B. CPVC Fittings: UL listed or FM Global approved, for 175-psig rated pressure at 150 deg F, socket type. Include "LISTED" and "CPVC SPRINKLER FITTING" markings. 1. NPS 3/4 to NPS 1-1/2: ASTM F 438 and UL 1821, Schedule 40, socket type. 2. NPS 2 to NPS 3: ASTM F 439 and UL 1821, Schedule 80, socket type. 3. CPVC-to-Metal Transition Fittings: CPVC, one piece, with dimensions equivalent to pipe; one end with threaded brass insert, and one socket end. 4. CPVC-to-Metal Transition Unions: CPVC, with dimensions equ,*alent to pipe; one end with threaded brass insert, and one socket end. 5. Flanges: CPVC, one or two pieces. C. Solvent Cements for Joining CPVC Jtkyng and STM F 493 solvent cement recommended by pipe and fitting manufa r and joining CPVC sprinkler pipe and fittings. Include cleaner or primer rec me ed by p' fitting manufacturer. D. Plastic Pipe -Flange Gasket an and T e and I,recommended by piping system manufacturer unless a Indic NV" E. Installer must have curr ification f mm manuf o instal IC piping or fittings. O ` 2.4 COVER SYSTE F PRIN ER IPING A. Description: tem of rt racke matect sprinkler piping. B. Brackets: Glass -rein nylon. C. Covers: Extr d C sec ' s agth, s nd size required for size and routing of p CPVC ipi . IV2.5 SP VAL A. L e n UL's "Fire Protection qui ent Directory" or FM Global's "Approval Guide." B. Specialty Valves Pressure Rating: 175-psig minimum. C. Body Material: Cast or ductile iron. D. Size: Same as connected piping. E. End Connections: Flanged or grooved. F. Alarm Valves: 1. Standard: UL 193. 2. Design: For horizontal or vertical installation. 3. Include trim sets for bypass, drain, electrical sprinkler alarm switch, pressure gages, and fill -line attachment with strainer. 4. Drip Cup Assembly: Pipe drain with check valve to main drain piping. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 211313 - 3 G. Automatic (Ball Drip) Drain Valves: 1. Standard: UL 1726. 2. Pressure Rating: 175-psig minimum. 3. Type: Automatic draining, ball check. 4. Size: NPS 3/4. 5. End Connections: Threaded. 2.6 SPRINKLER PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Branch Outlet Fittings: 1. Standard: UL 213. 2. Pressure Rating: 175-psig minimum. 3. Body Material: Ductile -iron housing with EPDM seals and b and nuts. 4. Type: Mechanical -tee and -cross fittings. l 5. Configurations: Snap -on and strapless, ductile -iron o^ ith branch outlets. 6. Size: Of dimension to fit onto spr' r main and i�l� et connections as required to match connected branch piping. 7. Branch Outlets: Grooved, plain nd pe, or th e . • B. Flow Detection and Test Asse � 1. Standard: UL's "Fire Pr cti Equip 4ectoiry'4Nlobal's "Approval Guide.' 2. Pressure Rating: 17-VN minimu 3. Body Material: C ��ii ductile-i n using w'e, Sig ss, and integral test valve. 4. Size: am n t i S Same a o ec e r% ` 5. Inlet and�9_ �»reade ,�or �c�000ved. c�V C. Branch Line to . a► 1. Standar : UL 2. Pressure Rati 7 sig. 3. Body Ma rial: s. 4. Size: Sa conne ' it 5. Inlet: e 6. Drain O t t: Thr capped` 7. B ch utlet: for spri ler. • D. spector st Fittin tandard: UL's " ire Pr ecti quipment Directory" or FM Global's "Approval Guide." 2. Pressure Rating: 175-ps nimum. 3. Body Material: Cast- or ductile -iron housing with sight glass. 4. Size: Same as connected piping. 5. Inlet and Outlet: Threaded. E. Flexible Sprinkler Hose Fittings: 1. Standard: UL 1474. 2. Type: Flexible hose for connection to sprinkler, and with bracket for connection to ceiling grid. 3. Pressure Rating: 175-psig minimum. 4. Size: Same as connected piping, for sprinkler. 2.7 SPRINKLERS A. Listed in UL's "Fire Protection Equipment Directory" or FM Global's "Approval Guide." YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 211313 - 4 B. Pressure Rating for Automatic Sprinklers: 175-psig minimum. C. Automatic Sprinklers with Heat -Responsive Element: 1. Early -Suppression, Fast -Response Applications: [UL 1767]. 2. Nonresidential Applications: [UL 199]. 3. Characteristics: Nominal 1/2-inch orifice with Discharge Coefficient K of 5.6, and for "Ordinary" temperature classification rating unless otherwise indicated or required by application. D. Sprinkler Finishes: Chrome plated. E. Sprinkler Escutcheons: Materials, types, and finishes for the folloong sprinkler mounting applications. Escutcheons for concealed, flush, and recessed-ty ;prinklers are specified with sprinklers. It F. Sprinkler Guards: ♦�0 1. Standard: UL 199. 2. Type: Wire cage with fastening evi for atta` sprinkler. ♦ V 2.8 PRESSURE GAGES �� O A. Standard: UL 393. � �� ♦ B. Dial Size: 3-1/2- to inch di et ` C. Pressure Gail e: 0 to 300 p g. D. Label: Include AT 'la on dial PART 3 - EXECUTIO G � 3.1 PIPIT TA LATI A. 0 115 and Arran ment ra lans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general to and arrangement of p ing. nstall piping as indicated on approved working plans. 1. Deviations from approved working plans for piping require written approval from authorities having jurisdiction. File written approval with Architect before deviating from approved working plans. 2. Coordinate layout and installation of sprinklers with other construction that penetrates ceilings, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, and partition assemblies. B. Piping Standard: Comply with NFPA 13 requirements for installation of sprinkler piping. C. Use listed fittings to make changes in direction, branch takeoffs from mains, and reductions in pipe sizes. D. Install grooved coupling adjacent to each valve in pipes NPS 2 and smaller. E. Install flanges, flange adapters, or couplings for grooved -end piping on valves, apparatus, and equipment having NPS 2-1/2 and larger end connections. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 211313 - 5 F. Install "Inspector's Test Connections" in sprinkler system piping, complete with shutoff valve, and sized and located according to NFPA 13. G. Install sprinkler piping with drains for complete system drainage. H. Install sprinkler control valves, test assemblies, and drain risers adjacent to standpipes when sprinkler piping is connected to standpipes. Install automatic (ball drip) drain valve at each check valve for fire -department connection, to drain piping between fire -department connection and check valve. Install drain piping to and spill over floor drain or to outside building. Install alarm devices in piping systems. K. Install hangers and supports for sprinkler system piping accor'1ig�to NFPA 13. Comply with requirements for hanger materials in NFPA 113. ♦`O`` L. Install pressure gages on riser or feed eachl'er test connection, and at top of each standpipe. Include pressure ga es with conn$co �ot less than NIPS 1/4 and with soft - metal seated globe valve, arra draining :ween g e d valve. Install gages to permit removal, and install wher re not reezi M. Fill sprinkler system piping th atere �` N. Install sleeves for i tceili , n floor O. Install sleeve se in c �alls nd9 p. P. Install escutc ons for i p�netrati s �'dtfs, ceili floors. 3.2 JOINT CONST CEO G(8'�' A. Install coup nn anges, flJngedlfittings, i nipples, and transition and special fittings that have finish and pressure ratings sa e or higher than system's pressure rating for aboegMd applica 'ounfess of e i indicated.vB. Q;Poved lin o� Ive in pipes NIPS 2 and smaller. C. Inst II flanges, flange adapters, couplings for grooved -end piping on valves, apparatus, and equipment having NPS 2-1/2 and larger end connections. D. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. E. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipes, tubes, and fittings before assembly. F. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material in size, type, and thickness suitable for water service. Join flanges with gasket and bolts according to ASME B31.9. G. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 211313 - 6 H IN L. M N 9 3.3 A. 3.4 A. B. C. D. 2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Twist -Locked Joints: Insert plain end of steel pipe into plain -end -pipe fitting. Rotate retainer lugs one -quarter turn or tighten retainer pin. Steel -Piping, Pressure -Sealed Joints: Join lightwall steel pipe and steel pressure -seal fittings with tools recommended by fitting manufacturer. Schedule 40 Steel -Piping, Cut -Grooved Joints: Cut square -edge groove in end of pipe according to AWWA C606. Assemble coupling with housing, gasket, lubricant, and bolts. Join steel pipe and grooved -end fittings according to AWWA C606 for steel -pipe joints. Steel -Piping, Roll -Grooved Joints: Roll rounded -edge groove end of pipe according to AWWA C606. Assemble coupling with housing, gasket, lubricanN bolts. Join steel pipe and grooved -end fittings according to AWWA C606 for steel -pipe ro d joints. Steel -Piping, Pressure -Sealed Joints: Joi c dule 5 �elrie and steel pressure -seal fittings with tools recommended by fitting ma ufac rer. Extruded -Tee Connections: F ♦ d in co t accor ASTM F 2014. Use tool designed for copper tube; dri o ole, for for outt le tube to form seating stop, and braze branch tube into I Dissimilar -Material P' ints: Marts usin rs coiith materials of both piping Ysystems. Plastic-Pipin t-Cement ts: Clea 1Qdry joi su aces. Join pipe and fittings according to t fo lowin h 1. Comply with S 402 sa andlin 11Ce of cleaners, primers, and solvent cements. pp� er. 2. CPVC Pi�Join ac i ASTM D 2846M Appendix. rr INSTA T1O OF YSTEMAR SPRINKLER PIPING Zsover system, rack cturer's "Installation M oEer components for sprinkler piping according to NFPA 13 for supports. VALVE AND SPECIALTIES INSTALLATION Install listed fire -protection valves, trim and drain valves, specialty valves and trim, controls, and specialties according to NFPA 13 and authorities having jurisdiction. Install listed fire -protection shutoff valves supervised open, located to control sources of water supply except from fire -department connections. Install permanent identification signs indicating portion of system controlled by each valve. Install check valve in each water -supply connection. Install backflow preventers instead of check valves in potable -water -supply sources. Specialty Valves: YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 211313 - 7 1. Install valves in vertical position for proper direction of flow, in main supply to system. 2. Install alarm valves with bypass check valve and retarding chamber drain -line connection. 3. Install deluge valves in vertical position, in proper direction of flow, and in main supply to deluge system. Install trim sets for drain, priming level, alarm connections, ball drip valves, pressure gages, priming chamber attachment, and fill -line attachment. 3.5 SPRINKLER INSTALLATION A. Install sprinklers in suspended ceilings in center of narrow dimension of acoustical ceiling panels. B. Install dry -type sprinklers with water supply from heated spa not install pendent or sidewall, wet -type sprinklers in areas subject to freezing. C. Install sprinklers into flexible, sprinkler h tings, and i 0a into bracket on ceiling grid. G 3.6 IDENTIFICATION ♦ J► A. Install labeling and pipe on eq and pi Qcording to requirements in NFPA 13. B. Identify system comp 1Sio!`wirin and towtew Is. ♦ V 3.7 FIELD QUA TROL A. Perform the f Ilowi es s nd ins io with tsistance of a factory -authorized service representat 1. Leak sPsexist.. er inst o arge sy nd test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until o " 2. T st an just n o d safe 'es. —lace damaged and malfunctioning controls and 1 �p 9 9 ment. 3. ♦ , test in ct sp r tems according to NFPA 13, "Systems Acceptance" apter. nergize circuits to ele ical quipment and devices. 5. Coordinate with fire-alar ts. Operate as required. 6. Coordinate with fire -pump tests. Operate as required. 7. Verify that equipment hose threads are same as local fire department equipment. B. Sprinkler piping system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. C. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.8 CLEANING A. Clean dirt and debris from sprinklers. B. Only sprinklers with their original factory finish are acceptable. Remove and replace any sprinklers that are painted or have any other finish than their original factory finish. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 211313 - 8 3.9 PIPING SCHEDULE A. Piping between Fire Department Connections and Check Valves: Galvanized, standard -weight steel pipe and fittings. B. Sprinkler specialty fittings may be used, downstream of control valves, instead of specified fittings. 3.10 A. FO SPRINKLER SCHEDULE Use sprinkler types in subparagraphs below for the following applications: 1. Rooms without Ceilings: Upright sprinklers. 2. Rooms with Suspended Ceilings: Pendent, recessed, f d concealed sprinklers as indicated. 3. Wall Mounting: Sidewall sprinklers Provide sprinkler types in subparagra hs b low with ' II indicat d. 1. Concealed Sprinklers: R ss, wit o painte over plate. 2. Flush Sprinklers: Brig e, with n hite es on. 3. Recessed Sprinklers. n t chrom right ch scutc on. 4. Upright, Penden idewall klers: C late in hed spaces exposed to view; roug in unf' i space pos t� wax coated where exposed to hemi�o er corro� es. END OF SECTION 2 YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 211313 - 9 SECTION 220719 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes insulating the following plumbing piping services: 1. Domestic hot-water piping. 2. Roof drains and rainwater leaders. 3. Supplies and drains for handicap -accessible lavatorien®s n�kks. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS C A. Product Data: For each type of indicate O 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Surface -Burning ristic Forlation ted m �s determined by testing identical pro ct c o ing to T E 84 b to tiTig ag cy a table to authorities having jurisdiction. abel insulation an a aterial adhesive, mastic, tapes, and cement mater I contain r itiNapproA41'i4e arki gs ble testing agency. 1. Insulation Ins 11 ndoo lam spread ' d of 25 or less, and smoke -developed index of or. PART 2 -PROD TS tK Ci 2.1 ION MATER LS ` A. Products shall not contain asbes os, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds. B. Products that come in contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride content of less than 50 ppm when tested according to ASTM C 871. C. Foam insulation materials shall not use CFC or HCFC blowing agents in the manufacturing process. D. Cellular Glass: Inorganic, incombustible, foamed or cellulated glass with annealed, rigid, hermetically sealed cells. E. Flexible Elastomeric Insulation: Closed -cell, sponge- or expanded -rubber materials. Comply with ASTM C 534, Type I for tubular materials. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 220719-1 2.2 INSULATING CEMENTS A. Mineral -Fiber, Hydraulic -Setting Insulating and Finishing Cement: Comply with ASTM C 449. 2.3 PROTECTIVE SHIELDING GUARDS A. Protective Shielding Pipe Covers: 1. Description: Manufactured plastic wraps for covering plumbing fixture hot- and Cold- water supplies and trap and drain piping. Comply with Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) requirements. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION ♦`O A. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry urfa s to rec sulatio Remove materials that will adversely affect insulation appli ��► B. Mix insulating cements withtable insulatin Qnts are to be in contact with stainless -steel surfaces, uslle�aineraliz �` 3.2 GENERAL INST N RE IR NITS A. Install insula rials accessories, in s with th, straight, and even surfaces; free of voids t oughout n#th of in in di g fit' ves, and specialties. B. Install insulation mat ri forms &ecipfod r rriers or et ers, jackets, and thicknesses required for each item of e�y em as in insul stem schedules. C. Install acc 4 s riLXs com t le 'th insu aterials and suitable for the service. Install access ies t do n c ro soften, or o rwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or d ry eta D. tInstall"'multiple Na- ulation with I gitudi e�i a top and bottom of horizontal runs. E. layers of insulatio ith longitudinal and end seams staggered. F. Do not weld brackets, clips, or other attachment devices to piping, fittings, and specialties. G. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing. H. Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer. Install insulation with least number of joints practical. Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet and dry film thicknesses. K. Install insulation with factory -applied jackets as follows: YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 220719-1 1. Draw jacket tight and smooth. 2. Cover circumferential joints with 3-inch- wide strips, of same material as insulation jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both edges of strip, spaced 4 inches o.c. 3. Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 1-1/2 inches. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at bottom of pipe. Clean and dry surface to receive self-sealing lap. Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge at [2 inches] o.c. a. For below -ambient services, apply vapor -barrier mastic over staples. 4. Cover joints and seams with tape, according to insulation material manufacturer's written instructions, to maintain vapor seal. 5. Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor -barrier mastic r seams and joints and at ends adjacent to pipe flanges and fittings. L. Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulatiofi r t n 75 percent of its nominal thickness. `V M. Finish installation with systems at +orati;��conditii pair joint separations and cracking due to thermal movement. • N. Repair damaged insulation by ap �nme fats terial over damaged areas. Extend patches at least 4 c s beyon ged are here, taple, and seal patches similar to butt joints. O •` 3.3 PENETRATION G A. Insulation In la ion a ri r Wall i n Pe t ns (That Are Not Fire Rated): Install insulatio con ' u I h5ugh d partitio B. Insulation Inst atic Fire ate Wall a ition Penetrations: Install insulation continuously thr penetr ' I Je-rated nd partitions. C. Insulati n In I ion a etrations: 1. �; nstal ' la contia s rough floor penetrations. 3.4 IN ALLATION OF CELLULA ASS INSULATION A. Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes: 1. Secure each layer of insulation to pipe with wire or bands and tighten bands without deforming insulation materials. 2. Where vapor barriers are indicated, seal longitudinal seams, end joints, and protrusions with vapor -barrier mastic and joint sealant. 3. For insulation with factory -applied jackets on above -ambient services, secure laps with outward clinched staples at 6 inches o.c. 4. For insulation with factory -applied jackets on below -ambient services, do not staple longitudinal tabs. Instead, secure tabs with additional adhesive as recommended by insulation material manufacturer and seal with vapor -barrier mastic and flashing sealant. B. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges: YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 220719-1 3.5 C FREE A. M C 1. Install preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. 2. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of pipe insulation. 3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of cellular -glass block insulation of same thickness as pipe insulation. 4. Install jacket material with manufacturer's recommended adhesive, overlap seams at least 1 inch, and seal joints with flashing sealant. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: 1. Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available. Secure according to manufacturer's written instruction 2. When preformed sections of insulation are not availably�install mitered sections of cellular -glass insulation. Secure insulation materials with vl�eIV bands. .`Insulation Installation on Valves and Pip cialties: 0 1. Install preformed sections of c ular lass ins o valve body. 2. Arrange insulation to pe \�hT ss top i and to valve operation without disturbing insulation. 3. Install insulation to flan a specifie o ge insLPpplication. co , zi 6 INSTALLATION OFF E ELA RIC IN N I Seal longitudinal a nd en 'oin with m rer's eco ded adhesive to eliminate openings in that allow p age of rface b ins lated. w Insulation Inst latio Pi Fl2nges. 1. Install pip in a ' n to o er d' meter of edge. 2. Make wid insulati same II width of flange and bolts, plus twice the thick e p pe ins do 3. Fill void etwe rcumferen flange insulation and outer circumference of 1 � g a�l#acen straiah aments kith cut sections of sheet insulation of same thickness ,L)pe ins W&tJ n.N ;cure insulaTrNto fly eliminate openings i 1leRl seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive n that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: 1. Install mitered sections of pipe insulation. 2. Secure insulation materials and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. D. Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties: 1. Install preformed valve covers manufactured of same material as pipe insulation when available. 2. When preformed valve covers are not available, install cut sections of pipe and sheet insulation to valve body. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. 3. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 220719-1 4. Secure insulation to valves and specialties and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. B. All insulation applications will be considered defective Work if sample inspection reveals noncompliance with requirements. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 220719-1 SECTION 221116 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Copper tube and fittings. 2. Transition fittings. O 3. Dielectric fittings. ♦` PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPING MATERIALS �� O A. Comply with requireme�Pipin e ule A �appliCa of pipe, tube, fitting materials, and •oinin lids fo p ci ervices c loc pipe sizes. B. Potable-wat p com i shall �iith N 1 NSF 61 Annex G. Plastic p c P piping comp all be marke with "N C. Comply with N F 37 fibead. �*v 2.2 COPPER T � FITTI G A. Hard C per e: A , Type L ndSTM B 88, Type M water tube, drawn temper. ♦ X B. S G�cer Tub M 88, T ASTM B 88, Type L water tube, annealed temper. C. Copper, Solder -Joint Fitt s: SME B16.18, pressure fittings. D. Wrought -Copper, Solder -Joint Fittings: ASME B16.22, wrought -copper pressure fittings. E. Bronze Flanges: ASME B16.24, Class 150, with solder -joint ends. F. Copper Unions: 1. MSS SP-123. 2. Cast -copper -alloy, hexagonal -stock body. 3. Ball-and-socket, metal -to -metal seating surfaces. 4. Solder -joint or threaded ends. G. Copper Pressure -Seal -Joint Fittings: YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 221116 - 1 1. Fittings for NPS 2 and Smaller: Wrought -copper fitting with EPDM-rubber, O-ring seal in each end. 2. Fittings for NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: Cast -bronze or wrought -copper fitting with EPDM- rubber, O-ring seal in each end. H. Copper Push -on -Joint Fittings: 1. Cast -copper fitting complying with ASME B16.18 or wrought -copper fitting complying with ASME B 16.22. 2. Stainless -steel teeth and EPDM-rubber, O-ring seal in each end instead of solder -joint ends. 2.3 TRANSITION FITTINGS A. General Requirements: ♦ O 1. Same size as pipes to be joined. 2. Pressure rating at least equalJ-Jqpip to be jo' 3. End connections compati I ipes to i B. Fitting -Type Transition Cou s anufa r iping c or specified piping system fitting. 2.4 DIELECTRIC FIT A. General Re ts: Assemb of co r y and rous materials with separating nonconductiv nsulatin erAl. Incl e n in ectio � atible with pipes to be joined. B. Dielectric Unions: 1. Stanclard'kASV 79. 2. Pressure g: 125 g urn a g F. 3. End o n ti ns: Sc er-j 'nt copp and threaded ferrous. PART 3-E 3.1 PIP G INSTALLATION G A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of domestic water piping. Indicated locations and arrangements are used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on coordination drawings. B. Install copper tubing under building slab according to CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook." C. Install shutoff valve, hose -end drain valve, strainer, pressure gage, and test tee with valve inside the building at each domestic water -service entrance. D. Install shutoff valve immediately upstream of each dielectric fitting. E. Install domestic water piping level and plumb. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 221116 - 2 F. Rough -in domestic water piping for water -meter installation according to utility company's requirements. G. Install piping concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building occupants unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. H. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. I. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal, and coordinate with other services occupying that space. J. Install piping to permit valve servicing. K. Install piping free of sags and bends. ♦ O L. Install fittings for changes in direction and n h Conn` M. Install unions in copper tubing t nnecti o ch piecquipment, machine, and specialty. � ♦`O N. Install pressure gages on ti and di piping fgfi plum 'ng pump and packaged booster pump. _J O ` 3.2 DIELECTRIC FI al, STAL TI A. Install dielectz ttings i p ' goat con c 'on issi I piping and tubing. 3.3 HANGER AND WPW INST LLA ION A. Support ve 'c ping an bin at baseach floor. B. Rods i , r may b r ce one i double -rod hangers, to a minimum of 3/8 inch. C. s ,ports for ve al co tuu e ery 10 feet. 3.4 CONNECTIONS A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. When installing piping adjacent to equipment and machines, allow space for service and maintenance. C. Connect domestic water piping to exterior water -service piping. Use transition fitting to join dissimilar piping materials. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following tests and inspections: YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 221116 - 3 Piping Inspections: a. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it has been inspected and approved by authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Piping Tests: a. Fill domestic water piping. Check components to determine that they are not air bound and that piping is full of water. b. Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit a separate report for each test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested. C. Leave new, altered, extended, or replaced domestic watpt piping uncovered and unconcealed until it has been tested and approved. Foxpose work that was covered or concealed before it was tested. d. Cap and subject piping to static water pres r 50 psig above operating pressure, without exceed'ingtvQssure ratin system materials. Isolate test source and allow it to staeVfTM four r eaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that m st b repaired e. Repair leaks and Af ith new to ' s, and rKNpiping or portion thereof until satisfactory re obtai f. Prepare reports fo to and fo ive actired. B. Domestic water piping wnsidere ive if it ``t pass t and inspections. C. Prepare test and ins ct n rep O 3.6 CLEANING a► A. Clean and disinfect t I ome wa iping Der n y Having Jurisdiction. B. Clean interior ofvs tic w syste ve dirt and debris as work progresses. END OF SECTI21 6 G YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 221116 - 4 SECTION 221316 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Cast-iron soil pipe and fittings. 2. PVC pipe and fittings. O PART 2 - PRODUCTS G 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREM A. Components and installat' s II be c f withstthe fo wing minimum working pressure unless otherwi ated: ♦ V 1. Soil, Waste nt Pi ng: of hea ter. 2.2 PIPING MAT IALS A. Piping materials shad abet, 0p, o other mkiof specified testing agency. 2.3 CAST -IRO S I PIPE FI INGS A. Pipe♦arlljttings: AS 74, Serv' S. B. ASTM C 564, ubber ` G C. Calking Materials: ASTM B 29, pure lead and oakum or hemp fiber. 2.4 PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Comply with NSF 14, "Plastics Piping Systems Components and Related Materials," for plastic piping components. Include marking with "NSF-dwv" for plastic drain, waste, and vent piping and "NSF -sewer" for plastic sewer piping. B. Solid -Wall PVC Pipe: ASTM D 2665, drain, waste, and vent. C. Cellular -Core PVC Pipe: ASTM F 891, Schedule 40. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 221316 - 1 D. PVC Socket Fittings: ASTM D 2665, made to ASTM D 3311, drain, waste, and vent patterns and to fit Schedule 40 pipe. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. 1. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe a#t calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations._^ 2. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layoue approved on coordination drawings. ♦ �` B. Install piping in concealed locations unles t erwise i c and except in equipment rooms and service areas. C. Install piping indicated to be ex nd pip e ipmen and service areas at right angles or parallel to buildin I Diagonr are pro unless specifically indicated otherwise. D' D. Install piping above 3c le ceilin w suff' ' s ace f ♦c' anel removal. E. Install piping to mve se ' in P p 9 �� F. Install piping indicate s e G. Install piping free of d be H. Install fitting orVnges in c nd bra nections. VVVV���� I. Make QQange dir i soil an ww e drainage and vent piping using appropriate bra c h en s, an -s eep b s. nitary tees a sho e4 ends may be used on vertical stacks if change in �-;Z$ik-raection of flow is from oriz tal to vertical. 2. Use long -turn, double Y- ch and 1/8-bend fittings if two fixtures are installed back to back or side by side with common drain pipe. a. Straight tees, elbows, and crosses may be used on vent lines. 3. Do not change direction of flow more than 90 degrees. 4. Use proper size of standard increasers and reducers if pipes of different sizes are connected. a. Reducing size of waste piping in direction of flow is prohibited. Lay buried building waste piping beginning at low point of each system. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 221316 - 2 1. Install true to grades and alignment indicated, with unbroken continuity of invert. Place hub ends of piping upstream. 2. Install required gaskets according to manufacturer's written instructions for use of lubricants, cements, and other installation requirements. 3. Maintain swab in piping and pull past each joint as completed. K. Install cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook," Chapter IV, "Installation of Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings." L. Install aboveground PVC piping according to ASTM D 2665. M. Plumbing Specialties: N O P Q 3.2 A. B. C. D. 3.3 A. 1. Install cleanouts at grade and extend to where building sadrains connect to building sanitary sewers in sanitary waste gravity -flow piping. 2. Install drains in sanitary waste gra ow piping. Do not enclose, cover, or put pipiJ int operati it it is inspected and approved by authorities having jurisdiction. • ,� Install sleeves for piping pen o of wall yi s, and f Install sleeve seals for p' netratioooncrete d slabs Install escutcheon ing p e r of wallsigs, a f` CONNECTIO Drawings indicate ge a rran nt o iping, fi n n specialties. Connect soil n ste i i 0 rior sa wera epiping. Use transition fitting to join pp g 9 1 dissimilar p i aerials. � .� 3. in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required sect atmospheric vent piping in but not smaller than required by authorities having jurisdiction. Plumbing Specialties: Connect waste and vent piping in sizes indicated, than required by plumbing code. sizes indicated, but not smaller Where installing piping adjacent to equipment, allow space for service and maintenance of equipment. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least 24 hours before inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 221316 - 3 1. Roughing -in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing -in after roughing -in and before setting fixtures. 2. Final Inspection: Arrange for final inspection by authorities having jurisdiction to observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements. B. Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass test or inspection, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection. C. Test sanitary waste and vent piping according to procedures of authorities having jurisdiction or, in absence of published procedures, as follows: 2. 3. 4. 3.4 C A. C B. Pi w C. PI D. JO Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired. Roughing -in Plumbing Test Procedure: Test waste a4Qnt piping except outside leaders on completion of roughing -in. O a. Close openings in piping sys nd fill wr to point of overflow, but not less than 10-foot head of wat r. � b. From 15 minutes 2f ection iiarto complgl�o�of inspection, water level must not drop. C. Inspect joints for k O Repair leaks and flt_ is with n !''�'��fenals st pi in portion thereof, until satisfactory resits are obtaine . %� Prepare repo fo tests d req,yiled corre i tion. SING A RR T O interior of pipi ove ' and ris as o �Cresses. 1*0 i /'_ END OF SECTION 221316 ;r of construction period to avoid clogging and construction work. at end of day and when work stops. by waste and vent piping installation. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 221316 - 4 SECTION 230100 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Piping materials and installation instructions common to m iping systems. 2. Dielectric fittings. 3. Vibration Isolators �`O 4. Mechanical sleeve seals. 0 5. Sleeves. 6. Escutcheons. 7. Grout. 8. Mechanical demolition. 9. Equipment installation Tents c PFn to equiections. 10. Concrete bases. 11. Supports and anc S. O 1.2 DEFINITIONS G A. Finished Spa s: Sp otter th e i all a �trical equipment rooms, furred spaces, pipe a d du a is nheate s immed V below roof, spaces above ceilings, unexcavated spaces, cr pacGed t els. B. Exposed, Int ri a Ilatio to A ors. Examples include finished occupied spaces anAi c nical a me rooms. C. Expose,�xtenor I i s: x d to view outdoors or subject to outdoor ambient 4uil S an the ondition ples include rooftop locations. D. led, Interior Installatio ncealed from view and protected from physical contact by ng occupants. Examples i de above ceilings and in duct shafts. E. Concealed, Exterior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from weather conditions and physical contact by building occupants but subject to outdoor ambient temperatures. Examples include installations within unheated shelters. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit for approval, Manufacturer's technical data sheets including performance specifications for all equipment and air devices shown on the schedules. Also, provide data on all system accessories and all materials. Include all piping, ductwork and insulation materials. Accessories to be submitted on shall include valves and all piping accessories, and all ductwork accessories including extractors, turning vanes, control dampers and balancing dampers. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 230100 - 1 B. Submit for approval, contractor's original shop drawings of all assemblies of manufactured items including control diagrams. Submit all items called out in individual sections, in addition to those called for in this section. C. Indicate all pertinent dimensions on scale drawings necessary for clarity and/or coordination of the installation between trades. D. Provide complete electrical wiring diagrams. E. Make submittals for all work contained in Division 15 at one time except by special permission. F. Bind submittals in durable covers with contents conveniently organized and properly indexed with index tabs. G. Obtain approval on product manufacturers not specifically nam n to making bidding. H. Each mechanical section contains a listi equired su only for convenience. I. Submit for approval a schedule of am fates anufactur is data sheets and shop drawings on special supports a �► J. Provide performance data o s stitute o demo equality to those scheduled. Include all sound levels, rp v city �am ata as a le. � K. Submit proposed ch ducts, I p ,and eq n layo 6kirdering or fabrication as stated below u nt. V G 1.4 INTENT OD A. It is intended that th c ctor ide omplet aerating mechanical system including all incidental it s jn conne ions ecessary per operation or customarily included even thoughgaid evernot be jd. B. The drbing�.,s Cate a e7Wl layou regllijrements for equipment, fixtures, piping, ductwork, etc. Fio t will v ed b&Stulfield conditions with all measurements verified at the oti4neer tor eri that a*nt, piping, ducts and other components will fit in the vided before brica ' og. Contractor shall submit any proposed changes to for approval bef fa ication or ordering. C. It is intended that the mechanical installation be safe, reliable, energy efficient, and easily maintained with adequate provisions allowed for access to equipment. D. It is intended that the mechanical system operate quietly with noise levels below the criteria recommended for the application by ASHRAE. Provide corrective action as required to reduce objectionable noise or vibration. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Steel Support Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code --Steel." B. Steel Pipe Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications." YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 230100 - 2 1. Comply with provisions in ASME B31 Series, "Code for Pressure Piping." 2. Certify that each welder has passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and that certification is current. C. Electrical Characteristics for Mechanical Equipment: Equipment of higher electrical characteristics may be furnished provided such proposed equipment is approved in writing and connecting electrical services, circuit breakers, and conduit sizes are appropriately modified. If minimum energy ratings or efficiencies are specified, equipment shall comply with requirements. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS A. Furnish only new standard products of a manufacturer r u r%�hgaged in the production of said products. B. Support all products by service o ani tions w' iiquate pare parts inventory and personnel located reasonably c site. C. Where multiple units of the a or cl '�roduct* fired, provide all units of the same manufacturer. 6 D. Store products in th i I contai r d snto nghelt a uitabment at an approved location. Make re cessi or ections ff�� . al[�yll�w E. For product ed by gene c referen e'll ndard, ect any product meeting such standard. F. For products specifi y aminy.one o ore prod r manufacturers, select any named. Submit requesNra ' for substit on of any or manufacturer not specifically named and obtain a least five work�g days bid date. G. Provide all in atio ort claim equality of product proposed for substitution. Substit is ill b idered onl i equivalent in quality, efficiency, performance, size, we' I' ility, ar ce, an# e maintenance to the specified product. H. e approved product s stit tions alter the design, space requirements, electrical req rements, connections, etc. ude all work necessary to provide a complete installation of quality equal to or better than that which would have been achieved with products or manufacturers as specified. 2.2 MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION A. Identify each major component as to manufacturer's name, address, model and serial number, and pertinent ratings on a durable nameplate attached to the component in a conspicuous place. B. Identify each major component as it is named on the drawings or referred to herein with engraved nameplates made from laminated plastic sheets. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 230100 - 3 C. Identify each valve, except obvious equipment isolation valves, with black filled coded numbers engraved on brass nametags attached with brass jack chains. Provide typewritten legend of numbered valves. D. Identify each pipe or exposed duct in equipment rooms or above accessible ceilings with permanent markers as manufactured by Seton. Indicate fluid conveyed and direction of flow. Install on each pipe or duct where it enters or leaves a wall or floor and at other intervals not to exceed 20 feet. E. Identify each major outdoor underground line with continuous strips of plastic utility marker tape as manufactured by Seton stating at regular intervals "CAUTION (identify utility) PIPE BELOW". Install one foot directly above pipe before backfilling to grade. 2.3 AIR FILTRATION 2.4 A. /0 M Filter media shall be blend of polypro e/polyethyl �Fs, multi -layered incorporating mechanical efficiency and apost-manufa a electric . The media shall be formed in a radial pleat design to ensure full utiliz tion f the m ia. When tested in accordance with ASHRAE standard 52.2-1999, t all have 'mum effi a reporting value (MERV) of 8. When tested in accordan SHR a rd 52. the filter shall have a dust spot efficiency of 25-30%, ar a e of 90- dam dust holding capacity of 170 grams. *61 VIBRATION IS R ` Double defl prene moun g shall h v inimu atic deflection of 0.35 inches. All metal surface shall be r e cov e corffS�� nd have friction pads both top and bottom so he not e bolte h oor. Bol(j�6s shall be provided for these areas where bolting is req it n e me uch ass ent sets and close coupled pumps, steel rails shall k u5pd ove t m ntings to sate for the overhang. Mountings shall be type ND or r pe DN acture son Industries. Spring pe i tors ree stands nd laterally stable without any housing and comple ith /4, n coustical riction pads between base plate and support. All mo�Ryt s hall v I ling bpl XIT must be rigidly bolted to the equipment. Spring s shall be n less t e compressed height of the spring at rated load. in shall have a minimu ad ti nal travel to solid equal to 50% of the rated deflection. Su ittals shall include sprin meters, deflections, compressed spring height and solid spring height. Mounting shall be type SLF as manufactured by Mason Industries. C. Vibration Hangers shall contain a steel spring and 0.3" deflection neoprene element in series. The neoprene element shall be molded with a rod isolation bushing that passes through the hanger box. Spring diameters and hanger box lower hole sizes shall be large enough to permit the hanger rod to swing through a 30 degree arc before contacting the hole and short circuiting the spring. Springs shall have a minimum additional travel to solid equal to 50% of the rated deflection. Hangers shall be type 30N as manufactured by Mason Industries. D. Install vibration isolators on all motor driven equipment. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 230100 - 4 2.5 PIPE, TUBE, AND FITTINGS A. Refer to individual Division 15 piping Sections for pipe, tube, and fitting materials and joining methods. B. Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1 for factory -threaded pipe and pipe fittings. 2.6 JOINING MATERIALS A. Refer to individual Division 15 piping Sections for special joining materials not listed below. B. Pipe -Flange Gasket Materials: ASME B16.21, nonmetallic, flat, Asbestos -free, 1/8-inch maximum thickness unless thickness or specific material is indica C. Plastic, Pipe -Flange Gasket, Bolts, and Nuts: Type as al recommended by piping system manufacturer, unless otherwise i ' ed, D. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, le d-fr alloys. e wate -flushable flux according to ASTM B 813. �► E. Brazing Filler Metals: AWSuP Ser' g1, uerwise indicated. F. Welding Filler Metals: with AW. 12. G. Solvent Cements ng PI tic P g: f /)► 1. ABS STM D 2235. 2. CPVC ping: A `� 3. 3. PVC Pip ng: 564. In a imer ac to ASTM F 656. 4. PVC to ABS i ransi ' AS D 313� 2.7 DIELECTR Il'fINGS G � A. Descri ombi i ng of r alloy and ferrous materials with threaded, solder- jo' , r wel k e d cones at match piping system materials. B. In I ing Material: Suitable f sy m fluid, pressure, and temperature. C. Dielectric Unions: Factory -fabricated, union assembly, for 250-psig minimum working pressure at 180 deg F. D. Dielectric Flanges: Factory -fabricated, companion -flange assembly, for 150- or 300-psig minimum working pressure as required to suit system pressures. E. Dielectric Couplings: Galvanized -steel coupling with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic lining; threaded ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F. F. Dielectric Nipples: Electroplated steel nipple with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic lining; plain, threaded, or grooved ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 230100 - 5 2.8 MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS A. Description: Modular sealing element unit, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between pipe and sleeve. B. Sealing Elements: EPDM interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type and number required for pipe material and size of pipe. C. Pressure Plates: Stainless steel. Include two for each sealing element. D. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Stainless steel of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. Include one for each sealing element. 2.9 SLEEVES A. Galvanized -Steel Sheet: 0.0239-inch um thick nd tube closed with welded longitudinal joint. B. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Type , Sched 4 galvaniz��Oin ends. C. Cast Iron: Cast or fabricate e" e o ductal ressure pipe, with lain ends p q pp p and integral waterstop, unl erwise d. D. PVC Pipe: ASTM D chedule p E. Molded PE: Re a , E, to ed up shap^1 sm th-o surface with nailing flange for attaching en forms. OD 2.10 ESCUTCHEONS A. Description: ctured eiling ons and floor plates, with an ID to closely fit around i Tube a dsul lion of piping and an OD that completely covers p �V �pp 9 P Y openin 2.11 1� ` A. Description: ASTM C 1107, Gra B, nonshrink and nonmetallic, dry hydraulic -cement grout. 1. Characteristics: Post -hardening, volume -adjusting, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous, and recommended for interior and exterior applications. 2. Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength. 3. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 MECHANICAL DEMOLITION A. Refer to Division 1 Sections "Cutting and Patching" and "Selective Demolition" for general demolition requirements and procedures. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 230100 - 6 B. Disconnect, demolish, and remove mechanical systems, equipment, and components indicated to be removed. 1. Piping to Be Removed: Remove portion of piping indicated to be removed and cap or plug remaining piping with same or compatible piping material. 2. Piping to Be Abandoned in Place: Drain piping and cap or plug piping with same or compatible piping material. 3. Ducts to Be Removed: Remove portion of ducts indicated to be removed and plug remaining ducts with same or compatible ductwork material. 4. Ducts to Be Abandoned in Place: Cap or plug ducts with same or compatible ductwork material. 5. Equipment to Be Removed: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment. 6. Equipment to Be Removed and Reinstalled: Disconnect and cW services and remove, clean, and store equipment; when appropriate, reinstall, re nnect, and make equipment operational. 7. Equipment to Be Removed and Salvaged: Disco�n� cap services and remove equipment and deliver to Owner. S C. If pipe, insulation, or equipment to ema;;jis daappearance or is unserviceable, remove damaged or unserviceabl ns and a with noducts of equal capacity and quality. � � ♦ O 3.2 MANUFACTURER'S DI �NNS A. Handle, install, on t, est, a p all prod sem a iki systems in accordance with manufactur snmen tion . B. In case of c is in r ire ents b e anufa ur 's directions and the Contract Documents, o ain s i i tr ction or proceedi q i any work. 3.3 WORKMANSHIlt)� G A. Keep t e re i s cle Une from de -irt etc. Upon completion of work clean and polish tur s, eq i tc. B. uctwork dun constr 'or ent construction dust from entering ductwork. C. Pe rm all work in accordance i best practices of the trade and provide a "neat" installation by mechanics skilled in their respective trades and properly licensed. D. Accurately install piping, ductwork and other equipment plumb, level and true to line with runs parallel or perpendicular to building lines. Make bends and offsets uniform. E. Do not cut any structural members without specific approval. Do not cut mechanical or electrical lines that may be concealed. F. Coordinate with other trade's work and install all work so that systems and components can be easily maintained and can be removed for replacement in the future. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 230100 - 7 3.4 FAN SHUTDOWN CONTROLS A. Provide fan shutdown control smoke detector in the return duct of units greater than 2000 cfm. The detector shall be installed prior to mixing with outside air. The smoke detectors shall shut down the respective unit. B. This building contains a fire alarm system, the smoke detectors shall be furnished by the fire alarm supplier. The smoke detectors shall also signal the fire alarm control panel. C. The mechanical contractor shall install the smoke detector in the ductwork as appropriate. The controls contractor shall provide a dry contact on the outside of each unit to shut the unit down. The fire alarm contractor shall wire the detector to the dry contacts and to his own system. Mechanical contractor shall provide the smoke detectors if they are pot provided by the fire alarm contractor. ♦ O3.5 PIPING SYSTEMS - COMMON REQUI NTS A. Install piping according to the followin req irement ivision 15 Sections specifying piping systems. • ,1� B. Drawing plans, schematics, AQ d' rams ig6c generat n and arrangement of piping systems. Indicated locations aJ arran ements were u size 6'eand calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and oth*r design co a ons.I piping as indicated unless deviations to I ut are approy�o�►Coordi awin ` C. Install piping in c locat is, ��nleess of Indic ted xcept in equipment rooms and service D. Install pipingriicat be x�posed p' g in a nt rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to! d g wa Dia al run a hibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. II E. Install pipin a oNccessi e c ings to \Apicient space for ceiling panel removal. F. Install to perm' rvicing. G. s ing at indica slop ` H. Inst I piping free of sags and b Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. Install piping to allow application of insulation. K. Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure. L. Install escutcheons for penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. M. Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls, gypsum -board partitions, and concrete floor and roof slabs. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 230100 - 8 N. Aboveground, Exterior -Wall Pipe Penetrations: Seal penetrations using sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. 1. Install steel pipe for sleeves smaller than 6 inches in diameter. 2. Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves 6 inches and larger in diameter. 3. Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installation: Select type and number of sealing elements required for pipe material and size. Position pipe in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between pipe and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal. O. Underground, Exterior -Wall Pipe Penetrations: Install cast-iron "wall jipes" for sleeves. Seal pipe penetrations using mechanical sleeve seals. Select slee4,<,ebo allow for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanicaleals. 1. Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installa Select t number of sealing elements required for pipe material and si ositio i n center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and i tall annula between pipe and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure pl tt ause se g ements and and make watertight seal. O P. Fire -Barrier Penetrations: i in indica rating of partiti s, ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal netratio irestop 1 Is. O. Verify final equipme to tions o g-in. ` R. Refer to eq - specificatio n other ns of a ecifications for roughing -in requirements. �► 3.6 PIPING JOINT V0N4f5V1eCTIOA. Join pipe ng s ac rdi to th f in requirements and Division 15 Sections 9 sped yi g pipi yste B. Read f pip qdes a&dris n4O burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. C. e scale, slag, dirt, a4from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before ass mbly. D. Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux, unless otherwise indicated, to tube end. Construct joints according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook," using lead- free solder alloy complying with ASTM B 32. E. Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," "Pipe and Tube" Chapter, using copper -phosphorus brazing filler metal complying with AWS A5.8. F. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal threading is specified. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 230100 - 9 2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds. G. Welded Joints: Construct joints according to AWS D10.12, using qualified processes and welding operators according to Part 1 "Quality Assurance" Article. H. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material, size, type, and thickness for service application. Install gasket concentrically positioned. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. Plastic Piping Solvent -Cement Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces. Join pipe and fittings according to the following: 1. Comply with ASTM F 402, for safe -handling practice of cleanP�6, primers, and solvent cements. 2. ABS Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2235 and ASTM1Appendixes. 3. CPVC Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2846/D 244E;Rerdix. 4. PVC Pressure Piping: Join schedklle.number ASV�� 5, PVC pipe and PVC socket fittings according to ASTM D 2672in otheh chedule-number PVC pipe and socket fittings according to AST D 855. v 5. PVC Nonpressure Piping- tJ ording t D 2855 6. PVC to ABS Nonpressur tion Fit ' in acco ASTM D 3138 Appendix. n` J. Plastic Pressure Piping Ga a oints: cording M D 3 39. K. Plastic Nonpressure askete Join a di to fi 12. L. PE Piping Heat us oints: Cle and dr su ace iping with clean cloth or paper towel cording to D�2ta. 1. Plain-E Pip d i ni�s: U tt sion. 2. Plain -End Pip a d ocket ting se soc a n. M. Fiberglass Bondoints: Pe ends i ings, apply adhesive, and join according to c pipe manuf rritten Utions. 3.7 PIP NEC S A. onnections according t the I owing, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Install unions, in piping NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to each valve and at final connection to each piece of equipment. 2. Install flanges, in piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger, adjacent to flanged valves and at final connection to each piece of equipment. 3. Dry Piping Systems: Install dielectric unions and flanges to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals. 4. Wet Piping Systems: Install dielectric coupling and nipple fittings to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals. 3.8 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION - COMMON REQUIREMENTS A. Install equipment to allow maximum possible headroom unless specific mounting heights are not indicated. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 230100 - 10 B. Install equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components in exposed interior spaces, unless otherwise indicated. C. Install mechanical equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components. Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference to other installations. Extend grease fittings to accessible locations. D. Install equipment to allow right of way for piping installed at required slope. 3.9 CONCRETE BASES A. Concrete Bases: Anchor equipment to concrete base according to eAipment manufacturer's written instructions and according to seismic codes at Project. ": 1. Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated# b n t`less than 4 inches larger in both directions than supported uni 2. Install dowel rods to connect c re a basehcrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated, install dowel rods on 18-ineh center d the full perimeter of the base. 3. Install epoxy -coated anclldr lSblts-for supp uipmenRk extend through concrete base, and anchor into struXural toncre r. 4. Place and secure angj pragtdevices upport94Oment manufacturer's setting drawings, templates dia%rams, in i ns, and �i�p Ons f fished with items to be embedded. ' 5. Install anchor levatio fired for er ttach er�t pported equipment. 6. Install anchor It accor t hor-bolt actur s written instructions. 7. Use 3000 si, day c pre sive-stre cret an reinforcement as specified in Divisi 3.10 GROUTING A. Mix and instalWas, forUncha cal equip ase bearing surfaces, pump and other equipment a and B. Clean s Ce that i to con a with grout. C. o 'Forms as requ d for & o grout. D. Avo air entrapment during pla ent of grout. E. Place grout, completely filling equipment bases. F. Place grout on concrete bases and provide smooth bearing surface for equipment. G. Place grout around anchors. H. Cure placed grout. 3.11 POST CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTALS A. Deliver special tools, lubricants, and other products necessary for proper operation and maintenance of the mechanical system. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 230100 - 11 B. Deliver spare parts called for under other mechanical sections contained herein or on drawings. C. Submit project record documents indicating all changes made during construction. D. Submit certificates of Final Inspection from the administrative authority. E. Submit Operations and Maintenance manuals covering all phases of equipment and systems provided. Include complete spare parts data. With a source of supply. Include a copy of the shop drawings required in the "Pre -Construction Submittals". F. Submit extended warranties in excess of the standard one year construction warranty where required by other mechanical sections. G. Submit Test, Adjust and Balance (TAB) report on approved recor rms. ♦ O3.12 INSTRUCTIONS TO OWNER A. Provide competent instruction to Ow is rsonneing oper tion and maintenance of all mechanical systems. Provide traini anufact rW4echnical representatives when required. 1 B. Make provisions to recordI ner in in vide4LiR, and ovide three sets of the video training the Owner�.� ;;;;;;,,,,,,JJJJJJ END OF SECTION 23010 G 1 4 - C� G G YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 230100 - 12 SECTION 230593 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Testing, adjustment, and balancing of air systems. 2. Measurement of final operating condition of HVAC systems. 3. Sound measurement of equipment operating conditions. 4. Vibration measurement of equipment operating conditions! B. Related Documents: The Contract Do nts, as deli a' ection 01110 - Summary of Work, apply to the Work of this Section. onal re nts and information necessary to complete the Work of this Section ma be and in o`f D cuments. ♦ V 1.2 REFERENCES A. Associated Air Balance 1. AABC - Nation 0 o B. National Envir n V er 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01330 1. Assurar a. tT 113 1.4 ♦ O (V -ds for y�for'jf� stem n ♦` B eau (NE VVV V Procedur submittals. 1 Indi cl�ncies in s�t�ffis that would prevent proper testing, adjusting, a .ng of s s ms and equipment to achieve specified performance. ♦ 2) S b draft c9 s eport for review prior to final acceptance of Project. ` ide fin r nclusion in operating and maintenance manuals. 3) Provide re orts n inder manuals, complete with index page and indexing 11:;� tabs, with identification at front and side. Include set of reduced drawings with air outlets and equipment identified to correspond with data sheets, and indicating thermostat locations. 4) Indicate data on AABC National Standards for Total System Balance forms. Certificates: Manufacturer's certificate that Products meet or exceed specified requirements. Qualification Documentation: Submit documentation of experience indicating compliance with specified qualification requirements. 103 Section 01780 -Closeout Submittals: Procedures for closeout submittals. 1. Project Record Documents: Accurately record the following: a. Actual locations of balancing valves and rough setting. QUALITY ASSURANCE YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 230593 - 1 A. Qualifications: 1. Company specializing in testing, adjusting, and balancing. Company to be certified by one of the following. a. AABC Certified Independent Testing and Balancing Agency. b. National Environmental Balancing Bureau Certified Independent Agency. (NEBB). B. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Reports: Use testing, adjusting, and balancing Agent's standard forms. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used.) PART 3 - EXECUTION `O 3.1 EXAMINATION ►G A. Verifythat systems are com le •` perabl o`�comme ork. Ensure the following Y p �L p ��V" g conditions: �► 1. Systems are started erating a and n�nditi 2. Temperature con tems are' s ed comp opera 3. Proper therm d prote in place I trical q t. 4. Final filters ar I n an II If requir all to edia in addition to final filters. 5. Duct re clean of ris. 6. Fans a ro ati g ectlyy 7. Fire an olu a p rKre i e d open. 8. Air coil fins ar cl an d an mb 9. Access d ors ff osed d d ct end cap place. 10. Air outletinstalle o ected. 11. Duct O r akage s mi 'mized. 3.2 PRIMP A ON A. i instruments required rrt�te��n , adjusting, and balancing operations. Make instruments av ble to ContractingOffice��flfcilitate spot checks during testing. p 9 9 B. Provide additional balancing instruments as required. 3.3 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES A. Air Handling Systems: Adjust to within plus or minus 5 percent of design for supply systems and plus or minus 10 percent of design for return and exhaust systems. B. Air Outlets and Inlets: Adjust total to within plus 10 percent and minus 5 percent of design to space. Adjust outlets and inlets in space to within plus or minus 10 percent of design. 3.4 ADJUSTING YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 230593 - 2 A. Ensure recorded data represents actual measured or observed conditions B. Permanently mark settings of valves, dampers, and other adjustment devices allowing settings to be restored. Set and lock memory stops. C. After adjustment, take measurements to verify balance has not been disrupted or that such disruption has been rectified. D. Leave systems in proper working order, replacing belt guards, closing access doors, closing doors to electrical switch boxes, and restoring thermostats to specified settings. E. F. 3.5 A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. At final inspection, recheck random selections of data recorded in report. Recheck points or areas as selected and witnessed by Contracting Officer. Check and adjust systems approximately six months after final &e%ance and submit report. 0 AIR SYSTEM PROCEDURE Adjust air handling and distributie ms to i required esign supply, return, and exhaust air quantities. Perfor ork wi o syste Nirgfizecl where applicable to obtain the extra resistance of w t c 'Is. • Make air quantity meas is in duc of tube a of ent' ross sectional area of duct.► O ` Measure air qua air inl an outlets. Adjust distrib tegyjo obtain un' r tem e to free from objectionable drafts p 1 and noise. *1 Use volume co trol e ' s to gul to air qua '�ly to extend that adjustments do not create objection 'air motiq�pd levels. t volume control by duct internal devices. w / _ /" n speeds. Provide drive changes required. al air quantities recorded at each outlet or Measure static air pressure conditions on air supply units, including filter and coil pressure drops, and total pressure across the fan. Make allowances for 50 percent loading of filters. Adjust outside air automatic dampers, outside air, return air, and exhaust dampers for design conditions. J. Measure temperature conditions across outside air, return air, and exhaust dampers to check leakage. END OF SECTION 230593 YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 230593 - 3 SECTION 230700 HVAC INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Insulation Materials: a. Cellular glass. ♦`O b. Flexible elastomeric. C. Foam/vinyl. d. Polystyrene. B. Systems Included: ♦` ♦ �� 1. Exterior duct wrap ins �� O 2. Refrigerant piping in a n. 3. Cooling condensinsulati�` ♦ O 1.2 SUBMITTAL G A. Product Data. ubmit f h4pe of s at n to be u 111 1.3 QUALITY ASS Alyce G A. Perform in II ti n in ac nc with MI mercial and Industrial Insulation Standards. B. Follow 6ufacturer' ctions on ive application, fastener spacing, etc. C. r fit -Response aract sic` nsulation and related materials shall have fire -test - re se characteristics indic d, s determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84, by a testing and inspecting age y acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, tapes, and cement material containers, with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 1. Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame -spread index of 25 or less, and smoke -developed index of 50 or less. 2. Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame -spread index of 75 or less, and smoke -developed index of 150 or less. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 INSULATION MATERIALS A. Flexible fiberglass exterior duct wrap equal to FRK-25. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 230700 - 1 1. K-Factor no greater than 0.3. 2. 3/4 pound density. 3. Foil reinforced kraft (FRK) vapor barrier. B. Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds. C. Products that come in contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride content of less than 50 ppm when tested according to ASTM C 871. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive iw�ti Remove materials that will adversely affect insulation application. B. Coordinate insulation installation 'th a trade i ling he it tracing. Comply with requirements for heat tracing th P o insul C. Mix insulating cements with ff� table insulating nts are to be in contact with stainless steel surfaces, u4<14 gineraliz ` 3.2 GENERAL INST N RE R NITS A. Install insula rials accessories, an in s with oth, straight, and even surfaces; free of voids rougho Ip�ngth ui e t an including fittings, valves, and specialties. B. Install insulatioWaVir,form va r barriers �ders, jackets, and thicknesses required for each iteme nt p stem ied in insulation system schedules. C. Install i ulati ith l i seams t to nd bottom of horizontal runs. D. In le la f in lationto 'tudinal and end seams staggered. E. weld brackets, clips, o the attachment devices to piping, fittings, and specialties. F. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing. G. Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer. H. Install insulation with least number of joints practical. I. Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor -barrier mastic. 1. Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments. 2. For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on anchor legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper and seal ends at attachment to structure with vapor -barrier mastic. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 230700 - 2 J. K. L. M ►1 O P. Q 3.3 A. 3.4 3. Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation material manufacturer. 4. Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation. Install shields over jacket, arranged to protect jacket from tear or puncture by hanger, support, and shield. Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet and dry film thicknesses. Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 percent of its nominal thickness. Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint Vparations and cracking due to thermal movement. Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same faci Cerial over damaged areas. Extend patches at least 4 inches beyo maged ar ere, staple, and seal patches similar to butt joints. For above ambient services, do insulati to 1. Vibration-cotrol devic e followi n O 2. Testing agency label a stamps. 3. Nameplates and tes. 4. Manholes. O � ♦` 5. Handholes. 6. Cleanouts� Provide alum seal joints we Ducts 18" u within duct All sup ly and r urn i with a u of 2" QUALITY CONTROL Perform tests and inspections. B. Tests and Inspections: �s above grade. Use rivets and %stance and fuel -burning heaters located rglass duct wrap. tJ%T`in any unconditioned space shall be insulated ity wrap. All insulation applications will be considered defective Work if sample inspection reveals noncompliance with requirements. INSULATION SCHEDULE A. Refer to the drawings. END OF SECTION 230700 YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 230700 - 3 SECTION 231123 FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Pipes, tubes, and fittings. 2. Piping specialties. O 3. Piping and tubing joining materials. 4. Manual gas shutoff valves. 5. Pressure regulators. 6. Dielectric unions. 1.2 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS �� O A. Operation and maintena a. O 1.3 QUALITY A SU G A. Steel Suppo Weldin// algicatio iy pro and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1. M, " btu Welding d Steel." B. Pipe Welding lifjoa ns: Q lify ocedure erators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Ve el e. C. Electric Co Went is and A ces ries: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a�q i d testing cy, and for intended location and application. PART 2 - P CTS G 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Minimum Operating -Pressure Ratings: 1. Piping and Valves: 100 psig minimum unless otherwise indicated. 2. Service Regulators: 100 psig minimum unless otherwise indicated. B. Natural -Gas System Pressure within Buildings: 0.5 psig. 2.2 PIPES, TUBES, AND FITTINGS A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, black steel, Schedule 40, Type E or S, Grade B. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 231123 - 1 1. Malleable -Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.3, Class 150, standard pattern. 2. Wrought -Steel Welding Fittings: ASTM A 234/A 234M for butt welding and socket welding. 3. Unions: ASME B16.39, Class 150, malleable iron with brass -to -iron seat, ground joint, and threaded ends. 4. Protective Coating for Underground Piping: Factory -applied, three -layer coating of epoxy, adhesive, and PE. a. Joint Cover Kits: Epoxy paint, adhesive, and heat -shrink PE sleeves. 2.3 PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Appliance Flexible Connectors: 1. Indoor, Fixed -Appliance Flexible Connectors: Comply it 1tlSI Z21.24. 2. Indoor, Movable -Appliance Flexibl nectors: C th ANSI Z21.69. 3. Outdoor, Appliance Flexible Conne rs. Comply t SI Z21.75. 4. Corrugated stainless -steel tubi wit polymer ,g. 5. Operating -Pressure Rati sig. 6. End Fittings: Zinc -coated 7. Threaded Ends: Comp it SME� O B. Y-Pattern Strainers: 6. 1. Body: AST 2 , Clas c on with over ttbm drain connection. 2. End Conn ti Threa de s for NP sm ler. 3. Strain : 40-mesh rtup straI d peri ed ainless-steel basket with 50 percen ee a ea 4. CWP R ing: p ig. 2.4 JOINING MATE S &41e A. Joint C ou nd T r natu as. pX B. Welt' r Me Co ply with 10.12/D10.12M for welding materials appropriate for mess and ch icaI a I t I pipe being welded. 2.5 MANUAL GAS SHUTOFF VALVES A. General Requirements for Metallic Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Comply with ASME B16.33. 1. CWP Rating: 125 psig. 2. Threaded Ends: Comply with ASME B1.20.1. 3. Dryseal Threads on Flare Ends: Comply with ASME B1.20.3. 4. Tamperproof Feature: Locking feature for valves indicated in "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles. 5. Listing: Listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for valves 1 inch and smaller. 6. Service Mark: Valves 1-1/4 inches to NPS 2 shall have initials "WOG" permanently marked on valve body. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 231123 - 2 2.6 PRESSURE REGULATORS A. General Requirements: 1. Single stage and suitable for natural gas. 2. Steel jacket and corrosion -resistant components. 3. Elevation compensator. 4. End Connections: Threaded for regulators NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller. 2.7 DIELECTRIC UNIONS A. Dielectric Unions: 1. Description: a. Standard: ASSE 1079. ♦ O b. Pressure Rating: 125 psig. C. End Connections: Solder-joi o per alloy�m_ readed ferrous. 2.8 LABELING AND IDENTIFYING ` ♦ �� A. Detectable Warning Tape: ci and al stant, P�warni tape manufactured for marking and identifying and ti , a mini 6 inch ide and 4 mils thick, continuously inscrib a de i f utilityyyi� etalli ased in a protective jacket for corrosio t tion, ect by metaKd�U►c or w n s buried up to 30 inches deep; colored y W. PART 3 -EXECUTION 1 00, 3.1 OUTDOOR PI INSTA I A. Comply with A 5 n ntern tion uel Gas Code for installation and purging of naturalpiping. B. s derground, n ral-g 1pii u ed at least 36 inches below finished grade. C. Inst II underground, PE, natura - s piping according to ASTM D 2774. D. Steel Piping with Protective Coating: 1. Apply joint cover kits to pipe after joining to cover, seal, and protect joints. 2. Repair damage to PE coating on pipe as recommended in writing by protective coating manufacturer. 3. Replace pipe having damaged PE coating with new pipe. E. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 231123 - 3 3.2 INDOOR PIPING INSTALLATION A. Comply with NFPA 54 and the International Fuel Gas Code for installation and purging of natural-gas piping. B. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements are used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings. C. D. E. F. G H. 1. J. K. L. M Arrange for pipe spaces, chases, slots, sleeves, and openings in building structure during progress of construction, to allow for mechanical installations. Install piping in concealed locations unless otherwise indicated ayi�except in equipment rooms and service areas. Z � Install piping indicated to be exposed an ing in equi i0coms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diag r7uns arr_ ' ited unless specifically indicated otherwise. Install piping above accessible to allo is t spa c iling panel removal. Locate valves for easy acc s Install natural-gas pidniform g aF 2 perc tow d sediment traps. Install piping fre f and b ds. Install fittings r c angelil5inktion ra c nne Verify final equipme I ions fGuns gh -in. Comply with re�-4mentsjMf1' spe f gas -fired appliances and equipment for where condensate may collect, including !rmit cleaning and emptying. Do not install tting with bottom outlet plugged or capped. Use nipple a minimum length of 3 pipe diameters, but not less than 3 inches (75 mm) long and same size as connected pipe. Install with space below bottom of drip to remove plug or cap. N. Extend relief vent connections for service regulators, line regulators, and overpressure protection devices to outdoors and terminate with weatherproof vent cap. O. Conceal pipe installations in walls, pipe spaces, utility spaces, above ceilings, below grade or floors, and in floor channels unless indicated to be exposed to view. P. Use eccentric reducer fittings to make reductions in pipe sizes. Install fittings with level side down. Q. Connect branch piping from top or side of horizontal piping. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 231123 - 4 R. Install unions in pipes NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to each valve, at final connection to each piece of equipment. S. Do not use natural-gas piping as grounding electrode. T. Install strainer on inlet of each line -pressure regulator and automatic or electrically operated valve. 3.3 VALVE INSTALLATION A. Install manual gas shutoff valve for each gas appliance ahead of corrugated stainless -steel tubing or copper connector. B. Install underground valves with valve boxes. • C. Install regulators and overpressure tion devic maintenance access space adequate for servicing and testing. D. Install anode for metallic valves ' ound P I O 3.4 CONNECTIONS A. Connect to utility's g accor i t Zili y s pr r s an q1�6knts. B. Install natur I- i elec ' al con s, slid b de as appliance equipment g 9 pP grounding c of the circuit poweri g iance ding to NFPA 70. C. Install piping a face as nces to w ervice ntenance of appliances. D. Connect piping avoli ces u ng nual ga valves and unions. Install valve within 72 inches E gas -fir a ' ce a ment. Install union between valve and appliances r q pment. E. Sedimaps: Instil i ng wi h4p, Vd nipple in bottom to form drip, as close as practical to ' Tad ch a INN' • 3.5 FIE D QUALITY CONTROL Ci A. Test, inspect, and purge natural gas according to NFPA 54 and authorities having jurisdiction. B. Natural-gas piping will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. C. Prepare test and inspection reports. END OF SECTION 231123 YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 231123 - 5 SECTION 233113 METAL DUCTWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes metal, rectangular ducts and fittings for supply, return, outside, and exhaust air -distribution systems in pressure classes from minus 2- to pl§ 10-inch wg. 1.2 SUBMITTALS `O A. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and ins anon deta'q etal ducts. V 1. Penetrations through fire other p o 2. Duct accessories, includi ss dooanels♦ O 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE C ` A. NFPA Complianc - �► G 1. NFPA 1tall ion of Air Con it' n nd Venbitioning Systems." 2. NFPA B, "Insta a A War i ing and Systems." PART 2 - PRODUCTS D G � � 2.1 SHEET SETA AT G � A. C h S A's "HVAi Construction Standards --Metal and Flexible" for le materials, ateri thic sses, and duct construction methods, unless otherwise in ed. Sheet metal mat ' Is hall be free of pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discolorations, and other imperfec ions. B. Galvanized Sheet Steel: Lock -forming quality; complying with ASTM A 653/A 653M and having G60 coating designation; ducts shall have mill-phosphatized finish for surfaces exposed to view. C. Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: Galvanized -steel reinforcement where installed on galvanized sheet metal ducts. D. Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, 1/4-inch minimum diameter for lengths 36 inches or less; 3/8-inch minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches. 2.2 SEALANT MATERIALS A. Joint and Seam Tape: 2 inches wide; glass -fiber -reinforced fabric. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 233113 - 1 B. Flange Gaskets: Butyl rubber or EPDM polymer with polyisobutylene plasticizer. 2.3 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Building Attachments: Concrete inserts, powder -actuated fasteners, or structural -steel fasteners appropriate for construction materials to which hangers are being attached. 1. Use powder -actuated concrete fasteners for standard -weight aggregate concretes or for slabs more than 4 inches thick. 2. Exception: Do not use powder -actuated concrete fasteners for lightweight -aggregate concretes or for slabs less than 4 inches thick. B. Hanger Materials: Galvanized sheet steel or threaded steel rod. 1. Hangers Installed in Corrosive Atmospheres: lie ro A(anized, all -thread rods or galvanized rods with threads paint th zinc-chr Wimer after installation. 2. Strap and Rod Sizes: Comply wi ACNA' Duct Construction Standards -- Metal and Flexible" for steel sh et witth and t Qs and for steel rod diameters. \3 C. Duct Attachments: Sheet met s, blin i ts, or self- metal screws; compatible with duct materials. D. Trapeze and Riser Sup alvaniz s �h� !hape tes jor 6igwith ASTM A 36/A 36M. O E. Gripple Cable H g tem f&Aiistributi w 2.4 RECTANGUL DU F B ICATIO A. Fabricate ductst else tran tion offsets, connections, and other construction according t NA' s A uct Co on Standards --Metal and Flexible" and complying i h equireme s 4 metal iss, reinforcing types and intervals, tie -rod applica ' ns, a oint e nterval . 1. ♦ s: F at ectan in lengths appropriate to reinforcement and rigidity ss required press cl eflection: Duct syst s all not exceed deflection limits according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Constructio ndards--Metal and Flexible." B. Transverse Joints: Prefabricated slide -on joints and components constructed using manufacturer's guidelines for material thickness, reinforcement size and spacing, and joint reinforcement. C. Formed -On Flanges: Construct according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards -- Metal and Flexible," Figure 1-4, using corner, bolt, cleat, and gasket details. D. Cross Breaking or Cross Beading: Cross break or cross bead duct sides 19 inches and larger and 0.0359 inch thick or less, with more than 10 sq. ft. of nonbraced panel area unless ducts are lined. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 233113 - 2 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 DUCT INSTALLATION A. Construct and install ducts according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards --Metal and Flexible," unless otherwise indicated. B. Install ducts with fewest possible joints. C. Install fabricated fittings for changes in directions, size, and shape and for connections. D. Install couplings tight to duct wall surface with a minimum of projecjtbns into duct. Secure couplings with sheet metal screws. Install screws at intervals of —hes, with a minimum of 3 screws in each coupling. E. Install ducts, unless otherwise indic vertically�•Qr�orizontally and parallel and perpendicular to building lines; avoid diag ITuns. �r G F. Install ducts close to walls, over tructio 1u ns, and Rkptructural and permanent enclosure elements of building. `O G. Install ducts with a clearan o inch, plk ance for( ion th' ness. H. Conceal ducts from inished Do c_ssee h ns in solid partitions unless specifically d. I. Coordinate th suspende ceiling e-d smo ontrol dampers, lighting layouts, and similar fin ed wor"Ob J. Seal all joints and se ply lant male a 1'fectors before insertion, and afterward to cover entire j 4 t V►d eet m tal s ews. K. Electrical u ripen Spa ute du oid passing through transformer vaults and p p 9 9 electric�equi nt snclosures. L. M N. 3.2 A. B. lid are exposeAto vie ulation with sheet metA by at least 1-1/2 inches. WVre ducts pass through interior partitions and exterior paces between construction openings and ducts or of same metal thickness as ducts. Overlap openings on Fire -Rated Partition Penetrations: Where ducts pass through interior partitions and exterior walls, install appropriately rated fire dampers, sleeves, and firestopping sealant. Fire and smoke dampers are specified in Division 23 Section "Duct Accessories." Protect duct interiors from the elements and foreign materials until building is enclosed. SEAM AND JOINT SEALING Seal duct seams and joints according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards -- Metal and Flexible" for duct pressure class indicated. Seal ducts before external insulation is applied. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 233113 - 3 3.3 HANGING AND SUPPORTING A. Support horizontal ducts within 24 inches of each elbow and within 48 inches of each branch intersection. B. Support vertical ducts at maximum intervals of 16 feet and at each floor. C. Install upper attachments to structures with an allowable load not exceeding one-fourth of failure (proof -test) load. D. Install concrete inserts before placing concrete. E. Install powder -actuated concrete fasteners after concrete is placed ando0ompletely cured. 1. Do not use powder -actuated concrete fasteners for light &Nggregate concretes or for slabs less than 4 inches thick. 3.4 CONNECTIONS G A. Make connections to equipmen xible c to s. ` �� O B. Comply with SMACNA's "H.I AD►Duct C ion Stan(Metal nd Flexible" for branch, outlet and inlet, and tern r ��it conne h —;JJ END OF SECTION 23 11 Cj - G V G � Cj YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 233113 - 4 SECTION 233300 DUCT ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Backdraft and Volume dampers. 2. Fire dampers (including ceiling fire dampers). O 3. Turning vanes. 4. Duct -mounting access doors. 5. Flexible connectors. 6. Flexible ducts. 7. Duct accessory hardwar 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Forth ing: 1. Backd aft d o me da e 2. Fire d 3. Turnin anes. 4. Duct-mo ntin 1pehsoors. 5. Flexible conn t s 6. Flexible �Ctsletail B. Shop Dra n e ip nt ass f and indicate dimensions, weights, required clearan es, m d of s m compo en and location and size of each field connection. 1. al fittiRAQ • nual-volume mper ' a i 3. ire -damper installation inc ing sleeves and duct -mounting access doors. 4. Wiring Diagrams: Power, nal, and control wiring. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with NFPA 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems," and NFPA 90B, "Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems." YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 233300 - 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 A. B. C. D. 2.2 A. 2.3 A. B L SHEET METAL MATERIALS Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards --Metal and Flexible" for acceptable materials, material thicknesses, and duct construction methods, unless otherwise indicated. Galvanized Sheet Steel: Lock -forming quality; complying with ASTM A 653/A 653M and having G60 coating designation; ducts shall have mill-phosphatized finish for surfaces exposed to view. Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: Galvanized -steel reinforcemAt where installed on galvanized sheet metal ducts; compatible materials for aluminum stainless -steel ducts. Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, 1/4-inch minimum diameter fp;�h 36 inches or less; 3/8-inch minimum diameter for lengths longer tha nches. N CG Description: Multiple-blad maximum 6-inch width, wi stop, steel ball bearings static pressure. ^ General Descrl damper blades position withou consistent with 2. 3. 4. 5. rI act ky�abriC67 Include locking Clq,duct pen !N&bala center -pivoted blades of embledttle-freesmanner with 90-degree nt devic {permit ;;ett�ng or varying differential R ardware and accessories. Stiffen Id single -blade dampers in a fixed damper components to seal duct Voll DaGltiple- r s1�gTe-blade, parallel- or opposed -blade design as tan and I e ting, wit kage outside airstream and suitable for horizontal or catio � �teel Frames: Hat-sh ed, galvanized sheet steel channels, minimum of 0.064 inch thick, with mitered and w d corners; frames with flanges where indicated for attaching to walls and flangeless frames where indicated for installing in ducts. Roll -Formed Steel Blades: 0.064-inch- thick, galvanized sheet steel. Blade Axles: Galvanized steel. Bearings: Molded synthetic. Tie Bars and Brackets: Galvanized steel. Jackshaft: 1-inch-diameter, galvanized -steel pipe rotating within pipe -bearing assembly mounted on supports at each mullion and at each end of multiple -damper assemblies. Length and Number of Mountings: Appropriate to connect linkage of each damper in multiple -damper assembly. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 233300 - 2 D. Damper Hardware: Zinc -plated, die-cast core with dial and handle made of 3/32-inch-thick zinc - plated steel, and a 3/4-inch hexagon locking nut. Include center hole to suit damper operating - rod size. Include elevated platform for insulated duct mounting. 2.4 FIRE DAMPERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Ruskin Company. 2. Nailor Industries. 3. United Enertech. B. Fire dampers shall be labeled according to UL 555. C. Fire Rating: 1-1/2 hours. D. Frame: Curtain type with blades inside earn; fabri� h roll -formed, 0.034-inch-thick galvanized steel; with mitered and interloc ' g orners.� E. Mounting Sleeve: Factory- or fi It d, galy e heet ste 1. Minimum Thickness: or 0.1 1 thick ated and of length to suit application. ` 2. Exceptions: O ve whe per fra th pgr direct attachment of perimeter mo gles on ide of wa r oor, d ess of damper frame complies wi e re p q e F. Mounting Or Vertical or rizontal a Rated. ww a► G. Blades: Roll- orme inter cKing, 47h-thic h-thic nized sheet steel. In place of interlocking blades, e u - engt .03 {ized-steel blade connectors. H. Horizontal Dam Includ k and i -steel closure spring. I. Fusible inks: plac deg F r ted 2.5 VANES ` A. Fab icate to comply with SMA s "HVAC Duct Construction Standards --Metal and Flexible" for vanes and vane runners. Vane runners shall automatically align vanes. B. Acoustic Turning Vanes: Fabricate airfoil -shaped aluminum extrusions with perforated faces and fibrous -glass fill. 2.6 DUCT -MOUNTING ACCESS DOORS A. General Description: Fabricate doors airtight and suitable for duct pressure class. B. Door: Double wall, duct mounting, and rectangular; fabricated of galvanized sheet metal with insulation fill and thickness as indicated for duct pressure class. Include vision panel where indicated. Include 1-by-1-inch butt or piano hinge and cam latches. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 233300 - 3 Frame: Galvanized sheet steel, with bend -over tabs and foam gaskets. C. Door: Double wall, duct mounting, and round; fabricated of galvanized sheet metal with insulation fill and 1-inch thickness. Include cam latches. Frame: Galvanized sheet steel, with spin -in notched frame. D. Seal around frame attachment to duct and door to frame with neoprene or foam rubber. E. Insulation: 1-inch- thick, fibrous -glass or polystyrene -foam board. 2.7 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS A. General Description: Flame-retardant or noncombustible f coatings, and adhesives complying with UL 181, Class 1. ♦ B. Flexible Connector Fabric: Glass fabric 1?'Ietcoated oprene. a' 1. Minimum Weight: 26 oz 2. Tensile Strength: 480�keO be wa d 0 Ibl/in e filling. 3. Service Temperature:pl �eg F. 2.8 FLEXIBLE DUCTS O A. Noninsulate -D ectors. 181 s �mu ' le rs of aluminum laminate supported b wound, spring-ste I 1. Pressur Rati 10-i h wg po a nd 1.0-i negative. 2. Maximum Air el c" y: 40 pm. 3. Tempera a e: Min s 2 o plus 21 B. Insulated- c nnecto s: UL 81, Cl ply vinyl film supported by helically wound, spring- eel wi , ibro - s sulatio , po ylene vapor barrier film. 1. ♦ ure -inch I and 1.0-inch wg negative. ximum Air V city: 0 3. emperature Range: us 0 to plus 160 deg F. C. Flexible Duct Clamps: Stainless -steel band with cadmium -plated hex screw to tighten band with a worm -gear action, in sizes 3 through 18 inches to suit duct size. 2.9 DUCT ACCESSORY HARDWARE A. Instrument Test Holes: Cast iron or cast aluminum to suit duct material, including screw cap and gasket. Size to allow insertion of pitot tube and other testing instruments and of length to suit duct insulation thickness. B. Adhesives: High strength, quick setting, neoprene based, waterproof, and resistant to gasoline and grease. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 233300 - 4 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION A. Install duct accessories according to applicable details in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards --Metal and Flexible" for metal ducts. B. Provide duct accessories of materials suited to duct materials; use galvanized -steel accessories in galvanized -steel, stainless -steel accessories in stainless -steel ducts, and aluminum accessories in aluminum ducts. C. Install backdraft dampers on exhaust fans or nearest to outside annd^d w*e indicated. D. Install volume dampers in ducts with liner; avoid damage to an s%n of duct liner. E. Provide balancing dampers at points on I , return, aust systems where branches lead from larger ducts as required for ai al ncing. %�15_ t a minimum of two duct widths from branch takeoff. v F. Install fire dampers, with fu ' s, ac g o ma ibrer's UL-approved written instructions. G. Install duct access doo Zrl ow for i ting, ad' and vna6ing accessories and terminal units as folio O 1. On both s sct coi 2. Down om volume pers an e ' ment. 3. Adjace to fire ort akEgarn ro n acc set or reinstall fusible links. 4. On side of d whe adequ I ance is ale. H. Install flexible cq�ne�lo immei&ation adjacent ,ment in ducts associated with fans and motorized eauiD supporiCd is rr�. Conne diffusWto to p s�k ducts withl�aximum 60-inch lengths of flexible duct clamped or 3tra in lace. o Liflexible ducts meta ct dhesive. 3.2 ADJUSTING A. Adjust duct accessories for proper settings. B. Adjust fire dampers for proper action. C. Final positioning of manual -volume dampers is specified in Division 23 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing." END OF SECTION 233300 YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 233300 - 5 SECTION 233713 AIR DIFFUSERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Rectangular and square ceiling diffusers. 2. Perforated diffusers. 3. Linear bar and linear slot diffusers. O 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS G A. Product Data: For each type of u J► �� PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 REFER TO AIR D SCH UL DRA PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION #* C) A. Install diffu r level an b. B. Ceiliognted Ou t nd Inlet ings indicate general arrangement of ducts, fittings, a ories. ou et a acations have been indicated to achieve design ents for air vo me, ise feria, airflow pattern, throw, and pressure drop. Make final to ' ns where indicated, a u as practical. For units installed in lay -in ceiling panels, locate units in the center of panel. Where architectural features or other items conflict with installation, notify Architect for a determination of final location. C. Install diffusers with airtight connections to ducts and to allow service and maintenance of dampers, air extractors, and fire dampers. 3.2 ADJUSTING A. After installation, adjust diffusers to air patterns indicated, or as directed, before starting air balancing. END OF SECTION 233713 YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 233713-1 SECTION 237416 PACKAGED, SMALL -CAPACITY, ROOFTOP AIR-CONDITIONING UNITS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes packaged, small -capacity, rooftop air-conditioning units (RTUs) with the following components and accessories: 1. Casings. 2. Fans. ♦`O 3. Motors. 4. Coils. 5. Refrigerant circuit component 6. Air filtration. ♦` ♦ �� 7. Gas furnaces. 8. Dampers. 9. Electrical power con Qct'lll�ns. 1. Controls. 11. Accessories. 12. Roof curbs. � �%► G V 1.2 ACTION SUB TTA S A. Product Data: For e h B. Shop Drawin s: C) 1. I lude ails e ui nt ass v. Indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required ances, m t ield is&e ly, components, and location and size of each field ♦ ction lude diagram for po 3 nd control wiring. Cj 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Sample warranty. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and maintenance data. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of RTUs that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 237416 - 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 DESCRIPTION A. AHRI Compliance: Comply with AHRI 210/240 for testing and rating energy efficiencies for RTUs. B. AMCA Compliance: 1. Comply with AMCA 11 and bear the AMCA-Certified Ratings Seal for air and sound performance according to AMCA 211 and AMCA 311. 2. Damper leakage tested according to AMCA 500-D. 3. Operating Limits: Classify according to AMCA 99. C. ASHRAE Compliance: 1. Comply with ASHRAE 15 for r iger tion syst ty. 2. Comply with ASHRAE 3 ds of to oling an ing coils. 3. Comply with applicable ments�Z RAE 6 ection 5 - "Systems and Equipment' and Secti onstru n Startup " D. ASHRAE/IES Com lia Om I h licab irem n ASHRAE/IES 90.1, P p Y pP � g E. F. 2.2 A. B. C. D. Section 6 - "Heating, ing, and i nditioni . ` NFPA Complian : ly wit FP 90A or OB. Electrical Co onents, ME*, and c s s. List �fabeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified t sting nd mar�gpi tended I #on and application. i-Wall Construction re tight for R-7 perfc Formed and reinforced double -wall insulated to internal parts and components, with joints 1-inch foam insulation and seal Exterior Casing Material: Galvanized steel with factory -painted finish, with pitched roof panels and knockouts with grommet seals for electrical and piping connections and lifting lugs. Inner Casing Fabrication Requirements: Inside Casing: G-90-coated galvanized steel, 0.034 inch thick. E. Casing Insulation and Adhesive: Comply with NFPA 90A or NFPA 90B. 1. Materials: ASTM C 1071, Type I. 2. Thickness: 1/2 inch. 3. Liner materials shall have airstream surface coated with erosion- and temperature - resistant coating or faced with a plain or coated fibrous mat or fabric. 4. Liner Adhesive: Comply with ASTM C 916, Type I. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 237416 - 2 F. Plastic Condensate Drain Pans: Fabricated using rigid heavy plastic polymer, a minimum of 2 inches deep, and complying with ASHRAE 62.1 for design and construction of drain pans. G. Airstream Surfaces: Surfaces in contact with the airstream shall comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1. 2.3 AIR FILTRATION A. Minimum arrestance and MERV according to ASHRAE 52.2. 2.4 GAS FURNACE ` A. Description: Factory assembled, piped, and wired; complyin h 74NS1 Z21.47/CSA 2.3 and NFPA 54. 1. CSA Approval: Designed and certifi by and be �el of CSA. B. Burners: Stainless steel. ♦ + J► 1. Fuel: Natural gas. 2. Ignition: Electron icallRo�ltrolled el ark or hrr ce ig ' er with flame sensor. �` C. Heat -Exchanger and an: S air es eel. ` D. Venting: Gra ity n E. Gas Valve T in: Singl - *fegul d re u d nt, gas valve assembly containing pilot solenoid v Ive, file pressur g tor, pill o ff, and manual shutoff. 2.5 ELECTRIC P R CO C S A. RTU s II ha a sin n tion of ow to unit with unit -mounted disconnect switch accgs . from a nit ontrol-circuit transformer with built-in overcurrent pr eel ♦ 2.6 AC ESSORIES G A. Electric heater with integral thermostat maintains minimum 50 deg F temperature in gas burner compartment. B. Duplex, 115-V, ground -fault -interrupter outlet with 15-A overcurrent protection. Include transformer if required. Outlet shall be energized even if the unit main disconnect is open. C. Remote potentiometer to adjust minimum economizer damper position. D. Safeties: 1. Smoke detector. 2. Condensate overflow switch. 3. Phase -loss protection. 4. High and low pressure control. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 237416 - 3 5. Gas furnace airflow -proving switch. E. Hail guards of galvanized steel, painted to match casing. F. Outdoor -air intake weather hood. G. Oil separator. 2.7 ROOF CURBS A. Materials: Galvanized steel with corrosion -protection coating, watertight gaskets, and factory - installed wood nailer; complying with NRCA standards. B. Curb Dimensions: Height of 14 inches. ♦ O PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 A. 3.2 A. G INSTALLATION ` ♦ �� Roof Curb: Install on roof s c re or co ase, levsecur Secure RTUs to upper curb rail, and secure cur o roof i with a bdits. 6 FIELD QUA T O OL G Tests and Ins ctions: OD *1 1. After installin s an ter a ctrical o V Y has been energized, test units for complian wi$ quirem ts. 2. Inspt forremo i bolts, and tie -down straps. 3. OpelionaI Test: r e ctrical er has been energized, start units to confirm per motor roti io a unit opei atio 4. ♦ and adju c tro and nts. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and ' ment. ♦ ill be considered defect 0ioes not pass tests and inspections. 3.3 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING A. Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months from date of Substantial Completion, provide on -site assistance in adjusting system to suit actual occupied conditions. Provide up to two visits to Project during other -than -normal occupancy hours for this purpose. B. After completing system installation and testing, adjusting, and balancing RTU and air - distribution systems, clean filter housings and install new filters. END OF SECTION 237416 YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 237416 - 4 SECTION 260500 GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Sleeves for raceways and cables. 2. Sleeve seals. O 3. Grout. 4. General electrical installation requ ts. G PRE -CONSTRUCTION SUBM J► �� Submit for approval ManufarAu ' technic sheets i performance specifications 9 for all equipment, major materials and o�ii�� nufactur s. O in approval on product manufacturers not specil�r IJ�r fnames ri td�making b�i s. Bind submittals in cove wittents co � tl o nd properly indexed. Y p p Y Make submi I work in DivisioAN n 2e, excq6 special permission. INTENT low nd operating electrical system including all �r operation or customarily included even :s for equipment, fixtures, conduit, devices, itions with all measurements verified at the C. Conduit and wiring shown on the drawings is diagrammatic unless otherwise noted, and is intended to indicate switching and branch circuit arrangements, phase balance, and general wiring connection requirements. D. It is intended that the electrical installation be safe, reliable, energy efficient and easily maintained with adequate provisions for access to equipment. E. It is intended that the electrical system operate with noise levels below the criteria recommended by NEMA. Provide corrective action to reduce objectionable hum or vibration. F. Isolated ground circuits as well as circuits serving non -linear loads and those serving ground fault circuit breakers must have their own neutral or isolated ground. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 260500 - 1 1.4 TEMPORARY LIGHTING AND POWER A. Provide general and task lighting for construction activity as required for adequate illumination. Provide 5 foot candles minimum for general illumination. Protect lamps with wire guards or tempered glass enclosures. Provide exterior type fixtures where exposed to weather or moisture. B. Provide general purpose outlets and special outlets for construction activities. Provide circuits of proper sizes and ratings for each use required. Install wiring where least exposed to damage. Provide rigid steel conduit to protect wiring on grade, floors or decks. C. Provide 20 amp, 4-gang receptacle outlets, equipped with ground fault circuit interrupters, reset button and pilot light, spaced so that a 100 foot extension cord can rear each area of work. D. Provide warning signs at outlets that are other than 20 amp, 120 It. +�O 1.5 COORDINATION 1;Z'** G A. The contractor is cautioned to e drawin n specific elating to other trades of work, and he shall make proper ns to r other `v�? B. The architectural, structure nivil pla pecifica l►vcludi the General Conditions and all supplements ism��lhereto, i r tion to an o pertinent documents issued by the Engin apart se spe ' i ti s a ompanying electrical plans, and shall b lied w' n y respe of th N included herewith, and shall be exami d II bid rs. Failure o ply hal relieve the contractor of responsibilit ed as a base or additi mpens du to omission of architectural, structural or c details thvlectrr PART 2 - PRODUCTS G 2.1 PROD CT R IRE A. All and ip nt used c ing out these specifications to be American made 1 proved othe ise b ei er and to be new and have UL listing, or listing by o r ecognized testing lab a when such listings are available. Specifications and dra ings indicate name, type, atalog numbers of materials and equipment to be used as standards. Proposals shall be based on these standards. Contractor may use materials and equipment equivalent to those specified, subject to Engineer approval. B. Furnish only new standard products of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the production of said products. C. Support all products by service organizations with spare parts inventory and personnel located reasonably close to the site. D. Where multiple units of the same type or class are required, provide all units of the same manufacturer. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 260500 - 2 2.2 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Store products in their original containers and shelter in a suitable environment. B. Make products readily available for inspections and inventory. 2.3 SUBSTITUTIONS A. For products specified by generic reference, select any product meeting such standard. B. For products specified by naming one or more products or manufacturers, select any named. Submit request in writing for substitution of any manufacturer not spec^ally named and obtain approval at least 5 days prior to bidding. C. Provide all information required to support claim of a ualit o r; act proposed for substitution. q pp q '� p p Substitutions will be considered only i ivalent in efficiency, performance, size, weight, reliability, appearance and ease Or ai tenanc_ afied product. D. Where approved substitutions 1f design, c require n electrical requirements, connections, cooling loads, etc �i1�t all w ce sary to a complete installation of quality equal to or better tha tained uct or rrAfturer specified. 2.4 SLEEVES FOR RA AND A. Steel Pipe Sleev : M A 5 5 Type e B, the 40, galvanized steel. B. Cast -Iron Pip leeves: t 4� fabri e "aa i p pe," nt to ductile -iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and i ra terstop, a otherwi ated. 2.5 SLEEVE S , C) A. Descri 'on: ular al ice, de i nn for field assembly, to fill annular space between g Y p sleeve raceway r e. aling Elemen : EP it r c ing links shaped to fit surface of cable or conduit. nclude type and numb re fired for material and size of raceway or cable. 2. Pressure Plates: Plastic. clude two for each sealing element. 3. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Stainless steel of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. Include one for each sealing element. 2.6 GROUT A. Nonmetallic, Shrinkage -Resistant Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory -packaged, nonmetallic aggregate grout, noncorrosive, nonstaining, mixed with water to consistency suitable for application and a 30-minute working time. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 260500 - 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1. B. Measure indicated mounting heights to bottom of unit for suspended items and to center of unit for wall -mounting items. C. Headroom Maintenance: If mounting heights or other location criteria are not indicated, arrange and install components and equipment to provide maximum possible headroom consistent with these requirements. D. Equipment: Install to facilitate service, maintenance, and rep r lacement of components of both electrical equipment and other nearby installation o nect in such a way as to facilitate future disconnecting with minim terference r items in the vicinity. E. Right of Way: Give to piping systems nsta d at a`r� slope. ♦ V 3.2 SLEEVE INSTALLATION F TRIC TRATI A. Electrical penetrations when r s, cabl uwway,�, trays, or busways penetrate concrete sl �dhcrete o y wall it -rate o6 wall assemblies. p � rY B. Concrete Slabs d s: Ins I s eves for a tion unle ore -drilled holes or formed openings ar stall sleeves urin a ti f slabs wa Is. *1 C. Use pipe sleev sun p n ration a g ent re i ctangular sleeved opening. D. Fire -Rated Ass bl' : nstall&1eevfor en;�I ltof fire -rated floor and wall assemblies ly►S punless open V patiblep syst are fabricated during construction of floor or wall.Ttoengt ��--C; \W._1 E. Cut sle o ting f u 'th both surfaces of walls. F. sleeves install in flo I s bove finished floor level. G. Size pipe sleeves to provide -inch annular clear space between sleeve and raceway or cable, unless indicated otherwise. H. Seal space outside of sleeves with grout for penetrations of concrete and masonry Promptly pack grout solidly between sleeve and wall so no voids remain. Tool exposed surfaces smooth; protect grout while curing. Interior Penetrations of Non -Fire -Rated Walls and Floors: Seal annular space between sleeve and raceway or cable, using joint sealant appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. Fire -Rated -Assembly Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at raceway and cable penetrations. Install sleeves and seal raceway and cable penetration sleeves with firestop materials. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 260500 - 4 K. Roof -Penetration Sleeves: Seal penetration of individual raceways and cables with flexible boot -type flashing units applied in coordination with roofing work. L. Aboveground, Exterior -Wall Penetrations: Seal penetrations using steel pipe sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. M. Underground, Exterior -Wall Penetrations: Install cast-iron pipe sleeves. Size sleeves to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between raceway or cable and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. 3.3 SLEEVE -SEAL INSTALLATION A. Install to seal exterior wall penetrations. B. Use type and number of sealing elemen ommended ufacturer for raceway or cable material and size. Position raceway or c i center s e. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space bet een in a and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause seali is to a nd make4QVight seal. 3.4 FIRESTOPPING A. Apply firestopping trations o e-rated nd mblies for electrical installations to res in fi -re cl sembl 3.5 MANUFACT ER'S DI TI NS A. Handle, install, con a test ope a all o and systems in accordance with manufacturer's seco datio I ase of c requirements between manufacturer's directions an cct doc ain ins before proceeding with work. 3.6 INSIDE�N A. rr with adminis tive rn r nspections of all work and obtain approval prior to c c ling or proceeding. Gi ad quate notice before concealing any work for inspections by Ow er's representatives. 3.7 CLEANING A. Keep premises free and clean of dirt, debris, etc. Upon completion of work clean and polish all fixtures, equipment, etc. 3.8 WORKMANSHIP A. No person shall perform electrical work without possessing a Master or Journeyman License from the state electrical examiner's board. All electrical work and apprentices shall be supervised by a Master or Journeyman electrician. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 260500 - 5 B. Carefully perform all cutting, drilling, digging, etc. and patch or refinish disturbed area to the condition of adjoining or similar surfaces. Do not cut any structural members. C. Conceal conduit in chases, furrings, or above ceilings unless otherwise noted. Flush mount equipment in finished walls wherever possible. 3.9 FLAME AND SMOKE CONSIDERATIONS A. In enclosures or plenums used for transporting environmental air, use only products conforming to NFPA and UL classifications not exceeding 25 for flame spread and 50 for smoke developed ratings, or install in conduit. This requirement applies to all materials. B. Completely seal all penetrations through fire and/or smoke rats, ceilings, floors or other barriers with UL listed material to preserve the rating of the barrO 3.10 COORDINATION G A. Coordinate the electrical work i ork of h trades. i or equipment requiring slope or specific mounting hei ave riw over and other products whose elevation can be changed. � 3.11 EQUIPMENT CONN S O A. Make all required 1 t al con o s to ea i f eq ' me own or specified including equipment f y Owner, and make o r al. 3.12 PROTECTION RREEQ I %ENT A. Locate exist' I lines a d and pr ring excavation and installation. B. Protect II w incl n b ing fini hes gainst damage due to dirt, water, chemicals, hanTin , eft, etc. I a peni onduit and equipment during installation. C. arning devic arou II s d "live" parts or high temperature surfaces. 3.13 PAINTING A. Paint conduit, equipment, etc. exposed in finished areas to match adjacent surfaces. Touch up scratches in factory finished surfaces with a paint to match. B. All exposed exterior conduit and equipment shall be painted for a uniform appearance. If exposed through grilles or other openings, paint conduit flat black. C. Paint plywood backboards used for mounting equipment. 3.14 TESTING AND ADJUSTING A. Test the completed electrical system and prove free of short circuits, poor connections, and improper grounding. Test all systems to assure safe operation. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 260500 - 6 B. Verify proper taps on motors and transformers for rated performance. 3.15 POST CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTALS A. Submit project record documents indicating all changes to contract documents made during construction. B. Submit certificates of final inspection from administrative authority or manufacturer. C. Deliver all special tools and spare parts necessary for proper operation and maintenance and as called for in other electrical sections. D. Submit operations and maintenance (O&M) manuals covering phases of equipment and systems provided. Include complete spare parts data and co f anufacturing data sheets and shop drawings required in pre -construction submittals*` E. Submit extended warranties required in a ss of one r:W F. Assemble all closeout docume rical sy 3-ring b'm d! with divider tabs labeled and properly indexed. Submit t er of s quir�d Irchitect. C`3.16 � INSTRUCTIONS TO O �� + A. Provide compete tion t he er's pers cover' ration and maintenance of all electrical to Pr 'de special' l�fstru 'on manufacturer's technical 9 representati equired. 0 3.17 USE OF EQUIPME A. The contrac of us anent system for construction activity except by s ecial er i idh. If r 'tted the con r use of an equipment shall not reduce the P p p � Y warran time cifie r n uipme t. 3.18 R14L WARRAN ` A. Warrant the electrical installatio against defects for a period of one year from the date of substantial completion in accordance with Architect's specifications. Provide all labor, replacement parts, services, transportation and incidental costs necessary for proper operation of electrical systems during the warranty period. Make good any damage to the building or grounds or other equipment resulting from defects in products and/or workmanship during the warranty period. END OF SECTION 260500 YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 260500 - 7 SECTION 260519 LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Copper building wire rated 600 V or less. 2. Metal -clad cable, Type MC, rated 600 V or less is not a except for 6-foot whips to light fixtures. ♦� 3. Connectors, splices, and terminati 11? ted 600 V G PART 2 - PRODUCTS ♦ + ,�► 2.1 COPPER BUILDING WIRE A. Description: Flexible ed a ni ated, d copper rrying conductor with an overall insulati orja et, h, rate or les V B. Standards: 1. Listed and la efined in P 70, by ied testing agency, and marked for intended location use. 2. RoHS co 1114 . 3. Cond o d Cablar Comp ire and cable marking according to UL's "Wir a J able r11' g d Appli uide." C. Conu : Copper, c p yi g wit M B 3 for bare annealed copper and with ASTM B 8 fo t cond s. D. C ctor Insulation: 1. Type NM: Comply with UL 83 and UL 719. 2. Type THHN and Type THWN-2: Comply with UL 83. 3. Type THW and Type THW-2: Comply with NEMA WC-70/ICEA S-95-658 and UL 83. 4. Type XHHW-2: Comply with UL 44. 2.2 METAL -CLAD CABLE, TYPE MC A. Description: A factory assembly of one or more current -carrying insulated conductors in an overall metallic sheath. B. Limited to 6-foot lengths at final connection to light fixtures. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 260519 - 1 2.3 CONNECTORS AND SPLICES A. Description: Factory -fabricated connectors, splices, and lugs of size, ampacity rating, material, type, and class for application and service indicated; listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and use. B. Jacketed Cable Connectors: For steel and aluminum jacketed cables, zinc die-cast with set screws, designed to connect conductors specified in this Section. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONDUCTOR MATERIAL APPLICATIONS A. Feeders: Copper; solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stran4e fo 8 AWG and larger. B. Feeders: Copper for feeders No. 4 A and large . in one of two "Branch Circuits" paragraphs below. C. Power -Limited Fire Alarm and olid f AW� Iler. 1� rB� 3.2 INSTALLATION OF CO ORS AN ` LES ♦ V A. Conceal cables in wall ceil' and flooss of indicated. v B. Complete ra tallation between c n tend cabl mination points. C. Use manufact rer-a `ve ulling c o d or lu ii where necessary; compound used must not deteriorat c uctor insu ion. Do exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum pullin erylFo ands ew pressure D. Use pulling inclu in fish ape, ca, and basket -weave wire/cable grips, that will not da ge c s or c a . ` E. In ♦ ed c p Ilel arl rp dicular to surfaces of exposed structural members, surface con urs w r p I . 3.3 CONNECTIONS A. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque - tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A-486B. B. Wiring at Outlets: Install conductor at each outlet, with at least 6 inches of slack. 3.4 SLEEVE AND SLEEVE -SEAL INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS A. Install sleeves and sleeve seals at penetrations of exterior floor and wall assemblies. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 260519 - 2 3.5 FIRESTOPPING A. Apply firestopping to electrical penetrations of fire -rated floor and wall assemblies to restore original fire -resistance rating of assembly. END OF SECTION 260519 YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 260519 - 3 SECTION 260526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes grounding and bonding systems and equipment. 1.2 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS ♦ O A. Operation and maintenance data. G 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. TestingAgency QualificatioSked b O 9 Y KV Y e) PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 A. B. 2.2 A. G SYSTEM D O Electrical Compone s, es, and ories: �LdT nd labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testin g y, an rke or intend V ation and application. Comply wit lVir gro in bo di atErials and equipment. C04DRS i7 Conductors: oppDit �r cable insulated for 600 V unless otherwise required by ap ' ble Code or authoritiescwviirk jurisdiction. B. Bare Copper Conductors: Solid Conductors: ASTM B 3. 2.3 CONNECTORS A. Listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for applications in which used and for specific types, sizes, and combinations of conductors and other items connected. B. Welded Connectors: Exothermic -welding kits of types recommended by kit manufacturer for materials being joined and installation conditions. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 260526 - 1 C. Bus -Bar Connectors: Mechanical type, cast silicon bronze, solderless compression -type wire terminals, and long -barrel, two -bolt connection to ground bus bar. D. Beam Clamps: Mechanical type, terminal, ground wire access from four directions, with dual, tin-plated or silicon bronze bolts. E. Cable -to -Cable Connectors: Compression type, copper or copper alloy. F. Cable Tray Ground Clamp: Mechanical type, zinc -plated malleable iron. G. Conduit Hubs: Mechanical type, terminal with threaded hub. H. Ground Rod Clamps: Mechanical type, copper or copper alloy. I. Water Pipe Clamps: 1. Mechanical type, two pieces with lated or sr -steel bolts. a. Listed for direct burial. 2. U-bolt type with malleab mp and r groun nector rated for direct burial. ♦ ` O C 2.4 GROUNDING ELECTR A. Ground Rods: Co d ste , 34 by 10 fd!)► PART 3 - EXECUTION OD *, 3.1 APPLICATION C) A. Conductor I t I solid uct for No. and smaller, and stranded conductors for No. 6 AWG6ndla r unl he ise indi to . B. U e1� Gr g nduct s bare copper conductor, No. 2/0 AWG minimum. Wu ryy at least 24 inches to grade. C. Conductor Terminations and Connections: 1. Pipe and Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: Bolted connectors. 2. Underground Connections: Welded connectors except at test wells and as otherwise indicated. 3. Connections to Ground Rods at Test Wells: Bolted connectors. 4. Connections to Structural Steel: Welded connectors. 3.2 GROUNDING AT THE SERVICE A. Equipment grounding conductors and grounding electrode conductors shall be connected to the ground bus. Install a main bonding jumper between the neutral and ground buses. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 260526 - 2 3.3 GROUNDING SEPARATELY DERIVED SYSTEMS A. Generator: Install grounding electrode(s) at the generator location. The electrode shall be connected to the equipment grounding conductor and to the frame of the generator. 3.4 GROUNDING UNDERGROUND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM COMPONENTS A. Comply with IEEE C2 grounding requirements. B. Pad -Mounted Transformers and Switches: Install two ground rods and ground ring around the pad. Ground pad -mounted equipment and noncurrent -carrying metal items associated with substations by connecting them to underground cable and grounding #fectrodes. Install tinned - copper conductor not less than No. 2 AWG for ground ring and f ps to equipment grounding terminals. Bury ground ring not less than 6 inches from the foun io . ♦�0 3.5 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING G A. Install insulated equipment groductors feeders Rvanch circuits. B. Install insulated equipment g cond ith the fg items, in addition to those () required by NFPA 70:Co 1. Feeders and b rcuits. 2. Lighting cir f /1► 3. Receptacl ci u V 4. Single otor and app ance bra cults. 5. Three- ase mot Nplian an i7tuits. 6. Flexible acew uns. Q� 7. Busway Supp r its: 1 II in ted eq l�grounding conductor from grounding bus in th svc ear, s itch ard, or on panel to equipment grounding bar terminal ossway. C. Air-Duc Equi nt Ci all insu ate uipment grounding conductor to duct -mounted electric evi es o (at 120 d more, including air cleaners, heaters, dampers, huml ' s and d elect ment. Bond conductor to each unit and to air duct gected meta i iping. D. Wa r Heater, Heat -Tracing, Antifrost Heating Cables: Install a separate insulated equipment grounding conductor to each electric water heater and heat -tracing cable. Bond conductor to heater units, piping, connected equipment, and components. E. Poles Supporting Outdoor Lighting Fixtures: Install grounding electrode and a separate insulated equipment grounding conductor in addition to grounding conductor installed with branch -circuit conductors. 3.6 INSTALLATION A. Grounding Conductors: Route along shortest and straightest paths possible unless otherwise indicated or required by Code. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain, impact, or damage. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 260526 - 3 B. Ground Bonding Common with Lightning Protection System: Comply with NFPA 780 and UL 96 when interconnecting with lightning protection system. Bond electrical power system ground directly to lightning protection system grounding conductor at closest point to electrical service grounding electrode. Use bonding conductor sized same as system grounding electrode conductor, and install in conduit. C. Ground Rods: Drive rods until tops are 2 inches below finished floor or final grade unless otherwise indicated. Interconnect ground rods with grounding electrode conductor below grade and as otherwise indicated. Make connections without exposing steel or damaging coating if any. D. Bonding Straps and Jumpers: Install in locations accessible for inspection and maintenance except where routed through short lengths of conduit. 1. Bonding to Structure: Bond straps directly to basic gtr t Making care not to penetrate any adjacent parts. ` 2. Bonding to Equipment Mounted ration ITi Hangers and Supports: Install bonding so vibration is not tran mitt to ngidl r ted equi ment. 3. Use exothermic -welded cots for out rations; i connect -type connection is required, use a bolted` � O E. Grounding and Bonding for 1. Metal Water S ipe: Instated co undi tors, in conduit, from building's ma s rvice uipm,&At, or grbu in metal water service entrances, o i 'ng. C nec groundirJ cornimuctor to i etal water service pipes; use a d amp conne or bolt Mg -type con for a pipe flange by using one of the bol o e flinge. r ielectric m 'n ate fitting is installed, connect groundi con o o s reet of ting. Boal grounding conductor conduit or sleeve to con c r eac d. 2. Water M ter i Us bra" ed-type jumpers to electrically bypass water meters. C ct to pi olted co r. 3. Bon eac ovegr and ortion piping system downstream from equipment shutd7f Ve. • 3.7 � ALITY C OL ` A. Te and Inspections: 1. Inspect physical and mechanical condition. Verify tightness of accessible, bolted, electrical connections with a calibrated torque wrench according to manufacturer's written instructions. END OF SECTION 260526 YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 260526 - 4 SECTION 260533 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Metal conduits and fittings. 2. Nonmetallic conduits and fittings. O 3. Metal wireways and auxiliary gutters. 4. Nonmetal wireways and auxiliary N�- 5. Surface raceways. 6. Boxes and enclosures. B. Related Requirements: •` �� PART 2 - PRODUCTS V �� 2.1 METAL CO U S FITTI S A. Metal Conduit 1. Listing and L `n fetal con is ubing, n i ings shall be listed and labeled as defined in NF A by a p��ilifie sting aand marked for intended location and applicatio � 2. GRC: oP with AN1I C8 and UL 3. IN with ANSI C80.6 and 4. P C-C d St nZlrlR Co ith EMAIR Coating ckne 0 c , minimum. 5. EMT: Comply with ANSI .3 and UL 797. 6. LFMC: Flexible steel conduit with PVC jacket and complying with UL 360. B. Metal Fittings: Comply with NEMA FB 1 and UL 514B. 1. Listing and Labeling: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 2. Fittings, General: Listed and labeled for type of conduit, location, and use. 3. Fittings for EMT: a. Material: Steel. b. Type: Setscrew or compression. 4. Expansion Fittings: PVC or steel to match conduit type, complying with UL 651, rated for environmental conditions where installed, and including flexible external bonding jumper. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 260533 - 1 5. Coating for Fittings for PVC -Coated Conduit: Minimum thickness of 0.040 inch, with overlapping sleeves protecting threaded joints. 2.2 NONMETALLIC CONDUITS AND FITTINGS A. Nonmetallic Conduit: B. Listing and Labeling: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 1. ENT: Comply with NEMA TC 13 and UL 1653. 2. LFNC: Comply with UL 1660. C. Nonmetallic Fittings: 1. Fittings, General: Listed and labeled for type of con4ui Io on, and use. 2. Fittings for ENT and RNC: ComplRIB NEMA TO ; 1 to conduit or tubing type and material. 3. Fittings for LFNC: Comply with L . 4. Solvents and Adhesives: ended c duit ma a rer. ram. �► ♦ � 2.3 METAL WIREWAYS AND ��` IARY G A. Description: Sheet ompl in UL 870 MA ♦ 1 unless otherwise indicated and siz c rdin t g 1. Metal installed ou oors shal b ted and ele as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualifie esting a ej, And m e e ded and application. B. Fittings and Access ie cludGoth� rs, upling o elbows, expansion joints, adapters, hold-down straP�eV s, anfittings to and mate with wireways as required for complete s Ci 2.4 NO NMFLLI WI ND A I ARY GUTTERS A. s d Labeling: nmet v a and auxiliary gutters shall be listed and labeled as in NFPA 70, by a q Iifi testing agency, and marked for intended location and app cation. B. Description: PVC, extruded and fabricated to required size and shape, and having snap -on cover, mechanically coupled connections, and plastic fasteners. C. Fittings and Accessories: Couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints, adapters, hold-down straps, end caps, and other fittings shall match and mate with wireways as required for complete system. D. Solvents and Adhesives: As recommended by conduit manufacturer. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 260533 - 2 2.5 BOXES, ENCLOSURES, AND CABINETS A. General Requirements for Boxes, Enclosures, and Cabinets: Boxes, enclosures, and cabinets installed in wet locations shall be listed for use in wet locations. B. Sheet Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: Comply with NEMA OS 1 and UL 514A. C. Nonmetallic Outlet and Device Boxes: Comply with NEMA OS 2 and UL 514C. D. Metal Floor Boxes: 1. Material: Cast metal. 2. Type: Fully adjustable. 3. Shape: Rectangular. 4. Listing and Labeling: Metal floor boxes shall be listed aSi�n dd as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended (oand application. E. Nonmetallic Floor Boxes: Nonadjustable, n or rec iiii,r. 1. Listing and Labeling: No floor bo II be li d labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualifi ng ag d mar r intended location and application. F. Luminaire Outlet Boxes djustable, a ned for E ent of6raire weighing 50 lb. Outlet boxes designe achmen o inaires hi g mo lb shall be listed and marked for the ma allow e w G. Paddle Fan xes: Nonadj able de gfor atta ent of paddle fan weighing 70 lb. ww 1. Listing d la ' g�d01e fa tl boxes s e listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a alifie stin agency a arked for intended location and applicatio. #* /+ H. Small She t!!rf Pull and unct n Boxe VOOS 1. I. Box a ion use mm d e ew building finishes shall be of same material as re e� � PART 3 - EX CUTION G 3.1 RACEWAY APPLICATION A. Outdoors: Apply raceway products as specified below unless otherwise indicated: 1. Exposed Conduit: GRC or RNC, Type EPC-40-PVC. 2. Concealed Conduit, Aboveground: GRC, IMC, or RNC, Type EPC-40-PVC. 3. Underground Conduit: RNC, Type EPC-40-PVC. 4. Boxes and Enclosures, Aboveground: NEMA 250, Type 3R. B. Indoors: Apply raceway products as specified below unless otherwise indicated. Exposed, Not Subject to Physical Damage: EMT. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 260533 - 3 2. Exposed, Not Subject to Severe Physical Damage: EMT. 3. Exposed and Subject to Severe Physical Damage: GRC. Raceway locations include the following: a. Loading dock. b. Mechanical rooms. C. Gymnasiums. 4. Concealed in Ceilings and Interior Walls and Partitions: EMT. 5. Damp or Wet Locations: GRC. C. Minimum Raceway Size: 3/4-inch trade size. D. Do not install aluminum conduits, boxes, or fittings in contact wit�crete or earth. E. Install surface raceways only where indicated on Drawings O 3.2 INSTALLATION Q A. Comply with NECA 1 and NE or inst n equip m �cept where requirements on Drawings or in this art' r stricter C�Y with 102 for aluminum conduits. Comply with NFPA 70 lim' ti for typ aceway din ecific occupancies and number of floors. B. Do not fasten con o to the o o e of a m ck ro ` C. Keep racew st 6 inches a ay from runs o es and steam or hot-water pipes. Install horizon I racewnss �bove e a t am p' ' D. Arrange stub -ups so u porti of b s are t e above finished slab. E. Install no m e the e t"a� f three - ree bends in an conduit run except for control wiri quits, for ich I ewer be allowed. Support within 12 inches of changes in direc on. F. M ♦ in r y ing lar�� preformed ells. Field bending shall be according to minimum ra - requ'e e only equipment specifically designed for material a e involved. G. Conceal conduit and EMT within finished walls, ceilings, and floors unless otherwise indicated. Install conduits parallel or perpendicular to building lines. H. Support conduit within 12 inches of enclosures to which attached. Raceways Embedded in Slabs: 1. Run conduit larger than 1-inch trade size, parallel or at right angles to main reinforcement. Where at right angles to reinforcement, place conduit close to slab support. Secure raceways to reinforcement at maximum 10-foot intervals. 2. Arrange raceways to cross building expansion joints at right angles with expansion fittings. 3. Arrange raceways to keep a minimum of 2 inches of concrete cover in all directions. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 260533 - 4 4. Do not embed threadless fittings in concrete unless specifically approved by Architect for each specific location. Stub -ups to Above Recessed Ceilings: 1. Use EMT, IMC, or RMC for raceways. 2. Use a conduit bushing or insulated fitting to terminate stub -ups not terminated in hubs or in an enclosure. K. Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use polypropylene or monofilament plastic line with not less than 200-lb tensile strength. Leave at least 12 inches of slack at each end of pull wire. Cap underground raceways designated as spare above grade alongside raceways in use. L. Horizontally separate boxes mounted on opposite sides of wall they are not in the same vertical channel. M. Locate boxes so that cover or plate will n an differen finishes. N. Support boxes of three gangs or rrtre m mor t�p%one side by spanning two framing members or mounting on brack t3 gr ally de ' e or the p O. Fasten junction and pull bo suppo r uilding re. Do not support boxes by conduits. P. Set metal floor boxes d flush i ished fl ce. Q. Set nonmetallic or s leve Tri G after in to fi flus finished floor surface. 3.3 INSTALLATIO OF E ROUN IT A. Direct -Buried C dust G 1. Exca is i1'en"ch bottdm to rovide uniform support for conduit. 2. AiLter inng c nduitllQEkfill an co act. Start at tie-in point, and work toward end of uit un, le ca1'fduit t f run free to move with expansion and contraction as ♦ ratur n duri s cess. Firmly hand tamp backfill around conduit to vide maxim supp 9 After placing controlled backfill to within 12 inches f finished grade, mak fins conduit connection at end of run and complete backfilling with normal compaction. 3.4 SLEEVE AND SLEEVE -SEAL INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS A. Install sleeves and sleeve seals at penetrations of exterior floor and wall assemblies. 3.5 FIRESTOPPING A. Install firestopping at penetrations of fire -rated floor and wall assemblies. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 260533 - 5 3.6 PROTECTION A. Protect coatings, finishes, and cabinets from damage and deterioration. 1. Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc -rich paint recommended by manufacturer. 2. Repair damage to PVC coatings or paint finishes with matching touchup coating recommended by manufacturer. END OF SECTION 260533 YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 260533 - 6 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.4 A. SECTION 262416 PANELBOARDS SUMMARY Section Includes: 1. Distribution panelboards. 2. Lighting and appliance branch -circuit panelboards. O DEFINITIONS G MCCB: Molded -case circuit bre ,�► SPD: Sure protective devic �� O ACTION SUBMITT Product Dat • Fo h p e of oard. Shop Drawing • For ea el4oard d I ed equip 1. Include dimensio plan ev, s, sectiol�s, d details. 2. Detail en sore ypes i ludi g mounti 1' anchorage, environmental protection, knoc t ner tre me overs s, gaskets, hinges, and locks. 3. Deta b s onfi ur i c rent, an a ratings. 4. Short-ci it cur n ti of pane1boa and overcurrent protective devices. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and maintenance data. 1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Service Conditions: NEMA PB 1, usual service conditions. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 262416 - 1 1.7 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace panelboards that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. Panelboard Warranty Period: 18 months from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PANELBOARDS COMMON REQUIREMENTS A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and Iced as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended locatior��a�iplication. B. Comply with NEMA PB 1. ♦` C. Comply with NFPA 70. G ♦` D. Enclosures: Flush and Surfac 11q ed, de��it cabingtsO 1. Rated for environmeI ndition Iled loca � �,/ ♦ V a. Indoor Clea L a s: NEM ype ` b. Outd ations 0, Type C. Oth t r Dam d r Locati s. MA 0, 4. 2. Height: 4 inches m. 3. Front: S cure b wi h co I trim cl For surface -mounted fronts, match box dimensio r lush- me onts, ovi II Fsox. Trims shall cover all live parts and shall hav o sed n wa ` r E. NRTL Lab I: �fnelboar s sha be lab an NRTL acceptable to authority having p Y g jurisdic n for a as a is quipme t �n one or more main service disconnecting and overcur protectiv is . Pa el ds shall have meter enclosures, wiring, connections, a ♦obi ovisi r u it me te► rdinate with utility company for exact requirements. F. oard Short -Circuit Curr t R ing: Fully rated to interrupt symmetrical short-circuit current avai able at terminals. Assembl ed by an NRTL for 100 percent interrupting capacity. 2.2 POWER PANELBOARDS A. Panelboards: NEMA PB 1, distribution type. B. Doors: Secured with vault -type latch with tumbler lock; keyed alike. For doors more than 36 inches high, provide two latches, keyed alike. C. Mains: Circuit breaker or Lugs only, see drawings. D. Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices for Circuit -Breaker Frame Sizes 125 A and Smaller. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 262416 - 2 2.3 LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE BRANCH -CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS A. Panelboards: NEMA PB 1, lighting and appliance branch -circuit type. B. Mains: Circuit breaker or lugs only. C. Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices: Bolt -on circuit breakers, replaceable without disturbing adjacent units. D. Contactors in Main Bus: NEMA ICS 2, Class A, mechanically held, general-purpose controller, with same short-circuit interrupting rating as panelboard. 1. External Control -Power Source: 120-V branch circuit. �� E. Doors: Concealed hinges; secured with flush latch with tumbler i�c keyed alike. F. Column -Type Panelboards: Single row o current d r h narrow gutter extension and overhead junction box equipped with grou a d neutr al buses. 2.4 IDENTIFICATION ` ♦ �� A. Panelboard Label: Manufa re name emark, amp age, number of phases, and number of poles sh� cated on e terior of elbogrd B. Breaker Labels: F e shal is nt ratin d IE �tion standards, and AIC . g ratin v/ C. Circuit Direct : Direct y d�nside n lb a d oor, d in transparent card holder. PART 3 - EXECUTION G 3.1 INSTA ATIO G � A. C ♦ NE • B. In panelboards and acces rie according to NECA 407. C. Mount top of trim 90 inches above finished floor unless otherwise indicated. D. Mount panelboard cabinet plumb and rigid without distortion of box. E. Mount recessed panelboards with fronts uniformly flush with wall finish and mating with back box. F. Install overcurrent protective devices and controllers not already factory installed. G. Make grounding connections and bond neutral for services and separately derived systems to ground. Make connections to grounding electrodes, separate grounds for isolated ground bars, and connections to separate ground bars. H. Install filler plates in unused spaces. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 262416 - 3 I. Stub four 1-inch empty conduits from panelboard into accessible ceiling space or space designated to be ceiling space in the future. Stub four 1-inch empty conduits into raised floor space or below slab not on grade. J. Arrange conductors in gutters into groups and bundle and wrap with wire ties. 3.2 IDENTIFICATION A. Create a directory to indicate installed circuit loads; incorporate Owner's final room designations. Obtain approval before installing. Handwritten directories are not acceptable. Install directory inside panelboard door. B. Panelboard Nameplates: Label each panelboard with a nameplat ♦ OEND OF SECTION 262416 •+ CG • Cj OD - G G � Cj YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 262416 - 4 SECTION 262726 WIRING DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Standard -grade receptacles, 125 V, 20 A. 2. GFCI receptacles, 125 V, 20 A. O 3. Toggle switches, 120/277 V, 20 A. ♦` 4. Decorator -style devices, 20 A. 5. Occupancy sensors. 6. Wall -box dimmers. 7. Wall plates. ♦` ♦ �� 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For ea of pr d B. Shop Drawi s: .st gends n escripti iTfateri an cess used for premarking wall plates. PART 2 -PRODUCTS C,4 2.1 GENERAL VIIVIG-DE RGEM A. Wiring De Ices, Co o nts, and c ories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a q if\ddfing , a d mar r i nded location and use. B. CV `with NFPA 70. G C. RoHS compliant. D. Comply with NEMA WD 1. E. Device Color: Wiring Devices Connected to Normal Power System: White unless otherwise indicated or required by NFPA 70 or device listing. F. Wall Plate Color: For plastic covers, match device color. G. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of wiring device and associated wall plate from single source from single manufacturer. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 262726 - 1 2.2 STANDARD -GRADE RECEPTACLES, 125 V, 20 A A. Duplex Receptacles, 125 V, 20 A: 1. Description: Two pole, three wire, and self -grounding. 2. Configuration: NEMA WD 6, Configuration 5-20R. 3. Standards: Comply with UL 498 and FS W-C-596. B. Tamper -Resistant Duplex Receptacles, 125 V, 20 A: 1. Description: Two pole, three wire, and self -grounding. Integral shutters that operate only when a plug is inserted in the receptacle. 2. Configuration: NEMA WD 6, Configuration 5-20R. 3. Standards: Comply with UL 498 and FS W-C-596. C. Weather -Resistant Duplex Receptacle, 125 V, 20 A: 1. Description: Two pole, three wire, and self -grounding. In shutters that operate only when a plug is inserted in the receptacle. Square farre.O 2. Configuration: NEMA WD 6, Confi tion 5-20R. �` 3. Standards: Comply with UL 498. • 2.3 GFCI RECEPTACLES, 125 V, � � �� O /0 2.4 A. B. C. Duplex GFCI Receptacles, 20 A- ` 1. Description: Integ I with " s nd "Re "�ons an D pole, three wir If-grou 2. Configuration. E A W uration 3. Type: Fee th h. 4. Stand �nply with U 8, UL 9 s A, an S - -596. TOGGLE SWITCHE 7 V A Z Single -Pole Swi, 120/2 1. Stan a SvEply h U 20 and\djP96- AL Way Switches, 120/271 Comply with UL 20 and D. Four -Way Switches, 120/277 V, 20 A: 1. Standards: Comply with UL 20 and FS W-S-896. E. Lighted Single -Pole Switches, 120/277 V, 20 A: 1. Description: Handle illuminated when switch is off. 2. Standards: Comply with NEMA WD 1, UL 20, and FS W-S-896. 2.5 DECORATOR -STYLE DEVICES, 20 A A. Decorator Duplex Receptacles, 125 V, 20 A: 1. Description: Two pole, three wire, and self -grounding. Square face. 2. Configuration: NEMA WD 6, Configuration 5-20R. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION indicator light. Two FAYETTEVILLE, AR 262726 - 2 2.6 2.7 2.8 3. Standards: Comply with UL 498. B. Decorator Single -Pole Switches, 120/277 V, 20 A: 1. Comply with UL 20. A. A. I PART 3 - OCCUPANCY SENSORS Wall Switch Sensor Light Switch, Dual Technology: 1. Description: Switch box -mounted, combination lighting -control sensor and conventional switch lighting -control unit using dual (ultrasonic and passive infrared) technology. 2. Standards: Comply with UL 20. 3. Adjustable time delay of 20 minutes. 4. Able to be locked to Manual -On mode. 5. Automatic Light -Level Sensor: Adjustable from 2 to 200 fc<"** DIMMERS , — `CjV' Wall -Box Dimmers: 1. Description: Modular, switches, with audible 2. LED Lamp Dimmer 31 adjust low -end di percent of full WALL PLA Single Source: btai IIz Single and coml�atjpn Pe 1. Plat40SV ina Screw integral, quiet on -off trim potentiometer to Id not greater than 20 c u�f wiring devices. ' wiring devices. to match plate finish. 3.1 INSTALLATION � A. Comply with NECA 1, including mounting heights listed in that standard, unless otherwise indicated. B. Coordination with Other Trades: 1. Keep outlet boxes free of plaster, drywall joint compound, mortar, cement, concrete, dust, paint, and other material that may contaminate the raceway system, conductors, and cables. 2. Install device boxes in brick or block walls so that the cover plate does not cross a joint unless the joint is troweled flush with the face of the wall. 3. Install wiring devices after all wall preparation, including painting, is complete. C. Device Installation: YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 262726 - 3 1. Connect devices to branch circuits using pigtails that are not less than 6 inches in length. 2. When mounting into metal boxes, remove the fiber or plastic washers used to hold device -mounting screws in yokes, allowing metal -to -metal contact. D. Receptacle Orientation: 1. Install ground pin of vertically mounted receptacles up. E. Dimmers: 1. Install dimmers within terms of their listing. 2. Verify that dimmers used for fan -speed control are listed for that application. F. Adjust locations of floor service outlets and service poles to suitAgangement of partitions and furnishings. ♦ O END OF SECTION 262726 G G V - G G � G YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 262726 - 4 SECTION 265119 LED INTERIOR LIGHTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Refer to drawings for exact fixture types. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Manufacturers' Certified Data: Phot metric rtified manufacturer's laboratory with a current accredit i er the o I Volunaboratory Accreditation Program for Energy Effic' ting Pr S. O 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTA®� A. Operation and m ' ce da �► 1.4 QUALITY AS RANC A. Provide luminaires from ingle ufac rer for eminaire type. � VVVvv B. Each Ium' n shall a b' withi a -step MacAdam Ellipse to ensure color consistenc o g lumi 1.5 • A. ty: Manufacturer and I tal r agree to repair or replace components of luminaires that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. B. Warranty Period: Five year(s) from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Ambient Temperature: 41 to 104 deg F. B. Altitude: Sea level to 1000 feet. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 265119 - 1 2.2 LUMINAIRE REQUIREMENTS A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. Factory -Applied Labels: Comply with UL 1598. Include recommended lamps. Locate labels where they will be readily visible to service personnel, but not seen from normal viewing angles when lamps are in place. Label shall include the following lamp characteristics: a. "USE ONLY" and include specific lamp type. b. Lamp diameter, shape, size, wattage, and coating. C. CCT and CRI. C. Recessed luminaires shall comply with NEMA LE 4. +`O 2.3 MATERIALS G A. Metal Parts: 1. Free of burrs and sh�rners an 2. Sheet metal corn all be a unless o indiiv 3. Form and sup revent a rand sa ` B. Steel: v G 1. ASTM 36/A 36 on st t ra e . 2. ASTM A 568/ 8M f r sheet C. Stainless Steel: G 1. 1. M Vur4er's sta ar rade. 2. Man urer' n type, ST 240/240 M. D. G va� teel• M 653/A6��(l. E. A um: ASTM B 209. G 2.4 METAL FINISHES A. Variations in finishes are unacceptable in the same piece. Variations in finishes of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and if they can be and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 265119 - 2 B. Install luminaires level, plumb, and square with ceilings and walls unless otherwise indicated. C. Install lamps in each luminaire. D. Supports: 1. Sized and rated for luminaire weight. 2. Able to maintain luminaire position after cleaning and relamping. 3. Provide support for luminaire without causing deflection of ceiling or wall. 4. Luminaire-mounting devices shall be capable of supporting a horizontal force of 100 percent of luminaire weight and a vertical force of 400 percent of luminaire weight. END OF SECTION 265119 ♦ O G G - G G � G YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 265119 - 3 SECTION 284621 ADDRESSABLE FIRE -ALARM SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Fire -alarm control unit. 2. Manual fire -alarm boxes. O 3. System smoke detectors. 4. Heat detectors. 5. Notification appliances. 6. Magnetic door holders. 7. Addressable interface de 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. General Submittal R ents: 1. Submi tall h I a d authori s �Ging j isdi prior to submitting them to Archit 2. Shop wings s lKepare p s n wit wing qualifications: a. Trained n rtifie ma acturer �- arm system design. b. NI�y� eed, fir alar technici I III minimum. C. is d or ce thoriti . g jurisdiction. B. Produc ata: eac oduct, ' clu g furnished options and accessories. C. S gs:F e-a rm sy9t 1. omply with recomme atio s and requirements in the "Documentation" section of the "Fundamentals" chapter i PA 72. 2. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 3. Include details of equipment assemblies. Indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and locations. Indicate conductor sizes, indicate termination locations and requirements, and distinguish between factory and field wiring. 4. Detail assembly and support requirements. 5. Include voltage drop calculations for notification -appliance circuits. 6. Include battery -size calculations. 7. Include input/output matrix. 8. Include statement from manufacturer that all equipment and components have been tested as a system and meet all requirements in this Specification and in NFPA 72. 9. Include performance parameters and installation details for each detector. 10. Verify that each duct detector is listed for complete range of air velocity, temperature, and humidity possible when air -handling system is operating. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 284621 -1 1.3 1.4 11. Include plans, sections, and elevations of heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning ducts, drawn to scale; coordinate location of duct smoke detectors and access to them. a. Show critical dimensions that relate to placement and support of sampling tubes, detector housing, and remote status and alarm indicators. b. Show field wiring required for HVAC unit shutdown on alarm. C. Locate detectors according to manufacturer's written recommendations. 12. Include floor plans to indicate final outlet locations showing address of each addressable device. Show size and route of cable and conduits and point-to-point wiring diagrams. CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For fire -alarm systems mponents to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1. Include the following: G a. b. C. d. e. f. Comply with the "ection h "Inspecti sting and Maintenance" chapter in NFPA 7K.1151SOT: Provide Fire Alwand cy Co ations System Record of Completion D Rection nts" ac to the " tion cuments" Article in the "Document o e undam ���' haptgr i PA 72. Comple g diag howin nrlectio n all devices and equip t. Ris M. Manufa-ZNer's n Abbreviated ope annunciator unit. *or " acc n to the "Inspection, , and in a following: Testing and Wr .Jomponents. a led components. dations related to results of maintenance. manuals. Abnance related to system warranty requirements. ctions for mounting at fire -alarm control unit and each B. Software and Firmware Operational Documentation: 1. Software operating and upgrade manuals. 2. Program Software Backup: On magnetic media or compact disk, complete with data files. 3. Device address list. 4. Printout of software application and graphic screens. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Personnel shall be trained and certified by manufacturer for installation of units required for this Project. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 284621 - 2 1.5 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace fire -alarm system equipment and components that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Extent: All equipment and components not covered in the Maintenance Service Agreement. 2. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Noncoded, UL-certified, FM Global -placarded addressebl&;��em, with multi lexed si nal p p g transmission and horn/strobe evacuation. B. Automatic sensitivity control of certain mo detect G C. All components provided shall for us th sele♦ct M. D. Electrical Components, De� and Ac s: Liste�abele as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing ag� nd mark fo 'ntended� anc> a Jon. O ` 2.2 SYSTEMS OPE L DE R TION A. Fire -alarm sig I initiatiqlb IlAe by e r o e f th g devices: 1. Manual statio 2. Heat det orV 3. Smok �ors. 4. Duct �etect r 5. toma epriin r s water low.� B. Fi gnal init to the i ctions: 1. ontinuously operate a m tification appliances. 2. Identify alarm and specifi itiating device at fire -alarm control unit. 3. Transmit an alarm signal to the remote alarm receiving station. 4. Unlock electric door locks in designated egress paths. 5. Release doors held open by magnetic door holders. 6. Switch heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning equipment controls to fire -alarm mode. 7. Record events in the system memory. C. Supervisory signal initiation shall be by one or more of the following devices and actions: 1. Valve supervisory switch. 2. Loss of communication with any panel on the network. D. System trouble signal initiation shall be by one or more of the following devices and actions: Open circuits, shorts, and grounds in designated circuits. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 284621 - 3 E. 2.3 A. M L ED 2. Opening, tampering with, or removing alarm -initiating and supervisory signal -initiating devices. 3. Loss of communication with any addressable sensor, input module, relay, control module, or remote annunciator. 4. Loss of primary power at fire -alarm control unit. 5. Ground or a single break in internal circuits of fire -alarm control unit. 6. Abnormal ac voltage at fire -alarm control unit. 7. Break in standby battery circuitry. 8. Failure of battery charging. 9. Abnormal position of any switch at fire -alarm control unit or annunciator. System Supervisory Signal Actions: 1. Initiate notification appliances. r�n��s 2. Identify specific device initiating the event at fire -al zq ontrol unit and remote annunciators. 3. After a time delay of 200 second nsmit a tro pervisory signal to the remote alarm receiving station. FIRE -ALARM CONTROL UNIT ` ♦ �� O General Requirements for e- arm A_ 1. Field -program electronic moi 2. Addressaf zones�e applia by b-uil cot� 3. Address ble r ircits Equipment: T sha Alphanumeric D y and S fire -alarm rnit an ad re supervi ion. D y al s is and co I m u. ♦ ♦1 Weypad: nunciator a ispla � it Arranged tommands. �` 1% dllular, ited design with which communication of alarm notification Appliances and Mechanical id for interface between human operator at components including annunciation and ent status messages and the programming type, 80 characters, minimum. execution of programming, display, and control Initiating -Device, Notification -Appliance, and Signaling -Line Circuits: 1. Pathway Class Designations: NFPA 72, Class B. 2. Pathway Survivability: Level 0. Notification -Appliance Circuit: 1. Audible appliances shall sound in a three -pulse temporal pattern, as defined in NFPA 72. 2. Where notification appliances provide signals to sleeping areas, the alarm signal shall be a 520-Hz square wave with an intensity 15 dB above the average ambient sound level or 5 dB above the maximum sound level, or at least 75 dBA, whichever is greater, measured at the pillow. 3. Visual alarm appliances shall flash in synchronization where multiple appliances are in the same field of view, as defined in NFPA 72. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 284621 - 4 E. Primary Power: 24-V do obtained from 120-V ac service and a power -supply module. Initiating devices, notification appliances, signaling lines, trouble signals, supervisory signals and digital alarm communicator transmitters shall be powered by 24-V do source. Alarm current draw of entire fire -alarm system shall not exceed 80 percent of the power - supply module rating. F. Secondary Power: 24-V do supply system with batteries, automatic battery charger, and automatic transfer switch. 2.4 MANUAL FIRE -ALARM BOXES A. General Requirements for Manual Fire -Alarm Boxes: Comply wit 38. 1. Single-action mechanism, breaking -glass or plastirc- d r ull-lever type; with integral addressable module arranged to unicate tion status (normal, alarm, or trouble) to fire -alarm control unit. 2. Station Reset: Key- or wrenc+-pe�rad swit; 2.5 SYSTEM SMOKE DETECT �� O A. General Requirements f em Smoectors: 1. Comply wit 8; ope tin 4-V dc, ` 2. Base Mo in tecto nd ssociat onic om nts shall be mounted in a twist-1 ule that conn cts to a e ase. Pr a terminals in the fixed base for conned n to buil 1 irQang. A 3. Self -Re oringeletec rs do a ire res t� r readjustment after actuation to restore them te n r a op ion. v 4. Integral Vj'juaj*4n ating fight: ED type ing detector has operated[ and power - on status B. Duct S oke ctors* t tric typ co dying with UL 268A. 1. t or a s all be s le from fire -alarm control unit and shall be able to i ntify the dete or's Io i he system and its sensitivity setting. n operator at fire -afar con o unit, having the designated access level, shall be able to manually access the folio ' for each detector: a. Primary status. b. Device type. C. Present average value. d. Present sensitivity selected. e. Sensor range (normal, dirty, etc.). 3. Weatherproof Duct Housing Enclosure: NEMA 250, Type 4X; NRTL listed for use with the supplied detector for smoke detection in HVAC system ducts. 4. Relay Fan Shutdown: Fully programmable relay rated to interrupt fan motor -control circuit. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 284621 - 5 2.6 HEAT DETECTORS 2.7 A. General Requirements for Heat Detectors: Comply with UL 521. Temperature sensors shall test for and communicate the sensitivity range of the device. B. Heat Detector, Combination Type: Actuated by either a fixed temperature or a rate of rise. C A. 113 C C 1. Mounting: Adapter plate for outlet box mounting. 2. Integral Addressable Module: Arranged to communicate detector status (normal, alarm, or trouble) to fire -alarm control unit. Heat Detector, Fixed -Temperature Type: Actuated by temperaturvthat exceeds a fixed temperature. 1. Mounting: Adapter plate for outlet box mounting. 2. Integral Addressable Module: Arr to comm etector status (normal, alarm, or trouble) to fire -alarm control unit. • NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES ` General Requirements for o ' ation es: Con 2F to n ication-appliance signal circuits, zoned as indic uipped unting a ted, ,v h screw terminals for system connections. O ` 1. Combinat' *qes: Fa o to rate a 1�lfe an visi vices in a single -mounting rY g g 9 asse Wpped for m ntin as in ' ted, a ith screw terminals for system con nec ns. Chimes: Vibrating ty . I Z Horns: Elec 'cba ting-po a e, 24- ith provision for housing the operating mechanis grille. om with U Visible bte!p ion p n s: X n trobe lights complying with UL 1971, with clear or no il bo tolensu d on an aluminum faceplate. The word "FIRE" is NX in mmum inch- Vr IA the lens. 1. 2. 3. 4. Mounting: Wall mounted 1.1AIUss otherwise indicated. Flashing shall be in a temporal pattern, synchronized with other units. Strobe Leads: Factory connected to screw terminals. Mounting Faceplate: Factory finished, [red] [white]. 2.8 MAGNETIC DOOR HOLDERS A. Description: Units are equipped for wall or floor mounting as indicated and are complete with matching doorplate. 1. Electromagnets: Require no more than 3 W to develop 25-lbf holding force. 2. Wall -Mounted Units: Flush mounted unless otherwise indicated. 3. Rating: 24-V ac or dc. B. Material and Finish: Match door hardware. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 284621 - 6 2.9 ADDRESSABLE INTERFACE DEVICE A. General: 1. Include address -setting means on the module. 2. Store an internal identifying code for control panel use to identify the module type. 3. Listed for controlling HVAC fan motor controllers. B. Monitor Module: Microelectronic module providing a system address for alarm -initiating devices for wired applications with normally open contacts. C. Control Module: 1. Operate notification devices. 2. Operate solenoids for use in sprinkler service. PART 3 - EXECUTION G 3.1 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION A. Comply with NFPA 72, 01, an ementsllthoriti having jurisdiction for installation and testing o i alarm i ent. InsAft electric iring to comply with requirements in N////FPP ludin k t imited ice 760 rm Systems." B. Install wall-mou d a ipmen wi tops o c Zsts n m an 78 inches above the finished floo C. Manual Fire -AI rm B 0 1. In m uaJ�fir alarm ox i the nor ,of egress within 60 inches of the exit doo 2. Mourw N,, aRGal fire -al m b x on a blar 9 nd of a contrastin color. 3. T e op le p ual fire-aox shall be between 42 inches and 48 inches e f or I evices h I be mounted at the same height unless otherwise ed. D. - or Heat -Detector Spa ' g: comply with NFPA 72. E. Duct Smoke Detectors: Comply with NFPA 72 and NFPA 90A. Install sampling tubes so they extend the full width of duct. Tubes more than 36 inches long shall be supported at both ends. F. Single -Station Smoke Detectors: Where more than one smoke alarm is installed within a dwelling or suite, they shall be connected so that the operation of any smoke alarm causes the alarm in all smoke alarms to sound. G. Remote Status and Alarm Indicators: Install in a visible location near each smoke detector, sprinkler water -flow switch, and valve -tamper switch that is not readily visible from normal viewing position. H. Audible Alarm -Indicating Devices: Install not less than 6 inches below the ceiling. Install bells and horns on flush -mounted back boxes with the device -operating mechanism concealed behind a grille. Install all devices at the same height unless otherwise indicated. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 284621 - 7 Visible Alarm -Indicating Devices: Install adjacent to each alarm bell or alarm horn and at least 6 inches below the ceiling. Install all devices at the same height unless otherwise indicated. J. Device Location -Indicating Lights: Locate in public space near the device they monitor. 3.2 PATHWAYS 3.3 A. Pathways above recessed ceilings and in nonaccessible locations may be routed exposed. Exposed pathways located less than 96 inches above the floor shall be installed in EMT. B. Pathways shall be installed in EMT. C /0 3.4 A. 3.5 A. Exposed EMT shall be painted red enamel. ♦`O CONNECTIONS W G Make addressable connections i ervise 1 e ce devi&evice e following devices and systems. Install the interface ss tha nc es fro controlled. Make an addressable confirmation co when edback iable at the device or system being controlled. 1. Smoke dampe 'duct of e�' dated H u t sy 2. Magneticall pen d ors. 3. Superviso c ctions v e super o itch 4. Supe nnections at ow -air -pre witch ch ry-pipe sprinkler system. IDENTIFICATION Install frame in&t4tions in c visible -alarm control unit. GRgUbG r ire -alarm con I unit n ♦ acia ed circuits; comply with IEEE 1100. Install a ground w m main service groun fir -alarm control unit. B. Ground shielded cables at the control panel location only. Insulate shield at device location. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following tests and inspections: Visual Inspection: Conduct visual inspection prior to testing. a. Inspection shall be based on completed record Drawings and system documentation that is required by NFPA 72 in its "Completion Documents, Preparation" table in the "Documentation" section of the "Fundamentals" chapter. b. Comply with the "Visual Inspection Frequencies" table in the "Inspection" section of the "Inspection, Testing and Maintenance" chapter in NFPA 72; retain the "Initial/Reacceptance" column and list only the installed components. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 284621 - 8 2. System Testing: Comply with the "Test Methods" table in the "Testing" section of the "Inspection, Testing and Maintenance" chapter in NFPA 72. 3. Test audible appliances for the public operating mode according to manufacturer's written instructions. Perform the test using a portable sound -level meter complying with Type 2 requirements in ANSI S1.4. 4. Test audible appliances for the private operating mode according to manufacturer's written instructions. 5. Test visible appliances for the public operating mode according to manufacturer's written instructions. 6. Factory -authorized service representative shall prepare the "Fire Alarm System Record of Completion" in the "Documentation" section of the "Fundamentals" chapter in NFPA 72 and the "Inspection and Testing Form" in the "Records" section of the "Inspection, Testing and Maintenance" chapter in NFPA 72. B. Reacceptance Testing: Perform reacceptance testing to verify tKPN per operation of added or replaced devices and appliances. '0 C.Fire-alarm system will be considered defe�lft it doe /s tests and inspections. D. Prepare test and inspection rep E. Maintenance Test and Insp c n erform �nd ins o listed for weekly, monthly, quarterly, and semiannual ri s. Use fo eloped I test and inspections. F. Annual Test and In One y er date S stant etion, test fire -alarm system complying ' h isual g inspe t'95 equir NFPA 72. Use forms developed for ini I and in ect ns. 3.7 SOFTWARE RVI R &EN A. Comply with UL 644 CG Begin g Subst ti ompetion, service agreement B. Technical u : Be lshall include �j� 9 softwar supp r or tw 11„✓✓ C. Up 1 rvice- Su tantial* ion, update software to latest version. Install and o software up des t be vailable within two years from date of Substantial tion. Upgrading soft w a sh II include operating system and new or revised licenses for usi software. Upgrade Notice: At least 30 days to allow Owner to schedule access to system and to upgrade computer equipment if necessary. 3.8 DEMONSTRATION A. Train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain fire -alarm system. END OF SECTION 284621 YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 284621 - 9 SECTION 3110 00 SITE CLEARING AND DEMOLITION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, inc4uding General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specil atibbn Sections, apply to this Section. O 1.2 SUMMARY G A. This Section includes ing. J► 1. Protecting a trees in. 2. Removiting t s rubs, covens, 61ts and grass. 3. Cl and ub ` 4. in nd stockpi ' '1. �61 5. DemI nd r mo buildi 6. ving a a belo -e site improvements. 7 ' con pp in 0 ng, and abandoning site utilities in place r re ite util'ti , as indicated. Tempo ry a o� d edimentation control measures. B. Related Sections inclu the following: 1. Section 00 3143 "Environmental Compliance." 2. Section 31 20 00 "Earthwork" for soil materials, excavating, backfilling, and site grading. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Demolish: Completely remove and legally disposed of on -site, as directed by the Owner. B. Recycle: Recovery of demolition waste for subsequent processing in preparation for reuse. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITON FAYETTEVILLE, AR 31 10 00-1 C. Topsoil: Natural or cultivated surface -soil layer containing organic matter and sand, silt, and clay particles; friable, pervious, and black or a darker shade of brown, gray, or red than underlying subsoil; reasonably free of subsoil, clay lumps, gravel, and other objects more than 2 inches (50 mm) in diameter; and free of subsoil and weeds, roots, toxic materials, or other nonsoil materials. D. Tree Protection Zone: Area surrounding individual trees or groups of trees to be protected during construction, and defined by the drip line of individual trees or the perimeter drip line of groups of trees, unless otherwise indicated. 1.4 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP A. Unless otherwise indicated, demolition waste des* a d by the Owner to be disposed of off -site becomes the property ofth tractor. Stripped topsoil and demolition waste designa the O a disposed of on -site shall remain the property of the Ow r. 1. Contractor sh • t in ap r �om au i s having jurisdiction prior to any b nof an Awrials 'te 2. Contrac 11 com all 1 ,Fate an eral guidelines for dispo waste ials o Co hall provide any *n on o oc ntatio fired gineer for materials di a of off B. Previo ly a ONeq edt, pipi urtenances, historic items, q e relics, anti ilar ob' and of ms of interest or value to the J Owner t at JW e u ov ed duri lition remain the property of the Owner. 1. actor hal carefu age in a manner to prevent damage and mp to O ne 1.5 TALS A. Photographs or video e, sufficiently detailed, of existing conditions of trees and plantings, adjoining construction, and site improvements that might be misconstrued as damage caused by site clearing. B. Record drawings, according to Section "Contract Closeout," identifying and accurately locating capped utilities and other subsurface structural, electrical, and mechanical conditions. C. Copies of all applicable federal, state and local permits. D. Proposed Protection Measures: Submit informational report, including drawings, that indicates the measures proposed for protecting individuals, property and existing structures during clearing and excavation activities. Indicate proposed locations and construction of barriers. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITON FAYETTEVILLE, AR 31 10 00-2 1.6 1. Adjacent Buildings/Structures: Detail special measures proposed to protect adjacent buildings to remain. E. Schedule of Any Demolition Activities: Indicate the following: 1. Detailed sequence of demolition work, with starting and ending dates for each activity. 2. Temporary interruption of utility services. 3. Shutoff and capping or rerouting of utility services. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Preinstallation Conference: ct co e at Project site prior to initiating clearing activities B. Regulatory Require Co th g i g EPA notification regulations before in g de Co ith hauling and disposal regulations of aut r es havi sdictio C. Standards: with 10.6 A 2 tJ" D. Pre- a it Con f ei e: Con �uu onf enc Project site. Review meth procedures relat�tauildinmolition including, but not 5. de tiol� pei progre and %truction to be demolished. of existing structures. tolition schedule and verify availability of luipment, and facilities needed to make Review and finalize protection requirements. Review procedures for noise control and dust control. 6. Review procedures for protection of adjacent buildings. 7. Review items to be salvaged and returned to Owner. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Buildings/structures to be demolished will be vacated and their use discontinued before start of the Work. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITON FAYETTEVILLE, AR 31 10 00-3 B. Buildings/structures immediately adjacent to demolition areas will be in use. Conduct building/structure demolition to minimize disruptions. 1. Provide not less than 2 days' notice of activities that will affect operations of adjacent roadways. 2. Maintain access to existing walkways, exits, and other facilities. C. Owner assumes no responsibility for buildings and structures to be demolished. 1. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as far as practical. D. On -site storage or sale of ite or materia 91 1 ated by the Owner to be disposed of off -site is not Perin rt E. Traffic: Minimize inte*fmLx with adio ilig road , eets, walks, and other adjacent occupied or 1. Do not used f jurisdl 2. F. Salvable store on, G. Utilif t eP • 2. site-c operations. 1 other,&1uthorities acent occupied or O,yn having an i eer. �N ` rn outes close structed traffic ways if ,authoritV urisdi io ent • ar ly reoQms indicated to be salvaged and -e ses here in i al �lcator Se vice Contehall engage a utility locator service for t ar site Al tin utx? be marked prior to surface disturbance. The locationsNAoisting underground utilities shown in the Drawings are approximate and based on the best information available and may not reflect all existing utilities in the Project area. The Contractor is responsible for coordinating with the utility companies for locating existing utilities prior to construction and for protection of services during construction. H. Existing Utilities: Contractor shall protect existing utilities. Damage of the existing utilities shall be repaired by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. I. Do not commence site clearing operations until tree protection and temporary erosion and sedimentation control measures are in place. J. Do not commence site clearing operations until all applicable federal, state and local permits have been acquired. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITON FAYETTEVILLE, AR 31 10 00-4 PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 SOIL MATERIALS A. Satisfactory Soil Materials: Requirements for satisfactory soil materials are specified in Section 03 12 00 "Earthwork." 1. Obtain approved borrow soil materials off -site when satisfactory soil materials are not available on -site. I PART 3 - EXECUTION • O3.1 PREPARATION A. Protect and maintain benc�ar sands contro oints from disturbance during construction. V_ B. Locate and clearly flea ees an ted a emain or to be relocated. C. Protect exist' ite i ents main* damage during constructio 1. e dama impr is to ei original condition, as ccepta caner 3.2 TEMPORARY RJO N A D DIME N CONTROL A. Pro 'd t mpor ro on and ntation control measures to prevent soil sio nd d' a of soil- earl g water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent • rties, rways} walkways, according to Section 00 31 43 iron 1 0 he "Sediment Control Plan," in the Drawings nd all applica le fe era% ate and local requirements. B. Inspect, repair, and maintain erosion and sedimentation control measures during construction until permanent vegetation has been established. C. Remove erosion and sedimentation controls and restore and stabilize areas disturbed during removal. 3.3 DUST CONTROL A. Use water mist and other suitable methods to limit spread of dust and dirt. Comply with governing environmental -protection regulations. Do not water when it may damage adjacent construction or create hazardous or objectionable conditions, such as ice, flooding, and pollution. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITON FAYETTEVILLE, AR 31 10 00-5 3.4 TREE PROTECTION A. Erect and maintain temporary fencing around tree protection zones before starting site clearing. Remove fence when construction is complete. 3.5 UTILITIES A. Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off utilities indicated to be removed. 1. Arrange with utility companies to shut off indica$*d utilities. 2. Cut off pipe or conduit a minimum of 24 ' ebelow grade 3. Cap, valve, or plug an IbAw remaini • ion of pipe or conduit after bypassing accordin to iNquireme s uthorities having jurisdiction. B. Existing Utilities: D t 'nterr ies se acilities occupied by Owner or others unl ss rmitt er the to ing conditions and then only after arrang n provi mporao i ity ervices according to requirements i ed: 1. No ' gine o s than ys i fee of proposed utility i r ions. 2. o not r e14 wit i interr without Engineer's written per s C. ExcavatVand r dergro tilities indicated to be removed. 3.6 CLEA V I�G N G ockpile exi ' g to ved during clearing and grubbing on -site for euse. B. Remove obstructions, trees, shrubs, grass, and other vegetation to permit installation of new construction. 1. Do not remove trees, shrubs, and other vegetation indicated to remain or to be relocated. 2. Cut minor roots and branches of trees indicated to remain in a clean and careful manner where such roots and branches obstruct installation of new construction. 3. Grub stumps and remove roots, obstructions, and debris extending to a depth of 18 inches (450 mm) below exposed subgrade. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITON FAYETTEVILLE, AR 31 10 00-6 3.7 3.8 4. Use only hand methods for grubbing within tree protection zone. 5. Protect and trim existing trees to remain. C. Fill depressions caused by clearing and grubbing operations with satisfactory soil material unless further excavation or earthwork is indicated. 1. Place fill material in horizontal layers not exceeding a loose depth of 8 inches (200 mm), and compact each layer to a density equal to adjacent original ground. I TOPSOIL STRIPPING A. Strip topsoil to whatever de the are enco&qste in a manner to prevent intermingling with underlyin it or o materials. 1. Remove subsoil ani no soil ma a 'a rom topsoil, including trash, debris, weeds, r ; d other a ateri,� B. Stockpile topsoil mat i s v of excavations wit o inter to drain surfa er. C Division 1 r ents aiA 1. 2. Vo not st, 3. D'sp �e exce< DEMO IT GE A. ' ve ' in above► cessary to ilitat; egulations. -r ted oit l awings, away from edge ith su rad and shape stockpiles e o prev/q dbho ust. Comply with %ollows • I i req re any permit. Y OM in tree ion zones. Kas sp or waste material disposal. elow-grade improvements as indicated and ruction. Work within limitations of governing 1. Above Grade: Proceed with demolition from top to bottom of existing structure. Complete building demolition operations above each floor before disturbing supporting members on the next lower level. 2. Below Grade: Demolish foundation wall and other below -grade construction that is within footprint of new construction and extending 10 feet outside footprint indicated for new construction. a. Where new construction does not exist above demolition efforts, structure shall be demolished to a depth of 4 feet below final grade. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITON FAYETTEVILLE, AR 31 10 00-7 3. Contractor shall finish grade all disturbed areas according to the "Site Grading Plan." 4. Contractor shall be responsible for all temporary retaining structures necessary for containment of extents of excavation necessary for demolition activities. 5. Owner shall not be responsible for damage to other structures as a result of demolition efforts. B. Remove slabs, paving, curbs, gutters, and aggregate base as indicated. 1. Unless existing full -depth joints coincide w' a of demolition, neatly saw -cut length of existing pavement toreollbefore removing existing pavement. Saw -cut fareo,tically N52. Paint cut ends of st 1rce conc to to remain to prevent corrosion. 3.9 SITE RESTORATIO �o �` A. Below-Gra eas: O 1 1. grade be -grade read r rther excavation or new onstru 1 aR 'i 2. Coft fill mfat on B®ransition ra ' ii ooth sur a fi between 3.10 REPAIRS -ffade ar s d voids resulting from building s wit factory soil materials, recycled o d pulverized masonry according to in n 03 12 00 "Earthwork." grade area of demolished construction to a rirfegular surface changes. Provide a smooth existing grades and new grades. A. Promptly repair damage to adjacent buildings/structures caused by demolition operations. 3.11 DISPOSAL A. Disposal: Remove and dispose of offsite all surplus soil material, unsuitable topsoil, obstructions, demolished materials, and waste materials including trash and debris as determined by Owner. B. Disposal shall comply with all applicable federal, state and local requirements. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITON FAYETTEVILLE, AR 31 10 00-8 END OF SECTION YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITON FAYETTEVILLE, AR 31 10 00-9 SECTION 31 20 00 EARTHWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, Technical Reports, and general provisiops of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Con ons and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. O 1.2 SUMMARY G A. This Section includes o owin 1. Preparing ades ound 'p sl bs-on-grade, walks, paveme lawns. 2. Ex g an a ing for ures. ` v 3. se urse for pa e 4. Subs r c amage a for p hts and storm water infiltration s steps �� G 5. atingnd utili trenches. � ackfill � ty 6 erm I st ' tion materials. 1.3 D TIONS G A. Backfill: Soil material, crushed stone aggregate material, lean concrete, or controlled low -strength material used to fill an excavation. B. Initial Backfill: Backfill placed beside and over pipe in a trench, including haunches to support sides of pipe. C. Final Backfill: Backfill placed over initial backfill to fill a trench. D. Pipe Bedding Material: Course placed over the excavated subgrade in a trench before laying pipe. E. Borrow Soil: Soil imported from off -site for use as fill or backfill as approved by Engineer. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 31 20 00-1 F. Drainage Backfill: Graded coarse aggregate material used to allow free flow of groundwater. G. Aggregate Drainage Course: Continuous layer of drainage backfill used to allow free flow of groundwater under a structure. H. Excavation: Removal of material encountered above subgrade elevations and to lines and dimensions indicated. I. Fill: Soil or rock materials used to raise existing grades. J. Rock: Naturally occurring mineral materials, igneotA, metamorphic and sedimentary material in beds, ledges, unstrad masses, conglomerate deposits, and boulders of rock material that fxM,%/2 cu. yd. that cannot be excavated without systemati filling, ran ering, or blasting, when permitted. K. Structures: Buildings , foun 'o , retai alls, slabs, tanks and similar, curbs, mech and ele 1 app4ir n es, or other man-made stationary feature ucted or bel round surface. L. Subbase Co Course a betw n e s and pavements, sidewalks, c ete sl o ade, or gs. M. Subg rface or a ation r ' ng aft in leting excavation, or top fill i 1 bel ase or topsoil materials. surfac of a 111044 n 4J N. Utilities: 2. Edition of 1996. %toundrpipes, gQn Flits, ducts, and cables, as well as ith buildin's 6catio�� JSt✓andard Specifications for Highway I b t Arkansas State Highway and Transportation Y g Y p ► ` P. Blasting: Material -removal procedure utilizing explosive charges. Not allowed unless otherwise approved by Engineer, Owner, and local authority having jurisdiction. Q. Permanent Erosion Control Matting: Machine woven blanket used to provide erosion resistance while supporting growth and development of vegetation and ultimately biodegrade. R. Permanent Erosion Control Wattle: Machine knotted cylindrical log of natural materials used to provide permanent protection of slope edges or YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 31 20 00-2 waterways while supporting growth and development of adjacent vegetation and ultimately biodegrade. S. Permanent Erosion Control Block: Machine woven blanket surrounding a dense coir of natural materials used to provide permanent soil lift, or stream channel check dam while supporting growth and development of adjacent vegetation and ultimately biodegrade. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Geotextile. • O 2. Controlled low-strengt rial, i g design mixture. 3. Permanent ero rol m i B. Samples: 12-by-1 (300- mm) a of subdrainage and separation geote (� C. Material T t por 0 a q tes ' cy indicating and interpre t re su s f compl' f the o ng with requirements Indic 1. las ' at o accor AS 87 of each on -site and borrow soil a 1 P r sed r fill a fill. 2. �I (rator co do c cording to ASTM D 698 for each on - and oil mate • �► Gr do for ea shed stone material proposed for fill and backfi 4. Laboratory co paction curve according to ASTM D-1557 for aggregate and crushed stone material proposed for fill and backfill. 5. California Bearing Ratio (CBR) test results for subgrade materials. D. Dewatering Plan: Plans showing location and controls for site excavation and stormwater dewatering systems. Contractor shall submit dewatering plan for review by Engineer in accordance with requirements of Specification Section 3123 19 Dewatering. E. Blasting Plan: If blasting is approved in writing. For record purposes; approved by authorities having jurisdiction, Owner and Engineer. F. Seismic Survey Report: For record purposes; from seismic survey agency. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 31 20 00-3 G. Preexcavation Photographs or Videotape: Show existing conditions of adjoining construction and site improvements, including finish surfaces, which might be misconstrued as damage caused by earthwork operations. Submit before earthwork begins. H. Qualification Data: For testing agency. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE I:! Blasting: Comply with applicable requirements in NFPA 495, "Explosive Materials Code," and prepare a blasting plan reporting4he following: 1. Types of explosive and sizes of chargg tl sed in each area of rock removal, types of bias mats, seq%encf blasting operations, and procedures that will kfeTent d aL* * to site improvements and structures on Prpj sit and a�0*t propeAes. 2. Seis B. Seismic Si authorities acceptable to and blasting 1.t t es of explos'v d zes of a to be used in each area of ock re ,hypes f a ing ma ence of blasting operations, and r e res at ' preven age to site improvements and s ucW on P oje site and nt properties. 2. smogra is onitoring blasting operations. C. ec nica tmg A Qualifications: The Owner shall provide an pend sti g a * ified according to ASTM E 329 to conduct soil aterials an ro c-d i ition testing, as documented according to ASTM D 3740 and AST E 548. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. The project site associated with this project is adjacent to an existing residential neighborhood. Contractor shall maintain access to any existing structures to remain. B. Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted in writing by Engineer and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 31 20 00-4 1W 1. Notify Engineer not less than two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions. 2. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Engineer's written permission. 3. Contact utility -locator service for area where Project is located before excavating. Demolish and completely remove from site existing underground utilities indicated to be removed. Coordinate with utility com ales to shut off services if lines are active. Project Site Information: 1. Each prospective fid r shal e its own interpretation of subsurface in * issue end shal 'ts own expense, make surveys and ation it may ee necessar to evaluate Y g � �' Y conditions ill aff rform �e work. 2. 3. �a Repo in a. the re %ors c =A PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 SOIL MATERIALS Wcuments, the following subsurface conditions at or 7ere used: by MCE). borings and conduct other earthwork at no additional er" b�ltesponsible for interpretation or conclusions drawn A. General: Provide borrow soil materials when sufficient satisfactory soil materials are not available from excavations. B. Satisfactory Soils: ASTM D 2487 Soil Classification Groups GM, GC, GW, GP, GP -GC, SP and SC which have a liquid limit less than 40, a plasticity limit less than 18, (although this requirement may be waived if the fill has a minimum of 65% retained on the No. 200 sieve) or a combination of these YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 31 20 00-5 groups. Local "hillside" cherty clay borrow with a liquid limit greater than 40 is acceptable, provided it is classified as GC and has less than 35 percent passing the No. 200 sieve and has a CBR value equal to or greater than eight (8), and is approved for the specific application by the qualified testing agency and the Engineer. The borrow material should be free of debris, waste, frozen materials, vegetation, and other deleterious material. It should be free of rock fragments larger than 3 inches (150 mm) and the upper 18 inches of the backfill or subbase course should have a maximum particle size of 3 inches. C. Subbase Material: 1. Subbase material for foundations shall be E 'need Fill as defined in paragraph E below. • 2. Subbase material for to floor n-grade shall be Granular Fill and Fine Graded G nular M er' efined in paragraphs I and J below. • D. Aggregate Base Con e: lass 7 ss 8 to base course (ABC) as specified by Secti of the Stand ecifi tions. • E. Engineered rro 1 as d n P above. F. Drainage ill: N ply gr �d ixtu of shed limestone coarse - a re ate with percent �l-inch - m sieve and 0 to 5 percent gg P ( ) passinal a 3/ ' c 'eke. n 'vely, stone (ASTM D448) may be used. I G. Aggr a e raina e: meeting the requirements for the pre o s men ainage 11. H. • r ular Fi lean of crushed stone or crushed or uncrushed el; A 448 'z th 100 percent passing a 1-1/2 inch (34.5-mm) ieve and 0 to 5 perc t p ssing a No. 8 (2.36-mm) sieve. Fine -Graded Granular Material: Clean mixture of crushed stone, crushed gravel, and manufactured or natural sand; ASTM D 448; Size 10, with 100 percent passing a 3/8-inch (9.5-mm) sieve, 10 to 30 percent passing a No. 100 (0.15-mm) sieve, and at least 5 percent passing a No. 200 (0.075-mm) sieve; complying with deleterious substance limits of ASTM C 33 for fine aggregates. J. Filter Material: Narrowly graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, or crushed stone and natural sand; ASTM D 448; coarse -aggregate grading Size 67; with 100 percent passing a 1-inch (25-mm) sieve and 0 to 5 percent passing a No. 4 (4.75-mm) sieve. K. Sand: ASTM C 33; fine aggregate, natural, or manufactured sand. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 31 20 00-6 L. Impervious Fill: Clayey gravel and sand mixture capable of compacting to a dense state. 00"Drell 0 WI 0 10 Wi A. Subsurface Drainage Geotextile: Nonwoven needle -punched geotextile, manufactured for subsurface drainage applications, made from polyolefins or polyesters; with elongation greater than 50 percent; complying with AASHTO M 288 and the following, measured per test methods referenced: 1. Survivability: Class 2; AASHTO M 288. 2. Grab Tensile Strength: 157 lbf (700 N); D 4632. 3. Sewn Seam Strength: 1 (630 M D 4632. 4. Tear Strength- iR50 N)• D 453 5. Puncture S : 56 lbf ); AS 833. 6. Appar penin e: No. .212- 1b6ieve, maximum; AST 4751. 7. ttivity: 0.1 r secon imum ST D 4491. 8. V S ili 5) per t er 50 ' exposure; ASTM D 4355. B. Filter FlGTote ilk Njr►woven01 -punched fabric, manufactured for sub a rainsQay"Wati s from polypropylene; with elongation Brea a man S�p� compl ith AASHTO M 288 and the following, v► • Surviv ility• a ASHTO M 288. 2. Grab Tensile Strength: 90 lbf (400 N); ASTM D 4632. 3. Tear Strength: 40 lbf (175 N); ASTM D 4533. 4. Puncture Strength: 55 lbf (240 N); ASTM D 4833. 5. Apparent Opening Size: No.70 (0.212-mm) sieve, maximum; ASTM D 4751. 6. Permittivity: 2.1 per second, minimum; ASTM D 4491. 7. Flow Rate: 155 gal/min/ft2 (6300 L/min/m2); ASTM D 4491. 8. UV Stability: 70 percent after 500 hours' exposure; ASTM D 4355. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 31 20 00-7 2.3 C. CON7 Geogrid pavement subgrade reinforcement: Continuous reinforcement grid of individual punch polypropylene cords fused at knuckle joints with heat. Grid shall have cords oriented in three directions, at 60-degree angles from each other. 1. Rib pitch: 40mm longitudinal, 40mm diagonal 2. Mid -rid depth: 1.2mm diagonal, 1.2mm transverse 3. Mid -rid width: Llmm diagonal, Llmm transverse 4. Rib shape: rectangular 5. Aperture shape: triangular O 6. Junction efficiency: 93 u imate strength, according to GRI- GG2-87 and GRI-G 1- 7. Aperture stab' i ` .Okg-c @5 Okc ccording to US Army Corps of ers M logy measurement of Torsional Rigidity,aure sta oduly,C.3.1.20)k strain according to cording to EPA 9090. �r % resistance according to ASTM A<V controlled LNv-StrfTty Low -density, self -compacting, flowable ncrete material as 11 s: 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or III. 2. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class C. 3. Normal -Weight Aggregate: ASTM C 33, 3/8-inch (10-mm) nominal maximum aggregate size. 4. Water: ASTM C 94/C 94M. 5. Air -Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260. B. Produce conventional -weight, controlled low -strength material with 400-psi compressive strength when tested according to ASTM C 495. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 31 20 00-8 2.4 LEAN CONCRETE A. Lean Concrete: Binder, secondary cementitious materials, aggregates and admixtures shall be as follows: 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or III. 2. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class C. 3. Normal -Weight Aggregate: ASTM C 33, 3/8-inch (10-mm) nominal maximum aggregate size. I 4. Water: ASTM C 94/C 94M. 5. Air -Entraining Admix e: ASTM B. Produce conventional -we' ht, lean ete material with 2,500-psi compressive strength nted ac 1 i�g to AS 39. 2.5 ACCESSORIES A. Detectable a ing e�fer to Q �Fa tandard Specs for design a �truct n o Water /and a nes): Acid- and alkali- resis yethylene m warif ape ufa tured for marking and identi ing undNpVd u ' t' s, mi 3 inches wide and 5.0 mils thick, solidnc for with letter' ontinuously inscribed with a description o Vutiliffwivith etalli r encased in a protective jacket for corrosio otectio d4Legable b detector when tape is buried up to 30 i c ep; co re nd la ollows: ♦ ed: ri — "C - Buried Electric Line Below." Orang . Tele o nd other communications. 3. Blue: Potable water systems. 4. Green: Sewer systems. B. Tracer Wire (Refer to City of Fayetteville Standard Specs for design and Construction of Water Lines and Sewer Lines): 12-gauge coated copper wire, specifically designed for use as an underground utility tracer wire. 2.6 PERMANENT SOIL STABILIZATION MATERIALS A. Matting YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 31 20 00-9 1. Semi -permanent machine woven coconut bristle coir mat made from twisted coir twines, 100% biodegradable, with manufacturer rated field longevity of 4-6years minimum. Matting shall have open weave to allow for seeding over the installed mat. Matting shall conform to the following specifications. a. Weight — Minimum 29 oz/SY ASTMD 3776 b. Tensile Strength 1) Wet a) Machine Direction Iinimum 1776lbs/ft :\ lihirecti ASTMD 4594* ;b) inimum 936lbs/ft* 2) Ma irecti mmum 2024lbs/ft* c� b) s Direc inin? �1 60lbs/ft* n c.long a failure �� 1 Vach' it c io I r Ope ar — ess — f. eco n� g. Recomm d r% Calculated 0.35 inch ASTMD 1777 stress — 5lbs/SF flow —16fps h. Recommended Slope —1:1 i. Minimum twine count/foot — 39x18 2. Recommend Products: a. BioD-Mat 90, as manufactured by Rolanka International, Inc. of Stockbride, GA. b. Or equal. B. Wattle YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 31 20 00-10 1. Densely packed coconut coir bristle in a cylindrical shaped knotted outer netting, 100% biodegradable, with manufacturer rated field longevity of the outer netting of minimum 2 years. The filler mattress coir fiber will not reduce in volume, but become a part of the soil with time. Wattle shall conform to the following specifications. a. Outer netting — 2" x 2" knotted, manufactured from minimum 90lbs strength machine spun bristle coir twines. b. Inner filling —100% coconut fiber (mattress coir) C. Density — Minimum 9lbs/ft3 d. Unit Weight — Minimum 7lbs/fr O e. Manufactured le t — Mi Oft f. Manuf e iamet nimum ' 2. Recommeoducts:� O a. Roll 3 manufa by Rd t,64nternational, Inc. o Stoc d A. Or equal. C. Block 1. y pac Qt coir b in a rectangular shape with woven 1) coir fab c atta ee outer layer on three sides. 100% deg oth en he woven fabric are loose and allow for instal a the The filler mattress coir fiber shall not reduce ` in e, but bart of the soil with time. Block shall conform to the lowi g s 'fications. a. Outer fabric — woven fabric from twisted bristle coir twines 1) Machine Direction Dry Tensile Strength — Minimum 1740lbs/ft 2) Cross Direction Dry Tensile Strength — Minimum 1176lbs/ft b. Inner filling —100% coconut fiber (mattress coir) C. Unit Weight — 7.7lbs/ft d. Minimum Block Height —16" YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 31 20 00-11 e. Minimum Block Thickness — 9" f. Minimum Block Length — 1Oft g. Minimum Fabric Length Top — 48" h. Minimum Fabric Length Bottom — 75" i. Minimum Fabric Length at female end — 6" 2. Recommended Products: I a. BioD-Block 16-400, as manufactureRolanka International, Inc. of Stockbridge, GA. O • b. Or equal. G • J, PART 3 -EXECUTION � + • �� 3.1 PREPARATION V �� • Q C. Protect s Nes, u liti , si dam c ed b settUnt other hazards itNby eae 10 _` 1 C. other facilities from lining, washout, and erations, including removal of , and deleterious materials from on 31 10 00 "Site Clearing and sedimentation controls, which are specified imental Compliance" during earthwork D. Provide protective insulating materials to protect subgrades and foundation soils against freezing temperatures or frost where recommended by qualified testing agency during construction. 3.2 DEWATERING A. Comply with requirements of Specification Section 31 23 19 "Dewatering", approved Dewatering Plan, requirements of Specifications Section 00 31 43 "Environmental Compliance" and any other applicable Federal, State or local requirement. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 31 20 00-12 B. Prevent surface water and ground water from entering excavations, from ponding on prepared subgrades, and from flooding Project site and surrounding area. C. Protect subgrades from softening, undermining, washout, and damage by rain or water accumulation. 1. Reroute surface water runoff away from excavated areas. Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations. Do not use excavated trenches as temporary drainage ditches. 2. Install a dewatering system to keep subgrad dty and convey ground water away from excavations. Maintain uSewatering is no longer required. `0 3.3 EXPLOSIVES A. Explosives: NOT AL VWD unl NNlastin4 h Nn approved by Owner, Engineer, and loc 09.Writy h4pilpfurisdi,qoWbtain written permission from authoritie 'ng jurisS� befor ing ex saves to Project site or using expl n Pro e. �� 1. P blasti thout g a 'ac t ructures, property, or provemen s. 2. erf ting wi o weak the bearing capacity of rock subgra nd t e 1 ast-pr weak disturbance to rock to remain. 3.ly w h Fed a to and local regulations, laws and uire • ��3.4 E ION, ERA ` A. Excavation shall com with the requirements of OSHA Standard 29 CFR Part 1926 — Safety and Health Regulations for Construction. B. Unclassified Excavation: Excavate to subgrade elevations regardless of the character of surface and subsurface conditions encountered. Unclassified excavated materials may include rock, soil materials, and obstructions. No changes in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time will be authorized for rock excavation or removal of obstructions. 1. If excavated materials intended for fill and backfill include unsatisfactory soil materials and rock, replace with satisfactory soil materials. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 31 20 00-13 2. Remove rock to lines and grades indicated to permit installation of permanent construction. Unless indicated or approved otherwise remove rock as follows: a. 36 inches (900 mm) outside of concrete forms other than at footings. b. 12 inches (300 mm) outside of concrete forms at footings. C. 0 inches (0 mm) outside of drilled pier foundations. d. 6 inches (150 mm) outside of minimum required dimensions of concrete cast against grade. e. Outside dimens of concre> ndicated to be cast against rock without fol or extei Ft erproofing treatments. f. 6 inchen) be ttom o o rete slabs on grade. g. 6 in 0 mm)th sto nage pipe in trenches, and t ater of es (60 wider 6n pipe or 42 inches mm) h. derc a pecifie o ect 3.5 EXCAVATIO A ILL FOR TUR A. Generaltt* C) 1. n tr a^ U inded ply with all Federal, State and local e ui and re ations including, and not limited to all OSHA q g> > � re in ts. • Excavation a Gfor structures, as specified, shall be coordinated and integrated with the requirements for all adjacent and/or contiguous structures or features. 3. The term "as directed" shall mean as directed by the qualified testing agency or the Engineer. 4. Required insitu subgrade shall mean the minimum acceptable subgrade and shall be field verified by either: (1) the Engineer, or (2) the qualified testing agency, with concurrence of the Engineer. 5. Actual excavation depths, soils, suitability of subgrade, requirements for undercut and suitability of fill materials shall be determined by either: (1) the Engineer, or (2) the qualified testing agency with concurrence of the Engineer. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 31 20 00-14 6. Excavation for structures and/or undercut shall be stepped with relatively level excavated surfaces. Sloped excavation for structures and/or undercut will not be permitted. 7. Contractor shall perform all excavation and fill as necessary to meet all requirements for construction of the project based upon actual site conditions at no additional costs to the Owner. 8. Where groundwater or other wet conditions prohibit proper placement of engineered fill, the Contractor may use a method of B stone and Class 7 ABC beneath the engineered hill, subject tYeview and approval by both the qualified testing agency and the JLngineer. 9. Controlled low -strength material ma sed for fill only where approved by either: (1)V&4ngineer he qualified testing agency with concurrence of the ngineer. 10. Excavations fo *tures ' i horizontally i icate reel exterior st c re or b line(s shall be dept a produ dete by ' l r:. ) the a ith co cu ence of i III withi h vatic in Ad fi cted tol r ctur nles he ex k I jacen�utture, fe als Nfhan rock shall extend �d' t e Engineer, beyond the dire ions. The excavation uitalil aring material as eer, a qualified testing leer. i(bel�ond the structure shall be Fuirements of the contiguous and fill requirements of the pavement are more stringent. 11. V,kiss r e base1 or granular fill should not be used for unch b ck i . Foundation trench backfill material co to ing should consist of the same material (either suitab a fill) for all foundations for more uniform support. The6ractor may substitute Class 7 ABC for engineered fill only where approved by either: (1) the Engineer, or (2) the qualified testing agency with concurrence of the Engineer. 12. Class 8 ABC shall be used for fill where indicated. 13. Minimum required undercut (excavation) shall be one (1) foot for structures and heavy duty pavements, unless directed otherwise. Additional undercut depth where noted or directed. Other undercut as directed. 14. Trenching for water and sewer pipe shall comply with Section 33 20 00 "Standard Specifications for Design and Construction of Water Lines and Sewer Lines." YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 31 20 00-15 3.6 15. Compaction of engineered fill for structures shall be 98% Standard Proctor Density (ASTM D-698). 16. Compaction of Class 7 ABC and Class 8 ABC for structures shall be 95% Modified Proctor Density (ASTM D-1557). 17. Insitu materials require scarification and recompaction if directed by the qualified testing agency or the Engineer. 18. Excavate to indicated elevations and dimensions within a tolerance of plus or minus 1-inch (25 mm). EXCAVATION AND FILL FOR WALKS AND LIV TY PAVEMENTS A. Bearing: Walks and light du p veme 1 be founded on compacted subbase or engineered fill. B. Excavate surfaces un eas to a fill tp ' ed lines, cross sections, elevations and sub C. Proof -Roll: oil an obe as a ed (as ',cc d by the qualified testing age the i Und exca �y unsuitable areas or unsuiLab rials d' ected. A cted,,kLep roof -roll and/or probe Fill/Backfill �he i elevations re,Pd. 3.7 EXCAV, A. materials as specified to the ts, lines, depths, and elevations. Beyond buil(04Verimeter, excavate trenches to allow installation of top of pipe below frost line. B. Excavate trenches to uniform widths to provide the following clearance on each side of pipe or conduit. Excavate trench walls vertically from trench bottom to 12 inches (300 mm) higher than top of pipe or conduit, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Clearance: 12 inches (300 mm) each side of pipe or conduit as indicated. C. Trench Bottoms: Excavate trenches 6 inches (100 mm) deeper than bottom of pipe/conduit elevation to allow for bedding course. Hand excavate for bell of pipe/conduit. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 31 20 00-16 3.8 EXCAVATION FOR AREAS TO RECEIVE FILL A. Excavate surfaces under areas to receive fill to indicated lines, cross sections, elevations and subgrades. B. Excavate to suitable materials as determined by either: (1) the Engineer, or (2) the qualified testing agency, with concurrence of the Engineer. 3.9 SUBGRADE INSPECTION A. Notify Engineer and qualified testing agency when exc4ations have reached required subgrade. e4Q\ C. If either (1) Engineer or (2) q ified test Engineer, determines that un s ctory and replace with compacte f ba fill or A Proof -roll subgrade pneumatic -tired yielding. Do now • , with concurrence of the sent, continue excavation as directed. ientnii as directed, with heavy ets and areas of excess 14 rades. uali ing agency and the speed to 3 mph. axle dump truck weighing nNfisfactory soils, and areas of excessive determined by qualified testing agency, with peer, and replace with compacted backfill or D. When, in the judgment of the qualified testing agency, with concurrence of the Engineer, proof -rolling is not an acceptable method to examine subgrade, then the qualified testing agency may probe the excavation using a method standard to the qualified testing agency and approved by the Engineer. E. Reconstruct subgrades damaged by freezing temperatures, frost, rain, accumulated water, dryness or construction activities, as directed by qualified testing agency without additional compensation. 3.10 UNAUTHORIZED EXCAVATION A. Fill unauthorized excavation under foundations or wall footings by extending bottom elevation of concrete foundation or footing to excavation bottom, YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 31 20 00-17 without altering top elevation. Lean concrete fill may be used when approved by Engineer. 1. Fill unauthorized excavations under other construction or utility pipe, as directed by Engineer. 3.11 STORAGE OF SOIL MATERIALS A. Stockpile borrow soil materials and excavated satisfactory soil materials without intermixing. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust. 1. Stockpile soil materials away from eog cavations. Do not store within drip line of rem ' 'ng trees. I 2. Protect and maintai er ion annentat' n controls, comply with Division 01 an 'vi i n 02 r �ents. • O 3.12 BACKFILL C�6\ 6 A. Place and c ct ba lcavati Tomp , �iot before completing the 1. 2. roilo n onstru t bglow i inc , where applicable, drainage ack srainag pprodi waterproofing, and perimeter insula i C)l Dying cat au ns of nd utilities for Record Documents. nn estin&4&h►sbectin2%jnderLiround utilities. 5. Remo ►g cogffetN 1work. Removing trash and debris. 6. Removing temporary shoring and bracing, and sheeting. 7. Installing permanent or temporary horizontal bracing on horizontally supported walls. B. Place backfill on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice. 3.13 UTILITY TRENCH BACKFILL A. Place backfill on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 31 20 00-18 B. Place and compact bedding course on trench bottoms and where indicated. Shape bedding course to provide continuous support for bells, joints, and barrels of pipes and for joints, fittings, and bodies of conduits. C. Backfill trenches excavated under footings and within 18 inches (450 mm) of bottom of footings with concrete to elevation of bottom of footings. Concrete is specified in Division 03 Section "Cast -in -Place Concrete." D. Place and compact initial backfill of subbase material or satisfactory soil, free of particles larger than 1-inch (25 mm) in any dimension, to a height of 12 inches (300 mm) over the utility pipe or conduit. 1. Carefully compact initial backfill under a aunches and compact evenly up on both sides and along the 1 gth of utility piping or conduit to avoid da or dis- nt of piping or conduit. Coordinate backfilling th utilitiee g. • E. Controlled Low-Stren teria 1. Where in a or a �AO� by er, pikee initial backfill of controll -stren terial t t o f 1 hes (300 mm) over the u pe o c` dicat ar e y E ine place final backfill of t lletdi Low-stren0 to finbgrade elevation. *1� and removing shoring and soil to final subgrade elevation. and warning tape 18 inches above utilities. 1. Where indicated or approved by Engineer, place initial backfill of controlled low -strength material to a height of 12 inches (300 mm) over the utility pipe or conduit. 2. Where indicated or approved by Engineer, place final backfill of controlled low -strength material to final subgrade elevation. 3.14 SOIL FILL A. Soil fill shall be utilized to raise existing grades where indicated. B. Place soil fill on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 31 20 00-19 C. Bench sloped surfaces at structures so fill material will bond with existing material. D. At locations other than structures, plow, scarify, bench or break up sloped surfaces steeper than one (1) vertical to four (4) horizontal so fill material will bond with existing material. E. Place and compact fill material in layers to required elevations as specified, shown in the Drawings, or as follows: 1. Under grass and planted areas, use satisfactory s I material. 2. Under walks and pavements, use engine11 and/or subbase, as indicated. , O 3. Under steps and ra use a ed fill and/or subbase, as indicated. 4. Under structu es builds bs use i�ed fill and/or subbase as indicate�� 5. Unde gs an �atio rate ucture slabs and fo n sla , u gineer , unle ted otherwise. 3.15 SOIL MOIS RE C L V" Q I ff A. Where necZer an s r cte by lified testing agency, uniformly moisten ate a and ubsequent fill or backfill soil layer be f a dt actin to thin th percent of optimum moisture content. o n c ac i fill soil material on surfaces that are muddy, ` fr or ontai st ice. 2. Remove and e, or scarify and air dry otherwise satisfactory soil material that exceeds optimum moisture content by two (2) percent and is too wet to compact to specified dry unit weight. 3.16 COMPACTION OF SOIL BACKFILLS AND FILLS A. Place backfill and fill soil materials in layers not more than nine (9) inches (200 mm) in loose depth for material compacted by heavy compaction equipment, and not more than seven (7) inches (178mm) in compacted depth. Place backfill and fill soil materials in layers not more than four (4) inches (100 mm) in loose depth for material compacted by hand -operated tampers. B. Place backfill and fill soil materials evenly on all sides of structures to required elevations, and uniformly along the full length of each structure. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 31 20 00-20 C. Hand -compaction equipment shall be used for compaction of utility trench backfill and within 5 feet of below -grade walls. D. Compact soil materials to not less than the following percentages of maximum densities: 1. Under structures, building slabs, and building areas as indicated or directed, all non -aggregate fill, non -aggregate backfill and recompacted soils shall be compacted to at least 98 percent of the Standard Proctor (ASTM D-698) maximum dry density at a water content within three (3) percent of the optimum Vue. 2. Under pavements, walks, steps and ramps *retaining wall backfill areas, all non -aggregate fill, non-aggse t ackfill and recompacted soils shall be compacte t least 9k nt of the Standard Proctor (ASTM D-698) maximu dry den( rvy a water content within three (3) percent of the um value�// 3. Under berms Sguous tural ing fill zones, retaining walls or a ated a aggreg no gregate backfill and recomp oils s comp o at.1 95 percent of the Stan roc D-6 axi density at a water co ithin hre ) perc a opt value. 4. n e 1 s and oth area specified elsewhere, all fill, ack nd Amp d ils shall ompacted to at least 92 percent of th dar roct (AST 8) maximum dry density at a veAc tent 'thi three (3 nt of the optimum value. 3.17 COMP TI OF GATE /ACKFILL AND AGGREGATE FILL ce aggre bac � regate fill materials in layers not more than 6 nches (150 mm) in ose epth for material compacted by heavy compaction equipment, and not m e than 4 inches (100 mm) in loose depth for material compacted by hand -operated tampers. B. Place aggregate backfill and aggregate fill materials evenly on all sides of structures to required elevations, and uniformly along the full length of each structure. C. All aggregate backfill and aggregate fill shall be AHTD Class 7 ABC or AHTD Class 8 ABC, or Owner Provided Aggregate Fill, as indicated. D. Compact aggregate backfill and aggregate fill to not less than the following percentages of maximum densities: YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 31 20 00-21 1. Under structures, building slabs, pavements, retaining walls, and as indicated or directed, all aggregate fill and aggregate backfill shall be compacted to at least 98 percent of the Modified Proctor (ASTM D- 1557) maximum dry density at a water content within two (2) percent of the optimum value. 2. Under sidewalks, all aggregate backfill and aggregate fill shall be compacted to at least 95 percent of the Modified Proctor (ASTM D- 1557) maximum dry density at a water content within two (2) percent of the optimum value. I 3.18 CONSOLIDATION OF DRAINAGE BACKFILL A. Place drainage backfill mater layers than 6 inches (150 mm) in loose depth for material console ated by h� Jmpaction equipment, and not more than 4 inches (l ft in oose d� mate; consolidated by hand - operated tampers. B. Place drainage ba materienly on es of tructures to required elevations, and mly al o a full le each ture. C. All drain kfill all onsol' o a r ihaximum dry density deter 'n n he fie rolli a sub ue density measurements. Deter n ar et ma ' sity s 1 e by geotechnical engineer. Once t get si y s efin I ama a ill shall be consolidated to the same effort. D. Han o tVtion i t sha ed within 5 feet of below -grade walls. 3.19 GRA,Di A. enera1: Uniformly ra 'treas to a smooth surface, free of irregular surface changes. Comply withmpaction requirements and grade to cross sections, lines, and elevations indicated. 1. Provide a smooth transition between adjacent existing grades and new grades. 2. Cut out soft spots, fill low spots, and trim high spots to comply with required surface tolerances. B. Site Grading: Slope grades to direct water away from buildings and to prevent ponding. Finish subgrades to required elevations within the following tolerances: 1. Lawn or Unpaved Areas: Plus or minus 1-inch (25 mm). YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 31 20 00-22 2. Walks: Plus or minus 1-inch (25 mm). 3. Pavements: Plus or minus 1/2-inch (13 mm). C. Grading inside Building Lines: Finish subgrade to a tolerance of 1/2-inch (13 mm) when tested with a 10-foot (3-m) straightedge. 3.20 SUBBASE COURSE A. Place subbase course on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice. I B. On prepared subgrade, place subbase course er pavements, walks, structures and slabs and where indicated, asfo 1. Where indicated, insta aratio xtile on prepared subgrade according to manu ct er's w` instructions, overlapping sides and ends. �` 2. Shape subb �drse to d elev nd cross -sloe grades. p �� � p 3. Place Ie cour c es (15 or le i%Z npacted thickness in a g laye 4. subbase co se tha a eds 6 ' es (150 mm) in compacted ickne ers a ickn no compacted layer more � p Y han i child (150 m t ck or 1 n 3 no (75 mm) thick. 5. act su Q)urse at mum moisture content to required vi s, lm s, oss s ti and thickness to not less than the pa irements ollows: a. U er st r nd slabs and where indicated, compact to not ` ss t n 9 ercent of the Modified Proctor (ASTM D-1557) maxim ry density. b. Under aprons, compact to not less than 95 percent of the Modified Proctor (ASTM D-1557) maximum dry density. C. Under walks (includes steps and ramps) compact to not less than 95 percent of the Modified Proctor (ASTM D-1557) maximum dry density. C. Pavement Shoulders: Place shoulders along edges of subbase course to prevent lateral movement. Construct shoulders of satisfactory soil materials and compact simultaneously with each subbase layer to not less than 98 percent of the Modified Proctor maximum dry unit weight according to ASTM D-1557. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 31 20 00-23 3.21 PERMANENT SOIL STABILIZATION MATERIALS A. Place materials on finished grades free of mud, frost, snow, or uce. B. On prepared finished grades, place materials under topsoil. C. Place materials starting at the top of slope working down, or the upstream end of flow areas working downstream. 1. Key in upper edge of materials into soil a minimum of 6" x 6" continuous. Anchor at intervals as recommended by the manufacturer. a. Anchor with 2" x 2" square, 12" Ionden anchor stakes with nail or hook to catch material., O D. Place matting first, then wattl n bloIft � E. Place materials conti uu floss 1 ►es, sta�,t�'oints and overlap as recommended by ma anufa r. O F. Matting 1. Rem a loose c� roots tithe uctions. Apply soil a e if�ents ar s d mix red see scap e Specifications. p 2. ey in '�'� olge t i 1 nd downstream laying matting oose ve grou 3. m tti cto)oilsto e good continuous matting to soil ct• C; ons tin a imum of 2ft past top of bank or top of slope. Ancho matt' g w nimum 8" long steel stakes, or minimum 12" long woode st es at spacing intervals as recommended by manufacturer for slope and application. 6. Place anchors in a staggered pattern 7. Overlap edges of adjacent mats a minimum of 12 inches. Anchor overlapping seam with a two rows of anchors spaced 6-inches apart. 8. Complete matting installation by burying the end of the mat in a key slot; minimum 6" x 6", anchor with 12" long wooden stakes. G. Wattle 1. Construct wattles as continuous barriers at tops and toes of slopes. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 31 20 00-24 2. Construct wattles at each outlet or inlet and at 3011 intervals along concentrated flow areas. a. Wattles in flow areas shall extent up side slopes to a point where flow must overtop wattle to pass it. 3. Construct wattle on top of erosion control matting, as shown. 4. Anchor wattles every 3ft with minimum 24" long wooden wedges with a nail on the top to secure wattle to the ground. H. Block 1. Lay blocks on top of erosion control iVa s�shown. 2. Anchor with minimum dng ste�s or 12" long wooden stakes at spacing intervals s re omme y man acturer. � 3.22 FIELD QUALITY CONT ` A. Testing Age he shall r Ie a* a led independent Geotechnic ine tin a field quality -control g g g g p q Y testin a lifie es t g age 1 b ac ble to the Owner and Engi rther quali icati nc'he: 1. he a to ical En shallused in the State of Arkansas. B. Test res soh 1 b or d in wri o Owner, Engineer and Contractor wit urs of esti g. C. r t beg' cons t u tion and periodically during construction, any osed or ackfilt t al shall have soil classification, Proctors and lifornia Be ing a io ) testing completed to verify compliance with Part 2 — Products, o . Specification. Soil shall be classified in accordance with the AASHTO System (AASHTO M 145) and the Unified Soil Classification System (ASTM D 2487). CBR testing shall be in accordance with ASTM D 1883 and the subbase shall have a minimum CBR value of eight (8). 1. Soil classification, Proctor testing and CBR testing shall be at an interval to match any apparent change in materials or change in source, or as directed by the qualified testing agency or Engineer. D. Allow testing agency to inspect and test subgrades and each fill or backfill layer. Proceed with subsequent earthwork only after test results for previously completed work comply with requirements. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 31 20 00-25 E. Footing Subgrade: At footing subgrades, at least one (1) test of each soil stratum will be performed to verify design bearing capacities. Subsequent verification and approval of other footing subgrades may be based on a visual comparison of subgrade with tested subgrade when approved by either: (1) the Engineer, or (2) the qualified testing agency with concurrence of the Engineer. F. Testing agency will test compaction of soils in place according to ASTM D 1556, ASTM D 2167, ASTM D 2922, and ASTM D 2937, as applicable. Tests will be performed at the following locations and frequencies: 1. Structures and Building Slab Areas: A subgrade and at each compacted fill and backfill layer, at leas X'*(1) test for every 2500 square feet (232 square meters) or lossf tructure area or building slab, but in no case fe n three s s. 2. Backfill Foundatiench: we itable fill is used to backfill foundation tre er-ex t1 , up t �"�' bottom of foundation elevation, th all be �t ach lach column location and every 25 li eet of ous fou n tr h. • 3. Fou W c 11: At omp fill layer, at least o st for ac 0 feet or les 1 length, but no fewer o (2) tes 4. ave `t: s%bgr at eac pacted fill and backfill layer, at lea t (1) t for ch 10, 0 are feet (929 square meter). I 5. area t ra e each compacted fill and backfill layer, t east st for a :Y,000 sq. ft., but in no case fewer than two to • • Trenc ack rade and at each compacted fill and backfill layer, at least ne ) test every 200 feet of trench or portion thereof, no fewer than two tests with one (1) additional test at crossings under pavement. G. When testing agency reports that subgrades, fills, or backfills have not achieved degree of compaction specified, scarify and moisten or aerate, or remove and replace soil to depth required; recompact and retest until specified compaction is obtained. H. Testing agency will perform additional testing on street, drive and parking area construction, as follows: 1. Subgrade: YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 31 20 00-26 a. One (1) liquid limit and one (1) plasticity index according to ASTM D 4318 for each 500 feet (153 m) of street, or portion thereof. b. One (1) gradation and soil classification according to ASTM D 2487 for each 500 feet (153 m) of street or portion thereof. C. One (1) CBR according to ASTM D 1883 for each 500 feet (153 m) of street or portion thereof. 2. Subbase Course: a. The depth of the crushed stone minus 1/2-inch of the required d greater than 1/ , the ex.i'if test(s) will be i qVied up, l� proper dg I the av f than th &ed dq� defic requir"pth nder of ♦4 pav t. Any �n exceso i utin ,Q 3.23 PROTECT G A. Protec ng G has: 3 and erosion. a ree r B. Repa L Wreesta^ b*'Viall be within plus or N . If the deficient depth is aterial represented by the ded and recompacted to the 11 d h measurements is less eut%eplh will be added to the face course or concrete Nus 1/ -inch will not be used ct►newl areas from traffic, freezing, Y g nd del;r des te fled tolerances where completed or beded, rutted, settled, or where they lose r4 coon operations or weather conditions. ♦� Scilor re ♦ ��eplace soil material to depth as directed by qualified test g a e cy or Engineer; reshape and recompact. C. Where settling occurs before Project correction period elapses, remove finished surfacing, backfill with additional soil material, compact, and reconstruct surfacing. 1. Restore appearance, quality, and condition of finished surfacing to match adjacent work, and eliminate evidence of restoration to greatest extent possible. 3.24 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS A. Disposal: YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 31 20 00-27 1. Remove waste material, including unsatisfactory soil, trash, and debris, and legally dispose of it off Owner's property. Disposal of materials shall be in compliance with the requirements of these Specifications and all applicable Local, State, and Federal regulations. 2. Remove surplus satisfactory soils not needed or desired by Owner or required for the completion of the project and legally dispose of it off Owner's property. Disposal of materials shall be in compliance with the requirements of these Specifications and all applicable Local, State, and Federal regulations. I END OF SECTION • O G O •� O � 0 G I G G � Ci YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 31 20 00-28 SECTION 3123 19 DEWATERING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. ♦`O 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes e tion de t n . g ♦ O 1.3 PERFORMANCE RE I MENT A. Dewatering a : �i n, fur 'nstal s rate, monitor, and maintain ring st of suf 'e cope, nd capacity to control grou ow in cavati d per it struction to proceed on dry, s le s b es4 1. Main a' ewat 'ng o ration t Zsure erosion control, stability of eknAt ns an co structed that excavation does not flood, at d ag sub r d permanent structures is prevented. rev e e water ro entering excavations by grading, dikes, or ♦ of r e s. Accomplish wa`ng without damaging existing buildings adjacent to excavation. 4. Remove dewatering system if no longer needed. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with water disposal requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 31 23 19-1 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Interruption of Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted in writing by Engineer and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated. B. Survey adjacent structures and improvements, employing a qualified professional engineer or land surveyor, establishing exact elevations at fixed points to act as benchmarks. Clearly identify benchmarks and record existing elevations. 1. During dewatering, regularly re -survey b c arks, maintaining an accurate log of surveyed elevation*f r parison with original elevations. Promptly lb Enginee Ages in elevations occur or if cracks, sags, or other R.Amage is i t in adjacent construction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) �� O PART 3 - EXECUTION O 3.1 PREPARA Ci A. Protect str ee tilities, alks, $&ents, and other facilities from damage caus set a t, ateral v ent, undermining, washout, and other ha s crea %4.cywateri rations. ven water an surface or ground water from entering excavf s, rom 'ng on prepared subgrades, and from flooding ` sit s roun . 2. Protect subgrand foundation soils from softening and damage by rain or water accumulation. B. Install dewatering system to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. 1. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities without permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by authorities having jurisdiction. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 3123 19-2 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install dewatering system utilizing wells, well points, or similar methods complete with pump equipment, standby power and pumps, filter material gradation, valves, appurtenances, water disposal, and surface -water controls. B. Before excavating below ground -water level, place system into operation to lower water to specified levels. Operate system continuously until drains, sewers, and structures have been constructed and fill materials have been placed, or until dewatering is no longer required. C. Provide an adequate system to lower and contro.LZrouoend water to permit excavation, construction of structures, and place&nhof fill materials on dry subgrades. Install sufficient dewatering egai to drain water -bearing strata above and below hot f found0 , drains, sewers, and other excavations. *N 1. Do not piping, D. Reduce hydros -head in A of foundatio ms, rs thaW to loss of fines, soil 12a Wo bgrade elevations tvat�+`�`JJ'' E. Dlspa&e ter r ed by a aterin in�f manner that avoids enda lic healt ty, a d ortions of work under constr tion Mete ose of r in a manner that avoids inconvenien e o othe P ide su dimentation tanks, and other flow -co OWces a eq ired by ties having jurisdiction. 1. mply 'th Sectio3143 "Environmental Compliance eci F vide s a y eq -site, installed and available for immediate peration, to maint d atering on continuous basis if any part of system becomes inadequate ails. If dewatering requirements are not satisfied due to inadequacy or failure of dewatering system, restore damaged structures and foundation soils at no additional expense to Owner. 1. Remove dewatering system from Project site on completion of dewatering. Plug or fill well holes with sand or cut off and cap wells a minimum of 36 inches (900 mm) below overlying construction. G. Damages: Promptly repair damages to adjacent facilities caused by dewatering operations. END OF SECTION YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 3123 19-3 SECTION 313100 SOIL TREATMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY: Soil treatment for termite control, complete. 1.2 SUBMITTALS: In compliance with Section 01 33 00, su,j#mit manufacturer's technical data, name of chemical, rates of application, anlication instructions. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Complying with require r�i ents of A State lant Board, or other governing authority. T � B. Engage a profession pest opera ense %in accordance with regulations of �mng a t es for ion e►f i eatment solution. 1.4 PROJE NDI N : Do Qply soi atment solution until exca Ili and gradi ions ar mpleted. Do not apply soil treatm t to thr ex wet s during inclement weather. Comply wi lin n plicati 1 tructions of the soil toxicant manufa r#t. 1.5 WA TY: year w ty certifying that applied soil termiticide berra m •nt ent afion of subterranean termites and, that if to ite A` ' is discovered during the warranty period, V ntractor wi re- eat lie soil and repair or replace damage caused by mite infestation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS: Use termiticide carrying an EPA registration number, and approved by Arkansas State Plant Board or other governing authority. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 31 31 00 - 1 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION: A. Surface Preparation: Remove foreign matter which could decrease effectiveness of treatment on areas to be treated. Loosen, rake and level soil to be treated, except previously compacted areas under slabs and foundations. C. E. Concentrations and Application Rates: Comply with label directions of termiticide, and with Arkansas State Plant Board or othe.#governing authority specifications and recommendations for the followimareas: 1. Under slab -on -grade, ' ewalks, pla ramps, and paving within the border of roof line. 2. Floor drains a •�a s. 3. Below ex ' is n joi trol j and all electrical and plumbi nduits i es that eate tk o rete slab. ""V gg e perimeter of concrete grade. application before beginning warning workers that soil termiticide signs when areas are covered by other Reapply soil treatme Wlution to areas disturbed by subsequent excavation, landscape grading, or other construction activities following application. END OF SECTION YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 31 31 00 - 2 SECTION 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVEMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specificati4h Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section include • r cc t oncrete ement and concrete walkways as indicate Dra `O 1.3 DEFINITIONS �� C. ` O � A. Cementit' uteri C ortland alone i combination with one or Tended Irrm aulic e t, fly a d other pozzolans, and groun ran I blkst-fur c11 . B. AHTD Sta d r Sp . icat "S n Specifications for Highway Construct," ditio of 014, pu by the Arkansas State Highway and A.Wortatio me t. , 1.4 SUB I►LS A. roduct Data: F etype of manufactured material and product indicated. B. Design Mixtures: For each concrete pavement mixture. Include alternate mixture designs when characteristics of materials, Project conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant adjustments. C. Qualification Data: For manufacturer and testing agency. D. Material Certificates: Signed by manufacturers certifying that each of the following materials complies with requirements: 1. Cementitious materials. 2. Steel reinforcement and reinforcement accessories. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 32 13 13-1 3. Admixtures. 4. Curing compounds. 5. Joint fillers. E. Field quality -control test reports. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Manufacturer of rAdy-mixed concrete products who complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M rements for production facilities and equipment. 0N, B. Testing Agency Qualification inde agency qualified according to ASTM C 1077 and AS M 329 f ing indicated, as documented according to ASTM e testi �ncy sh ,, o be certified by the AHTD. a�;a �� O 1. Personn �ucting-�l ests s `quali d as ACI Concrete Field g Teclwftil�n, Grad ccordi o ACI CP-01 or an eq e t certificatiQd progra ey s o be certified by the \101 11?:Ps C. ACI blicati om i ACI3 ecification for Structural � p Concrete," s odified uirem the Contract Documents. I 1.6 PROJECT f 1NTION G A. 'nta n ac ehiku,6kland pedestrian traffic as required for normal ope n d othtuction activities. PART2-PRODUCTS CT 2.1 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE A. Conform to the requirements of Section 03 30 00 "Cast -In -Place Concrete" of these Specifications. 2.2 RELATED MATERIALS A. Expansion- and Isolation -Joint -Filler Strips: AASHTO M 153, sponge rubber. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 32 13 13-2 B. Contraction -Joint -Filler: Sonneborn, Sonolastic SL 1, or equal.' PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine exposed subgrades and subbase surfaces for compliance with requirements for dimensional, grading, and elevation tolerances. B. Proof -roll prepared subbase surface below concrete alkons and pavements with heavy pneumatic -tired equipment to identif^t pockets and areas of excess yielding. O • 1. Completely proof -roll ase. �ehicle speed to 3 mph (5 km/h). • 2. Proof -roll wit ded 1 e tanoe - dump truck weighing not less tha s (13. s). ` 3. Subba h soft and ar s pu i r rutting require corr ti a�ing to eme s Section 03 12 00 "� rk." C. Proce with c�n r4te d a o er only after nonconforming conditions b, correc d subg s ready to receive pavement. 3.2 PREPARA - G C A. l�mo loo 'al from :__msplactedsubbase surface immediate) before y g c te. • 3.3 ED FORMS AND SCRE CONSTRUCTION A. Set, brace, and secure edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed guides for pavement to required lines, grades, and elevations. Install forms to allow continuous progress of work and so forms can remain in place at least 24 hours after concrete placement. B. Clean forms after each use and coat with form -release agent to ensure separation from concrete without damage. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 32 13 13-3 3.4 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating, placing, and supporting reinforcement. B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, or other bond - reducing materials. C. Arrange, space, and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position during concrete placement. Maintain minimum cover to reinforcement. 3.5 JOINTS A. General: Form construction, a sion, ' ' `h, and contraction joints and tool edgings true to line wit faces ndicu r to surface plane of concrete. Construct * s' se Joiat right a 1ON to centerline, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Contrac all sub i *nting ` be oved by Engineer prior ment ction. + 2. ``Z e J .ning is g pavpeoilier, plac tra rse joints to align with us laced join 'ndicated. 3. All j 4n 1 be sAa</1 B. Constru Joint •Cnstruc ' mts at side and end terminations of av n aTid at I cat' ns wh a ement operations are stopped for more P p ps. t an o alf ss pavem terminates at isolation joints. • C ue steel • o ement across construction joints, unless otherwi a in cat Do not continue reinforcement through sides of pavement stri less otherwise indicated. 2. Provide tie bars at sides of pavement strips where indicated. 3. Doweled Joints: Install dowel bars and support assemblies at joints where indicated. Lubricate or asphalt -coat one-half of dowel length to prevent concrete bonding to one side of joint. C. Isolation and Expansion Joints: Form joints of preformed joint -filler strips abutting concrete curbs, catch basins, manholes, inlets, structures, walks, other fixed objects, and where indicated. 1. Locate expansion joints at intervals as indicated in approved submittal materials. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 32 13 13-4 2. Extend joint fillers full width and depth of joint. 3. Terminate joint filler not less than 1/2 inch (13 mm) or more than 1 inch (25 mm) below finished surface if joint sealant is indicated. 4. Furnish joint fillers in one-piece lengths. Where more than one length is required, lace or clip joint -filler sections together. 5. Protect top edge of joint filler during concrete placement with metal, plastic, or other temporary preformed cap. Remove protective cap after concrete has been placed on both sides of jot. D. Contraction Joints: Form weakened -plane co r ion joints, sectioning concrete into areas as indicated in approved+s� al materials. Construct contraction joints for a dep ual to at, * ne-fourth of the concrete thickness, as follows to maXh jointing O existing adjacent concrete pavement: � 1. Sawed Joints: in co n joit► s(wh power saws equipped with shatt o abra ' diamo med lades. Cut 1/8-inch- OP (3-mm-) joints i o oncret cutVin tion will not tear, abra , the i e ages a and eveloping random co on cr cks. -cut ' s ithin rs of placing concrete. 2. L E. EdgMTool i ial oati p • o gofe NO Sur ,ontractio Ins 1 dowel bars and support Da J*6ints r ndicate pproved submittal materials. it as It c one- 1 owel length to prevent concrete one ide f joint. of aveme ters, curbs, and joints in concrete after 61a, an edgi toil to a 3/8-inch (10-mm) radius. Repeat ifter it surface finishes. Eliminate tool marks on G 3.6 PAVEMENT TOLERANCES A. Comply with tolerances of ACI 117 and as follows: 1. Elevation: 1/4 inch (6 mm). 2. Thickness: Plus 3/8 inch (10 mm), minus 1/4 inch (6 mm). 3. Surface: Gap below 10-foot- (3-m-) long, unleveled straightedge not to exceed 1/4 inch (6 mm). 4. Lateral Alignment and Spacing of Tie Bars and Dowels: 1 inch (25 mm). YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 32 13 13-5 5. Vertical Alignment of Tie Bars and Dowels: 1/4 inch (6 mm). 6. Alignment of Tie -Bar End Relative to Line Perpendicular to Pavement Edge: 1/2 inch (13 mm). 7. Alignment of Dowel -Bar End Relative to Line Perpendicular to Pavement Edge: Length of dowel 1/4 inch per 12 inches (6 mm per 300 mm). 8. Joint Spacing: 3 inches (75 mm). 9. Contraction Joint Depth: Plus 1/4 inch (6 mm), A minus. 10. Joint Width: Plus 1/8 inch (3 mm), nQ 3.7 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION G A. Drill test cores, whe cted gineer, ecessary to determine thickness or the de of or d areas. Fill drilled core holes in satisfa aveme s with nd cc nt concrete bonded to pavement oxy a •► B. Protect from a ge. E Lviraff fr avement for at least 14 days acement or as lir to y the ineer. When construction traffic s perm t Apam p ement n as possible by removing surface staff Vd ilia e o erials a occur. C. Maintaib(nr*al. crete t free �i�tains, discoloration, dirt, and other fore' we conc t vement not more than two days before to sc ule o stanti C�ipletion Y inspections. 3.8 �UALITY NT A. Field quality control requirements for concrete pavements shall be as noted in Specification Section 03 30 00, unless otherwise approved in writing by the Engineer. END OF SECTION YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 32 13 13-6 SECTION 32 3113 CHAIN -LINK FENCES AND GATES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Black Chain -Link Fences: Industria . • O 2. Gates: Swing — powered and manna •� G 1.3 DEFINITIONS ` • �� OA. IEEE — Institute of Electric tronics E. B. NFPA — National Fire Pion Asso ' • C. NETA — InterN1 ectrica esti g Associat D. ETT — Elec e in chnicians. E. CLFMI — Chain Li F c anu tore stitute. F. UL — UnderwriVaborato 1.4 PERFORM6E QUI A. 'ng Protection stem: - ounding-resistance value of 25 ohms under normal dry tions. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submit information to establish compliance with the Specifications in accordance with the provisions of Section 013300.01 Submittals and Substitutions. B. Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for chain -link fences and gates. 1. Fence and gate posts, rails, and fittings. 2. Chain -link fabric, reinforcements, and attachments. 3. Gates and hardware. 4. Gate operators, including operating instructions. 5. Motors: Show nameplate data, ratings, characteristics, and mounting arrangements. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 32 13 13-1 C. Shop Drawings: Show locations of fences, gates, posts, rails, tension wires, details of extended posts, extension arms, gate swing, or other operation, hardware, and accessories. Indicate materials, dimensions, sizes, weights, and finishes of components. Include plans, gate elevations, sections, details of post anchorage, attachment, bracing, and other required installation and operational clearances. 1. Gate Operator: Show Locations and details for installing operator components, switches, and controls. Indicate Motor Size, electrical characteristics, drive arrangement, mounting and grounding provisions. D. Product Certificates: For each type of chain -link fence, operator and gate, signed by product manufacturer. 1. Strength test results for framing according to ASTM F 1043. E. Qualification Data: For Installer. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. 0 C `O Installer Qualifications: An experiencej inst ler who has oed chain -link fences and gates similar in material, design, and extent tjj t e in icated for roject whose work has resulted in construction with a record of su s'� 1 n-servi&erlance. Testin A enc ualificati nde endc ,wit oerience and capability to conduct g Agency Q p Y xF p tY the testing indicated, tha e ber co the InteElectri �rr Testing Association or is a nationally recognize i g laborat L) as de e y OSHA iFR 1910.7, and that is acceptable to autho 'ie avingj ' io . ` 1. Testing Age Supe or: rson curr ified acco n NETA ETT, or the National Inst' ertification 1 gineerin c ologies,sup ise on -site testing specified in Part � ("1" Preinstallation Con e e. onduc con a at Pro'e 1.7 PROJECT CONfi - w�� A. PART 2 - 2.1 BLACK CHAIN -LINK FENCE FABRIC chain -link fences and gates shown on Drawings in Verify dimensions by field measurements. A. General: Height indicated on Drawings. Provide fabric in one-piece heights measured between top and bottom of outer edge of selvage knuckle or twist. Comply with ASTM A 392, CLFMI CLF 2445, and requirements indicated below: Steel Wire Fabric: Metallic -coated wire with a diameter of 0.148-inch (3.76 mm), No. 9 gauge. a. Mesh Size: 2 inches (50 mm). b. Weight of Metallic (Zinc) Coating: ASTM A 392, Type II, Class 1, 1.2 oz./sq. ft. with zinc coating applied after weaving. Selvage: knuckled at both selvages. PVC Coated Steel Wire Fabric: PVC coating shall comply with ASTM F 668 — Poly -Vinyl Chloride (PVC) -Coated Steel Chain Link Fence Fabric, as specified above, except that the wire YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 32 13 13-2 core shall measure 9 gauge prior to application of coating. a. Color: Black complying with ASTM F 934. 2.2 BLACK INDUSTRIAL FENCE FRAMING A. Posts and Rails: Comply with ASTM F 1043 for framing, ASTM F 1083 for Group IC round pipe, and the following: 1. Group: IA, round steel pipe, Schedule 40. 2. Fence Height: Indicated on Drawings. 3. Strength Requirement: Heavy industrial according to ASTM F 1043. 4. Post Diameter and Thickness: According to ASTM F 1043 and ASTM F 1083. a. Top Rail: 1.66 inches (42 mm). b. Line Post: 2.375 inches (60 mm). , c. End, Corner and Pull Post: 2.875 inches (73 mm). d. Swing Gate Post: According to ASTM F 900, 4-in 2-mm) diameter, 8.65-lb/ft. (I2.88kg/m) weight for 10-foot gate and 6.625-inch ( ) diameter, 18.97-lb/ft. (28.25- kg/m) weight for 26-foot gate. ♦` B. Coating for Steel Framing 1. Metallic oati a. Type A, consisting of not4e minimum q. ft. (0/sq. m) average zinc coating per ASTM A 11 �� ♦ O 2. PVC Coating for Steel F mi a. After galvanizi framewo ttmgs, a essorie shall be finished with manufactu ndard the a ded K , not les n 10 mils thick. 1) Color: Black c g with A 934. 2.3 TENSION WIRE G ww A. General: Pro e ho ' to t An wi e llowing 1 c�ipn: 1. Location: Extend o Otto f fen abric. B. 1 Metallic -Coate Wire: � - 4.5- - eter, marcelled tension wire complying ( pY g with ASTM A 1 T 1 A 82 and the follo 1. M allic C g: T e ,'�Ccoated alv zed), with the following minimum coating weight: Cl ss 2: o s n 1.20 '"* ft. (366 g/sq. m) of uncoated wire surface. 2.4 IND AL SWING GATES Cj A. General: Comply with ASTM F 900 for single swing gate types. Provide automated vehicular gates that comply with ASTM F 2200. B. Metal Pipe and Tubing: Galvanized steel with protective coating to match fence framing. Comply with ASTM F 1043 and ASTM F 1083 for materials and protective coatings. C. Frames and Bracing: Fabricate members from round, galvanized steel tubing with outside dimension and weight according to ASTM F 900 and the following: 1. Gate Fabric Height: As indicated. 2. Leaf Width: As indicated. D. Frame Members: Tubular Steel: 1.90 inches (48 mm) round. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 32 13 13-3 E. Frame Corner Construction: 1. Welded and 5/16-inch- (7.9-mm-) diameter, adjustable truss rods for panels 5 feet (1.52 m) wide or wider. F. Extended Gate Posts and Frame Members: Extend gate posts and frame end members above top of chainlink fabric at both ends of gate frame, as indicated, as required to attach barbed wire assemblies. G. Hardware: 1. Latches permitting operation from both sides of gate. 2. Lock: Manufacturers standard internal device 2.5 FITTINGS A. General: Comply with ASTM F 626. B. Post and Line Caps: Provide for each post. ♦ O 1. Line post caps with loop to receive C. Rail and Brace Ends: Attach rails 4eco each ga pull, a d post. D. Rail Fittings: Provide the folio g. 1. Top Rail Sleeves: Pr - el or rou tubing an 6 inches (152 mm) long. 2. Rail Clamps: Lin rner boul �ps for c ng inte 'ate rails in the fence line - to -line posts. �� O ` E. Tension and Br e s: Press ste F. Tension Ba • t 1, en of less than i mm) shteijlhan full height of chain -link fabric. Provide one r for a acid en d two fo> corner and pull post, unless fabric is integrally woven in p t. G. Truss Rod Ass es: StecCIO Galvanizereading rod and turnbuckle or other means of adjustme 2.6 FENCE DING A. o uctors: Bare, solid wire f No. WG and smaller; stranded wire for No. 4 AWG and larger. 1. Material above Finished e: Aluminum. 2. Material on or below Finished Grade: Copper. 3. Bonding Jumpers: Braided copper tape, 1-inch (25 mm) wide, woven of No. 30 AWG bare copper wire, terminated with copper ferrules. B. Connectors and Grounding Rods: Comply with UL 467. 1. Connectors for Below -Grade Use: Exothermic welded type. 2. Grounding Rods: Copper -clad steel, size: 5/8 by 96 inches (16 by 2440 mm). PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 32 13 13-4 A. Examine areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for site clearing, earthwork, pavement work, and other conditions affecting performance. 1. Do not begin installation before final grading is completed, unless otherwise permitted by Engineer. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Stake locations of fence lines, gates, and terminal posts. Do not exceed intervals of 500 feet (152.5 m) or line of sight between stakes. Indicate locations of utilities, lawn sprinkler system, underground structures, benchmarks, and property monuments. , 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Install chain -link fencing to comply with A4 T 367 and ermgent requirements specified. 1. Install fencing in accordance with the loca on shown o the awing unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. ♦ � 1� K\ O 3.4 CHAIN -LINK FENCE INSTALL A. IC C E. Post Excavation: undisturbed soil. in concretell ' dicated post o meters clings indicated, in firm, n into firrrkindis rbed soil. correct ei t and spacing, and hold in position ..___ A ,ns indicated and vibrate or tamp for concrete splatter. per ASTM F 567 and terminal pull posts at degrees or more. D. Line Posts: Space line posts rnm racing and Intermediate ails: nItall according to ASTM F 567, maintaining plumb position and ent of fencing. Install braltRooft end and gate posts and at both sides of corner and pull posts. Locate horizontal braces at midheight of fabric 6 feet (1.83 m) or higher, on fences with top rail and at 2/3 fabric height on fences without top rail. Install so posts are plumb when diagonal rod is under proper tension. F. Tension Wire: Install according to ASTM F 567, maintaining plumb position and alignment of fencing. Pull wire taut, without sags. Fasten fabric to tension wire with 0.120-inch- (3.05-mm-) diameter hog rings of same material and finish as fabric wire, spaced a maximum of 24 inches (610 mm) o.c. Install tension wire in locations indicated before stretching fabric. 1. Bottom Tension Wire: Install tension wire within 6 inches (150 mm) of bottom of fabric and tie to each post with not less than same diameter and type of wire. G. Top Rail: Install according to ASTM F 567, maintaining plumb position and alignment of fencing. Run rail continuously through line post caps, bending to radius for curved runs and terminating into rail end attached to posts or post caps fabricated to receive rail at terminal posts. Provide expansion couplings as recommended in writing by fencing manufacturer. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 32 13 13-5 H. Chain -Link Fabric: Apply fabric to outside of enclosing framework. Leave 1 inch (25.4 mm) between finish grade or surface and bottom selvage, unless otherwise indicated. Pull fabric taut and tie to posts, rails, and tension wires. Anchor to framework so fabric remains under tension after pulling force is released. I. Tension or Stretcher Bars: Thread through fabric and secure to end, corner, pull, and gate posts with tension bands spaced not more than 15 inches (380 mm) o.c. Tie Wires: Use wire of proper length to firmly secure fabric to line posts and rails. Attach wire at one (1) end to chain -link fabric, wrap wire around post a minimum of 180 degrees, and attach other end to chain - link fabric per ASTM F 626. Bend ends of wire to minimize hazard to individuals and clothing. 1. Maximum Spacing: Tie fabric to line posts at 12 inches (300 mm) o.c. and to braces at 24 inches (610 mm) o.c. K. Fasteners: Install nuts for tension bands and carriage bolts on the si�the fence opposite the fabric side. Peen ends of bolts or score threads to prevent removal of nuo, 3.5 GATE INSTALLATION G A. Install gates according to manufac r tten i s c level, b, d secure for full opening without interference. Attach fa c r fencin ch hardwar us tamper -resistant or concealed means. Install ground -set itF Fol crete f orage. dware for smooth operation and lubricate where necessa� 3.6 GROUNDING AND ��G 1 P% V A. 1:3 0 except as follows: lkways, and Roadways on each side of opening. Ground at id without gates, except openings indicated as Use No. 2 AWG wire and bury it at least 18 inches Mic4l Power Lines: Ground fence at location of crossing and at on each side of crossing. C. Fences Enclosing Electrical Power Distribution Equipment: Ground as required by IEEE C2, unless otherwise indicated. D. Grounding Method: At each grounding location, drive a grounding rod vertically until the top is 6 inches (150 mm) below finished grade. Connect rod to fence with No. 6 AWG conductor. Connect conductor to each fence component at the grounding location, including the following: E. Bonding Method for Gates: Connect bonding jumper between gate post and gate frame. F. Connections: Make connections so possibility of galvanic action or electrolysis is minimized. Select connectors, connection hardware, conductors, and connection methods so metals in direct contact will be galvanically compatible. 1. Use electroplated or hot -tin -coated materials to ensure high conductivity and to make contact points closer in order of galvanic series. 2. Make connections with clean, bare metal at points of contact. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 32 13 13-6 3. Make aluminum -to -steel connections with stainless -steel separators and mechanical clamps. 4. Make aluminum -to -galvanized -steel connections with tin-plated copper jumpers and mechanical clamps. 5. Coat and seal connections having dissimilar metals with inert material to prevent future penetration of moisture to contact surfaces. G. Bonding to Lightning Protection System: If fence terminates at lightning -protected building or structure, ground the fence and bond the fence grounding conductor to lightning protection down conductor or lightning protection grounding conductor complying with NFPA 780. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Grounding -Resistance Testing: Engage a qualified independent testing and inf$ecting agency to perform field quality -control testing. 1. Grounding -Resistance Tests: Subject completed ground' tem to a megger test at each grounding location. Measure groun 'ng resistance n t t two full days after last trace of precipitation, without soil having b istened b eans other than natural drainage or seepage and without chemical tr atm t or other ifi ' means of reducing natural grounding resistance. Perform tests by int method acc g to IEE� 2. Excessive Grounding R c : If resist c groundi c ds specified value, notify Engineer promptly. In a mmend sNor reduck ro ding resistance and a proposal to accomplish reco ork. 3. Report: Prepare t orts certif testing of gro resistance at each test location. Inclu s ations o er and oth h omena ka ffect test results. 3.8 ADJUSTING G A. Gate: Adjust ga to o e oNlY, eotion,ior q inding,wa , excessive deflection,etlY, distortion, nonalig a lace t, ion, throughout entire operational range. Confirm that 1 ches�n cks e age curately a y without forcing or binding. 3.9 DEMONST f0v A. En a f ory-a ize ervice e tive to train Owner's personnel to adjust, operate, and in gates. G END OF SECTION YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 32 13 13-7 SECTION 33 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR UTILITIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, inpluding General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Speci tion Sections, apply to this Section. • 1.2 SUMMARY G Q This Section includes ♦ l�lowin 1. Piping joins g aterialy�� 9. Piping system common requirements. 10. Equipment installation common requirements. 11. Painting. 12. Concrete bases. 13. Metal supports and anchorages. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 33 05 00-1 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Exposed Installations: Exposed to view outdoors or subject to outdoor ambient temperatures and weather conditions. B. Concealed Installations: Concealed from view and protected from weather conditions and physical contact by building occupants but subject to outdoor ambient temperatures. Examples include installations within unheated shelters. C. ABS: Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene plastic. D. CPVC: Chlorinated polyvinyl chloride plastic. • OE. PE: Polyethylene plastic. Z111* F. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride 1 stic. G 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data- lr he foll • a► 1. D' fitti s. 2. �dentiflcflt5evice 1.5 INFORMATI A)tBMI TA S A. Wel 1 ertifi • •� 1.6 ASS CE ` A. Steel Support Weld Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." B. Steel Piping Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications." 1. Comply with provisions in ASME B31 Series, "Code for Pressure Piping." 2. Certify that each welder has passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and that certification is current. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 33 05 00-2 C. Comply with ASME A13.1 for lettering size, length of color field, colors, and viewing angles of identification devices. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver pipes and tubes with factory -applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping, storage, and handling to prevent pipe end damage and to prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and moisture. B. Store plastic pipes protected from direct sunlight. Support to prevent sagging and bending. 1.8 COORDINATION `O A. Coordinate installation of req fired s 'ng devices and set sleeves in poured -in -place con �>othe t ctural 0 onents as they are � constructed. �� • O B. Coordinate ins t 'o of id g dev' �`r coulgeting covering and painting if d re app ' surface •► C. Coordin a nd 1 ti of con ases o rk, reinforcement, and cone uirements are s I in 'on 03 30 00 "Cast -in -Place Concr e". PART 2-PRODUCTW G n 2.1 pe-Flange _ps piping system uitable for chemical and thermal conditions 1. ASME B16.21, nonmetallic, flat, asbestos free, 1/8-inch (3.2-mm) maximum thickness, unless otherwise indicated. a. Full -Face Type: For flat -face, Class 125, cast-iron and cast - bronze flanges. b. Narrow -Face Type: For raised -face, Class 250, cast-iron and steel flanges. 2. AWWA C110, rubber, flat face, 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) thick, unless otherwise indicated; and full -face or ring type, unless otherwise indicated. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 33 05 00-3 B. Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel, unless otherwise indicated. C. Plastic, Pipe -Flange Gasket, Bolts, and Nuts: Type and material recommended by piping system manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated. D. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys. Include water-flushable flux according to ASTM B 813. E. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, BCuP Series, copper -phosphorus alloys for general -duty brazing, unless otherwise indicated; and A�P A5.8, BAgl, silver alloy for refrigerant piping, unless otherwise indica d. F. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AW.S /D10.12M for welding materials appropriate for wa 'ckness a ical analysis of steel pipe being welded. G. Solvent Cements for t inlast'c �� O 1. ABS Pipin D 22 2. CPV g: AS 93. • 3. P C i 'ng: D 2564 n e pr' a ording to ASTM F 656. 4. VC to **ping si 'on: AS 138. H. Fiberglass i Ad s v : As f is d or recommended by pipe manufa r. Ci 2.2 TRANSO FIT - ansition Fi 'ngs, re%Q47 ame size as, and with pressure rating at least equal to and with ends c patible with, piping to be joined. B. Transition Couplings NPS 1-1/2 (DN 40) and Smaller: Q 1. Underground Piping: Manufactured piping coupling or specified piping system fitting. 2. Aboveground Piping: Specified piping system fitting. AWWA Transition Couplings NPS 2 (DN 50) and Larger: 1. Description: AWWA C219, metal underground pressure piping. Plastic -to -Metal Transition Fittings: sleeve -type coupling for YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 33 05 00-4 1. Description: CPVC and PVC one-piece fitting with manufacturer's Schedule 80 equivalent dimensions; one end with threaded brass insert, and one solvent -cement -joint or threaded end. E. Plastic -to -Metal Transition Unions: 1. Description: MSS SP-107, CPVC and PVC four-part union. Include brass or stainless -steel threaded end, solvent -cement -joint or threaded plastic end, rubber 0-ring, and union nut. F. Flexible Transition Couplings for Underground Nypressure Drainage Piping: �� 1. Description: ASTM C 1173 with elastP4�ieeve, ends same size as piping to be joined, anrosion-retal band on each end. Q 2.3 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS ,� A. Dielectric Fittinas./Ai6tal: AQ4 of cone ov and ferrous materials or ferrous i suitable for C. Description: NPS 2-1/2 to insulating material 2 (DN 50) and smaller. joint copper alloy and threaded Fry -fabricated, bolted, companion -flange assembly, 4 (DN 65 to DN 100) and larger. a. Pressure Rating: 300. b. End Connections: Solder -joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous; threaded solder -joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous. D. Dielectric Couplings: 1. Description: Galvanized -steel coupling with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic lining, NPS 3 (DN 80) and smaller. a. Pressure Rating: 300 psig (2070 kPa) at 2250 F (1070 Q. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 33 05 00-5 b. End Connections: Threaded. E. Dielectric Nipples: 1. Description: Electroplated steel nipple with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic lining. a. Pressure Rating: 300 psig (2070 kPa) at 2250 F (1070 Q. b. End Connections: Threaded or grooved. 2.4 SLEEVES I A. Mechanical sleeve seals for pi enetratio "ecified in Section 22 05 17 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Y11bing Pi B. Galvanized -Steel She P s: 0.0 4 h (0.6- minimum thickness; round tube closed wi ed Ion inal join ``t� C. Steel Pipe Sle ASTM 53MeTE, de B, Schedule 40, galvanized, p e s. • 1% O D. Cast-Iro es: C t o fabrica all ipe a ivalent to ductile -iron press e, with p n ends a integrU aterstop, unless otherwise indica d. � � E. Molded PV es: 10man t, withaia 'ng flange for attaching to wooden forms. F. PV P Slee UD17 edule 40. G. ed le es: Ro PE, tapered -cup shaped, and smooth outer rface with n iling ttaching to wooden forms. 2.5 IDENTIFICATION DEVICES A. General: Products specified are for applications referenced in other utilities Sections. If more than single type is specified for listed applications, selection is Installer's option. B. Equipment Nameplates: Metal permanently fastened to equipment with data engraved or stamped. 1. Data: Manufacturer, product name, model number, serial number, capacity, operating and power characteristics, labels of tested compliances, and essential data. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 33 05 00-6 2. Location: Accessible and visible. C. Stencils: Standard stencils prepared with letter sizes complying with recommendations in ASME A13.1. Minimum letter height is 1-1/4 inches (30 mm) for ducts, and 3/4 inch (20 mm) for access door signs and similar operational instructions. 1. Material: Brass. 2. Stencil Paint: Exterior, oil -based, alkyd -gloss black enamel, unless otherwise indicated. Paint may be in pressurized Xray-can form. 3. Identification Paint: Exterior, oil -based, a yd enamel in colors according to ASME A13.1, unless othgr is dicated. D. Snap -on Plastic Pipe Mar, s: Man `er's standard preprinted, semirigid, snap -on type..iclu a cola g ac ding to ASME A13.1, unless otherwise indi �. E. Pressure-Sensitiv arker nufact an and preprinted, color - coded, pressur Rive-vin a with ent.adftve. F. Pipes wit nclu g Ration, an 3(150 mm): Full -band pipe a r , tendiV0 degr nd a ch location. G. Pipes .th OD I Ming Insufat n, 6 In 50 mm) and Larger: Either full -band o t ip pe . e nNoters, at hree times letter height and of length r ui;* or la 1. H. Lett ri anu ctu is st preprinted captions as selected by Archit • I. indicated and abbreviate only as necessary each app 1. Arrows: Either integrally with piping system service lettering to accommodate both directions of flow, or as separate unit on each pipe marker to indicate direction of flow. J. Plastic Tape: Manufacturer's standard color -coded, pressure -sensitive, self- adhesive vinyl tape, at least 3 mils (0.08 mm) thick. 1. Width: 1-1/2 inches (40 mm) on pipes with OD, including insulation, less than 6 inches (150 mm); 2-1/2 inches (65 mm) for larger pipes. 2. Color: Comply with ASME A13.1, unless otherwise indicated. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 33 05 00-7 K. Valve Tags: Stamped or engraved with 1/4-inch (6.4-mm) letters for piping system abbreviation and 1/2-inch (13-mm) sequenced numbers. Include 5/32- inch (4-mm) hole for fastener. 1. Material: 0.032-inch- (0.8-mm-) thick, brass. 2. Material: 0.0375-inch- (1-mm-) thick stainless steel. 3. Material: 3/32-inch- (2.4-mm-) thick plastic laminate with 2 black surfaces and a white inner layer. 4. Material: Valve manufacturer's standard solid plastic. 5. Size: 1-1/2 inches (40 mm) in diameter, ,►otherwise indicated. 6. Shape: As indicated fo c pipin L. Valve Tag Fasteners: s1v�re-lin �aded c no % 'n r brass S-hooks. fk\ k� . M. Engraved Plastic- to phenolic-resin-1pfta en D 7�e I, cellulose, paper -base, 401 e ES-2, lack surface, black phenolic cor � whit famine s c e, uniko erwise indicated. Fabricate s es r i for m Pr i les for mechanical faste in 1. ngravi rngrav s a and le e, of sizes and with terms to matc ent ide ' ation. ,.* V 2. ness: iQ mm) s otherwise indicated. 3 'ckn nch (1.6 , for units up to 20 sq. in. (130 sq. cm) or inc mm) i gth, and 1/8 inch (3 mm) for larger units. • Fasten s: - ing, stainless -steel screws or contact -type permanent a e. N. Plastic Equipment Markers: Manufacturer's standard laminated plastic, in the following color codes: 1. Green: Cooling equipment and components. 2. Yellow: Heating equipment and components. 3. Brown: Energy reclamation equipment and components. 4. Blue: Equipment and components that do not meet criteria above. 5. Hazardous Equipment: Use colors and designs recommended by ASME A13.1. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 33 05 00-8 6. Terminology: Match schedules as closely as possible. Include the following: a. Name and plan number. b. Equipment service. C. Design capacity. d. Other design parameters such as pressure drop, entering and leaving conditions, and speed. I 7. Size: 2-1/2 by 4 inches (65 by 100 mm) fo c trol devices, dampers, and valves; 4-1/2 by 6 inches (115 by t5`` for equipment. O. Plasticized Tags: Preprinted o ially p . ed, accident -prevention tags, of plasticized card stock wLh r t finish le for riting. 1. Size: 3-1/4 by - nches 143 n4m� 2. Fastener s gro nd wi 3. Nom c ture: a�size p c i such as DANGER, C N, or O OT OP P. Letter g and 4*cs: r i a e abbreviations, and other design ationsnseAV in pip tility fication with corresponding designations ated se numbers to , and terms indicated for proper identific ope1,a4i nd m ance of piped utility systems and equ' eilrf." ult' y ems• a tify individual system number and service if ` m e s stems��� name are indicated. G 2.6 GROUT A. Description: ASTM C 1107, Grade B, nonshrink and nonmetallic, dry hydraulic -cement grout. 1. Characteristics: Post hardening, volume adjusting, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous, and recommended for interior and exterior applications. 2. Design Mix: 5000-psi (34.5-MPa), 28-day compressive strength. 3. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 33 05 00-9 2.7 FLOWABLE FILL A. Description: Low -strength -concrete, flowable-slurry mix. 1. Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I, portland. 2. Density: 115- to 145-lb/cu. ft. (1840- to 2325-kg/cu. m). 3. Aggregates: ASTM C 33, natural sand, fine and crushed gravel or stone, coarse. 4. Aggregates: ASTM C 33, natural sand, fine. 5. Admixture: ASTM C 618, fly -ash miner 6. Water: Comply with A C 94/ 7. Strength: 100 g (690 0 kPa) ZQdays. O PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PIPED UTILIT OLI O O A. Refer ctin 311 00 rin nn ► Demolition" for general demoli on rM% a e*1A a dure B. DisconnVindic �liolish, an remove utility systems, equipment, and com t remo 1 pin o emov Remove portion of piping indicated to be �► remo e d cap g remaining piping with same or compatible pipin ateri . ` 2. Piping to Be A doned in Place: Drain piping. Fill abandoned piping with flowable fill, and cap or plug piping with same or compatible piping material. 3. Equipment to Be Removed: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment. 4. Equipment to Be Removed and Reinstalled: Disconnect and cap services and remove, clean, and store equipment; when appropriate, reinstall, reconnect, and make operational. 5. Equipment to Be Removed and Salvaged: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment and deliver to Owner. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 33 05 00-10 C. If pipe, insulation, or equipment to remain is damaged in appearance or is unserviceable, remove damaged or unserviceable portions and replace with new products of equal capacity and quality. 3.2 DIELECTRIC FITTING APPLICATIONS A. Dry Piping Systems: Connect piping of dissimilar metals with the following: 1. NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Dielectric unions. 2. NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 12 (DN 65 to DN 300): Dielectric flanges. B. Wet Piping Systems: Connect piping of dissimi tals with the following: 1. NPS 2 (DN 50) and Sm . Dielec plings. 2. NPS 2-1/2 to N 65 to 0): Diel nipples. 3. NPS 2-1/2 t (DN 200) tric nipples. 4. NPS 10 S 12 2 0 and Diiel t flange kits. 3.3 PIPING IN T ON A. Install ipin c o iiig to owin irements and utilities Sections specifying p i yste B. Dra g ns, s s, an a ams indicate general location and arra g ent o isystems. ated locations and arrangements were u d t ize ' calculat fric on loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other • s n co i er 'ons. 16n iping as indicated unless deviations to layout e approve the o on Drawings. C. Install piping indicate to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. D. Install piping to permit valve servicing. E. Install piping at indicated slopes. F. Install piping free of sags and bends. G. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. H. Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 33 05 00-11 I. Sleeves are not required for core -drilled holes. J. Permanent sleeves are not required for holes formed by removable PE sleeves. K. Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls and concrete floor and roof slabs. 1. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces. a. Exception: Extend sleeves installed in floors of equipment areas or other wet areas 2 inches (50 mm) above finished floor level. 2. Install sleeves in new walls and slabs as H V walls and slabs are constructed. • X a. PVC Pipe Sleev r pipe er than NPS 6 (DN 150). b. Steel S Teeves: es NPDN 150) and larger, penetr ypsum d partiti0 L. Verify final eq locati roug ` M. Refer to u men cations the ns for roughing -in require n . q 3.4 PIPING JOI C �T$ NIO A. Join i aA ittin s cc din to lowing requirements and utilities p g � g q Sectie�s IsKifyin pip' syst ��� F B. in ds o d tubes nd remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. move scale, lag, , a�e ris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings efore assembly. D. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal threading is specified. 2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 33 05 00-12 E. Welded Joints: Construct joints according to AWS D10.12/D10.12M, using qualified processes and welding operators according to Part 1 "Quality Assurance" Article. F. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material, size, type, and thickness for service application. Install gasket concentrically positioned. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. G. Grooved Joints: Assemble joints with grooved -end pipe coupling with coupling housing, gasket, lubricant, and bolts according to coupling and fitting manufacturer's written instructions. H. Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813 water-flus�flux, unless otherwise indicated, to tube end. Construct joints accor ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook,' g lead- lder alloy (0.20 percent maximum lead content) compl ng with 32. I. Brazed Joints: Const nts to A Brazing Handbook," "Pipe and Tube" ar , usi �Sper-p1R h rus brazing filler metal complying with A .8. J. Pressure -Se int • ss ble jo' f r p copper tube and mechanic sure al ng wi rietar i ing tool to according to fit ' u acture ritten ' r ctions. K. Plastic ipin oCe d ints: nd dry joining surfaces. Join pipe and fit ccor to a follo� I 1. c ly wrw F 40 safe -handling practice of cleaners, r mers so ent ce • ABS i g: Jaji rding to ASTM D 2235 and ASTM D 2661 appe 'xes. 3. CPVC Piping: according to ASTM D 2846/1) 2846M Appendix. 4. PVC Pressure Piping: Join schedule number ASTM D 1785, PVC pipe and PVC socket fittings according to ASTM D 2672. Join other -than - schedule -number PVC pipe and socket fittings according to ASTM D 2855. 5. PVC Nonpressure Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2855. 6. PVC to ABS Nonpressure Transition Fittings: Join according to ASTM D 3138 Appendix. L. Plastic Pressure Piping Gasketed Joints: Join according to ASTM D 3139. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 33 05 00-13 M. Plastic Nonpressure Piping Gasketed Joints: Join according to ASTM D 3212. N. Plastic Piping Heat -Fusion Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces by wiping with clean cloth or paper towels. Join according to ASTM D 2657. 1. Plain -End PE Pipe and Fittings: Use butt fusion. 2. Plain -End PE Pipe and Socket Fittings: Use socket fusion. O. Bonded Joints: Prepare pipe ends and fittings, apply adhesive, and join according to pipe manufacturer's written instructions. 3.5 PIPING CONNECTIONS ♦ O A. Make connections according t ollow' ess otherwise indicated: 1. Install unions, ' NPS 50) an ller, adjacent to each valve and at 11 nectio ach p�ec uipment. 2. Install fl s, in pip' S 2-1/2 5) al%llarger, adjacent to flange s and 1 connec o o eac ice f equipment. 3. I electr fit ngs at c ons of ilar metal pipes. 3.6 EQUIPMEN INS N A. Install a ip[h t leve &anlumb, therwise indicated. B. Inst 11 ipm e a litate see maintenance, and repair or replacement 0 om one ect equi melt for ease of disconnecting, with minimum ♦ i to ere e i other♦i tions. Extend grease fittings to an accessible ation. C. Install equipment to a w right of way to piping systems installed at required slope. 3.7 PAINTING A. Painting of piped utility systems, equipment, and components is specified in Section 09 9113 "Exterior Painting," Section 09 9123 "Interior Painting," and Section 09 96 00 "High -Performance Coatings." B. Damage and Touchup: Repair marred and damaged factory -painted finishes with materials and procedures to match original factory finish. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 33 05 00-14 3.8 IDENTIFICATION A. Piping Systems: Install pipe markers on each system. Include arrows showing normal direction of flow. 1. Stenciled Markers: According to ASME A13.1. 2. Plastic markers, with application systems. Install on insulation segment if required for hot noninsulated piping. 3. Locate pipe markers on exposed piping accordin�to the following: a. Near each valve and control device. _ b. Near each bra excludingkeoffs for equipment and terminal units. r each p$Pbrlanch if flow pattern is not obvious. .� C. Near to • his wher i s passlt o swalls or floors or enter inac enclos�. ec d.anhole�Vsimilaroi t�t permit view of c ceal i Near major equ p n 'ems a her points of origination and t4 Ation. B. Equipment:3n 1 enj a e p astic-1 in a sign or equipment marker on or near eac a*aor it ipmen uteri i inimuinch (6.4 mm) high for name of unit if views s ce i 1 han 24 inches (610 mm), 1/2 inch (13 mm) high ` fo an es u ches (1800 mm), and proportionately larger letterin for ea distances. Provide secondary lettering two-thirds to three-fourt size of principal lettering. 2. Text of Signs: Provide name of identified unit. Include text to distinguish among multiple units, inform user of operational requirements, indicate safety and emergency precautions, and warn of hazards and improper operations. C. Adjusting: Relocate identifying devices that become visually blocked by work of this or other Divisions. 3.9 CONCRETE BASES A. Concrete Bases: Anchor equipment to concrete base according to equipment manufacturer's written instructions and according to seismic codes at Project. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 33 05 00-15 1. Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated, but not less than 4 inches (100 mm) larger in both directions than supported unit. 2. Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated, install dowel rods on 18-inch (450-mm) centers around the full perimeter of base. 3. Install epoxy -coated anchor bolts for supported equipment that extend through concrete base, and anchor into structural concrete floor. 4. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use s7ported equipment manufacturer's setting drawings, template diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be eNded. 5. Install anchor bolts t ations r�0 for proper attachment to supported equipment. 6. Install anchor ccor 'n �chor- nufacturer's written instructions. • 7. Use 300"sT (20.7-M -day essive- ngth concrete and reinforcement as ified ectio "Cast -in -Place Concrete". ONW'1� N 3.10 ERECTION MET OfP0 A TD AN GES ib A. Refer to ecro 5 50 CY etal Fab s" for structural steel. B. Cut d pla a scella etal supports accurately in location, 'gnn► tE, a e n to VUP and anchor piped utility materials and • ment. eld Welding. Coin y AWS D1.1/D1.1M. 3.11 GROUTING A. Mix and install grout for equipment base bearing surfaces, pump and other equipment base plates, and anchors. B. Clean surfaces that will come into contact with grout. C. Provide forms as required for placement of grout. D. Avoid air entrapment during placement of grout. E. Place grout, completely filling equipment bases. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 33 05 00-16 F. Place grout on concrete bases and provide smooth bearing surface for equipment. G. Place grout around anchors. H. Cure placed grout. END OF SECTION YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 33 05 00-17 SECTION 33 20 00 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF WATER LINES AND SEWER LINES PART 1— GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. All materials and construction shall comply with theOlatest edition of the "Standard Specifications for Design and Constr of Water Lines and Sewer Lines," 2022 Edition, as published bye t 'lities Department of the City of Fayetteville, Arka This ation, which is hereby incorporated by reference, israible fr�h' e City of Fayetteville website at htt s://www.fa t illov U(entCe /View/26733/2022-Fa - Water-and-Sewer-s e t ns. icts between the Utility Department specific io and specift 'o s incorporated in these contract documenIQe more nt req nt s 11 govern. Z . N SEC ` - G G � Cj YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 33 20 00-1 SECTION 33 4100 STORM DRAINAGE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Speci tion Sections, apply to this Section. • 1.2 SUMMARY G • A. Gravity -flow, nonpre orm ; a , with I owing components: 1. Pipe. �� • V" 2. Und 3. e d sect 4. reca �ei1e dr a ructur� 5. sty ace c ncr a drain �ctures. B. Und r r in. Cj 1.3 R • DO S: • A. Drawings and gene ovisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. RCP: Reinforced concrete pipe. B. FES: Flared end section. C. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 33 41 00-1 1.5 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Gravity -Flow, Nonpressure, Drainage -Piping Pressure Rating: 10-foot head of water. Pipe joints shall be silttight, unless otherwise indicated. B. Gravity -flow, nonpressure, drainage piping with perforated walls for infiltration of waters into subsurface soils. Pipe joints shall be silttight. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Pipe. • 2. Pipe jointing material( I;zl** �O G 3. Manhole ring J► 4. Precast flar sectio �� O 5. Precastrain in t et stru 6. D back 11. 7. n e d a► 8. Geot t abri I 9. rete. rou . G � B p Draw For ng: 1. Precast Concr rainage Structures: Include drawings, elevations, sections, details, and frames and covers along with the design calculations. 2. Cast -in -Place Drainage Structures: Comply with submittal requirements of Section 03 30 00 Cast -in -Place Concrete. C. Coordination Drawings: Show pipe sizes, locations, and elevations. Show other piping in same trench and clearances from storm drainage system piping. Indicate interface and spatial relationship between manholes, piping, and proximate structures. D. Profile Drawings: Show system piping in elevation. Draw profiles at horizontal scale of not less than 1 inch equals 50 feet (1:500) and vertical scale YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 33 41 00-2 of not less than 1 inch equals 5 feet (1:50). Indicate manholes and piping. Show types, sizes, materials, and elevations of other utilities crossing system piping. E. Product Certificates: For each type of cast-iron soil pipe and fitting, from manufacturer. F. Material test reports. 1. Test reports shall not be more than 12 months old. G. Field quality -control test reports. H. Shop Drawings: O 1. Manholes: Include pl;jt�',elevat* sections, details, frames, and covers. 2. Stormwater I ` nclud s, elevat' n 3ections, details, frames, covers,an 3. Stor etent' ructures. lude 1 evations sections det a design -mix design dlti concrete desi g � g r o s. 1.7 DELIVERY, TO F ND HA NG e) A. Protect , pi e f &S,d seals in and damage. B. Han 1 reca ge stru\ according to manufacturer's written rin mstr otect stock 'led e n site to prevent erosion, dust, and loss of material. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Interruption of Existing Storm Drainage Service: Do not interrupt service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary service according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Engineer no fewer than two days in advance of proposed interruption of service. 2. Do not proceed with interruption of service without Engineer's written permission. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 33 41 00-3 B. Flood Protection: Contractor shall maintain all stormwaters scheduled onsite and offsite that contribute to flow in the vicinity of the proposed stormwater piping during construction, without flooding building, adjacent properties, fleet parking areas, or material storage areas, and maintain compliance with all applicable environmental permits, laws and regulations. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPE AND FITTINGS I A. Reinforced -Concrete Storm Sewer Pipe (RCP) Fittings: ASTM C 76 (ASTM C 76M), with groove and tongue, a nd sealant joints with ASTM C 990 (ASTM C 990 itumen o Z rubber sealant, Class III, Wall B. B. PVC Corrugated Sto * e Pipi 1. Pipe: AS 49, PV ugate with bell -and -spigot ends for gask ints. 2. Fit ' AST PVC m or f r , socket type. 3. ts: AST 477 e tx eric se6 C. PVC Under 'n- STM 0 . 1 n ' '� a ed- Cos and Fs. d PVC d Fittings: PVC A-2000 — ASTM F 949, 1-ftd-spi t nds, for soil -tight joints, AASHTO Standard Sp ificati� Highway Bridges, Section 26.4.2.4. 1) ii * tg shall be designed in accordance with AASHTO Section 12, Buried Structures and Tunnel Liners. 2) Piping shall be manufactured from 12454 cell class material per ASTM D 1784. 3) Pipe and fittings shall have a minimum pipe thickness of 46 lbs./in./in., according to test method ASTM D 2412. b. Perforated underdrain shall be constructed under, landscaped areas, stormwater infiltration systems, and as shown or called for in the Drawings. 2. Solid -Wall Pipes and Fittings: YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 33 41 00-4 a. Solid -wall PVC Pipe and Fittings: PVC A-2000 — ASTM F 949, bell -and -spigot ends, for soil -tight joints, AASHTO Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges, Section 26.4.2.4. 1) Piping shall be designed in accordance with AASHTO Section 12, Buried Structures and Tunnel Liners. 2) Piping shall be manufactured from 12454 cell class material per ASTM D 1784. 3) Pipe and fittings shall have a minim pipe thickness of 46 lbs./in./in., according to test efl►od ASTM D 2412. b. Solid -wall underdrain shall b structed under walks, pavements, burn slabs, a own or called for in the Drawings. G 2.2 SPECIAL PIPE COUPLIN ` • �� A. Comply with As& C 1173,eric,`ype, cing or transition coupling, for '°fining undepb%nd non s e pi '* blude ends of same sizes as p' 'leg to be joined%A corr -resis al tension band and tight q** cWanismNp each en 1. eeve 4a}�s. V a 0 .Cas ro Soil Pip �M C 564, rubber. For Pl tic P' e ASTM F 477, elastomeric seal or 5926, • ` C. o Dissih�� pes: ASTM D 5926, PVC or other material omp ibl th pipe materials being joined. 2.3 GEOTEXTILE FILTER FABRICS A. Description: Fabric of PP or polyester fibers or combination of both, with flow rate range from 110 to 330 gpm/sq. ft. (4480 to 13 440 L/min. per sq. m) when tested according to ASTM D 4491. 1. Structure Type: Nonwoven, needle -punched continuous filament. 2. Style(s): Flat and no sock. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 33 41 00-5 2.4 PIPE INLETS/OUTLETS A. Head Walls: Cast -in -place reinforced concrete, with apron and tapered sides. B. Flared End Sections: Precast concrete. C. Stone Inlet/Outlet: Concrete inlet/outlet as detailed in the Drawings with broken, irregular size and shape, graded stone according to NSSGA's "Quarried Stone for Erosion and Sediment Control." I 1. Average Size: NSSGA No. R-7, screen ope:P1 12 inches (305 mm). 2. Type: Native sandsto • X,15 O 3. Provide rodent scre n o all outl 2.5 GRATE INLETS AND J N B O A. Standard Prec oncret a holes: C• STM C 478M), precast, rei o co depth ' '�t�ed, sion for grout seal of pipin eation 1. �?i*a*i te . 48 inches min' unless otherwise indicated. 2. Balla t: I crea ick ss of p c oncrete sections or add concrete toV ction, s r uired tt nt flotation. 3. ("tya Se ' I&nch (1 minimum thickness for floor slab and -inc m) min !Aium thickness for walls and base riser section, • a► an h vi separoa slab or base section with integral floor. Riser Section • 4 inch (102-mm) minimum thickness, and lengths to provide depth i icated. 5. Top Section: Eccentric -cone type unless concentric -cone or flat -slab - top type is indicated. Top of cone of size that matches grade rings. 6. Joint Sealant: Grout; see Section 03 3150 "Grouts." 7. Steps: Individual FRP steps wide enough to allow worker to place both feet on 1 step and designed to prevent lateral slippage off of step. Cast or anchor steps into sidewalls at 12- to 16-inch (300- to 400-mm) intervals. Omit steps if total depth from floor of manhole to finished grade is less than 48 inches (1220 mm). YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 33 41 00-6 8. Adjusting Rings: Interlocking rings with level or sloped edge in thickness and diameter matching manhole frame and cover. Include sealant recommended by ring manufacturer. 9. Grade Rings: Reinforced -concrete rings, 2- to 12-inch (50- to 305-mm) total thickness, to match diameter of manhole frame and cover. 10. Manhole Frames and Covers: Include indented top design with lettering cast into cover as indicated on the Drawings. Cast -in -Place Concrete Manholes: Construct of reinforced -concrete bottom, walls, and top of depth, shape, dimensions, and appurtenances indicated. 1. Ballast: Increase thickness of concrete, as require to prevent flotation. 2. Steps: Shall not be allowed. 3. Adjusting Rings: Interlocking rings wi el or sloped edge in thickness and diameter matching mach a me and cover. Include sealant recommended . g manui 4. Manhole Frames aid overs: de i ented top design with lettering cast i o er, as in on th Avings. a. Ma ASTM, Class �6_ ay i on, unless otherwise i d. �� VJ PVC Gra /Jun on for Un am: A 2000. 1. 949, ell- t con 'ons, for soil -tight joints, SHT iNard ifi ations f way Bridges, Section 26.2.4. n _ Section 12, Buried Structures 12454 cell class material per ASTM D ess of 46 lbs./in./in. per ASTM D 2412. 5. Connect to underdrain system as called for or shown in the Drawings for a complete and functioning underdrain system. 2.6 CAST IRON CLEANOUTS A. Cast -Iron Cleanouts: Heavy-duty, cast -in -place cast style iron ring and lid. 1. Description: ASME A112.36.2M, round, gray -iron housing with clamping device and round, secured, scoriated, gray -iron cover. Include gray -iron ferrule with inside calk or spigot connection and countersunk, tapered -thread, brass closure plug. 2. Top -Loading Classification(s): Heavy duty. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 33 41 00-7 2.7 CONCRETE A. Cast -in -place concrete according to Section 03 30 00 of these Specifications. 2.8 GROUT A. Grout in accordance with Section 03 3150 "Grouts." 2.9 PIPE INLETS/OUTLETS I A. Curtain Walls: Cast -in -place reinforced concretith apron and tapered sides. O �` B. Flared End Sections: Precast ete, A C. Riprap Basins: Brok ular si shape, ^ed stone according to NSSGA's "Quarried or Erd a d <3S �di` ontrol." 1. Average SSGA 7, screening inches (305 mm). -�k2. Typ ve s ` 2.10 DRAINAGE F A. In accordan e i Sec ' n 0 00 " lrtrk." I PART3-EXECU G � 3.1 E EN C MPLt A. Comply with all app * e requirements of local, state and federal laws and with Section 00 31 43 "Environmental Compliance", and Section 00 31 44 "SWPPP" of these Contract Documents. 3.2 EARTHWORK A. Excavation, trenching, and backfilling are specified in Section 03 21 00 "Earthwork." YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 33 41 00-8 3.3 PIPING INSTALLATION A. General Locations and Arrangements: Drawings and details indicate general location and arrangement of underground storm drainage piping. Required field adjustments shall be reviewed by the Engineer. B. Install piping beginning at low point, true to grades and alignment indicated with unbroken continuity of invert. Place groove ends of piping facing upstream. Install gaskets, seals, sleeves, and couplings according to manufacturer's written instructions for use of lubricants, cements, and other installation requirements. Pipe which is not in true alignment or which shows settlement after laying shall be taken up and re-laid by tlA Contractor without extra compensation. Pipe shall not be laid in wat in unsuitable weather conditions. Control of surface and subsurfa er is required so dry conditions will exist during a vation and ? ng. C. Install manholes (junction ) for c a in direction unless fittings are indicated. Use fittings; nch co a ons mil irect tap into existing sewer is indicated. D. Install proper siz�asers, rs, and 'ngs ere different sizes or materials of p d fitti a con Re*d size of piping in direction of pro E. Inst - ow, n ssure i,eg pi ga rding to the following: 1. nstal Match wo in dire f flow, at minimum slope of 0.5 p n , nl�%oth ise indi 2. I 11 pipin with -inch lin) minimum cover, unless otherwise n icated 3.4 J IPE A. The method of join ipe sections shall be such that the ends are fully entered and the inner surfaces are reasonably flush and even. B. Concrete Pipe: 1. Cold -Applied Preformed Plastic Gasket: The pipe joint surface shall be cleaned and the primer (if recommended by the manufacturer) brushed on and allowed to dry. The protective wrapping shall be removed from one side of the rope. The rope shall be laid strip side up on the surface of the pipe joint and the strip pressed firmly to surface of pipe joint end -to -end continuing around the entire circumference of the joint. The remaining protective wrapping shall be removed and pipe forced into connection until material fills the joint space. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 33 41 00-9 3.5 3.6 a. To ensure an even and well -filled joint, the final joining of the pipe shall be accomplished by either pushing or pulling by mechanical means each joint of the pipe as it is laid in an approved manner. b. In cold weather, when directed, the joint material shall be warmed in a hot-water bath, or by other approved methods, to the extent required to keep the material pliable for placement without breaking or cracking. C. PVC Pipe: Join PVC sewer piping according to ASTMP 2321 and ASTM D 3034 for elastomeric-seal joints or ASTM D 3034 for la tomeric gasket joints. CLEANOUT INSTALLATION lop** O A. Install cleanouts and riser xteiNions fr Use cast-iron soil pip tl in se cast-iron soil pipe for i xtensio open in direction �% in sewel�e. top-lo0,111c] ac verrs in i. Set with W� Install precast concrete rer pi}� s to cleanouts at grade. es at blkNn es for cleanouts and cleaneu s. nstall piping so cleanouts /\ _ X ca -inure concrete block, 18 by s surrounding earth grade. and roads with tops flush TALLATION complete with appurtenances and accessories structure sections according to ASTM C 891. C. Construct inlet head walls, curtain walls, aprons, and sides of reinforced concrete, as indicated, and in accordance with Section 03 30 00 "Cast -In -Place Concrete." D. Construct riprap of broken stone, as indicated. E. Install outlets that spill onto grade, anchored with concrete, where indicated. F. Install outlets that spill onto grade, with reinforced concrete curtain walls, where indicated. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 33 41 00-10 G. Install outlets that spill onto grade, with flared end sections that match pipe, where indicated. H. Construct energy dissipaters at outlets, as indicated. I. Where specific manhole construction is not indicated, follow manhole manufacturer's written instructions. J. Set tops of frames and covers flush with finished surface of manholes that occur in pavements. Set tops 3 inches above finished surface elsewhere unless otherwise indicated. I 3.7 UNDERDRAIN INSTALLATION • O A. Underdrains shall be connec to dr ' structures as shown in the Drawings. Outlets shall be rosi ned a i um of 6 inches above the bottom of structure. A mi f 18 i e�► of cov er the pipe shall be maintained. • O B. Construct perf underflu under landkagped, or otherwise pervious sur c ver. Cpq%jtVuct solid a unde n�►under pavements, slabs, side and o er Wervious a co r ss otherwise noted. C. Place ious fill on ubgrad comp to imensions indicated, but not les than 6 iblsV50 d pa d l s (300 mm) wide. D. Lay flat-styl�eextil ter ric in and overlap trench sides. E. Plac urting aye dr 'n urse over compacted subgrade and eotex filte o com a e th of not less than 4 inches 100 mm . p ( ) F. • I dr ' e 'ping a ted in Part 3 "Piping Installation." G. Add drainage coursc o�dtth+ of at least 6 inches (150 mm) on sides and to top of pipe to perform tests. H. Wrapping pipe in silt sock or textile is prohibited. I. Observation wells/cleanouts of 6-inch non -perforated pipe shall be placed vertically in the infiltration facility as shown on the Drawings. The wells/cleanouts shall be connected to the perforated underdrain with the appropriate manufactured connections as shown on the Drawings. The wells/cleanouts shall extend to the top elevation of the bioretention facility mulch, and shall be capped with a screw cap. Cap shall be removable for cleaning. Observation wells/cleanouts shall be constructed with cast -on -place concrete collar and cast iron ring and lid. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 33 41 00-11 3.8 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Place cast -in -place concrete according to ACI 318 and in accordance with Section 03 30 00 of these Specifications. 3.9 IDENTIFICATION A. Materials and their installation are specified in Section 3120 00 "Earthwork." Arrange for installation of green warning tape directly over piping and at outside edge of underground structures. I Use detectable warning tape over ferrous p. Use detectable warniniLlaDe over no piping and over edges of underground structure?"* A-W L 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTR • ,� 0 1. 2. •`O Inspect interior o r�p��Aing to me wh A line 'splacement or other damage has oc mil. In�s t fter ap ately ches (610 mm) of backfill is ia;S'A and.ag nl comVIVAOXol"PraiecS' 1. 2. eter of inside of pipe is visible cNcked, or otherwise damaged piping. leakage into piping. : Water leakage from or around piping. 3. Replace defective piping using new materials, and repeat inspections until defects are within allowances specified. 4. Re -inspect and repeat procedure until results are satisfactory. B. Test new piping systems, and parts of existing systems that have been altered, extended, or repaired, for leaks and defects. 1. Do not enclose, cover, or put into service before inspection and approval. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 33 41 00-12 2. Test completed piping systems according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Schedule tests and inspections by authorities having jurisdiction with at least 24 hours' advance notice. 4. Submit separate report for each test. 5. Gravity -Flow Storm Drainage Piping: Test according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction, UNI-B-6, and the following: a. Exception: Piping with soiltight jointeunless required by authorities having jurisdiction. • b. Option: Test p*Wc piping a to ASTM F 1417. C. Option: 11st concrete g accj ding to ASTM C 924 (ASTM` C. Underdrain Ping: Af tallin �ge course to top of piping, test drain pip; water re fr befor ckfilling. Remove obstructions a dam ompo}e�nd r t until results are satisfacto `O► G D. Leak s i test pressur t to de f hat must be repaired. E. Replace lea n p' ng using materi d repeat testing until leakage is within a lowr spe ie F. Tes ater i ilt tion s y completely filling with potable water „�� �Y p Y g d in uri ount o ti it takes for the system to drain. Systems • do not a ely dr 'thin 48 hours constitute a failure that shall be fired la ed y, and testing repeated until system performs s specified. 1. Alternatively, Contractor may use uncontaminated stormwater for this test, as approved by the Engineer. 3.11 CLEANING A. Clean interior of piping of dirt and superfluous materials. 3.12 SEDIMENT "TRAPS" AND CONTROLS A. Provide sediment barriers and controls to filter storm waters prior to entry into constructed storm water conveyance systems. YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 33 41 00-13 B. Contractor shall maintain control until final stabilization is achieved in accordance with the ADEQ Stormwater Discharge Permit. C. Contractor shall remove controls when final stabilization is achieved. 3.13 WARRANTY A. Contractor shall provide cleanout services as necessary for a period of one year after final acceptance. B. Contractor shall provide all services, equipment, anemanpower to flush and/or repair any obstructed subsurface drains. • O END O TION �♦ T- G • Cj OD - G D�C� G Cj YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 33 41 00-14 Bid 24-23, Addendum 1 CITY OF _ FAYETTEVILLE Date: Tuesday, February 20, 2024 V4W A R KA N SAS To: All Prospective Vendors From: Amanda Beilfuss — 479.575.8220 — abeilfuss@favetteville-ar.gov RE: Bid 24-23, Construction — YRCC Expansion This addendum is hereby made apart of the contract documents to the same extent as though it were originally included therein. Interested parties should indicate their receipt of same in the.#ppropriate blank of the Bid. BIDDERSSHALL ACKNOWLEDGE THISADDENDUM ON THE DESIGNATED LOCATION ON THE BID FORM. 1 A non -mandatory Pre -Bid meeting was held in R #111 on- ' CC on Thursday, February 15, 2024 at 3:00 PM. The sign -in sheet of attendees and meeting a are also attached to this addendum for disclosure to all interested parties (see ach ent A . a. Attendees: ` ♦ �� 1. City of Fa V Y ettevllle: 1. Amanda B , Sr. Pur Agent 2. Les Mc Purcha rector 3. Qul pson,rlly" anag r�► 4. &1 5. 6. I 7. I ii. Vendors 7. 8. 9. 10 11 12 13 BasM"NDemoli ' " "� Beran Concret Clear Stream Flo Everline Coatings & Services EWI Construction Fort Smith Restaurant Supply Freyaldenhoven FSC Gall Excavation HDWireworks 14. Hutchinson Commercial 15. JP Construction and Remodeling 16. Legacy Construction 17. Milestone Construction ion D cto City of Fayetteville, AR Bid 24-23, Addendum 1 Page 114 Telecommunications Device for the Deaf TDD (479) 521-1316 113 West Mountain -Fayetteville, AR 72701 18. Mosor Construction Company 19. NWASM 20. Pinnacle Fence 21. SMSI 22. SSI of Northwest Arkansas 23. Streib Company 24. Summit Fire & Security 25. Tri-State Floors 2. Plan Sheets —The following revisions shall be made to the following: a. MECHANICAL i. REFER TO SHEET M2.1, MECHANICAL SCHEDULES AND,Q.W AILS: 1. Refer to Packaged Rooftop Air Conditionipg`` hedule's Accessories: a. Revise note g. to r ' ROVID11T►WITH HOT GAS REHEAT" b. Revise notg i rea "PROV RIB M NTED NUVUE SCREEN SYSTEM, COORDIfV�I� NEL T D CWITH ARCHITECT. REFER TO ARCHIT T OF PL SCREE? AYOUT" 3. Clarification — a' O a. This bid is inten e aw de to cine feral Co a or only. The City will not be awarding by t ision. Any i reste( Ita intere6d in subcontractor work will need to contact a Gene I Contr t v► b. The interior painting irye . ing r om (resulting miscellaneous construction in those spaces) shall be complete the Ci c. The exlstl gy asiu I urface is n Infer -locking, floating vinyl tile. 4. Substitutio vests —The followin ub itution Requests have been APPROVED: a. Roof - GAF° Specification: TFAT160; Products include (See Attachment B of this addendum): i. EnergyGuardTM Polyiso Insulation ii. EnergyGuardTM Tapered Polyiso Insulation iii. DensDeck° Prime Roof Board iv. DEXcell° FA Glass Mat Roof Board v. EverGuard° TPO 60 mil vi. EverGuard° Bonding Adhesives vii. OlyBond 500TM Insulation Adhesive viii. Drill-TeCTM Fasteners and Plates ix. Diamond PledgeTM NDL Roof Guarantee City of Fayetteville, AR Bid 24-23, Addendum 1 Page 214 Telecommunications Device for the Deaf TDD (479) 521-1316 113 West Mountain -Fayetteville, AR 72701 b. Operable Partitions - Kwik-Wall model 3030 (See Attachment C of this addendum) 5. Questions —The following questions have been received and answered by the responsible department: a. Question: Regarding 10 14 53 Signage; Please verify that the exterior front wall letters are to be cast aluminum letters. Will art file, font preferences, and colors/finish for the exterior and interior letters be provided? 0 C. I e i. Answer: Yes, cast aluminum letters (refer to Plans for size). Font and color selection is to be determined. Architect and City of Fayetteville will select from manufacturer's standard range of colors and fonts. Question: The structural notes call out a Type V cement. This is a highly specialized product that is not common. Can the Structural Engineer accept a Type PLC fjement? This would be the common cement used in Northwest Arkansas. i. Answer: Yes, PLC is acceptable to be used in lieu Qf t e V cement. Question: On sheet C3.00 there is no not 7 while n n `7 is given in the legend on this sheet. Can you provide clarification? i. Answer: This should be allout.- CONf4E SEE M.E.P. PLANS Question: Specification s 01 29 0 a. stat Tiv ep nt of the contract sum and contract amount" is t arate life s. Is t e senc e retainage? o the, f i. Answer: N si line it tVVa �I construction. This is to ►� y b mo t t 5% o preven ntractor from lump e port of work together ( ie: "plumbing") which i turn m *fficu trchit wing the pay-app to determine the actual work tfV fbeen com Question: Sec ' n 31 00 - elA1!7 A. st se Owner's Project Web site" Please forward we site as wSvJ ece t loc t o line. Iteame page), are we to really provide up to seven user licenlas fo O�e to the Qwnrs own website? rbrequire7for er.O�erb ae �k Owners Website. The selected contractor may use ver ormhehe erfor project &document management. One License will each th ner and Architect. Additional license for Civil Engineer would be preferred. Architect will distribute documents to other consultants as required. f. Question: Specifications section 0145 29 - 1 section 1.3 Please provide a list of "acceptable to Owner and Architect" testing agencies so that we may solicit pricing from only approved entities. as per specification section 0145 29 - 11.3 please provide testing and inspection services that are deemed acceptable to the Owner and Architect to aid in our proper solicitations for pricing of these scopes of work. Answer: Inspection companies listed are preferred vendors, but the Owner is open to other options of qualified companies. City of Fayetteville, AR Bid 24-23, Addendum 1 Page 314 Telecommunications Device for the Deaf TDD (479) 521-1316 113 West Mountain -Fayetteville, AR 72701 6. Attachments — a. Attachment A: Pre -Bid meeting sign -in sheet and agenda b. Attachment B: Roof Substitution Information c. Attachment C: Partitions Substitution Information City of Fayetteville, AR Bid 24-23, Addendum 1 Page 414 Telecommunications Device for the Deaf TDD (479) 521-1316 113 West Mountain -Fayetteville, AR 72701 Attachment A City of Fayetteville, Arkansas CITY OF Attendance Sheet FAYETTEVILLE ARKANSAS ORFP/RFQ #:��0�3 Description: llr�rnS t lt`yrlt^sd1 � -eypaf51 mr( Name 1 ryA�D6i®�°,1��55 2 4I Y M0p.,,rj_ 3 J 0e h 1-66 n n a i(if 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 _ I_ ^ ' ``o !e- 12 Akw Jam, ) 13- 14 15 16 17 20 Function (circle one) : Bid Opening, Selection Committee Meeti Pre -Bid Interview Dater /_15 / ac Time: Mr (SNt�a'�S�J�7 Goy l 44 is I;$ 501-339 — 6I 01 q1K _1r7gcl —3ff 0 4 7,i-44�_--701 7 c a - P0-t,V-.r �r F,2G• 07',27-6�2f/ p (A City staff e-mail includes "@fayetteville-ar.gov" Email I--C-),'$ G .'_ Jh(tolviell9 Gkc A(y-f4� V; rb5+r1r P5rrS-j jt'Aq_"e 255Zortjw,4xoM jjr)(rijn1 Q Silerf)6c) . cc,-- caCLdP Icy ��sf�ll,�a►� _s r 00r_S C S . C'zyL. nnc�c P YI cyc . Ca/L+ -I-,)ait la rdss, c Awlr�t..[;bY,n .co�nn AA# r a CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE ARKANSAS Name 1 1n &L/ZA- 2 3 �� CcG4 rev 4�(1 5 6 1,6� �sofl 8 9 �Y�n me. cal 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Description: City of Fayetteville, Arkansas BID/RFP/RFQ #: Function (circle one) Date: Attendance Sheet Bid Opening, Selection Committee Meet' Pre Bid, Interview / Time: Company FS C_ It inL Title Phone i RM��� -tea I _ Fr SAes Qeo• City staff e-mail includes "@fayetteville-ar.gov" Email �' l/ G/ seer 5, e'd -, G,�� base ��ne�.e,►•.bl"�tt®n.co� IAZ S7 i � Y—CO--f ` — d/d `� •� /�-�ao%`�/;t� DAD, g�e�"S�� ���b Yam � c �.,�dAv;,f !°WiWNS/•�d�?'i f 9­6 3-Z y7, 226 -0167 f'C-h,C15HI Win CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE ARKANSA� ARCHITECTURE Yvonne Richardson Community Center Addition Pre -Bid Meeting Date: February 151h, 2025 Agenda 1. Introductions *�k a. OWNER: City of Fayetteville, Parks, Natural RCS✓ r s & Cultural Affairs b. PROJECT ARCHITECT: MBL r it cTure; Ashley Mauldin, AIA c. STRUCTURAL ENGINEER: Ta ith Wel Brianna Ovuoba, P.E d. CIVIL ENGINEER: o n inee • att Loos P.E. � g, �'�` , e. MECHANICAL, PLUM neering ts, Shane Lanning, P.E & ELECTRICAL ENG r � � 2. Pre Bid Sign -in O G 3. Bid Date: Mar 4 PM a. Bids may be uploa u I the ele I idding se or by submitting a sealed bid to the City of Fayette it rcha 'ng Divi n b. Required For&CA be fo n C* Purchas e site c. All pre-b' �Efians dir ted abeilfLfw teville-ar. ov d. Final ate t Abmi r i estion e. A4difo_N Comm is Directi� City of Fayetteville 4. Pro rief: YRCC Addition Pr 'ect a. Total Area: 13,344 sf 1. Existing Facility: 9,481 sf 2. Addition: 3,83 sf b. Addition Spaces: i. 2 large classrooms ( operable partition): 1,374 sf ii. Teaching Kitchen: 518 Sf iii. Control Desk: 100 s.f iv. Custom Display Case v. Support Spaces vi. Misc. work to existing building vii. New gymnasium floor Wis CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE ARKANSAS ARCHITECTURE S. Project Overview & Coordination a. The existing YRCC Facility WILL remain in operation for the duration of construction. b. Coordinating major construction milestones and other items that could affect day today operations of the facility shall be coordinated with YRCC Staff, Owners, and Architect in a timely manor. 6. iFA 8. 9. 10. Safety a. Contractors shall abide by all standard OSHA regulation and s requirements put forth by the City of Fayetteville. b. Safety of YRCC Staff & Visitors must b riority. ♦O ly�Ko ` Jobsite Clean Up & Misc. C a. Important to keep areas ding t ♦ dear o onstruction debris �"'�� (including nails, scrap s I t c.). b. Please keep in min rwill be N arounobsitea► c. There will ben ng on t ite per Cit o ' es ♦ Liquidated D a hi projecvQa have qu tion use. a. $300gp jr r pWk not comp]pte 1i g the a ee upon timeline. I i. Existing building was recently updated to include BAS Additional Allowances that will be put forth in Addendum i. Door Hardware Allowance 11. Addendum: A. There will be a forthcoming addendum to address questions that have come in during Pre -Bid and other minor changes. B. Addendum should be issued in the very near future. 12. Temporary Building Access 13. Questions? Attachment B we protect February 5, 2024 what matters most- Subject: Substitution Request Project: YRCC Expansion City of Fayetteville Fayetteville, AR Dear Sir/Madam, Design Services I We respectfully request consideration of the following on the abov lfel►enced project. PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION: GAF® Specifi TFAT16�` Products include: ♦� • EnergyGuardT"" Polyiso Insula • EnergyGuardTM Tapered Pol o ulatio �� ♦ O • DensDeck® Prime Roof B • DEXce11® FA Glass Ma Board • EverGuard®TPO 6 • EverGuard® Bon hesiv s • OlyBond 50 TM I ti n Adh� • Drill-TecTm F a IaZu • Diamond Pled TM o fart The attached data inclu es�r ct d cri 'on, spec' ' performance and test data, specimen guarantee as essary ation o quest; applicable portions of the data are clearly identifie . h undersi ed tates tf1 ollowing paragraphs, unless modified on attachments ar corre ` 1. This pr d subst u n eets r eeds the architects specified performance recuar S. 2. ce and sery e pr ucti be available for the proposed substitution. The undersigned further states that the function, appearance, and quality of the proposed substitution are equal or superior to the specified item. Please either sign and return this letter, or acknowledge via email your acceptance. If you have any further questions, please contact us at 877-423-7663 (Option 4, Option 3). Thank you for choosing GAF. Sincerely, Melanie Miller Senior Design Services Specialist Design Services 1 1 Campus Drive, Parsippany, NJ 07054 1 Toll Free 877.423.7663 1 gaf.com Stafldard INDUSTRIES COMPANY Description: EnergyGuard'" Polyiso Insulation board is made of glass fiber - reinforced cellulosic felt (GRF) facers bonded to a core of polyisocyanurate foam. Features and Benefits: Panel Characteristics: Available in a variety of thicknesses* from 1.0" (25.4 m 4 6" (116 mr to best suit your sp Ifications Available) 4' (1,22 m x 11, and4'xILA x2.44rTf s ■ Flute Fill are ava,upra�Zrpvri requ!V ■ OfiPieV ergyGuaT�lpr✓oducts_�^� ■ Versatile - Approved component vail ble - ta� CGF fa c l�n n c�► in single ply, BUR and modified n -halo See indi bitumen systems, with a variety ata sh is f more inf of attachment methods: mechanically attached, fully adhered, loose laid and balla d S C li ce: ■ Approved for direct application to steel decks ■ oe th uire ents of ■ High insulation value - polyiso ASTM C1 9 T+e II, Clas insulation has the highest R- e� Grade 2 ( p;l) and available in Graded) per inch compared to any Mh r type of non-polyiso insu NICn o equivalent thickness* ■ Because of its li this material is easy t a le on the jobsite and installs ckly. Easy cutting in the field provides the installer with simplified fabricating on the roof deck ■ ■ Excellent dimensional stability, high moisture resistance and low water permeability Visit gaf.com FM Approved - c nsulfWoofNay.com for specific lies Classifie4 p cordance with ANSI/UL 1254 0 and 263. Refer to UL Product i for specific assemblies Miami -Dade County Product Control Approved State of Florida Approved ■ Meets the requirements of CAN/ULC 704.1, Type 2, Class 3 or Type 3, Class 3t ■ UL (Canada) Evaluation Report ULC ER 1306t ■ For additional information, contact GAF at 1-800-766-3411 or designservices@gaf.com ��0"f" PIMA FM U� Qualitylvark MIAM4DADE COON Y APPROVED maa,-,'tensed:- t GAF manufacturing locations in UT and PA. gyGuardTM Polyiso ulation Thermal Values: Size' R-Value** Max pan Flute 1. m) 5.7 2 5/8" (66.7 mm) .5 mm) 6.8 2 5/8" (66.7 mm) (38.1 mm) 8.6 4 3/8" (111 mm) 1.75" (44.5 mm) 10.0 4 3/8" (111 mm) 2.0" (51 mm) 11.4 4 3/8" (111 mm) 2.2" (59 mm) 12.6 4 3/8" (111 mm) 2.3" (58 mm) 13.2 4 3/8" (111 mm) 2.5' (64 mm) 14.4 4 3/8" (111 mm) 2.6" (66 mm) 15.0 4 3/8" (111 mm) 2.8" (71 mm) 16.2 4 3/8" (111 mm) 3.0" (76 mm) 17.4 4 3/8" (111 mm) 3.2" (81 mm) 18.6 4 3/8" (111 mm) 3.5" (89 mm) 20.5 4 3/8" (111 mm) 3.7" (94 mm) 21.7 4 3/8" (111 mm) 4.0" (102 mm) 23.6 4 3/8" (111 mm) 4.3" (109 mm) 25.4 4 3/8" (111 mm) 4.5" (114 mm) 26.6 4 3/8" (111 mm) 4.6" (117 mm) 27.1 4 3/8" (111 mm) Other thicknesses available upon request. '* Long Term Thermal Resistance Values provide a 15-year time weighted average in accordance with CAN/ULC 770. For optimal roof performance and to prevent thermal bridging GAF recommends installing two layers of Polyiso with staggered joints. We protect what matters most'" EnergyGuard' Polyiso Insulation $Ustalnabillty — for more information go to gaf.com/green ■ Manufactured with EPA -compliant blowing agents containing no CFCs or HCFCs; has zero ozone depletion potential (CDP) and negligible global warming potential (GWP) ■ GREENGUARD Gold ■ Geen Circle Certified for recycled content ■ Potential LEED Credits for Polyiso Use ■ Health Product Declaration (HPD) A O ■ Environmental Product Declaration (EPD) (Industry) G iyNit U! rnyaicw nulivily LJUIU. ♦ - Property thod Values Compressive Strength 6YGrd 2 si min (138 kPa) aGr si min (1kPa) Dimensional Stability Change (length + wi 2126 ^Nchange Flexural Strength TM C203 40 in (275 kPa) Tensile Strength ASTM C 00 psf in (24 kPa) Water Absorption (percent by volu ) A 0 .5% max Water Vapor Permeance AS 9 rocedur < 1.5 perm max (85.8ng/Pa•s•m2) Service Temperature -100- to 250 °F (-73.3° to 121.1 °C) Flame Spread Index A M E84 < 75' Smoke Developed Index STM Q4 < 200' Foam Core `J ** Stated dimensional stability &ranceVoarcl Rctzards II not diminis y mo e than 4% max. t These numerical ratings♦arended to re pr s hese or any other material under actual fire conditions. Warnings and stations. G ■ EnergyGuard'm Polyiso Insulation is a non-structural, non load -bearing material. It is not designed for direct traffic usage unless adequately protected. ■ EnergyGuardTM Polyiso Insulation should be stored protected from the elements. Bundle wrap is not for use as waterproofing for boards. No more insulation should be installed than can be completely covered with roofing on the same day. ■ As unprotected polyisocyanu rate will burn, fire safety precautions should be observed wherever insulation products are used. Visit gaf.com ■ Direct mopping or torching of modified bitumen roofing or direct mopping of built-up roofing (BUR) to EnergyGuardTM Polyiso Insulation is not approved. A properly installed cover board or base sheet must be used. ■ Refer to PIMA Technical Bulletin No. 109 Storage and Handling Recommendations for Polyiso Roof Insulation at www.polyiso.org ■ Refer to the application specifications in the current membrane manufacturer's application and specifications manual for proper installation procedures. We protect what matters most'" •I• Description: • Codes and Compliance: EnergyGuard'" Tapered Polyiso ■ Meets the requirements of ASTM ♦� Insulation is a sloped panel made C1289 Type ll, Cl Grade 2 (21 of glass fiber -reinforced (GFR) and Grade 3 (25s It RoofN /► cellulosic felt facers bonded to a FM l�wr(1 core of polyisocya nu rate foam. ■ Appri one,� for sp ii a blies Features and Benefits: ■ Classs e 7j UL in ac pce with* AN 6, 790 a Refer to ■ Prevents ponding water when o ct iQ for assembl` properly installed on a low -slope ■ aluatio t L ER130� roof by providing slope via a series of both tapered and flat ■ iami- ade my Prod < polyiso fill boards Contr pp ved ■ Versatile — approved compo ■ ate of Florida e single -ply, BUR, and modified b men a► he re it e s of systems, with a variety of attach ent s methods: mechanically attached, /ULC 704.1 Class fully adhered, loose laid, ballasted Type lass 3 ■ Highest R-value per inch of any ■ UL a valuation rt rigid board insulation UL 130 ' ■ Easy to install — lightwei t, ea r ional infoXi n contact to cut, easy to handle ot 877-423- 63 or ♦ signse� f.com Panel Char cs: ��pSS1 Sizes: 4' x 4' (1.22 m x m) - 4' x 8' VL MIAMMADE COUNTY (1.22 m x 2.44 m) available upon request PPROVED GAF manufacturing facilities in UT and PA. Thickness:'/z" - 41/2" (12.7 mm - 114.3 mm) in a single layer Tapered Design Team: Slope:'/,6' (1.6 mm),'/8' (3.2 mm), Our Tapered Design Group specialists 3/,6' (4.8 mm),'/d' (6.35 mm), are available within your region to W (9.5 mm),'/2" (12.7 mm) assist you in all aspects of preplanning, design, and training. Reach out at tdg@GAF.com or 866-207-7123. LZ,- Visit gaf.com Our services include: ■ Conceptual design assistance ■ Quote review and comparison ■ Plan and spec review ■ Alternate design recommendations ■ Job startups, trainings, and presentations nability: �■ Manufactured with EPA -compliant blowing agents containing no CFCs or HCFCs, zero ozone depletion potential (ODP) and negligible lobal warming potential (GWP) reen Circle Certified° for Recycled Content ■ tential LEED° Credits for so Use h Product Declaration (HPD) �UL GreenGuard Gold ■ Environmental Product Declaration (EPD) (Industry) CJ c CERT"a pie hP IFIED MEMBER For more information go to gaf.com/green We protect what matters most" EnergyGuil Tapered Pill Insulation TYPICAL PHYSICAL PROPERTY DATA CHART' Test Method Value Compressive Strength ASTM D1621 Grade 2 - 20 psi min (138 kPa) or Grade 3 - 25 psi min (172 kPa) Dimensional Stability Change (length + width)t ASTM D2126 < 2% linear change Flexural Strength ASTM C203 40 psi min (275 kPa) Tensile Strength ASTM C209 500 psf min (24 kPa) Water Absorption (percent by volume) ASTM C209 1.5% max Water Vapor Permeance ASTM E96, Procedure A 1.5 perm max (85.8 ng/Pa•s•m2) Service Temperature -100- F to 250° F (-73.3° C to 121.1 ° C) Flame Spread Index $ ASTM E84 < 75• Smoke Developed Index ASTM E84 < 200- 'Foam Core * Stated dimensional stability tolerance: thickness shall not diminish by more than 4%max. These numerical ratings are not intended to reflect hazards presented by these or any other material under actual fire conditions. TAPERED POLYISO PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SHIPPING INFORMATION /1 Slope CharacteristicsPhysical Thickness (Inches/Millimeters) Size § Average Thickn (Inches/Millimet ) and Feet Per Panel .. / le Boards/ Truck Bundle/ Truck Sq. Ft. Per Truck 0.5 - 0.75 (12.7 - 19.1) 1 �0. 2 (15.9) 10 72 4�Q%96 3,456 48 55,296 (5,137 sq. m) 0.75 -1.0 (19.1 - 25.4) 2 7 .2) 52 48 39,936 (3,710 sq. m) 1.0 -1.25 (25.4 - 31.8) 3 / , (28.6) +40 1,920 48 30,720 (2,854 sq. m) 1.25 -1.5 (31.8 - 38.1) 4 lv�°75 (34.9) 1,536 48 24,576 (2,283 sq. m) 1/16" (1.6 mm) 1.5- 1.75 (38.1 -44.5) 5 1.625 (41 26 1, 4 48 21,504 (1,998 sq. m) 1.75- 2.0 (44.5-51.0) 1.875 .6 30 48 18,432 (1,712 sq. m) 2.0 - 2.25 (51.0 - 57.2) 2. ) 34 20 0 48 15,360 (1,427 sq. m) 2.25 - 2.5 (57.2 - 64. 2. .3) 18 4 48 13,824 (1,284 sq. m) 0.5 - 1.0 (12.7 A 75 (19.1) 64 072 48 49,152 (4,566 sq. m) 1.0-1.5 - A .25 (31.8) 1,824 48 29,184 (2,711 sq. m) 1.5 2.0 1.75 26 1,248 48 19,968 (1,855 sq. m) 1/8" (3.2 mm) 2.0 2.5 (5 64.0) 2. ( ) 36 11 960 48 15,360 (1,427 sq. m) 2.5 - 3.0 (64.0 - 76.2 D 2.7 44 16 768 48 12,288 (1,142 sq. m) 3.0 - 3.5 (76.2 - 89.0) 3.25(8 .6) 5 14 672 48 10,752 (999 sq. m) 3.5 - 4.0 (89.0 2. 3. (95.3) 12 576 48 9,216 (856 sq. m) 4.0-4.5 (1 0- FF (108.0) 10 480 48 1 7,680 (713 sq. m) 0.5 -1.2 (1 7 - 1.8) JJ 0.875 (22. 14 50 2,400 48 38,400 (3,567 sq. m) 1 5 - 2 (3 1.0) K 1.625 41.3) 26 26 1,248 48 19,968 (1,855 sq. m) 2. 5 (51.0-70.0 2.375 ( .3) 38 20 960 48 15,360 (1,427 sq. m) 3/16"(4.8mm) �� 3 70.0 - .0 M ) 50 15 720 48 11,520 (1,070 sq. m) 1. 5 (25.4 - 44.5) J ) 22 34 1,632 48 26,112 (2,426 sq. m) 5 - 2.5 (44.5 - 64.0) K 1 (54.0) 34 22 1,056 48 16,896 (1,570 sq. m) .5 - 3.25 (64.0 - 82.6) L 875 (73.0) 46 16 768 48 12,288 (1,142 sq. m) 3.25 - 4.0 (82.6 - 102.0) M 3.625 (92.1) 58 12 576 48 9,216 (856 sq. m) 0.5 -1.5 (12.7 - 38.1) X 1.0 (25.4) 16 48 2,304 48 36,864 (3,425 sq. m) 1.5 - 2.5 (38.1 - 64.0) Y 2.0 (51.0) 32 24 1,152 48 18,432 (1,712 sq. m) 2.5 - 3.5 (64.0 - 89.0) Z 3.0 (76.2) 48 16 768 48 12,288 (1,142 sq. m) 1/4" (6.35 mm) 3.5-4.5 (89.0-114.3) ZZ 4.0 (102.0) 64 12 576 48 9,216 (856 sq. m) 1.0-2.0 (25.4-51.0) G 1.5 (38.1) 24 32 1,536 48 24,576 (2,283 sq. m) 2.0 - 3.0 (51.0 - 76.2) H 2.5 (64.0) 40 18 864 48 13,824 (1,284 sq. m) 3.0 - 4.0 (76.2 - 102.0) 1 3.5 (89.0) 56 12 576 48 9,216 (856 sq. m) 0.5 - 2.0 (12.7 - 51.0) SS 1.25 (31.8) 20 38 1,824 48 29,184 (2,711 sq. m) 3/8" (9.5 mm) 2.0 - 3.5 (51.0 - 89.0) TT 2.75 (69.9) 44 16 768 48 12,288 (1,142 sq. m) 1.0 - 2.5 (25.4 - 64.0) S 1.75 (44.5) 28 27 1,296 48 20,736 (1,926 sq. m) 0.5-2.5 (12.7-64.0) Q 1.5 (38.1) 24 32 1,536 48 24,576 (2,283 sq. m) 1/2" (12.7 mm) 2.5-4.5 (64.0-114.3) QQ 3.5 (89.0) 56 12 576 48 9,216 (856 sq. m) 1.0 - 3.0 (25.4 - 76.2) XX 2.0 (51.0) 1 32 1 22 1 1,056 1 48 1 16,896 (1,570 sq. m) s Availability for these tapered panel systems may vary for each region. Visit gaf.com We protect what matters most- 0 Distributed by: Georgia-Pacific DensiDeck 0 Prime Roof Board With EON I C" TECHNOLOGY Description DensDeck® Prime Roof Board is a reinforced gypsum panel with a moisture -resistant core and coated glass mat facers. DensDeck® Prime Roof Board face and back mat provide compatibility, uniform application, and consistent performance with most roofing adhesives' DensDeck® Prime Roof Board provides a high level of moisture resistance through the use of GP's patented EONIC" Technology, and enhances the overall wind resistance' of an assembly while also increasing the hail and puncture resistance of the membrane as compared with systems with no cover board? For full application ins uctions, please consult the applicable specificationlrNiv&I for the system being installed (available at Primary Uses DensDeck® Prime Roodote tused pati )le with many types of roofingding: modij' asphalt, single -ply, me -cove 'l�j polyisocyanurate, andsulati . n ec Prime Roof Boaras rd for poured gyps co%rete decks' joQaDlications as well as a r for spray fo to systems. When using DensDeck® Prime Roof Boards for hot - mopped applications, a maximum asphalt application temperature of 425OF (218°C) — 450OF (232°C) is recommended. Application temperatures above these recommended temperatures may adversely affect roof system performance. For full application instructions, plegiiie consult the applicable specification manual for the stem being installed, available at gaf.coylken using DensDeck® Prime Roof Board as a spWrarofor torch applications, ensure that the pr i ry and that the proper torching and safety e ire ents are followed by professionals experienced i applications. Limit the heat to the DensDeck® Gr e Roof Board. Maintain a majority of the torch me directly on the roll. cond lat�itions such as inclement weather conditio d ,application temperatures outside of Wthed installation temperature range, and k®stallation techniques may cause adverse ofing systems. and lie — CAUTION DensDeck® oof Board nesses of 17ARNINC�Pr ide propriate exhaust ventilation at e/e" (15 m , m so be us?Ob- place a formed. Minimize dust generation n verti a lications a ba card or lineand c Do not breathe dust. Do not get this th o of parap walls. mate c tact with eyes. Do not taste or swallow. e k° Prime Roof may also a e void p ged exposure. Observe good industrial of h oRoof ped cold mas , ene practices. Use only in well -ventilated areas. modified bit reri[y to the fa nfor ation e appropriate NIOSH/MSHA approved dust mask n this cat on, e4 lyct GA nic upport ti eying facepiece if dust is generated. Do not eat 1-877- F 0 r technicalque gaf.com. r drink while using the product. Wash hands before eating, drinking, or smoking. See the product Safety tandar s Codes (PaprT IsData Sheet for more information. s ® rime Roofre manufactu Moisture Management STM C117 following DensDeck° Prime Roof Boards, like other components • tate of Flor' a pro v used in roofing systems, must be protected from iami- e my duct Co of Ap ved exposure to moisture before, during, and after installation. ro Remove the plastic packaging from all DensDeck® Prime Recom en ions and Li Roof Board immediately upon receipt of delivery. Failure D ® Pr e Roof Bft ufactured to remove the plastic packaging may result in entrapment for use i roperly n r em installed of condensation or moisture inside the packaging. in accorda ce with od ro i practices. The DensDeck® Prime Roof Board stored outside must be selection of DensDe ® Pri Roof Board as a stored level and off the ground and protected by a roofing component in stem or assembly is breathable waterproof covering. DensDeck® Prime Roof the responsibility of the design professional. For Board must be covered with roofing material the same full application instructions, please visit gaf.com for day it's installed. the applicable specification manual for the system being installed. Although DensDeck® Prime Roof Boards are engineered with fiberglass facings and high -density gypsum cores, The need for a separator sheet between the the presence of free moisture can have a detrimental DensDeck® Prime Roof Board and the roofing membrane effect on the performance of the product and the must also be determined by the design professional. installation of roofing membranes. Confirm any priming requirements with GAF prior to installation. When applying solvent -based adhesives or primers, allow sufficient time for the solvent to flash off to avoid damage to roofing components. DensDeck® Prime Roof Boards should not be subjected to abnormal or excessive loads or foot traffic, such as, but not limited to, use on plaza decks or under steel -wheeled equipment that may fracture or damage the panels. Take appropriate measures to protect the roofing system from physical damage (for example, laying plywood or OSB when heavy equipment will be moved across the roof). For example, hot asphalt applications can blister; torched modified bitumen may not properly bond; and adhesives for single -ply membranes may not dry and bond properly. Moisture accumulation may also significantly decrease wind uplift and vertical pull resistance in the system or assembly. (continued on next page) GAF warranties and guarantees provide coverage for wind speeds up to 55 miles per hour only. See applicable guarantee or warranty, available at gat com, for complete coverage and restrictions. Enhanced wind coverage may be available for purchase for eligible systems. Contact GAF for more information. P GAF warranties and guarantees do not provide coverage against hail except where additional hail or puncture resistance coverage is purchased on eligible jobs. Refer to gat com for more information on warranty and guarantee coverage and restrictions. ©2021 GAF 10/21 • COMGN 133-PDF gaf.com 9 1-877-GAF-ROOF Distributed by: Georgia-Pacific DensDeck° Prime Roof Board withEON I C" TECHNOLOGY Fire Resistance Classifications deck roofs when installed according to the conditions DensDeck® Prime Roof Boards are excellent fire identified by FM. For more information concerning barriers over combustible and noncombustible roof FM Approvals and FM Class 1 assemblies with decks, including steel decks. DensDeck® Prime Roof Boards, consult FM or see UL 790 Classification. DensDeck® Prime Roof Boards roofnay.com for specific assemblies. have been classified by Underwriters Laboratories Type X 5/s" (15.9 mm) DensDeck® Prime Roof Boards LLC (UL) for use as a fire barrier over combustible are manufactured�o meet the "Type X" requirements and noncombustible decks in accordance with the of ASTM C1177 W increased fire resistance beyond ANSI/UL 790 and ULC CAN-S114 test standard. The regular um board. UL classification includes a comprehensive Class A, UL Fir sis ce Ratings. 5/e° (15.9 mm) DensDeck° B, or C rating. For additional information concerning �Pri oards are designated as Type DID by the UL 790 classification, see UL Product IQ at d ' cluded in assembly designs investigated productiq.ulprospector.com/. b r hourly fire resistance ratings. 5/8" (15.9 mm) UL 1256 Classification. DensDeck® e oof /► eck® Prime Roof Boards may also replace Boards have also been classifi by in roof (` ny unclassified 5/8' (15.9 mm) gypsum board in deck constructions for i4 nder eck) fire an assem the UL Fire Resistance Directory exposure in accordan I/UL1256 under th re "P." Steiner Tunnel test. For I informati � Fla and smoke developed. When tested in concerning the UL12 cl i cation, cons � an with ASTM E84, DenSDeck®Prime Roof UL Product IQ at C Iprospecto � d Flame Spread 0, Smoke Developed 0. FM Class 1 are include III) Class 1 Roof Elmo n a Nd by FM` A� rck® Wft Rif Boards willn pem %es with a sDE /4" ( (6.4 mm umero passed testi indep450 and ha For ixsulate it roo AA Boards are included in valuated by FM or other s for wind uplift performance. ing such assemblies, please YSI P CPEFQTI PROPERTIES mm) ' mm) 5/8" (15.9 mm) Thickness, nominal Width, standard 4" (6.4 mm) /,a" (1. 4' (1,21 a" (3 m) ' " MM)±'/32" (0.8 mm) 219 mm) ± 1/8" (3 mm) s/a" (15.9 mm)±'/32" (0.8 mm) 4' (1,219 mm) ±'/8" (3 mm) Length, standard qWAOF 4' ( 9 &N�4' (1,219 mm) & 4' (1,219 mm) 8 2, m ± 4" (6.4 m) 8' (2,438 mm) ± V4" (6.4 mm) 8' (2,438 mm) ± V4" (6.4 mm) Weight nominal, lb. . f k Surfacing ` (5.9) ♦ Fib ss mat wit ` 2.0 (9.8) Fiberglass mat with 2.5 (12.2) Fiberglass mat with non -asphaltic coa g non -asphaltic coating non -asphaltic coating Flexural Strength', p I, Ibf. min. (N) >_40 (178) >_80 (356) >_100 (444) Flute Spanabilityz 21/8" (66.7 mm) 5" (127 mm) 8" (203 mm) Permeance3, Perms (ng/Pa•S•mz) >30 (>1710) >23 (>1300) >17 (>970) R-Value4, ft2•°F•hr/BTU (m2•I(/W) .28 .56 .67 Lineal Variation with Change in Temp., in/in °F (mm/mm/'C) 8.5 x 101(15.3 x 101) 8.5 x 101(15.3 x 101) 8.5 x 101(15.3 x 101) Lineal Variation with Change in Moisture 6.25 x 101 6.25x101 6.25 x 101 - Water Absorption', % max 5 5 5 Compressive Strengths, psi nominal 900 900 NOREEN 900 Surface Water Absorption, grams, nominal' 1.0 1.0 1.0 Flame Spread, Smoke Developed (ASTM E84, UL 723, CAN/ULC-S102) 0/0 mm 0/0 X 0/0 Bending Radius 4' (1,219 mm) 6' (1,829 mm) 8' (2,438 mm) Tested in accordance with ASTM C473 method B. 3 Tested in accordance with ASTM E96 (dry cup method). Tested in accordance with ASTM E661. 4 Tested in accordance with ASTM C518 (heat flow meter). DENSDECK, EONIC, and the GEORGIA-PACIFIC logo are trademarks owned by or licensed to Georgia-Pacific Gypsum I.I.C. Specified values perASTM C1 177. s Tested in accordance with ASTM C473. ©2021 GAF 10/21 • COMGN133-PDF gaf.com 9 1-877-GAF-ROOF Distributed by: DEXcell FA'"' Glass Mat Roof Board II of 31 Description DEXcell FARM Glass Mat Roof Board has heavy-duty coated fiberglass facers with a gypsum core that meets or exceeds ASTM C1177 for moisture resistance and both ASTM G21 and ASTM D3273 for mold resistance.' This gypsum panel can be used as a substrate board, thermal barrier, and/or cover board for commercial roofing applications. The precoated facers' seal ace technology can help im rorthe I coverage and perfW e of mem raN adhesives as co with sy t with no coverbgd�. cell FA� s Mat Roof Bo so eli the need fgQon re n�u��I" avai ,Z cut ea the froot*4 Standards and Codes Approvals/ Certifications • Meets ASTM C1177 • Meets FM Class 1 per FM 4470 and UL Class A fire ratings for roofing systems un�to unlimited slope per UL 790/ULC 5107. Refer to FM Approvals apiisb ay.com and UL Product iQ pector.com/info/) for actual es. hieves GREENGUARD Certification. Jor more information,visit ul.com/gg. App component in specific UL f 'd designs. Refer to UL Product u prospector.com/info/) for actual ordance with ULC d FM 4450 for use as ass A, B, or C roof covering y, requiring no additional lies elp redufR barrier asper IBC 2603.4.15 itation 11ir ea71g. Qktedin accordance with ASTM D3273 for Resistance to Growth of Mold DEXc F rM ass tir1� Recommendations and Limitations b use i wide ari�` General sy s — inc i ered sinly, . Examine and inspect deck substrate d bitu en, n of -a to which roof boards are to be applied. bran Midi' syste ray Correct defects prior to installation. m s d metal ofs. t can p also b us as a 11L thermal • Provide minimum'/4 in. (6.4 mm) ` barn fire pr below. clearance between boards and Primary Uses adjacent concrete or masonry to minimize wicking of moisture • Substrate boar thermal protection . Install fire -rated assemblies in in roofing assemblies providing accordance with the details increased fire resistance pursuant to found in the UL Fire Resistance ANSI/UL 790 and increased protection Directory; consult UL Product IQ at from sound transmission as compared productiq.uIprospector.com/ with systems with no cover board • Substrate for a vapor retarder and/or See Physical Properties chart for continuous substrate for the application maximum flute span when panels are of roofing membranes applied directly over metal decking • Do not use panels as a nailing base • Insulation cover board in roofing assemblies to protect and support the (they are nonstructural) roof membrane and provide protection against membrane damage due to roof GAF warranties and guarantees do not warrant or guarantee moisture traffic and hail or other impact pursuant resistance or provide coverage against mold or other biological to FM 44702 growth. Refer to gaf com for more information on warranty and guarantee coverage and restrictions. Advantages 2 GAF warranties and guarantees do not provide coverage against • hail or other impact. See applicable guarantee or warranty, available Scores and snaps easily at gaf. com, for complete coverage and restrictions. Hail or puncture • Sealed surface technology resistance coverage may be available for purchase for eligible gy systems. Contact GAF for more information. ©2022 GAF 5/22 • #205 • COMGN390-PDF gaf, com Distributed by: �a , DEXcell FN" Glass Mat Roof Board (2 of 3) Wind Uplift3 • DEXcell FAQ" Glass Mat Roof Boards are included in numerous assemblies evaluated by Factory Mutual Global (FM) and other independent laboratories for wind -uplift performance. For information concerning such assemblies, please visit roofnay.com. • Install using fasteners or adhesives specified in accordance with system requirements. Install app ved fasteners with plates into the boar I fasteners and adhesiv s i omplianc with GAF installatjp com endat'o 3 and FM Propert reventfor� Data Sheet 1-2 er faste spacing or tappliciy� is essenti cNtieve wi_ra • Use protective glsves and special eye protection (goggles or safety glasses with side shield). Do not use a power saw to cut these products. • Caution: Because this product contains fiberglass, dust and glass fibers may be released during normal handling, which could result in eye or skin irritation or cause difficulty in breathing. Whenever possible, avoid contact with the skin and eyes and avoid breathing dust or fibers that may be released during installation. Handling and Use • DEXcell FAT" Glass Mat Roof Boards are engineered to perform within a properly designed roof system. Their suitability for use in a particular roofing system is the responsibility of the design professional. • Roof assXblies containing DEXcell FAT"' s Mat Roof Boards should igned to control vapor drive `4OLdlnoisture :ONAkthough DEXcell FATM Glass Mat Roof Boards are engineered with coated fiber� facers and high -density g t i Pores, the presence of free is re can have an adverse effect �oduct performance and may omprom the installation of additional roofing tt components • accumulation may also si is tly decrease wind uplift and ertic pull resistance in the system o ssembly. Boards that contain 2 sproportionate free moisture content may require replacement. • Do not expose to inclement weather conditions, dew, improper installation techniques, or moisture drive conditions that may have adverse effects on the performance of the roof system • Apply only as much board as can be covered by a watertight roof covering the same day • Do not apply to wet roofing substrates • Avoid water exposure during shipping, handling, storage, installation, and after installation of roof boards • Remove non -breathable shipping wrap material upon receiving and storing roof boards • Store off the ground and under cover. Store flat. Use sufficient supports extending under the entire length of roof boards to prevent sagging. • Keep dry to minimize the potential for mold growth. Take adequate care while transporting, storing, applying, and maintaining roof boards. 3 GAF warranties and guarantees provide coverage for wind speeds up to 55 miles per hour only. See applicable guarantee or warranty, available at gaf.com, for complete coverage and restrictions. Enhanced wind coverage may be available for purchase for eligible systems. Contact GAF for more information. ©2022 GAF 5/22 • #205 • COMGN390-PDF gaf, com Distributed by: DEXcell FNm Glass Mat Roof Board (3 of 3) Handling and Use Cont. • Do not apply roof boards with visible signs of moisture damage or mold growth For full application instructions, please consult the applicable specification manual for the system being installed, available at gaf.com. For additional information on application, contact GAF Technical Support at 1-877-GAF-ROOF or technicalquestions@gaf.com. Physical Properties Data Physical Properties 1/4' DEXcell FAA' Glass Mat lb" DEXceI Glass Mat IN' DEXcell FA'" Glass Mat Thickness', Nominal 1/4" (6.4 mm) '/i' (12.7 mm) Va" (15.9 mm) Width', Nominal 4' (1,219 mm) 1,219 mm) 4' (1,219 mm) Length', Standard 4' (1,219 mm), 8' (2,438 mm) 19 mm), 8' (2,438 mm) 8'— 12'(2,438 mm) Weight, Nominal 1.2 lbs. / sq. ft. (5.9 k/m * 0 lbs. / sq. ft. (10 Wm� 2.5 lbs. / sq. ft. (12 Wm2) Edges' Square ` Square Square Flexural Strength', Parallel 40 Ibf. (178 N)) > 80 Ibf. (356 N) >_ 100 Ibf. (445 N) Bending Radius ';Z44' (1,219 mrn . 6' (1,829 mm) 8' (2,438 mm) Thermal Resistance' R = .2 v R = .43 R = .5 Permeances ``♦ 2 s perms 23 perms Water a water orp i weig ` % O < .Og% < 5%g Surface water absor lion < ♦ < 1.0 <_ 1.0 Surfacing e berglass ` Coated Fiberglass Coated Fiberglass Flute Spanability°2 a" (66.7 mm) 5" 7 mm) 8" (203 mm) Compressive Str 900 psi i 900 psi Mold Resist T D3273 Score of 1 ♦ S e of Score of 10 Product daorn ianceASTM 77 ASTM C1177 Co ype Regular Type X `-UL Ty signation 6 FSW-6 FSW-6 Comftti ityz bustible Non-combustible Non-combustible Surface Burnin h ri s3 Class A ClassA ClassA Flame Sp^ 0 0 0 Smoke D4elolLnen. _ 0 ` 0 0 AS 1 1 Standard Te e odsl�Ecal Testing of um�l Products S 5 Standard T Method r Steady -State r ission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus C1177 S e for Glass Mat Gyps S ate for Use as Sheathing M D3273 nd ethod for Resista to Gro of Mold on the Surface of Interior Coatings in an Environmental Chamber Chamber A M Standard Test Met d u ce Burning Characteristics of Building Materials AST ndard t Methods f►W Vap nsmission of Materials ASTM Ell and Test Me or of ilding Construction and Materials ASTM El36 Standard Test M od for h r of Materials in a Vertical Tube Furnace at 750°C ASTM E661 Standard Test M d for ormance of Wood and Wood -Based Floor and Roof Sheathing Under Concentrated Static and Impact Loads Gypsum Association, GA-238, G u ii es for Prevention of Mold Growth on Gypsum Board Gold Bond Building Products, LLC Manufacturer Standards, NGC Construction Guide i Specified values per ASTM C1177, tested in accordance with ASTM C473 s Tested in accordance with ASTM E96 1 Tested in accordance with ASTM E136 c Tested in accordance with ASTM E661 3 Tested in accordance with ASTM E84 ' Tested in accordance with ASTM C473, annex X3 4 Tested in accordance with ASTM C518. 9 Tested in accordance with ASTM D3273 and rated in accordance with ASTM D3274 Pieces per pallet 60 48 44 Sq. ft. per pallet 960 768 704 Weight per pallet 1,200 1,612 1,964 Sq. ft. per truck 38,400 23,040 16,900 Weight per truck, lbs. 48,000 48,384 47,139 4' x 8' DEXcell FA'" Glass Mat Pieces per pallet 44 30 30 Sq. ft. per pallet 1,408 960 960 Weight per pallet 1,760 2,016 2,678 Sq. ft. per truck 38,020 23,040 17,280 Weight per truck, lbs. 47,520 48,384 48,211 Values stated are approximate and subject to normal manufacturing variation. These values are not guaranteed and are provided solely as a guide. NOTE: Any protective plastic factory packaging that is used to wrap DEXcell FA'" Glass Mat Roof Boards for shipment is intended to provide temporary protection from exposure to moisture only, and is not intended to provide protection during storage after delivery. National Gypsum Company is the exclusive service provider for products manufactured by Gold Bond Building Products, LLC. This DEXcell FA- Glass Mat product is manufactured by Gold Bond Building Products, LLC. ©2022 GAF 5/22 • #205 • COMGN390-PDF gaf, com Durable. Efficient. Proven. Features: I Accessories: GAF knows thermoplastic polyolefin (TPO). Our EverGuard° TPO membrane construction has remained unchanged for decades. It's just one of the reasons we've sold more than 6 billion square feet. EverGuard° TPO offers flexibility, durability, LIV reflectivity, and heat - sealable properties. It's inherently fungal resistant' and flexible without using plasticizers. Competitive pricing and a 20-plus- year track record for performance make TPO the most popular option in the commercial roofing industry and specialized training from GAF Roofing It Right videos and CARE classes add to GAF's unmatched technical support. EverGuard° TPO offers the following: ■ Endures 2 to 2.5 times the industry standard, depending on thickness (ASTM D6878 weather resistance test). ■ Offers guarante iLfTor eligible syst up to 20 years fo 25 years 60 mil, and 30 ye for 80 mil? ■ Availabl*i oUS to cov� area 1pw rolls and ■ Allows r at -weld s e greate strengte and of s A mares a missivom reduc heat isl Installation: T,**Qyand EverGuard® TPO is suitable for all t es of single -ply systems: s ■ Mechanically Attached — for a ck,# and cost-effective system that ca� be installed practically year-r, d ■ Induction Welded — ca e ap d without using adhesives ins alle� practically year round al s for the same guara It as an adhered system. ■ Adhered — can be i stalled with EverGuard® TPO Quick Spray, EverGuard° TPO Quick Spray LV50, EverGuard° TPO Low VOC Bonding Adhesive, EverGuard® TPO 3 Square Low VOC Bonding Adhesive, EverGuard° TPO SBA 1121 Bonding Adhesive, or EverGuard° WB 181 Bonding Adhesive for the smoothest appearance. I I TP( for Stu Af that costs$ C ergy MADE IN THE U.S.A. WITH DOMESTIC AND IMPORTED MATERIALS. AMERICAN JOBS IN AMERICAN FACTORIES. )g D " Meets ASTM G21. GAF warranties and guarantees do not provide coverage against fungi or other biological growth. Refer to gaf.com for more information on warranty and guarantee coverage and restrictions. t Additional requirements apply. Contact GAF for more information. Refer to sample guarantees, available at gaf.com, for complete coverage and restrictions. I Energy cost savings are not guaranteed and the amount of savings may vary based on climate zone, utility rates, radiative properties of roofing products, insulation levels, HVAC equipment, efficiency and other factors. EverGuard TPO prefabricated acc ssories deliver consistent qu lity and eliminate the worry and oblems often associated with field Nkf rication. They can also boost productivity while reducing labor. ■ Coated Speedtite- and Hercules® Drain — TPO-coated flange for direct hot-air welding of TPO roof membranes. ■ rner Curb Wrap — Four standard sizes to flash 24", 36", 48", and 60" curbs. ■ Fluted Corner — For use in flashing outside corners of base and curb flashing. ■ I Corner — Manufactured to accommodate ♦ id rners of base or curb flashing. �formed Split Pipe Boot — Three standard izes accommodate most pipes and conduits. Preformed Vent Boot — Accommodates most common pipes and conduits from 1" (25.4 mm) to 6" (152 mm). ■ Scupper — Heat -welds to the scupper for a strong, secure installation. ■ Split Pourable Sealant Pocket — Cuts to size and offers a low profile to help seal varying penetrations with less sealant. ■ Square Tube Wrap — Tube wraps are split with overlaps to wrap around square or rectangular tubing. ■ T-Joint Cover Patches — Conforming seal for use over T-joints in 60- and 80-mil membrane applications. ■ TPO Cover Tape — Self -adhered TPO ideal for stripping -in TPO and edge metal. ■ Universal Corner — Accommodates both inside and outside corners of base and curb flashings. ■ Vent — For use in venting low -slope mechanically attached roofs. ■ Walkway Roll — Heat -welds directly to TPO membrane or installs with seam tape. Available in gray and yellow. For additional information, contact GAF Design Services at 1-877-423-7663 or designservices@gaf.com We protect what matters most"" EverGuard'TPO 45-Mil 60-Mil 80-Mil Physical Properties (ASTM D 6878) ASTM Test ASTM D 6878 EverGuard° TPO Test Values (approx.)* Type 45 mil 60 mil 80 mil Method Minimum TPO Nominal Thickness ASTM D 751 0.039" 0.045" (1.14 mm) 0.060" (1.52 mm) 0.080" (2.03 mm) Thickness Over Scrim ASTM D 7635 0.015" 15.8 mil (nominal) 24.1 mil (nominal) 31.4 mil (nominal) Breaking Strength ASTM D 751 220 Ibf 375 Ibf x 330 Ibf 400 Ibf x 360 Ibf 440 Ibf x 390 Ibf Grab Method MD (559 x 492 kg/m) (596 x 536 kg/m) (656 x 581 kg/m) Elongation at Break ASTM D 751 15% 30% 0% 30% ASTM D 751 90 Ibf x 120 Ibf 70 I f x 130 Ibf 100 Ibf x 180 Ibf Tear Strength (8" x 8" sample) 55 Ibf (134 x 179 kg/m) 04 x 194 kg/m) (149 x 268 kg/m) Brittleness Point ASTM D 2137 -40 °F -40 °F -40 °F -40 °F No cracks @ 7x No visible deteri a i o visible deterioration No visible deterioration Ozone Resistance ASTM D 1149 magnification 7x magnifica @ 7x magnification @ 7x magnification <1.5% weight change after ASTM D573 8 weeks @ 275° F, No cks P Pass Pass Properties after Heat Aging @ 7x ma n�dTMTVAw Total radi UAWS MJ/m2 UV, o c king ass Pass Pass Linear Dimensional Change ASTM D 1204 0.2% 0.4% 0.4% Water Absorption ASTM D 471 ±3% 0.7% 0.7% n allure) %340 f mbrane failure) 155 Ibf (membrane failure) Factory Seam Strength ASTM D 751 6 f 0 ) (2 6 kg/m) (231 kg/m) 1 ,080 kJ/m� NoKJ/(mz . n 000 KJ/(mz . nm) >25,000 KJ/(m2 . nm) Weather Resistance AS 5 cracks @ 7x magnificatio nm at 340 nm at 340 nm Note 1: Certain data is provided in MD (machldirection) Note 2: Values stated are approximate and sulTect to ngp *# V Ad Puncture Resistance hysical mat` :flues are n anteed and are provided solely as a guide.. (159 kg) >380lb. (172 kg) >380 lb. (172 kg) Permeance ASTN�6 'jKlIlIlit established <0.08 Perms <0.08 Perms <0.08 Perms lL +Au&antee I X %t Up to 20 years Up to 25 years Up to 30 years E j Sustai!iebilly Ratings/Certifications Cool of Rating Council (CRRC) Initial Aged Rated Color Product ID# Solar Reflectance Thermal Emittance Solar Reflectance Solar Reflectance Thermal Emittance Solar Reflectance (ASTM C 1549) (ASTM C 1371) Index (ASTM E 1980) (ASTM C 1549) (ASTM C 1371) Index (ASTM E 1980) White 0676-0001 0.76 0.90 94 0.68 0.83 81 Energy Gray 0676-0045 0.72 0.87 88 0.67 0.90 82 Energy Tan 0676-0039 0.72 0.89 89 0.66 0.89 80 LEED Information Manufacturing Location Mount Vernon, IN, New Columbia, PA, Cedar City, UT, Gainesville, TX For additional information, contact GAF Design Services at 1-877-423-7663 or designservices@gaf.com We protect what matters most"" EverGuard'TPO 45-Mil 60-Mil 80-Mil Applicable Standards/Approvals Miami Dade County Product ICC-ES Evaluation Report ESP-4676 Control Approved UL Evaluation Report UL ER1306-01 (Cedar City, UT only) FMFM Approved Meets or exceeds the (Refer to FM RoofNay.com requirements of ASTM D6878. , State of Florida Approved APPROVED for actual assemblies) �pSSIFjF Classified by UL in CRRC Rated - Can be used to V accordance with ANSI/UL 790. T xas�partmen NInroance comply with 2 uTitle is Part 6, �L (Refer to UL Product iQ Repor Cool Roof Requirements of the for actual assemblies). ` California Code of Regulations 14 1 Z *#4,NW (White only) w Pro a 12' Roll 10' Roll oll ' Roll 5' Roll Roll Size 12' Roll Size Weight 10, Wei t R II Size elVAbt 6' Si Weight 5' Roll Size Weight (Average) (Av ) ( e) (Average) (Average) 12'x100' 10 1 8'x100' 6 0 5'x100' EverGuard° (3.66 x 30.5 m) 307 lb C 30.5 m) 256 (2.43 x 3 5 204 lb. 1.83 x .5 m) 153 lb. (1.52 x 30.5 m) 128 lb. TPO 45 1,200 sq. ft. (139 kg);iii 1,000 sq. . (116 kg) 0 sq (93 kg) 0 sq. ft. (70 kg) 500 sq. ft. (58 kg) (111.5 sq.m) (92.9 3 s ) (55.7 sq.m) (46.5 sq.m) 12' x 100' lot 10 00'% 6' x 100' 5' x 100' EverGuard® (3.66 x 30.5 m) 386 lb. (3.05 x 30 32 lb. (2.43 x 30.5 m) (1.83 x 30.5 m) 194 Ib. (1.52 x 30.5 m) 162 lb. TPO 60 1,200 sq. ft. (175 kg) 0sq. ft. 4 ) 800 sq. f 117 kg) 600 sq. ft. (88 kg) 500 sq. ft. (74 kg) (111.5 sq.m) sq.m) (7 s (55.7 sq.m) (46.5 sq.m) 12'x100' 10'x10 8'x 116'x100' 5'x100' EverGuard® (3.66 x 30.5 m) 4 lb. (3.05 x 5 420 Ib. ( 3 x 30. m) 336 lb. (1.83 x 30.5 m) 252 lb. (1.52 x 30.5 m) 210 lb. TPO 80 1,200 sq, ft. (22 ) 1,00 q. . (191 :) sq. ft. (152 kg) 600 sq. ft. (114 kg) 500 sq. ft. (95 kg) (111.5 s m) 74 sq.m) (55.7 sq.m) (46.5 sq.m) Colors White, Gray, Energy ray, SI ray, Tan, Energy Tan, Desert Tan, Dark Bronze, Dark Brown, Goldenrod, Sky Blue, Regal Blue, Electric , Ha r ord Green, Patina Green, Regal Red, Terra Cotta. Storage Store on pallets in a clean, dry area at temperatures below 100 °F (38 °C). Safety Warning Membrane rolls are heavy. Employ at least two people to position and install. "- Visit aaf.com For additional information, contact GAF Design Services at 1-877-423-7663 or designservices@gaf.com We protect what matters most- 0 4y4kKquardrmOOF/NG SYSTEMS Accessory Description EverGuard° TPO UN-55 Detailing Membrane provides roofing contractors with an easy -to -install factory -built detail. EverGuard° TPO UN-55 Detailing Membrane is constructed using GAF s proven, durable EverGuard° TPO. This accessory is used as an alternative material for flashing penetrations and corners of base and curb flashing. • Cost effective... Reliability is built in; GAF EverGuard° TP rane �� O • Improved reliabil' Factory -built acc or s reduc risk of leaks aacks Unifo .° Membrane with GAF E EverGUk` V verGuAadhe 4 0 mil�ial or fullyd ro( • EverGuard° Freedc 60, and 80 mil sel roofing systems C5.O - tailing ering See published application and specifications manual for detailed instructions. Product Information EverGuard° TPO UN-55 Detailing Membrane come standard in White, and is also offered in several additional colors. The membrane is unreinforced, so it's easier to work with at difficult flashing details. &Aqtured to strict specifications hes1hned for ease of installation OIternative flashing/reinforcement material for penetrations and corners Required wherever preformed vent boots cannot be used SPECIFICATIONS Roll Size: 24" x 50' (610 mm x 15.24 m) rolls Material: 55 mil unreinforced TPO membrane SHIPPING SPECIFICATIONS Weight per roll: 28 Ibs (12.7 kg) gaf. com Visit gaf.com to see our full line of prefabricated accessories! 02014 GAF 12/14 • #468 COMEG196 verY Rua S/NGLE-PLOOF/NG SYSTEMS Description EverGuard° TPO 45 Mil Utility Flashing Membrane provides roofing contractors with an easy -to -install factory -built detail. EverGuard°45 Mil Utility Flashing Membrane is constructed using GAF's proven, durable EverGuard° TPO. This accessory is used to strip -in coated metal flanges and at areas that require a reinforc b f fl h mem rane or as ing. G`'- • Cost effective Reliability is built in J► • Improved reliability Factory built acc �� O reduce risk of le s ` and callback% rda TP(_)04&tAl Util I�'a - (� 7oi shin�w e on: or fully adhered ro EverGuard° Freed( 60, and 80 mil se roofing systems See published application and specifications manual for detailed instructions. Product Information EverGuard° TPO 45 Mil Utility Flashing Membrane comes stand- ard in White. The membrane is EverGuard° TPO 45 mil reinforced, so it's durable and versatile. Accessory brane y�'6red to strict specifications Caned for ease of installation �d in a variety of flashing details, uding stripping -in coated metal SPECIFICATIONS Roll Size: 8" x 100' (203 mm x 30.5 m) rolls Material: 45 mil reinforced TPO membrane SHIPPING SPECIFICATIONS Weight per roll: 18 Ibs (8.2 kg) gat com Visit gaf.com to see our full line of prefabricated accessories! ©2014 GAF 12/14 • #468 COMEG197 jr Accessory ky4kKQuardTM OOF/NG SYSTEMS • Description EverGuard° TPO Coated Meta Sheets are constructed with TPO membrane laminated to galvanized sheet metal. Product Information • 24-gauge steel with a 2 - thick membrane film Cuts and forms I ci and sheet metalN\O Field and g TPO mem eat dir c coate me r metal j�stop ripe stal base n c&bf g se ant ans, ,cupper^ ♦. • /Vila and % dO TPO owea Meta I Sheets ,(�!21 m) x 10' (3.05 m) sheets 10, or 30 sheets per pallet; 40 lb. (18.14 kg)/sheet • Also available in (allow 2 — 4 weeks lead time): Coated Aluminum — 23 lb. (10.43 kg)/sheet • 25-mil TPO and 40-gauge corrosion - resistant aluminum • Coated Stainless — 40 lb. (18.14 kg)/sheet • 25-mil TPO and 24-gauge stainless steel • 20-gauge Galvanized — 60 lb. (27.22 kg)/sheet • 25-mil TPO and 20-gauge galvanized steel Visit gaf.com to see our full line of prefabricated accessories! com ©2016 GAF 2/16 - #468 RILL=TEC" Termination Bars Description Drill-TeCT' Termination Bars are designed to terminate single -ply membranes at parapet walls and other penetrations. They are made of extruded aluminum with a mill finish or Series #304 stainless steel alloy with pre -punched holes spaced at 6" (152.4 mm) intervals on 10' (3.05 m) long bars, and are secured using Drill-TecT" #14 Fasteners or Drill-TeCT" Masonry Anchors. Products and Packaging Drill-Tec'M Flat Termination Bar — #453D O Material: 6063-T6 Ex Aluminum ` Dimensions: .09" (2.28 m hick x 1" (2 ) wide x 10' (3.05 m) length per bar Holes: '/a" (�. m X 3/8" (9. re -punt holes on 6" (152.4 mm) o.c. Packaging: 50 10' (3.0� . er tube ( 5.86 kg) Drill-T ' i Termin r — #453 • a► Mat I: 60 �x ded Alu ` e s: .0 " (2. mm) thi (19 m) 10' (3.05 m) length per bar 1/4" 5 (6. MY 3 mm) p nched holes on 6" (152.4 mm) o.c. " ,Packagiars Ojr3._ m) pc. 57 lb. (25.86 kg) r /► v [ 1 /! **3 Sealant Ledge — #453WE minum hl�k x 1" (25.4 mm) wide x 10' (3.05 m) length per bar 3/8" (9.53 mm) pre -punched holes on 6" (152.4 mm) o.c. 05 m) pc. per tube. 50 lb. (22.68 kg) ©2021 GAF 10/21 • COMDT23 I -PDF gaf.com 0 1-877-GAF-ROOF U Accessory fgY9�KQ.Ljf /NG SYSTEMS Description EverGuard° TPO single -ply roofing System accessories provide roofing contractors an easy -to -install factory - built detail. EverGuard° accessories are manufactured using a proprietary formulation designed for use with GAF EverGuard° TPO single -ply membranes. • Cost Effective... ---- Reduces installed costs G • Improved Reliability.* uc Factory -built accesso e risk of leaks and c I,a is •� • Improved Aest i J ver Patch Uniform look � • fo ing m e seal for use over Tjoints ,e) Applicat n O and embrane applications Ev G d acce ri esign for a of welding over T-joints formed are d for use wit AF when i ing an EverGuard° TPO system Ever u ne TP� pIY Eve T--Joint Cover Patches are formed mem rave e essories us reinforced membrane to a nominal be installe o chani attach , f dhered or Y it thickness RhIL.013 EverG r it ys ems. E rG�rd° .. �, 9-9 Product Information EverGuard° Tjoint Cover Patches are created from a proprietary TPO formulation engineered to work with EverGuard° TPO single -ply membranes. EverGuard° TPO Tjoint Cover Patches create a membrane seal over T-joints that arise when installing a 60 or 80 mil EverGuard° TPO system. Also Available... CIFICATIONS Membrane Thickness: .055" (1.40 mm) Unit Size: 4" x 4" (102 mm x 102 mm) SHIPPING SPECIFICATIONS Patches per carton: 100 Weight per carton: 3.3 lb. (1.5 kg) Cartons per pallet: 196 PRODUCT SKUs T-Joint Cover Patch White 7712920 T-Joint Cover Patch Gray 7712345 T-Joint Cover Patch Tan 17712820 rFlutedorner Inside Corner Vent Boot Square Tube \Wrap qaf. com 02016 GAF 6/16 • #468 �01 f4vvrGua.,...rd7PO S/NGLE—PLY ROOF/NG SYSTEMS Description EverGuard° TPO single -ply roofing system accessories provide roofing contractors an easy -to -install, factory -built detail. EverGuard° accessories are constructed from GAF's proven durable EverGuard° TPO single -ply reinforced membrane. • Cost effective... Reduce installed costs • Improved reliability... Factory -built accessories reduce risk of leaks and callbacks • Improved aestheti6\1 Uniform look Application EverGuard° T Cover Ta s 0.045 nforc mem n six-i t 3-inch s or' and a are . Them - -- -,-u-- Product Information 5 CLEAN AND PRIME METAL WITH EVERGUARD®PRIMER HEAT -WELD END LAP 24 GAUGE CONTINUOUS HOOK STRIP SECURED WITH DRILL-TECT"' FASTENERS Q 12" O.C. EVERGUARD TPO COVER TAPE HEAT -WELD STRIP HEAT -WELD STRIP EVERGUARD®CUT EDGE SEALANT REINFORCED EVERGUARD® MEMBRANE . % "--ENERGYGUARC ROOF INSULATION �` `v ROOF DECK/SUBSTRATE WOOD NAILER, 5/4" X 4" MIN SECURED TO SUBSTRATE 1. C E COVER ONLY T USED WITH TPO MEMBRANE SYSTEMS. 2. CLEAN MET EMBRANE WITH EVERGUARD® TPO CLEANER AND LET DRY. PRIME THE TAL Y WITH EVERGUARD® TPO PRIMER. DO NOT SPILL PRIMER ON WELDED SEAM AREA. 4. HOT- EMBRANE TO MEMBRANE AREA USING EITHER A ROBOTIC OR HAND WELDER TO SPEC. eat -Weldable 5 aCover Tape EverGuard° TPO Heat -Weldable Cover Tape is packaged as a hundred toot roll with two rolls in every box. Specifications Roll length: 100' Roll width: 6" Shipping Specifications Koiis per carton: 2 Weight of carton: 34 Ibs Cartons per pallet: 27 Code Approvals • LIL Listed Accessory • Miami -Dade County Approved • Texas Department of Insurance • ICC-ES • State of Florida Approved www.gaf. com 02012 GAF 7/12 • #468 IS uardTM fkVq,K Y ROOF/NG SYSTEMS Description EverGuard°TPO 6" Cover Tape provides roofing contractors with an easy -to -install factory -built detail. EverGuard°TPO 6" Cover Tape is constructed from GAF's proven, durable, high-performance EverGuard°TPO. • Cost effective... Reduces installed costs • Improved reliability... Factory- u accessories reduce risk of I�aks nd callbacks �L Application For use in str* n 6ndter, Hued edge met n to inst�d eamT" end la . soap clea th it face and mbran to d.JJ�s�v the entireggyyp� Wir) area tQ_�efrnthd witKa�hit cloth moist(Veg VPW Lvervuarc% C'IPnner Brus roller- ppl the r er " (7 ) o o each C e rying t s p e en Insta uard°T " ape e rimer aft flas off roll in th silicone r � 6" COV�QrJ2 Product Information EverGuard° TPO 6" Cover Tape is a 6" (152 mm) wide, non -reinforced TPO membrane backed with a butyl tape adhesive. Accessory Specifications Roll Length 100' (30.5 m) Roll Width 6" (152 mm) Shipping Specifications Rolls per Case 2 Weight per Case 37.4 Ib. (16.96 kg) Cases per Pallet 36 Product SKUs White 755A920 Tan 755A820 Gray 755A345 gaf. com ' ©2016 GAF 5/16 • #468 EverGuard" & EverGuard ExtremeO RTA (Roof Transition Anchor) Strip Specs ABOUT (HTTPS: / / W W W.GAF.COM / EN- US/PRODUCTS/EVERGUARD- AND-EV ERGUARD-EXTREME- RTA-ROOF-TRA N SITI ON - ANCHOR -STRIP) SPECS (HTTPS:// W W W.GAF.COM/EN- US/PRODUCTS/EVERGUARD- AND-EVERGUARD-EXTREME- RTA-ROOF-TRAN SITI O N- ANCHOR- STRIP/SPECIFICATIONS) DOCS (HTTPS: / / W W W.GAF.COM / EN- US/PRODUCTS/ EVERGUARV AND-EVERGUARD-EX EME- RTA-ROOF-TRAN O ANCHOR -STRIP/ NTS) Gam_ SPECIFICATIONS ' J► WIDTH 6" 1652 .4 mm) ( C7 ROLL SIZE 6' x 100' 1.8 A8,m THICKNESS 45-mnilVm%: 0 WIDTH: 6" 152.4 mm Cj ROLL SIZE: 6' x 100' (1.88 x 30.48 m) THICKNESS: S G %0 (�j \C, SHIPPING AND P A IN WEIGHT/BOX ` 34.9 Ib. (15. 3 kg) Cj ` WEIGHT/BOX: 34.9 lb. (15.83 kg) VIDEOS (HTTPS:/ / W WW.GAF.COM /EN- US/PRODUCTS/EVERGUARD- AND-EVERGUARD-EXTREME- RTA-ROOF-TRANSITI O N- ANCHOR-STRIP/VIDEOS) QuardTMAccessory kyq,K OOF/NGSYSTEMS Description EverGuard° TPO single -ply roofing system accessories provide roofing contractors an easy -to -install factory -built detail. EverGuard° TPO accessories are manufactured using a proprietary formulation designed for use with GAF's EverGuard° TPO single -ply O membranes. • Cost effective... Reduce installed costs AG • Improved reliabili . J► �� Factory built access duce �� O risk of leaks and s • Improved ae is ... Uniform loo J Applic O • F se in offing wall scuppers Ev uard� T�'O acc�s are • imina� un essar flashing to waterproof the 11 Y g p der u with GAF Ev - all opu)P Gua ° TPO I me r S. • �* The acces ri s be insta Cus�i sizz es available on mechanic attacr, fully adher& off- dhered, r Rlino .r Product Intormatidh EverGuard° Scuppers are manufac- tured out of TPO-coated metal and 55 mil unreinforced membrane. This product has two standard sizes and is available in white only. CATIONS mbrane thickness: .055" (1.40 mm) Dimensions: 4" x 6" x 12" (102 mm x 152 mm x 305 mm) 8" x 10" x 12" (203 mm x 254 mm x 305 mm) SHIPPING SPECIFICATIONS Scuppers per carton: 2 Weight per carton: 4" x 6" x 12" 7 lbs. (3.18 kg) 8" x 10" x 12" 12 lbs. (5.44 kg) Cartons per pallet: 4" x 6" x 12" 15 8" x 10" x 12" 9 PRODUCT SKUs 4" x 6" x 12" 85TA920 8" x 10" x 12" 85TB920 "Contact your local representative for details gal. EUlll 02015 GAF 1/15 • #468 �Guard- Preformed S/NGLE-PLY ROOF/NG SYSTEMS Accessories Description EverGuard° TPO single -ply roofing system preformed accessories provide roofing contractors an easy -to -install, factory -built detail. EverGuard° preformed accessories are constructed from GAF's proven, durable EverGuard° TPO single -ply reinforced membrane. • Cost effective... Reduces installed costs • Improved reliability... Factory -built accessor uce risk of leaks and c c s • Improved aesth cs. Uniform look EverGuard°Corner'VmA Wraps are constructed from EverGuard° reinforced 45 mil TPO membrane. Four standard sizes of Corner Curb Wraps are available. Each Corner Curb Wrap is 12" in height and has a 6" base area for welding to field membrane. Also Available... r. Inside Corner O lailable"N Custo .zes I urb Wrap 1 e, gray, and tan so available* PEC S H ' 12" 6" ngth: 13.5", 19.5", 25.5", 31.5" SHIPPING SPECIFICATIONS Curbs per box: 4 Weight per box: 13.5" 5.6 lbs. 19.5" 7.4 lbs. 25.5" 10.7 lbs. 31.5" 12.5 lbs. Boxes per pallet: 32 PRODUCT SKUs White 13.5" 851`2920 White 19.5" 851`3920 White 25.5" 85F4920 White 31.5" 851`5920 *Contact your local representative for details. Vent Boot Universal Corner Vent 02014 GAF • 4/14 • #468 COMEG167 EVERGUARO TPO Description EverGuard° TPO single -ply roofing system molded accessories provide roofing contractors an easy -to -install factory -built detail. EverGuard° molded accessories are manufactured using a proprietary formulation designed for use with EverGuard° TPO single -ply membranes. • Cost effective... `O Reduces installed costs • Improved Reliability... G Factory -built accessories r� risk of leaks and callb � � O • Improved aesthetics ► • Uniform look ;.7" J Corner Applicatio F. • • EverGO stand sly access ar s mold be cut a `ommodate use as either an inside accesso s r esign for use EverGuard O r outsi cor r reinforcement singl y mem cad �• Mol 0 mil thickness from TPO Evert ard° do "' TPO F. self-adherin m m ranes e • molded ccvs es ma e i talled on mecally att 10* ad er or self -ad red verGuaiiie TP r ng s rGuard° Ide acc e install s co n on techniW ee publis e pplica specifications manual r d ai ed instructions. Product Information EverGuard° Universal Corners accommodate both inside and outside corners of base and curb flashings. Simply cut at markings to produce either an inside or outside corner reinforcement. EverGuard° Universal Corners eliminate the need to inventory two items. S CATIONS i ensions: 3" x 3" (76 mm x 76 mm) with 6" (152 mm) Flange Thickness: 0.070" (1.78 mm) SHIPPING SPECIFICATIONS Corners per carton: 20 Weight per carton: 9 lb. (4.08 kg) Cartons per pallet: 232 PRODUCT SKUs White 7730920CU Visit gaf.com to see our full line of prefabricated accessories! gaf. com 02017 GAF • 7/17 • #468 ua® Molded fky4kKqCOCOF/NG SYSTEMS Accessories Description EverGuard° TPO single -ply roofing system molded accessories provide roofing contractors an easy -to -install, factory -built detail. EverGuard° molded accessories are manufac- tured using a proprietary formulation designed for use with GAF's EverGUard®TPO single -ply membranes. • Cost effective... 11?4 Reduces installed costs • Improved Reliability,. Factory -built access '21`r uce risk of leaks and c Res • Improved aesth�� C Uniform look �. Applicat' Evert rr mol d ac 00are design or use t -GAF rGuard° TPO ingle-y( rSc nes EverGuard Flee T. TKO �re InSAP si g co ' %pil techniques. See pu ishe application and spe Ions manual for detailed instructions. Product Information EverGuard° Fluted Corners are molded from a proprietary TPO formulation engineered to work with EverGUard®TPO single -ply membranes. Fluted Corners allow for easy flashing of non -uniform corners. Also Available... Nmodate imperfect corners welding in tight areas ire formed using unreinforced a nominal 50 mil thickness FIONS r: 8" l thickness: .050" G SPECIFICATIONS Corners per carton: 20 Weight per carton: 2.5 lbs. Cartons per pallet: 250 PRODUCT SKUs TPO Fluted Corner White 8A00920WA TPO Fluted Corner Tan 8AO0820WA TPO Fluted Corner Grey 8AO0345WA qaf. cones Pourable Sealer Pocket Inside Corner Vent Boot Universal Corner Vent ©2014 GAF • 4/14 • #466 COMEG162 uar Gd- -I -Molded fk GLE-PLY ROOF/NG SYSTEMS Accessories IV Description EverGuard° TPO single -ply roofing system molded accessories provide roofing contractors an easy -to -install, factory -built detail. EverGuard° molded accessories are manufactured using a roprietar formulation designed for use with GAF's EverGuard° TPO single -ply membranes. `O • Cost effective... ('� Reduces installed cosh V • Improved reliabili J► �� Factory built acces duce �� ♦ O risk of leaks an ks • Improved aes ti ... \ / 0♦ Uniform loo� � Applic O tand Ever r 0 mol d . es and c d s modates most common a s are design e or uppliepth stainless -steel clamping rings U.S it AF GiLi�ard° TV 1 `��'► sing -ply b a s-bnd EverGuar e om O selfa�herii}p mbra s. Tie r_venvuara r r V&erG4eue ded c re inssing co techniqe pu is application and spe manual for detailed in Product Information ant Boots are proprietary TPO )ineered to work P TPO single -ply ant Boots allow L Vents and pipes J 6 inches S IONS rane thickness: 0.075" or pipe sizes: 1"- 6" dia. SHIPPING SPECIFICATIONS Boots per carton: 6 Weight per carton: 9 lbs. Cartons per pallet: 54 PRODUCT SKUs Vent Boot White 17710920CU ', f 6gside Corner Pourable Sealer Pocket Universal Corner Vent 02014 GAF • 4/14 • #468 COMEG160 ver ua S/NGLE-PLY ROOF/NG SYSTEMS EverGuard° TPO single -ply roofing system preformed accessories provide roofing contractors an easy -to -install, factory -built detail. EverGuard° preformed accessories are constructed from GAF's proven, durable EVerGUard°TPO single -ply reinforced membrane. • Cost effective... Reduces installed costs • Improved reliability... Factory -built accessories r uce risk of leaks and cal * s • Improved aesthetic ... Uniform look A ANMI;0N4-- N / /.4� �use inale- .`\•X . EverGuard°Split Pipe Boots are constructed from EverGuard° reinforced 45 mil membrane. Three standard sizes of Split Pipe Boots are available. Since they are split,they can be wrapped around pipes and conduit where closed boots cannot be used. Also Available... 01 :ir 1 Af Inside Corner Preformed Accessories SPEC NS ITEM DIMENSIONS/SKU # F p e sizes: 1" x 2" 85G1920 3" x 5" 85G2920 6" x 8" 85G3920 SHIPPING SPECIFICATIONS Boots per box: 6 Weight per box: 1 "— 2" 7.5 lbs. 3"— 5" 7.5 lbs. 6"— 8" 11 lbs. Boxes per pallet: 1"-2" 36 3"— 5" 36 6"— 8" 24 *Contact your local representative for details. RIM Preformed Vent Boot Universal Corner Vent 02014 GAF • 4/14 • #468 COMEG166 Guard- S/N Description EverGuard° TPO single -ply roofing system preformed accessories provide roofing contractors an easyto install, factory built detail. EverGuard° preformed accessories are constructed from GAF's proven, durable EverGuard° TPO single -ply reinforced membrane. • Cost effective... Reduces installed costs • Improved reliability... Factory -built accessories reduc risk of leaks and callbaccsL • Improved aesthetic Uniform look Preformed Accessories Application EVerGuard®TP rmed accessories igned f • use with F vertu T a e Wrap single- ranes. he m ccessories e �Availabbs 3 standard sizes ps m nically atta fully dher e r Ahere �• Cus also available* Ever Jar ofing s ste • In stainless -steel clamp for top edge seal Preformed ac ories e install d _� O using ji&n_v€ntlUnal t Iqu S ed ap Icati nd e fi ations I f detailed insrods ionfo atioR ` EverGuard° uare e ps are constructed from ver uarde reinforced 45 mil mem ane. Three . standard sizes of Square Tube Wrap are available. They are split and can be wrapped around square and rectangular roof structures such as machinery screen supports. A stainless -steel clamp is included to assist in sealing the top edge of the wrap. Also Available... ING SPECIFICATIONS Pieces per box: 6 Weight per box: 6.0 lbs. (4"x 4") 6.5 lbs. (4"x 6") 7.0 lbs. (6"x 6") Boxes per pallet: 24 PRODUCT SKUs EverGuard° TPO Square Tube Wrap 4"x 4" 8506920 EverGuard° TPO Square Tube Wrap 4"x 6" 8508920 EverGuard° TPO Square Tube Wrap 6"x 6" 8507920 *Contact your local representative for details. .s Inside Corner Preformed Vent Boot Universal Corner Vent ©2014 GAF • 4/14 • #468 COMEG165 Guard- Molded S/NGLE-PLY ROOF/NG SYSTEMS Accessories Description EverGuard° TPO single ply roofing system molded accessories provide roofing contractors an easy -to -install, factory built detail. EverGuard° molded accessories are manufactured using a proprietary formulation designed for use with GAF's EverGuard° TPO single -ply membranes. • Cost effective... Reduces installed costs by up to 25% �0_ • Improved Reliability... Factory built access ape�,�uce risk r leaks and t t� !N3 • Improved aestheti s.. ` U Uniform look !$01" Applicatio • Per i EverGuar mol • t Eve accessePl�s e desi ed fitr ^ OATS sin Ne Eve uard° F self-adheri g E molded acce install o/r c fuILa ed or ones and TP W ranes. T es mof*be Evetgard°kn, ♦ e install < `chni See ul application d sp( manual for detailed Product Information �cnea, system` �ssories EverGuard° pourable sealer )Ided from a D formulation work with 'O single -ply iey eliminate the actors to fabricate in the field. _M rner rreg u I W70 Sealer Pocket �Ct penetrations pourable sealer or IT"^ for the perfect finish colors and sizes* NS h of Pocket 12" hof Pocket r 15 '/A" Walls 4"SPECIFICATIONS 28" x 12" x 12" Pieces per box 6 Weight per box 6.5 Ibs Boxes per pallet 16 Pallet Size 42" x 42" PRODUCT SKUs White 18002920CU * Contact your local representative for details. MEMO, 1 Vent Boot Universal Corner Vent ©2014 GAF • 4/14 • #468 COMEG164 0 gaf. com Coated fkV4kKquardTM OOF/NG SYSTEMS Accessories Description EverGuard° TPO single -ply roofing system coated metal drain accessory provides roofing contractors an easy -to -install, factory -built detail. EverGuard° TPO coated drains are constructed using GAF's proven, durable EverGuard TPO coated onto a durable drain unit. • Cost effective... Reduces installed costs by up to 25 % O • Improved Reliability... Fact — built accessories reduce risk leaks and callbacks G • Improved Aesthetics*. rm look ` Application V" PP EverGuard° TP ted accessories siggned f • with GAF e uard0 . le - ply me and er ar ° Fr P self -a g me e . T actory-coat acc ories Ni talle Coated on mch ea c ly ache fully a here self -a er d eta I Drain EverG T O r i s terns S u appli do a s c i tions r detaile✓ Available Sizes nstr Ions. ` du fo atio EverGuard° O c ted ins are constructed from num and coated with a wel able TPO compound. TPO membrane can be heat welded directly to the drain body, resulting in a strong, secure installation. Each drain is fitted with a BlueSeal° mechanical drain seal for a secure, tight seal into the building drain system. Also Available... EverGuard° TPO Coated Metal Drains are available in two sizes: • 3" drain will fit into a 3" ID pipe • 4" drain will fit into a 4" ID pipe w Inside Corner Vent Boot Universal Corner Vent 02013 GAF • 1/13 • #468 COMEG178 v9, ua S/NGLE-PLY ROOF/NG SYSTEMS Description EverGuard° TPO single -ply roofing system preflashed accessories provide roofing contractors an easy -to -install, factory -built detail. EverGuard° preflashed accessories are constructed using GAF's proven, durable EverGUard®TPO single -ply detailing membrane. • Cost effective... Reduces installed costs by up to 25 • Improved Reliability... Factory - built accessories reduce risk of leaks and callbacks • Improved aesthetics... Unifo k Application _*A� EverGuard° TPO p accessories are d use with GAF Ev single -ply me EverGuard I se pre las�iessor ins mechan fullyydhered, r Ever uard O r Preflashed c on using WnvAi t nal t Drains are construct fro spun aluminum and prefla using EverGuard° 55 mil detailing membrane. No special tools needed for installation. Wide range of sizes allows for proper fit into any size roofing drain. All hardware, including strainer and gravel guard, are included with drains. EMSEAL watertight expanding seal for retrofit drains is included, making plumbing tie-in quick and easy. Also Available... 4w Preflashed Accessories ole-sized Drains (2", 3", 4", 5" or 6") an be used on new construction and directly attached to new plumbing with a flexible coupling (not included). Half -inch -sized Drains (1 1 /2", 2 1 /2", 3 1 /2" 4 1 /2", and 5 1 /2") can be used as retrofit drains by ordering a drain sized 1 /2" smaller than the drain pipe being fitted (for a 4" drain pipe, use a 3 1 /2" drain). Inside Corner Vent Boot Universal Corner Vent 02014 GAF • 4/14 • #468 COMEG168 EVERGUARO TPO Description EverGuard° TPO Walkway Roll provides roofing contractors with an easy -to -install factory -built detail. EverGuard°TPO Walkway Rolls are manufactured using proven, durable EverGuard° TPO as well as recycled TPO. Durable... The EverGuard° TPO Walkway Roll is designed to protect the membrane in areas exposed to rooftop traffic for maintenance access or other uses. Thee r < include HVAC, roof hatdoors, etc. The EverGu �eN Walkway Roll is regMNIIQ I'c GAF -warranted roDr%o swistem MAN * Great tr-a7illvin wit '\I%* diamond plate de n • Walkways have sm edges for easy weldability • Manufactured using recycled TPO with excellent weatherability built in • Comes in standard Gray and Yellow • 34" x 50' (864 mm x 15.24 m) (diamond pattern measures 30" [762 mm] with 2" [51 mm] smooth on both edges) • 125 mil thickness • 75 lb. (34.02 kg) per roll (nominal) \ Roll Heat-w OVI rGuard° TPO Walkway Roll mem *ce continuously around the roll RNYN Q rolls st be spaced 6" (152 mm) o rainage. )r7,uard° TPO Walkway Roll may also be ✓ith TPO primer and 3" (76 mm) eTrst, roll or brush the TPO primer on the back of the PO roll along the edges and down the middle length of the roll. • Clean and prime the roof membrane where the roll will be installed. • Install tape to the back of the roll where cleaned (edges and middle) and roll -in with a silicone hand roller. • Remove the release paper and install the taped rolls directly onto the root membrane. Secure the rolls by rolling into place. • Walkway rolls must be spaced 6" (152 mm) to allow for drainage. EverGuard° TPO accessories are designed for use with GAF EverGuard° TPO single -ply membranes and with EverGuard Extreme° and EverGuard° Freedom" TPO self -adhering membranes. The factory -coated accessories may be installed on mechanically attached, fully adhered, or self -adhered EverGuard° TPO roofing systems. See published application and specifications manual for detailed instructions. Visit gaf.com to see our full line of prefabricated accessories! gaf. com 02017 GAF 7/17 • #468 Product Data Sheet EverGuard° Sealants Description GAF EverGuard® single -ply roofing systems include a full line of EverGuard®/GAF sealants. Note: EverGuard®/GAF sealants are specially formulated for specific applications: be sure to use the correct sealant for the application. The following EverGuard®/GAF sealants area available: UnfTs Carton Product Description Benefit/Application jftCarton Weight EverGuard® One -part butyl -based • Suitable for sealing between flashing 13 lbs. Water Block high -viscosity sealant membrane and substrate surface behind ♦ 10. z. cartridges exposed temun bars • Suitable for seal n roofing mem e and drain flanges EverGuard® TPO & PVC Sealant used at any non -factory edge of • Used to se no ory edges (cu as a`in reinforced me r l • 12 pi tn. • 100 ea et per pint 12 lbs. Cut Edge TPO and PVC uon e with PV , P ANaNerbead. Sealant membrane O d e with TP Qor Storage: Store sealants in on final cont e n 'aIIets orCsmg in a a.ag gStore sealants in 50-100°F conditi ea awaopen flame or other co sti source. • Do not allow to freeze' Cj\CO C" G �J EvERGvaRv TPO Accessory • ... TPO Primer Ll coy m taI and e , irit 0 � tape, r uc Iling Cover Tape, apply 'TPO Primer or EverGuard° Low preparing'mrane oura e sealer C TPO Primer to both the metal and poct tea ly Ev r and One -Part membrane with a 3" roller. Allow primer to ourabl eal flash off before applying tape. A scat Pourable t Pockv ` Prior to i i the TP u�1N5 lant Pocket, the inside ve 'cal n sides must be primed with GAF TP imer. Fill the base of the pans with non -shrink grout and top with a minimum 2" thickness of GAF One -Part or Two -Part Pourable Sealant. nw Cover Tape When installing Heat Weld Cover tape, apply EverGuard° TPO Primer or EverGuard° Low VOC TPO Primer to the metal only with a 3" roller. Allow the primer to flash off prior to installing HW Cover Tape. SPECIFICATIONS Can size 1 gallon Cans per carton 6 Product SKUs: TPO Primer 755B Low VOC TPO Primer 755D qaf. com 02018 GAF • 8/18 • #468 EvERGvaRv TPO Accessory Description Used to clean exposed or contaminated seams prior to heat welding to remove any residual soap or revitalize aged membranes. Application • Do not use on "bag fresh" ial` that has been exposed for less t �+ _ hours unless it has been con min ed v • Follow the guidanc for cleaning TPO: K Light Contami Membr� that has b sed over r up to a f ys to rn ris, foot t fic , or li�ipitation n be leaned with a h leaner Contamination cl moisten4d fyerG d° P (�� mbrane that is weathered Cleaner. e r wait r so /oxidized will require the use of to fl h if p to we ing. EverGuard° TPO Cleaner and a mildly Pi Co to inati .� abrasive scrubbing pad to remove `M rane t crusted vvNZ the weathered/oxidized top surface re ire th w residue ler layer. This must be followed by cleaning ' V'uch u 09°, � ly with a white cloth moistened with ` abrasive sc bing0t(D. ve the EverGuard° TPO Cleaner. Unexposed dirt. This must be fol ve cleaning membrane left in inventory for a year with a white cloth moistened with EverGuard° TPO Cleaner. Be sure to wait for solvent to flash off prior to welding. or more may need to be cleaned as instructed above. Be sure to wait for solvent to flash off prior to welding. • VOC Content of 861 grams/liter. SPECIFICATIONS Can size: 1 gallon Cans per carton: 4 Weight per case: 33 Ib. (14.96 kg) Cases per pallet: 48 Product SKU 7793 qaf. com 02017 GAF • 2117 • #468 12 FlexSea ITM Sealant - Data Sheet PRODUCT DESCRIPTION APPLICATION LIMITATIONS & FlexSealTM Sealant is a solvent -based synthetic, flowable, elastomeric sealant that can be applied to many low -slope roof surfaces. It is durable and helps protect the substrate against damaging UV exposure. APPROVED SUBSTRATES FlexSealTM Sealant can be used on metal, structural concrete, copper, SIBS, APP, EPDM, BUR, PVC and TPO. It can also be used with GAF Premium Fabric on penetrations, curbs, and seams. Do not use over silicone substrates. PACKAGING SIZES 10 oz (0.3 liter) tube 1-gallon (3.8 liter) bucket 5-gallon (18.9 liter) pail STORAGE & SHELF LIF PRODUCT STORAGE TEMPERATURE: C 50°F - 90°F (10°C - 32°C) Do NOT allow coating to freeze. SHELF LIFE: 24 months from ddte�fj manufacture in unopene �/ ' containers, if stored I a "A clean and well-v i re clean INSTRUCTIONS PRECAUTIONS SUBSTRATE PREPARATION: Roof must APPLICATION AIR TEMPERATURE: Min. have positive drainage, and be 50OF (100C). Do NOT heat clean and dry with no trapped containers. moisture. Priming of substrate is recommended and may be APPLICATION SURFACE required. See Liquid -Applied TEMPERATURE: 50OF (10°C) and Roofing Manual at gaf.com. rising. Care should be taken when coa ng surfaces above 120°F. MIXING: Mix prior to use as required. Coact GAF Design Services if you Do NOT attempt to thin or self -tint. 911Jve application questions. APPLICATION: A venly by ` Do NOT apply if rain, dew, fog, trowel or brush. ly 2.0 gall heavy moisture, condensation, or per 200 lined fee ith a 6- Q reezing temperatures are in the gaf.com rh with 8 our forecast to ensure proper emb t is ♦ O ure. Cool temperatures/high an t allnal top` humidity may slow curing. gons L/61 Im). to ♦ Y & HANDLING ickness t e specific information regarding withoImi and afe handling of this material, uric. please refer to the Safety Data I Sheet (SDS). ol Tnral nded or unsightly Ir pplication ntact GAF Technical 1-877-423-7663 or visit For application questions, contact GAF Design Services at 1-877-GAF-ROOF CLEAN UP Use mineral spirits or xylene to thoroughly flush equipment. We protect what matters most'" O FlexSealTM Sealant - Data Sheet PHYSICAL PROPERTIES (TAS 139-95) Table 1: Physical Property Requirements Type ASTM Test Method ASTM Minimum Values Test Values' Volume Solids ASTM D2697 i50% 66% Weight Solids ASTM D1644 z60% 77% Initial Percent Elongation ASTM D412 Min.100% @73°F 300% Initial Tensile Strength ASTM D412 Min. 200 psi @730F 485 psi (3344 kPa) Weight per Gallon/Liter ASTM D1475 - 7.9 Ibs (0.94 kg) VOC - - #* <300 g/L Dry Time ASTM D 5895 - Approximately 24 hours Flash Point - jt4103°F (39°C) %*tNYFlash Point Standard Colors - Black and White 1. Values are approximate and subject to normal manufacturing Oa,Ins.. These value a uarante nd are provided solely as a guide. 00 O M O U O U O IL a O M N O N We protect what matters most 9 .�9 kyo_,.,Guard,"Y ROOF/NG SSTEMS Sealant Description EverGuard° One -Part Pourable Sealant is a one -part, moisture -cure, self -leveling sealant designed for use in pitch pans on single -ply roof systems.Since moisture cure sealants cure with moisture in the air, it is suitable for application in damp and cold climates, as well as in dry climates. EverGuard° One -Part Pourable Sealant is solvent free contains no isocyanates, and will not sh upon curing. It does not "out as r bubble on damp surfac s urethane sealants often do. Ev r ne-Par Pourable Sealant is e ric and excellent adhesio constru materials. It has uromet accommodat�j er mov t irT p enetratio l�han 'c urethan ts. ! _ • Solvent free — less an JTgA VOC • 100% solid — will n rink • No outgassing on damp surfaces • Self -leveling provides a smooth, professional finished look • Good color stability • 20-minute skinover time • Paintable within 24 hours • No special tools or mixing required • Application at temperatures as low as 30°F I-1'Q • G �Tart rable Sealant TYPICAL PROPERTIES VOC (max) <25 grams/liter Service Temperature -40°F (-40°C) to 200OF (93.3°C) Full Cure Rate of cure is dependent on atmospheric conditions. Curing proceeds at a rate of (6.35 mm) a week at 70°F (22°C) and 50% relative humidity. Lower temperature and humidity will slow the rate of cure. Higher temperature and humidity will accelerate rate of cure. Depths of more than 2" (51 mm) will cure through in 2 to 3 months. Skin Time Approximately 20 minutes at 70°F (22°C) and 50% relative humidity. Shrinkage 0% Tensile Strength 146 Ibf (217 kg/m) Elongation 300% ± 25% Density 8.9 ± .2 lb. per gallon (1.068 g/ml) qaf, com kiGLE-PLY ROOF/NG SYSTEMS Approvals & Certification • Conforms to OTC Rule for Sealants and Caulks • Meets requirements of California Regulations: CARB, BAAQMD, and SCAQMD • Conforms to California Proposition 65 • Conforms to USDA Requirements for Non-food Contact Environmental Standards rate of cure. Depths of more than 2" (51 mm) will cure through in 2 to 3 months. Packaging • 0.53 gallon (21_) pouch • 4 pouches/case • 48 cases/pallet Color LEED° 2.2 for New Construction White and Major Renovations: • Low -Emitting Materials (Section 4.1 ) 1 Point Storage NAHB Model Green Home Building Guidelines: • Reco e storage is between 40°F-90°F • 5 Global Impact Points r (4°C ). Store unopened containers in VOC Content: a c o , area. Protect unopened containers r ter, he �[ nd direct sunlight. Although • Less than 25 grams/liter ASTM D2369 E d uard° Pert Pourable Sealant will not 24 (tested at 240°F [ 1 15°C]) eeze, i� is e mended to store indoors before Application Temperature sing t 0easy gunning and leveling. EverGuard° One -Part Pourable Seala `be�a lie �Shel at temperatures as low as 30°F (-1 ° ese col erl� O r rom e nufacture when stored in temperatures, it is recommende p the ateri ende o s. Elevated temperature and stored inside or in a truck u in relativ�hu may significantly reduce shelf life. Application Instructi� Surface should be clean, dr , and materials. Remove all previously a pli ca cement, and other contamia s frnet cleaner. All roof deck voide fille Sealant. Prime all surfac it rGuar R Allow primer to dry for to lyin Part Pourable Seala ill th Ever Pocket with Ever(?� ° ne-P ur e top of the po e ring that a s arE GAF's publish a lication and specificati for complete det s. loose ~ k,�pstic, iti�ns v�th a Clean-up Wet adhesive can be removed using a solvent, such as alcohol. Cured EverGuard° One -Part Pourable Sealant can be removed by abrading or scraping the substrate. Cure Time EverGuard° One -Part Pourable Sealant is a moisture - cure sealant. Rate of cure is dependent on atmospheric conditions. Curing proceeds at a rate of 14" (6 mm) a week at 70°F (22°C) and 50% relative humidity. Lower temperature and humidity will slow the rate of cure. Higher temperature and humidity will accelerate Quality You Can Trust... From North America's Largest Roofing Manufacturer! - • i r'V'ply at temperatures below 30°F (-1 °C). • use on TPO without EverGuard° TPO Primer. of use on Hypalon° membranes. • o not install if rain is anticipated within 4 hours. Do not use in areas subject to continuous water immersion. • Do not use in areas where prolonged chemical exposure is anticipated. • Do not prime bonding surfaces with asphalt primer. • Use TOPCOAT° FlexSeaIT" Elastomeric Sealant as a "night sealant" around the base of the penetration. Do not use petroleum -based solvents, such as mineral spirits, for cleaning purposes. • Maintain sealant at room temperature before applying to ensure easy gunning and leveling. • Test and evaluate to ensure adequate adhesion. • Dry all visible and standing water prior to applying sealant. For Application Questions Contact GAF Technical Services at 1-800-766-341 1 or visit gaf.com. gaf. com 02016 GAF 8/16 • #468 COMEG181 EvERGvaRv TPO Accessory Description 111 EVERCvL�. r. CLEANWELD'CONDITIONER Used to clean exposed or contaminated W seams prior to heat welding to remove 0� any residual soap or revitalize aged _ WD membranes. lai Application • o� ;WuA • Do not use on "bag fresh" that has been exposed for I s th 12 hours unless it has be + I ated. J► • Follow the guidan o for cleaning TPO: ` Light Contam yprlk — Me e k that has en xboseG�we or up t t ys toNon) wo dew, or light precil c usually bo j* with • clot moifeNndcA EverGua Cle nwel dition e for s5K�o lash a6d MAA :Q E ure- asec wait i B sed C ati n — `. M ran encruste will �equire th use a III u aner, such as Fo la 40 r i ly abrasive scrubbing d t remove the dirt. This must be fo owed by cleaning with a white cloth moistened with EverGuard° TPO Cleanweld Conditioner. Be sure to wait for solvent to flash off prior to welding. ne loner Contamination — rane that is weathered or oxidized I require the use of EverGuard° TPO J► Cleanweld Conditioner and a mildly abrasive scrubbing pad to remove the weathered/oxidized top surface layer. This must be followed by cleaning with a white cloth moistened with EverGuard° TPO Cleanweld Conditioner. Unexposed membrane left in inventory for a year or more may need to be cleaned as instructed above. Be sure to wait for solvent to flash off prior to welding. • VOC Content of 50 grams/liter. SPECIFICATIONS Can size: 1 gallon Cans per carton: 6 Weight per case: 52.56 lb. (23.84 kg) Cases per pallet: 48 Product SKU 7789000WP qaf. com 02019 GAF • 5/19 • #468 f Guard S/NGLE-PLY ROOF/NG SYSTEMS Description EverGuard° 1 121 Bonding Adhesive is a contact -type bonding adhesive specially designed for bonding TPO single -ply roofing membranes and flashings to various roofing substrates. EverGuard° 1 121 Bonding Adhesive is a general purpose rubber -based bonding adhesive for attaching t TPO-based single -ply membranes to various substrates, including • VeK w polyisocyanurate insulation and � ^�• gypsum-based cover boards. � Features and Ben 11+�.' . • Excellent covera 70 sq f per gallon of bd�` membr • Fast-dryin s t system • Easy a 'ca on usi ol� ` or br • lication also possib e H; ; ;f t '1 Phys inI ertie� i is c c ✓ I Bonding Q B thetic of r (jam d hesive S I t: H blend -✓ las Poi 18°C) ` oloi ht : 7.4 I r: � Ordering Information Viscosity: 300 2,74cps Coverage: 50-70 .. gallon Item Number: 778000M Total Solids: 25% +/- 2.5% Voc: 611 grams/liter Shelf Life: 1 year, unopened Open Time: Up to 60 minutes Dry Time: 5 — 15 minutes Application: Roller, brush, or spray Packaging: 5 gallon pails Weight: 37 Ibs/pail Shipping: 45 pails per pallet gaf, com 1 ©2016 GAF • 7/16 • #468.1 Campus Drive • Parsippany, NJ 07054 COMEG142 Description: EverGuard° TPO Quick Spray Adhesive is a sprayable, solvent -based contact adhesive useful for bonding smooth EverGuard° and EverGuard Extreme® TPO membranes to various substrates. Features and Benefits. Is Faster installation than tradition bonding adhesive TPO QUICK SPHAV ADHESIVE .,.:, .., 7792 Applicat' roduct Details: Substrate be dry n, verGuard®TPO Quick Spray Adhesive and free o oil, grea ♦ ■ SKU 7806 - 3 squares -13.65 lb. (6.2 kg) oth inates ` S U 7792 - 10 squares - 40.15 lb. (18.2 kg) ■ : 489 g/L F r embran s ying fro ♦■ I st tion Temperature: 20°F (-6.7°c) (203 m - m) aw �p y ing hesiv nifo to both tl strafe aner SKU: 7802 d the m ane and si ���,,,////// ose & Gun SKU: 7804 or 7805 Hose Splitter: 7826 As.Qrimer for SA Vw er, 25' Hose: 7825 High initial tack Shelf life-2 years from the dat • of manufacture to willG re of �cylinders (10°C)for properly. Utilize -ts and hot ry. Ensure that s stay below ■ Apply pressure with a push broom or weighted roller to ensure complete bonding To clean Hose & Gun Kit, attach hose and gun to EverGuard° Quick Spray or EverGuard° Quick Spray LV50 Cleaning Kit and run cleaner through hose and gun for approximately 10 -15 seconds. Each cleaner canister should get approximately 9 -10 cleanings for the 10 square size. Xl� Visit gaf.com/QuickSpray Coverage rates and flash time may vary in colder temperatures. Codes & Standards: ■ UL Classified: Refer to UL Online Certification Directory for actual ` O assemblies. ■ State of Florida Approved FM APPROVED 0 0 For additional information, contact Design Services at 1-877-423-7663 or designservices@gaf.com We protect what matters most" o Distributed by: OLYBOND5000 Insulation Adhesive Description • 1,500-ml SpotShot cartridge sets for use in specially 01yBond50011 is a two -component, low-rise polyurethane designed applicators. adhesive used to adhere a variety of board stocks to many roof substrates in both new and reroof applications. It Compatibility When Properly Prepared can also be used to adhere insulation board to insulation and Evaluated board. 01yBond5000 is dispensed in 3/" (19.1 mm) to 1" Roof Decks and Substrates: (25.4 mm) wide beads that spread to several inches while . Structural concrete rising 3/a" (19.1 mm) to 1 ° (25.4 mm) above the substrate. . Gypsum Place the board stock into the adhesive and walk into place. A chemical cure takes place, securing the board in • Cementitious wood fiber plank approximately 4 to 8 minutes after application, depending • Lightweight insulating concrete on temperature and weather conditions. 01yBonc15000 • Steel (22 gaAge or thicker with approved cross section) uses water, not HCFC, as the blowing agent and therefore . PI od (T" [15.9 mm] thick min.) is low VOC. • 00 Lmace BUR Basic Use and granular -surface modified bitumen • 01yBonc15000 is included in man approved roof • (S the GAF published application and specifications assemblies listed with LIL, FM A s, and ` nual available at gaf.com for proper preparations or Miami -Dade County. Refer to LIL 'Q, contact GAF Technical Support at 1-800-766-3411.) Miami -Dade County, and F Appr als at • Existing sprayed -in -place polyurethane foam Rnsure v.comthat y for actu I a blies. , . ga s • Ensure that you ha t or IyBond50 • formulation for the c ambient atu Ic ntl fleece -top vapor barriers • Regular - k g 40°F+ °( +) f sulation and Cover Board: • Winter ag In Box/ (5 L) xpanded olystyrene Drum ° 5 F (13.8°C olyisocy ate and HD polyisocyanurate • W' de - SpotS - I °F �� (4 ft. 4 [ . m x 1.21 m] boards) - 36.11 • - od fiber • 013, is av able i Regular Ba I - P er boards 15 1 L] Drum nd otShot) an n de to ond500° Spot S g-in-Box f o • Ce 'extruded polystyrene ati ri various temperat S. substrate or insulation not listed must be reviewed • LightweiRnt d�ble. GAF. Call us at 800-766-3411. • All s r ea sulation boa ation. Codes and Compliance • Compat ith mo le -ply d some OlyBond500° wasp�ttltl ystems. tick cure timoo* n retrofit re-cover prljects, the e materia t be iWined. All wet r ust "'Typical be i Ifled a' emoved prior the a lication Density ASTM D1622 5.03lb/cf of t ond5 0° adh i sure adequate Compressive Strength ASTM D1621 18.02 psi @ 10% deformation ` en existing Tensile Strength ASTM D1623 2.04 psi • Seep s 3 - 4 f ne is ion recommendations Water Absorption ASTM D2842 2.75% and requirement Closed Cell Content ASTM D6226 90% min VOC Content EPA Method 24 Regular: 11 g/L Packaging • 10-galIon (37.85 liters) Bag -in -Box sets for use with the PaceCart 20and PaceCart 3' (5-gallon [18.93 liters] Part 1; 5-gallon [18.93 liters] Part 2). 30-gallon (57 liters) Drum sets for use with PaceCart 3' with conversion kit 15 gallon (57 liters) Part 1; 15 gallon (57 liters) Part 2 k Manufactured by: OMS ROOFING PRODUCTS Weight/Gallon Winter. 50 g/L 10.32 lb 8.54 lb OlyBond500® Part 1 Bag -in -Box 5 Gallon 53 lb. (Regular & Winter Grade) (18.9 L) (24.06 kg) OryBond500® Part 2 Bag -in -Box 5 Gallon 45 lb. (Regular & Winter Grade) (18.9 L) (20.43 kg) OlyBond500® SpotShot (4)1500 ml 19 lb. Cartridge (Part 1 & Part 2) (Regular & Winter Grade) Cartridges /Box (8.62 OlyBond500® Part 1 15 Gallon (56.78 L) Drum 160 Ib. (72.64 kg) OlyBond500® Part 2 15 Gallon (56.78 L) Drum 135 Ib. (61.29 kg) OlyBond® Classic Part A 15 Gallon (56.78 L) Drum 160 Ib. (72.64 kg) OlyBond® Classic Part B 15 Gallon (56.78 L) Drum 135 Ib. (61.29 kg) OlyBond® Classic Part A 55 Gallon (208.2 L) Drum 591 Ib. (268.31 kg ) OlyBond® Classic Part B 55 Gallon (208.2 L) Drum 591 Ib. (268.31 kg ) `f� VL Florida Building MIAM/DARE nrr0FM C us Code Approved Distributed by: aft OLYBOND5000 Insulation Adhesive PaceCart 2® and PaceCart 3—for 0lyBond5000 Manual Stand-up Applicator Patented PaceCart 20 and PaceCart 3' are the exclusive • Lightweight and portable pieces of application equipment for OlyBond500° using • Stand-up application helps reduce worker fatigue as patented Bag -in -Box technology. compared with hand applicators Product Installation Job Conditions: • Ensure that you have the correct OlyBond5008 formulation for the surface and ambient temperature. • Regular - All Packaging 40°F+ (4.40C+) • Winte4Grade - Bag In Box/15 Gal (57 L) gim 250F - 650F (13.8°C - 36.1 °C) r Grade - SpotShot 0°F - 650F 7.8°C - 3 6. 1 °C) f Deck Criteria OlyBond5V can only be installed on acceptable substrates (i.e., structural concrete, gypsum, cementitous ♦ wo r plank, lightweight insulating concrete, • Helps with fast adh p a ion mi, u I;'��,2-guage steel, and minimum 5/8" [15.9 mm] • Designed for large o cts ♦ ) that have been properly prepared. The structure q� be sufficient to withstand normal construction load • Low installed ca�rfl�thdf� of a lica' pp �n live I ds. • Can apply-uN60Nuares of in�el�i r hour using Defects in deck must be repaired prior to re*oo Th plication of OlyBond500° should r ess the defects are corrected. s e onsibility of the roofing contractor to ure that the existing roof is adequately attached to the building. Cordless Power Gun Applicator • All the benefits of the manual stand-up applicator plus a battery -powered mechanical drive system • Constant pressure provides even and uninterrupted adhesive flow for maximum efficiency • Easy to operate Manufactured by: • Includes two (2) batteries and a 120-volt charger OMG Hand Applicator • Lightweight and easy to use • Great for repair work or small areas R O O F I N G • Inexpensive PRODUCTS Irface Preparation General: All surfaces must be clean, dry, and free of any debris, dirt, oil, or grease before applying OlyBond5008. Specific Conditions • Steel - The bonding surface of steel decks must be dry and free of debris, dirt, grease, and oil. On new steel, the shop coating/mill oil must be removed. The bonding surface must be free of any cleaner before applying OlyBond50V • Existing Smooth Asphaltic Surfaces - The surface must be dry and free of debris, dirt, grease, and oil. • Existing Polyurethane Foam - The surface of the polyurethane roof, including the coating, should be removed with a scarifier (minimum inch). The bonding surface should be blown clean before applying OlyBond5008. • Metal - It is recommended that all non-ferrous metals (aluminum, copper, stainless, etc.) be primed to increase adhesion. Acceptable primers include GAF Epoxy Primer, chlorinated rubber, and wash primer. Contact GAF for further requirements and restrictions. • Concrete - All concrete surfaces must be fully cured prior to applying OlyBond500°. • For detailed GAF substrate preparation requirements, please refer to the appropriate GAF Application and Specifications Manual or contact GAF at 1-800-766-3411. Distributed by: OLYBOND5000 Insulation Adhesive Product Installation Using PaceCart 2®and PaceCart 3'" • Install Part 1 and Part 2 components following instructions on Bag -in -Box package or 15 gallon conversion kit. • Open flow valves on the dispenser completely and turn machine on. This allows adhesive to be pumped at a 1:1 ratio through the disposable mix tip and onto the substrate in a semi -liquid state. • Apply fluid mixture 3/"—V (19.1 mm — 25.4 mm) wide wet beads spaced a maximum of 12" (305 mm) Typical Coverge Rates Coverage rates vary depending on surface roughness and absorption rate of the substrate. Typical coverage rates for OlyBond5006 dispensed through the PaceCart° are up to 25 squares per 10-galIon (37.85 liters) Bag -in -Box sets and 75 square per 15-gallon (68.19 L) drum sets. Typical coverage rate for OlyBond5006 SpotShot dispensed through applicators is 4 — 6 squares per case (4 sets of 1,500-ml cartridges). Se chart below for typical coverage rates on specific stsstrates. on center that spreads in excess of 2" (51 mm) wide while rising to 3/"-1" (19.1 mm — 25.4 mm). ' • Lay insulation board into place and walk-in to ♦ i ox Dispensed from PaceCart 20) Squares/Gallon ensure complete adhesion. t pically occurs %t ation to Concrete up to 2.5 in 4 to 8 minutes depending ature and Insulation to Insulation up to 2.5 weather conditions. • For detailed GAF subs r prepa ation require Insulati to Smooth BUR up to 1.7 please refer to t GAF Appl Insu on odified Bitumen up to 1.7 and Specificatio or conta t 1-800-766-341 su o o Gypsum up to 1.2 • Using Spot cator ion to Lightweight Concrete up to 1.7 • Attach o ble mix ti of the I sulation to d up to 2.5 Spot Insert the to e SpotSho Insulaton t em ' ious Wood Fiber up to 1.2 dispe ool and dis n o o the subs Apply luid r 3 (19.1 mm �) I n up tol.2 I et beads rows paced a maxi 'A rga tes are based on 12" (305 mm) on center maximum spacing (105 mm) o hat spread il xc of (51 mm) wide w I e risin to+na action Time 9.1 25.4 mm). s important to monitor the speed of the reaction in • su tl bird int into relation to the temperature (substrate and ambient) at ensure c ate adhesion. ypically oc the time of application to ensure a complete reaction. in 4 toyminutesnding o emperature d Note the charts below for correct `Part 2' component rathLr conditio , selection: For detaile installafion require please ref to the appropriate F � Typical Reaction Time Characteristics and eclflcations Manuals or c c�F at A. 5- and 15-Gallon Bag -in -Box Packaging 1- -7 6-3411. ♦ � ♦ �� (minutes) (minutes) 25°F to 65°F W 3-4 10-12 G 40°F+ R 3-5 10-12 B. 1500 ml SpotShot Cartridges Temperature Part 2Tack-Free Time Set -Up Tim Formula IAMILI 07 — 657 W 3-4 10-12 40°F+ R 3-5 10-12 Important: When applying OlyBond5008, board stock must be placed into the adhesive shortly after it had reached its maximum rise while it is still wet and tacky and before it reaches its tack free state. Do not install boards if adhesive is skinned over. "Time from adhesive application to insulation board installation Manufactured by: *OMG ROOFING PRODUCTS Distributed by: OLYBOND5000 � Insulation Adhesive Precautions Storage and Handling • In Case of Fire: Use water spray, foam, or COz. • Store in a cool, dry location at temperatures between Firefighters should be equipped with self-contained 550F (12.8°C) and 850F (29.40C). Protect from freezing breathing apparatus and turnout gear for protection at all times. If properly stored, the shelf life for unopened against PMDI vapors and toxic decomposition products. product is 18 months from the date of manufacture. Avoid water contamination in closed container or confined • Keep containers closed. Contamination by moisture or areas. basic compounds can cause dangerous pressure build-up • Do Not Leave Adhesive Exposed or Unprotected. in a closed container. Polyurethane foam or isocyanurate foam products may • The minims product temperature before application present a serious fire hazard if exposed or unprotected. sho d be T2°F (22.2°C). The minimum ambient and Each person, firm, or corporation engaged in the s emperatures should be 40OF (4.4°C) and rising manufacture, production, application, installation, or s t SpotShot winter formulation is being used. use of any of these materials should carefully determine whether there is a potential fire d associated with ` such product in a specific usage all appropriate precautionary and safety measures out ined in Ioc state, and federal regulation When of in use, kelp stored containers clossd.� `waters. Spiffe eria� unuseWacs' ndempty V contair5 sho Id e disposedance withlo� state, snd tde egulat�. ate NMfice ( I /+ V MG Pac d5000 11111111 t e adhesiv ore of I 8,167.4 .S. Limitations • 0IyBond5000 is n mended for use with Polyisocyanurate board stock larger than 4' x 4' (1.21 m x 1.21 m). • 0IyBond5000 is not recommended for use during wet weather. • 0IyBond50013 cannot be used on dirty or grease -laden surfaces. • 0IyBond5000 is not recommended for use on any roof deck that shows signs of deterioration or loss of structural integrity. • 0IyBond5000 is not recommended for use after the expiration date. Contact OMG at 800-633-3800 for options and instructions. cart and are c rerJ,ng one or 4; 8,1 85; 8,132,693; Ad 9,327,308; and 1wn►dian Parent No. Manufactured by: jwb� g OMCW ROOFING PRODUCTS ©2020 GAF 5/20 • #478 gaf. com �,a Drill-Tec'" #12 Fastener DRILLmTEC" #12 FASTENER Description Drill-TecT" #12 Fastener is designed to secure insulation to steel (18 ga. - 24 ga.) and wood. It is available in lengths from 1-5/8" - 8" (41.3 mm - 203 mm). The Drill- Tec'" Standard #12 Roofing Fastener is Factory Mutual and Miami -Dade County Product Control approved. Application The Drill-TecT" #12 Fastener must pen- etrate steel decks a minimum of 3/4" (19.1 mm), wood plank decks a minimum of 1" (25.4 mm), and'/2" (12.7 mm) through the underside for plywood decks. Using a screw gun, drive the fastener until the screw head is seated securely; with very rigid insulation boards, watc he plate to dimple. Note: Be careful not to o erdri the fastener and fractur* tfof the insu& la- tion. Fastener s etig t enou so that the platern. (5.58 mm). The fastener must have 12.5 buttress threads per inch (per 25.4 mm) and a 300 drill point. Also, the fastener must be heat treated per specification OMG-1. The Drill-TecT" #12 Fastener will be used with a Factory Mutual -approved, Drill-Tec'" Round Pressure Plate or Pressure Bar. The fastener must be Factory Mutual approved. Coating Requirement The fastener will be coated with the Drill-Tec'" CR-10 corrosion -resistant coat- ing. When subjecA to 30 Kesternich cycles (DIN 018), the fastener must show less a 5% red rust and surpass FactorvokkAel AiDiDroval Standard 4470. a registered trademark of OMG. Thread Dilllketft .220" (5.58 mm) He&am ter For steel deck , y Mutual ad 435" (11.04 mm) that the faste p etrate th t the to flute. ead 63�)O" 9.91 mmp( ) To speeet lation, thi a er is als 3 Phillips Truss Head` avail e ead S as a lab vilsembled ` 1/4" (6.35 mm) Hex Head" s plate. e D -Tec ASAP o pprovaIs Co ing CR-10 V s bit or Hex Head drive included in F COUN ucket. dva ier shan ea iameters 1 5/a° (41.3mm) Full 1,000 (5.4421 5 2 lbkk g) t "stand d' r fast ner!""�✓ • eep bu e thr d for hig�i7}r- 2'/4" (57.1 mm) Full 1,000 (7176 Ib ) 9 �eSISt e. " 241b • Extr point for q ck Instal- 3(76 mm) Full 1,000 (10.89 kg) latio in or rer tions. • le with H Phillips a" (102 mm) (76 m1000 m) ,(12 7 kg) Truss ad. 5" (127 mm) 3„ 1,000 35 Ib Plates & Acces He (76 mm) (15.88 kg) • Use 3" (76 mm) or plastic plates, 6" (152 mm) (102 " 1,000 (18.1 04b g) depending upon the application. • For best installation results, use a 7" (178 mm) (104 " 1,000 (21.7a871bg) variable speed 0-2500 rpm screw gun. 8" (203 mm) (104 " 1,000 (22.6 8bg) Specifications The fastener will be a Drill-TecT" #12 Note: All sizes are nominal. Fastener with a thread diameter of .220" 1. If applicable, determine thickness of existing roofing material. 2. Add thickness of new insulation. 3. Add 3/4" (19.1 mm) minimum fastener penetration. 4. If odd size requirement, always size up in length, not down. See example below. Example Use this format to calculate correct fastener size: Existing Roofing: 1 3/4" (44.4 mm) Existing Roof: New Insulation: + 1/2" (12.7 mm) New Insulation: + Min. Embedment: + 3/4' (19.1 mm) Min. Embedment: + 3/4" (19.1 mm) Total Fastening Range: = 3" (76 mm) Total Fastening Range: _ The proper #12 Fastener The proper #12 Fastener is: for the example is 3 1/4" (82.6 mm). ©2017 GAF 7117 gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411 Drill-Tec'M Steel Plates 0 Drill -Ted" 2" (51 mm) Steel Wall Plate 0 Drill-Tec'" 2" (51 mm) Double -Barbed XHD Plate 40 Drill-Tec" 2" (51 mm) GypTec® Plate (a Drill-Tec" 2 %" (60.3 mm) Barbed XHD Plate DRILL=TECTM STEED AND PLASTIC PLATES Description Drill-Tec'" Steel Plates are made of Galvalume° coated steel. The round design provides an even distribution of loads and eliminates sharp corners that can damage the insulation or membrane. Drill-Tec'°' 2 3/8" (60.3 mm) and 2 3/4" (69.9 mm) Plates should be used for single - ply membranes for lap and seam attachments. Drill-TecT" 3" (76 mm) Plates should be used for insula- tion and cover board attachment. These plates are designed to be used with Drill-TecT" Fasteners. 2 3/8" Barbed XHD Plate br e 2 3/4" Barlpembrane SXHD Pla P 3" S el Code Approvals FMMIA" APPROVED Physical Da 61.1 Drill-TecT" mm) Ste Applica i ttaches and I h Fa Dril ec M , drill-Toc 2" (51 ubl Nation: Attach EverC as e er: Dril -TecT" #1 rill-T T 2 ( Ril G Appli ti : ttaches Eve # e ation: Fa stener: llZG pplic� Drill-Tec' 2 3"" Barbed XHD P e ` Drill-Tec'" 3" (76 mm) Steel (Galvalume®) Plate (Recessed) 40 Drill-Tec'" T (76 mm) Ribbed (Galvalume®) Plate (Flat) Drill-TecT" Plastic Locking Plate k;dlum Insu on PI LD Plate ♦ In a on 05 r_� ProductData M.. � = � Drill-Tec" 2" Membrane (Wall/Penetration 2" 1,000/Box 29 lb. Steel Wall Plate Only) (51 mm) (13.15 kg) 2" Barbed Plate Membrane 2" (51 mm) 1,000/ Bucket 29 lb. (13.15 kg) 2, Double- Barbed XHD Membrane 2" 1,000/ 33 lb. Plate (51 mm) Bucket (14.97 kg) 2" GypTec® Plate Membrane (51 mm) 1,000/Box (124 9b.g) 2 3/8" 1,000/ 45 lb. (60.3 mm) Bucket (20.41 kg) 2 3/4" 500/ 37 lb. (69.9 mm) Bucket (16.78 kg) (76 mm) 1,000/Box (,37 kg) 3 (76 mm) 500/Box 19lb. (8.62 kg) .ra`r��aw lard memb ne ase/will d and penetrations such as pipes iges. (NO as m a1 m plates in the field of the roof.) #15, or C stene e-Bar Plat guar ° brane t substrate steners, n D-10 Fasteners �® to rd° memb gypsum and Tectum decks Poly er GypTe F ener OverGuar Barbed e rane to the substrate ,.M #14 asteners and CD-10 Fasteners AEe b XHD Plate ard® membrane to the substrate d #15 SXHD (#21) Fasteners and CD-10 Fasteners alvalume®) Plate (Recessed) Application: Alifachevllsulation to the substrate Fastener: D Te Standard #12 Fasteners, #14 Fasteners, and #15 CD-10 Fasteners Drill-Tec'"3" (76 mm) Ribbed (Galvalume®) Plate (Flat) Application: Attaches insulation to the substrate Fastener: Drill-TecT" Standard #12 Fasteners, #14 Fasteners, and #15 CD-10 Fasteners Drill-TecT"3" (76 mm) LD (Lite-Deck) Plate Application: Attaches insulation to gypsum, Tectum, and lightweight concrete decks Fastener: Drill-Tec'" LD Fastener ' Dril W-11 kv WIMI Description Product . . Dr uemm) Plastic Locking Plate should be ussedd when fastening insulation. All Drill-Tec'" � • ®®�® Plates are round and designed to be used with Drill-TecT" Fasteners. 3" (76 mm) 3 1/16" 1,000 25 lb. Plastic (80 mm) (11.34 kg) Code Approvals Locking Plate FM MIAMIDADE COUNTY APPROVED Physical Data Drill-Tec'"3" (76 mm) Plastic Locking Plate Application: Attaches insulation to the substrate. Fastener: Drill-Tec'M #12, #14 Fastener. Note: GypTec° is a registered trademark of OMG. ©2022 GAF • COMDT235-PDF-0822 gaf.com • 1-877-GAF-ROOF OWNER OF BUILDING NAME OF BUILDING ADDRESS OF BUILDING AREA OF ROOF (SQUARES) APPLIED BY THE GUARANTEE/SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY GUARANTEE NUMBER PERIOD OF COVERAGE DATE OF COMPLETION GUARANTEE EXPIRATION DATE ROOF SPECIFICATION GAF guarantees to you, the owner of the building described above, that GAF will provide "Edge To Edge" protection by repairing leaks through the GAF roofing membrane, liquid -applied membrane or coating, base flashing, high wall waterproofing flashing, insulation, expansion joint covers, preflashed accessories, and metal (lashings used by the contractor of record that were designed and installed in accordance with an appropriate ES-1 certified edge detail (the "GAF Roofing Materials') resulting from a manufacturing defect, ordinary wear and tear, or workmanship in applying the GAF Roofing Materials. There is no dollar limit on covered repairs. Leaks caused by any non -GAF materials, such as the roof deck or non -GAF insulation, are not covered. GUARANTEE PERIOD This guarantee ends on the expiration date listed above. NOTE: Lexsuco® flashings are covered by this guarantee ONLY for t firs n years. OWNER RESPONSIBILITIES O Notification of Leaks In the event of a leak through the GAF Roofing Materials, you MUST make sure that GAF i o irectly aboutn writing, within 30 days either online at leakreporting.gaf.com, by email at guaranteeleak@gaf.com, or by postal mail to GAF Warr Claims Deparf r��,�e pus Drive, Parsippany, NJ 07054, or GAF will have no responsibility for making repairs. NOTE: The roofing contractor is NOT an a nt of notice to r in ontractor is NOT notice to GAF. By notifying GAF, you authorize GAF to investigate the cause of the leakfa reveals th le 's not covere t uarantee, you agree to pay an investigation cost ith of $500. This guarantee will be cancelled if you fail to pay this cost win 3 � ceipt of a ce Preventative Maintenance and Repairs O A. You must perform regular inspections and maintenance and keep is work. B. To keep this guarantee in effect, you must repair any condition bu ing structur a system that Fantracto4. vered by t uarantee but that GAF concludes may be threatening the integrity of the GAF Roofing Materials. Any su ust be perfo d GAF-certifi F make timely repairs may jeopardize guarantee coverage. ♦1� __ C. You may make temporary repairs to minimize damage the guarantee as long as they are reasonable and cust D. Any equipment or material that impedes any insp ion r EXCLUSIONS FROM COVERAG (e.g., items that are not "ordinary wear and r" or are W This guarantee does NOT cover conditions other n Ieak,,A 1. Inadequate roof maintenance, that is, the failure to foll4v # Checklists provided with this guarantee (extra copies availat Services at 1-877-GAF-ROOF) or the failure to rem owo r 2. Unusual weather conditions or natural disc s ig, I; in excess of 55 miles per hour, hail, floodf, hJcWes7ligh earthquakes, unless specifically covered M a 4endum fc 3. Impact of foreign objects or physical;Wage Mused bytlw acts, accidents, misuse, abus*or Ile I will not result in cancellation of the or repairs. cvoWre to grease or oil; (e) the failure of wood nailers to remain tructure; (f) moisture migration from the building interior or any nent other than the GAF Roofing Materials; (g) use of materials that ble with the GAF Roofing Materials; or (h) architectural, engineering, ��iI� • ecis or flaws. T1�ic of any nature on the roof unless using GAF walkways applied in accordance with AF puablished application instructions. Blisters in the GAF Roofing Materials that have not resulted in leaks. 4. Damage to the roof cons o%71MF Roofing-1711MIlli due to: ' �� J 7. Changes in the use of the building or any repairs, installation of any overburden, (a) movement, cracking„ e of the roof deck or lding; (Uation a modifications, or additions to the GAF Roofing Materials after the roof is completed, installation or failure of an n- F insulation or materials; (c) conde unless prior written approval is obtained from GAF. or infiltration of moisture thro or around the walls, copings, buildin8. Exposure to sustained high -temperature conditions; however, for systems utilizing structure, or surrounding materials except where high wall GAF waterproofing EverGuard Extreme® TPO membrane, exposure in excess of 195°F. flashings are installed; (d) chemical attack on the membrane, including, but No representative, employee, or agent of GAF, or any other person, has the authority to assume any additional or other liability or responsibility for GAF, unless it is in writing and signed by an authorized GAF Field Services Manager or Director. GAF does not practice engineering or architecture. Neither the issuance of this guarantee, nor any review of the roof constructed of the GAF Roofing Materials (or the plans for the roof), by GAF shall constitute any warranty of such plans, specifications or construction, or the suitability or code compliance of the GAF Roofing Materials for any particular structure. NOTE: Any inspections made by GAF are limited to a surface inspection only, are for the sole benefit of GAF, and do not constitute a waiver or extension of any of the terms and conditions of this guarantee. This guarantee MAY BE SUSPENDED OR CANCELLED IF THE ROOF IS DAMAGED BY any cause listed above as AN EXCLUSION FROM COVERAGE that may affect the integrity or watertightness of the roof. TRANSFERABILITY You may transfer or assign this guarantee to a subsequent owner of this building for the remaining term only if: 1) the request is in writing to GAF at the address listed below within 60 days after ownership transfer; 2) you make any repairs to the GAF Roofing Materials or other roofing or building components that are identified by GAF after an inspection as necessary to preserve the integrity of the GAF Roofing Materials; and 3) you pay an assignment fee of $500. This guarantee is NOT otherwise transferable or assignable by contract or operation of law, either directly or indirectly. LIMITATION OF DAMAGES; MEDIATION; JURISDICTION; CHOICE OF LAW THIS GUARANTEE IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER GUARANTEES OR WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, and of any other obligations or liability of GAF, whether any claim against it is based upon negligence, breach of warranty, or any other theory. In NO event shall GAF be liable for any CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES of any kind, including, but not limited to, interior or exterior damages and/or mold growth. The parties agree that, as a condition precedent to litigation, any controversy or claim relating to this guarantee shall be first submitted to mediation before a mutually acceptable mediator unless GAF, at its sole option, elects to waive said requirement. In the event that mediation is unsuccessful, or is waived by GAF, the parties agree that neither one will commence or prosecute any lawsuit or proceedings other than before the appropriate state or federal court in the State of New Jersey. This guarantee shall be governed by the laws of the State of New Jersey, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws. Each party irrevocably consents to the jurisdiction and venue of the above identified courts. NOTE: GAF shall have no obligation under this guarantee unless and until all bills for installation and supplies have been paid in full to the roofing contractor and materials suppliers, and the guarantee charge has been paid to GAF. By: Authorized Signature GAF 1 CAMPUS DRIVE PARSIPPANY, NJ 07054 Visit gaf.com ©2021 GAF 9/21 • #242 • COMTS700 We protect what matters most'" Attachment C 8150 North 116 E. Avenue Owasso, OK 74055-2646 Phone:918-272-6977 MURRAY WOMBLE, Inc. Fax:918-272-6122 Since 1922 February 6, 2024 City of Fayetteville Purchasing Division Attention: Amanda BeRfuss - Sr. Purchasing Agent RE: Yvonne Richardson Community Center Addition Substitution Request `O Section 10 22 39 - OPERABLE PARTITIONS G . J. Amanda, I have enclosed the following substitun quest f roject: • Kwik-Wall model 3030 aoc Dat • Kwik-Wall/Modernf dariso Cha t • Kwik-Wall 56 Srtalte'rc ic Test Repor • rra Womble r a' n L er Mu y�p Here area few differences etwr wik-1eMo0�pecified product: • Kwik-Wall has 5 C and 5 QSTJC We will he 56 STC. 54 STC is specified. • Kwik-Wall es n have atic top at. Rwik-Wall's top seal is manually operated. Only M kf /d has an ut atic tw • Kw' - Ns a standar 10-ye a�y. Modernfold has a standard 2/5-year warranty. • Kwik- 's vinyl finish is 21 oz. de fold's vinyl is 15 oz. Both Hufcor and Panelfold are approved equivalent systems. Hufcor and Panelfold are out of business. Let me know if you have any questions. Murray Womble Inc./Kwik-Wall would appreciate the opportunity to bid this project. Sincerely, cwe) Timm Smith Sales Representative - Murray Womble Inc. 918-600-9286 - cell tsmith@murraywo_m_ble.com - email 3030/3030GL TECHNICAL DATA 3000 Series panels, Hinged in Pairs KWIK-WALL... One Source for Wall Systems. KWIK-WALL' S ' - St .1 P .1 I s 3eres ean operable wall systems answer the challenge for space division needs posed by multi -purpose O room layouts. Years of continuing research and development have produced many outstanding features! KWIK - WALL's Model 3030/303oGL - Hinged Pairs operation is our most requested configurat' ` featuring panels that are hinged together in �� O groups of two (2) which allow multiple pane to be moved quickly, easily and efficientl . 6 Hinged Pair panels are ideally suited t-run O �` room division applications up to 16' " e;� 14.931 in height. The model 303 co ction ^ ` features panels that are 4" k, � manufactured of a durable r o d vpi frame, and standard steel ski for m i 4% durability and sound control. Optio 0 al glass inserts, (303oGL) are also availab SOUND CONTROL.. C) KWIK-WALL's 3000 Seri - t 1 Pane complete line of acou ally d wal s that are designed p factured et the most demandi ntrol r me s. Soun�d�� Transmissio 1 C) ratings from 43 STC to 56 S e been tested and certifie in an independen acoustical laboratory in accordance with ASTM E 90 and ASTM E 413 test procedures. The STC ratings represent a single num- ber expression of the effectiveness of an operable wall in preventing the passage of transmitted sound in the range* of 125 Hz to 4,000 Hz. For assistance with designing room division applications using Operable, Glass or Accordion wall systems, please contact your local KWIK-WALL distributor. *The average human ear has an audibility range from 125 Hz to 4,00o Hz. Levels in excess of 65 dB to 7o dB are generally too loud for ordinary speech communication. When the sound pressure exceeds 12o dB, it normally passes the threshold of pain. K II 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Operable Wall System shall be furnished, installed and serviced by KWIK-WALL's authorized distributor, in compliance with the architectural drawings and specifications contained herein. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Structural Support: Structural support system required for suspending the operable wall shall be designed, installed and pre -punched by others, in accordance with ASTM E 557 and KWIK-WALL's shop drawings. B. Insulation: Sound insulation and baffles for the plenum area above the track system, under the permanent floor, inside air ducts passing over or around the operable wall, and in permanent walls adjoining the operable wall system shall be by others, in accordance with ASTM E 557• F. ASTM C 423: Standard Test Method for Sound Absorption and Sound Absorption Coefficients by the Reverberation Room Method. G. CCC-W-4o8A-D: Federal Specification which applies to Vinyl Coated Wall Coverings. H. CFFA-W-ioi-B: Chemical Fabrics and Film Association Quality Standard for Vinyl Coated Fabric Wall Coverings. I. ATTM E 2190: Certification and testing for Insulated Glass inserts. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. KWIK-WALL shall provide written technical information and related detail drawings, which demonstrate that the products comply with contract docunWhts for each type of operable partition specified. w C. Opening Preparation: Proper and complete preparation of the B. KWIK-WALL operable wall system opening shall be by others in accordance featuring trac with ASTM E 557, and shall include floor leveling; plumbness of 11etails and bJ adjoining permanent walls; substrate and / or ceiling the enclosures for the track system; and the painting and finishing I i KW +K C of trim and other materials adjoining the head and jamb areas the operable wall. Any permanent wall(s) receiving an adj i�e or fixed wall jamb will require internal structural blockingEnN order to secure the jamb to the permanent wall. Refer, of the shop drawings for additional details. 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION O A. The operable wall system shall consist of in airs op atio featuring panels hinged together inched pairs (g s Of two (2)), unless otherwise specifie B. The operable wall system shall consist acou ly r eddanel tested in accordance with ASTM E 90 and AS test procedures, and shall have achieved a S C ratspecifi� herein (see "Acoustical Performance" a ste and Part 2 - Products). n 1.04 QUALITY ASSURA A. The operable wall shall h acoustical testing labo ASTM E 413 test proce e B. The operable wall panel construction and finish materials 'sM consist of Class A rated materials in accordance with ASTM E 84. C. The operable wall shall be installed by the KWIK-WALL's authorized distributor in accordance with ASTM E 557• 1.05 REFERENCES A. ASTM E go: Laboratory Measurement of Airborne -Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions. B. ASTM E 413: Determination of Sound Transmission Class (STC). C. ASTM E 557: Architectural Application and Installation of Operable Partitions. D. ASTM E 84: Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. E. ASTM A 653: Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Alloy -Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot Dip Process. IN shall *detailed engineering drawings 1, nel elevation, horizontal and vertical ing template as required. sJW provide written test report of the independent ifig laborrcertifying the attainment of the rating, n quest. ro de written instructions specifying the I aintenance of the operable wall system. provide for selector demonstrating the eioils o h pecified finish material. Samples t L of the specified finish material. E AND HANDLING di dually wrapped in a protective plastic panels clean during delivery, storage .Fbe stored on edge and above the floor on cushioned a dry and ventilated area, protected from humidity \1!0eniperature extremes. k 1.08 SEQUENCING / SCHEDULING �1. Beam Punching: KWIK-WALL shall provide beam punching template drawing detailing the anchor locations for the suspended track system (as required for Drop Rod Mounting), as required for the fabrication and installation of structural overhead support by others. B. Track Installation: Scheduling of operable wall track installation shall occur after structural overhead support has been properly and completely fabricated and installed by others. C. Panel Installation: Operable wall panel installation shall occur after fixed wall substrate construction is properly and completely installed by others, as required 1.09 WARRANTY A. KWIK-WALL shall warrant each operable wall panel and its component parts to be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of five (5) years from the date of delivery to the original purchaser, when installed by an authorized KWIK-WALL distributor. KWIK-WALL also warrants the fixed top seals, track, carriers, and its component parts to be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of ten (1o) years. (see actual warranty on Page 16 for details and limitations). Dimensions in [ I are millimeters. Contact your local distributor for additional assistance or visit www.kwik-wall.com 01-24 K II 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER A. Operable walls shall be Series 3000, Model 3030/303oGL Hinged Pairs as manufactured by KWIK-WALL Company. 2.02 PANEL CONSTRUCTION A. Panel Dimensions: Standard panel dimension shall be a nominal 4" [ioi.6] thick. B. Panel Frame: Steel frame shall be 16-gauge galvanneal steel, which meets or exceeds ASTM A 653 requirements. Frame shall be all -welded construction with steel corner supports and cross bracing reinforcement. Panel frame shall be Class A rated, fire retardant, non-combustible and non -corrosive in accordance with ASTM E 84. C. Panel Skins: Panel skins shall be Class A rated in accordance with ASTM E 84. Panel skin material shall consist of (select): 1. Standard Steel Skins: consisting of minimum 22-gauge tension leveled galvanneal steel, pressure laminated to a structural acoustical backer and mechanically fastened to the steel frame to form a rigid, unitized and structural panel. 2. Optional Acoustical Substrate: consisting of structural acoustical substrate pressure laminated to both sides♦of�l� steel frame to form a rigid, unitized and structural Wn%T 3. Optional Wood Veneer: consisting of particle <hl M covere with wood veneer and pressure laminated toes of the ptidsteel frame to form a rigid, unitized and st cpanel. board Z and 4I 4.Optional High Pressure Laminate: co 'sti g of O b board core covered with general p astic la 'nat ` V and Phenolic backer sheet w is sure lamina tic both sides of the steel frame t a "gi itized and ooc� structural panel. core. pa D. Optional Glass Insert (303oGL): Opening out in el sha s cif be glazed with insulated glass tha . n*h actured lkaccjrdance 2.05 FINISHES A. Finish Material Type: Panel finish material shall be Class A (except wood veneer) rated in accordance with ASTM E 84, consisting of (select): i. Vinyl: consisting of Type II, reinforced vinyl weighing 21 oz./lin. yd. (651 g/lin. m). Vinyl shall meet or exceed CCC-W-4o8A and CFFA-W-ioi-D quality standards. 2. Optional Upgrade Fabric: consisting of fade and tear resistant fabric that resists water -based stains weighing 13 oz./lin. yd. (403 g/lin. m). 4.Optional Basics Carpet: consisting of acoustically absorbent, non -woven needle punch fibers fused to prevent fraying and unraveling of material weighing 28.5 oz./lin. yd. (884 g/lin. m). Basics CWpet shall achieve a minimum NRC rating of .20 (ap<pdover gypsum substrate) accordance with ASTM C 4 5. Option 1M d Carpet: consisting of acoustically absorbe `-woven needle punch fibers fused to prevent frayi nraveling of material weighing 20 oz./lin yd (71 ) Upgr,jd,e carpet shall achieve a minimum NRC n f .25 (appqLedVer gypsum substrate) in cc dance Ift ssure Laminate: consisting of gypsum gered witlbwneral purpose plastic laminate ackeo s et, hich is pressure laminated to of tl, e e to form a rigid, unitized and Weer: consisting of unfinished flat cut fated to 1/2" [12.71 thick particle board be book / running matched within a Ily edge banded if trimless astragals are with ASTM E 219o. Glass typ a I an acouf c 1 i ted es, tional Class "A" rated particle board is available. Acoustical glass unit 13/4" [44.51 this wi [25 41 air ace lass s s ate STC ratings apply for Wood Veneer panel construction..) shall be retained in ope 'ng cut usin ulmot extrusion. 8.Optional Unfinished: consisting of panels with exposed E. Panel Hinges: Pan 11 be ♦ acoustical substrate or steel skins for field applied ( 1. Architectural g of butt hinges. wall covering or painting. 2. Concealed hinges B. Finish Material Supplier: Finish material shall be (select): F. Panel Weight: Maximum panel weight shall be 5.9 -12.9 lbs./ft.2 (29 - 63 kg/m2) depending on STC rating, size and options selected. 2.03 OPERATION A. Operation shall be Hinged Pairs, consisting of panels hinged together in groups of two (2), unless otherwise specified. Panels shall be top -supported by one (1) carrier in each panel. 2.04 STACK ARRANGEMENTS A. Stack Type: Panel storage configuration shall be Center Stack, consisting of panels stacked on center to the wall's installed position. B. Stack Quantity: Panels shall be stored at (select): 1. Standard One End: on one end of the wall run. 2. Optional Both Ends: on both ends of the wall run. 1. Standard Factory Supplied: from manufacturer's standard selection of finish materials, as specified. 2. Optional Customer Supplied: from customer's selection of finish material, by others, and as approved by KWIK-WALL Company. C. Finish Material Application: Finish material shall be (select): 1. Standard Factory Applied: by operable wall manufacturer. Customer supplied finish material samples must be submitted to manufacturer for testing and approval prior to acceptance and application. 2. Optional Field Applied: by others. Dimensions in [ ] are millimeters. Contact your local distributor for additional assistance or visit www.kwik-wall.com 01-24 ms 1. Standard Fixed Top Seals: consisting of continuous -contact flexible vinyl sealing against the bottom flange of the overhead track. 2. Optional Operable Top Seals: consisting of an edge-act'V1i seal using a removable wrench as supplied by manufac Top seals shall provide a maximum 1/2' 1131 of travel. Note: Optional Operable Top Seals are not available wi 85o Hinged Pairs Steel Track. P A 2.06 PERIMETER TRIM AND SEALS A. Vertical Trim and Seals: Panels shall have vertical astragals containing flexible vinyl seals and incorporate reversible tongue and -groove -type configurations for positive interlocking with adjacent panels. Vertical astragal type shall be (select): 1. Standard Trimless Astragal: consisting of an aluminum extrusion with tongue -and -groove -type vertical astragals. Vertical trim shall not be permitted on the panel faces, resulting in a minimal groove appearance between adjacent panels. 3. Optional Adjustable Starter Jamb: consisting of an aluminum extrusion which is permanently mounted to a structural wall surface and is field -adjustable to compensate for out -of -plumb conditions of the fixed wall. The Adjustable Starter Jamb shall incorporate a tongue -and -groove -type vertical astragal for positive interlocking with the lead panel. B. Final Closure System: The final closure panel (the last panel exiting the stack) shall form a seal vertically against a rigid wall surface. The type of final closure panel shall be (select): 2. Optional Cap -type Astragal: consisting of an aluminum extrusion with tongue -and groove -type vertical astragals for protecting the finish material and substrate along the vertical edge of the panel. B. Horizontal Top Trim and Seals: Top seals shall consist of flexible vinyl sweep seals installed on both sides of the panel. The seals shall consist of a compressed bulb between two (2) fingers of vinyl. Top seal type shall be (select): Z. Optional Hinged hinged pe ;% e Hinge a bottom V a I side 5" 1. Standard Expander Panel Closure: consisting of an expander mechanism with a nominal 5" [1271 of travel, activated from the face of the panel using a removable wrench as supplied by manufacturer. The Expanr Panel shall be equipped with an adjustable bot n seal (standard) or (optional) operable bottom seal'n flush pull handle. ran(T) Closure: consisting of a half panel ,pAd directly to a structural wall surface. S) shall be equipped with an adjustable type extrusion for sealing against its inda r (optional) expander mechanism [ t vel, activated from the face of Jn6V15le wrench, and a flush pull handle Skicating P Closure: consisting of a full sized par4 h1Ned per tl nd directly to a structural C. Horizontal Bottom Trim and Seals: Bottom s �s con ' oO wall s The C ng Panel shall function as a multiple fingers of flexible vinyl for positi t and I. fu i pass doo um panel size: 3'-0" [.91] wide x with various floor surfaces. Bottom eal ebe (sel 2' .io hi wi n adjustable bottom seal a lap -type 3 ] J � 1. Standard Operable Bottom Seals: of edge activatecl#ion for s 1 against its adjacent panel, and a flush seal using a removable wrench as s plied by a cturer. u handle side of the panel. Bottom seals shall provide 2" [50.8] of no n tr Optiona anel-Train Closure: consisting of three (3) 2. Optional Adjustable Bottom Seals: consisti eld a stab e, panels 'n together to form a three -panel -train. The last continuous -contact vinyl sweep seals h[ o.8] al par a train shall incorporate an expander mechanism, height with 3/4" [19] of nominal t. from the face of the panel with a removable wrench �pplied by manufacturer, that extends a nominal 5" [1271 3. Optional Automatic Bottom Se : con sting a ated seal against a rigid wall surface. The three (3) panels in the seals providing 2" L50.8]►of al travel. train will be equipped with adjustable bottom seals, and a ����� flush pull handle. D. Horizontal and Vertic rim: All expos anel t hinges shall be of one i lar color (select): 5. Optional Lap Closure: consisting of a pair of panels equipped with bulb seals for sealing against a rigid wall surface on one 1. Dark Bronze. side, and a lap -type extrusion that overlaps with the adjacent 2. Grey. panel on the opposite side. The Lap Closure panel shall be equipped with adjustable bottom seals, and a flush pull 2.07 CLOSURE SYSTEMS handle. A. Initial Closure System: The lead panel (the first panel exiting the stack) shall form a seal vertically against a rigid wall surface, as accomplished by a (select): 1. Standard Bulb Seal: consisting of continuous -contact, flexible vinyl bulb seal(s) installed along the vertical edge of the lead panel for positive compression against a rigid wall surface. 6.Optional Single Panel Expander Closure: consisting of an expander mechanism with a nominal 5" [1271 of travel, activated from the face of the panel using a removable wrench. The Single Panel Expander shall be capable of rotating 36o° and shall be equipped with an adjustable bottom seal (standard) or (optional) operable bottom seal, and a flush pull handle. 2. Optional Fixed Starter Jamb: consisting of an aluminum 7. Optional Pocket Door(s): (see "Series 3000 Pocket Door" extrusion, which is permanently mounted to a structural wall brochure for complete details and specifications). surface. The Fixed Starter Jamb shall incorporate a Note: Optional Automatic Bottom Seal is not available in tongue -and -groove -type vertical astragal for positive conjunction with Final Closure panel(s). interlocking with the lead panel. Dimensions in [ I are millimeters. Contact your local distributor for additional assistance or visit www.kwik-wall.com 01-24 ZM 2.08 ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE A. Certification: The operable wall shall have been tested in an 4. Optional Unispan by Kwik-Wall: overhead support truss independent acoustical testing laboratory in accordance with with Type 40 track for hinged paired panels. (See separate ASTM E 90 and ASTM E 413 test procedures. Unispan specification.) B. STC Rating: The operable wall acoustical performance rating shall be based on (select): 2.11 CARRIER SYSTEMS 1. Standard Steel Skins: with a standard rating of 52 STC, or optional ratings of 46 STC, 50 STC or 56 STC. (Note: Not available with optional Wood Veneer.) 2. Optional Acoustical Substrate: with optional ratings of 43 STC, 46 STC, 48 STC or 50 STC. 3. Optional Glass Insert (303oGL): Standard acoustical substrate: with a standard rating of 43 or 48 STC. 2.09 PANEL ACCESSORIES A. Carrier Type: Each Hinged Pair panel shall be top supported by one (1) carrier utilizing a 5/8" [16] diameter pendant bolt. The carrier type shall be (select): 1. Type 425 Standard Polymer Tire Carrier: consisting of four (4) permanently -lubricated, precision ball bearing steel wheels with high strength polymer tires, as required for smooth and quiet operation. 2. Type 850 Standard PoAer Tire Carrier: consisting of four (4) permanently-lu d, precision ball bearing steel wheels with high strut o ymer tires, as required for smooth and A. Accessories including Pass Doors; Single or Double, Panic Bar quiet Hardware, Concealed Door Closures, Room Viewers, Exit Signs 3. Type Dry Marker Writing Surfaces, Recessed Eraser Trays, Vision Lite perm Tack Surfaces and Pocket Doors shall be compatible th er steel) accessories and options, furnished and installed by �r as noted on submitted shop drawings. u� 2.10 TRACK SYSTEMS panel A suppc A. Track Type: The operable wall track system a (select) 1. Standard Hinged Pairs Aluminum Tr z��tvr//udeG,, B• Car structural aluminum alloy, which o detericausedb rust or corrosion. alium track e a e Y durable anodized clear satin re�rooveAa1AM1tftlocki �ich pp��jjsts color fadi pal and flaking. The track shall utiweigl steel pins for positive alignment of ad' c t sections. e 2 Typt track joints shall be reinforced overheatbPate=eil steel 1 bracket made of hot -rolled, 3/8" [1 thylk nu m track shall include an integra uto accep ar steel 8 i i . nal Steel Wheel Carrier: consisting of four (4) e lubricated, precision ground ball bearing polished L el. inged Pairs Polymer Tire Carrier: certified to be of supporting up to 850 lbs. (386 kg) of total live load i per panel. s, a6re4 ed for ease of panel movement. ,40 Opti �ymer Tire Carrier: certified to be capable )port 9oolbs (408kg) of total live load weight per wh optio al Unispan by Kwik-Wall overhead t�s ystem. ( separate Unispan specification.) e: The �telectio 'e hall be (select from Track and fer, to Chart on page lo): 425 ged rs Polymer Tire Carrier: certified to be ale of u rting up to 5251bs. (238 kg) of total live load square nut to facilitate atta m n of each ste all-r d and `� e 85o Hinged Pairs Steel Wheel Carrier: certified to be splice brackets to the o rhead ctur o capable of supporting up to 850 lbs. (386 kg) of total live load 2. Optional Hinged Pqjrs Track: co i go roll- f weight per panel. low carbon steel 1 ick. T el tr ck shal a 4• Type 40 Optional Polymer Tire Carrier: certified to be durable powd -c ff-white finish, hich r is s capable of supporting up to 9oolbs (4o8kg) of total fading and flaki a steel track shall be rein f ed live load weight per panel when using optional Unispan by overhead by heavy uty steel brackets made of ho ed, Kwik-Wall overhead support truss system. (See separate 3/8" [lo] thick plate steel, as required for attaching threaded Unispan specification.) all -rod to the overhead structural support and for aligning 2.12 SUSPENSION SYSTEMS track sections at each splice joint. 3. Optional Unispan by Kwik-Wall: overhead support truss with A. Mounting Systems: The track shall be supported by (select): Type 40 track for hinged paired panels. (See separate Unispan 1. Standard Drop Rod Mount: consisting of adjustable rods of specification.) grade 2, 3/8" [lo] diameter threaded steel all -rod provided B. Track Size: The track size shall be (selected from Track and with 3/8" [1o] serrated steel nuts. Carrier Selection Chart - refer to Chart Below): 2. Optional Direct Mount: consisting of 3/8" 1101 x 3" 176] lag 1. Type 425 Hinged Pairs Aluminum Track: certified to be capable screws for attachment to an overhead structural (wood) of supporting up to 525 lbs. (238 kg) of total live load weight support. (Direct Mount track installations should not exceed per panel. 425 lb. (193 kg) of panel weight.) 2. Type 85o Hinged Pairs Aluminum Track: certified to be capable 3. Optional Drop Rod Bracket Mount: consisting of 3/8" [lo] of supporting up to 850 lbs. (386 kg) of total live load weight thick steel brackets mounted to top of track and supported per panel. with adjustable rods of grade 2, 3/8" [1o] diameter threaded steel all rod provided with 3/8" [1o] serrated steel nuts. 3. Type 85o Hinged Pairs Steel Track: certified to be capable of supporting up to 850 lbs. (386 kg) of total live load weight per panel. 01-24 K II 3.01 INSPECTION 3.03 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Proper and complete preparation of the operable wall system A. The operable wall panels and track system shall be adjusted and opening shall be by others in accordance with the architectural cleaned in accordance with KWIK-WALL's written instructions. drawings, KWIK-WALL's shop drawings and ASTM E 557• Any deviation of the actual opening from these specifications shall be 3.04 PROTECTION called to the attention of the architect prior to the installation of the operable wall. A. The operable wall panels shall be stored in the stacked (retracted) B. Deficiencies in the operable wall opening shall be corrected position prior to acceptance by the owner's representative. by others prior to installation of the operable wall. 3.05 DEMONSTRATION 3.02 INSTALLATION A. KWIK-WALL's authorized distributor shall demonstrate A. The operable wall system shall be installed by KWIK-WALL's proper operation and explain proper and necessary authorized distributor. maintenance requirements of the operable wall system to the owners representative.#* B. The operable wall shall be installed in accordance with KWIK-WALL's written instructions, shop drawings and ASTM E 557 installation guidelines. • O G G V - G G � G 6 Dimensions in [ ] are millimeters. Contact your local distributor for additional assistance or visit www.kwik-wall.com 01-24 KWIK-WALL offers a full complement of accessories for customizing any operable wall system to meet the specific needs of the most demanding project. 3 EXIT CID O o - ---- ---------- 2 0 U) o a U A oA w ti N Q * " > G w r/ ACCESSORIES 5. Recess>r "�fo er Tray i. Pass Door (Single shown, double av 6. Pan Lite ` 2. Pass Door Vision Lite . Ta urface Exit Sin dated G ert303,x)) 3 g � ( 4. Writing Surface 9. Poc P0 t hown * T - " (2.34m) mini I fabrication height required. or plete specifi and details of KWIK-WALL Accessories, please visit our site at w .com. G Dimensions in [ ] are millimeters. Contact your local distributor for additional assistance or visit www.kwik-wall.com 01-24 Wood header by others 3/8" [9.5] x 3" [76] Lag Screw w/ Flat Washer — Optional Direct Mount 5 1/2" v 11401 Structural Supportby 3/8" [10] _ others. Hanger Rods -_ by K.W.Co. - 8" [203] - Drop Rod _ Bracket by K.W.Co. Optional Drop Rod Bracket Mount Z%I Structural. Sup, AAf/boes Drop Rod V 5 1/2 Structural support Brackets by — [140] — by others. KWIK-WALL. 3 = Sound baffle by o others. o c c E 2 E N E N � i� Ceiling by co N others. M i} }� 5 13/16" [148] TT N ♦ »N L J f:. Hinged Pairs el Track and Carrier ♦ �� 1/2" [64] _ Structural Support ♦ by others. Sound o _ baffle by c others. _ E C — ;:7 20 U o — tY U - °' 00 /Ceiling by v M / others. oo N 6 1 /2" [165] G Optional - Operable Top � u Seal. `CO 0- 'in.I w th ` 'in. N v z Adjustable 04 Bottom Seal. 425 Hinged Pairs Aluminum Track and Carrier rn a 4" [101.61 onominal width U a LL s C m a. 9 Optional- � E Standard - Operable Automatic Z Bottom SeaBottom Seal. l. Automatic 850 Hinged Pairs Bottom Seal Aluminum Track and Carrier Notes: 1.Optional operable top seal requires standard operable bottom seal. 2.Optional automatic bottom seal is not available with final closure panel(s). Dimensions in [ ] are millimeters. Contact your local distributor for additional assistance or visit www.kwik-wall.com 8 01-24 K II Drop Rod Brackets by KWIK-WALL: 5 1/2" [1401 Structural support by others. ound baffle by � others. Ec E E y^ V N r y K V (O /Ceiling by m / others. , I-- 5 13/16" [1481 Standard -Fixed Top Seal. 850 Hinged Pairs Steel Track and Carrier 2 1/2" Structural Support by others. 2 1/ [64] Structural Support by others. Sound Baffle by others. o v a E� E EO o Ceiling by mN others. i 4 3/4" [121] Optional -Operable Top Seal 4" Nomina [102] 3000 Series - 43 STC 1 3/4" Overall Thickness 1/2" Laminated Glass - 1" Air Space 1/4"Tempered Glass 3000 Series - 48 STC 1 7/8" Overall Thickness 1/2" Laminated Glass - 1" Air Space 3/8" Laminated Glass -suancarc- up�wnai- upnonai - iv n 77o Adjustable i� uo Automatic - o Operable z Bottom Seal. " Z Bottom Seal. N yZ Bottom Seal. 850 Hinged Pairs Optional Automatic 425 Hinged Pair Aluminum Track and Carrier Bottom Seal Aluminum Track and Carrier Notes: 1.Optional operable top seal requires standard operable bottom seal. 2. Optional automatic bottom seal is not available with final closure panel(s). Dimensions in [ ] are millimeters. Contact your local distributor for additional assistance or visit www.kwik-wall.com 01-24 ZZ Panel Skin Type Maximum Panel Weight lb./ft� STC Rat ng 8'p 2' [2.49] TRACKAND CARRIER CHART Panel Fabrication Height* 9'P 2' [2.79] 10p t2" [3.101 1p t2" [3.401 12p t2" [3.711 13p t2" [4.011 14p t2" [4.321 15p t2" 16p t2" 22p t2" 24p t2" [4.62] [4.93] [6.761 [7.37] Acoustical Substrate 5.9 (29 kg/m') 43 Acoustical Substrate 6.6 (32 kg/m2) 46 Acoustical Substrate 7.5 (37 kg/m2) 48 425 TRACK CARRIERS Acoustical Substrate 9.0 (44 kg/m') 50 Steel Skin 8.5 (41 kg/m2) 46 Steel Skin 9.5 (46 kg/m') 50 Steel Skin 9.5 (46 kg/m2) 52 850 TRACK& CARRIERS Steel Skin 12.9 (63 kg/m2) 1 56 ** Estimated panel weights are for intermediate panels. Weight may vary due to subst te, size, or func on jfanel. Add 105 Ibs for pass door. Add 6 Ibs per lin ft height for expanders. Add 3.5 to 8 Ibs per lin ft for track. D endi g on panel o lected K Wall may require 850 Track &Carriers MODEL PAN CATION HEIGHT" MAXIMUM ST o Up to Up to Up to "r32 Up to Up to PANEL SKIN TYPE PANEL WEIGHT RA G '-2" � Ib. / ft.2 8'-2" 11'- 2" 2 16'-2" 24'-2" 2.49 m) 79 (3.10 m) ( 71 m) (4. ) (4.93 m) (7.37 m) Acoustical Substrate 11.3 (55 k 8 425 Tra & arriers Steel Skin 12.3 (60.5 k 8 RACK 8 CAWAIERS *Based on 4' - 0" [1.22] Intermediate n `hS' e)v V *For Panel fabrication heights ov r 162" 3m) fase ontact Kwi - mpany for design assistance. G � G Dimensions in [ ] are millimeters. Contact your local distributor for additional assistance or visit www.kwik-wall.com 01-24 MODEL 3030 PRODUCTI Maximum Wall Width STC Rating Standard Panel Thickness (nominal) Max. Panel Weight lb./ft., • • Maximum Panel Height 46 4" [1oi.6] 8.5 (41 kg/m2) 24' - 2" 17.371 Unlimited 50 4" [1oi.6] 9.5 (46 kg/n12) 24' - 2" 17.371 Unlimited 52 4" [io1.6] 9.5 (46 kg/m2) 24' - 2" 17.371 Unlimited 56 1 4 1101-01 12.9 (63 kg/1112 24' - 2" 17.371 Unlimited MODEL 3030 PRODUCTI Maximum Wall Width Optional Acoustical STC Panel Thickness Rating (nominal) Substrate Construction Max. Panel Maximum Weight lb./ft., Panel Height 43 4" [ioi.61 5.9 (29 kg/m2) 14'-2"(4.32 m) Unlimited 46 4" [io1.6] 6.6 (32 kg/m2) 14'-2"(4.32 m) Unlimited 48 4" [ioi.6] 7.5 (37kg/m2) 14'-2"(4.32m) Unlimited �50 4 101• 9.0 (44kg/m2) 14'-2"(4.32m) Unlimited *Optional Wood Veneer only available as Acoustical Substrate Construction. ** Estimated panel weights are for intermediate panels. Weight may vary due to substrate, size, or function of panel. Add 105 lbs [47kg] for pass door. Add 6 lbs [3kg] per lin ft height for expanders. Add 3.5 to 8 lbs [1.6 to 3.6kg] per lin ft for traot *** Standard features can be modified, contact your Kwik-Wall distributor for the features you want. **** Horizontal Splice: Heights over 14'2" 14.311 with Acoustical Substrate require a structural splicg\ G J, MODEL 3030 GL PRODUCT GUIDE Acoustical substrate STC ratings construction. I * For panel fabrication heigh ove KWIK-WALL Company for de e Dimensions in [ ] are millimeters. Contact your local distributor for additional assistance or visit www.kwik-wall.com 01-24 ZZ Standard Center Stack Panels are conveniently stored at one or both ends and stacked on -center to the wall's installed position. Stack Depth* a 'nine Y_-_ _ ___-_ _-_- O O ni �x. u Stack Depth Pocket Width** The overall depth of the stack area, as required for panel The width of the poc] storage, is dictated by the total number of panels in the wall wall run. For specifi, system. KWIK-WALL's Model 3030 - Steel Panels require is 4'-0" (122 cm 43/8" [1111 per panel. To determine the stack depth, calculate bottom se NA as follows: or —the actu t ocket widlCli be Number ofPanels x 43/8"[111] ♦` If w *Note: Additional stack depth is required for wall systems containing the following type of panels: Expander Panel Closure or Pass Door Panel: 3/4" [191 Hinged Panel(s) Closure:4" [102] Pocket Door(s):6" [1521 **Note: For wall systems that include Poc et Do pl s reference KWIK-WALL's"3000 Series Poc t chure for pocket layout dimensions and applicat' s. � JJ� r ,ermined by the widest panel in the zrposes, assume that the widest panel Wall systems that utilize Automatic e extra pocket width to allow clearance es from the bottom of the lead panel. ted as follows: Seals are specified: od clearance on each side) Seals ar clfied: IOrrIA94V Gpl ] (f hand cle� G D� . O 1 (for - FINAL CLOSUY Standard Expan P nel Closure The final closure panel is equipped with an expander sad e located on the vertical edge of the panel that mechanically telescopes outward to create a positive contact seal with a rigid wall, pocket door or jamb. The expansion of the expander saddle is activated by inserting a wrench into an escutcheon plate located on the panel face. The expander panel is equipped with a flush pull handle and an adjustable bottom seal (standard) or (optional) operable bottom seal. Optional Hinged Panel Closure (Single or Double) This final closure configuration is accomplished by a (single) half panel which is hinged permanently and directly to a structural wall (as shown at right). The double version includes a second panel that is hinged to the half panel. The closure panel(s) features an adjustable bottom seal(s) and includes a flush pull handle on each side of the panel. the other side) STANDARD OPTIONAL Dimensions in [ ] are millimeters. Contact your local distributor for additional assistance or visit www.kwik-wall.com 10 01-24 Optional Communicating Panel Closure This final closure panel is a full-sized panel (maximum 3'-0" [•9] wide x 10'-2" L3.1o] high) which is hinged permanently and directly to a structural wall. The Communicating panel functions as a full height pass door, incorporates an adjustable bottom seal and includes a flush pull handle on each side of the panel. Optional Lap Panel Closure The final closure is with bulb seals for (1.) side, and a lap-r adjacent panel on tl equipped with adju a flush pull handle. Optional Singh The final closure pa mechanism in the s panel. The single pE and capable of rotas adjustable bottom s bottom seal and is t operation, and inch panel height is 12' Optional Double Pocket Doors with Expander Closure The pocket door is equipped with an expander mechanism in the same way as the more common expander panel. Rather than being located on a wall panel, the expander saddle is integrated into a pocket door panel. The saddle expander will be fully retracted with a pair of bulb seals compressed against the last panel exiting the stack. The pocket doors are provided with fixed bottom seals as a factory standard and includes a foot bolt and flush pull handle. Note: Horizontal details for numbers 1 -10 referenced above can be found on Pages 10 and 11. ^� STANDARD OPTIONAL STANDARD OPTIONAL Dimensions in [ ] are millimeters. Contact your local distributor for additional assistance or visit www.kwik-wall.com 01-24 11 L 10 11 3/4" � 10 [441 Bulb Seal Expander Closure ,�+ E==Ak. 91 Nom. 1 1/4" Hinged Joint Expander Pocket Door Closure MILOP�" Bulb Seal Fixed Starter Jamb [89J Adjustable Starter Jamb [441 Dimensions in [ ] are millimeters. Contact your local distributor for additional assistance or visit www.kwik-wall.com 12 01-24 n 7 3/8" Nominal O O [187] Bulb Seal Expander Closu Typic CY17ZOz-,f JO Hinged Joint Expander Pocket Door Closure Fixed [22] Starter Jamb Adjustable Starter Jamb L92J Dimensions in [ ] are millimeters. Contact your local distributor for additional assistance or visit www.kwik-wall.com 01-24 KWIK-WALL Company warrants each operable wall panel and its component parts to be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of five (5) years from date of delivery to the original purchaser, when installed by an authorized KWIK-WALL distributor. KWIK-WALL also warrants the fixed top seals, track, carriers, and its component parts to be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of ten (1o) years. The Model 305o electric wall because of its special track and carrier system will continue to carry the standard five (5) year warranty for all components. KWIK-WALL Company reserves the rights to have authorized personnel inspect any part alleged to be defective and to refuse any returned material unless the return was previously authorized by KWIK-WALL. (Glass is specifically excluded from the warranty.) This warranty does not apply to any damage or deterioration caused by abuse or failure to provide reasonable and necessary maintenance. All field applied finishes, a&essories or product modifications are specifically excluded under this warranty. WALL's liability hereunder is limited to the replacement of any panel or component R and to be defective. Labor charges are the responsibility of the custo a` In order to keep the warranty valid, routine int ante m perfor ed in accordance with manufacturer's specifications on th er a wall A main n ce log must be maintained indicating dates, type of se c rforme the ce�ti e k-Wall distributor who performed the service. KWIK-WALL SHALL NOT BE FOR ONSEIAL 0-14I&ENTAL DAMAGES. ALL OTHER W I SSED C IMPLIED WARRANTY O H I TY Some states do not allo the excl s a% limi i co the above limitation or exclus' not a pl u. T rights, and you may have their s, w c v ry rom s� G CO te. JDING ANY Y EXCLUDED. r incidental damages, so gives you specific legal G Note: Due to ongoing research and development, some variation may occur in product specifications and design. Please refer to your actual KWIK-WALL shop drawing(s) for exact product dimensions and specifications. Distributed By: USGBC MEMBER 4650 INDUSTRIAL AVE. SPRINGFIELD, IL 62703 USA • P: 217-522-5553 • F: 217-522-1170 • www.kwik-wall.com 01-24 I Em RD M IPBI KwikwWall Panelfold (Out of Business) 2010 410PP g,s,m, 510PP Steel STC: 42, 45, 49, 50,51 STC: 44, 47, 50, 52 2020 410MD g,s,m, 510MD St STC: 42, 45, 49, 50,51 STC: 44, 47, 50, 52 2030 420HP g,s,m Steel 520HIN STC: 42, 45, 49, 50,51 STC: 44, 47, 50, 52 3010 610PP g,s,m, 810PP Steel STC: 43, 46, 48, 50, 52, 56 STC: 49, 51, 52, 53, 55 3020 610MD g,s,m, 810MD St I STC: 43, 46, 48, 50, 52, 56 STC: 49, 51, 52, 53, 55 3030 620HP g,s,m, 820H Steel STC: 43, 46, 48, 50, 52, 56 STC: 49, 51, 52, 53, 640 g,4 , STC: 49 2, 3050 84 1 STC: 46, 50, 52, 56 ST . 50 3000 GL 540E el STC: 43 STC: 50, 52 (3" PANEL) g=gypsum, s=steel, m-mdf Mod�old ,e) y/Pre 31 C 8, 47, 50, egacy/Premt TC: �@7, 50, 52 qNC74 93�8, 0, 52 re 56STC:56 EncJZSTC. 54, 54,56 Lega = I face STC 52,50, = Gy m/_D Sl� 8 933 core to STC:52, 56 Acousti- STC: 45 i O-�k 4c�s o qU a� erco t .-�Mod CV a -Type C C: y 5 52 Delta - T / ST;� 52 pe 51VIS, 5MR TC: 45, 48, 50, 52 a - Type 31VIS, 91VIS STC: 45, 48, 50, 52 Delta - Type 21VIC STC: 45, 48, 50, 52 Delta - Type 2EC STC: 45, 48, 50, 52 Does not offer 3" thick panels Does not offer 3" thick panels Does not offer 3" thick panels 741 STC: 43, 48, 50, 54 741 STC: 43, 48, 50, 54 742 STC: 43, 48, 50, 54 743E STC: 43, 48, 50, 54 Crystal STC: 44 lk�VJall ARM Hufcor (Out of Business) 631 STC: 41, 43, 47, 49, 51 631 STC: 41, 43, 47, 49, 51 632 STC: 41, 43, 47, 49, 51 641 STC: 41, 43, 47, 49, 51 641 STC: 41, 43, 47, 49, 51, 56 642 STC: 41, 43, 47, 49, 51, 56 643 STC: 41, 43, 47, 49, 51, 3"panel 643E STC: 41, 43, 47, 49, 51, 54 GA -Ultra Acoustic STC: 46 Kwik=Wall MOVEABLE WALL SYSTEMS Acoustical Test Report Steel Frame 3000 Series 56 STC Rating Steel Skin Panel Face Con$ruction. Conducted at: Riverbank Acoustical Laboratory `O 1512 Batavia Avenue + Geneva, IL 60134 G August 31, 1993 ' Test No. RAL —TL �� O Test Method: O ` G The measurements d the follow nform STM designation E90 and Giu E413 test standards. iver sti b ratorie een accredited by the U.S. Department of Commerce t' al I titu Stand and Technology (NIST) under the National Volunt rato creditat''ogram (NVLAP) for this test procedure. 'IV, IV G � Descriptio Speci e Panel cosd of a 16 gauge st el f me that housed two vinyl fabric faced 22 gauge steel skins applied over 12.7 mm . in) thick, gypsum board panels. The cavity was lined with mineral fiber blanket material and contained a mass loaded vinyl septum. The panel measured 91 mm (3.6 in) thick. Average panel weight was 63 kg/m2 (12.9 Ib/ft). CHOOSE QUALITY. CHOOSE EXCELLENCE. CHOOSE KWIK-WALL 3150 101.36 40�0 1O2.00 5000 100.88NO REPORT WRITTEN TEST NO. :RAL-TL93-242 DATE :AUG. 31 1993 _ COMPANY : KWIK WALL _ SPECIMEN: 55 STC PANEL WALL SEALED SPECIFICATION : WEIGHT OF THE SPECIMEN : 684.02 Kg. ( 1508 Lb.) MEASUREMENT RESULTS .� FREQ. SRC REC NR TL REF� DEF. — 100 0 125 64 33 52 36 5 - 4 160 35 78 4 — 200j 4 34 38 4 250 7 4 315 PI-880 3 60 D4 500 97 64 46 74 3 630 50 42 70 0 800 7 82 42ZI L5 15 5 B0 ~- 1000 1 0 1250 1 0 1600 1 ~60 0 ~- 2000 o" 1 0 84 171 .2 60 1 2500 1 4 ~4 60 0 3150 1 �0 60 0 _ 4000 1 �� 60 0 5000 1 O 0 ^- FREQ.= 1/3 O BAND CENTER E�CTi SRC = SOURCE ROOM SOUND LEv CiB) REC = RECEIVING ROOM SOUND LEVEL (dB) _ NR = NOISE REDUCTION (dB) TL = TRANSMISSION LOSS (dB) REF = SOUND TRANSMISSION CLASS CONTOUR DEF = DEFICIENCY ~- UNC = TRANSMISSION LOSS UNCERTAINTY WITH 95% CONFIDENCE LIMIT (dB) STC = SOUND TRANSMISSION CLASS UNC. .29 .34 .43 .32 .43 .36 .37 .33 .39 .36 .31 .27 .25 .18 15 m :O ,. m 70 `u 60 U) 0� �0 50 Z o p o L ~� (n o 40 U) II 30 Z 2 L �0 TRANSMISSION LOSS REPORT RAL--TL93--242 kv 1 � s3 1W 14OO GO 1. OK 1. sK 2. SK 41 CK S.3K lO. K 1a0 125 200 315 WD SM 1.;M 2. OK 3.1% S. OK S. OK FREQUENCY (Hz) TRANSMISSION LOSS --- SOUND TRANSMISSION CLASS CONTOUR L -- -- MASS LAW CONTOUR Kwik-Wall MOVEABLE WALL SYSTEMS I July 30, 2018 �O G Re: Kwik-Wall Distributor ' J► To Whom It May Concern. Murrayomble is an author' Kwik- �istributo �Instalt T have completed Y � Y p both Product and Install raini t wik-Wall' Ti fac' rin field, Illinois. ringfield, v I G Mark Wilson Brand Manager •6. KWIK-WA�1lapany ` 1010 East Edwards Street Springfield, IL 62703 CHOOSE QUALITY. CHOOSE EXCELLENCE. CHOOSE KWIK-WALL Bid 24-23, Addendum 2 CITY OF _ FAYETTEVILLE Date: Tuesday, February 20, 2024 V4W A R K A N S A S To: All Prospective Vendors From: Amanda Beilfuss — 479.575.8220 — abeilfuss@fayetteville-ar.gov RE: Bid 24-23, Construction — YRCC Expansion This addendum is hereby made a part of the contract documents to the same extent as though it were originally included therein. Interested parties should indicate their receipt of same in the.#ppropriate blank of the Bid. BIDDERS SHALL ACKNOWLEDGE THIS ADDENDUM ON THE DESIGNATED LO-CATION ON THE BID FORM. • O 1. A $23,000 allowance has been added for hardw G G 4 - G D�C� G Cj City of Fayetteville, AR Bid 24-23, Addendum 2 Page 111 Telecommunications Device for the Deaf TDD (479) 521-1316 113 West Mountain -Fayetteville, AR 72701 Bid 24-23, Addendum 3 CITY OF _ FAYETTEVILLE Date: Thursday, February 29, 2024 V4W A R KA N SAS To: All Prospective Vendors From: Amanda Beilfuss-479.575.8220—.abeilfuss@fayetteville-ar.gov RE: Bid 24-23, Construction —YRCC Expansion This addendum is hereby made apart of the contract documents to the same extent as though it were originally included therein. Interested parties should indicate their receipt of same in the oppropriate blank of the Bid. BIDDERS SHALL ACKNOWLEDGE THISADDENDUM ON THE DESIGNATED LOCATION ON THE BID FORM. ♦ O 1. Clarifications —The following clarifications are b rovide ist the bidders: a. Any 3rd party materials testing will +,'vided b O 2. Substitution Request —The follo �stituti ee an est has i �eceiv d APPROVED: gS ��ttac a. Roof —Johns Manvlll Y � 3. Questions —The folio g ques hike be r c and by the responsible department: a. Question: Does the e is n m f r n to be co ely demoed before the wood floor is to be installed? � i. Answ ' e exi ing m flo to be removed by Contractor. V b. Question( i you pr 1 t e exis ' e alarm panel information? 1. wer: There i o exi g a rm panel. c. Question: Note 15 on E1.1 says owner will provide cameras and cabling, electrical contractor shall provide junction boxes and conduits as needed. Does the Contractor need to include pricing to install these cameras? i. Answer: The City will be responsible for the camera installation. d. Question: Addendum #1 Sheet A-5.7 at the top of sheet calls for allowance for the Display Case but the section 012100 the display case is Not listed, please clarify. i. Answer: Omit Display case allowance verbiage on sheet A-5.7. The display case shall be priced with the rest of the project and is NOT an allowance item. City of Fayetteville, AR Bid 2 4- 2 3, Addendum 3 Page 112 Telecommunications Device for the Deaf TDD (479) 521-1316 113 West Mountain -Fayetteville, AR 72701 e. Question: Regarding addendum #2, will the hardware allowance cover the hardware for the aluminum doors? i. Answer: Yes, this is to be included with the allowance. f. Question: There are no manufacturers listed on specifications 10 44 00 (Fire protection specialties), 10 26 13 (Corner guards) and 10 14 53 (signage). Is there a certain manufacturer that is preferred for these 3 specialties? �_4 I i. Answer: Signage: there is a basis of design in the Specification. Refer to Spec Section 1014 53, 2.1 Corner Guards: Construction Specialties is basis of design Fire Protection: A manufacture (and acceptable alternates) is called out in the Specification, Section 10 44 00. 2.1 Question: Regarding the access controls, could you please c o will be providing them, and what considerations we need to be min ul of for door r tion? i. Answer: The City shall provide th equipmen firing, the Contractor to provide the conduits and raceways. X*X+64, Question: Regarding the spConcea Von D8 panics; It s worth noting that these may not be optimal gration cess coystem I would like to suggest using Von Duprin 98 rim pani v ith a re b e mulli eadi a 'ustment would facilitate easier installation of c is stri�25'v i t the r ad Ir oor preparation. WHOM 4. Attachments — a. Attachmen, City of Fayetteville, AR Bid 24-23, Addendum 3 Page 212 Telecommunications Device for the Deaf TDD (479) 521-1316 113 West Mountain -Fayetteville, AR 72701 Attachment A J� Johns Manville Johns Manville RoofingS nm �� Submitt ck To fill in the project infor ';Wlick next 'text the;VXIWK the information. You can print out the complete sheet b t save s you h the full version of Adobe Acrobat. Th' ill NOT when YO ri oJ the k e t. 61 4 e) Project Name: Yvonne Richa� Co nity ente ion G CO Project Address: I ett isle JM Approved ofing Contractor: G System Compatibility This product maybe used a Do not use with Key: HA = Hot Applied CA = Cold Energy and the Environment JM TPU - 60 mil Thermoplastic Polyolefin Membrane Meets or exceeds the requirements of ASTM D 6878 Features and Components Thickness Over Scrim: Optimized and tested on a continual basis with a state-of-the-art thickness gauge to verify that the thickness valued by our customers is incorporated into the sheet. One of the Widest Melt Windows: Promotes better welds over a wider variety of speeds and temperatures, and leads to a softer, more flexible and workable sheet. Reinforced fabric scrim layer and top -ply thickness: Lends to durable physical properties including: • Long-term weathering, LIV resistance and heat -aging properti • High breaking and tearing strength Optimized TPO formulation: delivers high-performance ozon Mite Tan* resistance, cool roof reflectivity and overall weather lr�3 * anleadtim a� u ct to availability and may require charge for er 7 ts. � in the effollin1#cv3Rlsms. Please 4 ■ \ _` d Heat Weldable Sly Standard tefl cti sivi CRRCO White Ini al 0.8 3 Yr. Ag 0.70 0. Tan Aftit6li% 0.67 .7 Yr. JA 0,5j, j 0.90 Gray 41 &KI 01 0.87 Yr. ged .9 CA Title 24 Whl Pass,0. 1w,wrw Pass 3 Yr. Aged S LEED° (SRI) Initial 9Alf 3 Yr. Aged 85 Tan Initial 81 3 Yr. Aged 75 Gray Initial 39 3 Yr. Aged 37 Recycled Content Post -consumer 0% Post-industrial 5% The LEED° Solar Reflectance Index (SRI) is calculated per ASTM E1980. Peak Advantage° Guarantee Information Product Guarantee Term JM TPO 60 mil 1 5,10,15, or 20 years Codes and Approvals ��G FM MIAMIDADECOUNTY C �D U$ Miami®unty APPROVED Product Control Approved 2 echanical mch�tawe rwd Component M Membrane Single Ply specific installation methods and information. selected single my systems above ed IW = Induction Weld BA = Ballasted AD = Adhered Rication a Iwt ni,11. Refer to JM TPO application guides and detail drawings for instructions. Packaging and Dimensions Roll Widths 5' 6' 8' 10' 12' (1.52 m) (1.83 m) 1 (2.44 m) (3.05 m) (3.66 m) Roll Lengths 100' (30.48 m) Roll Coverage g 500 ft' 600 ft2 800 ft2 1000 ft2 1200 ft2 (46.45 m2) (55.74 mz) (74.32 mz) (92.90 mz) (111.5 mz) Rolls per Pallet 8 Pallet Weight 14241b 1728lb 23201b 2856lb 34401b (645.9 kg) (783.8 kg) (1052.3 kg) (1295.5 kg) (1560.4 kg) Pallets per Truck* 28-32 22-26 18-20 12-16 12-14 Producing Location Scottsboro, AL *Assumes 48' flatbed truck and does not reflect pallets of accessories or impact of mixed sizes. RS-8633 8-21(Replaces 4-21) JM TPO - 60 mil Thermoplastic Polyolefin Membrane Meets or exceeds the requirements of ASTM D 6878 Tested Physical Properties StandardASTM i .0 riMethod 1 Breaking Strength, min, Ibf (N) D 751 220 (976) 411(1,828) 388 (1,726) r Elongation at Break, min % D 751 15 27 27 Tearing Strength, min, Ibf (N) D 751 45 (200) 92 (409) 178 (792) Factory Seam Strength, min, Ibf (N) D 751 66 (290) 112 (498) Thickness, min, in. D 751 +/-10% from Nominal 0.060 (Nominal) Thickness Over Scrim, min, in. (mm) D 7635 0.015 0.027 (0.686) Water Absorption, max, % D 471 3.0 0.11 3 Brittleness Point, max, -40*F D 2137 No Cracks Pass Ozone Resistance D114 NoCraAlL Pass Properties after Heat Aging @ 240°F D 573 Pass/ Pass 9 Breaking Strength, % (after aging) D 751 >90 >90 a £ Elongation, % (after aging) 51 >90 >90 d Tearing Strength, % (after aging) D >60 >60 = a Weight Change, max, % (after aging) 51 ±1.0 ♦ 0.19 Linear Dimensional Change, max, % (after 6 hrs @ 15 D 1204 ±1.0 <0.1 r Accelerated Weathering, min G 151 & 1 80 kj/mz•n nm (4,000 h ) >20,160 kj/mz 0,000 hrs) ♦ NMO 3 Cracking (Q 7x magnification) ks < Pass10%6, 1 *MD= Machine Direction **XMD=Cross-Machi irec te: I data repre%oidedvalues. Supplemental Testing (')-% * "o+ A Im"I Physical op Dynamic Puncture �� D 5635 N/A PO-,0 Pass @ 25 Joules Static Puncture D 5 2 E.0 4WF N/A Pass @ 44lb (20 kg) Impact Resistance of Bituminous Roo ng yjtems D 37 N/A Pass - minor indentations ReflectanceN ♦ ClI549 N/A 78% 3 N/A 80% Emittance 1 1 N/A 0.87 E 408 N/A 0.96 SRI E 1980 N/A 95 Resistance of Synthetic Polymer Material to Fungi G 21 N/A 0 rating Puncture Resistance (FTMS 101 C, Method 2031) N/A N/A 371 Ib (168 kg) Moisture Vapor Transmission E 96 N/A 0 g/m2 per 24 hours Hydrostatic Resistance, Mullen D 751 N/A 474 PSI (3268 kPa) Standard Test Method for Air Permeance of Building Materials E 2178 N/A Pass Q <0.0005 L/(s•m21 (Pass Q <0.0001 CFM/ft ) Technical specifications as shown in this literature are intended to be used as general guidelines only. Please refer to the Safety Data Sheet and product label prior to using this product. The Safety Data Sheet is available by calling (800) 922-5922 or on the web at www.jm.com/ roofing. The physical and chemical properties of the product listed herein represent typical, average values obtained in accordance with accepted test methods and are subject to normal manufacturing variations. They are supplied as a technical service and are subject to change without notice. Check with the regional sales representative nearest you for current information. All Johns Manville products are sold subjectto Johns Manville's standard Terms and Conditions, which includes a Limited Warranty and Limitation of Remedy. For a copy of the Johns Manville standard Terms and Conditions or for information on other Johns Manville roofing products and systems, visit www.jm.com/terms-conditions. RS-8633 8-21 (Replaces4-21) Meets the requirements of ASTM C 1289, Type II, Class 1, Grade 2 (20 psi) • ENRGY 3 / Tapered ENRGY 3 Flat Grade 3 (25 psi) • ENRGY 3 25 PSI / Tapered ENRGY 3 25 PSI Features and Components Glass -Reinforced Facers: Provides rigidity and resistance to indentation and crushing, and are compatible with BUR, modified bitumen and single ply membrane systems. Closed Cell Polyisocyanurate Foam Core: Provides high R-value per inch in built-up, modified bitumen, metal roof and single ply roof systems, and approved for direct application to steel decks. Tapered ♦. �, System Compatibility This product maybe used as acompo nt eVowingsyste P� a , Compatible with the selected Multi- l st s above (Al Key: HA = Hot Applied CA = Cold Applied HW eat eldable ,0fR ered MF = Energy and the Environmetk�>I LEED° Recycled Content Varies With thicJ&U'9sS—eJJ PrFII and Packaginfaflie o%Axt page. Produced with a pentane blowing ag ntwlt z ozone plet and virtually no global warming potefl. Peak Advantage° G Systems For use in approveAilA Codes and ApproWs pgSIF!,, FM C U APPROVED flat & capered INHGY 3' Polyisocyan u rate Roof Insulation Component Insulation Mufti -Ply Single Ply Type HT High Thermal TP Tapered Closed Cell Polyisocyanurate Foam Core for specific installation methods and information. Pall Single Ply systems uctionWeld BA=Ballasted AD=Adhered cation fft&halt Urethane Mechanically Loose Laid Adhesive Fastened Vr;mat' \Coi efer to the application instructions guidelines for proper utilization of this product. nta ng arante s Flute Span: Width of Rib Opening: Up to 2%" Up to 3%" Up to 4%" (6.67 cm) (8.57 cm) (11.11 cm) Insulation Thickness (min): 1.0" (2.54 cm) 1.2" (3.05 cm) >_1.T (3.30 cm) MIAMIUNTY ualityMark" Miami -Dade County The Cemfied LTTR-,,I,, Product Control Approved • FM° Standards 4450/4470 Approvals (refer to FM RoofNav") • UL° Standard 790, 263 and 1256 (refer to UL Roofing Materials system directory) • Meets the requirements of CAN/ULC 704, Type 2 & 3, Class 3 • California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Insulation Guality Standard License #TI-1341 • Third -parry certification with the PIMA Guality Mark" for Long -Term Thermal Resistance (LTrR) values Technical specifications as shown in this literature are intended to be used as general guidelines only. Please refer to the Safety Data Sheet and product label priorto using this product. The Safety Data Sheet is available by calling (800) 922- 5922 or on the web atwww.jm.com/roofing. The physical and chemical properties of the product listed herein represent typical, average values obtained in accordance with accepted test methods and are subject to normal manufacturing variations. They are supplied as a technical service and are subjectto change without notice. Check with the regional sales representative nearest you for current information. Packaging and Dimensions Flat Sizes' 4' x 4' (1 .22 m x 1.22 m) 4' x 8' (1.221x2.441 Tapered Size' (1.22 m x 1.22 m) Producing Locations Bremen, IN Cornwall, ONT Fernley, NV Hazleton, PA Jacksonville, FL Hillsboro, TX 1. For available thicknesses, see Product Data and Packagingtable on page 2 of this data sheet. Other sizes available by special request, some sizes are not stocked but can be special ordered with minimum order quantities. Contact your JM Sales Representative for details. 2. Tapered ENRGY 3 and Tapered ENRGY 3 25 PSI are available in thicknesses of 12" to 4". Available profiles are shown on page 3 of this data sheet. In some regions extended panels are also available. RS-5137 2-24(Replaces 12-23) flat INHGY 3W Polyisocya n u rate Roof Insulation Typical Physical Properties ASTM Values ength 7imensiotnal C 209 500 psf (24 kPa) (min), 730 psf (35 kPa) (nom) ve Resistance 10% Consolidation D 1621 Grade 2: 20 psi (138 kPa), Grade 3: 25 psi (172 kPa)(min) Stability Change, (length &width) D 2126 0.5% (nom), 2% (max) Moisture Vapor Permeance E96 <1 perm, 57.5ng/(Pa•s•m2) H Water Absorption C 209 1.0% (max) c Service Temperature D 1623 -100°F 0°F (-73°C-121°C) Flame Spread, (foam core) E 84 oft 20 - 30 (nom), 75 (max) Smoke Developed, (foam core) E 84 250 (nom), 450 (max) Product Data and Packaaina .NS in. mm (hr-ft2-°F►/BTU mz•°C/W % Pre -Consumer I % Ro mer % T al 4x4 and 4x8 4x4 4x8 1.0 25.4 5.7 1.00 5.3/5.2 / .9 37 / 48 68 7444 1.1 27.9 6.3 1.10 5.2/5.2 8.1 U 4 656 1.2 30.5 6.8 1.20 5.2 / 5.2 / 26.6 1.76 608 1.25 31.8 7.1 1.25 5.2 / 5.2 27.7 / 25.8 .9 / 31.0 60 1120 1.3 33.0 7.4 1.30 5.3 / 27.0 / 25. 2.3 / 30.4 5 1120 1.4 35.6 8.0 1.41 5 25.7 31.0 / 29. 32 12 1024 1.5 38.1 8.6 1.51 .2 .2 5 2.8 29.8 32 1024 1.6 40.6 9.1 1.61 .2 23.4 28.7 .0 2 48 896 1.7 43.2 9.7 1.71 .2 .2 2.4 20.8 .7 27 432 864 1.75 44.5 10.0 1.7 5.2/5.2 / 20.4 5.6 432 864 1.8 45.7 10.3 1.81 .2 / 21.511V . 25.1 2 400 800 1.9 48.3 10.8 1.91 20.7 / .1 25.9 / 24.3 384 768 2.0 50.8 11.4 2.01 .2 5.2 19.9 / 1 25.1 / 23. 24 384 768 2.1 53.3;14.4 2.11 5.2 . / 17.7 24.4 / .9 21 336 672 2.2 55.9 2.22 .2 .2 18.5 7.1 2 21 336 672 2.3 58.4 2.32 5.2/5.2 6.5 2 .7 20 320 640 2.4 61.0 2 5.2 / 5.2 7.3 / 16.0 1.1 19 304 608 2.5 63.5 2. 5.2 6.8 / 15.4 /20.6 19 304 608 2.6 66.0 2.64 5 5. 16.3/15. 21.4 / 20.1 18 288 576 2.7 68.6 4 .2 1 15 21.0/19.7 17 272 544 48 24 2.8 71.1 2 / 5 4.1 20.5/19.2 16 256 512 2.9 73.72.96 . 5.1 4. 20.1/18.8 16 256 512 3.0 76.23.06 5.2/5.1 14 / 3.3 19.7/18.4 16 256 512 3.1 78.7 3.17 5.1/5.1 /12.9 19.3/18.1 14 224 448 3.2 81.3 3.28 5.1 / 5.1 13.8 / 12.6 18.9 / 17.7 14 224 448 3.25 82.6 18.9 3.33 5.1 / 5.1 13.6 / 12.4 18.7 / 17.6 14 224 448 3.3 83.8 19.2 3.39 5.1 / 5.1 13.4 / 12.3 18.6 / 17.4 14 224 448 3.4 86.4 19.9 3.50 5.1 / 5.1 13.1 / 12.0 18.2 / 17.1 13 208 416 3.5 88.9 20.5 3.61 5.1 / 5.1 12.8 / 11.7 17.9 / 16.8 13 208 416 3.6 91.4 21.1 3.72 5.1 / 5.1 12.5 / 11.4 17.6 / 16.5 12 192 384 3.7 94.0 21.7 3.82 5.1 / 5.1 12.2 / 11.1 17.3 / 16.3 12 192 384 3.75 95.3 22.0 3.88 5.1 / 5.1 12.0 / 11.0 17.2 / 16.1 12 192 384 3.8 96.5 22.3 3.94 5.1 / 5.1 11.9 / 10.9 17.0 / 16.0 12 192 384 3.9 99.1 23.0 4.05 5.1 / 5.1 11.7 / 10.7 16.8 / 15.8 12 192 384 4.0 101.6 23.6 4.16 5.1 / 5.1 11.4 / 10.4 16.5 / 15.5 12 192 384 4.1 104.0 24.2 4.26 5.1 / 5.1 11.2 / 10.2 16.3 / 15.3 11 176 352 4.2 107.0 24.9 4.39 5.1/5.1 10.9 / 10.0 16.0 / 15.1 11 176 352 4.3 109.0 25.5 4.49 5.1/5.1 10.7 / 9.8 15.8 / 14.9 11 176 352 4.4 112.0 26.1 1 4.60 5.1 / 5.1 10.5 / 9.6 15.6 / 14.7 10 160 320 4.5 114.0 26.8 1 4.72 5.1 / 5.1 10.3 / 9.4 15.4 / 14.5 10 160 320 1. The Long -Term Thermal Resistance (LTTR) values were determined in accordance with CAN/ULC S770 at 75°F (24°C). The ultimate R-Value of these products will depend on individual installation circumstances. 2. Value represents average results (Grade 2/Grade 3). 3. Assumes 48' flatbed truck. RS-5137 2-24 (Replaces 12-23) flat INHGY 3W Polyisocyanurate Roof Insulation JM Minimum Required Pre-securement Pattern when used with a Mechanically Fastened Membrane. For boards with Glass -Reinforced Facer, thickness 1" or less. co io M 4' x 4' BOARDS 6" 36" 6" 4' x 8' BOARDS 3 SPACES @ 28" O.C. ♦ O /�� �j�♦ 34 �r yrener pre -sec IL N'ttern doe of apply to RhinoBond applications. JM Minimum Required Fastening Patt n use t Rhino 'atteni V 36" 36" 12" � Cci c c ® O c u o �C 48" Minimum field attachment pattern. Contact your Technical Specialist for membrane fastener requirements. RS-5137 2-24(Replaces 12-23) Tapered INHGY 3iv"l ° Johns Manville Polyisocyanurate Roof Insulation Johns Manville Tapered Polylso Offerings Please refer tothe previous page for typicalphysicalproperties. Slope Profiles 1/16 in/ft (5.2 mm/m) 1A 1/16 0.5 0.75 3.6 70 1120 700 0.5" 0.75" 1.0" 1.25" 1.5" 1.75" 2.0" 2.25" 2.5" 2.75" 3.0" 1A iB 1A iB 1 2 3 4 5 6 2.0"Filler 1 B 1/16 0.75 1 5.0 50 800 700 1 1/16 1 1.25 6.4 38 608 684 2 1/16 1.25 1.5 7.8 32 512 704 3 1/16 1.5 1.75 9.3 28 448 728 4 1 1/16 1 1.75 1 2 1 10.7 1 22 1 352 660 5 1 1/16 1 2 1 2.25 1 12.1 20 1 320 680 All Panels Special Order 6 1/16 2.25 2.5 13.6 18 288 684 -1/8' m/m) AL AA 1/8 0.5 1 4.3 64 1024 768 760 0" 1.5" 2.0" 2.5" 3.0" 3.5" 4.0" 4.5" 5.0" 5.5" 7 AA A 2.0" Filler AA A 4.0" Filler AA c D E F FF 72Q Extended and Special Order Panels: D, E, F, FF 680 7041.75" 2.25" 2.75" 3.25" 3.75" 4.25" 4.75" 7T 4 ♦ R S 403.0"Filler 2 u v wW 2 All Panels Special Order A 1/8 1 1.5 7.1 38 B 1/8 1.5 2 416 10.0t44 C 1/8 2 2.5 12.9 320 D** 1/8 2.5 3 15.9 256 E** 1/8 3 3.5 18.9 22 F** 1/8 3.5 4 22.1 19 FF** 1/8 4 4.5 25.3 R 1/8 0.75 1.25 5. S 1/8 1.25 1.75 1/8 1.75 2.25 3 2 U 1/8 2.25 2.75 256 V 1/8 2.75 3. 17.4 224 1/8 3.25 5 20.5 19 in/ft (1 . mm/m) J 3/16 1 8 32 704 1.0" 1.75" 2.5" 3.25" 4.0" 4.75" 5.5" 0.5" 1.25" 2.0" 2.75" 3.5" 4.25" 5.0" J K JJ KK 3.0" Filler 3.0" Filler J K L M JJ KK LL MM All Panels Special Order All Panels Special Order K 3/16 1.75 2.5 4 20 3 68 L** 3/16 2.5 3.25 1 .6 16 06 73 M** 3/16 3.25 4 2 192 516 JJ 3/16 0.5 1.25 W5.0 f 52 832 8 KK 3/16 1.25 9.3 28 448 728 LL** 3/16 2 13 691 MM** 3/16 2.75 .5 18. 14 694 1/4 in/ft (20.8 mm/m) G 1/4 V 2 A 32 51 288 768 720 0.5" 1.50" 2.5" 3.5" 4.5" 5.5" 6.5" 1.0" 2.0" 3.0" 4.0" 5.0" 6.0" x r 2.0" Filler X Y 41,1lr 4.0"FillerZ**1/4 x v ZZZ G H I 3 Extended and Special Order Panels: Z, ZZ All Panels Special Order H 1/4 2 3 4.4 1** 1/4 .5 2 192 672 X 1 .5 1.5 5.7 768 768 Y 1/4 1.5 2.5 11.4 384 768 2.5 3.5 17.4 6 256 768 ZZ** 1/4 3.5 4.5 23.6 12 192 768 3/8 in/ft (31.2 mm/m) SS 3/8 0.5 2 7.1 36 576 720 0.5" 2.0" 3.5" 5.0" 6.5" ss rr ss TT 3.0" Filler All Panels Special Order TT** 3/8 2 3.5 15.9 16 256 704 1/2 in/ft (41.6 mm/m) G 1/2 0.5 2.5 8.6 32 512 768 0.5" 2.5" 4.5" 6.5" 0.5" 2.5" 4.5" 1.0" 3.0" 5.0" G 4.0" O XX O OO Fill L 2.0" L 2.0" Extended and Special Order Panels: OG Special Order GG** 1/2 2.5 4.5 20.5 12 192 672 XX 1/2 1 3 11.4 22 352 704 * (hr•ft2*'F/Btu) ** Extended panels require less adhesive and less labor. Tapered Recycle Content: Recycled content is dependent upon average thickness. To calculate, match the average thickness of Tapered ENRGY 3to the thickness of Flat ENRGY 3. Use the number from Flat ENRGY 3 as your recycled content. All Johns Manville products are sold subject to Johns Manville's standard Terms and Conditions, which includes a Limited Warranty and Limitation of Remedy. For a copy of the Johns Manville standard Terms and Conditions or for information on other Johns Manville roofing products and systems, visit www.jm.com/terms- conditions. RS-5137 2-24(Replaces 12-23) JM Membrane Bonding Adhesive Features and Components Use: For adhering JM TPO and EPDM membranes to approved substrates. Do notuse on fleece -backed membranes. Type: One -part, synthetic polymer -based membrane adhesive, two-sided application. Substrates: Compatible with insulation boards; metal, wood and other decking materials. Color: Yellow System Compatibility This product maybe used as a component in the folio a Do not use in multi -ply systems ` Key: HA = Hot Applied CA = Cold Applied HW = Heat WN&ObVr= Self Ad (TPO & EPDM) Component AD R ( Adhesive Type / i , I i ® M Mmbranee <u y r Single Ply systems. Please J[fere*e pproduct application for specific installation methods and information. to Aheh melbranes in the selected single olv systems above = MechanicaWFaNnned IW alnduction Weld BA = Ballasted AD = Adhered Energy and the Environment Zu AlnstLNINTAPPl- iN MaximumVOC (EPAM od2 Physical Properties eY Weight per Unit (approx.) gal (0.87 Specific Gravity 0.865,allil6 Precautions V\ This productis Nammalde. dh a contains g nts wl hamdul ifmishanddould be the recommende o l rotwilive eauiome hould bd Exposure Window Johns Manville recommends immediate and complete use upon opening. Use open containers within 48 hours of opening. Replace lid on can when not in use. Adhesive that has changed color or viscosity is no longer usable. Storage Long Nap Roll • t perature Ranges: when ambient temperature is 25°F and rising o NOT apply when dew point is within 10°F or closerto ambient. `• Adhesive Temperature Ranges: Adhesive must be greaterthan 32°F. If adhesive falls below 32°F, place back in warm area until temperature is 60°F or greater. • Do not apply adhesive near seams or splices where a hot-air welder or seam tape will be used. • Do Not Thin. Shelf Life 12 months from manufacture date Storage Conditions Clean, dry, indoor environment in an unopened container Temperature Range 60°F-80°F(16°C-27°C)-Protectfromfreezing Technical specifications as shown in this literature are intended to be used as general guidelines only. Please refer to the Safety Data Sheet and product label priorto using this product. The Safety Data Sheet is available by calling (800) 922- 5922 or on the web atwww.jm.com/roofing. The physical and chemical properties of the product listed herein represent typical, average values obtained in accordance with accepted test methods and are subject to normal manufacturing variations. They are supplied as a technical service and are subjectto change without notice. Check with the regional sales representative nearest you for current information. Packaging and Coverage Container Size 5 gal (18.91) pail Shipping Weight(approx.) 39lb (16.6 kg) Coverage Rate* (2-sided) 50 - 90 ft2/gallon (1.23 - 2.03 m1/1) * Coverage, open and drytime rates can vary dramatically depending on the particular substrate and environmental conditions. Coverage rates stated herein are approximate only. If FM Global" or UL° approval is required, consult specific RoofNays" orthe ULCertifications Directoryfor specific application rates. All Johns Manville products are sold subject to Johns Manville's standard Terms and Conditions, which includes a Limited Warranty and Limitation of Remedy. For a copy of the Johns Manville standard Terms and Conditions or for information on other Johns Manville roofing products and systems, visit wvvw.jm.com/terms- conditions. RS-7845 10/23 (replaces 6/21) Safe Use Instruction (SUI) 200000001890 11'"77 Johns Manville Roofing Membranes, Cover Boards, Insulation, and Accessories Version 3.0 Revision Date 07/29/2022 Print Date 08/01/2022 SECTION 0. GENERAL INFORMATION This product meets the definition of an article according to 29 CFR 1910.1200 (OSHA HCS 2012) and the Hazardous Products Regulations (WHMIS 2015). SECTION 1. PRODUCT AND COMPANY IDENTIFICATION Trade name Roofing Membranes, Cover Boards, Insulation, and Accessories Manufacturer or supplier's details Company Johns Manville ♦ O Address OBx Deno vCr 8 ` C 80127 Telephone +1-30 978 000 Emergency telephone 24 mber: +8 24-930EMTREC) number `tlu �� ♦ O Company ee ns Manvi n a d a Inc/+_` Address 5 01 42 V� Innisf Canada T 2 ♦ a► Telephone + 0-2000 ` Emergency telepho -Ho r Numbe -424-9 EMTREC) number Prepared by 1�1'odu y jm.com SECTION 2. HAZARDS r*r GHS Classifici Not a haz GH Not a rdoL Other hazards None known. ATIQ�I Gv � sT sta �411* ants substance or miCure)ture., SECTION 3. COMPOSITION/INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS Chemical nature This product meets the definition of an article according to 29 CFR 1910.1200 (OSHA HCS 2012) and the Hazardous Products Regulations (WHMIS 2015). Hazardous components Non -hazardous according to 29 CFR 1910.1200 (OSHA HCS 2012) and the Hazardous Products Regulations (WHMIS 2015), when used as intended. SECTION 4. FIRST AID MEASURES General advice : No hazards which require special first aid measures. Most important symptoms : None known. 1/4 US/EN Safe Use Instruction (SUI) 200000001890 11'"77 Johns Manville Roofing Membranes, Cover Boards, Insulation, and Accessories Version 3.0 Revision Date 07/29/2022 Print Date 08/01/2022 and effects, both acute and delayed SECTION 5. FIREFIGHTING MEASURES Specific extinguishing methods Further information Special protective equipment for firefighters Use extinguishing measures that are appropriate to local circumstances and the surrounding environment. Standard procedure for chemical fires. Wear self-contained breathing apparatus for firefighting if necessary. SECTION 6. ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES `� ♦ OPersonal precautions, Avoid dus ation. protective equipment and emergency procedures Environmental precautions ial envy e al prec required. Methods and materials for �k up a ge dispo�y (llhout cr ating dust. containment and cleaning u Keep in 'ta , close %i�iers for sal. SECTION 7. HAND SfORAGNof r Advice on protect n aga' Arovid o iate exh tilation at places where dust fire and explosion is forme . Advice on safe han oki eating in should be prohibited in the g 9 a ation r Conditions for f rage p in a dr c place. Materials t void o mate ' Is to a especially mentioned. Furt i tion o mal ambient temperature and pressure. stols ility SECTION 8. EXPOSURE CONTROLS/PERSONAL PROTECTION Components with workplace control parameters Not applicable Personal protective equipment Protective measures If used and stored as directed, no special protective equipment is necessary. Hygiene measures Handle in accordance with good industrial hygiene and safety practice. SECTION 9. PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES Appearance solid 2/4 US/EN 117" Johns Manville Safe Use Instruction (SUI) 200000001890 Roofing Membranes, Cover Boards, Insulation, and Accessories Version 3.0 Revision Date 07/29/2022 Print Date 08/01/2022 Colour various SECTION 10. STABILITY AND REACTIVITY Reactivity No dangerous reaction known under conditions of normal use. Chemical stability Stable under normal conditions. Possibility of hazardous None reasonably foreseeable. reactions Conditions to avoid No data available Incompatible materials No data available Hazardous decomposition Hazardous decomposition�prddt ormed under fire products conditio� �` �" SECTION 11. TOXICOLOGICAL INFOR4P N Further information 0 *S O No data available'Al ol� /i SECTION 12. ECOL N.14ORMAN84 r Further information e), No data available , G r . . c#%� SECTION 13. DbOSK C NSI TION Di thods Waste m residues se of contents/container to an approved facility in accordance with local, regional, national and international regulations. SECTION 14. TRANSPORT INFORMATION International transport regulations Land transport USDOT: Not classified as a dangerous good under transport regulations TDG: Not classified as a dangerous good under transport regulations Sea transport IMDG: Not classified as a dangerous good under transport regulations Air transport IATA/ICAO: Not classified as a dangerous good under transport regulations 3/4 US/EN Safe Use Instruction (SUI) 200000001890 11'"77 Johns Manville Roofing Membranes, Cover Boards, Insulation, and Accessories Version 3.0 Revision Date 07/29/2022 Print Date 08/01/2022 SECTION 15. REGULATORY INFORMATION TSCA list TSCA - 5(a) Significant New Use Rule List of Not relevant Chemicals U.S. Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) Section Not relevant 12(b) Export Notification (40 CFR 707, Subpart D) SARA 311/312 Hazards No SARA Hazards O California Prop. 65 See product label for any applicabl ing infor ,n. O The components of this pr t e repo he folio i vent ' s: This p is an arti�ject, m u ct ed item) r � o intern hemi ions. SECTION 16. OTHER INFO TQA Further informati olt� G Prepared ro tsafety t�s Th n motion provided this S e Us' st uction (SUI) is correct to the best of our kno information and belie t th date of its publication. The information given is designed only as a guidance for sa andling, use, processing, storage, transportation, disposal and emergency response and is not to be considered a warranty or quality specification. The information relates only to the specific material designated and may not be valid for such material used in combination with any other materials or in any process, unless specified in the text. 4/4 US/EN 117" Johns Manville SAFETY DATA SHEET 200000003020 Version 2.0 JM Membrane Bonding Adhesive (TPO & EPDM) Revision Date 07/02/2019 Print Date 07/02/2019 SECTION 1. PRODUCT AND COMPANY IDENTIFICATION Trade name : JM Membrane Bonding Adhesive (TPO & EPDM) Manufacturer or supplier's details Company Johns Manville Address P.O. Box 5108 Denver, CO USA 80127 Telephone +1-303-978-2000 Emergency telephone +1-800-424-9300 (CHEMTREC) number Company Johns Manville Canada Inc! O Address 5301 42 A ` Innisfail, A anada T4 Telephone +1-30 978- 000 Emergency telephone 4-9300 REC) number Recommended use of the the mend rest n use Restrictions on use For pr L� nal users I • Prepared by OVsafety@j SECTION 2. HAZARDS IDE IQNION �v GHS classificatio ccordCns 't 9 CFR200 (OSHA HCS 2012) and the Hazardous Pr �Julat MIS 1 Flammable liquid tegory 2� Skin irrii i� Cate r `_ Eye t n (Catjory 2A Reproductive toxicity Specific target organ toxicity - single exposure Specific target organ toxicity - repeated exposure Aspiration hazard GHS label elements Hazard pictograms Signal word Category 2 Category 3 (Central nervous system) Category 2 Category 1 000 Danger 1 / 13 US/EN 117" Johns Manville SAFETY DATA SHEET 200000003020 JM Membrane Bonding Adhesive (TPO & EPDM) Version 2.0 Revision Date 07/02/2019 Print Date 07/02/2019 Hazard statements H225 Highly flammable liquid and vapour. H304 May be fatal if swallowed and enters airways. H315 Causes skin irritation. H319 Causes serious eye irritation. H336 May cause drowsiness or dizziness. H361 Suspected of damaging fertility or the unborn child. H373 May cause damage to organs through prolonged or repeated exposure. Precautionary statements Prevention: P201 Obtain special instructions before?ise. P202 Do not handle until all safe�autions have been read and understood. P210 Kee away from he �k open flames/hot surfaces. No smoki P233 Keep ontainer ti t sed. P44 round/bond o r and r� iving equipment. 4 e expl si - electric�tilating/ lighting q ent. Use o � P arkin 43 Tak tionar res ag st static discharge. P260 �t eathe e/ gat/ is apours/ spray. P a skin th y after 71 only o r or in a n ilated area. ear pr cti glove rot e clothing/ eye protection/ face prot t' Aespo P + P IF SW L D: Immediately call a POISON NT R/doctor. P361 + F ON SKIN or hair): Take off immediately al ontami t thing. Rinse skin with water/shower. 04 + P 40 12 IF INHALED: Remove person to fresh air wand ke mfortable for breathing. Call a POISON CErN�octor if you feel unwell. ""+ P338 IF IN EYES: Rinse cautiously with water UU. veral minutes. Remove contact lenses, if present and easy .. Continue rinsing. P308 + P313 IF exposed or concerned: Get medical advice/ attention. P331 Do NOT induce vomiting. P332 + P313 If skin irritation occurs: Get medical advice/ attention. P337 + P313 If eye irritation persists: Get medical advice/ attention. P362 Take off contaminated clothing and wash before reuse. P370 + P378 In case of fire: Use dry sand, dry chemical or alcohol -resistant foam to extinguish. Storage: P403 + P233 Store in a well -ventilated place. Keep container tightly closed. P403 + P235 Store in a well -ventilated place. Keep cool. P405 Store locked up. Disposal: P501 Dispose of contents/container to an approved facility in 2 / 13 US/EN 1/7 Johns Manville SAFETY DATA SHEET 200000003020 Version 2.0 JM Membrane Bonding Adhesive (TPO & EPDM) Other hazards None known. Revision Date 07/02/2019 Print Date 07/02/2019 accordance with local, regional, national and international regulations. SECTION 3. COMPOSITION/INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS Hazardous components A Chemical name CAS -No. Concentration (%) toluene 108-88-3 ♦IL 11 >= 30 - <= 60 n-hexane 110-54-3 >= 10 - <= 30 acetone V67-64-1 >= 10 - <= 30 SECTION 4. FIRST General advice L'J AID MEASURES ` �� ♦ O <Vve out of rous ar` ,eShow this sa%ty data s he dQct attendance. ) Symp �f poison' a app hours later. o e the vi i atten d ApN If inhaled Co It a ph c fter si ' ant exposure. unco a i u in r sib position and seek medical advice. In case of skin cont ct If kin ' ritation pe all a physician. ff with s water. If n clothe e clothes. In case of e co act Remove kntact lenses. • (vl► Imr,i ki& A flush eye(s) with plenty of water. IN fkAwArmed eye. Kee eye wide open while rinsing. irritation persists, consult a specialist. If swallowed Keep respiratory tract clear. Do NOT induce vomiting. Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person. If symptoms persist, call a physician. Take victim immediately to hospital. Most important symptoms irritant effects and effects, both acute and delayed SECTION 5. FIREFIGHTING MEASURES Suitable extinguishing media : Alcohol -resistant foam Carbon dioxide (CO2) Dry chemical Halons 3 / 13 US/EN 117" Johns Manville SAFETY DATA SHEET 200000003020 JM Membrane Bonding Adhesive (TPO & EPDM) Version 2.0 Revision Date 07/02/2019 Print Date 07/02/2019 Water spray Unsuitable extinguishing High volume water jet media Specific hazards during Do not allow run-off from fire fighting to enter drains or water firefighting courses. Hazardous combustion carbon oxides products Further information Standard procedure for chemical fir s. Collect contaminated fire extingui4�water separately. This must not be discharged intidr Fire resid and contam extinguishing water must be dispos accord .th local regulations. For sa ty r sons in a ire, cans should be stored sep in close co ments. ter sp o fully c �ntainers. Special protective equipment r self -A breatf ratus for firefighting if for firefighters necessary �� SECTION 6. ACCID T E ASE URES 9 Personal precaut ns, use pe o I o ective nt. protective equipment a 1 Ensure a to vent' emergency procedures ve a sources Qf ion. a person fe areas. OKA of vap s.umulating to form explosive centrati �s; Y ours can accumulate in low areas. Environ;nerecautio s Prev duct from entering drains. ` Pr u er leakage or spillage if safe to do so. e u t contaminates rivers and lakes or drains inform es p ctive authorities. Methods and materials for Contain spillage, and then collect with non-combustible containment and cleaning up absorbent material, (e.g. sand, earth, diatomaceous earth, vermiculite) and place in container for disposal according to local / national regulations (see section 13). SECTION 7. HANDLING AND STORAGE Advice on protection against : Do not spray on a naked flame or any incandescent material. fire and explosion Take necessary action to avoid static electricity discharge (which might cause ignition of organic vapours). Use only explosion -proof equipment. Keep away from open flames, hot surfaces and sources of ignition. Advice on safe handling Avoid formation of aerosol. Do not breathe vapours/dust. Avoid exposure - obtain special instructions before use. 4 / 13 US/EN 1/7 Johns Manville SAFETY DATA SHEET 200000003020 Version 2.0 JM Membrane Bonding Adhesive (TPO & EPDM) Revision Date 07/02/2019 Print Date 07/02/2019 Avoid contact with skin and eyes. For personal protection see section 8. Smoking, eating and drinking should be prohibited in the application area. Take precautionary measures against static discharges. Provide sufficient air exchange and/or exhaust in work rooms. Open drum carefully as content may be under pressure. Dispose of rinse water in accordance with local and national regulations. Conditions for safe storage No smoking. Keep container tightly closed in a dry and well -ventilated place. Containers which are opengd carefully resealed and kept upri to prevent le Observe I e�recautio Electri al in allations or ng materials must comply with thQ; logical s et ndards� Further information on to at nor ient tei at a and pressure. storage stability SECTION 8. EXPOSU Components wi r plac control pa Components PC S-No. Oft C) slue t (For o e A** 0. Control parameters / Permissible concentration Basis toluene 10 88-3 20 ppm ACGIH WA 100 ppm 375 mg/m3 NIOSH REL ` • ST 150 ppm 560 mg/m3 NIOSH REL TWA 200 ppm OSHA CEIL 300 ppm OSHA Peak 500 ppm (10 minutes) OSHA n-hexane 110-54-3 TWA 50 ppm ACGIH TWA 50 ppm 180 mg/m3 NIOSH REL TWA 500 ppm 1,800 mg/m3 OSHA acetone 67-64-1 TWA 250 ppm ACGIH STEL 500 ppm ACGIH TWA 250 ppm 590 mg/m3 NIOSH REL TWA 1,000 ppm 2,400 mg/m3 OSHA Personal protective equipment Respiratory protection General and local exhaust ventilation is recommended to maintain vapor exposures below recommended limits. Where concentrations are above recommended limits or are 5 / 13 US/EN 117" Johns Manville SAFETY DATA SHEET 200000003020 Version 2.0 JM Membrane Bonding Adhesive (TPO & EPDM) Revision Date 07/02/2019 Print Date 07/02/2019 unknown, appropriate respiratory protection should be worn. Follow OSHA respirator regulations (29 CFR 1910.134) and use NIOSH/MSHA approved respirators. Protection provided by air purifying respirators against exposure to any hazardous chemical is limited. Use a positive pressure air supplied respirator if there is any potential for uncontrolled release, exposure levels are unknown, or any other circumstance where air purifying respirators may not provide adequate protection. Hand protection Material Impervious gloves Remarks Take not the informati �y the producer concerninWfteability, ak through times, and of specia wor lace con ion mechanical strain, duration of cast Eye protection eafety g1 ith sidle ie s or goggles. r face-s d prote '\Dfor abnormal processing problem Skin and body protecti I o clothing ` 61 hoo Tody pr t accordi o e amount and 4�tration a anger su ance at the work lace. 9 p Hygiene measure I%andl co ance w' industrial hygiene and safety Y9 Y9 Y practice. e usin do not o rink. V# ken Ising do n e. an eaks and at the end of workday. tten in i for handling must be available at the work pace. ^� SECTIOM JOHYSICAL AND CHEMIiAL NROPERTIES Appearance : liquid Color : yellow Odor : aromatic Odor Threshold : No data available pH : No data available Melting point/range : No data available Boiling point/boiling range : > 35 °C Flash point : -18 °C Evaporation rate : No data available Flammability (solid, gas) : No data available 6 / 13 US/EN 1/7 Johns Manville SAFETY DATA SHEET 200000003020 Version 2.0 JM Membrane Bonding Adhesive (TPO & EPDM) Revision Date 07/02/2019 Print Date 07/02/2019 Upper explosion limit No data available Lower explosion limit No data available Vapour pressure No data available Relative vapour density No data available Relative density No data available Density 0.86 g/cm3 Solubility(ies) Water solubility No data ilable ♦ O Solubility in other solvents Nod a a ilable G Partition coefficient: n- � avail I octanol/water ♦ O ow — Auto -ignition temperature o data a Thermal decompositionvailable ` Viscosity Viscosity, dyn 900 4, Viscosity, kinematic No data v able SECTION 10. STAIIIIarTAND Reactivity 6 V Ch i bility Possibi ity of hazardous reactions Conditions to avoid Incompatible materials Hazardous decomposition products .TI TY — ' Nos ied as a reactivity hazard. er normal conditions. Qe known. Heat, flames and sparks. Strong oxidizing agents Carbon dioxide (CO2) Carbon monoxide SECTION 11. TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION Acute toxicity Product: Acute dermal toxicity Acute toxicity estimate : 4,400 mg/kg Method: Calculation method 7 / 13 US/EN 117" Johns Manville SAFETY DATA SHEET 200000003020 Version 2.0 JM Membrane Bonding Adhesive (TPO & EPDM) Revision Date 07/02/2019 Print Date 07/02/2019 Acute toxicity Components: toluene: Acute oral toxicity LD50 Oral (Rat, male): 5,580 mg/kg Acute inhalation toxicity LC50 (Rat): 28.1 mg/I Exposure time: 4 h Test atmosphere: vapour Acute dermal toxicity LD50 (Rabbit): > 12,267 mg/kg Acute toxicity ♦ O n-hexane: Acute oral toxicity LD50 ( at): 5,000 m ♦ __♦♦ Acute inhalation toxicity at): 48 01pp O Sure tim Acute dermal toxicity, LD50 (R bi - > 1,300 Acute toxicity O ` acetone: Acute oral toxicit LD50 (R 1800 nip/K1► ISLP: V Acute inhalation toxicity, L ( at, female • g/I os e time: 4 T tmosph our no ` Acute derriaicity LID ea pig, male and female): > 7,426 mg/kg Skin c rrosion/irritation Components: toluene: Species: Rabbit Result: Irritating to skin. Skin corrosion/irritation n-hexane: Result: Skin irritation Serious eye damage/eye irritation Components: acetone: Species: Rabbit Result: Eye irritation Exposure time: 24 h 8 / 13 US/EN 1/7 Johns Manville SAFETY DATA SHEET 200000003020 Version 2.0 JM Membrane Bonding Adhesive (TPO & EPDM) Assessment: Irritating to eyes. Method: Draize Test Revision Date 07/02/2019 Print Date 07/02/2019 IARC No component of this product present at levels greater than or equal to 0.1 % is identified as probable, possible or confirmed human carcinogen by IARC. ACGIH No component of this product present at levels greater than or equal to 0.1 % is identified as a carcinogen or potential carcinogen by ACGIH. OSHA No component of this product present �t levels��greater than or equal to 0.1 % is identified as a carcor potential carcinogen by OSHA. NTP No compon50s Nhis prod lent at levels greater than or equal to 1 identifie known or anticipated carcinogen by NT; Reproductive toxicity �� O 00` Components: toluene: Reproductive toxicity - sp of dama a un 'IZT., Some evidence of Assessment er effects n top nt d on animal experiments Reproductive toxicity n-hexane: Reproductive toxici� ed of d g fertility. Assessment STOT.-*Si xposur Co ll�s: tolue Assessment: May cause drowsiness r dizziness. STOT - single exposure n-hexane: Assessment: May cause drowsiness or dizziness. STOT - single exposure acetone: Exposure routes: inhalation (vapour) Target Organs: Nervous system Assessment: May cause drowsiness or dizziness. STOT - repeated exposure Components: toluene: Assessment: May cause damage to organs through prolonged or repeated exposure. 9 / 13 US/EN 117" Johns Manville SAFETY DATA SHEET 200000003020 Version 2.0 JM Membrane Bonding Adhesive (TPO & EPDM) Revision Date 07/02/2019 Print Date 07/02/2019 STOT - repeated exposure n-hexane: Assessment: May cause damage to organs through prolonged or repeated exposure. Aspiration toxicity Components: toluene: May be fatal if swallowed and enters airways. n-hexane: May be fatal if swallowed and enters airways. ♦ O Experience with human exposure Components: toluene: ` O Skin contact: 00 R ks: Pr n skin cm c ay defat the skin O duce . n-hexane: G Repeated or prolong ure ay cause irrit i s and SECTION 12. ECOLOG CAL,�N�6RM� Ecotoxicity No data a Sd e Cj PersisL de a b y Co n nts: 0 acetone: Biodegradability Bioaccumulative potential Components: toluene: Partition coefficient: n- octanol/water acetone: Partition coefficient: n- octanol/water Result: Readily biodegradable. Biodegradation: 100 % Pow: 2.7 log Pow: -0.24 (20 °C) 10 / 13 US/EN 117" Johns Manville SAFETY DATA SHEET 200000003020 JM Membrane Bonding Adhesive (TPO & EPDM) Version 2.0 Revision Date 07/02/2019 Print Date 07/02/2019 Mobility in soil No data available Other adverse effects Product: Ozone -Depletion Potential Regulation: 40 CFR Protection of Environment; Part 82 Protection of Stratospheric Ozone - CAA Section 602 Class I Substances Remarks: This product neither contains, nor was manufactured with a Class I or Class 110 S as defined by the U.S. Clean Air Act Section 602 (40 CFR2, Subpt. A, App.A + Additional ecological Toxic to a atic life with I n♦ fil effects. information SECTION 13. DISPOSAL CONSIDERO[W �`� ♦ O� Disposal methods Disposal of residual pro Do no a of w n sew ♦` 0 taminat wat ditches with emi al or use ner. Di se of colt ontain an approved facility in cord e I, re o I, ational and international IDsgula t Contaminated pac gin�'V pty emaining �. of asproduct. D not re- Y "containers. not burn, e a cutting torch on, the empty drum. + 4& — i SECTIO%AW.TRANSPORT INFORM International transport regulations Land transport USDOT (Special Provision 383): UN1133, Adhesives, 3, III TDG: UN1133, Adhesives, 3, II LIMITED QUANTITY if shipped in inner packagings not over 5.0 L (1.3 gallons) net capacity each, packed in a strong outer packaging. Sea transport IMDG: UN1133, Adhesives, 3, II Air transport IATA/ICAO: UN1133, Adhesives, 3, II SECTION 15. REGULATORY INFORMATION TSCA list 11 / 13 US/EN 1/7 Johns Manville SAFETY DATA SHEET 200000003020 Version 2.0 JM Membrane Bonding Adhesive (TPO & EPDM) Revision Date 07/02/2019 Print Date 07/02/2019 TSCA - 5(a) Significant New Use Rule List of Chemicals U.S. Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) Section 12(b) Export Notification (40 CFR 707, Subpart D) No substances are subject to a Significant New Use Rule. No substances are subject to TSCA 12(b) export notification requirements. EPCRA - Emergency Planning and Community Right -to -Know Act CERCLA Reportable Quantity Components CAS -No. Component Ibs Calculated product RQ (Ibs) toluene 108-88- 1667 SARA 304 Extremely Hazardous Substanc Reportab tity This material does not contain any cQment with a s 04 EH Q. SARA 311/312 Hazards la able (g ,T►erosolst iNid�, or solids) corrosi citation ~ erious age or r ation Repro c IV oxicity • S i tt get orga ty (si r Bated exposure) spir ion ha; SARA 302 No the a materi a subject to the reporting requir e SARA T ection 302. SARA 313 T ollowi g com are subject to reporting levels e abli hed by S e III, Section 313: Clene 108-88-3 Clean Q' ct Th irTg chemical(s) a list 61): 1 toluene n-hexane 110-54-3 X P under the U.S. Clean Air Act, Section 12 (40 CFR 108-88-3 30 - 60 % 110-54-3 10 - 30 % This product does not contain any chemicals listed under the U.S. Clean Air Act Section 112(r) for Accidental Release Prevention (40 CFR 68.130, Subpart F). The following chemical(s) are listed under the U.S. Clean Air Act Section 111 SOCMI Intermediate or Final VOC's (40 CFR 60.489): toluene acetone 108-88-3 67-64-1 30-60% 10-30% California Safe Drinking Water and Toxic Enforcement Act (Proposition 65) &WARNING: This product can expose you to chemicals including toluene, which is/are known to the State of California to cause birth defects or other reproductive harm. For more information go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov. The components of this product are reported in the following inventories: DSL : On the inventory, or in compliance with the inventory TSCA : On the inventory, or in compliance with the inventory 12 / 13 US/EN 1/7 Johns Manville SAFETY DATA SHEET 200000003020 JM Membrane Bonding Adhesive (TPO & EPDM) Version 2.0 Revision Date 07/02/2019 Print Date 07/02/2019 SECTION 16. OTHER INFORMATION Further information Revision Date 07/02/2019 The information provided in this Safety Data Sheet is correct to the best of our knowledge, information and belief at the date of its publication. The information given isesigned only as a guidance for safe handling, use, processing, storage, transportation, disposal and release and is not to be considered a warranty or quality specification. The i o ation relates only to the specific material designated and may not be valid for such m used in combination with any other materials or in any process, u less specified ip e 00 G G D CJ �\C11� G 13 / 13 US/EN Jul 717 17th Street (80202) Johns Manville P.O. Box 5108 Denver, CO 80217-5108 303 978 2000 A Berkshire Hathaway Company www.jm.com Safe Use Instruction Bulletin OSHA promulgated the Hazard Communication Standard (Haz Com) in 1983 to ensure that the hazards of chemicals produced or imported in the US are evaluated and information concerning their hazards is transmitted to employers and employees. The standard received significant updates in 1994 and in 2012, with 2012 being the most signocant. The Haz Com standard can be found at 29 C.F.R. 1910.1200. Haz Com 2012 ned the OSHA standard with the Global Harmonization Standard (GHS) of chemical ha c ssification and labeling. Under Haz Com 2012, material safety data sheets ( S s) will be referred to as safety data sheets (SDSs). During this tra which ompleted prior to June 1, 2015, Johns Manville (JM) will be authoring Ss acco i the new requirements. • --L . -ON, Manufacturers, including JM, often X14E meeting the requirements of the H z am downstream users. JM's inten imin (SUls) for products that are ulated Com definition of an antic et forth iM implement Haz Com 2 d tra i o SDS d H C 0 Ws- for re Zis�ther than those of land this n ause confusion to ion by ing afe Use Instructions m, jg thos�at meet the Haz The r Ill�sw of �bucts occurring as we MSD DS requiring an un er az o V "Antic/ means actu e oth"er thid or article: i p () which is orm �ecific s e r desig Qrag manufacture; (ii) which does no lose, se, the se resu�posure to, a hazardous chemical 410of nl5rma dit ns of us Most Johns Ma it ofin nes, ins and cover boards, and many accessories et t e de ' an articl JNf will provide a SUI for all products that are articles. TS I will es m an Sp rovide information for the safe use of the prod ver, Sect(o of th t list any hazardous ingredients and will indica h the product meets t a le definition. Please contact JM Product Stewardship with any uestions at productsafet m.com. Johns Manville llm"VA Berkshire Hathaway Company Building Owner: Name -SAMPLE Address - SAMPLE City, State Zip -SAMPLE Building Name: Name -SAMPLE Address - SAMPLE City, State Zip -SAMPLE Approved Roofing Contractor: Name -SAMPLE Address - SAMPLE C S Z; SAMPLE Peak Advantage Guarantee P E A K Johns Manville ADVANIAGE Guarantee Number: Sample -not issued Expiration Date: Sample - not issued Job Name: Sample - not issued Date of Completion: Sample -not issued ity, tate ip - 11 Terms & Maximum Monetary Obligation to Maintain a ftatertight Roof' ♦ m. Years: XX Year $ No D Mr Coverage: The components of the Roofing System covered b +ntee ar Total Squares: XXX ♦ �� Membrane Insuleto vpe Sec. Sqs. Roof Type Spec. 7CajNiiF La er 3 1 XXX XXXX Ygymx XX Accessories: Name •� Cover Board XXX Expan 1) Style: 0 lin. ft. Expand- las ) 0 lin. ft. Expand- lash (3'Slyl �1 0 lin. ft. Fascia Style: 0 lin. ft. Copings Style: V 0 lin. ft. Gravel Sto tyle* 0 lin. ft. Drains (V) 0 ea. rain 2 DS ✓ 0 ea. Ventsy 0 ea. light m: 0 ea. An or 0 ea. These Johns Manville Guar eedc� ents are to a ove a e ' stem" and ALL OTHER NON-JM COMPONENTS OF THE OWNER'S BUILDING ARE EXCLUDED FROM THE T MS OF IRIS GUARANTEE, inc ing any en t ereto. Johns Manville* guarantees to t original Building Owner that during the commencing with the Date of Completion (as defined above), JM will pay for the materials and labor reasonably required in Johns Manville's sole and absolute discretion to repair the Roofing System to return it to a watertight condition if leaks occur due to: ordinary wear and tear, or deficiencies in any or all of the Johns Manville component materials of the Roofing System, or workmanship deficiencies only to the extent they arise solely out of the application of the Roofing System. Non -leaking blisters are specifically excluded from coverage. Should any investigation or inspection reveal the cause of a reported leak to be outside the scope of coverage under this Guarantee, then all such investigation and inspection costs shall be borne solely by the Building Owner. WHAT TO DO IF YOUR ROOF LEAKS If you should have a roof leak please refer to directions on the Maintenance Program page within this document. LIMITATIONS AND EXCLUSIONS This Guarantee is not a maintenance agreement or an insurance policy; therefore, routine inspections and maintenance are the Building Owner's sole responsibility (see Maintenance Program page of this document). This Guarantee does not obligate JM to repair or replace the Roofing System, or any part of the Roofing System, for leaks or appearance issues resulting, in whole or in part, from one or more of the following (a) natural disasters including but not limited to the direct or indirect effect of lightning, flood, hail storm, earthquake, tornados, hurricanes or other extraordinary natural occurrences and/or wind speeds in excess of 55 miles per hour; (b) misuse, abuse, neglect or negligence; (c) Failure by the Building Owner to use reasonable care in maintaining the roofing system, said maintenance which is recommended to include those items listed on the Maintenance Program page of this Guarantee; (d) installation or material failures other than those involving the component materials expressly defined above as the Roofing System or exposure of the Roofing System components to damaging substances such as oil, fertilizers, or solvents or to damaging conditions such as vermin; (e) any and all (1) changes, alterations, repairs to the Roofing System, including, but not limited to, structures, penetrations, fixtures or utilities (including vegetative and solar overlays) based upon or through the Roofing System as well as any (II) changes to the Building's usage that are not pre -approved in writing by JM; (f) failure of the Building substrate (mechanical, structural, or otherwise and whether resulting from Building movement, design defects or other causes) or improper drainage; (g) defects in or faulty/improper design, specification construction or engineering of the Building or any area over which the Roofing System is installed; (h) defects in or faulty/improper architectural, engineering or design flaws of the Roofing System or Building, including, but not limited to, design issues arising out of improper climate or building code compliance; or (i) in instances of a recover project, Johns Manville is not responsible for the performance of pre-existing materials that predated the recover. Instead, Johns Manville's sole responsibility in recover systems where JM materials are adhered to existing materials is limited to the installed recover JM Roofing materials up to the wind speed listed herein. Guarantee coverage is limited to replacing recover JM Roofing materials only (and not the preexisting materials — which is the Owner's responsibility) as required to return the roofing syste4#o a watertight condition due to a claim covered under the terms and conditions herein. Johns Manville is not responsible for leaks, injuries or damages resulting from any water from any portion of the Building structure not a part of the Roofing System, including, but not limited to, deterioration of the roofing substrate, walls, mortar joints, HVAC units an II MVr non -Johns Manville materials and metal components. Moreover, the Building Owner is solely and absolutely responsible for any removal and/or replacement of any overburO er-strata or overlays, in any form whatsoever, as reasonably necessary to expose the Roofing System for inspection and/or repair. �`` This Guarantee becomes effective when (1) it is delivered to Owner; and (2) all bills for ins o , aterials, Can 7have been paid in full to the Approved Roofing contractor and to JM. Until that time, this Guarantee is not in force, has no effect —and JM is under no obli tion tsoever to perfo services/work. The Parties agree that any controversy or claims relating to this Guarantee Mall be fi mitted to o der the Con cti ndustry Arbitration and Mediation Rules of the American Arbitration Association (Regular Track Procedures) or to such other mediati rrang ent as th m ally agree. or other tribunal shall have jurisdiction until the mediation is completed. In any action or proceeding brought against the Building Owner enforce this or to coll� is a hereunder, Johns Manville shall be entitled to recover its reasonable costs, expenses and fees (including expert witness' fee�(y'�'w''rred ih any such a oceeding, i hout limitation, attorneys' fees and expenses, and the Building Owner shall pay it. ` h TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, JM � ANY IMPL RANTY, IN �HE W ERCHANTABILITY AND THE WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND LIM S H WARRANTY TO E DURATIO THE HE EXPRESS WARRANTY CONTAINED IN THIS GUARANTEE. THE EXCLUSIVE RESPONSIBILITY AND LIA UNDER THIS GUARANTEE IS T M EPAIRS N` SSAR TO MAINTAIN THE ROOFING SYSTEM IN A WATERTIGHT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE I TIN JM UNDER THI M AND A ILIATE WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL R CONDITIONG S U L1E J ITS S 0 0 C 0 CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES TO THE BUILDI STRUC NINHICH F rI��G SYSTEM I F ) OR ITS CONTENTS AND OR OCCUPANTS, LOSS OF TIME OR PROFITS OR ANY INCONVENIENCE, INJURY. JM SH L OT (ABLE FOR IM MADE HE BUILDING OWNER BY ANY THIRD PARTY AND THE BUILDING OWNER SHALL INDEMNIFY AND DEFEND JM AGAINS AN C IM BRO GIMT BY A THIRD PA Y A I ST JM RELATING TO OR ARISING OUT OF THE ROOFING SYSTEM OR JM'S OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS GUARANTEE JM 4 AFFILIA S S�LL NOT BE LI ANY DAMAGES WHICH ARE BASED UPON NEGLIGENCE, BREACH OF WARRANTY, STRICT LIABILITY OR ANY OTHER THEORY OF LIAB HERTHAN THEE E LIABILITY SET FORTH IN THIS GUARANTEE. THIS GUARANTEE DOES NOT COVER, AND EXPLICITLY EXCLUDES, AN ALL *JURIES, AIMS ND70R DA G ING, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, FROM ANY WATER ENTRY FROM ANY PORTION OF THE BUILDING STRUCTURE INCLUDI , T NOT LIMIT THE OOFING Sl No one is authorized to change, alter, o odify a provi ' rantee other than the Regional Service Manager, or authorized delegate. JM's delay or failure in enforcing the terms and conditions contained in this ��arante all not oper a waiver of YN terms and conditions. This Guarantee is solely for the benefit of the Building Owner identified above and Building Owner's rights here a signable. le or other tr 1 f the Building, Building Owner may request transfer of this Guarantee to the new owner, and JM will transfer this Guarantee, only after mpl 's transfer requireme includir JN reg satisfactory information and payment of a transfer fee, which must be paid no later than 30 days after the date of Building ownershiptansfer. In the event JM pays for repairs which are required due to the acts or omissions of others, JM shall be subrogated to all rights of recovery of the Building Owner to the extent of the amount of the repairs. Because JM does not practice Engineering or Architecture, neither the issuance of this Guarantee nor any review of the Building's construction or inspection of roof plans (or the Building's roof deck) by JM representatives shall constitute any warranty by JM of such plans, specifications, and construction or in any way constitute an extension of the terms and conditions of this Guarantee. Any roof inspections are solely for the benefit of JM. JM does not supervise nor is it responsible for a roofing contractor's work except to the extent stated herein, and roofing contractors are not agents of JM. `JOHNS MANVILLE ("JIM") is a Delaware corporation. SAMPLE ONLY - NOT ISSUED By: Joseph Smith Title: President Roofing Systems RS-7881 12-20 (Replaces 8-19) Maintenance Program The following Maintenance Program is recommended and should be implemented and followed: 1. Building Owner must notify JM's Owner Services Group (see below) immediately upon discovery of the leak and in no event later than thirty (30) days after initial discovery of the leak, time being of the essence. Failure of the Building Owner to provide timely notice to JM Guarantee Services of any leak is a material ground for termination of the Guarantee. 2. In response to timely notice, JM will arrange to inspect the Roofing System, and (i) If, in JM's opinion, the leak(s) is/are the responsibility of JM under this Guarantee (see Limitations and Exclusions), then JM will take prompt appropriate action to return the Roofing system to a watertight condition, or (ii) If, in JM's opinion, the leak(s) is/are not the responsibility of JM under this Guarantee, then JM will advise the Building Owner within a reasonable time of the minimum repairs that JM believes are required to return the Roofing System to a watertight condition. If the Building Owner, at his expense, promptly and timely makes such repairs to the Roofing System (time being of the essence) then this Guarantee will remain in effect for the unexpired portion of its Term. Failure to make any of these repairs in a timely and reasonable fashion will void any further obligation of JM under this Guarantee as to the damaged portion of the Roofing System as well as any other areas of the Roofing System impacted by such failure. 3. In the event an emergency condition exists which requires immediate repair to avoid damage the Building, its contents or occupants, then Building Owner may make reasonable, essential temporary repairs. JM will reimburse Built"�vner for those reasonable repair expenses only to the extent such expenses would have been the responsibility of JM under the Guar There are a number of items not covered by this Guarantee that ar sole, exclusive ity of the Building Owner. In order to ensure that your new roof will continue to perform its function and to continue JM' ions and G rantee, you should examine and maintain the items below on a regular basis. All damage or leak investigation findings hat are the ect ult of non -covered maintenance items are the sole responsibility of the owner. • Maintain a file for your records on this Roofing Sy luding, t I ed to, th' ntee, invoices, and subsequent logs of all inspections performed and repairs that are made to e ofing Syst • Inspect your Roofing System at least semi-ann is best d e spring ,y oofing System has been exposed to the harsh winter conditions, and, in the Fall after a I �g mer. It ' s good idea ine the oofing System for damage after severe weather conditions such as hailstorms, he high wind tc. • Since these types of Roofing Systems ave a to� they are e s e ined. r are must be taken to prevent falling and other accidents. JM expressly di ai and as s I' bility for an i e ions p r the Roofing System. When checking the Roofing Sy em. • Remove any debris such as I es, small ^hes�.dirt, roc etc. a accum�u ed • Clean gutters, down spouts, ains a t e s ouAding M e certain water to flow off the Roofing System. Positive drainage is essential. • Examine all metal (lashings for rust and d e tha have een cause y d or traffic on the Roofing System, and make certain they are well attached and sealed. c##n ed mate Is d to foot tra ice work, loose clamps at penetrations, or poorly sealed materials at drains or penetration kets mus a by a JM e Roofing Contractor only. • Examine the areas that ab o ng Syst . Da aged ma y mounted counter flashing, loose caulking, bad mortar joints, and any loose stone or tile copi g n ppear t e rane leak. �se items repaired if found to be defective. • Examine the edgeZoe o g Syst amage oft occue in these areas. Materials that have been lifted by the wind need to be corrected b�a J Roofing n tor.yyExamine an rooment s ai onditior*r , va ative coolers, antennas, etc. Make certain the do not move excessive) or cause a roo'WRSystem. ieaKing matenat%omo ine • Check the brior for settlement or mov t leaks in you • Examine protective coatings; any cracked, flaking, or Protecting your investment: )blems which in turn may lead to • Avoid unnecessary roof top traffic. • If you allow equipment servicemen to go onto the Roofing System, advise them to be careful. Dropped tools, heavy equipment, etc. can damage the membrane. It is recommended to keep a log of all such trips to the Roofing System. • Do not allow service personnel to make penetrations into the Roofing System; these are to be made only by a JM Approved Roofing Contractor. All the terms and conditions of this Guarantee shall be construed under the internal law of the state of Colorado without regard to its conflicts of law principles. Invalidity or unenforceability of any provisions herein shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision which shall remain in full force and effect to the extent the main intent of the document is preserved. This form is not to be copied or reproduced in any manner. This Guarantee is valid only in the United States of America. Owner Services Group (800)922-5922 E-mail: OwnerServices@jm.com ' www.m.com/roofiwww. /roofing RS-7881 12-20 (Replaces 8-19) CITY OF WA FAYETTEVILLE ARKANSAS Bid 24-23 Addendum 3 Moser Construction, LLC Supplier Response . 0 Event Information Number: Title: Type: Issue Date Deadline: Notes: i • a, Bid 24-23 Addend Co Construction - Y x ansi �� O p Invitation to Cj 2/4/2024 3/5/202 OP Th C e Cit f ayettev' a cceDtirgkealed bids from pr eqWd construc ' 1 com letio rifle Ri n Cc Expansio / on. es s rega addrefLse,j►t ma a Beilfuss, Sr.*f a fa e it ov_ ('%..r Con rm n Cont Amanda Beilfuss - r. Phasing Agent Addres Purchasing City Hall Room 306 113 W. M St. Fay t i , R 72701 Email: a eil fayetteville-ar.gov :ruction and Ais bid should be asing Agent at Page 1 of 4 pages Vendor: Moser Construction, LLC Bid 24-23 Addendum 3 Moser Construction, LLC Information Contact: NOAH SANDERS Address: 4411 MILLBROOK DRIVE BRYANT, AR 72022 Phone: (501) 847-4777 Email: nsanders@moserconstruction.net Web Address: www.moserconstruction.net By submitting your response, you certify that you are authorized to represent and bind your company. Noah Sanders Signature Submitted at 31512024 01:59:23 PM (CT) Requested Attachments nsanders@moserconstruction.net Email Bid 24-23, Required Signature Forms ` / - - Moser Con df Please attach your completed forms. These docst an be f o n n the Pr Manual Vaonvenience file in the 'Attachments' tab titled File #00. ` Bid 24-23 Bid Bond O M er onstruction Bid Bond.pdf Please attach a signed and completed our bi id bohe for of a shier's check shall be delivered to City Hall, Purchasing Div' fore bi line and Sa cop of th shier's check uploaded with submittal. Cj Bid Attributes 61. 1 Arkansas Secretary of State Fili g be;;, 800157744 2 Arkansas Contractor Lie Nu 0205100624 3 Check Yes or Pursuant Arkansa ode Annotated §25-1 00jhp Contractor agrees and certifies that they do not currently boycott Israel and will not boycott Israe4uring any time in which they are entering into, or while in contract, with any public entity as defined in § 03. If at any time during contract the contractor decides to boycott Israel, the contractor must notify t�Zracted public entity in writing. 1Z Yes, I agree O ❑ No, I don't agree 01 Page 2 of 4 pages Vendor: Moser Construction, LLC Bid 24-23 Addendum 3 4 Check Yes or No: Pursuant Arkansas Code Annotated §25-1-1002, the Contractor agrees and certifies that they do not currently boycott Energy, Fossil Fuel, Firearms, and Ammunition Industries during any time in which they are entering into, or while in contract, with any public entity as defined in §25-1-1002. If at any time during the contract the contractor decides to boycott Energy, Fossil Fuel, Firearms, and/or Ammunition Industries, the contractor must notify the contracted public entity in writing. ❑✓ Yes, I agree ❑ No, I don't agree 5 Addendum Acknowledgement: By selecting "I agree", you acknowledge that you have read and understand any addendums that have been issued for this bid. 2 1 agree Bid Lines0 N 1 Mobilization G Shall not exceed 5% of Bid Total, not including and ins Quantity: 1 UOM: Lump Sum Pri *$ .00 low2 otal: $25,000.00 Bonds and InsuranceNA Quantity: 1 UOM: Lump Sum Price: $50, 0 Total: $50,000.00 3 Trench Excavation and t s em Quantity: 1 UOM: LS r 0 Pr e: $200.00 Total: $200.00 4 Total Base Bid - DO NOT INCLUD ICI R MOBILI OR BONDS AND INSURANCE IN THIS LINE ITEM Quantity: 1 UOM: LuQWn OwA $2,404,575.00 Total: $2,404,575.00 Item Notes: This bid is g id asVtmp su ine item shall include the total construction price for the entire s wor 5 DEDUCTIVE ALSEXATE #1 rnlythe BUILDING PAINT -Provide pricing for painC south elevations on existing building. Deductive amount ted from Total Base Bid. pricing shall be the difference to be deA*C (Line excluded from response total) e.j Quantity: 1 UOM: LS Price: $8,732.00 Total: $8,732.00 0 GYM FLOOR -Provide for sport court flooring material and installation. Suggested Manufacturer: Ecore; Baller Motivate, Class 1. lor: Slam. Deductive amount pricing shall be the difference to be deducted from the Total Base Bid. (Line excluded from response total) Quantity: 1 UOM: LS Price: $19,148.00 Total: $19,148.00 Page 3 of 4 pages Vendor: Moser Construction, LLC Bid 24-23 Addendum 3 7 DEDUCTIVE ALTERNATE #3 KITCHEN PACKAGE -Provide pricing for supplying kitchen ventilation hoods with related accessories and installation of ALL kitchen equipment (Owner to provide remaining equipment). Deductive amount pricing shall be the difference to be deducted from Total Base Bid. (Line excluded from response total) Quantity: 1 UOR LS Price: $27,000.00 Total: $27,000.00 Response Total: $2,479,775.00 Page 4 of 4 pages Vendor: Moser Construction, LLC Bid 24-23 Addendum 3 CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS: BID 24-23, CONSTRUCTION — YRCC Expansion SECTION 02 BID BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that we Moser Construction, LLC 4411 Millbrook Drive AR 72022 as Principal, hereinafter called the Principal, and U.S. Specialty Insurance O ♦ G 13403 Northwest Freeway ♦ CO NN ♦ O � Houston, Texas 77040-609 ` G a corporation duly organized un ws o St e of T `urety, hereinafter called Surety, are held and fir d unt City of Fayetteville, Arka 113 West Mountain Street ♦ O Fayetteville, Arkansas 72701 G as Obligee, hereinafter and truly to be ma finer, in a su _ a-Qrety, bin, and assigns, joi�ytndJ�everall , 'rml�by these r WHEREAS, W as submitted a Bid fCj BID 24-23, CONSTRUCTION — YRCC EX NSION A. �of the Amount Bid for the payment of which sum, well our heirs, executors, administrators, successors NOW, THEREFORE, if the Owneccept the Bid of Principal and the Principal shall enter into a Contract with the Owner in accordanc w erms of such Bid, and give such Bond or Bonds as may be specified in the Bidding or Contract Doc ith good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of such Contract and for the prompt p t of labor and material furnished in the prosecution thereof, or in the event of the failure of Principal to en r such Contract and give such Bond or Bonds, if the Principal shall pay to the Owner the difference not to exceed the penalty hereof between the amount specified in said Bid and such larger amount for which the Owner may in good faith contract with another party to perform the Work covered by said Bid, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. SECTION 02 - BID BOND CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS: BID 24-23, CONSTRUCTION — YRCC Expansion Signed and sealed this 5 day of March 2024 PRINCIPAL (CORPORATE SEAL) Moser Construction, LLC By SURETY O ♦ U.S. Specialty Insurance Company X6 G By Christy Michelle Long, Attorney-In-F cod •� ATTORNEY-IN-F ;��. k G ♦ O ;N.. Christy Michelle Long (This Bond shall be acco a i with Attorney -in -Facts auth it f m Sur G �� O END OF SECTION 02 SECTION 02 - BID BOND 2 TOKIOMARINE HCC POWER OF ATTORNEY AMERICAN CONTRACTORS INDEMNITY COMPANY TEXAS BONDING COMPANY UNITED STATES SURETY COMPANY U.S. SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That American Contractors Indemnity Company, a California corporation, Texas Bonding Company, an assumed name of American Contractors Indemnity Company, United States Surety Company, a Maryland corporation and U.S. Specialty Insurance Company, a Texas corporation (collectively, the "Companies'), do by these presents make, constitute and appoint: Michael Halter, J. Alan Rogers, Mild J. Rogers, Brian A. Boyd, Kevin Bruick, Shana Meyer, Matthew Perry, Landon G. Fisher, Christy Michelle Long its true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-fact, each in their separate capacity if more than one is named abovdAwith full power and authority hereby conferred in its name, place and stead, to execute, acknowledge and deliver Ragd all bonds, recognlzances, undertakings or other instruments or contracts of suretyship to include riders, amts, and consents of su ty, providing the bond penalty does not exceed """'Unli it D ( ***unlimited*** ). This Power of Attorney shall expire witho her action on A i 6. This Power of Attorney i� to under and by authority of the following resolutions adopted by eq s of Director�f Companies: Be it Resolved, that the President, any Vice -President, any Assistant Vice-nl, any Se eta any Assistant Secretary shall a by vested with full power and authority to appoint any one or more sui ble pas Atto Fad to represent and act for and on of the Company subject to the following provisions: /►— Attomey-in-Fact may be given full power and authority for an me of an L4NkhA, e Compa xe ute, ackrowl': d deliver, any and all bonds, recognizances, contracts, agreements or i e nd other I or obligq;M n a ngs, in g any d all consents for the release of retained percentages and/or final to n engine ' nstruction nd any d all tices and documents canceling or terminating the Company's liability ther,,..''�! i�eifa any such in is so execut such Attome Fa shall be binding upon the Company as if signed by the President and se 1 ` ected by t r r to Secretary. Be it Resolved, that the signature of any author cer and seal �C pony he o reafter affix o power of attorney or any certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and >�ra(of attorney ce it�te bearing le gnalure csimi al shall be valid and binding upon the Company with respect to any bon r u ertaking Ic Is ached. IN WITNESS WHEREOF ThCove cau thi ns rument b i ed and t orate seals to be hereto affixed this T SS WH REO C a �� t , 1801 day of April 2022. A ON CTORS INDEMNVY TEX#S OMPANY U ED SCAT OAfIc P ECIA_ COMPANY eta ate_-"-°su re, State ofCalifomia By: County of Los Angeles a.;'� 91 �• l v;` " ='s' i �i `a Daniel P. Aguilar, Vice President A Notary Public or other 716mpleting thiLicertifate verifies I e identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attach .And not 061111iru ss. accurae►. dhw7iditv of that document On this 18ei day of Ap A 22, b1foAexec"" arede blic, personally appeared Daniel P. Aguilar, Vice President of American Contractors d nity Cas BonUnited States Surety Company and U.S. Specialty Insurance Company who on thesa sfactorythe person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and ackno g e that hed the zed capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument the person, o e ity upon behalf of which th ersed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY uncithhel111111115 of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. m o urtauo WITNESS my hand and official seal.. r • is ArOn r.MtY li c mrmuia, r:70a710 Signature -- (seal) I, Kio Lo, Assistant Secre erican Contractors Indemnity Company, Texas Bonding Company, United States Surety Company and U.S. Specialt Company, do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of a Power of Attorney, executed b panies, which is still in full force and effect; furthermore, the resolutions of the Boards of Directors, set out in the Power of A re in full force and effect. In Witness Whereof I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seals of said Companies at Los Angeles, California this 4 day of cc)n y . Corporate Seals Y i"'C10 „ry+Py „aan,wW �v„wu"r 4 r ,q 8 tl.._......Rl o...._...�-p'�n � E F°{, a n'� ' a •, Bond No. �=5 y,+ ;<';' :-r, /\ ;�,: ,�, o3 P;x: •�\ + t" -V T.Y<fll9C'. __7 _��i .,�'�1yy,r+�y,jj `i- 55' Agency No. 17061 KIo Lo, Asslitarft Secretary HMSMANPOA02=23 visit tmhcc.com/surety for more information CITY OF �• FAYETTEVILLE ARKANSAS Project Check List This checklist is for the Bidder's use in preparing & submitting a bid. It is not intended to include all details necessary to prepare a bid and shall not be used as a substitute for the requirements of the bid documents. Use of this checklist does not relieve the Bidder from the responsibility of meeting all requirements of the Specifications concerning the preparation of an acceptable bid. Bidders are welcome to use this form as a coversheet for a sealed envelope; however, using this form itself is NOT a requirement. [J'5% Bid Bond of the amount bid accompanied by required documentation (Power of Attorney, etc.) o In lieu of a bid bond, the bidder may submit a cashier's check from a bank located in the State of Arkansas for at least five percent (5%) of the amount bid (inclusive of any deductive alternates' 'Cashier's checks shall be made payable to the City of Fayetteville, AR and received prior to the bid d� by making an in -person delivery appointment with the City Purchasing Division. O All addenda shall be signed, acknowledged, and sub n the app L►forms (submitting the Pendums or 'rking acknowledgement on other bid pages). All line items shall be appropriately filled o ♦nde ,v�df the lin rice a II e total bid rice. ♦ p Total base bid should be calculated in th vi d space. All pages provided with signature linsiha be appro ' t signed, cordingl \nd;cluded with submitted bid documents All bids shall be receive be t e ated de it utilizing Ci s electro b ing platform or submitting a physical sealed bid to the City P Div 'on. Submittin e onicallygly encouraged. A public bid opening g p P g will be conducte shortIA t de dline ♦ y Hall and livestreamed at https://www.youtube.co user V ^offwAttevillear. or mis bids shall not be accepted. The City of Fayetteville shall not be res onsiblepllost o sd rected bids, r it e of bidder's technical equipment. If submitting a physical bid, all bid docu t+�shall be 1 re in a seal en ope to the address stated in the advertisement or updated deadline issu a nda. A bids hould be re ith the name of the bidder (contractor) on the sealed envelope as well as th b rs Ark actor's umber. Additional Inf r` ti Required • S bry of State FiIin : IF ILIOR submit electronically. • Ar Contractor License #: 0 () L OR submit electronically. Pursuant Arkansas Code Anrlated §25-1-503, the Contractor agrees and certifies that they do not currently boycott Israel and will n tt Israel during any time in which they are entering into, or while in contract, with any public entity ed in §25-1-503. If at any time during contract the contractor decides to boycott Israel, the contrac I TvO notify the contracted public entity in writing. o Su mi0nically or circle applicable answer: YES or NO O Pursuant Arkansas Code Annotated §25-1-1002, the Contractor agrees and certifies that they do not currently boycott Energy, Fossil Fuel, Firearms, and Ammunition Industries during any time in which they are entering into, or while in contract, with any public entity as defined in §25-1-1002. If at any time during the contract the contractor decides to boycott Energy, Fossil Fuel, Firearms, and/or Ammunition Industries, the contractor must notify the contracted public entity in writing. o Submit electronically or circle applicable answer: YES or NO Tel._-:��rnrrnmicat.on;Dev,�einrtLo;=•( TGni�770i411-131t� 113 west N,mintain - Fayettevi;de, AR 72701 TO: FROM: SECTION 00 4100 BID FORM The City of Fayetteville, Arkansas 113 West Mountain Street Fayetteville AR 72701 Name of Contractor r1JCir` ►�et- Pursuant to and i Documents, inc material as A Commui�atr C total complRion calendar days, in Wac sum of: TOTAL BASE BID: GJ �Y1 L�J ff l� )ion VC-tr &vGNA %N%ry \,4*40LLARS s and the proposed Contract propose and agree to furnish 300 ( for Substantial Completion)/ 330 ( for The undersigned further agrees to provide a list of material and products which can be effectively procured by the owner directly from suppliers within 24 hours of bid opening. If awarded the contract, I agree to enter into and execute a Contract on the basis of this bid, and to furnish bonds and proof of insurance in accordance with the Instructions to YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 00 4100 - 1 Bidders and the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction. I have completed the Bid and have attached bid security, in specified amount, and copy of Surety Agent's Power of Attorney. Firm Name: Signature: Title: Date: If Bidder is a partnership, complete tlp +ing: Names and Addresses of Partners• �� O 1W •D If Bidder is a corporation, cocbtete Name Addre Presid Name Address of Treasurer: (SEAL) �o� -C� U YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 00 41 00 - 2 Discipline Subcontractor Name License No. r'yY CiS.\ �i�PriSe F\vcy C- `J ()MAcc"k)5ae-1 YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER ADDITION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 00 43 36 - 2 Appendix C CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE ARKANS ARKANSAS BID TABULATION Bid 24-23, Construction - YRCC Expansion DEADLINE: Tuesday, March 5, 2024 at 2:00 PM Certification of Funds: $2,500,000.00($3,125,000.00 total allowed) Milestone Construction Legacy Construction Baldwin & Shell Construction Southern Building Services Moser Construction, LLC SSI of Northwest Arkansas Company, LLC Management, Inc Company Inc $2,479,775.00 $2,570,774.00 $2,599,644.00 $2,608,944.00 $2,983,412.00 $2,987,000.00 tlnsd Descrlptbn Q3y UOM Unit Extended Unit Extended=$2,496,212.00 tended Unit Extended Unit Extended Unit 6Ateaded 1 Mob,h ation5hall not exceed 5%of Bid Total, not including bonds and insurance. 1 S $25,000.00 $25," DO $123,450.37 $123,450.37$7,500.00 $130,000.00 $130,000A0 $304,705.00 $304,705.00 $25,000.00 $25,000.00 2 Bonds and Insurance 1 S $50,000.00 $50,000oo $51,37&65 $51,379.65$94,692.00 $29,000,00 $29,000.00 513,974.00 513,974.00 $31,000.00 $31,000.00 3 Trench Excavation and Safety System 1 LS $200.00 $200.00 $1.00 $1.00$1,250.00 $1.00 $1.00 $5,000.00 $5,000.00 $1,000.00 51,000.00 4 To al Base Bid - DO NOT INCLUDE PRICING FOR MOBILIZATION OR BONDS AND INSURANCE IN 1 LS 52,404,S7S.00 52,404,575.00 $2,395,943.98 $2,395,943.962,4%,212.00 52,449,943.00 $2,449,943.00 52,859,733.00 $2,859,733.00 $2,930,000.00 $2,930,000.00Deductive THIS LINE ITEM Attempts#1 g,733A0 A732.00 ,00odo s11,997.ao .12,000.00 DeductM Altaftte6eQ $19,348.00 101,500.00 511,690.00 307,000.00 $124,479.00 -575,000.00 Deductive AlOBmepe SS 527,0D0.00 $27,905.90 736.12 OD 560.264.00 1-$35,000.00 6�` 3 S l Les ugh, Purchasing(Alobsr YRCC Survey Analysis Data from Dr. Moiseichik Q2: Facilities Prioritization by Ranking Group 1 Responses Mean 58 3.621 1 Computer Lab Recreation Game Room (Pool Table, 59 3.559 2 Ping Pong..... Kitchen for Cooking 62 3.516 and Nutrition 3 Classes Trail Connection to 60 3.483 4 the Center Classroom for 59 3.475 5 Aduilt Education Bus Connection to 62 3.452 6 the Center 59 3.424 7 Sports Field Walking/Running 60 3.367 8 track 9 Party Room 157 1 3.316 Data from Online Survey Q2: Facilities Prioritization by Raniking Group 2 Participants Trail Connection to 1 the Center 142 Kitchen for Cooking and Nutrition 2 Classes 142 Recreation Game Room (Pool Table, 3 Ping Pong..... 142 Walking/Running 4 track 142 5 Sports Field 142 Classroom for 6 Aduilt Education 142 Bus Connection to 7 the Center 142 8 Computer Lab 142 9 Party Room 142 video Gaming 10 lRoorn for E-Sports 142 YRCC Survey Analysis Data from Dr. Moiseichik Q3: Proqrams Prioritization by Ranking Group 1 Participants Mean 1 tutoring 62 3.742 computer classes 36 3.722 2 youth leadership 61 3.689 3 programs 4 girls' programs 59 3.678 family programs 61 3.656 5 swim lessons 61 3.623 6 nutrition and 62 3.613 7 cooking classes job preperation 62 3.597 8 classes community 60 3.583 9 Services Projects business plan 62 3.565 10 workshop field trip 60 3.55 11 financial literacy 61 3.541 12 classes 13 fitnes programs 60 3.533 14 driver education 64 3.531 15 diversity training 59 3.509 martial arts 61 3.492 16 engineering, math 59 3.475 17 (STEM) 18 basketball 64 3.438 board games 63 3.413 19 african american 62 3.371 20 history civic engagement 58 3.31 21 programs Data from Online Survey Q3: Proqrams Raniking Prioritization by Group 2 Participants 1 2 Fitness Programs 140 Community Services Proj 140 3 Eng, Math, (STEM) 140 4 Family Programs 140 5 Nutrition and Cooking 140 6 Youth Leadership Prog 140 7 Tutoring 140 8 Swimming Lessons 140 9 Financial Literacy Classes 140 10 Girl's Programs Civic Engagement 140 11 140 12 Field Trips 140 13 Basketball 140 14 Job Prep Classes 140 15 Martial Arts 140 16 Computer Classes 140 17 African American History 140 18 Diversity Training 140 20 Business Plan Workshop Board Games 140 140 21 Drivers Education 140 YRCC Survey Analysis Online Q:2 Facilities Specifically Requested: Several specific notes for Pickleball. Some comments about dedicated court space for volleyball and pickleball, etc, Dedice Additional Courts 13 Pickleball courts, in and out With operable partitions. One=educational 5= arts and crafts, Multi -Purpose classr 15 Yoga Green House 2 Pool 14 Reading Room/NooH 1 Fitness Room 7 Small Skate/Bike Pa 2 Expand Playground 1 Play area for 1.5-3 y, 1 Softball Fields 1 expand Garden 2 Neighbor. Garden Ri 1 E-Sport Room 1 Climbing Wall 2 Offices with Receptic 1 Stream Restor. / Acc 3 New floor in Gym 1 Maker Space 1 track 3 amphitheater 1 Indoor Socker 1 Outdoor Footsal Coy 1 Steps to Garden 1 Daycare 1 Outdoor Basketball 1 Library Sub -Station 2 Book Exchange/ Libi 2 Tennis Courts 1 Some noted Indoor Competition One Specifically mentioned cardio equip, one specifically self, classes In Person Other - Facilities Specifically Requested Place to BBQ Food Pantry Place for Fruits and Vegitables lego building skils indoor pool Library Camping trips Fitness Room yoga communciation classes, language classes, peaceful conflict resolution, anger/ stress management, dog training, non violer Classrooms communication training, ballroom dance classes YRCC Survey Analysis everthing positive, anything positive, for the future and education YRCC Survey Analysis Mean 3.387 3.254 3.070 2.979 2.859 2.852 2.782 2.754 2.711 2.210 YRCC Survey Analysis Mean 3.429 3.279 3.250 3.243 3.214 3.164 3.143 3.100 3.093 2.986 2.975 2.879 2.843 2.836 2.771 2.757 2.714 2.693 2.664 2.636 2.629 YRCC Survey Analysis 3ted 4= defense nt .• . •. Room Name Existing Facility (Renovation) Gymnasium Entry Corridor Offices Units SF 7,135 Budget Cost Notes SF 161 SF SF 233 113 Private Office Classroom SF 365 Men's Toilet SF 165 Women's Toilet SF 165 Storage SF 278 Mechanical SF 32 Janitor SF 32 Computer Lab SF 210 Subtotal 8,889 $0.00 Circulation/Mechanical 600 $0.00 Total Classroom Spaces Game Room 9,489 $0.00 SF 900 PHI Classroom 1 SF 1,500 Classroom 2 SF 900 Classroom 3 SF 900 Storage SF 200 Family Toilet SF 60 Family Toilet SF 60 Corridor SF 1,100 Subtotal 5,620 $0.00 Circulation/Mechanical/Restrooms 35% $0.00 Total 5,620 $0.00 Kitchen SF 400 Storage SF 400 Subtotal i 8001 $0.00 Circulation/Mechanical/Restrooms 30% PHI 1 Total 800 $0.00 Multi -Use Court SF 7,500 Turn existing court into pickleball courts Multi -Use Court 7,500 Weight / Cardio Room 1,500 Fitness Room - Dance / Yoga 1,000 Storage SF 400 Stage SF 400 Showers / Dressing / Locker Roon SF 2,000 Subtotal 20,3001 $0.00 Circulation/Mechanical/Restrooms 30% 6,090 rotal1 26,390 $0.00 Renovated SF 9,489 $0.00 New SF Phase 1 3,520 $0.00 New SF Whole Enchelada #REF! Trail Connection to Facility 0 Mass Transit to Facility 0 Play Field 0 Trail access to Walker Park would be best Walking Track 0 Green House Small Skate/Bike Park Expand Playground Play Area for 1.5-3 Year Old 0 $0.00 Softball Fields Trail access to Walker Park would be best Expand Garden Neighborhood Shared Garden Stream Restor. / Access track amphitheater Outdoor Footsal Court Trail access to Walker Park would be best Steps to Garden Daycare Outdoor Basketball Tennis Courts 1 Trail access to Walker Park would be best Place to BBQ Fayetteville Fire Station #8 • Estimate of Construction Cost Quantity U/M Unit Cost Budget Site Development Costs Site Development & Parking Lot 7500 SF of BLDG $40 $300,000 Utilities 7500 SF of BLDG $7 $52,500 Soft Soils Mass Excavation/Retaining Walls 1 Is $10,000 $10,000 City Impact Fees 1 Is $25,000 $25,000 Landscaping & Irrigation 1 Is $35,000 $35,000 Sub Total - Site Development $422,500 Building Construction Costs Truck Bay 9,489 sf $0 $0 Office Area 800 sf $0 $0 Sleeping Quarters 5,620 sf $0 $0 0 sf $0 $0 Overall Building 7,288 sf $260 $1,894,880 Sub Total - Building Construction $1,894,880 Sub -Total Site and Building $2,317,380 10% Contingency $231,738 $2,549,118 Design and Engineering Fees Architecture 0.50 Fixed Fee $325,500 $162,750.00 Progamming 0.50 $48,000 $24,000.00 Interior Design, FF&E 0.00 $7,400 $0.00 As -Built Record Drawings 1.00 $10,000 $10,000.00 Cost Consultant 0.50 $10,000 $5,000.00 Civil Engineering 1.00 Fixed Fee $45,400 $45,400 Topo Survey 1.00 Fixed Fee $1,350 $1,350 Geotechnical (By Owner) 1.00 Fixed Fee $1 $1 Low Voltage Design 0.00 $29,480 $0 LEED Certification LEED Additional Services 0.50 Fixed Fee $75,500 $37,750 LEED Commissioning 0.50 Fixed Fee $34,985.00 $17,493 LEED Enhanced Commissioning 0.00 $5,482.50 $0 Printing, Reprographics, Reimbursables 1.00 Is 25000 $25,000 Sub Total - Design & Engineering $328,744 Additional Items FF&E 1 Is $517,965 $517,965 1 Is $0 $0 1 Is $0 $0 1 Is $0 $0 1 Is $0 $0 1 Is $0 $0 Fire Equipment (See separate sheet) 1 compiled #REF! Sub Total - Added Items #REF! Total Project Cost #REF! Bond Dollars Available $4,150,000 6/27/2019 YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER @ BUDDY HAYES PARK _ PROPOSED PARKING -n S i SIIE BOUNDARY i KIDS CROP GARDEN AND OUTDOOR CLASSROOM ' COMMUNITY CENTER& GYMNASIUM PROPOSED E%PANSIONTO COMMUNITY CENTER ` r • — F�"y ' Multi -Purpose Space Community Kitchen RALPH'BUDDY'HAYES PARK .6 PROPOSED URBAN �I1 NATURE TRAIL ACCESSIBLE SITE CIRCULATIOP SPOUT SPRING BRANCH - CREEKIMF E - ^ HAYESGROVE FRONT PORCH MUSIC VENUE ....... +r'E _DEVELOPED , - STREAM ACCESS Br'•.a` _. 1 6/27/2019 YRCC /Buddy Hayes • $1,000,000 in Bond Funds • Possible grant and donor opportunities — First phase will be to develop schematic designs and information to convey possibilities to potential donors. • An addition of a multipurpose room, teaching kitchen, and storage for YRCC. • Possible site improvements YRCC and Park Initial Program and Budget 16/27/2019 Unit Sub Total Totals Space/Item Qty. SF Sub Total Cost YRCCIndoorSpace Multipurpose Room 1 900 1200 $250 $300,000 Teaching Kitchen 1 400 800 $300 $240,000 Storage 2 140 280 $150 $42,000 Misc. Renovations LS $140,000 Total Sq. Feet New 2280 $722,000 Exterior Work Park Improvements 1 LS $110,000 110 000 Totals $832,000 Contingency (10%) $83,200 Design/Permitting/Testing (10%) $83,200 Rounding 1600 $1,000,000 pa 6/27/2019 RALPH'BUDDY'HAYES PARK STOP SIGN —� OP PARK GATEWAY with Ius• � marker descebrsg l^c Buday Haycs's ila and musk NEW SIDEWALK # STREET TREES conrse Mp pcek;stharo to hurl aoor of fcc divcdhrg Iroflk; owd Hood of IIYOVQh parkng lot DECORATIVE LOW FENCE h: HAYES GAOYE with small nwk aeu a stage fa hlformef rre'.<fhbar0o1 use STREAM ACCESS slops to shaliow gravel porlior stream, to ollow dds fo qoy h Ine drawl rnd prunnk In ql rnmhnhhly oho provides easy occes to sfrov la hos,l r0movol 1 1 YVONNE 1 RICHARDSON 1 COMMUNITY 1 CENTER 1 1 I I I I 1 STOP SIGN 1 :. -• �._ +e�3.sri v '�''7�11M�1!lYa�l�t � long term PARK DEVEICIPMENT *a- 4 1.1